‘*Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potenti testes, divitiz felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini.;

ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet.

Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibirelictis semper zstimata; a veré eruditis

et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”—

LINNZUS.

Quelque soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour voir

qu'elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rapportent

toutes ses opérations.” BRUCKNER, Théorie du Systeme Animal, Leyden, 1767.

oh ele “ee, Ci ich “4, 0 Re sylvan powers

Obey our summons ; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet ; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet. moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face ~

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. TayLor, Norwich, 1818.

CONTENTS OF VOL. XII.

in [SECOND SERIES. }

NUMBER LXVII.

yas Tage

I. Remarks on some Alge belonging to the genus Caulerpa. By mt

R. K. Grevitue, LL.D. &e. (With two Plates.) .......00-.0e.s scenes 1

II. On the Genus Truncatella. By Wiui1am Ciark, Esq. ...... 4

III. On the Opereulum of the Genus Diplommatina. By Dr. J.

BE. Garay, F.R-S., ViP.Z.8. 800 52.0 i20ah. eens eats lescesdebcesesbacesnts. 9

IV. Description of a new species of Rhododendron from Bootan,

in India. By THoMAS NUTTALL, Esq. — .......ssceeceereeeceeneeeereeees 10

V. On Relative Position ; including a new Arrangement of Phanero-

gamous Plants :—Part IV. On Dorsal Placentation. By B. CLARKE,

F.L.S, &e. (With a Plate.) ..-......ssseeseceeeceseeeeseeerresensseteneens ll

VI. On the Phosphorescence of some Marme Invertebrata. By

M AsBie QUATREFAGES |) 60095i. 082000 ec cdesese suit npbecteatndungal comers 15

VII. On the Structure of the Leaves of Palms. By M.A. Trécun. 27

Proceedings of the Linnzan Society; Zoological Society ; Botanical

Society of Edinburgh ...........-.-eceseeseee coeneserseeesseeeentees 31—64

On the Fecundation of the Fucacee, by M. Gustave Thuret ; Time of

Spawning of British Crustacea, by William Thompson ; Experi- ~

mental Researches on Vegetation, by M. Georges Ville; On the

Priority of the Discovery of the Mode of Action of the Pholades

in the Perforation of Stones, by M. Vroik; On Sun Columns

observed at Sandwick Manse, Orkney, by the Rev. C. Clouston ;

Meteorological Observations and Table «..............+0+--++e000+ 64—72

NUMBER LXVIII.

VIII. On the Genus Cereyon, with a short Monographical Synopsis

of the British Spheridiide. By ANDREW Murray, W.S. Edinburgh.

RNY ae Tae aia eden Ceoanasgnacestsasscacasns adeps satetetpiennit 73

iv CONTENTS.

Page

IX. Characters of new Land Shells, collected by Epcar L. Layarp,

Esq., in Ceylon. By W.H. BENSON, Esq......cesesessesessessccescsvenens : BO

X. Notes on the Ornithology of Ceylon, collected during an eight

years’ residence in the Island. By Epcar Leopouip Layarp,C€.C.S. 97

XI. On the Rissoa rubra. By WiiiraM Crarx, WAN). “osessascimes 107

XII. Description of several new species of British Crustacea. By

Wiiu1aM Tuompson, Esq. (With a Plate.) ...... Wied Rearead pT S| 110

XIII. On two new species of Calanide, with Observations on the

Spermatic Tubes of Pontella, Diaptomus, &e. By Joun Lussocx,

Mag. FG. MAR Plate.) '% .-recnensss danynenderalt -odch “dep Secsecblows 115

XIV. Notes on some new or little-known Marine Animals. By

i Bo, RPOBN, Bs isi sp pebe dd cevde tie aecnuee 124

XV. On the Teeth of the Genus Mitra, Lamarck. By J. E. Gray,

Ph.D., F.RB.S., V.P.Z.S. &e.) %.ccsesesee asi bcaWSive vis touted sndowectes dhe 129

New Books :—Systéme Silurien du Centre de la Bohéme. 1? partie,

Recherches Paléontologiques. Trilobites, par J. Barrande.—

Popular Physical Geology, by J. B. Jukes, F.R.S............. 130—135

Proceedings of the Royal Institution ; Zoological Society ...... 136—148

Observations on the Breeding of the Nightingale in Captivity, by

H. Hanley ; Eucratea chelata, by William F. Templer; On a new

species of Bulimus, by Lovell Reeve, F.L.S.; Johnstonella Catha-

rina, Gosse, by J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c. ; Ona new genus of Ano-

miade, by J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.; Meteorological Observations

ONO TRON rosea seca ceasedhacsacvedss cauvwesdel Wwestenepeeagt aes 148—152

NUMBER LXIX.

XVI. Notes on some new or little-known Marine Animals. (No. 2.)

By PH. :Gosse,A.L.S. (With a Plate.) ..0.0:..icscssemeasosicessbce de seg 153

XVII. On two new species of Calanide, with Observations on the

Spermatic Tubes of Pontella, Diaptomus, &e. By Joun LusBoox,

Esq, F-Z:S. ' (With‘a Plate.) cocci iscieaek ties dale tS eal 159

XVIII. Notes on the Ormithology of Ceylon, collected during an

eight years’ residence in the Island. By Epgar Lroproip Layarp,

Os cc vada ccc ckass vai cis cetus pigedeubbenipdetss vemsevaewshae se) kaneemEn Een 165

XIX. On the Head of the Genus Conus, Linn. By J. E. Gray,

Ph. DZ ER.S., BPS: eos. ia avid. Gesrnstacke) sane: 176

XX. On the Animal of Rotella, Lamk. By J. E. Gray, Ph.D.,

Ps VPLS. WC. acssvcensssevesesa Leet SSO RIAA a cbbyeaedes 4 179

—

CONTENTS. V

age Page

XXI. On the Phosphorescence of some Marine Invertebrata. By

M. A. De QuatTreraces. (With a Plate.) ......... Widens <tbGL yas ~iddee 180

XXII. On some new Carboniferous Limestone Fossils. By Fre-

pERIcK M‘Coy, F.G.S., Hon. F.C.P.S., Professor of Mineralogy and

Geology in the Queen’s University of Ireland ....--...+..sessesereeeeeees 188

New Books :—A Naturalist’s Rambles on the Devonshire Coast, by

P. H. Gosse, A.L.S. &e. ..-....-+6 CS pla ar 3 ee eee Mere Papers ae ed 197

Proceedings of the Zoological Society; Botanical Society of Edin-

Mivphatcieisti-nadinth-caecsus gate ih oe ate oe 199—219

On the Movements of the Blood in the Pulmonary Arachnida, by

E. Blanchard; The Tibetan Badger of Hodgson, by J. E. Gray;

Note on the Germination of the Spores of the Uredines, by L.

R. Tulasne; Meteorological Observations and Table ...... 219—224.

NUMBER LXX.

XXIII. On some new species of Trigonia from the Inferior Oolite

of the Cotteswolds, with preliminary Remarks upon that Genus. By

Joun Lycerr, Esq, (With a Plate.) ......--:ccsseeeeeeeeseeeeeceeee ONC)

XXIV. Note on the Artesian Well at Colchester ; and Remarks on

some of the Microscopic Fossils from the Colchester Chalk. By Joun

Brown, Esq., F.G.S. (With two Plates.) .....-..-+++4+ pia adigd oes 240

XXV. On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration and on the Struc-

ture of the Organs of Breathing in Invertebrate Animals. By THomas

WiiiiaMs, M.D. Lond. (With a Plate.) ............secseeeeeeceeeneeeees 243

XXVI. Notes on the Ornithology of Ceylon, collected durmg an

eight years’ residence in the Island. By Epear Leopotp Layarp,

ea oaks sxcriens bharoacirs on cabehe sAesaeas SOA tER se cnepas nancy oc ave’ 262

XXVIII. Remarks on the Lias at Fretherne near Newnham, and

Purton near Sharpness; with an Account of some new Foraminifera

discovered there ; and on certain Pleistocene Deposits in the Vale of”

~ Gloucester. By the Rev. P. B. Bropre, M.A., F.G.S..........-esen0+++ 272

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Royal Society ..-...-+.++- 278290

On the Monstrosity of a Rose, by J.T. Arlidge, A.B. ; On the Change

of Colourin a Chameleon (Chameleo vulgaris), by H. N. Turner,

jun.; Notes on a new species of Artamus, from India, by Dr.

Nicholson; Meteorological Observations and Table _...... 290—296

vi CONTENTS.

. Page

NUMBER LXXI.

XXVIII. On the “Nucleus” of the Characee. By Au. BRAUN... 297

XXIX. On the Branchial Currents in the Bivalves. By WriL1am

GUA RK FAN. cde ontnsoreinciocs insides bovesskbonteuhia dead ivenes pal Galas seveeses 303

XXX. On Preserving the Balance between the Animal and Vege- __

table Organisms in Sea Water. By Ropert WARINGTON.........6.. 319

XXXI. On the Cornbrash of the neighbourhood of Cirencester.

By James Buckman, F.L.S., F.G.S., Professor of Geology Royal

POUR COUCRG cscs ccciccrgsastuseusssacqaddsbuies bins coudsedbes Ricsices 324

_ XXXII. On the Teeth of the Pneumonobranchiate Mollusca. By

a. &. Guay, PRD, FBS, VP ZS e Sse. 683. cs. oekiail, i dasees eee 329

XXXIII. On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration and on the

Structure of the Organs of Breathing in Invertebrate Animals. By

THomas WixuiamMs, M.D. Lond. (With a Plate.) ..........seseceecee 333

Proceedings of the Zoological Society .....0+s..sscesessscseseeesees theedde 348

Spadix purpurea, by W. P. Cocks; Note on the Parasitism of Coman-

dra umbellata, by Asa Gray; Rare Irish Mollusca, by William

White Walpole; Natica sordida, by William White Walpole ;

Meteorological Observations and Table. ...... ntnssk Maa iehiics 365—368

NUMBER LXXII.

XXXIV. On the British Tritons. By Joun HiGcinsorrom,

FB.S °C Wah two Pintes,) sia ciass ays c iiss ccgnscisets shade biaeeanee 369

XXXV. Notes on some new or little-known Marine Animals.

(No. 3.) By P..H. Gosse, A.LAS. ......cesrescscceccosencceceetcecsecseeses 384

XXXVI. Descriptions of some undescribed species of Reptiles col-

lected by Dr. JosepH Hooker in the Khassia Mountains, East

Bengal, and Sikkim Himalaya. By J. E. Gray, Ph.D., F.R.S.,

Bg 5 Na ot Bo PO POTTED Meee ates eee Te!) ae bk 386

XXXVII. On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration and on the

Structure of the Organs of Breathing in Invertebrate Animals. By

Tuomas Wiuuiams, M.D. Lond. (With a Plate.) ......-.cecsseceeese 393

XXXVIII. On Blood Rain (Palmella prodigiosa, Mont.). By

H. O. Srepuens, Esq., Vice-President of the Bristol Microscopical

Society... (With a Plate.) .:...c0ssccssscsssscccovcveccssoosscerencstagaeessoees 409

XXXIX. Descriptions of two new genera (Pfeifferia and Janella) of

Land Mollusca. By J. E. Gray, Ph.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. ..........6. 412

XL. Notes on the Habits of Bivalve Shell-fish. By S. P. Woop-

PMD Se, uc ose sv iavccOos yc Ugur edancwtetansasa¥a anheease cneonus newen Ckemy 4s Ieee

CONTENTS. vu

"3 Page

XLI. Centuries of North American Fungi. By the Rev. M. J.

Berke ey, M.A., F.L.S., and the Rev. M. A. Curtis, D.D.......... 417

XLII. Note on the Transverse Processes of the Two-toothed Dol-

phin (Hyperoodon bidens). By Prof. Owen, F.R.S. &c. ......:0e.c00e 435

XLII. Remarks on Libellula Brodiei (Buckman), a Fossil Insect

from the Upper Lias of Dumbleton, Gloucestershire. By Professor

Buckman, F.G.S., F.L.S. .........00000 cuideh den pathadbakh thatdoshdarcsket« 436

XLIV. On Gallionella ferruginea (Ehrenb.). By J. W. Grirriru,

as ian dark cutucyishpadin one rie ks swaceng Teiedasdwuaecs 438

New Books :—The Botany of the Eastern Borders, with the popular

names and uses of the Plants, and of the customs and beliefs

which have been associated with them, by G. Johnston, M.D. &c.

—The Handbook of British Ferns, comprising scientific and

popular Descriptions with Engravings of all the Indigenous Spe-

cies and Varieties, with Instructions for their Cultivation, by

T. Moore, F.L.S. &c.—Beitriige zur Mycologie, von G. Frese-

nius, M.D.—A Monograph of the Subclass Cirripedia, with

figures of all the species. The Lepadide or Pedunculated Cirri-

pedes, by Charles Darwin, F.R.S., F.G.S. ci. .ceccsecccenees 439—448

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Linnzan Society ...... 448—476

On the Mode of Reproduction and Development in various groups of

Zoophytes and Mollusca, by M. Gegenbaur; On the Teeth of Tes-

tacellus and Glandina, by J. E. Gray, Ph.D. &c.; On the Strue-

ture of the Retina in Man, by Profs. Kélliker and H. Miiller;

Discovery in the Human Body of a Substance giving the same

~- Chemical Reactions as Cellulose, by M. Virchow ; Meteorolo-

gical Observations and Table .............0000. csseeeeeeecevees 476—483

PLATES IN VOL. XII.

sree! } New species of Caulerpa.

III. Structure of Phanerogamous Plants.

IV. British Spheeridiide.

V. New species of Calanide. i

VI. New British Crustacea.—Noctiluca miliaris.

VII. New species of Calanide.

dg } Microscopic Fossils from the Chalk.

_X. Scolanthus callimorphus.

XI. New species of Trigonia.

XII.

XIII. } Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration in Invertebrate Animals,

XIV.

Bs } The British species of Triton.

XVII. Palmella prodigiosa.

a ee ee a

Aw ee

errs apy Per ee RO

NS TM, eT Ne he i ~“s

pete

A OI IP! G6 aed fF AE

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES. ]

Fo sseseon apes Sowa per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circim vitreos considite fontes :

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores :

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite —— e rupibus, et — os

Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”

» OF Pingu CONN. Parthenii Giannettasii Ecl. 1.

No. 67. JULY 1853.

1.—Remarks on some Alge belonging to the Genus Caulerpa.

By R. K. Grevitie, LL.D. &e.*

[With two Plates. ]

AMONG the Alge collected by Dr. Wight on the shores of the

Peninsula of India are various Caulerpe. Of described species

the following may be enumerated: Caulerpa Lessoni, Bory ;

plumaris, Ag.; scalpelliformis, Ag. ; sedoides, Ag. ; Chemmnitzia,

Lamour., and Freycinetii, Ag.

There are also two or three other species upon which I pro-

to offer some remarks. The first of these is the plant de-

seribed by Agardh as var. 8. crassifolia of his Caulerpa tazifolia ;

at least there can be no doubt that it is the form quoted by him,

and figured by Turner in ‘ Historia Fucorum,’ tab. 53, as Fucus

pinnatus of Linneus. I am, however, very sceptical of its having

any specific relation to C. taxifolia, typical specimens of which I

possess from Agardh and Hornemann. The frond of the latter

is pinnated in a definite, symmetrical and uninterrupted manner,

answering well, in fact, to Agardh’s description : “ pinnis zequa-

libus simplicibus fere horizontalibus, parallelis . . . . basi apice-

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, April 14, 1853,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 1

2 Dr. R. K. Greville on some new species of Caulerpa.

que attenuatis, oppositis, approximatis.” The Indian plant, on

the contrary, is remarkably straggling and irregular in its habit ;

the pinne remote, often interrupted, unequal in length, and in-

stead of being nearly horizontal are given off at a considerable

angle, with a decurrent base. Turner has well remarked of this

plant, that “ young specimens are entirely destitute of pinne,

and resemble in their naked filiform branches, as well as in

their colour, texture and substance, battered plants of Chara

flexilis. Judging from some of Dr. Wight’s specimens, it is not

improbable that even older individuals may retain this form when

vegetating in situations unfavourable to their perfect develop-

ment. It may be added, that, as far as I am aware, the true

C. taxifolia is a native of the West Indies, while the Alga under

consideration has only been found in the Red Sea and in the

East Indies.

Presuming then that Turner and Agardh are correct in regard-

ing our plant as the Fucus pinnatus of Linnzeus, I venture to sug-

gest that it take its place in the genus as Caulerpa pinnata. A

figure representing the frond in a somewhat younger state than

in Turner’s work will be found in one of the plates which ac-

company this paper (PI. I.).

Before I proceed to describe the remaining Caulerpe referred

to in Dr. Wight’s collection, there is another Alga of which it is

desirable to take some notice in connexion with the preceding

species. This is a very beautiful plant which was communicated

to me by Professor Mertens, many years ago, as collected at the

island of St. Thomas in the West Indies, and likewise named

Fucus pinnatus of Linneus. It is, nevertheless, as far removed

from Caulerpa pinnata above mentioned as from C. taxiformis.

It is closely and regularly pinnate, the pinne oblong-obovate and

more or less falcate as in C, scalpelliformis, but (unlike those of

the latter) given off horizontally ; and the frond is besides truly —

pinnate, not pinnatifid. For this plant I propose the following

character :—

Caulerpa asplenioides (nobis) ; frondibus pinnatis, pinnis oppositis,

subhorizontalibus, oboyato-oblongis, falcatis, obtusis, abrupte api-

culatis.

Caulerpa taxifolia, var. crassifolia, Ag.

Fucus pinnatus, L. Mertens in litt.

Although my friend Agardh has in his description of C. tazi-

folia quoted Turner’s figure of Fucus pinnatus as a representation

of his variety crassifolia, | cannot help assuming that he included

our present plant also, for under Caulerpa scalpelliformis he re-

marks, “ Simillima Caulerpze taxifoliz, var. crassifoliz, sed di-

stincta fronde magis confluente, potiusque pinnatifida quam pin-

ae adie

ima ee

Dr. R. K. Greville on some new species of Caulerpa. 3

nata, pinnis obtusis, erasais.” I may add in conelusion that the

stems and branches of C. asplenioides are comparatively tough and

opake, and bear no resemblance to those of C. pinnata, which

Turner has so graphically compared to battered plants of Chara

flexilis.

In order to assist in confirming my views regarding these spe-

cies, I refer to the illustrations on Plate I., viz.—

Caulerpa tazifolia. Fig. 1. A portion of the frond, natural size, Fig. 2. A

ified.

agnifi

Caulerpa asplenioides. Fig. 1. A portion of the frond, natural size.

Fig. 2. A pair of the pmnz magnified.

Caulerpa taxa (nob.) ; frondibus simplicibus, ramentis lineari-clavatis

apice rotundatis undique laxe imbricatis.

Haé. im mari Peninsule Indie Orientalis ; Wight.

This species is allied to Caulerpa clavifera, but is altogether a

more slender plant. It has, indeed, a moss-like habit, at least

after having been dried, quite unlike C. clavifera, with authentic

specimens of which I have compared it ; and still more unlike

Fucus Lamourouxii and Fucus uvifer of Turner, which are consi-

dered as varieties of that species by Agardh. The ramuli vary

considerably in different individuals with regard to their length

and in the degree in which they are thickened upwards ; but

they are always gradually clavate and rounded at the extremity ;

a double character which at once separates it from Caulerpa Se-

lago and its allies, including a beautiful new species (C. furci-

folia, Hary.) collected in New Zealand by Dr. Sinclair, and pre-

sented to me by my friend Mr. William Gourlie.

Puate IJ. fig. 1. Caulerpa lara, natural size. Fig. 2. Ramuli magnified.

Caulerpa fissidentoides (nob.); frondibus compacte pinnato-pecti-

natis; pinnis adscendentibus, linearibus, obtusis, apiculatis, op-

positis.

Hab. in mari Peninsulz Indiz Orientalis; Wight.

It is with very considerable hesitation that I venture to sepa-

rate this plant from Caulerpa plumaris, and I confess that I am

unable to define it satisfactorily. At the same time the habit is

very different, closely resembling that of a gigantic Fissidens. It

is more rigid and less slender in all its parts than C. plumaris,

‘the pinnz shorter and much less capillary, and although given,

off horizontally as in that plant, they immediately assume a more

upward direction. The rachis too (if I may be allowed the term

for convenience sake) is relatively broader, so that the pinne

are often not more than equal to twice or thrice the width of

that part. I am not disposed, however, to lay much stress upon

the length of the pinnz, because this character is extremely va-

4 Mr. W. Clark on the Genus Truncatella.

riable. In Specimens of C. plumaris from the West Indies com-

municated by Agardh and Mertens, the pinne are very nearly

twice as long as in other specimens from the East Indies and the

Cape of Good Hope ; and we must not forget that their extreme

length (nearly 1 inch) forms the only specific difference of Cau-

lerpa longifolia, an Australian species. With regard to the pinnee

of these perplexing forms I may further add, that, in not being

attenuated at the base, they are completely separated from Cau-

lerpa taxifolia.

Puate II. fig. 1. C. fissidentoides, natural size. Fig. 2. A portion of the

frond magnified.

Il.—On the Genus Truncatella. By Wiii1am Crarg, Esq.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN, Exmouth, June 8, 1853.

Mr. Wo. Tuomrson of Weymouth has this day favoured me

with some lively examples of the rare Truncatella Montagui in

its adult and young states, that is, before and after the truncature

of the apex, and also others of the still rarer Rissoa littorea of

authors ; these, though sent by post in moistened weed, which

however was quite dry when received, on being put into sea water

immediately deployed the organs. The first has been described

by the Rev. R. T. Lowe, many years ago, in the 5th volume of

the ‘ Zoological Journal,’ p. 303; and the R. hittorea by the

learned authors of the ‘British Mollusca’ in the Appendix,

vol. iv. p.265 ; still, as my account contains many new particulars,

and notes a difference of opinion in respect of the generic posi-

tion of R. littorea, I have thought it would be agreeable to some —

of your readers to have an accessorial description of these rare

creatures from a fresh though inferior hand, especially as the

present notes exhibit a comparative view of both animals, which

were examined for two days in the same vase under very favour-

able circumstances. It is singular that these tage a un-

doubted Pectinibranchiata, should inhabit at high water level,

im company with Conovulus denticulatus and C. bidentatus, both

Pulmonifera, and are, as Mr. Thompson has informed me, “ deci-

dedly amphibious,” being often found far above that limit; but

I apprehend not more so than many of the minuter Litiorine,

particularly L. neritoides, which are attached to rocks for long

periods, perhaps during their whole existence, above the highest

tides and even beyond the reach of the spray, living apparently on

the floating saline moisture. It would appear then that the two

“ee ey

— ee es

a i cl i eid

dy, Fe

i 2's SIF Te yey of ea Mee TAS

Cy Ga eee eee LER IY Dg)

Mr. W. Clark on the Genus Truncatella. 5

respiratory systems are in respect of these animals on the limits

of their respective boundaries, and form the transitions from one

tothe other. Both the Pectinibranchiates escaped from the water

as quickly or quicker than the Pulmonifera, but all the former,

whether littoral or from deep water, have the same propensity ;

therefore this fact is of little value; yet, when strictly confined,

the Truncatelle continued lively for two days, whilst the Cono-

vuli became torpid in twelve hours: perhaps we may conclude

that these littoral Pectinibranchiata and the sub-littoral Pulmo-

nifera are to a certain extent amphibious. All these species were

taken mixed together in an estuary at Portland by Mr. Thomp-

son, who states that they are very rare and local.

Truncatella Montagui, Lowe.

Truncatella Montagui, Brit. Moll.

- Animal, when adult, occupying a yellow or whitish subcylin-

drical shell of four flattish volutions deeply divided, and fur-

nished with close-set somewhat irregular costelle ; when young,

before the apex is truncated, of 6-8 smoother and more taper

gyrations ; the peristome in the completed shell is entire, having

the outer lip blunt and a little reflexed ; with respect to colour,

it is of the palest yellowish white, aspersed with very minute

flake-white points, particularly the foot, with a patch of pink on

the neck caused by the colour of the buccal corneous plates

showing through the pellucidity of the tissue. The mantle is

plain and even with the shell, but rather tumid at the margin: I

did not observe much approach to the mantellar collar of the

Helices. The rostrum is ridged or annulated, long, very broad,

flat, emarginate at the end, forming on each side a curved com-

pressed auricle, and cloven underneath vertically and slightly

crosially ; buccal apparatus reddish pink ; the tongue at its deeply

seated terminus displays a pair of white jaws; it can be seen

through the cesophagus, and is accompanied on each side by a

linear streamer floating loose posteally. I am not certain whether

these narrow tape-like additions proceed from the buccal mem-

brane or tongue,—I think the latter,—or they may possibly be

salivary glands.

The branchial plume is single, of an elongated kidney-shaped

figure, and has the usual constriction or sinus at the end nearest

to the heart ; it can be detected with high powers in sunlight,

through the body volution of pale, clear, thin shells ; all the rest

of the organs, including the single pale brown ganglion on each

side the cesophageal collar on its upper surface, may be easily

seen through the hyaline tissue of the neck and head. The neck

and rostrum from its corrugations can be protruded to an extra-

6 Mr. W. Clark on the Genus Truncatella.

ordinary extent beyond the aperture; the head far exceeds the

tentacula in length ; these are short, flat, broad, subtriangular,

and diverge greatly, scarcely forming an angle of 25° ; the eyes

are large and black, and have white prominent pupils, which

visibly dilate and contract. I have never observed such in any

mollusk, though similar ones may have escaped notice; th

are placed a little nearer to the base than the middle of their

lower half, not on pedicles, but quite flat on the centre of

subsemicircular expansions of the outer sides of the tentacula,

with an external tendency. Foot thick, steep, oval, very little ex-

tended, and on the march maintaining posteally and anteally the

oval contour, with a vermicular motion, like an advance of one

half to the other ; this action gives an apparent crease simulating

an incised transverse line, but on the step being completed the

foot becomes entire ; it carries very posteally on a plain upper

lobe, without an appendage of any sort, a narrow, irregularly

oval, light yellow corneous operculum, rounded at the outer mar-

gin and basally, straighter next the columellar side, and con-

tracted at the upper angle; the nucleus of the spire is at the

base, with a single turn, which, though indistinct, is in certain

lights, with good glasses, quite visible; its surface is coarse and

corrugated, and marked with rough, somewhat oblique, not

equidistant strie or ridges. The rostrum is medially longitu-

dally finely grooved, which character extends through the

neck as far as can be seen, probably as a guide channel to the

branchial leaf. The neck, with this exception, is plain. The

animal is not shy, but does not creep with much rapidity ; its

progression is a modification of the littormidan vermicular cha-

racter. That Truncatella is a littorimidan genus admits of no

doubt ; the very paucispiral operculum, pair of jaws, and single

branchial plume sufficiently attest this determination ; its posi-

tion is of course closely connected with Rissoa.

Truncatella littorea, Della Chiaje.

Truncatella littorina, Philippi, Moll. Siciliz.

Rissoa et Assiminia littorea, nonnull.

Animal inhabiting a minute pale yellow shell, not ;5th of an

inch high, or in transverse measure, of four rather tumid volu-

tions, the first three of small areas, the body being more than

5ths of the bulk of the whole ; under powerful lenses in some

specimens the rudiments of the longitudinal costellee or strive of

Truncatella Montagui are visible, an important corroborative cha-

racter ; the peristome is complete, but sharp-edged. The animal

is of the palest yellowish white, sprinkled with excessively mi-

nute flake-white points, particularly on the sole of the foot, with

Mr. W. Clark on the Genus Truncatella. 7

the slightest tinge of brown on the neck, the effect of that colour

in the buccal plates declaring itself through the membranes.

Mantle plain and thickened at the margin. Rostrum annulated,

but not so long in proportion as in its congener, broad, flat,

emarginate at the extremity, forming on the right and left a

flattish areuated lobe ; beneath, vertically and slightly crosially

cloven, having the usual corneous buccal plates, tongue, and pair

of white jaws. Tentacula very short, broad, flat, rounded at the

end, divergent, both in quietude and on the march to almost

right angles, with large eyes and dilatable white pupils as in the

ing species, pl not positively at their terminations,

but on the centre of the membrane, at some distance from the

extreme points: this was particularly remarked; but the very

powerful lens used would-give them that appearance, which of

course would not be so apparent when viewed by a common

glass ; though, nearer the extremity of the tentacula, the cha-

racters are precisely those of T. Montagui, and a similar white

pupil is a singular coincidence. The neck, as in its congener,

has the same longitudinal groove or canaliferous lines running

medially through the rostrum and neck to the branchial leaf, and

is doubtless an aqueduct. The neck and rostrum in quietude

appear short ; they are so in 7. Montagui, but can in like man-

ner be greatly extended, though not proportionately so much ;

for these reasons the branchial streamlets and nervous ganglions

were not seen: but I distinctly observed, through the tenuity of

the shell, the kidney-shaped respiratory apparatus with the con-

striction at the end nearest to the heart, and clearly detected

the fine blood-vessels of the reniform loop ranged in transverse

order. The only difference observable in the two species is, that

in this, the leaf appears of a shorter or more oval contour, more

compact, and with a less deep constriction ; the neck and rostrum

have no additions beyond the groove and annulations. Foot

thick, having a more elongated oval shape than im its congener,

and, as in it, on the march is rounded im front and behind ;

it simulates the same transverse crease or line on the sole,

and has a like character of progression. There is a simple,

almost terminal, but decided operculigerous lobe that bears a

light corneous suboval operculum, which in all points, except

being of lighter colour and broader oval, is identical with that

organ in the preceding species to which I refer ; indeed so great

is the similarity of the two animals, that I might by a reference

have condensed the greater part of this account; but as these

notes are decidedly comparative of two particular creatures, I

have, for impression, given them in extenso. The animal is free,

but deliberate on the march, and carries its shell very upright,

at near an angle of 75°—80° from the horizon.

8 Mr. W. Clark on the Genus Truncatella.

It will be seen that this account is essentially the same as the

one in the ‘ British Mollusca,’ except that the learned authors

have proposed to deposit it in Assiminia. I think its generic

position is with Truncatella. A comparison of the two species will

show that they are not only identical in the principal characters,

but almost all the minutiz are congruous. Indeed I may say,

that these gentlemen differ little more from me than in the name,

‘ Assiminia, which I would gladly accept for Truncatella for the

reasons below, if such a change in nomenclature were not for-

bidden by strict conventional laws. As far as I can learn, not

having seen the animal of A. Grayana, the genus Assiminia

scarcely varies, if at all, from Truncatella; at least the generic

characters given in the ‘ British Mollusca’ are absolutely those

of that genus, except some difference in the position of the eyes,

which I shall not be surprised to find turns out greater in terms

than in reality.

I wish some naturalist would send me here some live examples

of A. Grayana; they inhabit the Greenwich and other eastern

marshes about London : if sent by post the same evening when

taken, in a small, strong, wooden, turned box of the size of half-a-

crown, with a little weed or dry moss only slightly moistened in

the water of their habitat, they would probably arrive sufficiently

lively for examination. Even the shells, if with the opercula,

would enable me to give a qualified opinion on their position.

The generic title of Truncatella is objectionable, as being in

this case too distinctive, and therefore only strictly applicable to

Truncatella Montagui, whilst two, if not three, of our indigena,

T. littorea, T. Grayana?, and T. nitidissima?, are never truncate

at the apex ; still, this appellation has been so long established,

that it is better to continue it than add new names to science :—

the latter remarks are M. Philippi’s sentiments. We have here

a striking illustration of the value of conchological made genera, —

as, in consequence, three species of one genus have received as

many generic titles, from their shells exhibiting a subcylindrical,

a conical, and a discoid form (if the Skenea? nitidissima of authors

is the T. atomus? of Philippi, as is probably the case).

I see no reason to doubt M. Philippi’s Truncatella littorina

(Moll. Sicil. vol. ii. p. 183. tab. 24. fig. 2) bemg our present spe-

cies ; the description and figure entirely accord. —

It is stated by me in a former paper in the ‘ Annals’ that this

is an apocryphal British species ;—the refutation is now suffi-

ciently complete.

I am, Gentlemen,

Your most obedient servant,

WiiiiaM CLARK,

or se ee

ee ee ee ee

2 - tere. per aN

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Operculum of the Genus Diplommatina. 9

III.—On the Operculum of the Genus Diplommatina.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &e.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

Ir Mr. Benson, before writing his observations on. this genus

which appeared in the preceding Number of the ‘ Annals’

(vol. xi. p. 433), had taken the trouble to come and examine the

specimens of Diplommatina in the British Museum on which Dr.

Pfeiffer and I had founded our observations, he would have

found that there was not the slightest ground for any of the

arguments which he has used to induce naturalists to believe

that the opercula described as belonging to the genus could have

been accidentally placed in the shell, and thus excuse the imper-

fection which occurs in his and Capt. Hutton’s description of the

animal ; and further, he could never have made the extraordinary

suggestion that the opercula belonging to Diplommatina “ were

adventitious,” and might be “assignable to the young Alyceus

strangulatus,” for the opercula of the two genera are most un-

like in structure and colour, and that of the latter genus is at

least five times as large as the largest species of the former.

The opercula of the three species of Diplommatina costulata

in the Museum are each attached to the dry remains of the ani-

mal; two of the animals are still in the shell, and the third was

extracted from the shell for the purpose of more accurate exa-

mination. ;

It is easy to understand, when we consider the minuteness of

the operculum, its small size compared with that of the mouth

of the shell, and its transparency, how it may be overlooked,

especially when it is sought for in the curious manner mentioned

by Capt. Hutton. Ihave a strong suspicion that if Mr. Benson’s

specimens were more carefully examined, the operculum would be

discovered, unless the animal has been eaten out of the shell

by insects.

The operculum of Acme fusca, so common in many parts of

England, which is of about the same size but darker, was over-

looked by many malacologists, and has been denied after it was

described by others, as is the case with that of Diplommatina.

I may observe, merely to try to clear away certain theories

which continue to cling about malacology, that I cannot consider

“ the existence of the tooth-like plait on the columella” of any

force as “ militating against the theory of an operculum ” in this

genus, for we now well know that Pyramidella, Odostomia and

10 Mr. T. Nuttall on a new species of Rhododendron.

Acteon, and sundry other genera which have tooth-like plaits on

the columella, have opercula.

Secondly, Mr. Benson must excuse me if I suspect he has

mistaken some adventitious membrane for an epiphragm, for I

have never seen a true epiphragm which extended “ even over

the reflected portion on the parietes” of the mouth ; indeed’ such.

an extension is inconsistent with the manner in which the part

is deposited.

June 1, 1853.

IV.—Description of a new species of Rhododendron from Bootan,

in India, By Tuomas Nurratt, Esq.

Rhododendron Kendrickii.

Frutex ramosus ; foliis oblongo-lanceolatis, acuminatis, glabris, con-

coloribus, margine leviter undulatis, junioribus pubescentibus ; co-

bis multifloris ; laciniis calycinis minutis, acuminatis ; (stami-

nibus 10?) filamentis glabris; capsulis arcuatis, glabris, 6-locula-

ribus ; seminibus lanceolatis, utrinque acutis.

Hab. Mountains of Bootan (Mr. Booth). About 7000 feet eleva-

tion, accompanying R. Hdgworthii, and found lower down than

R. Hookeri and R. Falconeri, but above R. serotinum.

This fine species, having some affinity with R. arboreum, forms

lofty thickets (after the manner of R. ponticum), through which

the traveller finds dark and difficult paths. The stem attains

the diameter of 7 or 8 inches, with a smooth pale bark. The

leaves, 4 to 6 inches long, are scarcely more than an inch wide,

elegantly waved on the margin in small plaits, so as to appear

almost crenate, disposed partly in whorls, equally green and

smooth on both surfaces when adult, the petiole less than half

an inch in length ; the young leaves and stems, in young plants,

more or less clothed with reddish glutinous hairs; beneath,

shining, with the pubescence chiefly confined to the midrib.

Flower-cone oval, the scales smooth, rounded and obtuse ; inner-

most scales or bracts silky. Corymb 10- to 12-flowered. Flowers

large, deep red. Stamens 10? smooth. Stigma 5-lobed. Calyx

small, as in R. arboreum, the segments broad, ovate, acuminate.

Capsule 1 to 14 inch long, incurved, 6-celled, smooth and dark

brown. Seeds small, darkish brown, lanceolate, oblique, acute

at both extremities.

It grows promiscuously with the very hardy Pinus excelsa, and

with several kinds of undescribed oaks. Found to be hardy in

the climate of England. Fresh flowers have not yet been seen,

On a new Arrangement of Phanerogamous Plants. ll

but from the appearance of dried fragments they seem to be of a

red.

According to the herbarium of my friend Sir William Hooker,

it appears that this species was observed in Bootan by the late

Mr. Griffith. The specimens referred to are branches without

flowers or fruit.

Dedicated to the memory of my iilonenewcd friend and

botanist, the late Dr. Kendrick of Warrington.

V.—On Relative Position; including a new Arrangement of

Phanerogamous Plants. By B. Cuarxe, F.L.S. &e.

[With a Plate.]

Part IV.

On Dorsal Placentation.

Tue instances in which this variation from usual placentation

takes place deserve particular attention as having a direct bearing -

on affinities, the structure of the ovary, and the position of the

carpel when single; but this involves a question relatmg to

the structure of the ovary of Nelumbium which requires to be

_ first more particularly noticed. The discovery that in this

genus the raphe of the anatropal ovule is turned away from the

adherent funiculus, has been the occasion of an extended in-

quiry into the structure of its remarkable ovary, and repeated

examinations in different stages of its development have led to

the conclusion that the carpels always stand with the ventral

suture outwards, that is, turned towards the stamens.

The cause of this singular departure from ordinary structure

is however difficult to explam, but seems owing to one of the

following circumstances :—1. Either the real ovary is rudi-

mentary, consisting only of the disk in which the carpels are

immersed, and the carpels themselves belong each to a separate

flower (each rudimentary carpel producing from its base one

female consisting of a single carpel); or, 2. the ovary is apo-

carpous as generally understood and the carpels are turned out-

In support of the first hypothesis, it may be observed that the

disk im which the carpels of Nelumbium are immersed differs from

such structures in other families in being continuous with the

stem, in consisting internally of irregular cavities separated by

thin walls, and in containing an abundance of spiral vessels. But

supposing that this were its structure, it might be expected that

as each carpel belonged to a separate flower there would be some

12 Mr. B. Clarke on Relative Position ;

variations in its position ; but this is not the case, as the carpels

have regularly the ventral suture turned outwards ; and this sug-

gests the idea that carpels (like leaves revolute in vernation) may

be formed by the margins of the carpellary leaves being turned,

and meeting outwards instead of inwards. May not stamens

also, being turned outwards or inwards, be analogous in some:

cases to the vernation of leaves? In Tormentilla officinalis I have

observed carpels among the stamens (stamens metamorphosed ?)

having the ventral suture apparently outwards, the tendency of

the anthers being also to open outwards. But as in Cerato-

phyllum and Piperomia the carpels are all posterior, the uni-

formity of the position of the carpel in Nelumbium forms only a

partial objection, and the former is probably the true solution of

the question.

A further argument in support of the hypothesis that in Ne-

lumbium the ovary has the ventral suture turned outwards, is de-

rived from the fact that in the Nymphal Alliance the placentation

is, as Mr. Brown has remarked, dorsal, variations even when

they do take place being only partial; for supposing the carpel

to be so placed, Nelumbium agrees in this character also in the

adherent funiculus being always at the inner angle of the carpel

(Pl. III. figs. 1, 2,3 &4). The occurrence of dorsal placentation

in other families allied more or less nearly also makes it probable

that this is the true structure of Nelumbium, and on this account

an especial notice of them may be the more interesting, passing

over those in which the ovules are numerous, viz. Orobanchaceze

(in some genera only), Nymphzacez, Butomacee, and possibly

Hydrocharidee.

1. Hydropeltis purpurea. Ovules two, pendulous, anatropal,

having the raphe turned away from the placenta, and attached

one above the other to the dorsum of the carpel*, (PI. III. fig. 6.)

2. Cabomba aquatica. Ovules three, pendulous, anatropal,

having the raphe turned away from the placenta (occasionally

lateral ?), one attached to the ventral suture near the apex of the

carpel, and the two others to its sides midway between the dor-

sal and ventral sutures. These two ovules are attached to two

cord-like ribs which originate in the base of the cell, and are

continued upwards to the attachment of the third ovule. (PI. IIT.

fig. 7.)

°5., Ceratophyllum demersum. Ovuie single, pendulous from

the apex of the cell in consequence of the funiculus to the apex

of which it is attached being firmly adherent to the dorsum of

the carpel. This funiculus originates in the base of the carpel

* That the ovule is anatropal is further shown by the embryo being next

the hilum.

a a

be,

including a new Arrangement of Phanerogamous Plants. 13

as in Nelumbium, and is always more or less distinctly visible in

the early stages of the flower* (Pl. III. fig. 5). From this cha-

racter the nearest affinity of Ceratophyllum may be, as first sug-

gested by Dr. Asa Gray, with Ne/wmbium rather than with Pipe-

racez, which, from the position of its carpel, I formerly supposed

might be its true station. Its habit however is more that of

Cabomba, with which it agrees in the stamens being turned out-

wards instead of inwards, as in Hydropeltis ; it may also be re-

garded as having some analogy with Hydrocharidez in its ortho-

~— ovule, exalbuminous seed and unisexual flowers, and pos-

sibly with Cryptocoryne in its many-leaved plumule, and it

further agrees with Hydropeltide in its cellular leaves.

4. Chloranthus. The ovary of this genus agrees with that of

Ceratophyllum in always having the appearance of a funiculus

arising from its base which is constantly attached to the posterior

side. That the posterior is the dorsal side of the ovary is the most

probable, as the stigmatic tissue always descends on its anterior

side, having first obliquely crossed its thickened summit; and

that this is the true structure of Chloranthus is placed almost

beyond doubt by the carpel in Piperomia. and in Houttuynia

when single being always posterior. (See the figure of Chlo-

ranthus accompanying Part III.)

- 5. Arum maculatum. Ovules five or six ascending, always

attached to the posterior side of the carpel (its lower half) ;

stigma having its anterior surface only stigmatic as in Piperacee,

the posterior being not unfrequently almost vertical and rounded

(Pl. III. fig. 8). Although it may not be considered as fully

demonstrated that in Arum the carpel is posterior, yet it is ob-

vious that it must be either always anterior or always posterior,

and as it is variable and more frequently posterior in Typhacez,

it is very improbable that it is always anterior in drum, and a

comparison also with Cryptocoryne may perhaps be adduced as a

further argument. In genera nearly allied to Arum the placen-

tation is however not dorsal, but the ovules being partly sutural

in Cabomba and entirely dorsal in Hydropeliis, shows that this

difference of placentation may take place in genera very nearly

allied, if not in the same genus, as in Mesembryanthemum.

Cryptocoryne. From Mr. Griffith’s figures of C. ciliata

* The following circumstance seems also to show the placentation of Ce-

ratophyllum to be the same as that of Nelumbium. Having three immature

fruits of Ceratophyllum demersum, I allowed them to remain growing on

the plant to produce seeds. But some time afterwards having observed an

altered appearance in one of them, I found on examination that the ovary

had entirely decayed away, leaving the ovule suspended from the apex of a

filiform perfectly entire funiculus which was posterior, and both funiculus

and ovule remained attached to the torus quite free from decay for two or

three days afterwards,

14 On a new Arrangement of Phanerogamous Plants.

(Pl. III. fig. 10) it may be expected that this genus is another

imstance among Aracee in which the placentation is dorsal, as

the fissure of the stigma is in two instances represented as

taking place toward the axis (Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xx. tab. 10).

Fissures occurring in the stigmas of single carpels are generally,

if not without exception, dorsal, and in Sparganium ramosum such -

fissured stigmas are not unfrequent, the fissure being always

dorsal (Pl. III. fig. 9), which is so far a reason for regarding the

5-7-celled ovary of Cryptocoryne as produced by the carpels of

as many separate flowers. As thus understood all the carpels

are posterior having their placentation dorsal, and become ad-

herent, so as to form in appearance one polycarpous ovary ; and

although this may appear problematical, it would be difficult to

account for the structure of Cryptocoryne on the ordinary rules

of carpology, as Mr. Griffith alludes to other species in which

the carpels are more numerous, and adds that he should not be

surprised if species be found to exist with ovaria disposed in two

or more series, which then would nearly approach Arum.

The ovaries of different flowers becoming confluent so as to

form a syncarpous mass is not without parallel, as in the mon-

strous ovaries of Matthiola incana it is a very common irregu-

larity that two ovaries, and also three standing in a row, form

only one cavity ; the confluence taking place at the dorsal suture,

or so near it as to be in each case intermediate between the two

placentze, from which it seems possible that this may take place

as a regular structure. And in Opercularia also adhesions take

place between the capsules constituting the small whorls of fruits

which remain permanent after complete dehiscence has taken

place. .

While however dorsal placentation forms an important devia-

tion in the structure of ovaries, its value as a character in sepa-

rating near allies is but weak, Monodora among Anonacex bemg

a remarkable example of ovules deriving their attachment from

the whole of the imner surface of an ovary consisting of a single

carpel, and that in an Alliance which has otherwise ordinary

modes of placentation. But, on the contrary, those families

‘in which it occurs may on that account prove to have a direct

affinity to each other ; and it most probably is, m common with

the posterior position of the carpel, and the raphe averse in pen-

dulous anatropal ovules, an Endogenous character, and shows an

approach (where it occurs) on the part of Exogens to Endogens.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

Fig. 1. The external appearance of a carpel of Nelumbium speciosum, show-

ing the ventral tuberosity which is always turned towards the

stamens.

Fig. 2. The same as seen laterally.

Fig. 3. A longitudinal section of it; a, the ventral tuberosity. The fani-

On the Phosphorescence of some Marine Invertebrata. 15

eulus is seen adherent to the opposite side, and the axis of the

style is seen inclining to the ventral tu ity.

Fig. 4. The same more magnified, showing the cellular somewhat circuitous

canal which extends from a, the ventral tuberosity, to the cavity of

the ovary ; the external and internal openings being closed only by

a thin layer of cellular tissue : the axis of the short style, together

with its termmation in the cayity of the carpe! external to the

funiculus, and also the fibres of the funiculus, are here distinctly

seen.

Fig. 5. An ovary of Ceratophyllum demersum in longitudinal section.

Fig. 6. A carpel of Hydropeiltis purpurea in longitudinal section: a, the

ventral side which is turned towards the axis of the polycarpous

_ ovary.

Fig. 7. A carpel of Cabomba aquatica, the dorsum having been removed.

Two ovules are seen attached to the lateral fibres, which are con-

tinued upwards and meeting at the ventral suture become con-

tinuous; at this part the third ovule is seen attached.

Fig..8. An ovary of Arum maculatum in longitudinal section: a, the ante-

rior side.

Fig. 9. An ovary of Sparganium ramosum in which the dorsal portion of

the stigma had become fissured; when dicarpous, which fre-

quently happens, the stigmatic surfaces of the two carpels are

turned towards each other.

Fig. 10. Cryptocoryne ciliata: a, the fissured stigma. (Griffith.)

—

V1I.—On the Phosphorescence of some Marine Invertebrata.

By M. A. De QuarreraceEs*.

I. Historical review of the Subject.

1. Causes of phosphorescence.—It is well known that the

waters of the sea, in some latitudes and under certain circum-

stances, are phosphorescent, producing a light more or less bril-

liant. This remarkable phenomenon has always attracted the

attention of travellers, and various have been the explanations

they have offered. Without going here into useless detail, we

will first mention those hypotheses which are now completely set

aside, before dwelling on better-founded opinions.

Ancient navigators seem to have indicated a resemblance be-

tween the light produced on the surface of the water and that

which is due to atmospheric phenomena, by designating the

former “ meteors of the sea.’ Something of this idea is evident

even in the writings of learned men, who endeavoured to explain

this phosphorescence solely by physical or chemical causes. Thus

Nollet could see in it only a simple modification of electrical

phenomena, Bajon, in his memoirs on the History of Cayenne,

regards this light as due to the electricity of the waves, deve-

7 From the Annales des Sciences Naturelles, vol. liv. 3rd series, as in-

serted in Silliman’s American Journal of Science for March, 1853.

16 M. de Quatrefages on the Phosphorescence of

loped by the force of opposing currents or by the prows of ves-

sels. Other authors have attributed it to phosphoric fires, to

the burning of bubbles of hydrogen which rise to the surface to

explode, &c. The opinion published by Tingry is of a similar

nature. This philosopher regards the phosphorescence of the

sea as analogous to that which certain bodies, the diamond in.

particular, present, after having been awhile exposed to the sun.

Without entirely setting aside the agency of animals, he attri-

butes the greater part of the phenomenon to a sort of previous

imbibition of the sun’s rays, which are thrown out again during

the mght. He thus explains entirely by physical causes the

remarkable intensity of this phosphorescence im tropical seas*.

A more rational if not a more correct explanation, at least for

many cases, is that which attributes the phosphorescence of the

sea to the decomposition of fishes and other marine animals.

This opinion was adopted by Commerson in his manuscripts

which are deposited in the library of the Muséum.

A passage very much to the pomt is quoted by Lesson from

one of his manuscriptst: “ Phosphorescence is owing to a ge-

neral cause, that of the decomposition of animal substances, espe-

cially of whales and seals, which abound in oily matters.” Bory.

de St. Vincent, Oken, and others have adopted the same view.

There is certainly great appearance of probability in this expla-

nation; it is sustained by well-known facts, and sufficiently ac-

counts for certain circumstances of the phenomenon. Still, in

many cases it is scarcely better founded than the preceding.

The same appears to have been the opinion of Newland, and of

those who like him have attributed phosphorescence to the

spawn of fishes.

But, since the beginning of the last century, careful observa:

tions have been made; and various observers have found that a

great number of sea animals have the property of directly emit-

ting this light. Since 1805, Viviani, professor of natural history

at Genoa, has discovered in the neighbourhood of that city, and

described in a work on the subject, fourteen species of phospho-

rescent animalst.

Many travellers have noticed the phosphorescent properties of

the Meduse. Spallanzani, by diffusing in milk the mucus from

their bodies, rendered the liquid luminous§. Vianelli attributed

* De la phosphorescence des corps, et particuliérement de celle des eaux

de la mer Cosma de Physique, t. xlvii.).

Tt Dict. des Se. Nat., article Phosphorescence.

{ Phosphorescentia,maris quatuordecim Iucescentium animaleulorum

novis speciebus illustrata. Genue, 1807.

§ Voyage en Sicile.

some Marine Invertebrata. 17

the phosphorescence of the sea to a Nereis; Shaw, to certain

flexible zoophytes, &c.

French naturalists have not been behind in this movement.

In 1764, Rigaut discovered and described in an unmistakeable

manner the Noctiluca of Suriray ; it is to them that he attributes

the phosphorescence of the British Channel and Atlantic Ocean.

The Abbé Dicquemare, by researches in the harbour of Havre,

confirmed the first results, which, forgotten for a time, were again

corroborated by the labours of Suriray at the same locality. The

learned hydrographieal engineer, M. de Tessan, rediscovered the

Noetilucz, or animals very similar, in the seas of the Cape of

Good Hope, at False Bay*. M. Rang mentions their presence

on the coast of Algiers+. More recently M. Verhaeghe has been

led by his investigations at Ostend} to the same conclusions as

Dicquemare and Suriray.

The assertion of Rigaut was manifestly exaggerated ; the Noc-

tiluce are not alone in producing this phenomenon. The lumi-

nous properties of various Medusz have been established beyond

doubt by the testimony of Peron, Macartney, Tilesius, Banks,

Forskal, Humboldt, Ehrenberg, Rathke, &c. Peron and Le-

saueur, Humboldt, and others after them, have described with en-

thusiasm the magnificent spectacle presented by shoals of Pyro-

somas, which in the dark look like streams of fused metal. Hen-

derson ascribed the light of the Gulf of Guinea principally to the

Scyllari and to Salpas§. Certain Acalephs, Mollusca, Crustacea,

Annelids, Rotatoria, Lumbrici, Turbellariz, Echinoderms, Zoo-

phytes and Infusoria have been successively pointed out as ca-

pable of phosphorescence ; and if we do not here go into more

detail on this point, it is because the subject has been so fully

treated by Ehrenberg. In the work which the illustrious Secre-

tary of the Berlin Academy has devoted to the phosphorescence

of the sea, he has enumerated 450 authors who have treated

more or less fully of the production of light by organized beings ;

and to this memoir we refer those readers who are curious to

understand thoroughly the history of the question||. We annex

a table, cited almost entire from M. Van Beneden, in which are

* Comptes Rendus de |’Académie des Sciences, 1840. Rapport fait par

+ Cited from Gervais, by M. Van Beneden.

{ Report of M. Van Beneden on the memoir of Dr. Verhaeghe, entitled

* Recherches sur la cause de la phosphorescence de la mer dans les parages

hres (Bulletin de ’Académie Royale de Belgique, t. xiii. par. 2. p.3.

§ Cited by M. Van Beneden. f

|| Das Leuchten des Meeres (Abhandl. der Konig]. Akademie der Wiss,

zu Berlin, 1834).

Ann. § Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xii. 2

18 M. de Quatrefages on \the Phosphorescence of

enumerated the various species of invertebrate animals whose

phosphorescence has been established.

INsEcTs.

Lampyris.—L. noctiluca, L. splendidula, L. italica, L. ignita,

L. phosphorea, L. nitidula, L. lucida, L. hemiptera, Li. japonica.

Exarer.—E. noctilucus, E. ignitus, E. phosphoreus, HB. lam-

padion, E. retrospiciens, E. lucidulus, E, lucernula, E. speculat

K. janus, H. pyrophanus, H. luminosus, E. lucens, E. extinctus,

E. cucujus, E. lucifer. it

Burrestis.—B. ocellata.

Curroscetis.—C. bifenestrata.

Scaraszus.—S. phosphoricus.

Pausus.—P. spherocerus. oe

Fuicor.—F. laternaria, F. serrata, F. pyrrhorhynchus, F. can-

delaria. ;

- Pyraris.—P. minor.

Acuita.—A. gryllotalpa ?

MyYriapopa.

)

ScoLoPENDRA.—S. electrica, S. phosphorea, S. morsitans..

JULUS.

Crusracua. 5

Carcinium.—C. opalinum. rp

ErytHRocePHALus.—KE. macrophthalmus. « ¥;

ScyLLarvus.—Species not determined. 3

GamMaArus.—G. pulex. | "

- Cycrtors.—C. brevicornis. Lagat

. Oniscus.—O. fulgens. é

ANNELIDA.

Nerris.—N. mucronata, N. noctiluca, N. phosphorans:

Syruis.—S8. fulgurans. aes

- Puorocuaris.—P. cirrhigera. a

. Potynor.—P. fulgurans. RD x 1 ewih eine

Cuamrorrmrvus.—C, pergamentaceus. ?

Lumsricus.—L. phosphoreus,

Pranaria.—P. retusa.

Moruusca.

Herrx.—H. noctiluea.

Puoxas.—P. dactylus.

Pyrosoma.—P. atlanticum, P. giganteum.

.. PHALLUsIA.—P, intestinalis,

Satpa.—S. zonaria, 8. Tilesii.

\ some Marine Invertebrata. . 19

Seow slew: \ . .. HenrnopERMATaA.

_ ASTERIAS? . i

_ Ornrvura.—O. telactes, O. phosphorea.

See ee ers eee

eof aed Sa ae ACALEPHA.

a 314. —P. phosphorea, P. noctiluca.

_ Oceanta.—O. Blumenbachii, O. pileata, O. hemispherica

1 pentas), O. lenticula, O. microscopica, O. scintillans.

Br falgens, B. rufescens.

_ Cyprere.—C. pileus.

Myemi1a.—M. norvegica.

; Potypt.

: atuLA.—P. phosphorea, P. grisea, P. rubra, P. argentea.

ERETILLUM ?

Gorconia ?

SERTULaRIA ?

ALcyonta ?

INFUSORIA.

Crratium.—. tripos, C. fusus.

ERIDINIUM.—P. Michaelis, P. acuminatum, P. furea.

-Prorocentrum.—P. micans.

Srentor ?

- Syncnzta.—sS. baltica.

Nocrizvca.—N. miliaris.

We believe that the above list is far from complete, at least as

regards marine animals. Our own observations enable us to add

at least two species of Polynoé, one species of Syllis, some spe-

cies of allied genera, and one or two of Ophiura*.

___ * In the above list of phosphorescent Crustacea, Oniscus fulgens is a

—,* 3 and the Carcinium probably ey ie same genus (see

s ’s Journ. [2] ix. 133). Regulus, Euphausia, and Cypridina are

other horescent genera, as observed by the writer; and also Lucifer

to Thompson (Zool. Researches, p. 58), and Thysanopoda, Edw.

Cypridina is evidently the genus of the species referred to by Reville as

observed to be phosphorescent on a voyage to India (Mém. de I’Acad. des

Sci., Savans Etrangers, iii. 267, and Thompson’s Zool. Res. p. 41).

Scyllarus must be incorrectly added to the list, as there are no oceanic

species of the genus. The error is moreover evident from the fact that the

of the phosphorescent Crustacea to this genus was made before

the ies were well understood. Captain Tuckey who states the facts, in

his Voyage to the Congo, has the words, “ with little Crustaceous animals

of the Scyllarus genus (attached to x tiy Sage sah ),’—evidently inconsist-

ent with the genus Scyllarus, which includes large species of very different

habits. The term was probably meant for Squilla, and the species may

have been Schizopods of the family Euphauside —J. D. Dana.

eae ee ey Ne” > Sel i oe age A

20 M. de Quatrefages on the Phosphorescence of

II. On the mode of producing light by Marine Invertebrata.

Almost all researches undertaken to discover the manner of

producing light in animals, have been made on insects, especially

the Lampyri and Elaters. Spallanzani, Burmeister, but, above

all, Macaire*, have published results apparently decisive. ‘These

experiments undertaken and varied by Matteuccit, with all the

precautions furnished by experimental science at the present day,

leave, we think, no room for doubt. In the insect. which he ex-

amined, the light was produced by an actual. slow combustion

analogous to that of phosphorus exposed to the air, This light

is extinguished in a vacuum and in the irrespirable gases ; it, re-

appears by contact with atmospheric air ; it is sensibly brightened

in pure oxygen ; it continues in animals after they are dead, or

even cut to pieces. The particular substance from which it ema-

nates may be isolated, and may leave upon the fingers or the

dissecting instrument a luminous streak which disappears only

on drying; a little dampness even, in certain cases, 1s sufficient

to restore the phosphorescence ; finally, the production of this

light is accompanied in the living animal, as well as in its dead

carcass, by the escape of carbonic acid. Everything concurs then.

to show that the phosphorescence of insects, and probably ofall

aérial animals, is owing to a peculiar secretion, whose substance

combining slowly with oxygen produces hight. 5

But can this explanation of phosphorescence be applied to in-

vertebrated animals living in water? Such. questions imme-

diately arise, but yet have been overlooked by most naturalists.

The greater part of the observers from whose works we have.

cited. have been satisfied with knowing that animals produced,

the phosphorescence of the sea; some have gone a little farther,

and have attributed this phenomenon to the secretion of a lumi-

nous liquid. This opinion appears generally adopted, and traces,

of it may be seen even in the writings of some naturalists who,

have. not formally stated it. The experiments of Spallanzani.

and the observations of many travellers seem fully to confirm

this view, which is evidently correct in some eases. Dugés, for

instance, has decidedly adopted it, and has implied a, resemblance

between the phosphorescence of the Meduse and Annelids, &c.,

and that of the Elaters and Lampyridest.

A very different opinion has been set forth by M. Gilbert, an

officer of the corps of naval engineers, who, without being aware

of the investigations of others on this subject, had seen the .Noe-

tiluce, and describes them rather coarsely, but ina manner easily

* Journal de Physique, t. xciii.

+ Lecon sur les phénoménes physiques des corps vivants, 8° lecon: |

+ Traité de Physiologie comparée, t. ii. Montpellier, 1838,

eS fact ee oe ee ae

vccesome Marine Invertebratas) 0 1! at

— He explains the production of light m these animals

the development of electricity from the surface of their bodies,

nee opment brought out by the action of the waves*. This

rte is evidently untenable even in a merely physical

x vine view.

Basti spas to us one of the first, if not the first, who has

adept hosphorescence a pheenomenon ‘distinct from the physico-

ss actions which take place in our laboratories, but with-

ing himself very fully on this subject. This naturalist

hosphorescence as due to Crustacea belonging to dif-

ent iBoera “he allows that the seat of this light, emitted on

irritation or at the time’ of procreation, resides in glands placed

in’ variable number on the sides of the thorax. Te adds :—

“his light should be regarded as a fact established by investi-

nm, as a modification of the laws of life, and as different from

simple sparkling light resulting from the decomposition of

animal substances}.

“Carus, losing sight of the philosophy which prevails in his

8; adopts the opinion that this phenomenon is a property of

pained animal matter, which is nothing else than the nérvous

, and which representing the solar element in the ani-

ul, , necessarily appears luminous to the planetary elementt.

He; then, as well as Oken, from whom he cites the passage,

“regards the jelly of Zoophytes, Medusx, &c., as the nervous

substance in its lowest stage, from which the “other substances

embraced within it have not been isolated.”

M. Bérard, cited by Dugés§, regards the phosphorescence of

iitimals as due to a kind of luminous imbibition, or purely vital

effect, analogous to those which result in different bodies from

the action of heat, electricity, light, &e.

“Dr. Coldstream published in Todd’s Encyclopedia’ a very

interesting article on phosphorescence||. After having examined

the ‘nature of animal light, the natural or artificial circumstances

which influence its appearance or intensity, the points of body in

different animals from which it is produced, he sums up all that

we have learned ftom different authors of the phosphorescent

; , and the different theories proposed to explain these phe-

nomena. We quote from this English author some passages

from this part of his work.

_ According to Beccaria, Meyen, &e,, the phosphorescence of

ait

* Annales maritimes, 1817.

¥ Dict. des Se. Natur., 1826, article Phosphorescence.

{ Traité élémentaire ry Anatomie comparée, traduit par Jourdan, t. i.

§ Traité de Physiologie comparée, t. 11.

|| The Cyclopzedia of Anatomy and Physiology, Part xxii. article Animal

Luminousness. 1841.

22 M. de Quatrefages on the Phosphorescence of

animals is owing to what they absorb from the rays of the sun,

which they throw out again in the dark. inert

Spallanzani regards phosphorescence as a kind of combustion

sustained by the oxygen of the air.

According to Brugnatelli, the light is taken im with the food,

and disengaged by particular organs. i

Macaire considers the phosphorescent matter as composed of

phosphorus and albumen. The variations of intensity apparent,

in the light arise more or less from the coagulation of the albu-

men, a coagulation which is increased or diminished at the co

of the animal, and permits a more or less rapid combustion.» \

Tiedemann, Darwin, H. Davy, Heinrich, Treviranus, Bin:

meister, &c., believe in the secretion of 2 liquid containing phos-

phorus, and in the combustion owing to the air introduced: by

respiration. i

Macartney and Todd regard phosphorescence as due to the

nervous fluid concentrated and modified by certain ineeies) $0 as

to appear under the form of light.

The author next proposes his own theory founded on a sort: ‘of

fusion between the two preceding. With Macartney, he admits

that phosphorescence is due to an imponderable agent, and com-

pares it to the production of electricity by certain fishes. But

considering the well-known fact of the luminous traces that cer-

tain animals leave behind them, he supposes that phosphorus

or an analogous substance may very well enter ito the compo-

sition of the organs which produce the light. dor

It is plain that Dr. Coldstream, in common with all the authors

whom we have cited, believed that phosphorescence none be

attributed to but one cause.

This error M. Becquerel* has avoided. After having ahve

that in the Lampyris and other insects phosphorescence is the re-

sult of a chemical action at the control of the animal, M. Becquerel

relates the observations of Ehrenberg, and admits with him that

in certain inferior animals the production of light is owing to

a disengagement of electricity. Moreover, he recalls the ob-

servations of MM. Quoy and Gaimard, who had seen under the

equator, near the island of Rawak, small zoophytes, which while

swimming rapidly, drew after them luminous trains. Finally,

M. Becquerel, resting on this fact, and on his own observations

made in company with M. Breschet, at Venice, in the waters of

the Brenta, allows that the phosphorescence of the sea may be

owing to an organic substance intimately combined or mingled

with the water, analogous to that which covers the herring and

other fish when they are phosphorescent.

. * Traité de Physique comparée, dans ses rapports avec la Chimie et les

Sciences naturelles, t. ii., 1844.

a a

ee ee ee

‘

eT en ee ee en ee ee eee ee! eee

‘Ff

0 ON er ee oe en ee ee

some Marine Invertebrata. : 23

Dr. Coldstream seems not to have known of two memoirs

which appeared in Germany, about the same time, and which we

have: reserved for the close of this history, on account of their

peculiar interest.

The first of these works is that of M. Ehrenberg*, and it is in-

contestably the most complete which has been published on this

subject. .To all the facts made known by his predecessors, the

author adds the result of his own investigations m many seas.

At Alexandria he established beyond doubt the fact that the

Spongodium vermiculare, as also other Alge regarded as phos-

phorescent, owe this appearance only to the luminous animal-

cules adhering to their surface. He describes a new species of

Polynoé (P. fulgurans) found by him in the Baltic, that appa-

rently plays an important part in the phosphorescence of that

sea, which also owes its luminous properties to different infu-

soria. At Christiana and at Heligoland, Ehrenberg observed this

phznomenon in many species of Meduse; at the last locality

he met with the Noctiluca miliaris, which he calls Mammaria.

Ehrenberg describes also the very remarkable mode of phospho-

reseence which appeared in a Nereid, the Photocharis cirrhigera.

In that Annelid, the light proceeds from two thick and fleshy

citri belonging to the dorsal branch of the feet. The author

observed sparks, at first isolated, invade the cirri by degrees,

until they became luminous in their whole extent; then the

sphorescence spread through the whole back, until the animal

ooked like a thread of burnimg sulphur. The mucus secreted

by the Photocharis left on the fingers a luminous trace. In the

Polynoé fulgurans, Ehrenberg regards two large rough bodies,

resembling ovaries, as charged with producing the light. In the

ippe pileus and in the Oceania pileata, he found that the

light ‘starts from the centre, that is, in the neighbourhood of the

‘reproducing organs. In the Oceania hemispherica, a species

‘whose diameter is more than an inch, Ehrenberg saw the sparks

from a chaplet around the border; these correspond to the large

cirri or to the organs alternating with them.

| Ehrenberg sums up in the following manner the important

results of his labours :—

» Ast. The phosphorescence of the sea appears to be owing

solely to organized beings.

» 2nd. A very great number of organic and inorganic bodies

shine in the water and out of the water in different ways.

» 8rd. There is also a light from organized bodies, which is

probably owing to vital action.

4th. The active organic light shows itself frequently under

the form of a simple flash, repeated from time to time, sponta-

* Loc. cit.

24 M. de Quatrefages, on the. Phosphorescence of

neous or provoked. Often. also. it) appears under the form! of

repeated sparks, followmg each other in quick succession, under

the influence of the will, and very similar to electric sparks.

Often, but not always, there is. formed by this, production, of

sparks, a mucilaginous humour, gelatinous or aqueous, which is

diffused around in great abundance, and is evidently placed ina -

secondary or passive state of phosphorescence, which, continues

a long time without requiring any new influence from the organic

being, and even lasts after that has been divided or destroyed...

A light which to the naked eye appears uniform and tranqnals

shows itself scintillating under the microscope.

5th, The. viscous humour which envelopes and penetrates the

ovaries seems to be especially susceptible of acquiring. this com-

municated light, which is constantly reinforced by friction, and

reappears even when it seems to have ceased.

May not the light emitted by living fishes, by Actinias, wad

by, many other animals covered with mucosity, be, sometimes

merely communicated ?

6th. The relations which exist between the production of light

and the sexual functions are evident in the Coleoptera, although

the connexion of the small luminous sacs with the reproductive

organs may remain concealed. With many marine hermaphro-

dite animals, phosphorescence appears to be a means of defence

and protection, analogous to those of another kind which exist

in the Brachinus crepitans, the cuttle-fish, the frog, or to the

discharges of the torpedo. Whatever it may be, the air and the

sea have their phosphorescence.

7th. As yet it is only among the Annelids, and of then: only

m the Photocharis, that a peculiar phosphorescent organ has

been discovered ; it is external, tufted, frequently giving out

light, similar to a thick cirrus, showing a largely cellular struc-

ture, and formed within of a mucilaginous substance. The ex-

panded base of the marginal cirri in the Thaumantias (Acalephs)

may be regarded as phosphorescent organs, of an wousual kind.

The ovaries are more probably luminous, passively and in’a

secondary manner, although their minuteness and transpareney

have prevented our ascertaining whether the organs of phospho-

rescence are placed near them, as for instance in the Polynoé

and Pyrosoma.

8th. The production of light is evidently a vital act very simi-

lar to the development of electricity, an act which being com-

pletely individual, becomes more feeble and ceases ‘on too fre-

quent repetition, which reappears after a short interval of repose,

to the production of which absolute integrity of the organism is

not necessary, but which sometimes manifests direct connexions

only with the nervous system.

\) 980°: some’Marine’ Invertebrata.’ 25

' The memoir of Meyen is less extended, but it contains some

important facts*, The author admits three kinds of phospho-

rescence :—1. The phenomenon is owing to a mucosity diffused

in water: In that case the water seen in the day has a uniform

tint of bluish white. ~It is often observed in tropical ports, but

rarely out‘on the open sea. This mode of phosphorescence may

be produced artificially by washing or by crushing certain Mol-

lusks and Acalephs either in sea-water or m fresh. 2. Phospho-

reseence results from the presence of certain living animals, en-

dowed with'a liminous mucus. This continues even after the

death of the animal); it arises from a superficial oxidation of the

mucous coating; and it can be reproduced after it seems extinct

by passing the finger over the animal. The animals which owe

their lummous property to a secretion are, according to the

author, Infusoria, Rotifera, Biphorze, Medusz, Asterias, Cuttie-

fish, Sertularie, Pennatule, Planariz, Crustacea and Amnelids.

3: The third cause of phosphorescence is in some animals from

the presence of one or more special organs. Of this number are

the Pyrosoma, and especially P. Atlantica, whose light, of a

greenish blue, is very brilliant. Hach mdividual carries behind

its mouth a soft opake substance, of a reddish brown colour.

This body is slightly conical, and under the microscope thirty or

forty red points may be seen; it is this substance which pro-

duces the light.

i I. Observations.

It is apparent from the foregoing statements, that the great

majority of naturalists, whatever explanation they have given of

the phosphorescent phenomena, have applied that explanation

indiscriminately to all cases. Meyen himself, while admitting

three kinds of phosphorescence, nowhere expresses the idea that

the production of light arises from causes essentially different.

It, is.im this point, I believe, that the writings of these learned

men are deficient. In a note published in 1843+, Lendeayoured to

establish a different opinion, and to show, that under the general

name.of phosphorescence, phenomena essentially distinct have

been confounded, and which have really nothing in common but

the production of light. We have already shown that such is also

the opinion of M. Becquerel. After having reviewed all that my

predecessors have written on the subject, after having made new

experiments and new observations, I am more than ever per-

suaded that it is really so. Without speaking of the phos-

7 sa pe zur Zoologie, von F. J. F. Meyen, fiinfte Abhan .

Ueber das Leuchten des Meeres (Noy. Act. Nat. Cur. t. xvi, Suppl. 1834).

+ Note sur un nouveau mode de Phosphorescence observé chez quelques

Annélides et Ophiures (Ann. des Sc. Nat., 2e série, t. xix. p. 183).

26 On the Phosphorescence of some Marine Invertebrata.

phorescence arising from. animal decomposition, nor of that

which results from mucus in a state of solution, I believe that

light is produced in living animals in two ways :— it

Ist. By the secretion of a peculiar substance exuding either

from the entire body or from a special organ. It. is probable

that in this first mode of phosphorescence the light always arises -

from a slow combustion. The fact is proved as regards insects ;

but direct experiments are necessary before the same certainty

can exist as to marine Invertebrata, Annelids, Mollusks or Radiata;

2nd. By a vital action, whence results the production of a pure

light independent of all material secretion. I had arrived at this

result at the time of the publication of my first note. My ob-

servations accord entirely with those that Ehrenberg made before

me; yet doubts have been thrown out on the legitimacy of con-

elusions which we had both considered warranted by facts fur-

nished by observation alone. I hope that the experiments which

form the subject of the latter part of this memoir will reply to

all these objections. ‘ep He

When I published my first note, I was informed of Ehren-

berg’s results only through a conversation with Humboldt. | 1

have since consulted his memoir, and find that on some points —

we agree entirely, while we differ on others. he

With Ehrenberg I had learned to see in the phosphorescence

of the Annelids and Ophiura which I have examined an action

essentially vital; but I cannot regard this action as strictly con-

fined either to the organs or the functions of generation, as the

learned naturalist of Berlin considers it. I find, it is true, in

reviewing my notes, that one of the Polynoé which best. exhi-

bited the phosphorescence was filled with zoosperms in full

maturity, but many other Annelids among those which I have

studied were not in that state. Hven in admitting that the light

may be most brilliant at the period of gestation, I should regard

that fact as merely a coincidence arismg from the increase of

vital energy which is thus very plainly manifested by all these

animals. Besides, in the Ophiura, the independence of the light

and the generative organs is very evident, since the sparks are

seen only along the arms, and the reproductive organs are en-

closed in the body, whose walls are very thick.

M. Ehrenberg first made known the fact, that the phospho-

rescence of Annelids, &c., always results from a combination of

microscopic sparks, Here my observations accord entirely with

his. We have compared these little flashes to those which are

produced from a ‘tableau fulminant’ which has been charged

from an electrical machine. ie

But M. Ehrenberg has described in the Polynoé a special organ

for producing this light. Here we differ. In the Polynoé, as

Ll MT

ee Tee ae es ee

os ae

— "fd eS ee ee eee OS ee ce le & i Be ‘Ye

ef ciel poor ee ee an Ete ae =) oe deli a cine ae ae ee 7 rw Py aie | eS

ae Se eee i ;

M. Trécul on the Structure of the Leaves of Palms. 27

in the Sylle and the other little Nereids which have been the

subject of my investigations, I have never perceived any peculiar

organ from which the light appeared to emanate. The muscles

alone, and particularly the muscles of the feet, have appeared to

me’to present this phenomenon. I have seen, moreover, some

for instance shine through the whole extent of their bodies ;

and in this case the comparison to a thread of burning sulphur

is striking and just. This is the appearance to the naked eye;

but under the Thahigaityinig glass this thread is divided hats a

double range of luminous points corresponding to the feet.

I am far from denying that certain animals may have organs

charged with secreting light, as certain fishes possess those for

secreting electricity ; but up to this time I have never seen that

sparkling light show itself except in the muscles and at the

moment of contraction. There may undoubtedly exist on this

point reasonable uncertainty with regard to those Annelids

whose foot-muscles are lodged in the abdomen ; but this cannot

be true with respect to the Ophiura, and nothing is easier than

to prove this even to the unaided vision, as in the latter the

OSE ce appears along the arm, and only during move-

ment: Moreover, the details which will be given beyond of the

phosphorescence of the Noctiluce will show plainly, I believe,

that these animals have no special organ for producing the light.

“Finally, the Photocharis observed by Ehrenberg secreted a

liquid hich left luminous traces on the objects which came in

contact with it. This peculiarity I have also met with in one of

my Annelids ; but generally in the latter, and especially also in

the Ophiura, the light was owing entirely to the scintillations,

and disappeared with them. It is, however, easy to believe that

the modes of phosphorescence which we have admitted may co-

exist in the same animal.

by bipee

[To be continued. }

rs " en VIL—On the Structure of the Leaves of Palms.

ng ie » By M. A. Trecux*.

NorwitustaNnpix< the important investigations of Von Mohl

and Mirbel, there still remains considerable uncertainty upon

the structure of the leaf in the Palms. For instance, what is the

ligula of the flabelliform leaves of many of these plants? Are

their lobes the natural divisions of the leaf, or only accidental

rents of its substances? Both these opinions are advanced.

How is the plaited limb of these leaves formed? Are the pin-

* From the Comptes Rendus, May 16, 1853, p. 857.

28 = Ms Tréeul onthe Structure of the Leaves of Palms.

nulesiof: the pinnate leaves formed like those of dicotyledonous

plants? I do not hesitate to say at once, that the phenomenon

is very different, and that the origin of the ligula is by no means

that which has been supposed by very celebrated anatomists. ~

In examining palms with pinnate leaves, one of the leaves of

which is just expanding, it will be seen that the old leaves have -

the pinnules distant from each other on the rachis and free at

their extremities, whilst that which is just émerging from its

enclosing sheath presents a very singular appearance. The elon-

gation of the rachis removes the pinnules from one another, but

they are all joined together at the apex; sometimes they are

united im this manner by a cellulo-fibrous thread which even

contains vessels (I have seen spiral and streaked vessels in the

threads of Phenix sylvestris), and which extends from the base

of the. hmb to its apex. The sheath of this leaf encloses another,

all the leaflets of which are frequently so compressed together,

that they appear to form a single piece without any parts distin-

guishable by the naked eye; in other cases in which the com~

pression is less, all the parts of the leaf are apparent. —

What is the mode of formation of these leaflets, so singularly

attached to one another ?

(In examining a Chamedorea Martiana we find that in this leaf

in which all the parts are pressed together, the upper leaflets are

much longer than the lower ones. In a leaf of 16 centimetres

(about 61 inches) in length, the upper pimnules were 15 centi-

metres (about 54 inches) long, whilst the lower were only 3 mil-

limetres (about + inch), and this disproportion may increase

when the apex of the leaf becomes extended. In this leaf there’

were thirteen pinnules on each side of a rachis of 2 centimetres’

(about. $ inch) in length, and the two rows being placed on the

inner at Sg the back of the rachis only could be seen.

A few millimetres below the lower leaflets is the opening of

the:sheath. If this be removed, a very remarkable conical’ body”

is exposed. Extracted from a leaf of 16 centimetres m length, it’

measured 3} millimetres. This is also a leaf, which when viewed

from behind presents an entire surface, but im front is divided

into two portions; the lower portion is cylindrical and notehed

at the apex at the opening of the sheath; the upper’ portion,

which is conical, is divided longitudinally on the inner ‘surface’

into two rolls, which diverge towards the base and become atte-’

nuated towards the apex. These are the two rows of leaflets in

course of formation. Each roll is transversely ‘striated on the

sides, and the striz or furrows of one side of the roll alternating

with those of the other side of the same render the longitudinal

ridges sinuous.

By opening the sheath of this leaf I obtained another which ’

ee oe

M. Trécul on the Structure of the Leaves of Palms. 29

was about 11 millimetre in length. Its two rolls (or series of

leaflets), a little less advanced. than those of the preceding leaf,

were comparatively more divergent at the base. From the sheath

of this leaf issued the apex of a still younger one not more than

2 millimetre in length. . Its lateral rolls were only marked with

faint striz or transverse depressions towards the middle, and its

sheath also gave exit to the tip of another leaf... This latter was

not more than 1 millimetre in length ; its sheath, which was

short and thick, had a broad rounded opening about the middle

of the leaf, through which the naked apex of the stalk could be

seen. This sheath was surmounted by the nascent rachis, but

this presented no trace of leaflets. .It was broad and depressed

inits. median portion ; aud there was on each side a longitudinal

swelling of so little prominence that it required considerable at-

tention to perceive it at all. These swellings are the origin of

the two. rows of leaflets.

_Thus a leaf of Chamedorea Martiana commences with a simple

circular cushion at the apex of the stalk. This cushion or rudi=

mentary sheath is produced obliquely into a prominence, which)

is depressed on. its inner surface... This becoming elongated into

a cone produces a Jongitudinal roll on each of its margins. These

two rolls or cushions, which are more inflated near the sheath,

where however they terminate in a short point, become more and

more contracted towards the apex of the rachis.. Originally they

are smooth, but durmg their growth scarcely sensible undula-

tions are produced on each side of them (first on the inner side) ;

of these the first appear a little way from the base of each «roll,

and they afterwards increase in number and atta the base and

apex of the rachis.

. Whilst all the parts of the leaf continue growing, these uns

dulations, increasing in depth, become furrows which penetrate

by, degrees into the interior of the roll, at length arriving at the

opposite side on the outer surface so as to produce a rupture;

but the furrows which penetrate from the outer surface towards

the inner. cease advancing before reaching the latter, so: that

scission takes place only at the sides of the outer surface. In

this manner. are produced as many leafiets plaited in the diree-

tion of the median nervure as there were ribs on the mner sur-

face; but, the separation of the leaflets is not completed in this

manner through their entire length; it stops near the apex,

which remains united.to the side of the leaflet placed above it.

When the leaf emerges from its sheath and the leaflet expands,

this point of attachment becomes broken and the apices of the

leaflets are set free.. The union of the leaflets is not the same

throughout the palms; in Phenix sylvestris, Acrocomia sclero~

carpa, &¢c., the points of the pmnules are attached to a cellulo-

30 =-M. Trécul on the Structure of the Leaves of Palms.

fibvous thread which runs along the whole length of the leaf, and

retains the leaflets in union for some time after their expansion.

This filament and the brown pellicles which cover the leaves at:

this period have a similar origin. They arise from an envelope,

within which the leaflets are organized, and which becomes dried

up and falls in small brown flakes. The existence of this enve- -

lope may be recognized in the very young leaves, even at the

period when the furrows (as in the Chamedorea) begin to make ~

their appearance. The leaflets then appear to be formed in a

substance of a gelatinous appearance, which is the origin of this

pellicle.

The leaflets of all palms are not plaited in the same direction ;

some, as Chamedorea Martiana, Ceroxylon andicola, Areca rubra,

Arenga saccharifera, &c., have them folded on the lower surface ;

others, in which the scission is carried to the ridges of the inner

surface and not to those of the outer, have the leaflets folded on

the inner surface, as Phenix dactylifera, sylvestris, Fulchiron se-

negalensis, &c. There are other palms of which the leaflets are

broader and contain several folds of the primary lamina. It ap-

pears to me that very good characters may be derived from the

plication of the leaflets. 1 UD

The limb of the simple leaf of Geonoma baculum is somew.

differently developed ; the rachis emits a lanceolate limb, widest

at the base; this becomes plaited first at this basal portion, the

folds extend in proportion to the growth of the leaf, and the

upper extremity becomes cleft to form the two terminal lobes. —

In Chamerops humilis, as in Chamedorea and plants with

sheathing leaves, all the leaves are enclosed by their sheaths.

In a leaf of 1 millimetre the sheath was equal to the half of the

length of the leaf ; it was opposite to an inflated portion covered

with hairs, which is only the rudimentary limb. 1 removed. all

these hairs and with them a pellicle which clothed this. part of

the leaf. In this manner I arrived at a rounded surface, divided

longitudinally into parallel ribs on the anterior and posterior

surfaces of the limb. The surface being convex, the ribs are

shorter on the sides than towards the middle. They are inserted

on a nearly horizontal plane and rise parallel in growmg. Each

rib of the outer surface corresponds to the median nervure of a

lobe of the leaf.

_ As long as the leaf remains enclosed in the sheath, all its parts

consist of a very delicate tissue, but as soon as its apex reaches

the air and light it becomes green, grows rapidly, and acquires

consistence ; the limb is often hard and coriaceous and ‘contains

much woody matter, whilst the base of the petiole, which is en-

closed in the sheath, is still of extreme fragility. It is also this

lower portion which continues growing longest. Thus the limb:

ee” eee

Linnean Society: 31

of the leaf of Chamerops humilis is found under a pellicle clothed

with hairs, which is torn at the junction of the petiole by the

growth of the limb ; and it is the base of the pellicle which gives

rise to the organ which has been called the ligula of the flabel-

liform leaves of certain palms, and to the cicatrix which is ob-

served round the extremity of the petiole.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

LINNZAN SOCIETY.

~ June 1, 1852.—R. Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Read a memoir ‘‘ On Acradenia, a new genus of Diosmee.”” By

Richard Kippist, Esq., Libr. L.S.

The new genus described was one of a highly interesting collection

formed in the neighbourhood of Macquarrie Harbour, Van Diemen’s

Land, by Mr. Joseph Milligan, and by him, through the late lamented

Mr. Bicheno, presented to the Society. It belongs to the natural

order Diosmea, tribe Boroniee, and in habit most nearly approaches

Zieria, to the larger-leaved species of which it bears at first sight

considerable resemblance. From this genus, however, as well as

from Melicope, Boronia, and Cyanothamaus, from Eriostemon, Crowea,

and Philotheca, and from Geleznowia, Turcz., it differs in various

characters which are more particularly indicated; and it is distin-

guished from them all by the structure of its ovaries, which adhere

closely together and are everywhere clothed with a dense tomentose

covering; except that each bears, at its upper external angle, a

naked sessile tubercle or gland, large enough to be readily observed

with the naked eye, a character which Mr. Kippist has been unable

to discover in any closely allied genus, and which has suggested the

generic name. He is unable to speak positively as to the precise

nature of these glandular bodies, or to say whether any exudation

proceeds from them: when examined under the microscope they

appear to be perforated by a tube, widening below, and communi-

eating with the internal cavity of the carpel; and from their exact

correspondence in position, they are probably analogous to the cor-

nute appendages which crown the ovaries of some species of Pheba-

lium, in which genus they are occasionally developed into subulate

or nearly cylindrical horns.

Acrapenia, Kipp.

‘alyx 5-partitus. Petala 5, hypogyna, calyce multé longiora, zstivatione

imbricata, ovato-elliptica, undique velutina. Stamina 10, hypogyna,

, petalis sublongiora, alterna paulld breviora; fi/amenta libera, subulata,

giabra; anthere introrse, glabrz, biloculares, rima longitudinali de-

iscentes, apice inappendiculate. Ovaria 5, gynophoro disciformi

‘Inargine sinuato insidentia, 1-locularia, villosissima ; singula apice glan-

dula ‘majusculé sessili instructa. Ovula in loculis gemina, suture

ventrali collateraliter inserta, pendula. Styliin unieum glabrum coaliti.

32 Linnean Society.

Stigma subcapitellatum, Capsula 5- (vel abortu 1-3-) cocea; cocci basi

subcoherentes, sepalis persistentibus pluries longiores, subquadrati,

paulo compressi, basi rotundati, apice abrupte truncati et angulo ex-

terno brevé cornuti, coriacei vel sublignosi, dorso carinati, transversim

rugosi, extus glabriusculi, intus sulcati, glabri, endocarpio haud sece-

dente. Semina....?—Frutex Zasmanicus, ramosissimus; foliis oppo-~

sitis, exstipulatis, petiolatis, 3-foliatis, foliolis coriaceis, lanceolatis, ser~

ratis, supra tuberculatis ; pedunculis terminalibus, trichotomé cymosis,

multifloris ; flovibus albis.

Acrapenta Franxiinie, Kipp.

Zieria Frankliniw, Milligan, MSS.

Hab, ad margines sylvz dense prope Portum ‘“‘ Macquarie”’ dictum Insulee

“Van Diemen,” ubi floribus expansis legit Dom. Jos. Milligan mense

Decembri 1846, et iterd’m Martii 1847.

The close resemblance to Zieria in habit had originally suggested

to Mr. Kippist the specific name of “ Zierioides,”’ but Mr. Brown

having kindly communicated to him a specimen gathered by Mr,

Milligan on the Franklin River in April 1842, with a ticket attached,

from which it appears that Mr. Milligan had proposed to name the

plant “‘ Zieria Franklinie”’ (after Lady Franklin), he has adopted

with much pleasure that specific name. On the same ticket M-.

Milligan describes the plant as handsome and fragrant; but this, as

he at that time saw no flowers, Mr. Kip)ist presumes can only be

intended to apply to the leaves, which, as in the majority of the

Diosmee, are copiously furnished with pellucid dots, reservoirs of

essential oil, and exhaling probably the peculiar odour which charac-

terizes the family.

The plant having recently flowered at Kew, he was enabled by

the kindness of Sir Wm. Hooker to examine the flowers in a living

state, but he regrets to hear that it is not likely at present to ripen

its fruit at Kew, where Mr. Smith states that it was first introduced

in 1845 in a case sent by Dr. M‘William from Norfolk Island; a

locality, however, in which it is scarcely possible that it should be

indigenous.

The same collection from which the Acradenia was obtained, in-

cluded a number of highly interesting plants, quite new to the

Society’s herbarium. Among the most striking were several alpine

Umbellifere, principally from Mt. Sorrel, of very singular habit,

one or two of which have been recently figured by Sir Wm. Hooker

in his ‘Icones,’ from specimens forwarded by Mr. Milligan or his

fellow-labourer Mr. Gunn: others appear to be still undescribed.

Dr. Meisner found among them a few new Proteacee, and a most

remarkable dichotomous Pimelea, with densely silky imbricated

leaves, which he proposes to call after its discoverer. It contained,

moreover, a number of fine Hpacridee; among them a splendid

species of Dracophyllum (D. Milligani, Hook.), remarkable as being

the first instance of the occurrence of that genus in Van Diemen’s

Land, and a new genus of Hemadoracee, with large handsome

flowers and equitant leaves, recently described by Sir Wm. Hooker

under the name of Hewardia tasmanica.

ees

Diaiain 'SataTy 38

"Read further “ Descriptions of two new Swan River Papilionacee.”

By Thomas Moore, Esgq., F.L.S.

_ The characters of these species, which have recently flowered for

the first time in English gardens, are as follows :—

» GasrRotosium PyRaMIDALE, ramulis foliis stipulis pedunculis bracteis

~~ ealycibusque densé tomentosis, stipulis longis setaceis recurvis, foliis

pétiolatis 3-nis ovali-obtusis v. rotundatis mucronatis supra demim

glabris, racemis axillaribus densé capitatis, pedunculis foliis paulld

brevioribus, bracteis trifidis : superioribus obovatis mucronatis, calyce

campanulato; dentibus superioribus lateralibusque obliquis, pedicellis

calyce brevioribus, ovario subsessili villoso.

Hab. ad fi. Cygnorum N. Hollandiz, Drummond, ser. 5. no. 54.

~ Cuorozema NekvosuM, ramulis pubescentibus, foliis laté cordatis rigidé

euspidatis crassé marginatis integris utrinque conspicué venosis glabris

undulatis subcarinatis, racemis paucifloris axillaribus terminalibusve,

__pedicellis supra medium bibracteolatis calyce brevioribus.

Hab. ad fi. Cygnorum N. Hollandiz, Drummond, ser. 5. no. 23.

_ Both plants were obtained by Mr. Moore from the Nursery of

Messrs. Henderson in the Edgware-road, where they had been

raised from Mr. Drummond’s seeds.

November 16, 1852.—N. Wallich, Esq., M.D., Vice-President, in

the Chair.

Read Mr. Henfrey’s memoir “On the Development of Ferns from

their Spores.” :

The author commences his paper by referring to the remarkable

discoveries published by Count Leszczyi-Suminski in 1848. and the

observations to which they have subsequently led on the part of

others; which appear to necessitate important changes in our gene-

ral views of the reproduction of plants. He finds, however, that the

results of some of these later observations differ in many respects

not only from those of Suminski, but also among themselves ; and

that opinions are divided both as to the actuality of the most im-

portant fact of all, viz. the process of impregnation, and as to the

period and circumstances of its occurrence. Under these circum-

stances he has thought he would be performing a useful task in sub-

jecting the question to minute investigation, in the course of which

he has carefully traced the development entirely through its course

from the spore to the young leafy plant, applying every available

means to clear up the anatomical conditions in each stage of the

progress. The drawings which accompany the memoir were nearly

all made by means of the camera lucida eye-piece, so that they repre-

sent preparations actually seen.

The subject is treated of under three heads ; the first section con-

taining the author’s own observations ; the second, a critical exami-

nation of those of preceding authors ; and the third, a few remarks

on the general bearing of the results upon vegetable physiology.

Under the first head, Mr. Henfrey describes first the prothallium,

and its mode of growth, enlargement and decay; secondly, the

antheridia, with their sperm-cells and spermatozoids; thirdly, the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 3

34 Linnean Society.

archegonia, with their papille and embryo-sacs; and fourthly, he

gives his own view of the development of the embryo. On all these

points he enters into much detail, tracing the several stages of the

process with great minuteness. In his criticism of previous obser-

vations, he passes in review the facts and opinions stated by Nageli,

Suminski, Wigand, Thuret, Hofmeister, Schacht, Mettenius, Von .

Mercklin, and Hofmeister again; and indicates the points in which

they severally differ from each other, and also those in which he

himself either coincides with or differs from each of them. The

memoir is so completely one of detail, that under these two principal

divisions it would be difficult to give a sufficiently clear abstract

without running to too great a length ; and this is the less necessary

as the memoir itself will immediately appear in full in the Society’s

‘ Transactions.’

Under the head of “‘ Development of the embryo” the author

gives the following statement of his opinion on the question of

impregnation, and the mode in which it is effected :—‘* My opinion

with regard to the fertilization is, that the operation is effected

by the contact of one or more spermatozoids with the mucilaginous

filament contained in or hanging from the mouth of the canal of

the archegonium. I have seen the spermatozoids swimming in num-

bers:around the mouths of archegonia, but never detected one inside,

and I do not see any good reason for supposing such a process

necessary. The pollen-tube of flowering plants only comes in con-

tact with the outside of the embryo-sac, and the influence is some-

times communicated through a long suspensor ; and there does not

seem to be any sufficient objection to the supposition, that the

contact of the spermatozoid with the filament of mucilage which lies

in the canal of the archegonium, suffices to convey the necessary sti-

mulus. I imagine this stimulus resides in the mucilaginous fluid in

which the spermatozoid is bathed in the sperm-cell, and which, ad-

hering to this, is conveyed to the mucilage (protoplasm) of the ger-

minal vesicle, just as the contents of the pollen-grain become com-

bined with the protoplasm of the germinal vesicle in flowering

plants. The nature of the process is clearly a problem beyond the

reach of science, but it seems to me a necessary induction from the

facts in the Phanerogamia, that the phenomena result there from the

material union of two fluids, and I hence conclude that this is the

ease here. ‘The comparatively few cases of successful impregnation

among these prothallia, so many of which prove sterile, may perhaps

be accounted for by the peculiar conjunction of circumstances re-

quired to bring a sufficient amount of the fertilizing fluid, by means

of the spermatozoids, to the germinal vesicle, at the precise epoch

required.”

His general. “‘ conclusions” are as follows :—‘‘ In summing up

all these statements it becomes evident that the balance of evi-

dence is in favour of the existence of sexual organs, and of a process,

of impregnation, giving rise to a new individual, as asserted by

Suminski, although under conditions somewhat different from those

described by that author. Only two of the observers who have re-

ne, a

See

Linnean Society. 35

peated his investigations throw doubt upon these points, namely

Wigand and Schacht; the statements of the former as to matters of

fact are far from sufficient to bear out the mass of argument he has

built upon them against the existence of sexes; in fact, his obser-

vations were so imperfect that he described the two parts of the

archegonium, the papilla and the enlarged embryo-sac, as distinct

structures; while he never traced the origin of the new plant at all.

His observations may therefore be safely passed over. Schacht’s

are more complete, but he again only argues against the probability

of a sexual conjunction, with the preconceived notion that this must

be analogous to what he erroneously believes to be the conditions in

the Phanerogamia ; while his observations furnish facts which greatly

support the probability of an impregnation by the spermatozoids ;

the difficulties he suggests being of little weight in comparison with

those of accounting for the existence of all the peculiar structures

by any other hypothesis. The opinions of all the rest are in favour

of the impregnation (Thuret does not treat of the archegonia), and

the differences between them, except in the case of Suminski, are

unimportant in a physiological point of view, merely presenting

questions of anatomical and morphological interest. And since

Suminski’s description of the mode of origin of the embryo would be

altogether at variance with what exists, not only in other plants, but

also in animals, and is opposed to the observations of all the rest

of us (except the doubtful support given by Von Mercklin), I cannot

but repeat my belief that he was led from the facts by his imagi-

nation being preoccupied by Schleiden’s doctrine of the impregna-

tion of the Phanerogamia.”

January 18, 1853.—R. Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Read a paper “‘ On the Habits and Structure of the Great Bustard

(Otis tarda, L.).” By William Yarrell, Esq., V.P. and Treas. L.S.

The particulars relating to the habits of the Bustard are derived

from the communications of several friends, who have had oppor-

tunities of observing it both in England and elsewhere. The first

notice is from C. A. Nicholson, Esq., of Balrath Kells, in the county

of Meath, and furnishes remarks on the habits of the bird as ob-

served by him in the neighbourhood of Seville, where it appears to be

extremely abundant, the males beginning to arrive in the cultivated

country at the beginning of February in flocks varying (according to

Mr. Nicholson’s observations) from seven to fifty-three; the old

birds always associating together, and those of a year old, which are

much smaller, never mixing with them : the young birds have neither

beard nor pouch. The females do not arrive till the beginning of

April, and come singly or at most in pairs; the flocks of males then

break up and are met with in parties of three or four, or even singly,

spreading their tails on a fine day like Turkey-cocks, drooping their

wings and expanding their pouches. The sexes appear to live quite

separate. In May the cocks entirely disappear from the cultivated

lands, retiring to the extensive grass marshes on the banks of the

36 Linnean Sociely.

Guadalquivir, and leaving the hens behind them. The young are

hatched in the corn-plains about Seville, and are able to take care of

themselves when the corn is cut in July, after which the young birds

and hens follow the cocks to the marshes. The birds are very diffi-

cult to shoot : the heaviest shot by Mr. Nicholson weighed 28 pounds;

and the largest measured 7 feet 3 inches from tip to tip of wing. |

Those of a year old weigh from 8 to 10 pounds, and are much the

best eating. Their stomachs were found crammed with barley,

both leaves and ears, with the leaves of a large-leaved green weed

and with a kind of beetle. When flushed they generally fly for two

or more miles, and sometimes at least 100 yards high. They never

try to run, and Mr. Nicholson cannot imagine greyhounds being

able to catch bustards, as they are reported to have done.

Mr. John Wolley, jun., states that he had never seen the Great

Bustard, or received its eggs, from the neighbourhood of Tangier.

While ascending the Guadalquivir, about the month of September,

he saw several flocks of four or five birds each on the level plains

which extend along the banks of that river, walking apparently in

file, some with their heads down. They did not appear to be timid,

or very cautious; but once, as the boat came suddenly round a

corner, several of them rose together, springing hastily to the height

of 40 or 50 feet, and then turning suddenly and somewhat clumsily,

after a few more rapid strokes, sailed along with the arched form of

wings so general in game birds.

Mr. Yarrell’s next notice is derived from a letter in the possession

of John Britton, Esq., giving an account of two bustards seen on

Salisbury Plain in the summer of 1801, within a fortnight of each

other, both of which attacked mounted horsemen, and one of which

was captured and kept for some time by Mr. J. Bartley of Tilstead,

by whom it was eventually sold to Lord Temple. The letter gives

numerous details of the habits of this bird from the information of

Mr. Bartley.

J. H. Gurney, Esq., of Norwich, states in a letter to Mr. Yarrell

that, as far as he can learn, the last bustard killed in Norfolk was a

female, which was shot at Lexham, near Swaffham, towards the end

of the year 1838. The small flock of which this was one had for

several years consisted of females only, the eggs of which were fre-

quently picked up, having been dropped about at random in conse-

quence of the absence of male birds, the latter having become extinct

at an earlier date. Fredk. J. Nash, Esq., of Bishop’s Stortford, has

several times informed Mr. Yarrell that, when taking the field as a

young sportsman, he once saw nine flights of bustards in one day

not far from Thetford in Norfolk. And Gilbert White of Selborne

mentions in his Diary, under date of November 17th, 1782, that

being at a lone farm-house between Whorwell and Winchester, the

carter told him that about twelve years before, he had seen a flock |

of eighteen bustards at one time on that farm. Three instances only

of the appearance of the bustard in England have been noticed by

Mr. Yarrell since the publication of the second edition of his ‘ Hi-

story of British Birds ;’ one, a female, recorded by G. R. Waterhouse,

Linnean Society. 37

Esq., of the British Museum, as occurring to him in August 1849 on

Salisbury Plain; a second, also a female, shot at Lydd in Romney

Marsh in January 1850, and now in the possession of Dr. Plomley,

F.L.S. ; and the third shot on the 31st of December, 1851, in Devon-

shire, and now in the possession of J. G. Newton, Esq., of Millaton

Bridestow.

Mr. Yarrell proceeds to state that he had long wished to have an

opportunity of examining the body of a male bustard for the purpose

of inspecting the gular pouch described by Daines Barrington in his

« Miscellanies,’ 1781, and by Edwards in his ‘ Gleanings of Natural

History,’ 1811, and thence copied both by Bewick and himself; but

no opportunity for so doing occurred until recently. About four

years ago the Zoological Society obtained from Germany six or

seven young bustards, and one of these (a male) died within a year.

The body. was examined by Mr. Mitchell and himself, and no gular

pouch was found, but this was then attributed to the youth of the

bird. In December last another male of this flock, believed to be

four years old, died at the Zoological Gardens, and was also exa-

mined by Mr. Yarrell. The neck was carefully dissected; but there

Was no opening under the tongue, and he entirely failed in various

attempts to distend any part of the membranes either by fluid or by

air. Thus disappointed in his expectation of finding what had been

so minutely described, Mr. Yarrell turned to the translation of the

anatomical descriptions of the animals dissected by the Royal Aca-

demy of Sciences at Paris at the end of the seventeenth century, and

found the results of the dissection of six male bustards there given

to correspond entirely with his own observations. He found also

that Cuvier in his ‘ Lecons d’Anatomie Comparée,’ refers to no pe-

culiarity in the neck of the male bustard. Professor Owen also en-

tirely confirmed the fact of the absence of any gular pouch by his

own dissection of a full-grown bustard made with the view of ob-

taining a preparation of that supposed structure for the Museum of

the College of Surgeons. Mr. Yarrell is therefore disposed to con-

sider that there must have been some mistake on the part of the

writers quoted as to the species of bird in which that pouch was

observed.

February 1, 1853.—R. Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Read a paper ‘“‘On Venation as a generic character in Ferns;

with Observations on the genera Hewardia, J. Smith, and Cionidium,

Moore.””. By Thomas Moore, Esq., F.L.S., Curator of the Botanic

Garden, Chelsea.

The object proposed by the author is to inquire—lst, into the

general importance of modifications of the vascular structure of the

fronds in distinguishing the genera of Ferns; and 2ndly, into their

relative value in the cases instanced. He begins by referring to the

numerous authors by whom the venation has been turned to account

in the formation of genera or subgenera, and in particular to the ob-

servation of Mr. Brown, that “for subdivision, the most obvious as

well as the most advantageous source of character seems to be the

38 Linnean Society.

modifications of the vascular structure, or the various ramifications

of the bundles of vessels or veins of the frond, combined with the

relation of the sori to their trunks or branches.”’ He notices an in-

stance in which Sir William Hooker has given generic importance

to this character of venation alone, viz. in Dictyoxiphium; while in

Schizoloma he regards the venation as only of subgeneric value; and

he treats it as a mere question of words, to be decided by conve-

nience, whether or not this character should be generically em-

ployed. In the case for instance in reference to which Mr. Brown’s

remarks were made, Polypodium (Dipteris) Horsfieldit, it seems to

him, as a matter of convenience, a much simpler and more easily

comprehensible idea, to regard Dipteris as a group of ferns with

round naked sori, dichotomous primary veins and reticulated ve-

nules, than to have to recognize in Polypodium (a genus of ferns

having round naked sori) an included group called Dipéeris, in

which the primary veins are dichotomous and the secondary reti-

culated. In most cases, indeed, he regards subgenera as at the best

but cumbrous contrivances.

Looking at the question of venation, as illustrated in the great

and universally adopted natural divisions of flowering plants, he

thinks its generic importance in ferns rests on better grounds than

convenience alone. In the case of flowering plants the presence of

complete floral organs affords the necessary diversity for generic

distinction ; but as an equivalent to these we have in ferns nothing

more than certain naked or covered aggregations of spore-cases,

which in the great bulk of the species scarcely afford any differen-

tial characters, or such only as are microscopic, and therefore not

to. be resorted to until all more obvious features are exhausted. But

peculiarities in the venation of ferns are for the most part associated

with peculiarities of habit; and since it appears quite justifiable to

employ other characters than those derived from the fructification in

distinguishing generically such groups as the ferns, in which the

fructification affords comparatively so little variety, what is there so

constant and unvarying, and at the same time affording such diver-

sities, as the peculiarities in the development of the vascular struc-

ture? Experience, moreover, attests this character of venation as

one to be relied on with perfect confidence, because (with very in-

significant exceptions) whatever modification of vascular structure is

met with in a particular species, that and no other is found in that

species. The author concludes, therefore, that without lowering the

importance of the fructification of ferns in distinguishing generic

groups, the modifications of venation are properly as well as conve-

niently admitted to share in the same office.

Passing to the question, whether a reticulated venation is in itself

a sufficient generic distinction among the ferns, he determines it in

the affirmative, inasmuch as a genus being in his view an arbitrary

group, all that is really required as a generic character is a constant

difference from established genera in the structure of some import-

ant organ or system of organs. Now the vascular system must be

regarded as of the highest importance in the vegetable ceconomy

Linnean Society. 39

even in reference to propagation, it being not at all unfrequent to

meet with extraordinary means of development in connexion with it,

viz. adventitious buds; and in ferns particularly those points of the

veins which serve in normal cases as the receptacles to which the

sori are attached, in other cases become viviparous and develope

gemmez from which new plants are produced.- He believes, more-

over, that characters derived from this system of vessels, when taken

in connexion with the fructification, though sometimes forming

groups of considerable extent, and occasionally separating species

having some external similarity, nevertheless in no case bring to-

gether obviously ill-assorted species, but rather associate those of

obvious similarity and affinity.

For these reasons he is not prepared to follow Sir W. Hooker in

setting aside the genus Hewardia of Mr. John Smith. He regards

the difference as broad and important between the accidental anasto-

mosing of contiguous venules which occurs in some species of Adi-

antum, and a constant and complete reticulation, such as exists in

the genus Hewardia; and he concludes that that genus should be

retained. This conclusion he finds unexpectedly confirmed in Fée’s

‘Genera Filicum,’ just received in this country, where the same view

is taken of the species of Hewardia as that which he had previously

adopted, and an additional species (H. serrata) mentioned of which

he had no previous knowledge.

The species enumerated by the author are arranged as follows :—

* Sori continui; venz primariz costiformes.

1. Hewardia adiantoides, J. Smith = Adiantum Hewardia, Kunze.

2. H. dolosa, Fée = Ad. dolosum, Kunze.

** Sori interrupti; ven uniformes.

3. H. Le Prieurei, Fée = Ad. Le Prieurei, Hook.

4. H. serrata, Fée.

Mr. Moore regards H. Wilsoni, Fée (Adiantum, Hook.), as a true

Adiantum; as also Sir W. Hooker’s variety y. of 4d. lucidum. In

both these the dichotomous veins occasionally anastomose ; but there

is nothing like complete reticulation, and the union, when it does

occur, is evidently accidental.

If the name Hewardia be retained, as the author proposes, for the

genus of ferns to which it was first applied, he suggests that of

Isophysis for the Melanthaceous genus, subsequently so called by

Sir William Hooker in his ‘ Icones Plantarum,’ t. 858, the species

retaining the name of Tasmanica.

The same rule induces the author, in the second case referred to,

to separate from the genus Deparia, Hook., a species having a truly

and constantly reticulated venation, that of Deparia being uniformly

free. The species in question is Deparia Moorii from New Caledonia,

named by Sir Wm. Hooker after Mr. C. Moore, the Director of the

Sydney Botanic Garden, by whom it was discovered ; and the fol-

lowing are its generic characters :—

40 Linnean Society.

Cionip1um, 7. Moore in Gard. Comp, (nomen tantim).

Cuar. Gen. Vena reticulate. Sori semi-globosi, extra-marginales, in

venularum apicibus excurrentibus pedicellati; capsulis pedicellatis.

Indusia stipitata, subeyathiformia.—Frondes bipinnate ; soris ex

utrdque pinnularum pinnatifidarum margine prominulis,

Cionidium Moorii, T: Moore, 1. c.

Deparia Moorii, Hook. in Journ. of Bot. iv. p. 54. t. 3.

Hab. in Nova Caledonia, D. C. Moore (1851).

February 15, 1853.—R. Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Mr. Yarrell, V.P. and Treas. L.S., exhibited a specimen of the

Sooty Tern (Sterna fuliginosa, Lath.), a species new to Britain and

even to Europe, which was killed in October last at Burton-on-Trent,

was preserved for, and belongs to the collection of H. W. Desveeux,

Read an ‘ Additional Note’ to Mr. Newport’s memoir on Ich-

neumon Atropos, Curt., in reference to the changes which take

place in the alimentary canal after the parasite has ceased to feed,

and while assuming its imago state. These changes, which are very

considerable both as regards form and condition, are minutely de-

scribed ; and every part of the canal is shown to be supplied with

trachee, the trunks of which, one in each segment, passing trans-

versely inwards, divide into branches, which, again subdivided, pe-

netrate into and ramify through the structure. These, like all other

tracheze, are formed, as described by Sprengel, of three tissues, an

external membranous and an internal mucous, enclosing between

them a strong spiral fibre. The nature and origin of the external

tissue have been shown by Mr. Newport in previous memoirs; but he

has since found.that the ramifications of the trachee which pene-

trate the structure of the canal, or of any other organ, become de-

nuded of this external covering. and then seem to be formed only

of two tissues, the spiral and the mucous, if indeed there be not also,

as he has some reason to think, an extremely delicate serous, or

basement membrane, closely adherent to and uniting the coils of

fibrous tissue on its external surface. The ultimate divisions of the

trachee are always distributed separately, and do not anastomose,

ending, as noticed by Mr. Bowerbank, in extremely minute, filiform,

blind extremities ; and this Mr. Newport finds to be their condition

in all structures, in the nervous and tegumentary, equally as in the

glandular and muscular. These facts, the author observes, may

perhaps assist us to understand the nature of the injection of the

trachez by M. Blanchard, and also the mode of nutrition in insects ;

the ultimate branches of trachez in the tissues of the alimentary

canal operating, possibly, as absorbent structures, and inducing the

chylific fluid elaborated around them to flow, in its transit outwards,

along the channels formed by their loose peritoneal covering into the

regular circulatory currents. Further, they may assist to explain

the mode of coloration of the trachez in the experiments of MM.

Alessandrini and Bassi, and of M. Blanchard, and also in others, yet

Linnean Society. 41

unpublished, made by himself on the larve of Clissocampa Neustria,

in July 1837.

April 5, 1853.—R. Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Read a “ Note on the Nature of Fasciated Stems.” By the Rev.

William Hincks, F.L.S., Professor of Natural History in Queen’s

College, Cork.

The author lays it down as an indubitable principle, that what we

call monstrosities or anomalies, either in the animal cr vegetable

kingdom, are always susceptible of explanation from the operation,

under unusual circumstances, of causes or principles the ordinary

operation of which produces the normal structure of the species.

Hence they are always worth studying until a satisfactory explana-

tion of their nature has been arrived at, and even when that is ac-

complished they have still an interest as illustrations of principles

which we apply in the explanation of normal structures, or as proofs

of the truth of particular views in respect to the origin or relations

of parts in certain tribes. In accordance with this view of the im-

portance of such investigations he proceeds to the consideration of

the nature of fasciated stems, which, in concurrence with the view

taken by Linneus in his ‘ Philosophia Botanica,’ he is disposed to

regard as formed by a group of coherent stems. According to this

view the real peculiarity would consist in the number and remark-

able arrangement of the buds, the coherence of stems brought to-

gether in such a relative position being, as shown by innumerable

examples, a matter of course. Having regard to the crowded or

unusually placed buds which are found in the anomaly called

plica, tracing this cohesion upwards from the not uncommon ad-

herence of two stems, and observing what must necessarily happen

from numerous branches occurring together, it seems to him that the

fascia is by no means difficult of comprehension. ‘The strize which

it almost invariably presents exhibit the traces of the lines of junc-

tion; and the curved or spiral contraction, which is so often met

with, is perhaps accounted for by the growth in connexion with each

other of internodes of unequal length. He would not, however, affirm

that every stem which is called fasciate is composite in its nature ;

for that term has been extended to cases of riband-like expansion,

which, although dependent also on excess of nourishment, are dis-

tortions of a single stem.

Mr. Hincks then refers to the objections taken to the theory of

Linnezus by several recent physiologists, and most clearly and ex-

plicitly stated by M. Moquin Tandon in his ‘ Tératologie Végétale’

under the following heads :—1. “‘ We find plants with a single stem

fasciated (as Androsace maxima), and nothing announces to us that

we have in this case several individuals united together.” 2. “On

certain fasciated stems we may remark that the branches are of the

same number and the same arrangement as in the normal condition.”

3. “ Two branches accidentally united in the direction of their length

form a body of which the transverse section presents a figure more

or less resembling a figure of 8, if the coherence is recent or slight,

42 Linnean Society.

and an elliptic or rounded figure if it is of long standing or yery in-

timate : traces of two medullary canals are almost always found. In

a fasciated stem the section gives an elongated figure in which we

commonly observe only one compressed canal.” 4. ‘*To obtain a

fasciated stem by coherence a great number of united branches

would be required ; but though an accidental union of two branches -

or of three may be admitted, it is very difficult for it to occur at the

same time among four, five, or six. It is very difficult to suppose

that these branches should all meet longitudinally, and that the

union, instead of taking place around the central axis, should be en-

tirely in one direction.” 5. “ If fasciated stems were the result of

many combined branches, we ought to find cases in which the union

is incomplete, and to be able to observe on their surface such a dis-

tribution of leaves or buds as would announce the fusion of many

partial spirals or verticils.”

Setting aside the anomalies hefore alluded to, and guarding

against the assumption that mere adherence explains an appearance

which chiefly depends upon a peculiar position of buds and the pro-

duction of numerous branches in a certain relation to each other,

Mr. Hincks regards these arguments as not possessing any great

weight. In regard to the lst he remarks, that herbaceous plants

which have usually but a single stem, not unfrequently produce

several, which often remain distinct, but their union into a sort of

fasciated stem is by no means uncommon. In proof of this he

showed specimens of Primula vulgaris and Hieracium aureum, exhi-

biting the union of two stems so produced, and of Ranunculus bul-

bosus showing still greater complexity in the stem, while the prin-

cipal flower appeared to be made up of two or three combined,

The 2nd objection may appear in certain cases to be just, but the

author is of opinion that it is hazardous to conjecture that we have

no more leaves present in a fasciated stem than we should have in

the same space in an ordinary one, and he referred to specimens on

the table as distinctly proving that an increased number of leaves

and buds is a general character of fasciated stems. M. Moquin

Tandon himself has, indeed, referred to an instance in Bupleurum

falcatum where the leaves had been whorled, doubtless, Mr. Hincks

observes, from those belonging to two or more stems being collected

together. The 3rd argument he regards as very deceptive, for the

nature of the transverse section presented by coherent stems must

depend not only on the intimacy of their union, but also on the in-

ternal structure of the stems themselves. When two flowers adhere

without much pressure, they exhibit uniting circles somewhat re-

sembling a figure of 8, but when more completely combined they

have one circumference of a much-elongated figure, and something

similar is to be expected in herbaceous stems. Even the elongated

pith of a transversely cut woody fasciated stem only marks the inti-

mate union of several branches ; and the author has noticed instances

of the union of two and only two stems when the internal appear-

ance was the same as in other fasciations. The 4th objection is

derived from the improbability of the lateral union of many stems;

Linnean Society. 43

but in addition to the common examples of the union of two stems,

the author appealed to a distinct case of a union of four flower-stems

of Scrophularia aquatica so complete that a composite flower was

formed containing all the parts of the four component flowers, and

produced a fasciated stem of Ranunculus bulbosus, where the union

of several stems terminated in a flower having at least double the

usual number of parts, as indisputable evidence of the fact. He also

laid before the Meeting examples of numerous branches laterally

arranged as if ready to combine, in immediate connexion with fas-

ciated stems, which, according to his view, are made up of similar

branches already combined. To the 5th and last objection he

answers that cases in which the adherence is incomplete, and on

which the marks of fusion of several stems are to be perceived, are

in fact frequently met with, and may be appealed to as strong direct

evidence in favour of the Linnean theory. A striking example is

given in DeCandolle’s ‘ Organographie Végétale’ (pl. 3. f. 1) ina

stem of Spartium junceum having several branches only imperfectly

fasciated ; and similar specimens of Aucuba Japonica and Cotoneaster

microphylla were exhibited, together with a fasciated Ash, in which

the traces of numerous stems were observable upon the surface.

The author stated his conclusion to be, ‘‘ that the fasciated stem

is best explained from the principle of adherence, where, from super-

abundant nourishment, especially if accompanied by some check or

injury, numerous buds have been produced in close proximity ; and

that the supposition of a leaf-like expansion of the elements of a

single stem is insufficient to explain the usual appearances, and is

founded on a false analogy between fasciated and certain other ano-

malous stems.”

The specimens exhibited were from a collection formed by the

author and now in the Museum of Queen’s College, Cork. They

consisted of—l, an intimate adherence of two stems of Bunium

flexcuosum ; 2, an entire adherence of two stems with their heads of

flowers of Hieracium aureum, and of two or more stems of Primula

veris ; 3, a fasciated stem of Ranunculus bulbosus, with the terminal

flower formed by the union of two, and the stem showing other signs

of composition ; 4, a fasciated stem of Chetranthus Cheiri, apparently

consisting of at least three united branches; 5, a fasciated stem of

Veronica maritima; 6, two stems of the same plant, in which the

buds which usually produce individual flowers have produced se-

condary stems themselves flower-bearing, so as to transform a simple

inte a compound spike; 7, a fasciated stem of Aucuba Japonica,

seeming to prove the composite nature of such stems; 8, a fasciated

stem of Cotoneaster microphylla, in which the composite structure is

peculiarly evident ; 9, a fasciated stem of Frazinus excelsior showing

a crowd of buds and of small branches in a linear series at the ex-

tremity of fasciated portions, and also showing the curved contrac-

tion of the fasciated branches from weaker branches being connected

with a stronger one. The author also referred to a remarkable

fasciculation of Asparagus officinalis in the same collection, the upper

portion of which is spirally twisted, and the crowded branches from

44 Linnean Society.

which seem to prove the presence of several stems ; and to some fine

specimens of fasciations from the Society’s collection which were

placed upon the table.

April 19, 1853.—R. Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Mr. Westwood, F.L.S., communicated a notice of the discovery

in England of a new genus and species of Amphipodous Crustacea,

the Niphargus stygius of Schiddte, an animal hitherto only found in

the caverns of Adelsberg, celebrated as the locality of the Proteus

anguinus. The Crustacean in question has been found in great

numbers in a well near Maidenhead, the water of which was in con-

sequence rendered unfit for use. Mr. Westwood took occasion to

remind the Members of the opinion entertained by some naturalists

of the existence of a distinct subterranean fauna of which the Pro-

teus was an example ; the members of which fauna hitherto disco-

vered were remarkable for their general want of colour, and for

their being destitute of eyes, two physiological conditions dependent

on the dark and gloomy places where they have hitherto been found.

Mr. Kirby, in his ‘ Bridgewater Treatise,’ was one of those wri-

ters who contended that such animals formed no part of the fauna

now in existence on the surface of the earth, but belonged to a di-

stinct subterranean race of animals. M. Schiddte, in a remarkable

memoir recently published in the Transactions of the Danish Aca-

demy (which Dr. Wallich has kindly translated for the Entomolo-

gical Society of London, in whose memoirs the translation has ap-

peared), has described a number of singular animals belonging to the

class of Annulosa, exhibiting all the characteristics of such a fauna,

being destitute of sight and also almost or quite colourless. Amongst

them are the Crustacean in question, a species of Spider and false

Scorpion, a species of the family Poduride, and several Coleoptera,

all of which were found in the caverns of Adelsberg in Carniola.

Mr. Westwood also noticed that animals very closely related to

those described by Schiddte had been found in the Great Mammoth

Cave in Kentucky, including also a blind species of Cray-fish, and

one or more species of fishes destitute of eyes, at least wanting the

transparent external cornea, although the optic nerve was present,

which would probably allow a certain sensibility to the presence of

light; and M. Schmidt had noticed that two newly discovered spe-

cies of Beetles belonging to one of Schiddte’s singular genera had,

although destitute of all external rudiments of eyes, exhibited a

sensibility to light by retreating under stones and towards the

darker parts of the cavern when brought towards its entrance. A

remarkable new genus of Shrimps had also been recently described

by Professor Bell in his work on British Crustacea, dredged at a

very great depth of the ocean, of which the eyes, although present,

were destitute of the usual hexagonal facets.

Read a paper “On the Ocelli in the genus Anthophorabia,

Newp.” By George Newport, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S., &e.

The author remarked that since the publication of his observations

on these insects in the ‘ Transactions’ of the Society, his attention

Zoological Society. 45

had again been directed to the peculiarities of the organs of vision

in the male sex. He had already shown that these individuals pos-

sess only ocelli at the sides of the head as well as on the vertex, but

that these structures exist at precisely the same parts of the head as

the ocelli and the compound eyes in-the female, and consequently

that there can be no doubt of their homology. These appearances,

however, having led some to question the correctness of this, it be-

came necessary, in order to judge aright of their nature, to consider

what are the essential conditions of a structure which is specially

destined for the appreciation of light. This consists, as already

pointed out in Fishes, of a follicle or pit in the tegument of the head,

coated with dark pigment, and receiving the distal termination of

a particular cerebral nerve, conditions which are precisely those of

the ocelli, both of the sides of the head and of the vertex, in Antho-

phorabia. ‘The various modifications of the eye in insects, with re-

gard to the form of the cornea, the depth of the chamber, and the

presence of the choroid, and of the lens, with reference to the extent

of field, and the focal distance, of vision, were pointed out, and the

degree in which they exist in Anthophorabia mentioned, as coinciding

with the peculiar habits of the insect. The structures in the male

were thus shown, by the presence of cornea, chamber, choroid, and

nerve, to be most indisputably organs of sight. The author referred

<= to the binary origin of the nerve of the middle ocellus of the

vertex, as formerly pointed out by him in his paper on Pteronarcys ;

to the origin of ocelli in the same way as other dermal tubercles ;

and to the imperfect eye-spots in the Scorpionide being supplied

with nervous filaments from the same optic nerve which supplies the

recognised organs of vision in those animals.

May 3, 1853.—R. Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Read a memoir “On the Vegetation of Buenos Ayres and the

neighbouring districts.” By Charles James Fox Bunbury, Esq.,

F.R.S., F.L.S., &c.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

May 13, 1851.—John Edward Gray, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

The following papers were read :-—

1. OBSERVATIONS ON THE EYE OF THE MOLE, IN A LETTER

ADDRESSED TO W. Spence, Esa., F.R.S.

By Joun Davy, M.D., F.R.S.

In a letter with which you favoured me some weeks ago, you

made mention of Schiddte’s ‘ Faunze Subterranese Specimen,’ and

of the interesting discoveries described in it of several species of

eyeless animals, the inhabitants of caves into which the sun’s rays

never penetrate, and where, in utter darkness, visual organs would

consequently be useless.

46 Zoological Society.

Reflecting on the subject, I thought it worth while to examine with

some care the eyes of the common Mole, an animal that spends the

greater portion of its time beneath the surface of the earth, and seems

in its general organization specially adapted for a subterraneous life.

I shall chiefly notice what, in the dissections I have made, appears

to be peculiar. 4 :

The first peculiarity that arrests attention is, that the eyes of the

Mole are not contained in bony sockets, but lie unprotected by any

bony prominences in the cellular tissue, beneath the common integu-

ments; and, in consequence, were this animal an extinct one, and its

skeleton found in a fossil state, there being no orbit, the paleeontolo-

gist might be led to infer that it is a species destitute of eyes.

The next peculiarity I would mention is in regard to eye-lashes.

These too it seems to be destitute of. The hair in which the eyes

are buried, and by which they are defended, seems to be the common

fur of the head. I could detect in that immediately surrounding

them no hairs of larger dimensions, or in any respect different from

those of which its fme fur is composed.

The apertures for the admission of light constitute another pecu-

liarity. When the fur is removed from the skin surrounding the

eyes, a minute aperture appears over each, about =1,th of an inch in

length when closed, and, in this state, linear and straight, but cir-

cular when fully expanded. The extreme margins of these openings

in the integuments being covered with fur, there is no well-marked

appearance of eyelids,—indeed, it may be a question, whether the

Mole, in strictness, can be said to possess these appendages. From

the observations I have made, I am disposed however to infer that it

does possess them, but imperfect ;—imperfect, not having been able

to detect beneath the marginal cutis any vestige of ciliary cartilages,

and yet having found in the surrounding subcutaneous cellular tissue

muscular fibres so arranged as if designed for closure, resembling an

orbicular muscle, and probably designed for and performing the part

of such a muscle.

As to the other muscles of the eye, one cnly, an abductor, was

distinguishable from adjoining muscles. It is of large size compara-

tively, and it may be inferred powerful: by acting on it, seizing it

with a forceps, and drawing it upwards, the ball of the eye was re-

tracted, thus denoting its office. I sought in vain for other muscles.

That they were not discovered, supposing them to exist, is not sur-

prising, considering the smallness of the organ and its peculiar un- .

insulated position, most unfavourable for discriminating the subordi-

nate parts pertaining to it, such as the muscles.

Relative to the constituent parts of the organs themselves, except-

ing their delicacy and minuteness, I am not aware of any peculiarity.

The eye-ball is about =.th of an inch in diameter; the iris dark

brown ; the pupil circular; the lens about ;4,1rd of an inch in dia-

meter. ‘Traces of a vitreous humour, and also of an aqueous, were

observable ; the former in the appearance of a cellular texture, as seen

under the microscope with a high power; the latter as an exudation

of moisture, a just perceptible quantity of fluid, when the ball was

~eLe oe a i ~ ee

Zoological Society. 47

ruptured. From the situation of the eyes low down in the face, the

optic nerves are necessarily of unusual length.

The dissections, of which I have thus briefly given the results, I

need hardly remark were made chiefly under water, and with the aid

of the microscope.

To return to the subject which led to the inquiry, viz. the subter-

raneous eyeless Fauna brought to light by the Danish naturalist, you

in your letter briefly advert to the speculations which this curious

discovery gives rise to, as, “ whether these animals originally had

eyes, and have lost them from want of use by inhabiting for ages

dark eaves; or, whether they were originally created without eyes,

for those abodes where they have no occasion for them,” &e. Allow

me to ask—fully appreciating the difficulty of solving such pro-

blems—whether the preceding observations on the eyes of the Mole

are not rather in favour of the latter than of the former solution? It

is easy to imagine how the optic nerve and the more important parts

of the organ of vision might diminish in size from little use ;_ but it

is difficult to suppose that the same circumstance could have any

material effect in obliterating a eavity in bone—the eye’s orbit—and,

if the Mole’s eyes were thus originally designed, why may not the

dei animals have been formed in the first instance without eyes ?

Jo not we see throughout Nature the most perfect harmony between

the organic structure and the modes of life and habits of the living

beings, so that the one is the true index of the other,—and that in

the most minute details? Excuse my touching on these speculative

questions, which, probably, from their nature, always must be specu-

lative,;—unless indeed the eyeless species are found otherwise identical

with species possessing eyes, and there be found also a gradation in

them, as to power and size in accordance with the degrees of light to

which the individuals have been habituated, as in advancing from the

open air and the entrance of the dark abodes to their deepest recesses.

Also, excuse me if the matter of this letter should not be new to you.

Lesketh How, Ambleside, April 28, 1851.

P.S.—It may be deserving of mention, that notwithstanding the

small size of the eye of the Mole, its appearance in fcetal development

is early: thus, in a foetus which I have recently examined, the length

of which was about three-quarters of an inch, the eyes were distinct ;

they were visible—conspicuous in the naked face, even without the

aid of a magnifying glass, and indeed werenot much smaller than

those of the adult, and but little different in appearance : the diameter

of each was about ;4,th of an inch.

2. Notice or two ViverRIDz FROM CEYLON, LATELY LIVING

YN THE GarveENns. By J. E. Gray, Esa., F.R.S. etc.

The specimens here noticed were brought from Ceylon by Alex.

Grace, Esq., and lived some time in the Gardens of the ———

The first is the species which I described some years ago under the

name of Herpestes Smithit (Mag. Nat. Hist. 1837, ii.), from a speci-

men which was living in the Surrey Zoological Gardens, now pre-

48 Zoological Society:

served in the Collection of the British Museum : that specimen was

said to have been sent from the Cape of Good Hope, but this must

have been a mistake, as it is quite unknown to Dr. Burchell, Dr.

A. Smith, Mr. Smut, Dr. Wahlberg, or other zoologists who have

written on the animals of South Africa.

Mr. Grace informs me that it is an inhabitant of the interior part

of Ceylon. It is by far the most beautiful species of the genus.

The second is a new species of Cynicr1s, which I propose to call

Cynictis MaccartTuim.

Teeth normal. Red brown; hair elongate, flaccid, pale brown,

with a broad, black subterminal band, and a long whitish brown

tip; of hands and feet shorter. Feet blackish brown, hair white

tipped. Claws elongate, slender, compressed, especially of the two

middle toes of the fore feet. Tail redder; hair elongate, one-

coloured, red. Ears rounded, hairy. ‘i

Hab. Ceylon; Jaffna, North of Ceylon (4. Grace, Esq.).

This species somewhat resembles Cynictis melanura in general

colour, but the hairs are much longer, not so adpressed, and, when

the individual colour of the hair is examined, most distinct. ©

I have proposed to name this interesting animal after Mrs. Mac-

Carthy, the wife of the Treasurer of the Colony and the daughter of

Mr. Hawes, the Assistant Secretary to the Colonies, who is much

interested in the study of natural history, and has kindly sent me

several very interesting natural productions from Ceylon.

The skull differs from all the other Herpestes that I have examined

in the back of the nape being deeply and sharply notched instead of

transversely truncated, the notch in the living animal being filled up

with a cartilaginous septum.

3. DESCRIPTIONS OF FIFTY-TWO NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS

MITRA, FROM THE CUMINGIAN COLLECTION.

By Artuur Apams, F.L.S. erc.

1. Mirra serotina, A. Adams. M. testd oblongo-fusiformi,

acuminatd, serotind; spird productd, longitudinaliter plicatd, pli-

cis confertis, undulatis; transversim sulcatd, sulcis subdistantibus ;

aperturd antice dilataid; columelld quadriplicatd, basi coptortd et

recurvd ; labro intus lirato, margine recto, antic? subangulato.

Hab. Marquesas. f

A light orange species, with a produced spire, and the outer lip pro-

duced and rather angulated anteriorly.

2. Mirra cratitia, A. Adams. WM. testd oblongo-fusiformi,

albidd, nitidd, liris elevatis transversis, acutis, et lineis elevatis,

longitudinalibus, decussatim ornatd ; interstitiis suhtilissime lon-

gitudinaliter striatis ; aperturd intus aurantiacd ; columelld plicis

quinque instructd.

Hab. South Africa.

The shell from which the description is taken is worn, and not ‘in

oe ee a

etter ee ete

ac i ee na ll

™

ims

SPE

v1]

ARP ee re

Zoological Society. 49

mprhoonlision. but it appears to be distinct from any species already

3. Mirra srramines, A. Adams. WM. testd oblongo-fusiformi,

stramined ; anfractibus planulatis, liris transversis rugulosis, in-

terstitiis cancellatis, suturd subcanaliculatd ; aperturd oblongd,

antice subproductd ; columella piicis quatuor, basi subrecurvatd ;

labro sins levi.

Hab...

An pecs transversely-ridged species, rather faintly cancellated

between the interstices.

4. Mirra insienis, A. Adams. M. testd ovato-acuminatd ; spird

acutd, levi, nitidd, albidd ; enfractibus planis, fascia angustd albo

Suscoque articulatd, ornatd ; anfractu ultimo antic® transversim

_ striato ; columelld sinuatd, biplicatd, antic incurvaid.

Hab. Rains Island (Mr. Ince).

This is a very peculiar form, reminding one almost of the genus

Pusionella of Gray.

5. Mirra uzvis, A. Adams. M. testd oblongo-fusiformi, apice

_-acuto, levi, nitidd, albidd ; anfractibus planis, supremis cancel-

latis, ultimo fascid latd transversd, rufescenti ornato ; columelid

quatuor, supremis magnis imbricatis.

ab. Zanzibar.

A smooth Oliva-shaped are with a polished surface, and a red-

brown band blending mto the white of the last whorl; the plates of

the columella are imbricate.

6. Mirra tiertna, A. Adams. WM. testd oblonyo-ovatd ; spird

crassiusculd, apice mucronato, rufo, albo strigosd; anfractibus

planiusculis, transversim subsulcatis ; columelld plicis quinque ;

labro intus rufo.

Hab. Philippines.

Several specimens of this species, all agreeing in form, were col-

lected by Mr. Cuming; but one only retained the natural colour of

‘the surface.

7. Mrrra Trarewua, A. Adams. MM. testd oblongo-ovatd, fuscd,

nodulis albis, ad suturas coronatd, longitudinaliter subplicatd,

transversim liratd, interstitiis vald? punctatis ; columella plicis

; labro margine crenulato.

Hab. Island of Ticao, sandy mud, 6 fathoms.

’ This small, brown-coloured species is beautifully crowned, in adult

specimens, with a diadem of white nodules at the suture of the whorls.

8. Mirra ricra, A. Adams. WM. testd oblongo-fusiformi, ob-

scuro-fuscd, lineis pallidulis transversis prope suturas, albidd,

maculis rufis, ornatd; levi; spird acuminatd ; anfractibus sep-

tem, planulatis ; aperturd subdilatatd, intus albd ; columella pli-

cis quatuor, albis, obliquis, instructd, antic? subintortd,

Hab. Australia.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xii. 4

50 Zoological Society.

This species partakes somewhat of the character of M. sacerdo-

talis.

9. Mirra tuctruosa, A. Adams. M. testd oblongo-fusiformi,

obscuro-fuscd, fascid unicd pallidd transversd ornatdé; spird

acutd, anfractibus planulatis, transversim liratd ; interstitiis

valde clathrato-punctatis ; aperturd oblongo-ovatd; spird bre-

viort; labio crassiusculo ; columelld plicis quatuor salbitibus:

Hab. China Seas.

This species was obtained during the voyage of H.M.S. Samarang.

10. Mirra inscuutpra, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-fusiformi ;

spird brevi, acutd; aperturd breviori; anfractibus planulatis,

pallide fused, maculis rufis, longitudinalibus, variegatd ; cingillis

integris, acutis, prominentibus, equidistantibus ; liris intermediis

submoniliformibus ; interstitiis longitudinaliter valde sulcatis ;

aperturd elongatd ; columelld plicis tribus ; labro acuto margine

crenulato.

Hab. Ceylon (Dr. Gardner). “

This species also belongs to the same group as M. cingulata. |

11. Mirra exarata, A. Adams. M. testd ovato-fusiformi ; spird

aperturam equante ; anfractibus subrotundis ; suturd subcanalicu-

latd, olivaced, fasciis duabus pallidis transversis, longitudinaliter

costatd ; costellis equalibus, subdistantibus ; interstitiis lineis in-

sculptis, profundis, transversis ; columelld plicis tribus, validis,

instructd.

Hab, Bais, island of Negros, coarse sand, 7 fathoms.

The most characteristic feature of this species is the sculpture be-

tween the ribs, consisting of deep, papel transverse lines.

12. Mirra rurocineta, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-fusiformi ;

spird aperturam equante; anfractibus rotundis, sordidé albd,

fascid transversd latd rufo-fuscd ; longitudinaliter costatd, cos-

tis obtusis, rotundis, distantibus; interstitiis lineis impressis

transversis ; aperturd subdilatatd; columelld plicis guatuor in-

structd ; labro tenui antic? dilatato.

Hab. ?

A small, slightly-worn specimen serves for this deseription, but it

is of peculiar form and sculpture.

13. Mrrra niripa, A. Adams. M. testa ovato-fusiformi; spird

aperturd breviori ; anfractibus subrotundis, levi, nitidd, badid,

anfractu ultimo antice et postice sulcis nonnullis transversis in-

structo; aperturd oblongd, anticeé subdilatatd ; columella plicis

quatuor ; labro simplici.

Hab.

A small, brown, shining species, with only a few transverse spiral

lines for sculpture.

14. Mrrra compra, A. Adams. M: testd ovato-fusiformi ; spird

aperturd longiore; anfractibus subrotundis, superné angilatis,

ea ee i i ell

ETT See

al tld i

Zoological Society. 51

apud plicas nodulosis ; interstitiis valde et regulariter clathratis ;

_anfractu ultimo antic? angustato et reflero ; columeild plicis quin-

gue instrucid ; labro intern? sulcato, margine crenulato.

_. Hab. China Seas.

This species, remarkable for the strong cancellations between the

longitudinal plicee, was brought home in H.M.S. Samarang.

15. Mrrra xieata, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-fusiformi; spird

apertura longiore, anfractibus planis ; castaneo-fuscd, lined unicd

pallidd, transversd in medio anfractuum, longitudinaliter plicatd,

transversim subliratd ; columella plicis quatuor ; labro simplici,

| margine acuto.

Hab. Pasacao, province of South Camarinas; isle of Luzon, on

the sands.

The colouring of this species is very different from the allied spe-

cies, and the sculpture is peculiar to many species belonging to the

subgenus Turris of Schumacher.

16. Mirra vinex, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-fusiformi ; spird

aperturam equante ; anfractibus rotundis; fuscd, prope suturas

alliduld, zonuld albd angustd transversd in medio anfractuum ;

longitudinaliter corrugato-plicatd, transversim liratd, liris apud

_plicas nodulosis ; interstitiis longitudinaliter striatis ; anfractu

_ ultimo angustuto et antice subreflero ; columelld plicis quatuor in-

- structd; labro acuto.

Hab. ?

__ This species somewhat resembles armillata of Reeve, but the cor-

rugated nature of the plicee distinguishes it.

17, Mirra tnrerrvupta, A. Adams. MM. testd ovato-fusiformi ;

spird acuminata ; aperturd breviori ; anfractibus planis, prope

suturas angulatis; albidd, rufo-fusco variegatd ; cinguld trans-

versd fuscd moniliformi in medio anfractuum ; longitudinaliter

plicatd, plicis equalibus, obliquis, obtusis, distantibus ; trans-

versim corrugato-liratd ; interstitiis punctatis ; anfractu ultimo

anticé recurvato ; columelld supern? excavatd, plicis tribus in-

strictd ; labro simplici.

Hab. North Australia.

The peculiar interrupted, dark, transverse band distinguishes this

elegant species.

“18. Mirra extmtA, A. Adams. M. testd ovata; spird brevi, ob-

- tusd ; nitidd, aurantiacd, maculis triangularibus albis, cingillis

- levibus, latis, transversis ; interstitiis valde longitudinaliter cla-

thratis ; aperturd lineari-oblongd ; columeild plicis quatuor ; la-

bro intus levi, margine crenulato.

Hab. ——?

This pretty little species belongs to the same group as M. leta,

but the. sculpture and markings are quite different, although the

colour is aati similar,

52 Zoological Society.

19. Mirra muuritirata, A. Adams. M. fusiformis, spird acu-

minatd, aperturam equante ; anfractibus rotundatis, ad suturas

angulatis ; pallid rufo-fuscd, cingillis levibus transversis, @

distantibus, obtusis, ornatd; interstitiis lineis pissin hs: og

elevatis, subconfertis, instructis ; anfractu ultimo antice producto

et subreflexo ; columelld antice truncata, plicis quatuor seiiad

labro intus sulcato, margine crenulato. a0

Hab. China Seas.

This species was obtained during the voyage of H.M.S..Samarang.

20. Mirra tata, A. Adams. M. testd ovatd, crassiusculd, auran-

tiacd, punctis albis ornatd ; longitudinaliter plicatd ; anfractibus

planiusculis, transversim baer liratd ; interstitiis simplicibus ;

columelld plicis quinque instructd ; labro crenulato.

Hab. Ticao, under stones, low water.

An oblong-ovate, shining, orange species, with scattered round

white granules and regular nodulose lire; the spire is obtuse; the

whorls are flattened and longitudinally plicate.

21. Mirra ornata, A. Adams. M., testd oblongo-fusiformi, acu-

minatd ; spird acutd; anfractibus novem, ad suturas angulatis ;

suturd ‘subcanaliculatd ; albd, fasciis transversis rufo-fuscis,or-

natd ; longitudinaliter contd « costis regularibus, obliquis, sub.

crenatis ; interstitiis transversim valde clathratis ; anfraciu ultimo

antice subumbilicato et recurvo ; columella plicis quatuor ; labro

postice epee eine

Hab.

This species is peculiar for its regular form and exactness of scul-

pture, as well as for its beauty of colouring.

22. Mirra nopiuirata, A. Adams. . M, testd te

pallide fulvd, fascid latd rufa transversd ornatd ; spird acumi-

natd, turritd; anfractibus octo planis, infra suturas angulatis ;

nitidd, longitudinaliter plicatd; plicis distantibus, prominenti-

bus, obliquis, prope suturas valde nodulosis ; interstitiis-lineisim-

pressis ranenerste ornatis ; columelld plicis quatuor ; labro acuto.

Hab.

An elegant aus with the pliciform ribs strongly nodulose at their

hind part.

23. Mirra pura, A. Adams. MM. testd fusiformi; spird

turd longior: ; anfractibus subplanulatis ; albd; cingulis 5 A

versis angustis, subelevatis, crenulatis, rufo subarticulatis ; liris

tribus intermediis ; interstitiis valde punctatis, ornatd ; aperturd

oblongd, antic? dilatatd ; columella plicis quingue ; labro intus

sulcato, margine crenato. :

Hab.

An elegantly formed species, with the last whorl somewhat recurved.

24. Mirra cinGuLATa, A. Adams. MM. testd ovato-fusiformi ;

spird acutd, aperturam equante ; anfractibus planulatis ; ed

albd ; cingillis prominentibus subcrenulatis, acutis, iransvert

= |

ee ee Fee oe

PEO aeaa sr ON eo eee ee

alagledr sasians 58

- interstitiis longitudinaliter valde clathratis, ornatd ; anfractu ul-

g aT * + 2<

REGS producto et recurvato ; columelld plicis tribus.

., This species belongs to that group in which the whorls are encir-

ed with transverse ridges.

25. Mirra reticuiata, A. Adams. MM. testd ovato-fusiformi ;

spird aperturd breviori; anfractibus subrotundis; albd; cingulis

“2° transversis, @quidistantibus; -acutis, crenulatis, sulcis obliquis

soon Longitudinalibus decussatis, ornatd ; columelld plicis quatuor ; la-

bre intus suleato.

Hab. Port Essington, 7 fathoms, sandy mud (Jukes).

“Remarkable for the acute, crenated, transverse ridges which give

the surface a reticulated appearance.

0026: Mapracaspervnata, A. Adams. M. testd oblongo-fusiformi,

01) pallide, rufo-fused, ad suturas albidd, longitudinaliter sulcatd,

transversim liratd, liris nodulis, subacutis, asperulatis ; spird pro-

__ ductd ; anfractibus sex, subrotundis ; aperturd spire dimidium

7 e@quante, antic? abrupt? truncatd ; columeild plicis tribus ; labro

acuto.

“Eph istialiae:

~The transverse ridges are set with subacute nodules, which give a

ough appearance to the surface.

SOD. cis

27. Mirra mirapiiis, A. Adams. M. testd fusiformi;_spird

acuminatd, aperturd longiori; anfractibus novem, planulatis, su-

lise perneangulatis; albd, maculis rufis triangularibus, et punctis trans-

verso-elongatis, rufescentibus, ornatd ; longitudinaliter plicatd,

plicis obtusis, regularibus, distantibus, nodosis ; nodis postice

~~ instructd ; anfractu ultimo in medio angustato ; antice productd

\ © Setisubreflerd; aperturd elongatd ; columella plicis quatuor ; labro

~\postice angulato, in medio inflexo, intus sulcato, margine crenulato.

“Hab. Socotra.

28. Mirra ausina, A. Adams. M. testd oblongo-fusiformi, albd;

ot 8 conicd, longitudinaliter plicatd ; anfractibus subrotundatis,

_ firis transversis ornatis ; anfractu ultimo levi, postic? subplicato,

antice sulcis transversis punctatis ornato ; columelld plicis quin-

~vogngue s,aperturd oblongo-lineari ; labio subcalloso ; labro acuto.

sikab . Batangas, Isle of Luzon, on the reefs.

»» This Mitra.is perfectly white, and ofa very peculiar form; Mr.

Cuming possesses but a.single specimen.

29. Mirra ama@ena, A. Adams. M. testd oblongo-fusiformi, albd,

maculis rufis variegatd ; spird acuminatd ; anfractibus octo, sub-

rotundis, carinulis transversis, levibus, elevatis, rufo-fusco articu-

‘latis, lird intermedia crenulatd, interstitiis eleganter longitudina-

liter. clathratis ; aperturd angustd ; columelld plicis quingue ;

. labro tenui, acuto.

- This elegant species belongs to the annulated group.

54: Zoological Society.

30. Mirra Rutina, A. Adams. M. testd oblongo-fusiformi, acu-

minatd, aurantiacd, maculis albis sparsis ornatd, fasciis pallidis

transversis prope suturas, suturis maculis aurantiacis maculatis ;

spird productd, acutd ; anfractibus seplem, transversim liratd ;

anfractu ultimo liris antice distinctioribus; aperturd dilatatd; colu-

melld plicis quatuor ; labro acuto, antice crenato. :

Hab. ——?

31. Mirra pevicata, A. Adams. WM, testd ovato-fusiformi ; spird

aperturd longiore ; anfractibus planis; suturd subcanaliculatd, sor-

didé albd, fasciis transversis duabus pallidis ; longitudinaliter

plicatd, plicis angustis, acutis, crenulatis, interstitiis transversim

clathratis, anfractu ultimo antice angustato et recurvato; colu-

melld plicis quatuor ; labro margine acuto, crenulato.

Hab, Cape York, 8 fathoms (Jukes).

A species of great delicacy, both of colour and sculpture.

32. Mirra rurescens, A. Adams, M., iestd ovato-fusiformi ;

spird acuminatd, sordide albd, rufo variegatd, cingillis transversis,

acutis, subdistantibus, liris duabus intermediis, intersiitiis longi-

tudinaliter valdé sulcatis, sulcis subdistantibus ; columelid antice

tortuosd, plicis quatuor obliquis instructd ; labro intern? suleato,

margine crenato.

Hab. China Seas.

This species, obtained during the voyage of H.M.S. Samarang,

partakes of the same kind of sculpture as M. annulata and others,

for which Swainson has formed a subgenus.

33. Mirra rormosa, A. Adams. M. testd oblongo-fusiformi, albo

rufoque eleganter variegatd ; spird acutd ; anfractibus 8, rotundis,

ad suturas subangulatis, cingillis transversis nodulosis ornatd,

nodulis subquadratis, in seriebus regularibus ; aperturd spird bre-

viore; columella plicis quatuor ; labro acuto, margine crenato.

Hab. Marquesas (Rohr).

A very handsome species, entirely covered with close-set granules

arranged in transverse rows.

34. Mirra sacerporauis, A. Adams, M. testd oblongo-fusi-

formi ; spird acuminatd ; anfractibus novem, subplanulatis ; fulvd,

lineis fuscis transversis ornatd, prope suturas albidd, rufo macu-

losd ; levi, sulcis distantibus, transversis insculptd ; anfractu ulti-

mo basi recurvatd; aperturd spire dimidium equante, recurvatd

et antice truncatd ; columelld plicis quatuor, obliquis ; labro albo,

acuto, antice rotundato.

Hab. Australia.

A fine species of a peculiar character, both as regards form, colour

and seulpture.

35, Mirra macrosprira, A. Adams. MM, testd pyramidali-turritd ;

spird valde productd, albidd, maculis rufis irregularibus ornatd ;

anfractibus planis, longitudinaliter costellatd, costellis levibus sub-

confertis, interstitiis clathrato-punctatis ; anfractu ultimo antice

I a lt il a i NN i i a

oe eee oe te le Na lll ll sal hi alain

Zoological Society. 55

“>> angustato, basi subrecurvo ; columella plicis quingue ; labro intus

lirato, margine acuto, antice producto subangulato.

A whitish species with a produced acuminate spire, and the short

aperture with the base narrowed; the outer lip dilated anteriorly.

36. Mirra BELLULA, A. Adams. MM. testd oblongo-fusiformi,

albd, nitidd, maculis rufis moniliformibus ad suturas ornatd ;

\ transversim sulcatd ; anfractibus planis, supremis cancellatis ;

aperturd angustd, antic? productd, contortd, et recurvd ; columella

plicis quatuor instructd.

Hab. Isle of Capul, on the reefs, low water.

A small, transversely grooved, polished species, with a necklace-

like row of reddish spots near the sutures.

Sai 4

_ 37. Mrrra ecuinata, A. Adams. MM. testd fusiformi-turritd ;

_spird acuminatd, albido-carneold, ad apicem rufescente, ad basin

fascid latd transversd rufescenti ornatd ; anfractibus planis, longi-

tudinaliter costatd, costis prominentibus, prope suturas echinato-

~~ nodulosis, et inferne subnodosis, interstitiis sulcato-clathratis ;

labro intus lirato ; columelld plicis quatuor instructd.

Hab. ?

38. Mirra scrruta, A. Adams. M. testd fusiformi-turritd ;

spird acuminatd, anfractibus planiusculis, carneold ; punctis ru-

. fescentibus sparsim pictd ; longitudinaliter costatd, costis undula-

tis, levibus, subdistantibus ; interstitiis valde clathratis ; aperturd

antic? angustatd, basi subrecurvd ; columelld plicis quatuor in-

structd.

- Hab. China Seas.

A small, turreted, light-coloured species, with undulating ribs and

clathrated interstices.

39. Mirra MarMorEA, A. Adams. WM. testd fusiformi-turritd ;

spird acuminatd ; anfractibus planiusculis ; olivaced, rufo-fused

marmoratd, longitudinaliter costatd, costis levibus, crassis, superne

subnodosis ; interstitiis transversim exaratis ; columelld plicis

quingue ; basi subcontortd et recurvd.

Hab. Tambay, Isle of Negros, coarse sand, 10 fathoms.

‘Greenish, marbled with fuscous; ribs flat and broad ; interstices

with transverse engraved lines.

» 40. Mirra rurricuua, A. Adams. WM. testd fusiformi-turritd,

albd, carneo sparsim pictd, anfractibus superné angulatis ; longi-

tudinaliter costatd, costis crassis,levibus, distantibus, supra nodosis,

- interstitiis sulcato-clathratis; aperturd spiram equante ; columella

RE ad Hoe yok supremis duabus duplicatis ; basi vix recurvd.

ab. : ‘

A small, elegant, turreted species, with smooth, thick ribs, and the

interstices punctate-clathrate.

41. Mirra paturpa, A. Adams. WM. testd turrito-fusiformi ;

56 Zoological Society.

‘spird productd, acuminatd; anfractibus convexiusculis; albidd,

sparsim rufo-fusco pictd, longitudinaliter costatd, costis nodulosis,

interstitiis clathrato-punctatis ; aperturd brevi, antic? angustatd,

basi productd, tortuosd et recurvd ; columelld quadriplicatd.

Hab. Marquesas.

A delicate, small, pale species, with scattered red-brown blotches,

and with the interstices between the ribs clathrate-punctate.

42. Mirra Juxesir, A. Adams. WM. tesid ovato-fusiformi; spird

acutd, aperture dimidium equante ; anfractibus planis; prope su-

turas angulatis ; albidd, fasciitis castaneis transversis ornatd; trans-

versim sulcatd, sulcis, prope suturas, profundioribus ; longitudina-

liter plicatd, plicis obtusis, distantibus, prope suturas nodulosis ;

columelld plicis quatuor instructd ; labro intus levi.

Hab. North Australia (Jukes). 5

This species is intermediate between M. corrugata and M. wulpe-

cula, but is distinct from both.

43. Mirra crenipiicata, A. Adams. M. testd ovato-fusiformi;

spird acuminatd ; anfractibus planulatis ; brunned, longitudinaliter

plicatd, plicis crenatis tenuibus ; transversim liratd, liris equali-

bus, confertis, nodulosis ad plicas; aperturd spiram equante ;

labio postice calloso, antice dilatato ; columella plicis quatuor in-

structd ; labro intus dentato-lirato, margine incrassato.

Hab. ?

This species belongs to the group named by Mr. Gray Zierliana.

44. Mirra crentiasris, A. Adams... M. testd fusiformi; spird

aperturam equante; anfractibus planis ; fulvd, longitudinaliter

substriatd, transversim sulcatd ; aperturd oblongd, antice dilatatd ;

columelld_plicis quatuor, antice incurvatd ; labro, in medio, recto,

margine crenato et incrassato.

Hab. ?

This Mitra resembles in many particulars M. fulva, Reeve, but in

all the specimens I have seen the outer lip is thin and smooth in that

species.

45. Mrrra casTanea, A. Adams. M. testd. ovato-fusiformi ;

spird productd ; anfractibus rotundatis ; castaned, nitidd, trans-

versim punctato-striatd ; aperturd quam spira breviore, antic? dila-

tatd; columelld plicis quingue.

Hab. ?

This species most closely resembles M. badia, Reeve, but’ the

whorls are rounded, and it differs in other particulars.

46. Mirra picnroma, A. Adams. M,testd ovato-fusiformi ; spird

acuminatd; anfractibus planis ; suturd canaliculatd, antic? castaneo-

Sused, postice albidd ; longitudinaliter substriatd, transversim sul-

catd, sulcis antice profundis , aperturd antice dilatatd ; columelld

plicis quinque instructd, antice productd; labro intus lirato, mar-

gine crenulato.

Hab. ~-——?

———— a

-» Hab.

Zoological Society. 57

poe Mirra peausatTa, A. Adams... M.. testd .ovato-fusiformi ;

oom apice cancellato ; anfractibus planulatis ; suturd profundd,

alba, transversim sulcatd, sulcis distantibus ; aperturd. oblongd,

antic? dilatatd ; columella postice excavatd; plicis sex ; labro an-

tice dilatato, intus lirato.

This species somewhat resembles M. erenilabris in form, but it is

-much more slender, and the sculpture is different.

nadie Mirra Nopunirera, A. Adams. M. testd turritd viadorad:

spird.quam apertura longiore ; anfractibus, prope suturas, angulatis;

= albidd, longitudinaliter plicatd, plicis, ad suturas, nodulosis, pro-

_>.e0\ minentibus, distantibus ; transversim liratd, interstitiis longitudi-

naliter striatis ; aperturd intus fulvd, postice angulatd ; columella

plicis ee 5 labro margine flexuoso.

. Hab, ——?

“A small species, somewhat resembling M. eymelium, Reeve, but

without the transverse black lines.

ae 49. Mirra Mariz, A. Adams. © M. testd ovato-conicd ; spird

. acuminatd ; anfractibus planis, cingulis tribus, transversis, acutis,

..,,.elevatis, interstitiis longitudinaliter profund? sulcatis, instructis ;

postice albd, antice hepaticd, reticulationibus albis punctisque rufo-

Fuscis, ornatd ; anfractu ultimo, sulcis transversis, interstitiis

simplicibus ; columelld plicis quinque instructd ; labro intus sul-

-».eato, margine crenulato.

Hab. Eastern Seas.

Somewhat like M. zncisa, bat of very different form and colour.

: Sib NP pusitia, A. Adams. M.testd ovato-fusiformi ; spird

turritd, elongatd ; anfractibus subrotundatis ; albidd, fascid lata

" transversd, carneold, antic? ornatd ; longitudinaliter costatd, costis

regularibus, equalibus, subconfertis, interstitiis transversim valde

i igfape aperturd brevi; columeild plicis quatuor.

ab.

“A small species, with a single, transverse, faint pink band at the

fore part of the last whorl.

61. Mirra cotumBE.iina, A. Adams. M. testd ovato-fusifor-

‘mi ; spird brevi, acutd ; anfractibus subrotundatis, albo castaneoque

) eoncinne pictd, transversim evanidé sulcatd ; aperturd ovato-ob-

longa, a aed dilatatd ; columelld plicis quatuor ; labro intus levi.

Hab.

> This cad is very prettily painted with white and dark chestnut-

brown, and in form somewhat resembles a Columbella.

62. Mrrra Parmiprrnarum, A. Adams. M. testd ovato-fusi-

formi ; spird brevi, acuminatd; anfractibus planulatis, cinered,

flammulis: rufo-fuscis, longitudinalibus, variegatd; transversim

sulcatd, sulcis regularibus, subdistantibus, profundis ; aperturd

lineari-oblongd, intus fuscd ; columella plicis sex; labro margine

albo, crenato.

_ Hab. Philippines.

58 Zoological Society.

This species is figured in Mr. Reeve’s Monograph as M, flammea

of Quoy, the original type of which, however, Mr, Cuming possesses,

and it is entirely different.

May 27, 1851.—W. Yarrell, Esq., V.P.L.S., in the Chair. .

The following communications were received and read :—

1. Notice oF THE Birps or MADEIRA, IN A LETTER

ADDRESSED TO THE SECRETARY.

By Epwarp Vernon Harcourt, Esa.

Sir,—According to your request, I send you a short account of

the birds that breed in Madeira, together with a list of those that

visit the island.

The birds of Madeira are less numerous than might be expected in

so genial a climate, and most of them are merely varieties, where they

differ from European species.

The birds that breed in Madeira are these :—

Latin Name. English Name. Portuguese Name.

1. Faleo Tinnunculus, Linn. Kestrel. Francelho.

2. —— Buteo, Linn. Buzzard, Manta.

3. Strix flammea, Linn, Barn Owl. Coruja.

4, Turdus Merula, Linn. Blackbird. Mérlo-preto.

5. Sylvia Rubecula, Lath. Redbreast. Papinho.

6. atricapilla, Lath. Black-cap Warbler. Tinto-Negro. |

(Curruca Heinekeni, Jard.) Variety of the former. Tinto-Negro de .

Capello. r a

7. Curruca conspicillata,Gauld. Spectacle Warbler. None. :

8. Regulus ? ——-? Abibe. 7

9. Motacilla boarula, Linn. Grey Wagtail. Larnadaie ama-

rella, j

10. Anthus pratensis, Bechst. Meadow Pipit. Corre de Caminho.

11, Fringilla butyracea, Linn. Green or Wild Canary. Canario. q

12. Carduelis, Linn. Goldfinch. Pinta Silva. q

ip. Petronia, Linn. Ring Sparrow. Pardao. q

14. Tintillon, Webb & Buff-breasted Chaf- Tentilhao.

Berthelot. finch. 7

15, —— eannabina, Linn. Greater Redpole or Tinto roxo.

- Limnet. 4

16. Cypselus unicolor, Jard. _—__ Lesser Swift. Andorinha da Serra. !

17. —— murarius, Temm. Common Swift: — do Mar. q

18. Columba Trocaz, Hein. Long-toed Wood- Trocaz.

Pigeon,

19. Palumbus, Linn. Ring-dove. Pombo. '

20. Livia, Briss. Rock-pigeon. Pombinho. 4

2). Perdix rubra, Briss. Red-legged Partridge. Perdix.

22. Coturnix, Lath. Quail. Cordonez. i

23. Scolopax Rusticola, Linn. Woodcock. Gallinhola. }

24. Sterna Hirundo, Linn. Tern, Garajao._ ;

25. Larus argentatus, Brunn. Herrmg Gull. Gaio, Guiyata (after 3

3rd aut, moult). i

7 -_ =

vo ——_ ey eS. oe “ a

ed ol J roe a Ore

Zoological Society. 59

<n Latin Name. English Name. Portuguese Name.

26. Procellaria Puffinus, Linn, Cinereous Shearwater. Cagarra.

27. —— Anglorum, Temm. Manks Shearwater. Boeiro

28. Ghacurs, Gel. Dusky Petrel. Pintaipho.

— inho, Hein. Petrel. :

29.{_._ Buiwerii, Jard. Seles tected: } Anginho.

30, ——? —? Roque de Castro.

The Kestrels are very numerous and very tame, perching on the

‘roofs of houses, from whence they dagt frequently at canary-birds

hanging in their reed cages outside the windows, and they generally

succeed in securing their prey; they live principally on lizards, grass-

ho and mice.

is The Buzzard is seldom seen about the town, but confines his flights

to the highest mountains, feeding on small birds, insects, and reptiles.

~ The Barn Owl inhabits the ravines in small numbers ; it is a little

darker than the British Owl. It may be remarked that all the birds

of Madeira are darker than their European brethren.

The Redbreast is very common ; it is frequently caged, and seems

to flourish in captivity.

The Blackbird, which in some parts is very plentiful, does not differ

from the English bird.

The Black-cap Warbler, which is here the most domestic songster,

has been sometimes called the Madeira Nightingale ; there is a ful-

ness. in its warble which in a degree justifies such praise. A Ma-

deiran variety of this bird has been described by Sir William Jardine *

as a new species, under the name of Curruca Heinekeni; Dr. Heine-

ken, however, in his paper on the subject in the ‘Zoological Journal,’

No. xvii. Art. xvii., disproves the supposition of its being a distinct

ies, and I am able to confirm the view that Dr. Heineken takes

of it, The popular belief amongst the natives is, that where the nest

of a “Tinto Negro”’ contains five eggs, the fifth always turns out a

‘Tinto Negro de Capello.” The variety is much prized; for where

you could buy a common ‘‘ Tinto Negro” for sixpence or a shilling,

you would be asked eight or ten shillings for a ‘* Tinto Negro de Ca-

pello.” The size of the two birds is precisely the same in all parti-

eulars ; the chief difference consists in the black cap in the variety

being extended to the shoulders, and I have sometimes seen the black

extended over all the under parts: the under parts are generally much

the same as those of the common female Black-cap, and the upper

parts as those of the common male.

The Wren is one of the prettiest feathered inhabitants of Madeira ;

it lives amongst the laurel forests, in the less frequented parts of the

island. It seems intermediate between the Gold and Fire-crested

Wrens of Britain, and is a little larger and brighter than either.

The Spectacle Warbler is very locally distributed; it is found in

brakes and bushes in some of the unfrequented parts.

The Grey Wagtail is very common, frequenting the cisterns attached

to houses, as well as the streams; where, from its familiar habits

* Edinb. Journ. of Nat. and Geog. Science, Jan. 1830, vol, i. p. 243.

60 Zoological Society:

amongst the washerwomen, it has been admitted in Madeiran phraseo-

logy into the ranks of the sisterhood, under the title of “Lavandeira.”

The Meadow Pipit is plentifully found on the cliffs and fields near

the sea, and on the serras. :

The Green Canary is the original stock of the bird so well known

to us as the Yellow Canary ; it flies about in large flocks, with linnets

and other birds, and is easily distinguished by its song, which is the

same as that of the captive variety. ‘The price of a good singing ca-

nary, either in Madeira or the Canary islands, varies from five to nine

shillings, so that in fact it may be bought much cheaper in London.

This bird has been admirably described by Dr. Heineken, in the

‘ Zoological Journal,’ No. xvii. Art. xvii. ; ”

The Goldfinch is very common, and differs in no respect from our

own.

The Ring Sparrow here takes the place, in a way, of our House

Sparrow: it is universal; on the bleak serras, near houses, on the

rocks by the sea; there is no place that it does not frequent. It

differs thus in habits, though in nothing else, from the Ring Sparrow

of Europe.

The Chaffinch of Madeira is nearly identical with the bird figured,

under the name of “ Fringilla Tintillon,” in Webb and Berthelot’s

work on the Canary islands,

The Greater Redpole is very abundantly met with ; it differs from

the English Linnet in retaining its carmine colouring through the year.

The Lesser Swift is mentioned in Brewster’s ‘Journal,’ by Dr.

Heineken, under the title of ‘‘ Black-chimed Swift.” This property

is however by no means general amongst the species: I have several

in my possession with the chin fully as white as that of the common

Swift. One of the chief differences is in size, the ‘ unicolor’ bein

much the smallest. The tail is forked about an inch and a half, an

the plumage is rather darker than that of the common Swift.

The common Swift is not quite so plentiful as the Lesser Swift.

Both species remain in the island throughout the year; their nests

are built in the cliffs; their habits vary from those of Swifts in En-

gland ; here they seem to take the place of the Swallow, hunting and

skimming along the ground in a manner that would appear very de-

grading to their northern brethren. ;

_ The Ring-dove appears to be rather larger than the English bird ;

in other respects it is similar. It lives in the forests on the north

side of the island.

The Long-toed Wood Pigeon has been described by Dr. Heineken,

in ‘ Brewster’s Journal,’ under the name of “ Columba Trocaz ;”’ it is

about an inch longer than the Madeiran Ring-dove ; one of its chief

peculiarities, and which seems to have escaped observation, is the great

length of its centre toe, being more than an inch longer than that of

the Ring-dove ; it has a silvery ring all round its neck ; it is darker in

its general plumage than the Ring-dove, and is excellent eating. It

inhabits the forests on the north side of the island, feeding upon

grasses and the acorns of the laurel-trees.

The Rock Pigeon inhabits the sea cliffs, and rocks in the ravines

Zoological Society. 61

all over the island. There is a variety here which is darker in its

plumage and in the colour of its feet than the common Rock Pigeon.

_.The Red-legged Partridge is shot on the serras.

The Quail is more plentiful than the Partridge, and approaches

nearer to the habitations of man ; it pairs, laying about sixteen eggs,

and has three or four broods in the season.

_. The Woodcock is found chiefly in the west, and on the Paul da

Serra, sometimes plentifully., It isa large bird, but I think of in-

ferior flavour; it breeds in the island, and is met with throughout

the» ear.

‘4 The Tern appears chiefly at the Dezerta islands and at Point Sio

urenco.

vod Ae Netting Gull is common everywhere; Dr. Renton says. it

is quicker by some months in obtaining its mature plumage than

with us.

.. The Cinereous Shearwater breeds plentifully on the Dezerta islands;

its ery, whether on the wing or on shore, is very remarkable; the

natives salt it and consider it eatable.

The Manks Shearwater is also very plentiful at the Dezertas ; it is

easily distinguished from the Dusky Petrel, which is another inha-

bitant of the Dezertas, by its superior size, and by the colour of its

eet. In the Dusky Petrel the feet are bluish ash-colour, and in the

Manks Shearwater flesh-colour; in the Dusky Petrel all the secre-

tions are green, and in the Manks Shearwater yellow. The Dusky

Petrel is a very tame bird, and will live upon almost anything; it

runs.along the ground on its belly, and uses its curious-shaped_bill

in climbing up the rocks.

_ The Angel Petrel of Heineken has the tail slightly forked, and

differs from the other smaller Petrels in having no white about the

rump or flanks ; it is entirely uniform black ; it is very common on

the Dezerta islands; when approached it emits a highly offensive

matter.

. The Bulwer’s Petrel, as described by Sir Wm. Jardine *, I never

saw at Madeira, nor haye I ever met with any one that has seen_it

there... Sir Wm. Jardine says, “it is easily distinguished from any

other, by haying the two centre tail-feathers elongated, as in the genus

Lestris, and not even or forked, like the other Petrels.” It is pro-

bably identical with the Angel Petrel.

_ There is another Petrel, called by the natives “‘ Roque de Castro,”

pronounced “Roque de Crasto,”’ which differs from any I have ever

seen deseribed ; it approaches perhaps nearer to Leach’s Petrel than

any other, though the shape of the bill alone is sufficient to separate

it from that species. It is common on the Dezerta islands, where it

breeds, though it is by no means so abundant as the Angel Petrel.

* Sir W. Jardine on the Birds of Madeira, ‘ Edinb. Journ, of Nat. and Geog.

Science,’ Jan. 1830, p. 245, and ‘Illustrations of Ornithology,’ by Jardine and

Selby.

Zoological Society.

The following is a list of the stragglers found in Madeira :—

Latin Name.

. Cathartes percnopterus, Temm.

. Faleo nisus, Linn.

. Corvus corax, Linn.

corone, Linn.

. Oriolus galbula, Linn.

. Sturnus vulgaris, Linn.

. Ttirdus iliacus, Linn.

. —— musicus, Linn.

. Sylvia hortensis, Lath.

. Troglodytes europzus, Selb.

« Motacilla alba, Linn.

. Alauda arvensis, Linn.

. Fringilla chloris, Linn.

. —— domestica, Linn.

. Cuculus ecanorus, Linn.

. Musophaga africana, Temm.

. Upupa epops, Linn.

erops aplaster, Linn.

. Alcedo ispida, Linn.

. Hirundo urbiea, Linn.

. —— rustica, Linn.

riparia, Linn.

umba oenas, Linn.

stellaris, Linn.

nycticorax, Linn.

. Limosa melanura, Leisler.

. Numenius arquata, Lath.

. —— phezopus, Temm.

. Tringa pugnax, Linn.

. — subarquata, Temm.

variabilis, Meyer.

. — cinerea, Temm.

. Totanus hypoleucos.

glottis, Bechst.

Scolopax gallinago, Linn.

Temm.

major,

. Crex Baillonii, Temm.

. Gallinula chloropus, Lath.

_Caprimulgus europeus, Linn.

i Colt

. — Turtur, Linn.

. Gkdienemus crepitans, Temm.

. Calidris arenaria, Jil.

« Vanellus cristatus, Meyer.

. Charadrius hiaticula, Linn.

. —— pluvialis.

. Strepsilas interpres, Leach.

. Ciconia nigra, Temm.

. ? Ardea cinerea.

. Ardea russata, Wagler.

. —— purpurea, Linn.

; —— minuta, Linn.

English Name.

Egyptian Vulture.

Bearay Hawk.

Raven.

Carrion Crow.

Golden Oriole.

Common Starling.

Redwing.

Common Thrush.

Greater Petty-chaps.

Common Wren.

Pied Wagtail.

Skylark.

Green Grosbeak,

Common Sparrow.

Cuckoo.

African Beé-eater.

Hoopoe.

Bee-eater.

King-fisher.

Mai Martin.

Chimney Swallow.

Bank Martin.

European Goatsucker.

Stock-dove.

Turtle-dove.

Thick-knee.

Sanderling.

Crested Lapwing.

Ringed Plover.

Golden Plover.

Turnstone.

Black Stork.

Common Heron.

Buff-backed Heron.

Purple Heron.

Little Bittern.

Common Bittern.

Night Heron,

Black-tailed Godwit.

Common Curlew.

Whimbrel.

Ruff.

Pigmy Curlew.

Dania,

Knot.

Sandpiper.

Greenshank.

Common Snipe.

Great Snipe.

Baillon’s Crake.

Gallinule.

Authority t.

Gos £3925

atari

Mr. Penfold.

Mr. Lowe.

xe *

Mr. Lowe.

* *% %

Mr. Penfold.

+ +

Mr. Lowe.

x &

Mr. Lowe.

* %

ei wrek

Doubtful.

Mr. Hinton.

Mr. Lowe.

x # &

Mr. Lowe.

* * *

Mr. Lowe. |

Mr. Hewitt.

Mr. Lowe.

+ Where there are stars it is on my own authority.

ea eae

eer

, ‘7

aaa ca

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 63

Latin Name. English Name. Authority t:

82. Ortygometra crex, Temm. Land-rail. Mr. Lowe.

83. Fulica atra, Linn. Coot. ee x

84. Anser segetum, Steph. Bean Goose. x &

85. Mareca penelope, Selb. Wigeon. Mr. Penfold.

86. Anas creeca, Linn. Teal. * * x

87. —— boschas, Linn. Mallard. Mr. Penfold.

88. Sterna nigra, Linn. Black Tern. Mr. Lowe

89. —— Dougallii, Mont. Roseate Tern Sir W. Jardine

90. Larus tridactylus, Lath Kittiwake. x 2 x

91. Lestris cataractes, Temm. Skua. éie—*

92. Colymbus glacialis, Linz. Northern Diver. x # =x

93. Sula alba, _ jeg Gannet. Mr. Lowe.

94. Procellaria Leachii, Temm. Leach’s Petrel. Sir W. Jardine.

95, —— pelagica, Linn. Stormy Petrel. Doubtfal.

I have the honour to remain, Sir,

Yours, &e.,

Epwarp VERNON HArcownRrT.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

May 12, 1853.—Professor Balfour, President, in the Chair.

The following papers were read :-—

1. “On the Soap Beans of China,” by Dr. Macgowan of Ningpo.

This paper contained a popular description, chiefly derived from

Chinese authorities, of two species of Cesalpinia, which furnish the

Soap Bean and the Plump Soap Bean of the Chinese. The Beans

have marked saponaceous qualities, and are used as detergents, for

cleaning silver vessels, &c.

2. “ On the Flora of the Island of Arran,” by Dr. Balfour. The

author noticed the plants which occur in different districts, in con-

nexion with the rocks. He mentioned that he had observed between

500 and 600 Phanerogamous plants, and 27 Ferns and Equiseta.

3. “On the Colorifie properties of the Lichens. Part III. The

Manufacture of the Lichen-dyes,” by W. Lauder Lindsay, M.D.

The author detailed the various processes of manufacture as carried

on in different countries, on the large scale (by the manufacturer)

and small scale (by the peasant), with the principles on which these

are severally founded.

June 9.—Professor Balfour, President, in the Chair.

_ Dr. Balfour stated that some of the Palms in the Botanic Garden

had sent their fronds through the roof of the Palm-House, and that

unless measures were taken immediately for making an addition to

the house, he would be under the necessity of destroying some of the

finest Palms in Britain.

The following are the measurements of some of them. In giving

t+ Where there are stars it is on my own authority.

64 Miscellaneous.

the height, the leafy part at the top of the caudex is included, along

with the tub in which the plant is growing :—

Acrocomia aculeata, 38 feet.

Areca triandra, jh Mea

Caryota urens, Ps Yeas

The frond is 4 feet 9 inches beyond the roof.

Chameerops humilis var. elata, 20 feet.

Cocos nucifera : ‘ 1S: 4,

Euterpe montana. , aS hs

Frond about 2 feet beyond the roof.

Livistona chinensis, 40 feet.

Fronds bent down by the roof of the house.

Sagus Rumphii, 43 feet.

Fronds about 10 inches beyond the roof.

Seaforthia elegans, 22 feet.

Several of them are between fifty and sixty years old.

Dr. Balfour gave an account of a botanical trip to Ireland in August

1852 with some of his pupils.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Fecundation of the Fucacee. By M. Gustave Tourer.

Tue physiological functions of the antheridia in the higher Cryp-

togamia appear to be now pretty well established. It is no longer

doubted that they are fecundating organs, and that the antherozoids

which they contain are the immediate agents of fecundation, although

the action of these upon the female organ or archegonium has not

yet been observed.

But as regards the lowest Cryptogamia (Algee, Fungi, Lichens)

the question is much less advanced. The existence of antheridia in

these vegetables is a recent discovery, which careful researches will

probably extend to all the families of this vast group, but which in

the author’s opinion cannot be established with certainty until the

fecundating power of these organs upon the reproductive apparatus

shall be demonstrated.

The author availed himself of his stay at Cherbourg to endeavour

to resolve this question as regards the organs designated by M. De-

caisne and himself as the antheridia of the Fucaceee. He considers

that the results of his researches furnish the first direct proof of the

existence of true sexuality in the lower Cryptogamia. -

With this view he has studied the pheenomena presented by arti-

ficial impregnation. Several species of Fucaceze are dicecious ; when

these plants are placed for some time in a damp atmosphere, the

spores and the antheridia are pushed out on the surface of the fronds

in great numbers ; they are then easily collected and deposited in

vessels filled with sea-water, or simply in a drop of water ona slip of

glass which is protected from evaporation.

pore rs

Miscellaneous. 65

“When these organs are kept in separate vessels, the following phe-

nomena are observed. The antheridia immediately emit their anthe-

rozoids, which move about with the greatest vivacity ; these move-

ments are frequently continued till the next day, diminishmg gra-

dually in intensity ; on the third day decomposition commences. The

|! remain for about a week without sensible alteration; they

en also decompose without further development. Sometimes phe-

nomena resembling germination are exhibited ; some of them emit

irregular prolongations, but no septa are formed ; the evolution of the

spores proceeds no further; they become decomposed like the others.

In fact, germination never takes place in spores which are deprived

of the contact of the antherozoids.

But when the spores and the antheridia are mixed together, the

spore becomes invested with a very distinct membrane in the course

of a day or two, a septum is formed which divides the spore into two

ras, Sem and. a sensible elongation begins to appear ona point of

the circumference: . The development of the young plant then pro-

ceeds rapidly; the septa become more numerous, the elongation.

increases, and in about ten days the spore is converted into a small

— eellular mass, of a brown colour, supported on a transparent

icle. :

If the experiment has been performed on a slip of glass kept con-

stantly near a window in the same position, it will be seen that nearly

all the radicles are turned towards the interior of the room, or from

the light.

~The fecundating action of the antherozoids upon the spores is

efore an incontestable fact. When they are in considerable quan-

tity, they frequently attach themselves to the spores, crawl in a man-

ner upon their surface, and communicate to them, by means of their

vibratile cilia, a rotatory movement which is o very rapid.

Nothing is more curious than the appearance of these large brownish

heres rolling in all directions amongst the crowds of antherozoids

hich surround them. This phenomenon, however, does not appear

to be necessary for the fecundation of the spores. When all move-

ment has ceased and germination has commenced, the remains of

decomposed antherozoids frequently surround the spore without

being immediately in contact with it; a layer of mucilage separates

them from the membrane of the spore and forms a transparent halo

around it.

The author endeavoured to fecundate the spores of Ozothallia vul-

garis (Fucus nodosus, Linn.) with the antherozoids of Fucus ser-

ratus and vesiculosus, and vice versd. But although the spores and

antherozoids of these three species present the most complete re-

semblance, and although the antherozoids attach themselves in great

numbers to the spores, causing them to move with great vivacity, no

grm nation took place. Nor did he succeed in fecundating the

spores of Fucus serratus with the antherozoids of Fucus vesiculosus.

But on reversing this experiment, some of the spores of the F. vesieu-

losus germinated. He does not venture to conclude from this that a

hybrid fecundation is possible, but nevertheless calls attention to the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 5

66 Miscellaneous.

fact, that whilst the Ozothallia and the Fucus serratus are very con-

stant in form, the F’. vesiculosus is extremely polymorphous.

In the higher Cryptogamia the phzenomenon of fecundation pre-

sents two principal modifications. In the Mosses and Characeze it

takes place in adult plants, and appears to be necessary for the for-

‘mation of the reproductive bodies ; it must consequently be repeated

every time that the plant fructifies, and in this respect approaches

the process in the phanerogamous plants. In the Equisetaceze, the

Ferns, the Lycopodiaceze, and the Rhizocarpeze, fecundation takes

place some time after the germination of the spore; its result is the

development of the frond which will fructify every year without fresh

fecundation. The Fucaceze present a third modification of the phee-

nomenon, which resembles the second rather than the first, and which

has perhaps still more analogy with what takes place in the case of

animals. Here it is upon the spore itself that the fecundating action

of the antherozoids is exerted, and it is only in consequence of this

contact that the spore is developed into a frond capable of fructifying

every year without fresh fecundation.—Comptes Rendus, April 25,

1853.

TIME OF SPAWNING OF BRITISH CRUSTACEA,

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Weymouth, June 18, 1853.

GENTLEMEN,—I enclose you an addition to my list of the “ Time

of Spawning of British Crustacea”? which appeared in the ‘ Annals

of Nat. Hist.’ vol. viii. p. 501.

I wish to draw the attention of your readers to an error in that

paper, in which Crangon bispinosus is enumerated instead of Crangon

trispinosus. I have not yet been able to obtain C. bispinosus. I am

at a loss to conceive how this error could have occurred, as my notes

are correct.

I have now succeeded in fixing the dates of carrying spawn of

thirty-eight species of British Crustacea, and I have myself obtained

at this place fifty-four species, and fully expect to add to that

number.

‘Amongst my latest captures are Crangon spinosus, Hippolyte

Whitei (mihi), Mysis chameleon, Mysis Griffithsie, and one or two

species I cannot at present make out.

My dredger is a very clever fellow, and would be pleased to supply

anything he might obtain when dredging. :

I am, Gentlemen, yours obediently,

Witu1amM THompson.

Species. Date when fonnd General Remarks.

4 carrying ova.

Acheus Cranchii ...... Aug. 18, 1852. I dredged two in six fathoms,

shingle and weedy bottom : one

female had two single ova;

they are of a deepish yellow

colour.

ss ee ee

Species.

Crangon fasciatus......

Hippolyte Cranchii ...

Inachus dorynchus ...

Miscellaneous. 67

Date when found

carrying ova.

June 13, 1853.

March 12,1853.

Noy. 23, 1851.

March 1, 1853.

June 6, 1852.

Aug. 18, 1852.

May 30, 1853.

General Remarks.

I obtained two; one of which

was in spawn: ova of a rich

brown : this individual was of a

darker colour than the other.

Caught in three fathoms, sand

and shingle.

Two; Bee aemnd are of 8

dirty white ti wit n.

The colour of thi aialp wari

first caught is very beautiful ;

it is blotched with claret co-

lour. Dredged in the same

locality as the last species.

Three in spawn: ova of a light

drab colour. m six

fathoms, shingly bottom.

I obtained several, most of them

ing in spawn: the ova are of

a lig t sea-green colour. This

is the most numerous of the

rarer shrimps. Two to four

fathoms, sandy bottom.

This species is in spawn all the

summer months: I believe they

deposit their ova in the month

of June: the ova are drab or

dirty white. Sandy bottom,

from low water to four fa-

thoms.

In spawn: ova of an orange co-

lour. Caught in a trawl.

In spawn: ova orange-brown.

Two, in wn: the ova are

small, of a lovely bright red

transparent coral colour.

in twelve fathoms

water, shingly bottom.

eral in spawn, in five to

seven fathoms water, weedy

Pst: ar .

dredged four ; one of them car-

ried ova in very small quan-

tity,—the greater portion had

evidently been deposited.

Those caught in May 3), 1853,

carried a quantity of spawn:

the ova are large and of an

orange-brown colour: the co-

lour of the animal is di

purple, brighter on the fore

part of the carapace. Caught

in weedy bottom, six fathoms.

68 Miscellaneous.

Species. Date when found General Remarks.

carrying ova.

Stenorhynchus phalan- Aug. 18, 1852. In the first, very few ova were

gium. May 30,1853. left in the purse; in those

caught in May 1853, the spawn

was so plentiful that the abdo-

men was thrown back on a

plane with the carapace.

Stenorhynchus tenui- May 30, 1853. Inspawn: ovaofa light orange-

rostris. brown colour : the abdomen in

consequence of the large quan-

tity of ova was thrown back

on a level with the carapace.

This species when alive is of a

lovely pink or puce colour.

Weedy bottom, three fathoms.

Hippolyte W hitei (mihi)*. June 14, 1853. Several in spawn: the ova are

eo yellow, but much hidden

y the scales of the abdomen.

The prevailing colour of this

species is meadow green, with

(whilst alive) a white band run-

ning down the centre of the.

back. In each there were two

teeth on the under edge of the

rostrum. Weedy bottom and

‘ Pigott to six fathoms. ‘

Hippolyte Thompsoni. May 4, 1853. Dredged some in spawn: the

sf r a ova ies of a dirty sis Rocky

and weedy bottom, three to

five fathoms.

Palemon Leachii ...... June 8, 1853. This is now in spawn; some few

have deposited their ova, which

are of a brownish drab colour.

Palemon serratus...... June 1853. All in spawn; it will be depo-

' _ sited before the middle of July.

Mysis vulgaris ......+++ June 14, 1853. In spawn: ova of a brownish

colour.

Mysis Griffithsie ...... June 14, 1853. In spawn.

Experimental Researches on Vegetation. By M. Gzorces Viiux.

After stating that it has often been asked if air, and especially

azote, contributes to the nutrition of plants; and, as regards the

latter, that this question has always been answered negatively, the

author remarks it is however known that plants do not draw all

their azote from the soil, the crops produced every year in manured

land giving a greater proportion of azote than is contained in the

soil itself. The question which he has proposed to himself for so-

* This new and beautiful species of Hippolyte I have named after Mr.

Adam White of the British Museum. I have drawn up a specific descrip-

tion for the ‘ Annals’ for August.—W. T.

Miscellaneous. 69

lution is, whence then comes the excess of azote which the crops

contain, and in g more general manner, the azote of plants, which

the soil has not furnished? He divides his inquiry into the three

following parts :— :

__ First. Inquiry into and determination of the proportion of the

ammonia contained in the air of the atmosphere.

Second. Is the azote of the air absorbed by plants?

Third. Influence on vegetation of ammonia added to the air.

1. The author remarks that since the observation of M. Théodore

de Saussure, that the air is mixed with ammoniacal vapours, three

attempts have been made to determine the proportion of ammonia

in the air: a million of kilogrammes of the air, according to M.

Grayer, contain 0°333 kil. N*H’; according to Mr. Kemp 3°880

kil. ; according to M. Frésenius, of the air of the day, 0°098 kil., and

of night air, 0°169 kil. He states that he has shown the cause of

these discrepancies, and proved that the quantity of ammonia con-

tained in the air is 22-417 grms. for a million of kilogrammes of the

air; and that the quantity oscillates between 17°14 grms. and

29°43 grms.

2. The author states that though the azote of the air is absorbed by

plants, the ammonia of the air contributes nothing to this absorption,

Not that ammonia is not an auxiliary of vegetation, but the air con-

tains scarcely 0:0000000224, and in this proportion its effects are

inappreciable. These conclusions are founded upon a great number

of experiments in which the plants lived at the expense of the air

without deriving any thing from the soil. For the present he con-

fines himself to laying down these two conclusions :—}. The azote

of the air is absorbed by plants, by the cereals, as by all others. 2.

The ammonia of the atmosphere performs no appreciable part in the

life of plants, when vegetation takes place in a limited atmosphere.

After describing the apparatus by means of which he carried on his

experiments on the vegetation of plants placed in a soil deprived of

ic matter, and the manner in which the experiments were con-

ducted, he adduces the results of these experiments in proof of the

above conclusions.

- 3. With reference to the influence of ammonia on vegetation, the

author states that,.if ammonia be added to the air, vegetation be-

comes remarkably active. In the proportion of 4 ten-thousandths

the influence of this gas shows itself at the end of eight or ten days,

and from this time it manifests itself with a continually increasing

intensity. The leaves, which at first were of a pale-green, assume

a deeper and deeper tint, and for a time become almost black; their

petals are long and upright, and their surface wide and shining. In

short, when vegetation has arrived at its proper period the crop is

found far beyond that of the same plants grown in pure air; and,

weight for weight, they contain twice as much azote. Besides these

general effects there are others which are more variable, which de-

pend upon particular conditions, but which are equally worthy of

interest. In fact, by means of ammonia we can not only stimulate

70 Miscellaneous.

vegetation, but, further, we can modify its course, delay the action

of certain functions, or enlarge the development and the modifica-

tion of certain organs. The author further remarks, that if its use

be ill-directed, it may cause accidents. ‘Those which have occurred

in the course of his experiments appear to him to throw an unex-

pected light upon the mechanism of the nutrition of plants. They -

have at least taught him at the expense of what care ammonia may

become an auxiliary of vegetation. These experiments, which were

made under the same conditions as those upon the absorption of

azote, are then described, and their numerical results given.

- To the conclusions already stated, the author adds that there are

periods to be selected for the employment of ammonia, during which

this gas produces different effects. If we commence its use when

several months intervene before the flowering season of the plants,

it produces no disturbance; they follow the ordinary course of their

vegetation. If its use be commenced at the time of flowering, this

function is stopped or delayed. The plant covers itself with leaves,

and if the flowering takes place all the flowers are barren.—Proc.

Roy. Soc. May 26, 1853.

On the Priority of the Discovery of the Mode of Action of the

Pholades in the Perforation of Stones. By M. Vrouix.

The question of the perforation of rocks by Pholades, which has

been brought before the Academy of Sciences, has given rise to a

claim of priority put forward by Mr. Robertson, and since contested

by M. Caillaud.

The Academy will not be displeased to learn that Professor Vrolik

of Amsterdam has just shown that the fact of mechanical perfora-

tion by the valves, and as the result of the simple movement of the

Pholades, without the assistance of any acid, was described more than

seventy years ago by Léendert Bomme, a Director of the Commercial

Company of Middelbourg. His memoir, in which he enters into

many details respecting the ceconomy of these animals, which in

1759 and 1760 threatened the destruction of the dykes of the island

of Walcheren, was published in the Transactions of the Scientific

Society of Flessingen.—Comptes Rendus, May 2, 1853.

On Sun Columns observed at Sandwick Manse, Orkney.

By the Rey. C. CLouston.

May 18th. About 8 p.m. observed a mock sun having prismatic

colours, on the N. side of the sun, with rays on the off side converging

to a point. Inabout 15 minutes another of the same description, but

fainter, appeared on the S. side of the sun, and a faint halo appeared

over the sun, as if joining there. At sunset there was a faint sun

illar.

r 21st. At sunset another sun pillar seen.

23rd. A sun pillar seen tonight at 8 p.m., about 45 minutes before

sunset, at first being a pale whitish beam, shooting up through the

ee ee

a oe ee 4 ¢

Meteorological Observations. 71

clear blue sky, fully 15° high, and very slender, scarcely the diameter

_ of the sun.

- After the sun had set in a golden sky it became of a rosy hue,

brighter and broader at some places than others, as if the brightest

strata, or thin lamin of the horizontal clouds, reflected the sun-

beams most perfectly. It continued quite perpendicular, and about

half-past 9 o’clock, or 45 minutes after sunset, vanished gradually—

the last spot of it being 1 or 2 degrees above the horizon. About

an hour afterwards, when the moon rose, a pillar of light also ap-

peared over her, but fainter and shorter, and after 30 minutes when

she had risen a little above the horizon, a similar pillar appeared

below her, but they only extended about 3 or 4 diameters of the

moon on each side, having her diameter as a base, and tapering away

as they receded from her. This continued till 12 o’clock and pro-

bably much longer.

I am told that the sun pillar was again very beautiful before sun-

rise next morning, about 3 o'clock.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR MAY 1853.

Chiswick.—May 1. Very fine. 2. Slight haze: fine: rain at night. 3. Constant

rain. 4, Hazy. 5. Very fine. 6. Cloudy. 7. Overcast: cold rain. 8. Cloudy:

overcast: clear. 9. Rain: boisterous. 10. Cloudy and boisterous. 11. Fine.

12. Fine: very clear. 13. Cloudy: rain. 14. Fine. 15. Fine: overcast. 16,

Very fine. 17. Dry haze: clear and fine. 18. Fine. 19. Very fine. 20. Clear:

slight frost at night. 21. Hazy: fine. 22. Clear and dry. 23. Clear: partially

overcast at night. 24. Cloudless: windy : slightly overcast. 25. Very fine. 26.

Very fine : clear at night. 27. Very fine: rather hazy: lightning at night: rain.

28, 29. Very fine. 30. Cloudy and fine. 31. Cloudy and cold.

Mean temperature of the month ............. dicciveis eee ds seats 51°41

Mean temperature of May 1852 —...... sees eenes ee ecscnceeeees 51 -45

Mean temperature of May for the last twenty-seven years . 53 -95

Average amount of rain in May —_.........0.....-....eeessseeneee 1°77 inch.

Boston.—May 1, 2. Fine. 3,4. Cloudy. 5. Fine. 6. Cloudy. 7. Cloudy:

rain and snow a.m. 8. Cloudy. 9. Rain: rain a.m. 10. Rain: rain and hail

A.M. andp.M. 11,12. Fine. 13. Cloudy. 14,15. Fine. 16. Cloudy. 17—28,

Fine. 29. Cloudy: rain p.m. 30, 31. Cloudy.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—May 1. Bright a.m.: damp p.m. 2. Hazy a.m:

fog p.m. 3. Clear a.m.: clear, aurora p.m. 4. Bright a.m.: fog p.m. 5. Damp

A.M. and p.m. 6. Cloudy, showers a.m. : sleet-showers, aurora P.M. 7. Snow-

showers A.M. : sleet-showers, aurora P.M. 8. snow-showers A.M.: sleet-showers

P.M. 9. Sleet-showers a.m.: snow-showers p.m. 10. Snow-showers a.m. :

clearp.M. 11. Bright am.: clearp.m. 12,13. Clear a.m.: clear, fine p.m.

14—17. Clear a.m.andp.m. 18, 19. Clear, fine a.m. and p.m. 20. Clear a.m.

and p.m. 21. Bright, fine a.m.: clear, finep.m. 22. Bright a.m. : clear, fine p.as.

23. Bright a.m.: sun pillar, clear, fine p.m. 24, 25. Bright, fine a.m.: clear,

fine p.m. 26. Cloudy a.m. and p.m. 27. Clear a.m.: clear, fine p.m. 28, 29,

Cloudy a.M.and p.m. 30. Bright a.m.: clear, fine p.m. 31. Bright, fine a.m:

clear, fine p.m.

Mean temperature of May for twenty-six previous years ... 47°94

Mean temperature of May 1852 .............csecec.cecteeenecess 50 49

Mean temperature of this month —..........0+...seeeesseesecees 49 -07

Average quantity of rain in May for seven previous years... 1°68 inch.

1.0 | 00.1 | 09.1 9$.9 |6S.18 } 0.£5 |go.0F |ZL.z9| 120.08 Loo.0f $$.6z 934.62 4gg.6z | -ueayy

seeeserenl 20, ‘s |-ouu| a | 64] 65 | €S] of | Sg b1.0£ 61,0£ $9.6 606,62 b10,08 “re

seveeseee] “Qype [eveweseee] ug ‘u | ou} 66) L$ | S.19| gh | So 07.0£ Z1,0£ $$.6c | 066.62 $6.62 "of

sereseerelerreeernel go. | sme [emun| con | S| 26 | 151 1b | 99 $6.62 gl.6z oF.6z £13.62 198.62 "6z)

seseeoesel ZO, ‘a9 | -m | ems | 2S | 9S gs| &% | £9 9.62 68.62 gz.6z 699.62 £04.62 "Sz

seersseselereeeeees! ox | gga | cu | ott 1S | +g zg| gv | &Z 11.62 89.62 $2.62 £3S.6z zb9.6z Le

seeeeeeesloveseneeelesersesee| oA TT AA um “u S16 6S LS gt gf $9.6 79,62 07,62 925.62 9LS.6z aK4

. eeereeeee *O8 “9u0 Li} 1S 19 $.65 ov aL 6.62 96.62 £v.62 945.62 S£L.62 : Sz

stesseselerceersnelerensereel ogg | gta | +g | #25 | 65 | S.LS| gv | rZ £0.0£ gt.0f 39.62 £08.62 396.62 bz

titeeeeeeleceeeeeeslerseeeees] agg | gua | ag zS | $$ zS| $b | 69 gr.o£ $2.08 9L.67 66,62 0x0,0£ Ez

slesereeree] cog | ca | vam | 2S | gS | $.5S] 6& | 99 1£,0£ gz.0£ 9L.6z 090,0£ £30.08 zzO

stteveseelecesceseslenseesens] ggg | eg 9 6 | 96 | $.LS} ob | So Lr.0f Lo.of 7L.6z 636.62 9Lo,0£ i 4

setaeseeslevssenseeloverereer! ggg | egug | +g 6b | g1S 1S| of | go £0,08 bo,0f oL,6z Z10,08 £S0.0£ Oz

serseererl gga | cm | cas | 6b 1 S| gS] ob | zZ | £0.08 00.0£ g§.6z | 963.62 | %96.6c | 6x

reteneseelonnseadeelesencoeee] eneese | gu | egg | Seb | $$ S| 6§ aL 16.62 46.62 6.62 $93.62 106,.6z -gI

ti teeseweleecseeresleeseseeee! egg | “gug "98 gt £¢ zS| oF rZ 00,0£ £0,0£ 2.67 6$9.6z z1l.6z “Lr

reveeeees! cosa | cou | ca | gb | £9.) 25] Lb | 69 | go.0f I1,0f ov.6z 365.62 699.6z | “or @

TtA Generel eeeeereasveeeetans "9S 9 "9S +t 34 80S oS 6b Lo Z1,0£ Z1,0£ gS.6z 719.62 9538.62 Sr

ee ereeeceleeseccees 10, “Os 9 9 L? 1S LS ob 19 gI.o£ Sz.0£ $L.6z 943.62 Loo,of “br

fx. | ‘08 | ‘9 | ‘as | gb | gh 6b} LE | of VE,0£ VE.0f vL.6z O10,0£ ZI0,0£ “fr

etereree] og, [esereeene] cog [emutt! -om | for | Feb | Sb! rf | 9S £0,0£ 26.62 £3.62 goo.of g4o,0f ‘IL

br. | Sb. | zo, |*muu|-ouu|-ma | ob | zh | S.f%! Le | 9S 26,67 $g.6c .| Lb.6z 1LL.6z 070,0£ ‘Or

z1..| $1. | bz. | mu |rass| *s | LE | bh} zb| of | zS | 0g.6z £1.62 gz.6z Lov.6z o1S.6z | °6

Sz. | go. | zo. | om | uj -mu| Sef] 6E| bbl 6z | ES | 65.62 v.62 | £.6¢ 098.62 S19.6z | 3 @

gt. | zo. | be. | uw | uw | cu] 6£ | S1b| Sbl gz | cb | 92.62 $1.62 of.6z of$.6z 6%9.6e | +L

ZO, freserereslecernreee] or | oe | com | gf | gh] bbl SE | of 96,62 $1.0 99.6% LvS.6z 66,62 9

tittseserleseeeeteeleeseeeees] ogy [ong | eg zv| 6b | $.6b] 1£ | 19 61,0£ £2.08 98.6% $10,08 1v1,08 }

iPavesses srsseeee] egg | gua] a | Seb | gb | S.g5| 66 | SS of.0£ Ef.0€ $4.62 zbo,of £Lo.0£ v

sesseeeslenerseess! Qt ‘9 | +g “9 Sb} SS | S.2S) Lb | ss £z.08 $1.08 05.62 389.62 708.62 3

ZO. [rreeeer*| go, | asa] ‘9 | -9 | ‘gb | gh | S.1S| Lb | tq | 1.08 g0.0f 09.62 grl.6z 693.6% | - *z

stteeeees *eersoees) 989 | "OS | ‘as | gh | cS | S| ob | go 46.62 9g.6z £5.67 gog.6z $38.62 :

Lo g ie) 3 eure F i Saves 3 wo td ° "xe “ken

Eg e : Ee : SE ured $g)-ur-e £6 2F uy | ‘xe md 3g ure $6 oe UL W “E981

ae | 8 ; | 8-| 8° | BS | yompaeg—| 8 | — ‘ oF .

. re B | ‘fou "| yomastyg *“sopapues “Aou10 : adits “quo

Urey “pula, *IoJQULOULIAY,T, *IoPOULOIV 30 sted

“AUNWUG “asunpy youmpung yo-uoysno[g *C— “Ady ay7 fg puy § NOLSOg 70 ‘TTBaA “I Ag

SuopUuoTT svau ‘MOIMSIHD 70 Ajarv0g posnyynaysozy ay) fo uapsny ay; zo UosdwoYy, ‘Ay Ag apyw suornasasgo pvOLb0/0.L0a,0;y

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES. }

No. 68. AUGUST 1853.

VIII.—On the Genus Cercyon, with a short Monographical

Synopsis of the British Spheridiide. By ANDREW Murray,

W.S. Edinburgh*.

[With a Plate.]

Tuts is one of those genera of Coleoptera which have always

been a stumbling-block to British entomologists.

The large number of species described by Kirby and Stephens,

coupled with the shortness of their descriptions given by Stephens,

have led to a confusion which is almost inextricable. With the

exception of one or two of the most marked species, scarcely any

two collections have the same species under the same name, and

in attempting to find representatives for so many, one species is

necessarily made to play many parts. After a recent fruitless

endeavour to collate and reconcile the British and continental

names, I was about to give up the attempt in despair, and to

abandon the British names altogether, and confine myself to

those of Mulsant, Heer, and other continental authors, when my

friend the Rev. William Little kindly submitted the whole of

his Cercyons to me for examination ; and as his species had all

been named by Mr. Stephens himself, I had the means (second

only to an examination of the origimal specimens from which the

species had been described) of reconciling the synonymy of the

British and foreign authors. The distance of my place of resi-

dence from London rendered it impossible for me to avail myself

with effect of the well-known liberality with which Mr. Stephens

gave access to his cabinet ; but even although I had had time to

examine his specimens minutely, the examination would not have

been absolutely satisfactory, because many of the species de-

scribed by him were first named by Kirby, and the types from

which Kirby’s species were named are not to be distinguished

* Read at the Royal Physical Society, Edinburgh, 1852.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xii. 6

74 Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon.

in his collection, which now forms the ornament of the Entomo-

logical Society of London. Mr. Little’s collection, so far as it

goes therefore, has an authenticity on the whole not very

greatly behind Mr. Stephens’s own. Unfortunately his collec-

tion, although large, does not contain specimens named by Ste-

phens of the whole of the species described in his works. Still

it contains a considerable portion, having 32 out of 58 species,

and it has occurred to me that information even to this extent

will be acceptable to many of our entomologists.

On examining Mr. Little’s collection, I have identified the

following species of Stephens with those of Mulsant, viz. :—

C. ruficorne,

cede Steph. = Cercyon littorale, Muls.

dilatatum,

C. heemorrhoidale, ae :

piceum, Steph. = C. heemorrhoidale, Muls.

C. hemorrhoidale, Steph., is represented by specimens of C. lit-

torale, but this must be by mistake, as Stephens’s description

answers better for C. hemorrhoidale than littorale.

C. Boletophagum,

aquaticum,

flavipes,

immune,

stercorarium,

immaculatum,

C. terminatum,

infuscatum, psi = Cercyon anale, Muls.

apicale,

Steph. = Megasternum Boletophagum, Muls.

C. levigatum, sal ;

at ca we, \ Steph. = C. minutum, Muls.

C. obsoletum, Steph. = C. obsoletum, Muls.

C. laterale, Steph. = C. laterale, Muls.

C. picinum,

suturale, > Steph. = C. flavipes, Muls.

femorale,

C. eeum,

tose, | Stn = C. pygmeeum, Muls.

stercorator,

Although Mr. Little’s specimen of Stephens’s C. conspurcatum

is melanocephalum, it has been ascertained by Mulsant from

other sources to be pyymeum.

C. melanocephalum, Steph. = C. melanocephalum, Muls.

C. atomarium,

sordidum, Steph. = Cryptopleurum atomarium, Muls.

merdarium,

C. uabalatis, Steph. = C. centrimaculatum, Muls.

bimaculatum,

C. quisquiliam, Steph. = C. unipunctatum, Linn. ? .

th tat ie

i a

=. —_—. A

”~

a ee

18 7S ee '

* se .

Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon. 75

The above information clears up the synonymy of the genus

to a certain extent, and by examining Stephens’s descriptions,

aided by the light derived from a comparison of the above spe-

cies which have been identified, with their descriptions, and by

an examination of other cabinets in which I have found what

have been supposed by others to be the species corresponding to

Stephens’s names, I shall venture to give a list of our British

Spheridiide with a more extended synonymy—the rather, that

as I have explained my sources of information, no one can be

deceived into attaching more weight to my opinion than it is

justly entitled to. I adopt the arrangement and characters of

Maulsant, and I dare say it will be acceptable to our younger en-

tomologists, if I digest it to the shape of a short monograph,

noticing briefly those distinctive characters which can be readily

seized, but referring them to Mulsant and other authors for full

and extended descriptions.

Mulsant divides the Palpicornes of France into two groups, the

Hypropxi.ip# and Georui.ip#, which are distinguished from

each other by the former having the first article of the posterior

tarsi always shorter than the second, while the latter has it always

longer than the second.

The group HypropPHitin is composed of the genera Spercheus,

Helophorus, Hydrochus, Octhebius, Hydrena, Limnebius, Berosus,

Hydrophilus, Hydrous, Hydrobius, Laccobius, Helophilus, Phil-

hydrus, and Cyllidium.

The group GroPHILip4, with which we have to do, is composed

of the genera Cyclonotum, Spheridium, Cercyon, Pelosoma, Me-

gasternum, and Cryptopleurum.

He separates the four first genera of this second group into

one division, “ Spheridiares,” distinguished by having the meso-

sternum much longer than broad, and compressed into a kind of

blade. The two last form another division, “ Megasternares,”

which has the mesosternum not longer than broad, and of an

irregular pentagonal form.

The mesosternum also furnishes characters sufficient to di-

stinguish the four genera of Spheridiares from each other, viz. :—

Cyclonotum. Has the mesosternum terminated in front by an arrow-

head shape ; scutellum almost an equilateral triangle.

Spheridium. Mesosternum compressed into a blade of equal thick-

ness, not terminated in an arrow-head ; scutellum twice as long

as broad.

Cereyon. Mesosternum sublinear, sharpened both before and be-

hind ; scutellum subequilateral, or not more than a half longer

than broad.

Pelosoma. Mesosternum linear, but sharpened before and truncate

behind.

76 Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon.

For the more easy understanding these distinctions I annex a

Plate (Pl. IV.), showing the under side of the different genera

composing the Geophilide, copied from Mulsant’s figures in the

‘ Palpicornes de France.’

Cycionotum, Dej., Erich.

Hydrophilus, Fab., Herbst, Marsh., Steph.

Celostoma, Brullé, De Casteln.

C. orbiculare, Fab., Erich., Heer, Steph., &c.

Subhemispheric, above brilliant black, closely covered with

punctures, which are smaller on the head and thorax than on the - -

elytra. The elytra have a single stria next the suture shortened

anteriorly ; under side of body, thighs and legs of a brown black,

tarsi livid testaceous.

Var. B. C. Allabroiz, De Casteln. Upper side of body brown-

black, and gradually brownish yellow on the margins of the |

prothorax and elytra.

Length 14 to 23 lines; breadth ] to 2 lines.

In general appearance this species approaches nearest to the

Hydrobit ; like the most of them it is densely punctured all over,

and has a single sutural stria, but is at once distinguished from

them by the first article of the posterior tarsi being longer than

the second, which, as already mentioned, is the character which

separates this group from the Hydrophilide. It has also some

resemblance to the Cercyons, more particularly C. obsoletum,

Muls., which is about the same size, but is easily recognized by

its having no striz on the elytra except the sutural, while all the

Cercyons are marked with ten or eleven striz.

It is a water insect, and is found in stagnant water or under

the debris on the margins of lakes and ponds. Found both in

England and Scotland, but not very common.

Spu#rivivum, Fab.

Dermestes, Schrank, Foure., Marsh.

Sph. scarabeoides, Linn., Fab.

4-maculatus, Schrank.

Body above of a shining black, densely punctured ; prothorax

a fifth or a fourth longer in its middle than at the sides; elytra

with ared mark behind the shoulder, and a semicircular reddish

yellow blotch at the apex; under side of body and of legs nut-

brown.

The ¢ is distinguished from the ? by having the last article of

Nie ee ee

Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon. 77

the fore tarsi swollen, and one of the nails of the same feet very

thick and strongly curved, while in the ¢ these parts are in a

normal state. |

Var. B. Prothorax with a red or yellowish red margin, some-

times shortened.

Var. C. Sph. lunatum, Fab.

bipustulatum, Herbst.

scarabeoides, lig.

Elytra without a spot behind the shoulder.

Var. D. Legs spotted with yellowish red.

Length 23 to 3 lines; breadth 12 to 2 lines.

Common both in Scotland and England in cow-dung, &e.

Sph. bipustulatum, Fab.

Body above shining black, densely punctured; prothorax a

third longer in the middle than on the sides, margined on the

sides with yellowish red, with the hinder angles curved back-

wards almost in the form of a tooth ; elytra with a lateral border

and an apical blotch almost semicircular, both of yellowish red ;

under side of body brownish black; legs generally of reddish

yellow with a black blotch on the middle of the thighs.

3 and ? distinguished by the same characters as the preceding

species.

Var. B. Sph. bipustulatum, Fab.

hemorrhous, Schrank.

testudinarius, Fource.

marginatum, Scriba, Payk., Lat., Gyll., &c.

scarabeoides, Laich., Illig.

semistriatum, De Casteln.

Elytra with a semicircular blotch towards the extremity from

the suture almost to the outer edge; a. sometimes dilated to the

apical margin; @. at other times reduced to a punctiform blotch

near the suture; y. prothorax and elytra, sometimes the one

and sometimes the other, without a red border on the edges;

8. elytra generally marked with rows of punctures in strize more

or less distinct.

Var. C. Sph. 4-maculatum, Curtis, Marsh.

marginatum, Gyll., var. c. ; Zetterst. var. c.; Heer,

var. d.

bipustulatum, Steph. syn.

Similar to the preceding type. Elytra marked besides with a

subhumeral red blotch, reduced sometimes to a sort of reddish

transparence.

78 Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon.

Var. D. Sph. scarabeoides, Sturm.

Elytra marked with a subhumeral red blotch more or less de-

cided, without any blotch at the extremity ; 8. as in the type;

ry. elytra sometimes marked with striated rows of punctures.

Var. E. Sph. marginatum, Fab., Payk., Gyll., Curtis, Steph.

syn. &e.

peels SEU Illig. var. B.; Sturm, var. e. & gy. ;

Schon. var. y.; Lat. var. D.

4-maculatum, Steph.

Daltoni, Steph.

Upper side of body entirely black, with the outer edge of

the prothorax and elytra red or yellowish red; @. prothorax or

elytra, sometimes one and sometimes the other, without a red

border on the sides; 6. elytra offering rarely slight traces of

striated rows of punctures.

Length 13 to 23 lines; breadth 14 to 1% line.

This species varies much in colour. Commonly it is entirely

black above, with the exception of the yellowish border. The

variations offer all the gradations between the varieties cited

above.

It differs from the preceding species in its smaller size, in its

prothorax being more sinuous at its base, and more sensibly

curved behind at its posterior angles. The black blotch on the

middle of the thigh, though not always to be trusted to, gene-

rally gives a ready indication of the species. .

eer describes two species of Spheridium as being found very

rarely in Switzerland ; one, S, striolatum, Heer, distinguished

from scarabeoides by its more convex form and the punctuation

of the elytra being a little deeper, and the elytra striolated along

the suture at the scutellum; and the other, S. testaceum, Heer,

distinguished from marginatum by being wholly testaceous and

smaller and more finely punctate. I am inclined to doubt if

either of these is a good species.

Crrcyon, Leach.

Spheridium, Gyll., Oliv., Payk.

Dermestes, Marsh.

Hydrophilus, Fab.

Div. 1. Mesosternal plate visibly detached at its posterior extremity from

the metasternum.

A. Intervals between the striz on the elytra visibly punctate.

C. obsoletum, Gyll., Steph., Muls.

lugubre, Oliv., Lat., Marsh. (not Erich., Heer, Muls.).

atomarium, Payk. (not Steph.).

ee ns ae

a te

Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon. 79

Oval, narrower behind. Upper side of body finely punctate.

Head and prothorax shining black; the latter scarcely shorter

in the middle than at the sides. Elytra black with the extre-

mity gradually reddish, with light strie marked with cycloid

punctures; the fourth stria almost angular at the fourth part of

its length, and rendering the fifth interval gradually broader

from this point to the base.

Length 13 to 13 line; breadth 1 to 1} line.

This species is readily distinguished from all the others by its

greater size, being the largest of the genus, and by the fourth

stria on the elytra making an almost angular bend towards the

suture at a short distance from the base, thus gradually in-

creasing the breadth of the fifth interval at the base. The extent

of the paler reddish tint at the apex varies, and it may be as well

to mention here, that in this genus (indeed in the whole group)

colour is very little to be depended on. The whole genus has a

disposition to be paler at the apex than on the rest of the body,

but several of the species vary from dark black to pale testaceous.

The colouring matter appears to have circulated from the head

or middle of the prothorax to the extremity, and to have reached

different lengths in different individuals, one having the paleness

of the apex almost extinguished, while another has a pale blotch

extending halfway up the elytra, or even over the whole body.

This, as well as all the other species of the genus, feeds on the

dung of herbivorous animals, or, as Mulsant more elegantly ex-

presses it, “‘on vegetable matter which has been animalized by

passing through the digestive tube of certain mammifere.” The

ecies is not rare in Britain, but is by no means so plentiful as

some of the following.

C. hemorrhoidale, Fab., Steph., Muls.

melanocephalum, var. (3. Llig.

obsoletum, De Castel.

Body short, oval, narrower behind, finely punctate above.

Head and prothorax shining black, the latter a fourth shorter on

the sides than in the middle, marked with a depression before

the scutellum. Elytra moderately convex on the back, convexly

subperpendicular on the sides; black at the base, gradually be-

coming reddish brown or brown at the extremity, with striz

edged each by a row of cycloid punctures; the fourth not an-

Var. B. C. piceum, Marsh., Steph.

Elytra entirely of a reddish brown, gradually paler towards

the extremity.

80 Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon.

Var. C. C. impressum, Sturm, Steph.

Black, with the elytra red except a triangular black patch at

the middle of the base of the elytra surrounding the scutellum,

and the margins of the base of the elytra also black extending

to the triangular patch.

Length 14 to 13 line; breadth 7 to 1 line.

This species is easily recognized by the dimple on the thorax

immediately in front of the scutellum, and by its hump-shouldered

appearance. The variety impressum is coloured like melanoce-

phalum, but is known by the above characters. Not rare.

C. hemorrhoum, Gyll., Steph., Muls.

hemorrhoidale, Fab.

melanocephalum, var. 8. Mlig.

xanthorrheum, Leach, Steph.

Oval, less rounded posteriorly, densely marked with small

punctures above. Head and prothorax brilliant black ; prothorax

sensibly longer in the middle than on the sides, and more ele-

vated a little in front than at the base. Elytra subconvex on the

back, convexly subperpendicular on the sides; black, passing

rather abruptly to red in the posterior third part, with the suture

black ; with very marked striz, the dorsal ones less distinctly

punctate.

Length 1 to 12 line; breadth 7 to 1 line.

This species is not so easily recognized at first sight as the

last, but it also has a distinctive mark which fixes it. On look-

ing at the insect sideways, its thorax is seen to differ in shape

from all the others. In them the thorax gradually rises from

the head until it meets the elytra, which join it without dis-

turbing the general curve of the body. Seen sideways the whole

body looks like the segment of a circle. In hemorrhoum this is

not the case; the thorax rises from the head in a curve, but be-

fore reaching the elytra it falls again, and the elytra commence

their rise from the thorax, so that the profile is that of two seg-

ments of a circle meeting at the base of the thorax. The suture

also is dark at the apex, while in most other pale-tailed species

it is concolorous.

Rare. I have taken one specimen in Scotland.

C. laterale, Steph., Muls.

Shortly oval or suboviform ; moderately convex and thickl

marked with small punctures above. Head and prothorax black ;

prothorax reddish brown on the sides. Elytra becoming nar-

rower from a third of their length ; of a red-brown paler towards

the extremity ; with eleven narrow striz, marked with round

a en ee ee ee ee a ee ae

Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon. 81

punctures scarcely larger than them ; dorsal intervals less deep-

ened towards their posterior two-thirds.

Length 1 to 1} Ime; breadth 2 to 1 line.

This is a large species, next in size to C. obsoletum, Muls., and

of a somewhat globular shape. The elytra are of a chestnut-

brown colour, with a dark or black transverse line along the base.

It is to be distinguished at this point from flavipes, Muls., which

has also a dark impression running along the base, but flavipes

has another dark impression running down the suture, only

reaching about halfway down, and leaving the suture pale at the

patch at the apex, while /aterale has no black on the suture at the

base, but has it darker than the surrounding parts at the apex.

It is to be distinguished from C. obsoletum by its fourth stria less

angular, from hemorrhoidale by its thorax without a depression

in front of the scutellum, and from hemorrhoum by the form of

the thorax.

Occasional both in Scotland and England.

C. unipunctatum, Linn., Fab., Muls., &c. Erich. 2, Heer 2.

cordiger, Fuessly, Herbst.

dispar, Payk. 9.

quisquilium, Steph. 2.

Oval, rounded in front. Head and prothorax densely punc-

tate, shining black ; prothorax edged on the sides with yellow.

Elytra yellow or reddish yellow, with the suture black, and upon

it a black blotch common to each elytron, with ten strize; the

dorsal striz less distinctly punctured in the middle ; the lateral

striz reduced to striated rows of punctures. The legs and some-

times a part of the belly of reddish yellow.

Var. B. Black mark on the elytra very much reduced, or very

pale, sometimes almost wanting.

Length 1 to 12 line.

This species cannot be mistaken for any other. Its head and

thorax black, and its elytra yellow, with a large heart-shaped

black patch on the middle of the suture extending over both

elytra, sufficiently distinguish it.

Common.

C. quisquilium, Linn., Steph. ¢, Erich. , Heer ¢, Muls.

minimus, Scop. ?

zanthopterum, Laich., Schrank.

untpunctatum, Fab., Illig. ¢, Sturm ¢.

melanocephalum, var. Herbst.

dispar, Payk. 3.

Oval oblong, more rounded in front. Head and prothorax

brilliant black, densely marked with small punctures. Elytra

82 Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon.

straw-yellow, reddish at the suture, obscure or blackish towards

the sutural angle, with ten punctured striz; the lateral striz

reduced to striated rows of punctures. Legs testaceous yellow.

Var. B. C. flavum, Steph. syn.

Prothorax with a narrow yellow border on the sides.

Var. C. C. scutellare, Steph. syn.

Elytra appearing marked with a black triangular blotch sur-

rounding the scutellum.

Length 3 to 1 line,

This species in outline and general appearance greatly re-

sembles the preceding, but wants the heart-shaped black patch

on the back: it has been generally supposed to be its male.

Mulsant, however, states that individuals of both sexes are found

with the characteristic mark of each, and that therefore the one

cannot be the male of the other. A positive statement of this

kind coming from one who has studied the genus so much as

Mulsant, drives us either to admit them to be different species or

varieties of the same species. I confess that, although in deference

to Mulsant’s authority I have here kept them apart as different

species, my Own opinion is that they are connected together in

some way or other, if not as sexes at least as varieties. Whenever

a few specimens of one are taken, some of the other are. sure to

be taken along with them.

Common.

C. centrimaculatum, Sturm, Erich., Muls.

pygmeum, Gyll. (not Illig., Steph., Muls.).

bimaculatum, Steph.

ustulatum, Kirby, Steph.

inustum, Marsh., Steph.

nubilipenne, Steph.

Oval, moderately convex and somewhat depressed, shining and

finely punctured above. Head and prothorax black ; the latter

reddish on the sides, rounded at the posterior angles, with the

edges turned up on one part of the base. Elytra testaceous red,

with a blackish mark or cloud on the disk of each, with the

strie punctate; second, third and fourth intervals subconyvex,

and as narrow at their extremity as the sutural one.

Var. B. Elytra entirely testaceous red, or testaceous yellow.

Length } to 2 line.

Its small size and yellow elytra, with a dark cloud on the disk

of each, generally enable us to distinguish this species at first

sight. It has sometimes the elytra coloured like guisquilium, but

its small size, more depressed form and the other characters

above mentioned distinguish it.

Common.

li a on

SO ee en eee ee ae roe

—

Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon. 83

C. pygmeum, Illig., Steph., Muls.

stercorator, Steph.

Serrugineum, Herbst (not Steph.).

Var. conspurcatum, Sturm, Steph.

Var. merdarium, Sturm (not Steph.).

scutellare, Steph. ?

plagiatum, Erich. ?

Oblong, oval, rather convex, shining and finely punctate above.

Head and prothorax black, the latter arched laterally with pos-

terior angles prominent ; the edges not turned up at the base.

Elytra somewhat rugulose anteriorly, black, with more or less of

the sides and apex of a livid red colour, with punctate striz

second, third and fourth intervals depressed, and sensibly broader

at their posterior part than the suturai one.

Var. A. Elytra entirely black except the extremity, which is

reddish.

Length } to 3 of a line.

This species is about the same size as the last, and when they

are both in their normal state of colour is easily distinguished

from it by the colour, the elytra of this never bemg yellow with

a black patch on the disk. Its general form also distinguishes

it; it is a deeper and narrower insect, wants the turned-up edge

at the base of the prothorax, and the second, third and fourth

intervals between the striz are wide posteriorly. The variety

conspurcatum, Steph., has the elytra testaceous with a triangular

black patch at the base like melanocephalum.

Common.

C. littorale, Gyll., Steph., Muls.

- ruficorne, Kirby, Steph.

binotatum, Steph.

dilatatum, Steph.

Oval, feebly convex, black or brownish black above, and

densely marked with small punctures. Epistome of the form of

a parallelogram, somewhat cut out in front. Prothorax as short

in the middle as on the sides. Elytra broadest in the middle,

with eleven punctate striz gradually deepening posteriorly. In-

tervals subconvex at the extremity.

Var. B. Elytra bordered on the sides with yellowish red for

half their length, and with a patch of the same colour at the

apex; a. prothorax entirely black; 9. prothorax bordered

with red on the edge.

Var. C. Like the preceding ; but elytra also with a reddish yel-

low patch at the base, sometimes extended so much as to

84 Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon.

leave only a black spot on the disk, at other times reduced

to a sort of reddish point. Prothorax, «. entirely black ;

8. bordered with red ; y. entirely of a reddish brown or tes-

taceous red.

Var. D. Head brown. Prothorax black or reddish brown.

Elytra entirely testaceous red.

Var. E. Elytra very much dilated.

Length 1 to 14 line; breadth 2 to 1 line.

This species, although variable, is in general easily distin-

guished. Its oblong depressed form of body, with striz very

slight at the base of the elytra deepening gradually into deep

sulci towards the apex, are peculiar to itself.

Common on the sea-shores under marine rejectamenta.

C. aquaticum, Steph., Muls.

Oval, at least as broadly rounded in the last fourth as in the

first, moderately convex and densely marked with small pune-

tures above. Head and prothorax black, the latter bordered with

red on the sides; sutural angle of elytra at the apex straight,

with eleven narrow striz marked with round punctures scarcely

broader than the striz ; black, with the extremity and a lateral

border yellowish red. Mesosternal plate somewhat ovular.

Var. B. The reddish brown or testaceous red margin of the

sides of the prothorax reduced to a punctiform patch, more

or less apparent near the anterior angles.

Length 1 to 13 line; breadth 2 to 1 line.

This has much analogy with the following species. The cha-

racters which distinguish it are these :—It wants the prolongation

at the apex of the elytra, of which I shall presently speak, has

the margin of the thorax pale instead of black, wants the black

base and suture of the elytra, has the mesosternal plate of an

ovular form instead of a linear form, and is altogether of a more

oval shape.

C. flavipes, Fab., Steph., Muls.

hemorrhoidale, Sturm.

melanocephalum, Gyll.

suturale, Steph.

“ femorale, Steph.

picinum, Steph.

Oblong oval, less broadly rounded in the last half than in the

first, moderately convex and densely marked with small punc-

tures above. Head and prothorax black. Elytra below prolonged

_— ae ay ™

yo PIP ae ek oP

Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon. 85

in the form of a beak at the sutural angle at the apex, anteriorly

of a reddish brown, marked with a black lie along and a black

line down the suture for a third of its length, assuming the ap-

pearance of a black T ; brown in their middle, with the posterior

part and external margin of a livid testaceous red. Mesosternal

plate linear.

Var. B. Elytra nut-brown or black-brown, with the black line

on the base and suture not distinguishable.

Length 13 to 13 line; breadth { to 1 line.

This species generally figures in British collections as C. sutu-

rale. I do not think Stephens knew what the true flavipes was.

His species under that name, as I have already shown, was Me-

gasternum Boletophagum. The black marks at the base of the

elytra and down the suture forming a black T readily distin-

guish it when these marks are decidedly present; they are,

however, sometimes not observable, when the form of the elytra

and of the mesosternal plate, coupled with the prolongation at

the apex of the elytra, will distinguish it. The elytra are less

rounded behind than the preceding species, and the mesosternal

plate linear. The prolongation at the apex of the elytra is some-

times very distinct, so much so as almost to take the form of a

beak, as if some one had taken the apex of the elytra when soft

close to the suture and given it a pinch with their nails, but

generally it has more the appearance of a small indentation.

- Common.

C. melanocephalum, Linn., Steph., Muls.

Oval oblong, less rounded posteriorly, convex, shining, and

finely punctate above. Head and prothorax black. Elytra

often slightly prolonged like an obtuse beak at the sutural angle

at the apex, testaceous red, paler towards the apex, with a tri-

angular patch upon and around the scutellum, and the base of

the external margin black with slight striz, often little visibly

punctate on the back.

Length 1 to 1 line; breadth 2 to 7 line.

This is a common species, whose colour is pretty constant, and

is easily known by its red elytra with a black triangular scutellar

patch. The var. impressum of hemorrhoidale and the var. con-

spurcatum of pygmeum both have a similar triangular patch, but

the former is so much larger and the latter so much smaller

than this, as at once to suggest a query as to their species, when

their other characters will prevent their being confounded.

Very common.

Mulsant notices another species, C. erythropterum, which

86 Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon.

should come between C. flavipes and C. melanocephalum. It has

the head and prothorax black, the elytra red, paler at the extre-

mity, furnished with a kind of black T covering the internal half

of the base and a third of the suture. It is more oviform and

more regularly convex than C, flavipes, and its elytra are not

obscure in the middle. It is a Sicilian species and not likely to

be found in this country.

B. Intervals of the elytra appearing smooth.

Obs. These intervals when examined by a strong lens are found to be

obsoletely covered with confluent punctures, and have a silky ap-

pearance.

C. minutum, Fab., Steph., Muls.

triste, Illig. (not Gyll.).

levigatum, Kirby, Steph.

convexior, Marsh., Steph.

convexius, Kirby, Steph.

convexiusculum, Marsh., Steph.

Oviform, convex, chestnut-black or black above. Head and

prothorax finely punctate. Elytra passing to brownish red at

the extremity ; strize punctate, slight and less distinet posteriorly ;

‘intervals appearing smooth and silky. Mesosternal blade ovular.

Length $tollme. |

This is easily distinguished from the rest by the elytra, which

have a dull, opake, silky or greasy appearance, and have the in-

tervals apparently impunctate. C. lugubre is the only other

which has elytra with the intervals impunctate ; but C. minutum

is less convex than it, and has a less decided patch of red at the

apex ; besides, the striz disappear before the apex, which in /u-

gubre they do not.

Occasional.

C. lugubre, Payk., Erich., Heer.

Oviform, very convex and shining black above. Head and

prothorax finely punctate. LElytra testaceous red towards the

extremity, with eleven narrow striz slightly punctate and a little

deeper behind. Mesosternal blade oval, twice as long as broad.

Length ¢ to { of a line.

I cannot say whether this species is found in Britain or not.

I have seen no specimen of it, but Stephens records the species

as found in the London district and in Norfolk and Suffolk. It

can only be confounded with C. minutum, from which the di-

stinctions I have specified under it will distinguish it.

Erichson describes a Swiss species, C. granarium, Erich., as

closely allied to this, principally distinguished by the second ar-

ticle of the palpi being much thicker.

Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon. 87

Diy. 2. Mesosternal blade appearing united to the metasternumn, which ap-

pears excised at its anterior end.

C. anale, Payk., Erich.

terminatum, Marsh., Steph.

flavipes, Thunb.

apicale, Steph.

infuscatum, Steph.

Oval oblong, diminishing almost uniformly for the last three-

fourths of the elytra, and terminated in a point. Head and pro-

thorax finely punctate, brilliant black. Elytra of the same co-

lour with a patch of testaceous red at the apex, stopping some-

what abruptly, and not covering the suture ; striz punctate ; the

intervals with a nearly double row of punctures on the anterior

half, and a single row on the posterior.

Var. B. C.marginellum, Payk. Sides of prothorax, and some-

times also those of the elytra, reddish brown.

Var. C. Body above reddish brown, or testaceous red, more or

less livid on the prothorax and elytra, with the apex of the

latter paler. Head blackish.

Length 1 line; breadth 2 of a line.

This species is recognized by the acute form of the hinder part

of the body, and by the shape of the mesosternal plate, which is

almost linear.

Occasional.

Pre.osoma, Mauls.

Cercyon, De}.

P. Lafertei, Muls.

bicolor, Dej.

Oviform, convex, and covered with small punctures above ;

black or nut-brown, with the anterior part of the epistome

and the sides of the prothorax gradually reddish. Form of scu-

tellum a rectilinear triangle. Elytra broadest towards the third

of their length, with eleven striz slightly punctate and deepest

behind.

Length 1 line.

There is only one species of the genus, and the mesosternal

blade truncate behind is a sufficient distinction. I am not aware

that it has been found in Britain, but have added the description

to make this sketch more complete.

The division of the Spheridiide, called by Mulsant Megaster-

nares, which comes next, has entirely the aspect of the Cercyons,

and, as already mentioned, is distinguished by having its meso-

88 Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon.

sternum broader than long and irregularly pentagonal. It con-

tains only two species so far as yet known, each of which has

been constituted by Mulsant into a separate genus.

The characters are as follows :—

Megasternum. Sides of thorax not turned in below; prosternum

lozenge-shaped, longitudinally keeled.

Cryptopleurum. Sides of thorax folded in below in the form of a

_ triangle ; prosternum pentagonal, with its broadest side in front.

Mecasternum, Muls.

Cercyon, Steph.

M. Boletophagum, Erich., Muls., Steph.

acutum, Steph.

immune, Kirby, Steph.

stercorarium, Marsh., Steph.

immaculatum, Kirby, Steph.

lave, Marsh., Steph.

contaminatum, Kirby, Steph.

Serrugineum, Marsh., Steph.

concinnum, Marsh., Steph. ?

fuscescens, Steph. ?

testaceum, Steph. ?

immundum, Steph. ?

castaneum, Heer?

Short, oviform, decidedly convex, shining brownish black

above. Head and prothorax punctate. Elytra diminishing to

the apex, with ten slight rows of punctures; intervals more

finely punctate than the thorax.

Length 3 to 1 line; breadth i to 2 of a line.

The shape of the mesosternal plate and prosternum at once

easily distinguish this from all the other species of Cercyon ; but

its body above is also recognizable by a glassy semitransparent

lustre which no other species has. It is exceedingly variable in

size and colour, and in depth of striz and punctuation. Some-

times it is a full line in length, occasionally not much more

than half a line. It is generally dark chestnut-coloured, but

sometimes quite black; sometimes the striz are well-defined,

at others scarcely perceptible, but the form of its mesosternal

plate, its glassy lustre, and a peculiarity in the puncturing of the

strie will always distinguish it. The punctures in the strie are

not as if they had been impressed vertically, as is usually the

case, but as if a needle had been held slanting forwards and a

succession of nearly horizontal pokes had made the punctures.

Notwithstanding the great variety in the points to which I

have alluded, there is no insect in the group more readily recog-

Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon. 89

nized by an eye once familiar with it. Kirby and Stephens, how-

ever, never seem to have been so, as will be seen from the syn-

onymy I have given. They seem to have been misled by every

trifling variety ; for instance, C. stercorarium, Steph., and imma-

culatum, Steph., are small black specimens, the one somewhat

crumpled and the other very little marked. Boletophagum is a

large specimen, immune a small one, and so on. The above syn-

onymy I have confined to the genus Cercyon, but I found from

Mr. Little’s collection that Mr. Stephens had carried this spe-

cies also into other genera, as it formed his representative for

Phalacrus pulchellus, Steph., and Phalacrus geminus, Steph. This,

however, was no doubt merely by mistake, at least as far as

regards the latter, which is a good species, bearing a certain

resemblance to Megasternum Boletophagum.

The species is very common.

CryprorLeuruM, Mauls.

Cercyon, Steph.

C. atomarium, Fab., Steph.

crenatum, Panz., Steph.

minutum, Payk. (not Steph.).

merdarium, Steph. ‘

var. sordidum, Marsh., Steph.

Shortly oval, broadest in the anterior part. Head and pro-

thorax obscure black, densely covered with small punctures ; the

prothorax angularly folded in below. Elytra black, gradually

livid red towards the extremity, with eleven deep crenulated

strize, the seventh almost confounded with the eighth, which is

broader. Intervals subconvex punctate, and furnished with hairs.

Var. B. Elytra almost entirely testaceous red, paler towards the

extremity ; prothorax sometimes testaceous red on the sides.

Length 2 to 1 line.

The shape of the mesosternum and prosternum at once distin-

guishes this species when seen from below ; when seen from above

it will be known by the coarse appearance of the upper sides and

its deeply crenate striz.

Common.

The above species of Cercyon, Pelosoma, Megasternum, and

Cryptopleurum, include the whole of the British species of the

old genus Cereyon which can be recognized from their descrip-

tions. They amount to 18 in number, and I have little doubt

that the whole of Stephens’s 58 species will ultimately be found

to come under one or other of them ; indeed, I think I have above

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 7

90 Mr. W. H, Benson on new Land Shells from Ceylon.

determined the whole of them, with the exception of C. Calthe,

xanthocephalum, erythropus, obscurum and nigriceps. Heer has

a species, C. pulchellum, found in Switzerland, which, from his

insufficient description, I have been unable to identify. With

the above exceptions I think I have noticed the whole of the

European species hitherto known.

IX.—Characters of new Land Shells, collected by Evcar Li. Lax-

ARD, Esq., in Ceylon. By W. H. Benson, Esq.

1, Streptaxis Layardiana, nobis.

Testa arcuato-rimata, depresso-ovata, abbreviata, lata, leviter striata,

albido-cornea ; spira subelevata, apice planulato, excentrico ; sutura

crenulata: anfractibus 5, convexiusculis, ultimo ad latus deviante,

basi convexiuscula, levi; apertura straminea, subtriangulari uni-

plicata, marginibus callo lamellam intrantem validam emittente

junctis, dextro expanso reflexiusculo, antrorsum arcuato, superne

profunde sinuato, columellari et basali reflexis, umbilico intus ru-

goso-striato.

Diam. major 104, minor 8, alt. 4 mill.

Hab. inter lapides ad verticem rupis Mehintali Insulee Ceylon.

In one or two specimens the callus near the upper margin is

inclined to form an obtuse tooth at the side of the sinus, which

is much deeper than in H. Perrotetiana, Petit, from the Nil-

gherries. ;

A graphic account of the discovery is contained in Mr. Lay-

ard’s Journal in page 235, vol. xi. of the ‘ Annals.’ This and

the following curious species, of a singular genus, capriciously

distributed through the tropical regions of the globe, are the first

which have been found in Ceylon. The head-quarters of the

genus are in South America and Western Africa. The remain-

ing species, of which the locality is known, are solitary in the

Nilgherry Hills of South India, at Tavoy on the Tenasserim

coast of the Bay of Bengal, in Cochin China, and in the Sey-

chelles and Rodriguez, islands of the Southern Indian Ocean.

M. Petit de la Saussaye objects (Journ. de Conchyl. 1851,

p- 369) to the reception of Streptazis as a genus, considering it

to be inadmissible in a zoological point of view ; and he adduces

as an argument for rejection the circumstance of its gradual

change into Helix, through species which belong to the group,

although deficient in the principal character of distortion. The

same argument might be used against the reception of most

other genera. Bulimus and Achatina have as little title to sepa-

ration as this genus and Helix ; and Streptazis has equal claims

Mr. W.:H. Benson on new Land Shells from Ceylon: 91

to acceptance with Lamarck’s genus Azostoma, like which the

mollusk, to use M. Petit’s words, “ arriving at a certain stage of

growth, abandons in the formation of the shell the regular course

followed by the animals of the genus Helix.” .

The separation of such a singular group is, at all events, a great

convenience in conchological research.

2. Streptaxis Cingalensis, nobis.

Testa arcuatim rimato-perforata, depresso-ovata, solida, abbreviata,

lata, obsolete costulato-striata, albido-cornea, subtus polita ; spira

elevatiuscula, sutura crenulata, apice convexiusculo ; anfractibus

6 convexis, ultimo ad latus deviante, basi convexa ; apertura sub-

i i, 3-dentata, marginibus callo lamellam intrantem vali-

dam emittente junctis, dextro reflexo, antrorsum arcuato, uniden-

tato, superne profunde sinuato, columellari reflexo, ad basin uni-

dentato ; umbilico intus striato, linea impressa circumscripto.

Diam. major 11, minor 8, alt. 5 mill.

Hab. in pago Hewagam Corle Insule Ceylon, inter rimas saxorum.

Nearly allied to the last, but differing in the dentition of the

aperture, in the umbilicus, and in the less flattened form. The

replication of the sinus at the top of the aperture simulates

another tooth at right angles with the laminar plait on the

parietes, a character observable also in S. Perroteti, and to

which S. Layardiana also shows a tendency. It is intermediate

between those two species in the dentition of the aperture, but

wants the additional tooth which occurs at the base, within the

aperture, in the first-named species, from which it is moreover

much further removed in form than from S. Layardiana.

Mr. Layard has communicated the following note on the ani-

mal :— Epiphragm glassy, animal yellow, with a red line on the

back, extending up the two superior tentacles, at the tip of which

the eyes are situated : all four tentacles clubbed ; when crawling

the shell is carried nearly level with the back.”

The colouring of the animal reminds me of the hues observable

in the Pupe of the Isle of France, as well as in the Indian and

Galle species, P. bicolor of Hutton. It has already been re-

marked by others that Streptaxis has an obvious affinity with

the Mauritian Pupa Pagoda in the formation of the shell.

3. Helix ceraria, nobis.

Testa obtecte perforata, depressa, nitidula, cerea, radiatim rugoso-

striata, striis spiralibus remotiusculis decussata, luteo-fulvida,

versus apicem rubescente, spira convexiuscula, apice obtusato ;

anfractibus 4, superne planulatis, ultimo lato, carinato, subtus

convexo ; apertura magna, late lunata, peristomate simplici, acuto,

92 Mr. W. H. Benson on new Land Shells from Ceylon.

marginibus callo tenuissimo junetis, columellari arcuato, superne

breviter reflexo, perforationem inconspicuam fere tegente.

Diam. major 20, minor 16, alt. 10 mill.

Hab. in agris altis Insulee Ceylon “ Horton Plains’’ dictis.

4. Heliw Puteolus, nobis.

Testa perspective umbilicata, orbiculato-depressa, lenticulari, supra

spurca, albida, subremote radiato-lirata, subtus cornea, radiatim

striata; spira planiuscula apice vix prominulo, sutura impressa ;

anfractibus 54, angustissimis, convextusculis, arcte convolutis, om-

nibus filoso-carinatis, superne sulco carinaque secunda parallelibus

munitis, ultimo subtus planiusculo, ad marginem umbilici medio-

cris profunde excavati, cyathiformis, valde compresso ; apertura

angusta, securiformi, peristomate recto, acuto,

Diam. major 53, minor 5, axis 2} mill.

Hab. in saxis ad portas “‘ Balcadua” dictas, Insulze Ceylon.

This little shell is singular on account of its sculpture, the

narrowness of the whorls, and the sudden and deep excavation

of the well-like umbilicus. Vide ‘ Annals,’ vol. vii, p. 305.

5. Helix Mononema, nobis.

Testa angustissime perforata, trochiformi, radiato-striata, corneo-

albida, glabra, non nitida, translucente, spira conoidea, apice ob-

tuso, sutura distincta; anfractibus 63-7, superne convexiusculis,

filo unico, elevato, tenui, mediano cinctis, ultimo acute filoso-cari-

nato, subtus subplanulato ; apertura verticali, securiformi, peri-

stomate recto, acuto, margine columellari brevi, verticali, reflexo,

perforationem subtegente.

Diam. major 5, minor 44, axis 4 mill.

Hab. ad Heneratgodde.

Allied to the Himalayan H. fastigiata, Hutton, and to the

Bengal H. Barrackporensis, Pfr., but well-distinguished by its

more depressed form and by the filiform line, which, in addition

to the keel on the last whorl, runs along the central part of each

of the upper whorls. Mr. Layard had not been able to procure

a second specimen.

6. Helix marcida, nobis.

Testa subobtecte perforata, depressa, solida, superne oblique regu-

lariter costulata, subtus leeviori, sub epidermide fulvido-cornea al-

bida ; spira vix elevata, sutura impressa, apice obtusiusculo ; an-

fractibus 6, lente accrescentibus, ultimo rotundato, subtus planulato,

apertura sublate lunata, obliqua, peristomate recto, tenui, margine —

columellari oblique descendente, crassiusculo, superne breviter re-

flexo, perforationem subtegente.

Diam. major 14, minor 12, axis 8 mill.

Hab. in Insula Ceylon.

Mr: W, H. Benson on new Land Shells from Ceylon. 98

7. Helix vilipensa, nobis.

Testa aperte perforata, pervia, depressa, solidiuscula, pellucida, cor-

nea, polita; spira convexiuscula, sutura vix marginata, apice ob-

tuso ; anfractibus 5, subplanatis, lente accrescentibus, ultimo ro-

tundato, subtus convexiusculo ; apertura late lunata, subobliqua,

peristomate recto, acuto, margine columellari oblique descendente,

expansiusculo, superne breviter reflexo ; umbilico pervio.

Diam. major 8, minor 7, axis 4 mill.

Hab. ad rupem Mehintali.

A little Nanineform Heliz with no very prominent character,

differing from Pfeiffer’s H. Perroteti and other small Helices of

the same group, with the exception of a small unnamed Nilgherry

shell which is slightly larger, but otherwise not easily to be di-

stinguished from it. From H. Perroteti it differs by its more

convex spire, rounder periphery, and more open perforation.

8. Helix perfucata, nobis.

Testa vix perforata, depressa, translucente, purpureo-fusca, politis-

sima, spira elevatiuscula, sutura submarginata, apice obtuso; an-

fractibus 4, convexiusculis, arcte convolutis, ultimo rotundato, sub-

tus convexo ; apertura lunata, vix obliqua ; peristomate recto, acuto,

margine columelilari verticali, leviter reflexo, umbilico non pervio.

Diam. major 5, minor 4, axis 3 mill.

Hab. in pago Gallensi, inter saxa.

Remarkable for its deep clear purple-brown colour.

; 9. Vitrina Edgariana, nobis.

Testa valde depressa, tenuissima, subtus membranacea, politissima,

pellucida, superne obsolete oblique striatula, lineis nonnullis spira-

libus impressis ornata, lutescente-cornea ; spira planiuscula, apice

prominulo, sutura impressa ; anfractibus 3 celeriter accrescentibus,

planiusculis, ultimo ad peripheeriam valde convexo ; apertura ob-

liqua, ovato-lunata.

Diam. major 10, minor 8, alt. 4 mill.

Hab. ad Columbo, Hangwelle, et Ratnapoora, insuper folia arbus-

torum.

Mr. E. Layard remarks, that “the mollusk is very long and

attenuated, yellow and white. On touching it, it throws itself

off the spot where it crawls, and twists and springs about in a

most singular manner, often propelling itself several inches from

its starting-poit.” I have recorded elsewhere a similar habit in

a little fresh water shell, Planorbis rotula, nobis.

10. Vitrina membranacea, nobis.

Testa valde depressa, submembranacea, obsolete oblique striatula,

94 Mr. W. H. Benson on new Land Shells from Ceylon.

striis versus apicem confertissimis, pellucida, virente-cornea, po-

lita, superne convexiuscula, apice planato, sutura vix marginata ;

anfractibus 33, rapide accrescentibus, ultimo antice lato, subtus

planulato, ad peripheeriam angustam rotundato ; apertura obliqua,

ovata, margine superiori prorsus arcuato. ;

Diam. major 11, minor 8, alt. 4 mill.

Hab. ad portas montanas Balcadua dictas, lapidibus adheerens.

11. Achatina Veruina, nobis.

Testa cylindraceo-turrita, valde elongata, sordide albida, ineequaliter

striata, spira superne sensim attenuata, sutura impressa, crenulata,

apice obtuso; anfractibus 123—13 angustis cylindricis, ultimo ,4, lon-

gitudinis vix sequante ; apertura verticali, truncato-ovali, peristo-

_ mate recto, acuto, margine columellari leviter arcuato.

Long. 25, diam. 5 mill.

Hab. ad Nalande.

12... Achatina pachycheila, nobis.

Testa ovato-oblonga, striatula, striis exilissimis confertis, obsoletis,

- spiraliter sub lente decussata, nitida fuscescente-cornea, translu-

cente, spira elongata, subconica, apice obtuso, sutura leviter im-

pressa; anfractibus 6, vix convexiusculis, ultimo 2 longitudinis yix

zequante ; apertura verticali, oblongo-ovata, peristomate intus al-

bido-marginata, columella preearcuata, margine basali incrassato.

Axis 11, diam. 5 mill.

Hab. ad Heneratgodde.

This little species of a group, which has so many representa-

tives in Ceylon, the Nilgherries, and the damp woody moun-

tains of North-eastern India, with a more slender form than

A. Oreas, nobis, is well distinguished from the allied forms by

its peculiar sculpture under the lens, and by the internal incras-

sation of the peristome, a feature which is also observable in the

species A. crassilabris, nobis, from North-eastern India.

18. Bulimus Panos, nobis.

Testa rimata, ovato-oblonga, subrugose striata, cornea, spira elon-

gato-conica, sutura mediocri, apice obtuso ; anfractibus 63 convexi-

usculis, ultimo 2 longitudinis vix zquante, antice subascendente,

apertura ovata, edentula; peristomate expansiusculo, acuto, mar-

ginibus conniventibus, columellari breviter dilatato, albido.

Long. 11, diam. 5 mill.

Hab. ad Nalande.

This shell has a Pupiform aspect.

14. Pupa Muscerda, nobis.

Testa rimata, ovato-oblonga, striatula, cornea, spira elongata, apice

obtuso; anfractibus 53-6, convexiusculis, ultimo tertiam partem

eye eT

‘yn dite

Mr. W. H. Benson on new Land Shells from Ceylon. 95

_ testze equante, vix ascendente; apertura ovata, tridentata, peri-

stomate expanso, acuto, marginibus conniventibus, columellari di-

latato, albido, plica parietali 1, columellari 1, profundiusculis, dente

palatali 1, depresso, obtuso.

Long. 4, diam. 1} mill.

Hab. ad promontorium “ Pedro” dictum.

Found by Mr. E. Layard in old posts, and on Palmyra trees

(Borassus flabelliformis).

15. Pupa Mimula, nobis.

Testa rimata, ovyato-oblonga, subcylindracea, oblique tenuiter plica-

’ tula, pallide cornea, apice obtuso, sutura profundiuscula ; anfrac-

tibus 5, convexis, ultimo vix ascendente ; apertura ovata, verticali,

5-plicata, peristomate tenui, expanso, marginibus callo tenui ex-

panso junctis, plica 1 intrante, majuscula, parietali, 1 columellari,

1 basali profunda, 2 palatalibus profundis.

Long. 2, diam. 1 mill.

Hab. in vitibus ad Promontorium Pedronis.

A minute species nearly allied to, and somewhat larger than

the Himalayan P. Huttoniana, nobis. It was taken in abundance

by Mr. Layard.

16. Cataulus Austenianus, nobis.

Testa subperforata, ovato-pyramidata, solidiuscula, eleganter oblique

costulato-striata, sericea, diaphana, saturate rubro-castanea, spira

turrita, sutura impressa, apice acutiusculo ; anfractibus 8, convexi-

usculis, ultimo antice subascendente, carina basali, compressa,

prominente, subfuniculata, antice non dilatata; apertura subcir-

culari, obliqua, sursum spectante, peristomate duplici, incrassato,

saturate fusco-aurantiaco, interno continuo, breviter adnato, externo

fornicatim patente reflexo, superne et ad columellam subauriculato-

dilatato, canali basali aperto, intus vix strictiore, ad sinistram per-

forato: operculo spiraliter laminato, anfractus multos appressos

reconditos exhibente, facie exteriori anfractos plures angustos men-

tiente.

Diam. 133, alt. 25 mill.

Hab. ad Heneratgodde in rimis saxorum.

Allied in form and size to Cataulus pyramidatus, Pfeiffer, but

differs in sculpture, position of the canal, colour of aperture, &e.

It was taken by Mr. Edgar L. Layard in the deep fissure of a

limestone rock, among the vegetable mould, where it lay con-

cealed under the surface, with the mouth downwards, among the

roots of an ancient Ficus Indica. In some specimens the last

whorl is more swollen than in others.

Mr. Layard has communicated the following description of the

animal in a letter written on the spot :-—

96 Mr. W. H. Benson on new Land Shells from Ceylon.

“The animal is dark brown, mottled, about 9 lines long,

5 broad ; tentacles two, brilliant scarlet tipped with brown, 3 lines

long, sharp-pointed ; eyes two, black, situated at the outside of

the tentacles. The mollusk is very slow in its motions, crawling

with the shell plane over its back, resting on the operculum ;

this is round and fits into the mouth; it is retractile when the

animal is much irritated, but does not close the siphon and

canal; when crawling, the flesh of the mollusk does not touch

the canal. After placing them in boiling water to clean, I thrust

a needle into one and pierced the operculum accidentally ; judge

of my astonishment, when in attempting to withdraw the instru-

ment, the operculum unfolded revolution after revolution till I

counted nine!” Subsequently Mr. Layard counted nineteen

whorls in one operculum ; and he has aptly likened. it to the

horn toy, made to resemble a snake by slicing it spirally from

end to end, so as to form a laminar centreless screw.

At the request of the discoverer, I have much pleasure in de-

dicating the species to his brother, the enterprising Oriental

archeologist and traveller Dr. Austen Layard.

17. Cataulus decorus, nobis.

Testa subperforata, elongato-turrita, solida, confertim costulato-stri-

ata, nitidiuscula, rufo-castanea, apice acutiusculo; anfractibus 8,

convexiusculis, ultimo ad basin compresso-carinato, carina valde

Vos earee versus marginem funiculata, incrassata, antice vix di-

atata ; apertura verticali, circulari, peristomate incrassato, reflexo,

breviter adnato, leete aurantiaco, ad basin subproducto, deorsum

recedente ; canali extus lato perforato ; pa det magno : oper-

culo ut in preecedente.

Diam. vix 10, axis 21 mill.

Hab. ad Ratnapoora.

Mr. Layard wrote regarding this species—‘‘ This was found

under a rock with two others ; animal brownish gray, foot livid.

Tentacles pale orange, two; eyes sessile, two, black.”

Mr. Layard has, since his return to England, detected in the

operculum of Megalomastoma altum a structure similar to that

which obtains in these Catauli, and I have, since the communi-

cation of that circumstance, also observed it in the operculum of

the Himalayan Meg. funiculatum, nobis. :

18. Cyclophorus Parapsis, nobis.

Testa late et perspective umbilicata, orbiculato-depressa, tenui, con-

fertim striatula, olivacea, sub epidermide tenui albida; spira pla-

niuscula, apice. vix prominulo, sutura profunda ; anfractibus 4 con-

vexiusculis, ultimo cylindrico, leviter descendente, non dilatato ;

apertura subverticali, subcirculari, intus glaucescente ; peristomate

| en

Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 97

continuo, breviter adnato, recto, simplice, acuto: operculo tenui,

corneo, arcte spirato, medio concaviusculo, intus obtuse umbonali.

Diam. major 13, minor 10, alt. 5 mill.

Hab. ad Damboul, ad yerticem rupis, in rimis saxorum.

“It differs from C. lozostoma, Pfeiffer (a large and handsomely

marked variety of which was found on the same rock), in colour-

ing, epidermis, depth of suture, narrower and deeper umbilicus,

and the more circular and vertical aperture, which exhibits

nothing of the diagonal departure from the axis observable in

Pfeiffer’s shell. The peristome also is acute and single, instead

of being double, slightly expanded and thickened, as in that spe-

cies, of which Mr. Layard’s specimen is variegated with radiate

and undulated chestnut stripes, and with a single band on a

fulvous ground.

London, June 1853.

X.—WNotes on the Ornithology of Ceylon, collected during an

eight years’ residence in the Island. By Evcar LropoLp

Layarp, C.C.S.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

_ Should you deem the accompanying notes on the birds of Cey-

lon worthy of a place in your Journal, they are at your disposal.

I flatter myself that they will be found to contain a complete

list of those birds as yet discovered in Ceylon. I have had the

advantage of consulting with Mr. Blyth and Drs. Templeton and

Kelaart, with each of whom I have been on terms of the closest

intimacy, and we mutually communicated our discoveries. I

have myself seen and shot most of the birds enumerated, in their

native haunts, for whether walking, driving or riding, I always

carried my telescope and collecting gun, and I have thus tra-

versed the greater part of the island. Besides travelling, I have

been some years stationed in the widely separated localities of

Colombo, and Pt. Pedro in the neighbourhood of Jaffna, from

which places I made frequent excursions into the jungle, for the

purpose of collecting and observing the habits of birds and ani-

mals. The only parts I have left unvisited are Nuwera Elia

and Batticaloa and their vicinities. In the former place Dr. Ke-

laart long resided and carefully investigated, as his list shows.

From Batticaloa I have inspected small collections of birds ; and

the only part of Ceylon entirely unknown to either of us three

is the Park country, which I had hoped to explore, but was pre-

98 Mr. E. L, Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

vented by the malady which has caused my return to England.

I may add, I have never admitted the native name of a bird,

until, by repeatedly questioning different and. unconnected par-

ties, I have assured myself of its correctness. The classification

and nomenclature I have adopted from Dr. Gray’s Catalogue of

the Birds in the British Museum, and the identification of the

specimens has been made by my kind friend Mr. Blyth, of the

Hon. East India Company’s Museum in Calcutta.

The list numbers upwards of 300 species, and will be succeeded,

if you approve of it, by a similar list of the terrestrial and flu-

viatile Mollusca.

1. Aquiza Bonet, Temm.

This eagle was procured by R. Templeton, Esq., R.A., several

years ago, and I do not know from what part of the island it was

obtained. It has not fallen under my notice, nor has Dr. Kelaart

enumerated it amongst his acquisitions at Nuwera Elia; I can

therefore say nothing of its habits.

2. AQUILA PENNATA, Gmel.

I shot the only specimen of this small eagle yet seen in the

island, on an open plain near Pt. Pedro. I was awaiting the

return of my carriage from Warrany, and took shelter from the

heavy morning dew (it was scarcely daylight) under an old Bo-

tree (Ficus religiosa), when my attention was caught by the evo-

lutions of what I took for an immature specimen of our common

fish hawk, Haliastur Indus. It struck me the flight was rather

different, but this I attributed to the darkness of the hour.

Suddenly it pounced upon a bulbul roosting in an oleander

bush : this at once undeceived me, and as it rose with its victim

in its claws, I fired and brought it to the ground. It fought

with determined spirit and kept a small terrier at bay, till I

killed it with the butt-end of my gun.

3. Spizatrus Nrpavensis, Hodgs.

Dr. Kelaart procured this noble bird near Badulla, at an ele-

vation of some 4000 feet. I know nothing of its habits, as it

never fell under my notice.

4, Spizaitus Limnaétus, Horsf.

This species is common and widely distributed. I have shot

it at Hambantotte, Matura, Colombo, Pt. Pedro, and in the

Anooradapoora Wanny ; I have also observed it at Ratnapoora

and Ambegamoa, and Dr. Kelaart obtained it at Nuwera Elia.

It is a bold and daring bird, striking fowls before the doors, even

Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 99

of European houses, and in one instance I knew it to enter

a verandah. I had wounded a fine adult specimen of the little

common Accipiter badius, and desirous of preserving it alive,

chained it to a post in the deep double verandah of the old

Magistracy at Pt. Pedro. This bird had become quite tame, when

one morning going into the verandah to speak to a friend who sat

there sipping his coffee, I found my favourite in the claws of the

Crested eagle. The spoiler fixed his eyes upon me, and merely

tried to draw his prey further away, but this the chain prevented.

He then raised his crest as if to mtimidate us; I hastened into

the house for my gun, my friend still looking on, and when I

returned to the verandah the eagle was still there. I aimed at

him, but the gun hung fire, and he escaped, but not till he had

nearly devoured his own kindred,—a practical refutation of the

old saw, that “ hawks will not pick out hawks’ een.” There is a

singularly dark variety of this species, which I have only seen at

Pt. Pedro, and that but very rarely.

5. Icrrnattus Maxaténsts, Rein.

Dr. Kelaart procured this species at Nuwera Elia, and Mr.

Mitford sent me a specimen from Ratnapoora. I subsequently

saw it at Gillymally at the foot of Adam’s Peak, and if I mistake

not, I also observed it on the wing in the “ Pasdoom Corle.” It

is certainly a mountain species, and I should say not uncommon,

but I know nothing of its ceconomy.

6. Hzmarornis Cueexa, Lath. Cudoombien, Mal.

Abundantly and widely distributed throughout the island,

this fierce and gloomy tyrant of the woods lies in wait for its

prey in the gloaming, scaring the herd-boy from the tank side,

or the lonely native threading his way through the jungle, by its

doleful moanings. By many it is considered equally ill-omened

with the dreaded Ulama, whose shriek is deemed the precursor

~of death by the superstitious native. H. Cheela frequents the

borders of tanks and morasses, feeding on frogs, snakes, lizards,

and occasionally, I suspect, on mud-fish. Concealed in the dark

foliage of some overhanging tree, it heedlessly marks the smaller

frogs approach the grassy margin of the pool. Suddenly the

large green bull-frog (Rana Malabarica) uplifts its head and

utters its booming call. The Cheela is now all attention—with

outstretched neck it fixes its glarmg eyeballs on its desired prey—

lower and lower it bends; for the frog, which has now reached

the sedges with a croak of triumph, gains a log. But a shadow

glides over him—in vain he crouches—and his colour becomes a

dull brown, so closely resembling the log, that human eyes would

100 —- Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

take him for a knot in the decaying timber ; with noiseless rapid-

ity the barred wings pass on, and the log is untenanted. Fast

clutched in the talons of his merciless foe, the frog is borne to

the well-known perch, and a sharp blow on the back of the head

from the bill of the bird deprives it of life. H. Cheela builds its

nest in the recesses of the forest, or lofty trees. The structure is

a mass of sticks piled together and added to year by year. The

eggs, generally two in number, are 3 inches in length by 2 in dia-

meter, of a dirty chalk-white, minutely freckled at the obtuse

end with black dots.

7. Hamatorntis sprLocaster, Blyth.

This new Hematornis was sent to Mr. Blyth both by Dr. Ke-

laart and myself about the same time; the Doctor procured his

specimen at Trincomalee, whilst I killed mine in the Wanny. I

afterwards shot another pair at Pt. Pedro. I presume they are

migratory like H. Cheela, which visits us in the north about

March and leaves in July. All the specimens were shot in one

year. I know nothing of their ceconomy.

8. Pontoaétus LeucocasterR, Gmel. Cadal ala, Mal.; lit. Sea

Eagle.

The “ fish eagle” is not uncommon, but local, the same pair

frequenting the same eyrie year after year, and adding to its nest

every breeding season, until a vast accumulation of sticks in

some aged Bo-tree reveals the roosting place of the adult birds:

to this they nightly repair. During the season of incubation ~

the female is very fierce, defending her nest vigorously against

intrusion, The superstitious fears of the natives also operate in

her defence, as the sanctity of the tree (always dedicated to some

dzemon) prevents any adventurous youth from climbing it even

for pecuniary reward. The flight of this species is noble and

imposing : poised high over the resounding surge it wheels above

on circling pinions, and with extended neck surveys the finny

tribes. Here, shoals of beak-nosed fishes swim in their seasonal

migrations along the coral reef ; there, brilliant Cheetodons float

in the shallows. The tide has partially receded, and the water

lies in still erystal pools in the depressions of the reef: over one

of these the fish eagle passes: an abrupt wheel shows his atten-

tion arrested, a moment’s pause, and down he plunges, his body

swaying to and fro. The surface is reached, the legs suddenly

thrown out, and with exulting cries he soars aloft, bearing in his

talons a writhing snake, eel or large fish. The efforts of the bird

to secure its prey in a proper position are now curious. If a fish

is captured, the feat is comparatively easy; the talons of the

Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 101

hawk are gradually shifted until one grasps the prey near the

gills and the other near the tail, so as to bring the fish into line

with its own body, thus offering the smallest surface for the im-

pinging of the atmosphere. With a snake or eel the matter is

more difficult, and I have often seen the prey free itself from its

captor by its strong writhings; a bite, however, near the head

destroys its power, and it is borne away dangling by the neck in

the grasp of its destroyer.

9. PontoaEtTus cHTHYAETUs, Horsf.

I encountered this species in the Wanny, where a pair may be

generally found located by any good-sized piece of water. I

found many nests in such situations, but believe the season for

incubation -had not commenced when I visited the locality in

April. The eyrie is usually on some towering monarch of the

woods overlooking the tank where the parent birds find a suffi-

cient store of fish, frogs, and snakes, for themselves and their

offspring.

10. Haxrastur Iypus, Bodd. Chem prandu, Mal.; lit. Red

Hawk. Brimalgumoitu, Port.

Common along the whole seaboard of the island, particularly

at the mouths of rivers, and in estuaries, preying on carrion, for

which it contends with the crows and the black kite (Milvus

ater); I have known it to seize a fowl, but this is an unusual

occurrence. They build in the vicinity of water, making many

. false nests in the same tree before they finally fix upon one

which pleases them; and whilst the female is incubating, the

male occupies one of those first made. The nest, like that of

Blagrus leucogaster, is composed of sticks and twigs without any

ining. Eggs about 2 inches in length by 13 in diameter, colour

dull dirty white, dotted at the thick end with bloody-coloured, un-

equal and uncertain small blotches and spots ; in some instances

these spots are nearly black, resembling dry blood. The young,

of which there are generally two, are excluded about the first

week in February, incubation lasting about three weeks. Before

- the appearance of their feathers they are covered with a grayish

down, and apparently fed with soft reptiles.

11. Fatco prreerinvs, Linn.

This bird is doubtless very rare ; the only three specimens pro-

cured [ shot in January, on the open plains near Wally Bridge

in the Jaffna district. I found them breeding in a palmirah tope

on the left-hand side of the road from Jaffna to Pt. Pedro; the

nest, a rough structure of sticks laid on the dead “ matties” or

fronds of the palmirah, from which the leafy parts had been cut

102 = Mr. E. Li, Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

away. They feed on the small waders which frequent the borders

of the salt pans. I shot the first specimen (a male) early in the

month, but the female was so shy, that though I long remained

concealed near the nest, she never afforded me a shot, and I was

obliged to return home without her. I was surprised to find

another male on the same nest when I revisited the spot at the

end of the month, and procured both him and his mate with a

double shot.

12. Fatco pEREGRINATOR, Sund.

I was sitting late one evening ina native hut in Gillymally, at

the foot of Adam’s Peak, when Muttoo (my factotum bird-stuffer,

hunter, and horsekeeper) came to tell me that a huge swift

(Acanthylis caudacuta) which I had long desired to procure was

sitting on a leafless tree crowning the summit of the hill, under

which the hut was built. Hurrying out with the guns, Muttoo

and I were about to scale the hill, when I saw something fall

from the perch on which sat the bird, which I also mistook for

a swift, so much did its wings overlap its tail. I directed the

telescope, which I always carry, towards the bird, and to my sur-

prise, the hour being so late, perceived a hawk (entirely new to

the Ceylon fauna) devouring a small thrush. By this time

Muttoo, unperceived, had approached within gun-shot of the

lovely bird, and I saw the long barrel of my collecting gun slowly

emerge from a favouring bush: an instant and the deadly tube

was steady, the next its tiny flame burst forth, and ere the ring.

ing report died away, the bird lay dead at the foot of the tree.

This is the only instance in which the bird has been seen in

Ceylon.

13. Tinnuncutvs aLavuparivs, Briss. Wallooru, Mal.

This bold little hawk is common throughout the island on all

open plains dotted with jungle. They generally hunt in couples,

sometimes skimming low over the bushes or along the ground

and darting on their prey, sometimes hovering in the air and

pouncing down on the larks, amadavats, and the other small

birds on which they feed. I never found the nest of this species,

although so abundant. .

14. HyrorriorcHis CHICQUERA, Shaw.

I saw this pretty hawk in the flat country near Pt. Pedro, but

could not get a shot at it. I cannot, however, be mistaken in

the bird, as I long watched it with my telescope.

15. Baza Lopnotes, Temm,

This bird, though rare in Ceylon, appears to be widely distri-

‘Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 108

buted, and to feed on various substances. I shot one at Jaffna

with half a lizard, Calotes viridis, in its maw, and Mr. Mitford

procured another at Ratnapoora feeding on bees, which it cap-

tured sometimes on the wing and sometimes by darting at the

nest. It was attended by its mate, and the two sat together on

the dead branches of a tree, raising and depressing their crests.

16. Mityus Govinpa, Sykes. Para prandu, Mal., lit. Pariah

Kite; and Calu prandu, Mal., lit. Black Kite, in contradi-

stinction to Chem prandu, the Red Kite, H. Indus.

The greatest resort of this species is the estuary ignorantly

called the “ Jaffna Lake,” and the shallow bay of Calpentyn. On

the large extent of mud left bare by the receding tide, the

“black kites ” of Europeans find abundance of genial food, con-

sisting of all kinds of dead fish, mollusca, and decaying animal

matter, which they seize with their claws, darting from a great

height. Nor do they confine their attention to the lonely sea-

shore. Fighting with the pariah dogs, they play the part of

scavengers in the filthy native towns, and early in the morning

before the streets are tenanted they earn an honest livelihood.

They are, however, bold enough to make frequent depredations

on the fish-stalls, and in one instance I saw a lad about thirteen

years old struck to the ground by the sudden pounce of a kite,

who bore off a good-sized fish from a basket the boy was carry-

ing on his head.

But their great feast is when the returning fleet of fishing-

boats are lightened of their scaly cargo, or when the well-filled

nets are drawn on shore. High overhead with quivering cry sail

the “ black kite,” its usual companion the “ red kite,” and often

the “sea eagle,” Blagrus leucogaster; below, the beach is strewed

with fish, crabs, turtle, cuttle-fish, &c. As the fishermen unload

their boats, naked urchins catch up perhaps a gaudy Cheetodon,

or perhaps a strangely-shaped fish with an under jaw projecting

far beyond the upper; the pariah dogs prowl about and steal

a piece of shark, or nip off the head of a cat-fish; whilst the

kites now rising, now falling, cull their favourite morsels in the

way of Cephalopods and garbage of all kinds. I have often

watched some fifty or sixty thus engaged, when the smell of fish

drying im the sun for native consumption, the vociferations of

the natives, and the quarrelling of children and dogs, rendered

the scene one never to be forgotten.

The black kite builds in similar situations to the red kite, and

lays two eggs of a rather rounder form, marked with a band of

minute brownish freckles, the band occurring sometimes at one

end, sometimes at the other,

104 = Mr. E. L, Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

17. Evanus MELANopTeERvs, Daud.

This bird is uncommon, and but two specimens have been

seen by myself or my hunter. The first I saw near Pt. Pedro

and fired at it several times with dust shot, unluckily without

effect ; the second Muttoo killed on the Perth sugar estate on

the Caltura river: he described the bird as frequenting the fences

and stumps of felled trees in the cleared land. He observed it

on several days in the same locality before he finally secured it.

When shot, though severely wounded, it fought with great de-

termination.

18. Astur trivrreatus, Temm.

This bold and daring bird is apparently confined to the moun-

tainous country, where it is common, waging a destructive war

against the hen-roost, unseared by the guns of Europeans and

natives, who alike join in efforts to subdue it, and rarely falling

a victim from its wariness and the swiftness of its attack. If the

luckless hen but leads her mottled brood a short distance from

the shelter of the yard in search of white ants or tempting grass-

hoppers, down swoops the “ hill chieftam ” from some towering

tree or beetling rock, and despite the fury and resistance of the

faithful mother, rendered fiercer by despair, the foe generally car-

ries off one, if not two, of her family. It breeds in the holes and

crevices of precipitous rocks, and when the young are captured

early they are trained as hunting falcons and highly prized, sell-

ing for a large sum; I saw one at Anooradapoora in the pos-

session of a native, who refused 3/. for it, though its traiming

was not completed. By way of hoodwinking it, its master had

sewn up the eyelids, running the thread through them, so as to

draw the edges together at pleasure.

19. AccIprTER BADIUS.

The “ sparrow-hawk” of Europeans is very common and

widely distributed, feeding on small reptiles and birds. It has

a pleasing winnowing flight, and sometimes ascends to a great

altitude. I have often watched three or four wheeling round

each other, ascending in circles, till the eye could scarcely follow

them as minute specks in the clear ether.

20. AcCIPITER NISUS.

Included by Dr. Kelaart in his Catalogue of Ceylon birds

(sed non vidi).

21, Circus SWAINSONII.

Not uncommon on open plains, frequenting paddy fields and

moist places in search of reptiles of all kinds, on which it feeds.

SS eee ee eee ae ee ee a; TY -

Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 105

22. Crrcus CINERASCENS.

Abundant in the same localities as the preceding, and often

mistaken for it on the wing. Its chief food consists of snakes,

which it seizes in its claws in its low skimming flight. The

prey, clutched as often from the water as from the land, is

grasped by the neck and bitten across the head.

Nothing can exceed in gracefulness the flight of this bird

when beating over the ground in search of its quarry. Its long

pointed wings smoothly and silently cut the air ; now raised high

over its back, as the bird glides along the furrows ; now drawn to

its sides, as it darts rapidly between the rows of standing paddy ;

now the wings beat the air with long and even strokes, and now

extended, they support their possessor in his survey of the marsh

over which he is passing. Suddenly he drops, and after a mo-

mentary halt speeds away with a snake dangling in his talons to

some well-remembered stone or clod of earth, and commences

his repast. I am sure these two species migrate, appearing with

us about the end of the paddy harvest in great numbers. Though

some few remain all the year round, I never ascertained that they

bred in Ceylon, though we generally see more young than adult

birds.

23. Circus MELANOLEUCOs.

The only specimen I ever saw of this bird I shot several years

ago, whilst journeying over an open plain near the village of

Mantotte, on the western coast. I therefore know nothing of

its habits. Mr. Mitford, the District Judge of Ratnapoora, has

figured it amongst his spirited and truthful drawings of birds

procured near that place. The bird was brought to him by a

native.

24. ArHENE castTanotus, Blyth. Punchy bassa, Cing.; lit.

“Small Owl ” (the name for all Owls is “ Bassa ” in Cin-

galese).

This handsome little owl was not uncommon last year in the

neighbourhood of Colombo, but for nine years previously only

one specimen had been procured. I also found it at Ratnapoora

and Gillymally. Its hoot is not unlike the cry of the cuckoo,

though more shrill and abrupt ; indeed when I first heard it one

morning, I thought it was the note of our annual visitor the

European cuckoo. It hoots as late as 9 or 10 o’clock in the

morning in shady situations ; is silent during the heat and glare

of the day, but begins again at 4 or 5 p.m. It is most on

the alert during moonlight nights, feeding on coleoptera and

geckoids, securing the latter while creeping up the bark of trees,

seizing them in its claws. The natives tell me — breed in

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii.

106 = Mr. E.. Li. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

April and May, nestling in hollow trees and the crevices of rocks.

The iris of this species is red-brown, and it sees very clearly by

day, being even then most difficult of approach.

25. ATHENE scuTEeLLATA, Raffles. Punchy bassa, Cing.

Like the preceding, this species was either very rare, or cu-

riously eluded the observation of both Dr. Templeton and myself

for a long period; indeed I was nearly eight years in Ceylon

before I saw a single specimen. One brilliant moonlight night,

however, in November last, I heard as I supposed the lowing

note of the “ bronze-winged pigeon”’ (Chalcophaps indicus) ; think-

ing it very unusual at this time of night, 1 stopped my buggy to

listen. Muttoo, too, heard the sound and declared it was a dove ;

but a second call undeceived me, though Muttoo still averred it

was “ praa chattam” (dove’s noise). As I was dressed too conspi-

cuously in white, I gave him the little gun and desired him to

shoot the bird in question, promising sixpence if he succeeded.

Muttoo slipped off his syce’s dress and plunged into the cin-

namon bushes, where I soon heard him imitating the call; on

this the bird flew to the tree where Muttoo was concealed, and

he, seeing where the bird alighted, fired and killed it. On dis-

section it proved to be a female with the ovaries distended with

eggs, consequently I imagine the breeding season was near ; the

stomach contained remnants of coleoptera only. Most of our

nocturnal birds of prey are insect-feeders ; indeed this is not

surprising from the great rarity of small mammals; they are

never seen, as in England, hunting over the meadows in search

of field-mice, shrews, &c. The irides of A. scutellata are dark

greenish yellow.

26. Epuratrtes scors, Linn.

Included by Dr. Kelaart in his list of Ceylon birds (sed non

vidi).

27. Erurartes suntia, Hodgs.

Procured at Nuwera Elia by Dr. Kelaart.

28. Eputautes Lempisi1, Horsf. Punchy bassa, Cing.

Motu, Mal. Koorooi, Port.

Very common and widely distributed. I have killed both va-

rieties in Jaffna, Kandy, Colombo, Ratnapoora, and Hamban-

totte. During moonlight nights it hunts about blossoming

trees for coleoptera, which it catches by darting at them passing

and repassing, or resting on the leaves and flowers. Their ery

when at rest is a monotonous and melancholy “ wagh wagh ;”

when flying it is changed to “ waih-ha wah-ha,” quickly uttered

Tce ss eee

Mr. W. Clark on the Rissoa rubra. 107 ©

and mingled with a tremulous cry. It breeds in February, nest-

Ing in hollow trees, and laying from two to four roundish white

eggs.

29. Kerura Ceytonensis, Gmel. Baccamooney, Cing.

Oomuttanloovey, Mal.

2s These large owls are common through the island, both in the

interior and on the sea-coast. They feed much upon fish, which

they catch in the shallow mountain rivulets during moonlight

| ne its. I have several times had them alive, and they devoured

sh with avidity. When alarmed during the day, they utter a

loud hissing note subsiding into a low growl; during this time

the throat is much inflated at the white spot. I hear that they

_breed in hollow trees and clefts of rock, laying two large white

€gss- .

30. Syrnium InpRani, Gray. Odlama, Cing.

Inhabits dense and lonely jungles, and utters the most doleful

cries, which the natives (a very superstitious race) consider the

sure tokens of approaching evil.

31. Srrix Javanica, Gmel.

The only locality in Ceylon for this bird is the pretty fort of

Jaffna. Here several pairs may be nightly seen perched on the

gables of the old Dutch church, or on the dilapidated bastions

of the walls. They feed much on fish, which they capture in

the shallow water of the estuary commanded by the fort.

[To be continued. ]

XI.—On the Rissoa rubra. By Witi1am Crarg, Esq.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN, Exmouth, June 26, 1853.

Ir is stated in a paper of mine on the Rissoe im the ‘ Annals,’

vol. x. p. 262. N. §., “that the R. rubra is very common alive

in certain localities, and that I have never seen the animal, and

can scarcely believe it to be a true Rissoa, as the semitestaceous

operculum and its apophysis are more like those of a Chem-

nitzia.”

This view is corroborated by the reception this day, by favour

of Mr. Barlee, of many lively specimens sent from Penzance in

a bottle of sea-water by post, which has enabled me to get notes

of all the organs. J am not aware that this curious, I may

almost say, anomalous species, has ever been mentioned beyond

a very slight notice by one or two authors, which in most respects

108 Mr. W. Clark on the Rissoa rubra.

is so discordant with the animal now presented, that one would

almost think some other had been inadvertently observed ;

perhaps a young example of the more tumid red-brown variety

of the Rissoa ulve. I judge so, because authors describe their

animal with very long and setaceous tentacula, whereas the true

Rissoa rubra has those organs particularly short and smooth.

M. Philippi’s account is the best, but sadly deficient in the prin-

cipal peculiarities of the animal. I think malacologists will be

glad of a somewhat enlarged description.

Barleeia rubra, nobis.

Rissoa rubra, auct.

Shell.—The colour is plain red-brown, smooth or slightly

wrinkled, of 43 to 53 tumid volutions, which form a rapidly im-

creasing cone. Aperture oyal, entire, contracted above, rounded

basally, outer margin sharp, without the callous pad of the

Rissog. Axis j5th, diameter ;',th of an inch,

Animal.—The mantle is plain, even with the margin of the

shell, and without the filament seen at the upper angle of the

aperture in many of the Rissoze. Rostrum very short, not cor-

rugated nor capable of much extension, brindled above with dark

smoke-coloured, fine irregular close-set lines, below of pale yel-

low ; buccal disk of the same colour, of small area, crosially and

vertically cloven, containing the usual masticatory processes of

the Littorinide ; neck dark, but not so much so as the rostrum,

quite plain and without appendages. Tentacula very short,

strong, broad, not in the least setaceous, with perfectly rounded

somewhat spatulate extremities; they are not vibrated on the

march : colour very pale yellowish white, with a line of sulphur-

coloured beads or minute flakes running centrally from base to

point : eyes very large, black, fixed on bright sulphur inflations

at the external bases. Foot an elongated, rather narrow oval,

rounded anteally, labiated, with scarcely perceptible auricular

points, posteally rounded, emarginate in the centre of its termi-

nation ; colour in the middle of the upper part confused. flake-

white, margined with a belt of pale smoke hue; sole pale yellow,

with a decided depressed longitudinal line on the centre of the

posterior half, not constricted under the slight auricles as in

Rissoa, and not so slender; the operculigerous lobe is small,

very little alated anteriorly, but expands below into a dark, flat,

arcuated membrane ; no cirrhus is visible, and I believe none

exists ; it carries a strong red-brown suboval testaceous oper-

culum, sharp above, rounded below and at the outer edge, and

straighter on the columellar side. The structure of the fine

striz on the upper surface is of subannular figure, with a longi-

Mr. W. Clark on the Rissoa rubra. 109

tudinal furrow about the middle, which forms a raised rib on the

under part, the whole of that area being thick, coarse and irre-

gular, with, at the nucleus, which is nearer the base than the

centre, a long, strong-pointed testaceous apophysis, more pro-

minent but not so medial as in Jeffreysia, but stronger and

longer ; indeed as much so as in some of the Chemnitzie.

These animals inhabit the lower littoral levels at Penzance,

their locomotion is deliberate, and they evince considerable shy-

ness. There are many fasciated varieties and a white one.

This animal nearly approaches the littorinidan group, and

conducts from Rissoa to Jeffreysia: as the latter and it have

analogous subtestaceous opercula and apophyses, they naturally

lead to the Pyramidellide. But this species cannot be placed in

Rissoa on account of the singular operculum, as the like is not

seen in any other species of that genus, and for many other ani-

mal discrepancies. Philippi unaccountably omits all mention of

the principal peculiarity, the curious operculum, but he does say

that the animal departs somewhat from those he has examined,

both as regards the organs and the shell; and I add, that with

the exception of the very short muzzle and depressed line in the

after-part of the foot, there is not another external organ that

has much concordance with the typical Rissoe.

Neither can it be associated with Jeffreysia, which, indeed,

agrees with it, essentially, in respect of the operculum, but the

animals of the two are very different. I shall therefore pro-

pose for it a new genus, which ought, I think, with Jeffreysia,

to form a family intermediate to the Littorinide and Pyrami-

dellide. Ihave omitted to mention that M. D’Orbigny’s sub-

genus Rissoina cannot receive it, as with a testaceous operculum

and apophysis, it is of the spiral or littorinidan type, whilst the

present object is of subannular elements; and I consider the

operculum, though so much neglected, to afford a most important

generic and differential diagnosis; but independent of these

points, I could not, agreeably to my views, accord with such an

allocation. I repudiate all subgenera, which I consider as an

awkward attempt to define what is undefinable—an intermediate ©

condition between a genus anda species. I think, when a species

is so discordant with the generic type, that it ought to merge

elsewhere, and take on a substantive capacity and become the

of a new genus ; but there can be no objection to the term -

sub when used adjectively to qualify a word, as subannular, sub-

rotund, and subsymmetrical, &c., but not substantively, as then

it becomes the source of innumerable absurdities; therefore

with me a genus has no intermediate state beyond species and .

their varieties. I have mentioned these views in the last para-

graph of a former paper in the ‘ Annals,’ vol. vi. p. 29. N.S.

110. Mr. W. Thompson on new species of British Crustacea.

I would therefore now submit to malacologists, as I have

shown that no existing genus can with propriety receive this

curious creature, that a new one be constituted for it, and en-

titled Barleeia, as a just recollection of the exertions of a gen-

tleman who loses no opportunity of enriching science with living

objects from the Great Book of Nature; and though the present

animal is locally common, it is malacologically an almost unre-

corded rarity. We may all blush for our carelessness in not no-

ticing this interesting and unique species, which, though within

the range of many naturalists, would still probably have remained

in obscurity if it had not been déterré and forced into notice by

our invaluable friend.

I am, Gentlemen,

Your most obedient servant,

WiuraM Ciark.

P.S.—Errata in the paper on the genus 7/uncatella in the last

July ‘ Annals :?’—vol. xii. p. 7. line 24, for branchial, read esopha-

geal streamlets. And ibid, p. 6, for Della Chiaje, read Delle

Chiaje.

XII.—Deseription of several new species of British Crustacea.

By Wiii1Am Tompson, Esq. |

[With a Plate. ]

Hippotyte Wuiret (mihi). White's Hippolyte. PI. VI. fig. 1.

Spec. Char. Rostrum (fig. 1 a) straight, without spines above,

and slightly bifid at the apex, beneath with a sharp two-toothed

carina, and a minute one near the apex; internal antenne with

the thick filament much-curved.

The carapace of this species is more gracile than any other of

the genus, and even more slender than in the genus Palemon;

it is terminated by a straight and elongated rostrum, without

any spine on its upper side; the apex is rather blunt; beneath

there is a short carina, which is deepish, and has two teeth:

there is besides a very minute tooth close to the apex, whicn

gives the apex the appearance of being bifid; it is, however, not

the case, the apex being quite distinct from the spine, which is

placed on the lower edge of the rostrum; there is also a small

tooth on each side of the base of the rostrum, just over the

mner edge of the orbit, and another spine on each side the

carapace in a line underneath the antenne. ‘The scale of the

external antenne is large, longer than the rostrum ; its external

+i. \2a

Mr. W. Thompson on new species of British Crustacea: 111

tooth is placed at the distance of about one-fourth the length

from the extremity. The thicker filament of the internal antenne

is large, and more curved than in H. varians.

Abdomen slender, not at all gibbous, much compressed. Last

jomt of fourth leg jagged on the inner margin. Two long

slender spines at the base of the antenne. External antenne

nearly the length of the animal. Length 12 inch.

Colour a lovely dark meadow green, with, whilst alive, a

whitish band running down the carapace; one specimen only

out of thirty or forty differed, and that was of a flesh-colour.

Middle plate of the tail acute, with two pair of minute spines,

one pair on each margin.

I took this species for the first time on the 4th of May. I

obtained others on the 30th of May, and carrying ova on the

14th of June; the ova appear of a yellowish colour, but as they

did not reach below the scales of the abdomen, I did not examine

them as I could wish.

I obtained my specimens in four to six fathom water in a

weed bed, on a stony bottom, in Weymouth Bay.

This species is exceedingly like Hippolyte varians ; it is, how-

ever, of a much lovelier form and colour. Though larger, it is

far more slender than any of the genus.

The main points of difference with H. varians are, that the

rostrum is more elongated, not so acute at the apex, has no spine

on the ridge, and has a minute spine very near the apex on the

under side, thus making three spines on the under side. The

spines on the carapace are much shorter. The carapace is less

gibbous. The scale of the external antennz is longer and nar-

nower, and the spine is nearer the extremity. The thick filament

of the internal antennz is stouter and more bent, and the animal

is larger.

They are more difficult to keep in confinement than many

others, and far less lively.

Some I had spent the whole of their time clinging to the fronds

of a piece of Furcellaria fastigiata, lyimg the length of the frond,

and not across it; and however often I disturbed them, they in-

variably found their way back.

I have named this species after Mr. Adam White, one of the

Assistants at the British Museum.

I have just had some more specimens brought me, amongst

which I find one with the rostrum much turned up (fig. 1 5),—

quite as much so as in Palemon varians ;—two with the rostrum

curved very much downwards (fig. 1 ¢), giving them a most

extraordinary appearance ; these I consider provisionally, until I

obtain other specimens, as varieties of H. W hitei; I propose to

name the first H. Whitei (var. ensis), and the second H. Whitei

112. Mr. W. Thompson on new species of British Crustacea. —

(var. faleatus): should I obtain evidence of their being distinct

species, the specific names will then be probably changed.

I now find that some few specimens of H. Whitei are of a

brownish colour; these had been brought home in a brass box.

Hirrotyte Yarrewui (mihi). Yarrell’s Hippolyte.

Pl. V1. fig. 2.

Spec. Char. Rostrum (fig. 2a) short, bent downwards, im-

curved at the base, hollowed out above, with four spinous teeth

above. The apex tridentate, the upper tooth the longest, the

middle tooth longer than the lower one.

The carapace is short and rounded; the rostrum short, bent

downwards, and suddenly widening near the apex, armed above

with four spinous teeth bent forwards at an acute angle; the

first, which is not very prominent, is placed on the carapace at

the base of the carina, which forms the continuation of the

rostrum ; the second immediately in a line with the ocular notch ;

the third, which is the longest, is placed in a line over the middle

of the peduncle of the eye when the eye is directed forward ;

and the fourth is placed on the rostrum, and about twice its

own length from the apex. The upper edge of the rostrum is

much hollowed out; the lower edge of the rostrum is straight,

with an inclination downwards, unarmed, and ending in an acute

angle. The apex is deep and tridentate; it is formed of the

tooth just described, and two others projecting beyond it. The

upper tooth is longer than the second and slightly inflected ; the

second is very acute, and longer than the bottom, which appears

to be formed by a portion being scooped out. The two upper

teeth bend upwards, whilst the bottom bends slightly down-

wards ; this widens the apex.

The scale of the external antenne extends to more than half

the length of the filaments of the internal antenne. Marginal

tooth terminal, not so long as in H. Cranchii. Anterior feet

extending forwards a little beyond the antennal scale; second

pair with the wrist long. The junction of the abdomen and

thorax very gibbous.

The process on the posterior margin of the third segment

much more prominent, and running more to a point than im H.

Cranchit.

The middle portion of the tail has five or six pairs of spines

placed on it, and not on the margin.

Length about 4 of an inch; colour brown, blotched with a

darker or claret-colour.

I obtained two individuals whilst dredging in Weymouth Bay

_on the 18th of August 1852, in from five to seven fathom water,

on a bed of Rytiphlea pinastroides. One carried ova, which were

CN ee ee

Pea,

)

‘

Mr. W. Thompson on new species of British Crustacea. 1138

of a rich orange-brown. This Hippolyte in its general appear-

ance very nearly approaches H. Cranchii, from which it differs

in the form and number of the spines on the rostrum and at the

apex, the shape of the rostrum, the shape of the third segment

of the abdomen, and some other particulars.

I have ventured to name this species after Mr. Yarrell, to

whose constant friendship, advice and writings, I attribute my

partiality to natural history, and whose kindness at a critical

age in my youth taught me to turn my leisure hours to, I hope,

a good account.

Hrppotyte Grayana (mihi). Gray’s Hippolyte. Pi. VI. fig. 3.

Spec. Char. Rostrum (fig. 3 a) long, hollowed out above and

below ; above unarmed, with the exception of one tooth near the

apex; beneath with three teeth.

Carapace rather compressed and of a moderate length.

Rostrum long, the upper edge much hollowed out, and the

widest part armed witha tooth a little behind the apex; this

tooth is shorter than the apex, and curved downwards; the apex

is acuminate, and longer than the upper tooth ; the base of the

teeth placed above and beneath the apex are on a line, and as

they are both placed on a carina proceeding from the rostrum, it

es that portion very deep, and gives it an appearance of a

tridentate rostrum.

The under side of the rostrum is also much hollowed ; its least

depth is immediately over the middle of the peduncle of the eye ;

it then gradually deepens*towards the extremity until it attains

the greatest depth, when it again turns up, and ends in a tooth

just under the apex. It is further armed underneath with a

tooth at the point of its greatest depth, and another a little in

advance, thus making three teeth on the under side of the

rostrum. A sharp tooth is placed over each orbit, and a second

on each side of the anterior inferior portion of the carapace. Scale

of the external antenne rather narrow, long, extendmg beyond

the filaments of the internal antenne, with a tooth on the

outer margin, at about one quarter the length of the scale from

the extremity ; the inner margin appears to be toothed or rather

notched.

There is a peculiar process at the end of the scale; the ner

margin ends with a curved spine or cilium, and the outer margin

has a straight process against which the crooked one closes. I

cannot determine whether they have motion or not.

Middle plate of the tail slender, tapermg, with two pairs of

exceedingly minute spines, only visible with a lens. Abdomen

compressed, of even depth as far as the posterior edge of the

114 Mr. W. Thompson on new species of British Crustacea.

third segment, and then becoming suddenly very much con-

tracted, and of almost equal size throughout. The process of

the third segment of the abdomen is very prominent.

Colour brown with a reddish tinge in places.

Length about 10 lines.

This species is very easily distinguished by the armature of

the head, form of the abdomen, and the shape and armature of

the rostrum, in which it approaches no other described British

species. I obtained it in four fathom water, stony bottom,

Weymouth Bay. :

I have named it after Dr. J. E. Gray, the Keeper of the Natural

History Department of the British Museum.

Hirrotyte Mircwe ri (mihi). Mitchell’s Hippolyte.

Pl. VI. fig. 4.

Spec. Char. Rostrum (fig. 4a) straight, acuminate, without a

spine on the upper portion ; beneath with a three-toothed carina,

and a small tooth near the apex.

Carapace not at all gibbous, terminated by a straight and

elongated rostrum, without a tooth on its upper edge; beneath

there is a short carina carrying three teeth: a small tooth is

placed near the apex. A small tooth is placed each side of the base

of the rostrum over the orbit. Scale of the external antenne

not very broad, but long, extending beyond the rostrum, with

an external tooth, which is placed at one-fourth the length of

the antenne from the extremity.

Length 16 lines. :

Colour a beautiful clear and dark green.

I obtained nine individuals from amongst a parcel of Hippolyte

W hitei brought me on the 2nd of July, 1853.

This species at first sight might be taken for H. Whitei; it

is, however, larger, and the teeth on the rostrum are more

numerous.

I was at first disposed to consider this as only a variety of

H. White, but the fact of finding so many, and all perfectly

agreeing, decided me in admitting it as a new species.

I obtained this species by dredging ; none carried oya; it was

taken in four to six fathom water, on a weedy and stony bottom,

Weymouth Bay.

I beg to name this species after Mr. Mitchell, the indefatigable

Secretary of the Zoological Gardens, and the successful pro-

moter of the Marine Vivarium, as it is owing to the impetus

given to dredging by the demand for marine life, that I am

indebted for all the new species now described.

_— = Ss. ™

a oa Te

ee a

eh ial

Mr. J. Lubbock on two new species of Calanide. 115

MAP koseOn: trots new: species: of Calatridee;: with! Observations on

the Spermatic Tubes of Pontella, Diaptomus, &c. By Joun

Lussock, Esq., F.Z.S.

[With a Plate.]

WueEw, in last March, I described the new species of Labidocera,

which I proposed to call L. magna, I was only acquainted with

the male, and was therefore anxious to find a female in order to

complete the description of the species. This is the more neces-

sary in the present genus, because the best specific characters

are taken from the mght anterior antenna of the male and the

fifth pair of legs, organs which are dissimilar in the two sexes,

and it is therefore evident that unless they are known in both,

it would be very difficult to refer females to their respective

males. Prof. Owen and Prof. Quekett, with their usual kind-

ness, afforded me every facility, but I was unsuccessful in my

search, and have never met with a second specimen. Dr.

M‘Donald, however, of H.M. steam-vessel Torch, has recently

met with it in great numbers in the voyage from St. Vincent to

Rio Janeiro, and a short description of it will be found in the

Proceedings of the Royal Society for April 7, 1853. His paper

is accompanied by drawings, to the beauty and general accuracy

of which I can bear witness, from which it appears that the

colour, as in L. Darwinii, is blue. Anomalocera Patersonit,

which is the representative species in the North Atlantic, and

appears to form the connecting lik between Labidocera and

Pontella, is also greenish blue. I think it likely that the other

species are also bluish. Dr. M‘Donald says, that when they

were “placed in a vessel of sea-water, they rested on their an-

tennz on reaching the bottum, and paddled themselves about by

their fore-limbs and tail.” He has also an interesting observa-

tion on the superior development of the right side of the body ;

he “remarks that in all their movements the males exhibit a

tendency to turn towards the left side, and concludes the ratio-

nale of this fact to be, that the brain on the right side being

more developed at the part from which the right antenna derives

its nerves, a corresponding preponderance is given to the power

of the locomotive organs on that side.”

Although however disappointed in my search for the females

of Labidocera magna, 1 found in the same bottle two other

species. The first is an aberrant species of Pontella, Dana, agree-

ing with that genus in the number of eyes, but very nearly re-

sembling Labidocera Darwinii in the structure of the right male

antenna, and is therefore a link between these two genera. The

116 = Mr. J. Lubbock on two new species of Calanidée.

second, on the other hand, is the type of a new genus which I

propose to call Monops (uovos, one; apr, eye). It differs from

Anomalocera in having no superior eyes ; and resembles Labido-

cera magna more than any other species that I know.

I will first give short specific descriptions of all the species at

present known in which the anterior antenna is provided with

dentated plates ; then describe the two new species at length ;

and finish with a few words on the classification and geogra-

phical distribution of the group, with a comparison of all the right

male antenne.

Pontella Bairdii, n. s.

Antenna antica maris dextra duabus dentatis lamellis instructa, api-

cali long. 4; unc. Spina prehensili parva, rigido crini simili. Ramo

interno pedis postici maris sinistri, papilloso. Pede postico foeminze

one as:

Color ?

Long. cir. +.

Hab. Atlanticum oceanum, S. Lat. 20°, Long. 0°.

Labidocera Darwinii, Lubk.

Antenna antica maris dextra duabus dentatis lamellis instructa, api-

cali long. ;}5- Spina prehensili parva, rigido crini simili. Ramo

interno pedis postici maris sinistri, annuloso. Pede postico foeminze

long.

Ceerulbo Vrils interdum fusco maculatus.

Long. cir. 4.

Hab. Atlanticum oceanum, S. Lat. 38°, W. Long. 65°.

Labidocera Paiagoniensis, Lubk.

Antenna antica maris dextra tribus dentatis lamellis instructa. Spina

prehensili magna. Pede postico maris sinistro ; forti, ad apicem

acuto et corneo, ramum internum non gerente. Pede postico foe-

minee parvo, ramum internum non gerente.

Long. cir. 4.

Hab. Atlanticum oceanum, 8S. Lat. 38°, Long. 65° W.

Labidocera magna, Lubk.

Antenna antica maris dextra quatuor dentatis lamellis instructa.

Spina prehensili maxima, annulosa. Pede postico maris sinistro,

magno, ad apicem tumido, papilloso ; ramo imterno nullo.

Long. cir. 4.

Hab. Atlanticum oceanum, 8. Lat. 18° 40', Long. 2° 30! W.

Monops grandis, n.s.

Antenna antica maris dextra duabus magnis dentatis lamellis in-

eee Oe ee

Mr. J. Lubbock on two new species of Calanide: 117

_ structa. Spina prehensili magna. Pede postico maris sinistro,

parvo, non ad apicem tumido, non papilloso, ramo interno nullo.

. cir. 2.

Hab. Atlanticum oceanum, S. Lat. 18° 22', Long. 2° W.

Pontella Bairdii.

I now proceed to describe P. Bairdii, which I have so named

in honour of Dr. Baird, who has done so much to increase our

knowledge of the Entomostraca of this country.

This species agrees in most points very closely with L. Dar-

winn, but differs from it in having an inferior eye, besides the

two superior ; it belongs therefore to Pontella.

The cephalothoraz has only six joints, the last having coalesced

with the preceding. The anterior segment agrees with that of

L. Darwinii in not having a spine directed outwards, as is the

case in L. magna and Patagoniensis. The rostrum (Pl. V. fig. 5)

is strong, deeply forked, and extends downwards as far as the

inferior eye. Each fork is about ;35 in length, ;4, in breadth

at the base, and -3, half way down.

The superior eyes are a good deal larger in the male than in

the female. In one specimen they are bright violet, but in every

other specimen the colour has been entirely removed ; while the

inferior eye, which is also violet, has in very many instances re-

tained its colour.

The inferior eye is situated between the anterior antenna, it

is large, and, as remarked above, dark violet. It would be impos-

sible to overlook it, even in the most cursory examination.

I shall refer to this point again when I consider the classifi-

cation.

The anterior antenne of the female and the left antenna of the

male has on the internal side of the apex of the penultimate seg-

ment a long hair ;; of an inch in length, and the apical and

antepenultimate segments have each a corresponding one ,'g of

an inch in length (fig. 6).

The right antenna of the male is formed upon the same type

as that of L. Darwinii, from which it differs chiefly in the apical

plate being longer, reaching nearly to the apex of the antepenul-

timate segment; and in the three apical segments being more

pear-shaped, with the larger end in front. In some specimens

the antenna was more swollen than in others, which perhaps

may be accounted for by differences of age, or by the state of

development of the spermatic tube.

The second pair of antenne 3, in length.

The mandibles ;',1n length, and the palpusalso ,;. Each lobe

of the palpus has six long plumose hairs, and the inner lobe

also four smaller ones.

118 Mr.J. Lubbock on two new species of Calanidx.

The first pair of maxillipeds 35.

The second pair of mazxillipeds »A;. The palpus is gg in

length, 4-jointed and tapering towards the apex; the other

species of the genus have six segments to the palpus, and the

joints which have disappeared are the two apical. The basal

segment has a number of spines or small teeth on the imner

edge. L. magna agrees with the present species in having also

a few spines in the same place. In the arrangement and struc-

ture of the hairs, this organ agrees almost exactly with that, of

L. magna, except that the third hair has no spines above.

The third pair of mandibles 335. )

Thoracic legs. The first four pairs are adapted for swimming,

as in the rest of the family, and are all alike, except that they

merease in size from the first to the fourth, which are 45 m

length. The large spines on the external margin of each leg are

dentated above, and accompanied by a smaller spine on each

side. All the appendages, from the second pair of antennz to

the fourth pair of thoracic legs inclusive, are very similar to

those of the allied species. .

The fifth and last pair is very different ; its use in swimming,

if any, is quite subordinate to its functions connected with the

act of fecundation. In the female they are smaller and simpler

than in the male, and symmetrical, while in the latter they are

much more complicated, stronger, and asymmetrical, the right leg

being the largest and forming a prehensile apparatus.

In the present species these legs of the female (fig. 4) are much

larger than in L. Darwinii or Patagoniensis, measuring z{5 in

length. They most nearly resemble those of L. Darwini, trom

which they only differ in their larger size, and in the external

branch being longer and bearing three instead of two spines at

the extremity. .

The left leg of the male (fig. 3) consists of four joints as in

the other species, but the second segment (counting from the

base) appears both in this and in the corresponding right leg to

be composed of two which have coalesced. It most resembles

that of L. Darwinii, and, like it, bears two rami. I have already

remarked the curious relation which appears to exist between this

branch and the prehensile spine of the right male antenna, viz.

that where one is developed the other disappears, and vice versd.

This ringed branch is homologous with the inner ramus of the

other thoracic legs, like which it is two-jointed. In the present

species it is long, slender, tapering, and ringed, with: the rings

produced into papille. Like the corresponding organ of L. Dar-

winit it appears to be extensible, as the length and thickness

vary in different specimens. Length 5.

The right leg, 2 (fig. 3), also consists of four jomts, but, as in

Pe Oe a ee ee

Mr. J.\Lubbock on two new species of Calanidé. 119

the left leg, the second (counting from the base) appears to be

composed of two segments. The basal segment is attached by its

external basal angle to the apex of a strong crescent-shaped pro-

‘cess, the horns of which point inwards. The second is longer and

thinner, and, as I have just noticed, appears to consist of two ; it

bears a strong spine at the external apical angle. The third is

very strong and muscular, as in the other species of this genus ;

it is attached to the inner apical angle of the preceding segment.

‘Besides the large claw at the base, which forms with the suc-

ceeding segment a prehensile apparatus, there is a smaller spine

directed backwards. On the external margin, which in the or-

i position would be lowest, there are two rounded pro-

jections, of which the apical is the largest and appears to be

transversely striated or furrowed. The portion which answers

to the large moveable claw of the allied species is here, as in

‘them, attached to the external apical angle of the third segment,

but in the present species it gradually mcreases in size from the

base, is produced at the apex into a large claw, which with the

corresponding one of the third joint forms a prehensile appa-

ratus, and appears to consist of three segments, of which the

second and third bear a hair each, and the third a long cylin-

drical appendage, provided at the apex with a small spine and

two hairs.

- The abdomen (figs. 1 & 2) is entirely without legs. That of

the male consists of four segments, terminated by two 2-jointed

lamelle, exactly as in L. Darwinii.

_ The abdomen of the female is two-jomted and swollen trans-

versely. The right side is more swollen than the left, and bears

on the back a large spine.

This appears to be the best place to mention what I have to

say about the impregnation. There is a very interesting paper

by Siebold in the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ 1840, 2nd

sér. t. xiv. p. 26, “ Sur Paccouplement du Cyclops Castor ;” and

in order to make my own observations more intelligible, I shall

quote a part of what he says, premising that the Cyclops Castor

now forms the genus Diaptomus, and, with Pontella, Cetochilus,

&c., has been separated from the old family, Cyclopide :—

» “Ce qui passe pendant que ces animaux se tiennent ainsi

embrassés est un des phénoménes les plus remarquables dans le

régne animal, et dont on n’avait jamais eu une idée. Un tube

eylindrique, rempli d’un liquide spermatique, s’échappe de

Pouverture sexuelle du mile immédiatement aprés l’embrasse-

ment; le miile saisit ce tube aussitét qu’il est sorti et le colle

contre le ventre de la femelle, audessous de la vulve......

“‘ Chacun de ces tubes spermatiques renferme trois masses bien

différentes entr’elles. Une des matiéres contenues est blan-

ehatre et épaisse ; elle a la propriété de ne pas se dissoudre dans

120) =©Mr. Jd. Lnbbock.on two new species of Calanidie.

Vean, mais de s’y transformer en une masse visqueuse et solide.

Cette masse ténace, coagulable dans |’eau, s’étend dans toute da

longueur de la capsule. Une des deux autres matiéres est:com-

posée d’une foule de trés petits corps ovales et bien contournés,

ayant longueur de 0:0066 a 0°0070 de ligne anglaise : ils parais-

sent d’une forme aplatie. La troisiéme masse consiste dans une

foule de corps ovalaires, dont les contours sont moins bien des-

sinés, et qui ne sont pas clairs comme ceux-ci, et sont composés

de granules trés-fins. Ces deux derniéres masses se trouvent

reparties dans la capsule d’une maniére remarquable, et forment:

une couche trés-mince placée sur la surface interne.» Les cor-

puscules bien limités se trouvent dans la moitié supérieure de

la capsule, tandis que les corpuscules granulés, bien séparés des

autres, occupent la moitié inférieure ; ces deux masses ne per-

mettent done pas que la portion ténace se trouve en contact

avec la surface interne de la capsule. Enfin, le col de la capsule

se trouve seulement rempli par de la substance visqueuse.s .).’.

“ Aussitot qu’un tube spermatique bien développé se trouve

en contact avec de Veau, les corpuscules granulés se gonflent

(probablement par l’imbibition de lean), et ces corpuscules gui

composent la matiére expulsive, perdent leur forme: ovalaire’et

deviennent ronds. Peu a peu leur aspect granulé s’efface, ils se

.transforment en vésicules, qui s’enflent de plus en plus, etiils

finissent par expulser la matiére glutineuse qui se trouve vers le

col ouvert de la capsule, et qui peut facilement s’échapper. . 2.

“La matiére expulsive continue de s’enfler, quand méme la

matiére glutineuse a déja quitté la capsule; de sorte que cette

matiére chasse aussi tous les zoospermes, sans laisser seulement

un corpuscule ovale dans la capsule. Quand tout est sorti

hormis les grandes vésicules de la matiére expulsive, celle-ci

devient transparent comme de Veau, et parait composée de

grandes cellules. Or, nous savons qu’avant cette transforma+

tion la capsule était blanchatre.”

In my 2 pee on L. Patagoniensis 1 described: and Sisnen

(Pl. X. fig. 2) a cylindrical appendage, situated on: the dack of

the first abdominal segment, but was obliged to leave it doubt~

ful, whether it was a spermatic tube or an’ external ovary,

although I inclined to the former supposition. In. the present

species, however, I was more fortunate ; for after looking through

several hundred specimens, I found a wre from which the tube

was in the very act of escaping, and also four females, each of

which had one attached to them. Three of these are quite

empty, and evidently are homologous with the cylindrical ap~

pendage of the L. Patagoniensis, as they exactly agree with it _

in texture and general appearance, and differ only. slightly in

shape and in position. It is evident, therefore, that: the:ap-

pendage of L. Patagoniensis is a true spermatic tube, and is only

Mr. J. Lubbock on two new species of Calanide. 121

anomalous in being attached to the back imstead of under-

neath. The tube which was in the act of escaping from the

male still retained its contents, which agree with Siebold’s

description. Using his nomenclature and letters of reference, d

is the expelling matter (matiére expulsive), e the glutinous sub-

stance (matiére glutineuse), and c the zoosperms (zoospermes).

I have already remarked that of a large number of females which

I examined, four only were provided with one of these append-

ages; this is santas owing to their having been collected in

the middle of June. Mr. Darwin’s specimens of LZ. Darwinii

having been caught in November, which answers to our May,

would account for my never having found a fully developed sper-

matic tube in that species, and the only time that Dr. Baird ever

met with a tube attached to Diaptomus was in October.

As, owing to an accident happening to the vessel in which his

i of Diaptomus was contained, Dr. Baird says, he was

“prevented from making any lengthened observations on it,” and

as I have heard of no one else who has studied the subject, I

believe my observations are the first which fully confirm those

of Von Siebold. The manner in which the three substances

contained in the tube act in Pontella is probably the same as. in

Diaptomus. Jurine says, “il n’est pas rare d’en trouver avec

deux, trois, quatre, méme cing tubes spermatiques collés autour

de la vulve ;” I, however, never met with a female, either of P.

Bairdii or L. Patagoniensis, which had more than one tube. This

mode of fecundation, which Siebold has truly observed, is one

of the most remarkable phenomena in the animal kingdom, has

now been observed in Diaptomus Castor, Labidocera Patagont-

ensis, Pontella Bairdii, Calanus hyperboreus (see the figures given

in Gaimard’s ‘ Voyage en Scandinavie’), and it probably occurs

also in L. Darwinit and Anomalocera grandis, nu. s., because in

these species, as in the P. Bairdii, I have found in the posterior

part of the cephalothorax, an organ which I am nearly sure is a

ic tube in the course of formation, so that it will most

likely be found to prevail throughout the whole family. The

shape of the tube varied in the different specimens of the same

species. Since the male orifice is situated between the second

and third abdominal segments, as in Cyclops, it is evident that

the inner branch of the left posterior leg in the male is not a

true penis. The delicacy of the structure of this branch appears

to indicate that it possesses the sense of touch in a high degree.

I have already noticed the curious relation which appears to exist

between it and the prehensile spine.

Length about }.

Hab. Lat. 18° 15! §., L. 2° 30’ W. to 4° E.

From the Museum of the College of Surgeons, Colleeted by

Sir E. Home.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xii. 9

122 Mr. J. Lubbock on two new species of Calanide.

Genus Monoprs.

Rostrum furcatum. Antenna antica maris dectra geniculans, tumida.

Oculi superiores nulli. Oculus inferior unicus. Pes serio

maris dexter crassus prehensilis.

These characters distinguish Monops from all the other genera

in the family, but I shall presently give my reasons for consider-

ing this form as a new genus more at length. It is true that

these are the characters of Anomalocera as given by Templeton,

but that genus has in reality four superior eyes.

I have already given the specific character, and it is therefore

unnecessary to repeat it here. In general appearance this species

resembles L. magna more than any other species which I know,

for which reason I have given it an analogous trivial name.

The cephalothorax is 7-jointed ; the posterior segment is very

small, the three anterior lar ge and nearly equal to one another, the

other three intermediate in size and also equal to one another. The

force which has developed the right anterior antenna and the

right posterior leg of the male more than the left, has had the

same effect on the posterior angles of the cephalothorax ; that

on the right side is at least twice as long as the other. In the

female they are symmetrical. The spines of the anterior seg-

ment do not project outwards, and therefore are not visible from

above. The rostrum (fig. 7) is very deeply divided, and the

two forks are very delicate, symmetrical, and. curved tere

each other. Fach prong is ,/5 in length, at the base +555) at

the middle ;,4;5, and at the apex not more than ;;;, in diameter.

Those of L. magna, on the other hand, are strong and short,

being only ;45 in length. (See Ann. and Mag. Ser. 2. vol. x.

BX. £8);

af The anterivr antenne of the female and the left one of the

male have at the apex a very long hair 4, in lenges: The cor-

responding hair af the penultimate segment is 735, and of the

antepenultimate 54, (fig. 10).

The right anterior antenna of the male resembles that of L.

magna more than that of the other species ; it swells and con-

tracts again, however, more abruptly than in that species. The

prehensile spine is much smaller and not ringed. The plate be-

longing to the eighth segment (see the comparison of the right.

male antenne in this genus) is not free at the base. The teeth

are not so sharp. The eighth and ninth segments have coalesced,

so that the hairs which a to the latter appear to be situated

on the former.

The sixth segment bears a very small plate with a few rather

large teeth, analogous to the penultimate plate in L. magna. A

glance at the figure will give a better idea of the general form

of the organ than any description could convey.

Mr. J. Lubbock on two new species of Calamde. 128

The second pair of antenne have thirteen long hairs at the

end of the longer branch ; they are 5}, of an inch in length.

- The mandibles 3,. Palpus »,. The rows of hairs which I

have mentioned as present in L. Patagoniensis and magna are

here much developed and form a strong brush.

. First pair of mazillipeds 3;. The lobes are more divided

than in the allied species. The spines on the inner edge are few

in number, large, strong, curved, and clothed with short brown

hairs. |

Second pair of mazillipeds =i5- Palpus ;45. There are, as

in L. Patagoniensis, seven hairs on the organ itself ; the external

(nearest. to the palpus) small, setose on both sides; the next

only half as long as the first. The next two very long, with in-

conspicuous hairs on the lower side. The fifth short, setose on

each side, but chiefly below, the next only setose below. The

internal setose on each side, but chiefly below. The last three

hairs are about the same size, and half as long as the preceding.

The palpus consists of four segments only, the basal and apical

bearing at the apex two, the rest one hair each, all setose below.

Third pair of mazillipeds 3,. There are six of the smaller

hairs plumose on each side. The larger hairs are beautifully

crenate at the apex for about rd of their length. The secondary

spines of all the basal portion have disappeared. .

_ (Fifth pair of legs. Male (fig. 8). The left leg is much

smaller than the right, and has no inner branch. The second

ent has a spine externally at the apex. The third is small

and bears the two tufts of hairs, and the fourth is very small,

and bears at the apex a little tapering delicate lobe, which may,

perhaps, be the rudiment of another segment, ,4, of an inch.

The right leg (fig. 8) also consists of four segments ; the third,

which in some species is so much swollen, is small, its office

being probably in part transferred to the strong prehensile an-

tenna. The fourth segment is small, and the spine of the

third is very large and pointed, so that at first sight it might

be mistaken for the fourth segment. The presence of two

hairs on the smaller spine unmistakeably denote it to be the

real homologue of the apical segment; 4, in length when not

extended.

In the female (fig. 9) they are +, in length. The inner branch

bifid at the apex ; the outer much-curved, also bifid at the apex,

with a large spine on the inner and two very small ones on the

outer side.

Abdomen. Female (fig. 11). Two-jointed, asymmetrical, the

right side of the basal joint bearing a large slightly tapering

lobe, about half as long as the succeeding joint.

The abdomen of the male (fig. 12) is similar to that of the

124 Mr. P. H. Gosse on new or little-known Marine Animals,

other species of the genus, except that on all my specimens

there is a very short cylindrical appendage attached underneath

to the third segment on the right side. A hemispherical portion

at the end is very dark violet, covered with numerous small

spines (fig. 13 a) and surrounded by a narrow light yellow

border (4), on which they are rather larger and more scattered.

There are a few hairs on the violet part. The end, therefore,

resembles a hemispherical file, but I cannot offer the slightest

suggestion as to its probable use. Mr. Darwin and Prof. Que-

kett have kindly examined it for me. The females have no such

appendage.

Length about 4.

Hab. Lat. 18° 15' S., Long. 2° 30! W. to 4° E.

From the Museum of the College of Surgeons. Collected by

Sir E. Home.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Fig. 1. Pontelia Bairdii, Abdomen. Male. d. Expelling matter. e. Glu-

tinous matter. ¢. Zoosperms.

Fig. 2. Ditto. Abdomen of female, seen from above. a. The

empty spermatic tube.

Fig. 3. Fifth pair of legs. Male.

Fig. 4. One of ditto. Female.

Fig. 5. Rostrum.

Fig. 6. Four apical segments of the normal anterior antenna.

Fig. 7. Monops grandis. Rostrum.

Fig. 8. Fifth pair of legs. Male.

Fig. 9. One of ditto. Female.

Fig. 10. Four apical segments of normal anterior antenna.

Fig. 11. Abdomen. Female. Seen from above.

Fig. 12. Ditto. Male. Seen from the side and below.

Fig. 13. A small piece of the dark part of the abdominal appendage o

ditto.

[To be continued. }

XIV.—Notes on some new or little-known Marine Animals.

By P. H. Gossz, A.L.S.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

Tue expectation which I ventured to express in your Magazine

for last October has been amply realized. Marine animals and

plants have been exhibited in London, in their native health and

beauty, in circumstances where their various functions and in-

stincts can be carried on under the eye of the naturalist ; and the

inhabitants of the metropolis have enjoyed a sight of the curious

ee ae

Mr. P. H. Gosse on new or little-known Marine pRB 125

denizens of our seas, without going out of hearing of their dear

Bow Bell.

What advantages to science our metropolitan zoologists have

reaped from their opportunities, I leave them to record; but I

propose to lay before your readers, from time to time, some notes

that I have made while engaged in forming the collection. At

the time of my writing these lines, about 3000 specimens of

liying marine animals and plants have passed through my hands,

and have been successively transmitted to London for deposition

in the Zoological Society’s aquaria. Some of these have appeared

to me as yet undescribed, others seem to be little known, except

ina aitied and withered state; and the great majority even of

such as are considered well known, present so much of novelty

and interest in their habits, that I often regret that the almost

absolute absorption of my time in collecting and transmitting

the specimens, forbids my jotting down a great deal of what I

observe, while fresh in memory.

But without further preface I proceed to describe some new or

rare species of Invertebrata.

Class ECHINODERMATA.

Fam. SIPUNCULID2.

Sipunculus punctatissimus (mihi). The Dotted Sipunculus.

Body 13 inch long, 4 in. thick ; trunk in. long, ¥, in. thick.

The body is cylindrical, abruptly pointed, of a satiny gloss, seen

under the lens to be covered with close-set, slight, annular

wrinkles. The trunk is nearly cylindrical, but slightly attenuated

about the middle ; it is wrinkled transversely like the body, and

has in addition several irregular longitudinal furrows ; the ex-

truded tip is surrounded by about eight circles of minute black

bristle-points, and terminated by a single row of short, slender

filiform white tentacles, which are evertile. The general colour

of the whole animal is light umber-brown, which, under a pow-

erful lens, is resolved into a freckling of pale dots excessively

minute, close-set, and numerous, on a ground of brown. I ob-

tained it between tide-marks at Weymouth, July Ist, 1853.

Class ZOOPHYTA.

Fam. Corynip& ?

Genus Spaprx (mihi). Root adhering, creeping for a short

distance. Stem free, very flexible, girt near its base by a mul-

titude of arborescent appendages, which bear berry-like ova.

Upper part of stem fleshy, covered with papillae. The name was

126 Mr. P. H. Gosse on new or little-known Marine Animals.

suggested by the resemblance which the animal bears to the

spadix of an Aroideous flower with its surrounding berries.

Spadiz purpurea (mihi). The Purple Spadix.

Height to $ths of an inch: root short, thick, yellow: ovarian

branches numerous, bearmg globular white ova: free stem,

spindle-shaped, covered with minute purple papillz intermingled

with a few white ones.

This curious form appears to be a zoophyte of the family Cory-

nide, or rather its affinities are closer with the members of that

family than of any other that I know of. The habit, the club-

shaped head, the motions, the manner in which the ova are

clustered, their position, and their appearance, all point towards

Coryne ; and the papille may be considered as so many ten-

tacles, representing the globe-headed organs of that genus, in-

creased in number but reduced in development.

A semicylindrical thread of a pale yellow tint, about half a

line in diameter, creeps along the surface of a stone for about

th of an inch, when it rises into a free stalk varying in length

from {th to ths of an inch, being very extensile and con-

tractile. A little way above the point of contact with the stone,

the stem sends forth on every side a great number of short

whitish branches with a dark core, which are again set with a

number of short branchlets. These processes bear the ova,

which stud their surface to the number of twenty or thirty on

each : they are white globules, looking like pearls, and of various

sizes, some minute, others comparatively large and conspicuous.

The largest are about ird of a line in diameter. One that spon-

taneously detached itself had a depression at one part of its

surface, where probably the point of connexion had been. The

upper part or body of the animal is spindle-shaped or clavate,

according to the degree of its extension ; it is covered with mi-

nute oval papille, which are crowded so closely that no inter-

space is visible. These are for the most part of a reddish

purple hue, with the tips deeper in tint, but isolated papille are

scattered all over the body, which are quite white.

The movements of this animal are vigorous and lively, consi.

dering its stationary habit. The ovarian branches are frequently

jerked about independently of each other ; the free body is ever

and anon tossed to and fro in the manner of Coryne; it is

lengthened and shortened at will with suddenness and rapidity,

and while the beholder is examining it with a lens, he is sur-

prised by seeing that there is yet another movement among the

papilla, one or two of which, in various parts of the body, are

now and then starting up with a jerk from their fellows into a

more erect position, and then lying down again. _

Mr, P. H. Gosse on new or little-known Marine Animals. 127

_I first found this zoophyte at Lulworth on the 8th of June,

and I have since obtained many other specimens at Weymouth.

On each occasion the locality and circumstances were the same ;

rocky ledges, at extreme low water, spring-tide.

Fam. AcTINIAD&.

Actinia miniata (mibi). The Scarlet Anemone.

_ Diameter to 1 inch when expanded. Disk broad, pale greenish

Bray, with radiating lines numerous and distinctly mottled with

tk brown. Generally a conspicuous white band occupies one

of the radiations. Tentacles numerous, in four rows, rather

short, conical; pellucid brown, with indistinct annulations of

pellucid dark brown and whitish ; the base of each tentacle has

two black and two bright white rigs more or less distinct,

alternating with each other. The outermost row of tentacles are

peculiar ; they consist of a sheath of pellucid brown hue, like the

others, but each is permeated by a thick core of orange or ver-

milion, very brilliant, much resembling the central gland in the

papilla of an Eolis. Sometimes the scarlet core is distinctly

separate from the pellucid walls of the tentacle, at other times,

in the same individual, it appears to fill the whole interior. In

some specimens this phenomenon is partially or wholly wanting.

Contracted, it forms a button of about the same diameter, va-

rying in degrees of depression or elongation, the base sometimes

irregularly lobulate. Colour, a fine orange-scarlet, occasionally

merging into purplish red towards the summit, studded with

large pale glands, which become confluent and form pale radia-

ting bands around the pursed mouth. Under a lens the scarlet

colour is seen to run in slender veined lines.

Found adhering to oysters and pectens brought in by the

trawlers: not uncommon. It may possibly be the immature

state of Act. parasitica.

Act. clavata (Thompson), var. rosea. The Weymouth Anemone.

A very fine specimen when fully expanded has the disk 1+ in.

and the tentacles } in. more on every side, making a diameter

of 24 inches. It is so diaphanous as to be almost colourless, the

disk showing clearly the conyoluted filaments in the septal divi-

sions. The tentacles are of a lovely rose-colour, studded with

transyersely-oyal specks of white ; they also are pellucid, and the

hue is therefore much diluted ; but when captured, they were

deep purplish pink or crimson.

The exterior surface is rough, with multitudinous sucking

glands, arranged in close-set_ perpendicular ridges of pale yellow

warts, with a crimson freckled skin showing between. Every

wart has a central crimson speck, and this seems constant; the

128 Mr. P. H. Gosse on new or little-known Marine Animals. |

warts, and therefore the red specks, are exceedingly numerous ;

at the margin, where they are most distinct, they rise into

rounded crenations.

This species was described by Mr. W. Thompson in the ‘ Zoo-

logist’ for 1851, and, as I believe, from a single specimen. The

name clavata is objectionable, as the tentacles are not clubbed,

though their tips are often curled up in a peculiar manner. I

will not, however, commit the robbery of depriving the discoverer

of his name, merely because I think I could find one more sig-

nificant. It is quite common on the rocky ledges, mhabiting

fissures and the deserted holes of boring Mollusca; but only at

very low water level. There are two very distinct’ varieties ; the

ordinary state has been described by the discoverer ; one more

beautiful, but somewhat less common, I have sketched above.

Iluanthos Mitchellii. The Scarlet Free-Anemone.

Length about 2 inches, greatest diameter 1 inch. The form

is stout, somewhat pear-shaped, thickening from the top for

about 3 inch, after which it gradually tapers to a blunt pomt at

the base, in the centre of which is a minute wrinkled disk, which

the animal does not appear to use as an adhesive sucker. The

upper part of the body is pale scarlet, the lower two-thirds flesh-

white, blotched with scarlet, the basal extremity scarlet.

The disk is very protrusile, not so wide as the body. In its

centre is a prominent mouth with two thick lips of rich scarlet,

toothed like that of a Caryophyllia. A ring of purplish black

surrounds the lips, which is succeeded by a wider circle of

white, and the remainder of the disk is pale red; the whole

marked with the usual radiating ridges. The tentacles are about

thirty-six, arranged in two complete rows; they are thick and

rather short, conical, and usually curled ; the bases of the two

rows are in contact, but the outer is a full sixth of an inch from

the margin, and the inner about as far from the base of the oral

cone. They are pellucid white, marked on their inner sides with

numerous alternate bands of opake-white and purple, sometimes

taking a diagonal direction. The tentacle that is opposite the

extremity of the linear mouth, on each side, is wholly dull pur-

ple, with pale bands almost obsolescent.

This very fine species was brought me by one of the Wey-

mouth trawlers: I have named it after D. W. Mitchell, Esq., the

able Secretary of the Zoological Society, in whose marine aqua-

rium the specimen itself is deposited.

I shall hope to continue this series of notes, as fresh observa-

tions occur to me, and in the meanwhile remain,

Your obedient servant,

P. H. Goss.

Weymouth, July 9th, 1853.

\ouueDre J. EL Gray on the Teeth of t..e Genus Mitra: 129

_... _XV.On the Teeth of the Genus Mitra, Lamarek.

By J. E. Gray, Ph.D., F.R.S., V.P.ZS. &e.

Tue greater the number of examples of the different genera of

Gasteropodous Mollusca I have been able to examine, the more I

am convinced of the importance of the characters afforded by the

teeth of these animals, both for arranging the species and genera

into natural groups and. characterizing them. The general re-

sults of my recent observations have been to verify the views I

haye from time to time published in this Journal on the subject.

Within the last few days, however, I have been enabled to exa-

mine the teeth of six species of the genus Mitra of Lamarck, and

with a very curious result. The teeth of each of the species are

very different, and, what is still more extraordinary, they belong

to three very different kinds: thus, Mitra Grenlandica is the only

one which has the single rachiglossal tooth of the Volutide, which

is like that of the Cymbiola Turneri in form.

» Mitra episcopalis, M. adusta, M. Ticaonica, and M. cucume-

rina, as belongimg to the restricted genus Mitra, have three series

of odontoglossal teeth like the family Fasciolariade. The broad

lateral teeth, which were alone figured by Quoy and Gaimard as

the teeth of the genus, are very uniform in shape and struc-

ture'in the different species ; while the central tooth of each offers

. considerable variation. In Mitra adusta it is narrow, and has

only a single, very long, hook-like apex, while in the other spe-

cies it is broader, with from five to eight teeth on its upper

Lastly, Mitra Caffra, which belongs to Montfort’s genus Turris,

has the three series of hamiglossal teeth of Muricide and Bue-

- This is another striking instance of the impossibility of’ ar-

ranging Gasteropodous Mollusca from the examination of the

shell alone.

The genus Mitra was peculiar before for having some species

with a distinct operculum, while the major part of them were

without one. Unfortunately I have not yet been able to examine

the teeth of an operculated species.

I may further observe, as connected with the family Vulutide,

that I have examined the proboscis of Mitra (Cylindra) Dactylus

without being able to discover any teeth, but this may have arisen

from the bad state of the specimen. The proboscis of this ani-

mal differs from the hard, smooth, rigid form of all the other

species I have seen, in being of a spongy texture and closely

covered with large conical warts externally.

Marginella (quinqueplicata) has a single rachiglossal series of

130 Bibliographical Notices.

teeth like Volutide, which are broad, lunate, with nine small,

conical, rather distant, transparent denticles on its front edge.

Voluta (Vespertilio) has a single series of three-toothed teeth on

the tongue like Yetus and Cymbium, but the central toothlet is

much longer than the lateral ones.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Systeme Silurien du Centre de la Bohéme. 1*° partie, Recherches

Paléontologiques. Trilobites, par J. BARRANDE. 2 vols. 4to.

Tue history of the paleeozoic formations, both as regards the deve-

lopment of the organic life of the period and the physical conditions

under which they were accumulated, appears almost to be more

clearly revealed to us than that of the more recent accumulations of

the later tertiary period. That a knowledge of the primeval fauna

of our planet should be invested with peculiar interest to the zoo-

geologist can scarcely be doubted, either in its relation to existing

nature, or as pointing out to us the peculiar types of the earliest

forms of animal existence. But few years have elapsed since a vast

portion of the earlier fossiliferous rocks were classed under the names

of greywacke and clay-slate, and were considered entirely destitute of

organic forms. Traces of them were, however, discovered in the

Scottish series by the acute geologist Hutton, and other observers,

as Lhwyd, &c., had also noticed them in some localities. From the

comparative rarity of the fossil organisms in the paleeozoic forma-

tions known at that period, they could not have been used as a

means of distinguishing the different members of the series, nor

indeed was the attempt made so to classify them ; for the great prin-

ciple of characteristic fossils, subsequently enunciated by W. Smith,

was applied chiefly to the secondary group of rocks. Little, how-

ever, was effected in the classification of these older greywacke rocks

until the border counties of England and Wales and a portion of the

Principality itself was made the special object of some years’ study

by Sir R. Murchison, who, ‘ par ses conquétes sur la nuit du temps,’’

first initiated us with a knowledge of the earlier paleeozoic epoch,

comprising the Silurian system. From that period the active re-

searches of geologists have demonstrated the existence of this grou

throughout large portions of the globe, characterized on the whole

by similar forms of organic life, although, as would naturally be

expected, modified in the subdivisions by local peculiarities. Since

the publication of the ‘Silurian System,’ large and expensive works on

the subject have been issued from the presses of America and Europe,

and Siluria seems to be singularly fortunate in the zeal and liberality

of her illustrators. Among the more remarkable and interesting is

the magnificent volume by M. Barrande. A native of France, and

formerly tutor to the Comte de Chambord, to whom the work is

dedicated, M. Barrande has, from circumstances, resided for twenty

years on the Silurian soil of Bohemia. Commencing his researches

Bibliographical Notices. 131

in 1830 on the so-called “ transition series,” he was further stimu-

lated in 1840 by the perusal of the ‘Silurian System,’ and his

labours assumed a definite plan.

_ Those only who are conversant with the country, or will peruse

the volume, can form any idea of the zeal and energy requisite for

overcoming the difficulties of exploring this district, and the labour

and great pecuniary outlay necessary for accumulating the treasures

of this portion of the ancient Silurian fauna. Independently of his

own explorations over the whole district with a view of finding the

fossiliferous localities, whether in worked quarries, in ravines, or on

the weathered surfaces of rocks, M. Barrande trained under his own

eye and practically instructed a number of intelligent workmen (fur-

nishing them with the necessary implements) for the more effectual

ing out his researches at different points, and who became so

habituated to, and interested in, the employment, that scarcely the

bo of an organism was ever lost. ;

‘The following table will show the numerical result of species ob-

tained during these researches :—

Genera. Species.

VERTEBRATA........ Fishes. ....... Piston. 1

grote its... Sasa 5 i 252

ARTICULATA ........ { she ot | Bae 25 to 30

Various’......: BFS 4

Cephalopods.. 10 .... 270 to 280

Pierepods se. 2388 22°00. 25 30

Gasteropods .. ? .... 140 to 150

Mo.uuvusca tre wae Brachiopods te ? 180 to 200

Acephala .... ? 140 to 150

Bryozoa...... 3 22 to 25

Echinoderms . . ? 25 to 30

RapiaTa ee were ee twee Zoophytes ee ? 50 to 60

“From the the above it appears there are 1200 species of fossils

from the Bohemian basin, averaging about eighty miles in length and

thirty in width, a sufficient dish for any Silurian gourmand. The

mere accumulation of such fossil treasures might be sufficient ; but

when the labour necessary for the determination of so many species

is further considered, we must admire the industry of the author, and

we are well aware of the conscientious care with which the whole has

been effected. For (unlike some zoo-geologists, who centred in or

satisfied with the narrow limits of their own knowledge and locality,

not looking for determinations or comparisons elsewhere) M. Bar-

rande has, with the true spirit of a scientific man, entered into cor-

respondence with those naturalists who could assist him, and even

visited many localities, this country in particular, with a view of per-

sonally comparing the Bohemian fossils with the published types, as

well as with those not yet figured*. The present volume, with the

* Particularly the collection of the Geological Survey, with the kind

co-operation of Prof. E. Forbes, and the important assistance of Mr. J. W.

Salter’s practical knowledge, who has made the palzozoic fauna his especial

study.

132 Bibliographical Notices.

atlas, (containing the Trilobites, ) is only the first portion of the work,

which will be followed by two more (containing the Cephalopods, &c.),

forming a complete history of the Silurian system of Bohemia. The

text, consisting of more than 900 pages, is devoted (with the exce

tion of the historical introduction and geological sketch) to detai

connected with the determination of the family of Trilobites, and is

illustrated by nearly 2000 carefully engraved figures of all the forms

and varieties assumed by the different species.

The Historical introduction gives a chronological list of all the

authors who have contributed to the knowledge of the paleeozoic

formation of the centre of Bohemia, with an analysis of their respect-

ive merits and the points of special interest furnished by each writer.

The Geological sketch, which is merely preliminary to a more

detailed one to be given in the third volume, is inserted for the pur-

pose of enabling the reader to understand the position of the stratum

indicated for each species.

The Silurian rocks of Bohemia are divided by M. Barrande into

an upper and lower system, of four stages each, reposing on one

another, and having a conformable stratification, the lower group,

A-D, being chiefly siliceous and argillaceous, the upper, EH

mostly calcareous, and reposing on a trappean base and schists with .

Graptolites.

Upper Division.

H. Argillaceous schists, containing but few fossils.

G. Argillaceous limestone, with 10 genera and 40 species of Tri-

lobites, 10 Brachiopoda, 6 genera and 10 species of Cephalopods.

F. Mostly calcareous; 10 genera and 75 species of Trilobites,

8 genera and 109 species of Brachiopoda, 6 genera and 26 species of

Cephalopods.

E. Trappean and schistose rocks; 17 genera and 78 species of Tri-

lobites ; 22 genera and 220 species of Cephalopods ; 65 species of

Brachiopods.

Lower Division.

D. Quartzites and schistose rocks; 23 genera and 61 species of

Trilobites ; also Cephalopods, Brachiopods, &c.

C. Protozoie schists, argillaceous schists, with 7 genera and 25

species of Trilobites ; other forms very rare.

A, B. Azoic series, chiefly crystalline and argillaceous schists and

conglomerates.

The divisions C to H are distinguished from one another, (1) by

a marked predominance of families or different classes in each of the

superposed stages; (2) in having a very small number of species.

common to two or more stages.

The paleontological contrast consists principally in the occurrence

of certain genera exclusively characteristic of the lower division C, D,

as Paradoxides, Conocephalus, Ellipsocephalus, Sao, Agnostus, Asa-

phus, &e.; also in the development of certain other types, as I/lenus

and Ampyz, which scarcely pass the limits of this division.

The upper division, E~H, presents other genera which in Bohemia

Bibliographical Notices. 133

do not occur in the lower, as Harpes, Bronteus, Proétus, Deiphon,

Phragmoceras, Ascoceras, Trochoceras, and Cardiola, &e. We may

remark, however, that in the genera common to the two divisions, the

ies present considerable modification of form. Thus, in dedaspis,

ie yaecics belonging to the lower division have ten or more thoracic

segments, while those of the upper possess only nine. Other specific

modifications are presented in the genera Cheirurus and Ampyz,

which are also found in both divisions.

Decided as is the line of demarcation between the two great divi-

sions, by the outburst and spreading over of a vast mass of trappean

matter at the termination of the lower division, yet a curious fact is

recorded by M. Barrande, in the local appearance or colony of fifty-

seven species belonging to the third fauna E, within the limits of the

second or lower fauna D. This colony of species, limited in extent,

appears therefore to have survived, either by migration or otherwise,

e causes which effected the extinction of the whole lower fauna

with which it is intercalated.

- Of the three successive Silurian faunas, defined by the distribution

of the genera of Trilobites, the lower or primordial one C, contains

only one genus, Agnostus, which passes into the second, and that

aiter different specific forms. This group corresponds to the Olenus

schists of the Malverns, and the Lingula beds of Merionethshire, &c.

In England, according to Mr. Salter, “‘ Agnostus is generally charac-

teristic, not of the first, but of the second zone or true Llandeilo

flags.”’ In the second fauna D, the genera of Trilobites have attained

their maximum development; some are peculiar to it, others have

reached their numerical specific maximum, and a third set have

their greatest development in the superior fauna. Associated with

these are numerous Cephalopods, Brachiopods, Pteropods and Ace-

phala, which have a very unequal geographical distribution. This

group appears to be the equivalent of the Llandeilo and Bala beds of

N. Wales.

These two faunas may be regarded as only subsections of the

lower division, and this appears to be the opinion of Mr. Salter, who,

from an examination of the British localities, states, “It may perhaps

be necessary hereafter to modify the conclusions drawn by so able

and successful an observer as M. Barrande, as to the primordial and

isolated character of his earliest fossil group; it may be a local, and

not a general. phenomenon.” The third fauna E-H, forming the

upper division and equivalent to the Upper Silurian, contains many

genera of the second fauna, but the assemblage of the specific forms

and their characters are very different. Here, however, the species

of Trilobites, and not the genera, attain their maximum.

The upper limits of this fauna, or its relation to the Devonian, are

perhaps not distinctly defined, although M. Barrande states that Silu-

rian Trilobitic types range throughout, accompanied by Brachiopoda,

Gasteropoda, &c. In a previous memoir on the Brachiopoda, by

M. Barrande, we thought we had recognized many forms very ana-

logous to, if not identical with, Devonian species of other districts ;

this, however, is a subject for further inquiry.

134. Bibliographical Notices.

Although a unity may pervade the Silurian system as a whole,

yet that the members comprising it may present a diversity is aly

shown by comparing the local faunas, in their relation to the epoc

at which each class has attained its development, in different countries.

Thus, ‘‘ The Cephalopods have flourished in the Silurian seas of -

N. America, Russia and Sweden, during the deposition of the lower

division, scarcely a trace of them being found in the equivalent strata

of England and Bohemia; these mollusks, however, abound in the

upper division of these latter countries, becoming rare at the same

epoch in Russia and N. America. England and Bohemia present

another contrast in the Brachiopoda. In the former country this

class attained its maximum towards the dase of the upper division

or Wenlock stage, while the Cephalopods abounded in the superior

Ludlow beds. The reverse has happened in Bohemia, where the

maximum of the Cephalopods is found in group E, and that of the

Brachiopods at a higher level in group F.’’ In comparing, however,

the geognostical and paleontological characters, there is a general

resemblance between the two great divisions of the Silurian strata of

Bohemia and those of the typical district of England, France, Sweden,

Russia, and N. America.

The Paleontological portion, which forms the chief part of the

volume, is full of most curious and instructive data, and is divided

into two parts, the first comprising the special study of the different

parts and elements of Trilobites, with an essay on their classification ;

the second contains a detailed description of the genera and species

found in Bohemia.

The first portion is treated in a series of sections, of which the

following are the most important :—The form and principal parts of

the body of Trilobites (illustrated in plate 1) ;—the elements com-

posing the head (pls. 2 & 3), as the glabella, the sutures, the eyes

(pl. 3), their form and proportion, the cheeks or lateral lobes, the

hypostome and epistome ;—the elements of the thorax, as the form

of the thoracic segments and their articulation, the two types of the

pleura (illustrated in pls. 4-6), the number of segments, the power

of coiling up, and the value of the characters furnished by it ;—the

elements of the pygidium, its form, axis, lateral lobes, and contour ;—

nature and ornaments of the shell of Trilobites ;—metamorphosis and

mode of existence of Trilobites ;—the distribution of them, both as re-

gards their vertical and horizontal diffusion, and which is graphically

illustrated in pls. 50 & 51.

Among the protean forms of Trilobites, the Sao hirsuta appears

the most remarkable. First described in 1846, its numerous synonyms

would lead us to infer that it had passed through all the vacillations

of an older palzontological nomenclature, for it rejoices in more

names than would laden the heart of a Spanish Hidalgo. It has

been assigned to no less than twelve genera and twenty-two species ;

but the minute researches of M. Barrande have clearly proved that

between the embryonic state, which is simply a flattened disk with a

body axis, and the head and thorax not distinct, to the adult form

with nineteen articulations, this Trilobite has passed through eighteen

Bibliographical Notices. 135

different degrees of development, to each of which a distinct name

has been given.

Without proceeding with further details on the many interesting

points treated of, we may cordially recommend this work to the

student of palzeozoic geology, not only as illustrating a chapter of

its history, but from the fact that the Trilobites play an important

part in the Silurian fauna. The naturalist also, interested in the

study of the Articulata, will here observe the frequent anomalies that

are found in the arrangement of the elements of the bodies of these

ancient crustaceans, compared to the regularity of the law recog-

nized among the modern forms,—presenting an important suggestive

subject, and which must not be forgotten in the great question re-

rding the successive development of this group of animals. We

may therefore hope that the zoological interest, which has long ex-

isted respecting the Trilobites, will be still further excited by the

great variety of new facts observed in the Bohemian species.

Popular Physical Geology. By J. B. Juxes, F.R.S. 12mo.

Reeve and Co., London, 1853.

This volume forms part of a series of useful works on Natural Science,

and is intended to convey, in a popular manner, the general principles

of physical geology. The author, who is well acquainted with prac-

tical field geology, does not pretend to have given much original

matter, in the sense of new facts, the object being to describe the

common facts and principles of geology, in a clear and concise manner,

without entering too much into the detail of the observations by

which those facts have been discovered, or on which those principles

have been established. In this respect he has somewhat succeeded,

treating the subject with a freshness and spirit, and showing that

‘geology is not a mere dall and barren disquisition on the nature

and composition of rocks and stones, but has become incidentally, as

it were, the opening to a full, rich, and varied history of the earth,

embodying the labours of the naturalist, the chemist, and the physi-

cist,—of all who study the living beings that people it, the consti-

tution of the matter that composes it, or the laws of force that act

upon it—into one great harmonious whole.’ The first part of the

work contains the elementary facts and principles, and is followed

by a general sketch of the series of stratified rocks. The subject of

the formation of sand, gravel, clay, &c., is clearly and concisely

treated, and it is well observed, that he who thoroughly understands

the origin and nature of common sand, has made no despicable com-

mencement in the study of the science. We could have forgiven

the author, had he ventured a little more into the domain of

palzeontology, when treating of the stratified rocks, for it has become

so essential a part of geology, that some acquaintance with it is

necessary, just as a knowledge of chemistry and mineralogy are

ually useful to the student of the crystalline and volcanic rocks.

The rie ey plates are artistic, and illustrative of some prin-

cipal features in physical geology.

136 Royal Institution.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ROYAL INSTITUTION OF GREAT BRITAIN,

May 13, 1853.—The Duke of Northumberland, K.G., F.R.S., Presi-

dent, in the Chair.

On some New Points in British Geology. By Prof. Eywarp Fores,

F.R.S., President of the Geological Society. :

Not many years ago it used to be said, that the geology of England

was done, and yet the best investigated localities are constantly

affording fresh discoveries. When the Lecturer last year exhibited

Captain Ibbetson’s beautiful and accurate model of Whitecliff Bay in

the Isle of Wight, in illustration of his views respecting the distribu-

tion of species in time, he had not the slightest suspicion that this

particular locality, so often and apparently so thoroughly explored,

could yield new results and new interpretations. Nevertheless,

having had occasion, at the suggestion of Sir Henry De la Beche,

to examine the tertiary strata of the Isle of Wight for the purposes

of the Geological Survey of Great Britain, this very bay of White-

cliff proved to be a rich source of novel geological information.

Moreover, a great portion of the Isle of Wight, on further examina-

tion, turned out to belong to a division of the older tertiaries, that

had never been demonstrated to exist within the British Islands.

As a general statement of these resulis and of their bearings may be

more intelligible to non-professional lovers of geology than the de-

tailed memoirs about to be published on the subject, Professor

Forbes has taken this opportunity of communicating them to the

Members of the Royal Institution.

The Isle of Wight is divided into two portions by a great chalk

ridge running east and west. This is the ridge of vertical chalk

beds. To the north of it, the country is composed of tertiary, to the

south, of older strata, as far down in the geological scale as the

Wealden. The Lower Greensand or Neocomian beds occupy the

greater part of the surface of the southern division, and freak eit

tertiaries that of the northern. At Alum Bay, on the west, and

Whitecliff Bay, on the east, the ends of the older tertiary strata, as

they rise above the chalk, are seen truncated and upturned, being all

affected by the movement which caused the verticality of the chalk.

These tertiaries constitute the following groups, successively enu-

merated in ascending order: the Plastic clay, the Bognor series (equi-

valents of the true London clay), the Bracklesham series, and the

Barton series, upon which lie the Headon Hill sands, and those

freshwater strata that spreading out form the gently undulating

country, extending from near the base of the chalk ridge to the sea.

Owing to the sections at Headon Hill near Alum Bay being so

clear and conspicuous, and their position being in the loftiest ter-

tiary hill that exhibits its internal structure in the island, the fresh-

water and fluvio-marine beds which compose that elevation have

long attracted attention and have been described by many observers,

Royal Institution. 1387

the first of whom was the late Professor Webster. The apparent

slight inclination of these beds, as seen in the Headon section;

except at the point where they are suddenly curved in conformity

with the verticality of the chalk and the beds immediately above it,

to have led geologists to the notion that the fluvio-marine

portion of the Isle of Wight was composed entirely of continuations

of the beds forming Headon Hill. Two observers only suspected

a discrepancy, viz. Mr. Prestwich, who, in a short communication to

the British Association at Southampton, expressed his belief that

Hempstead Hill, near Yarmouth, would prove to be composed of

strata higher than those of Headon ; and the Marchioness of Hastings,

who, haying given much time to the search for the remains of fossil

tebrata. in the tertiaries of the Isle of Wight and Hordwell,

declared her conyiction that these remains belonged to distinct

species, according as they were collected at Hordwell, Hempstead,

and Ryde, and that these three localities could not, as was usually

derstood, belong to the same set of strata. The recently pub-

lished monograph of the pulmoniferous mollusks of the English

Eocene Tertiaries, by Mr. Frederic Edwards, afforded also indications

of the shells therein so well described and figured having been col-

lected in strata of more than one age.

_ A few days’ labour at the west end of the island convinced Pro-

fessor Forbes that the surmises alluded to were likely to prove true,

and that the structure of the north end of the island had been in the

main misunderstood. After four months’ constant work at both

extremities and along the intermediate country, he succeeded in

making out the true succession of beds, with most novel and gratifying

results.. During this work he was greatly aided by his colleague, Mr.

Bristow, and by Mr. Gibbs, an indefatigable and able collector

attached to. the Geological Survey.

The freshwater strata of Whitecliff Bay proved to be wholly mis-

interpreted. Instead of their being constituted out of the Headon

Hill strata only, more than a hundred feet thickness of them are

additional beds characterized by peculiar fossils, and resting upon a

marine stratum that overlies the Bembridge limestone, the equiva-

lent of which at Headon is a soft concretionary calcareous marl,

scarcely visible except in holes among the grass immediately under

the gravel on the summit of the hill.

The beds of the true Headon series, in fact, are all included in the

subyertical portion of the Whitecliff sections and are there present

in their full thickness, They are succeeded by peculiar strata of

intermediate character, for which the name of St. Helen’s beds is

proposed, and which become so important near Ryde that they con-

stitute a valuable building stone. The Bembridge limestone that

lies above is the same with the Binstead limestone near Ryde, out

of which were procured the remains of quadrupeds of the genera

Anoplotherium, Paleotherium, &c., identical with those found in the

gypsiferous beds of Montmartre. The Sconce limestone near Yar-

mouth is also the same, and none of these limestones are identical.

with any of those conspicuous among the fluvio-marine strata. at

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 10

138 Royal Institution.

Headon Hill, and with which they have hitherto been confounded.

They are far above them, and are distinguished by distinct and pecu-

liar fossils.

Almost all the country north of the chalk ridge, exclusive of the

small strip occupied by the marine Eocenes, is composed of marls

higher in the series than any of the Headon Hill beds, and hitherto

wholly undistinguished, except in the Whitecliff section, where the

age and relative position had been entirely mistaken. These are the

Bembridge marls of Professor Forbes. Above them are still higher

beds preserved only in two localities, viz. at Hempstead Hill, to the

west of Yarmouth, and in the high ground at Parkhurst. For these

the name of Hempstead series is proposed. Their characteristic

fossils are very distinct, and the highest bed of the series is

marine. These beds prove to be identical with the Limburg or

Tongrien beds of Belgium and with the Grés de Fontainebleau

series in France. We thus get a definite horizon for comparison

with the Continent, and are enabled to show, that instéad of our

English series of Eocene tertiaries being incomplete in its upper

stages as compared with those of France and Belgium, it is really

the most complete section in Europe, probably in the world. We

are enabled by it to correct the nomenclature used on the Continent.

and to prove that the so-called Lower Miocene formations of France

and Germany are in true sequence with the Eocene strata, and are

linked with them both stratigraphically and by their organic contents.

We are also enabled to refer, with great probability, the so-called

Miocene tertiaries of the Mediterranean basin, of Spain and Por-

tugal,—those of the well-known Maltese type—to their true posi-

tion in the series, and to place them on a horizon with the Tongrien

division of the Eocenes. As these Maltese beds are unconformable,

and evidently long subsequent to the deposition of the great num-

mulitic formation, we are enabled to assign an approximate limit

to the estimate of the latest age of that important series. From

well-marked analogies we get at a probable date even for the Au-

stralian tertiaries. Thus the deciphering of the true structure of a

small portion of the British Islands can throw fresh light upon the

conformation of vast and far-apart regions. 2

The peculiar undulatory contour of the surface of the fluvio-marine

portion of the Isle of Wight is due to the gentle rolling of these

beds in two directions, one parallel with the strata of the chalk ridge,

and the other at right angles to it. The valleys and hills running

northwards to the sea depend upon the synclinal and anticlinal

curves of the latter system of rolls, a fact hitherto unnoticed, and

the non-recognition of which has probably been one cause of the

erroneous interpretation of the structure of the Isle of Wight,

hitherto received. The truncations of these curves along the coast

of the Solent exhibit at intervals beautiful and much neglected

sections, well worthy of careful study. There is one of these

sections near Osborne. Her Majesty’s residence stands upon a

geological formation hitherto unrecognized in Britain. Near West

Cowes there are several fine sections along the shore. The total

Zoological Society. 139

thickness of unclassified strata in the Isle of Wight is 400 feet,

if not more, and within this range are at least two distinct sets of

organic remains. The fluvio-marine beds in all, including the Headon

series, are very nearly 600 feet thick.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

May 27, 1851.—W. Yarrell, Esq., V.P.L.S., in the Chair.

DescrieTioN OF NEW LAND SHELLS FROM THE COLLECTION

or H. Cumine, Ese. By Dr. L. Preirrer.

1. Hetrx aupeparont, Pfr. A. testd imperforatd, conoideo-

globosd, soliduld, nitidd, castaneo-fulvd, strigis saturatioribus

confertis ornatd ; spird conoided, apice obtusiusculd, albidd ; an-

Sractibus 5 converis, summis granulatis, ultimis irregulariter

rugoso-striatis, ultimo inflato, antic? deflexo ; columella perdeclivi,

subarcuatd, latd, pland, albd ; aperturd perobliqud, truncato-ovali,

intus ceruled, nitidd.; peristomate incrassato, subreflexo, albo.

Diam. maj. 48, min. 39, alt. 35 mill.

Hab. St. Domingo (Sallé).

2. Hewrx auperstana, Pfr. H. testd umbilicatd, subturbinato-

depressd, tenui, acute et confertim costatd, diaphand, rufo-corned ;

spird subturbinatd, apice acutd ; anfractibus 44 conve.ts, celeriter

accrescentibus, ultimo antice deflero, bast juxta umbilicum an-

guste constricto ; aperturd perobliqud, lunato-ovali; peristomate

tenui, marginibus subconniventibus, dextro breviter expanso, colu-

mellari dilatato, reflexo, intus plicd obliqud, dentiformi munito.

Diam. maj. 143, min. 12, alt. 83 mill.

Hab. St. fousgo (Sallé).

3. Heix pupescens, Pfr. 4H. testd angustissime umbilicatd,

depressd, tenui, pilis mollibus, brevibus, confertis pubescente, dia-

phand, lutescente ; spird vir convexd, obtusd ; anfractibus 5, con-

veviusculis, ultimo subrotundato, altiore quam lato, non descen-

dente ; aperturd vir obliqud, rotundato-lunari; peristomate sim-

plice, recto, margine columellari supern? breviter reflexo.

Diam. maj. 11, min. 10, alt. 6 mill.

Hab. St. Domingo (Sallé).

4. Hevix Levcornarne, Pfr. H. testé anguste umbilicatd,

depresso-turbinatd, subtilissime striatuld, diaphand, luteo-corned,

fascid angustd, cretaced, ad suturam ornatd ; spird subturbinatd,

apice obtusiusculd ; anfractibus 6 planiusculis, ultimo conveviore,

non descendente, basi subplanato ; aperturd vix obliqud, lunari;

peristomate simplice, recto, margine columellari reflexiusculo.

Diam. maj. 10, min. 9, alt. 6 mill.

Hab. St. Domingo (Sallé).

5. SuccCINEA DOMINICcENsts, Pfr. S. testd ovali, soliduld, sub-

striatd, corneo-albidd, punctis corneis irregulariter aspersd ; spird

comcd, acutd; anfractibus 34 convexis, summis corneis, ultimo

10*

— er oe

140 Zoological Society.

% longitudinis equante ; columelld subcallosd, vir recedente ; aper-

turd pariim obliqud, ovali, subregulari, superne viz angulatd.

Long. 114, diam. 7, alt. fere 6 mill. Apert. 7} mill. longa, medio

4} lata.

Hab. St. Domingo (Sallé).

6. Buximus movusson1, Pfr. B. testd perforatd, oblongo-conicd,

sublevigatd (lineis impressis spiralibus obsoletis notatd), nitiduld,

albd, fasciis sub 5, roseis ornatd; spird conicd, apice acutd, rubra;

anfractibus 6, subplanis, ultimo spird pauld breviore; columelld

arcuatd, superné subtortd; aperturd oblongo-ovali, intus concolore;

peristomate simplice, recto, margine columellari fornicatim reflexo.

Long. 26, diam. 12 mill. Apert. 12 mill. longa, 7 lata.

Hab. St. Domingo (Sallé).

Next allied to B. Hondurasanus, Pfr.

7. ACHATINA DUNKERI, Pfr. A. testd turritd, tenuiusculd, levi-

gatd, pellucidd, nitidd, fulvescente ; spird elongatd, apice obtusd ;

suturd impressd, marginatd, obsolete crenulatd ; anfractibus 9, vie

conveviusculis, ultimo 4 longitudinis non attingente; columella

arcuatd, alte et subverticaliter truncata ; aperturd subtriangulari-

semiovali ; peristomate simplice, margine dextro antrorsum ar-

cuato.

Long. 28, diam. 7 mill. Apert. 9 mill. longa, medio 4 lata.

Hab. St. Domingo (Sa//é).

8. ACHATINA IMPRESSA, Pfr. A. testd oblongo-turritd, tenui,

levigatd, lineis impressis longitudinalibus irregulariter notatd,

fulvidd ; spird turritd, apice acutiusculd ; suturd impressd, sub-

marginatd ; anfractibus 6} planis, ultimo 2 longitudinis sub-

@quante ; columellé arcuatd, basi abrupte truncataé; apertura

obliqud, sinuato-ovali ; peristomate simplice, margine dextro basi

recedente.

Long. 83, diam. 22 mill. Apert. 3 mill. longa, medio 1} lata.

Hab. St. Domingo (Sallé).

9. Bates pominicensis, Pfr. B, testd subperforatd, sinistrorsd,

turritd, sublevigatd, nitidd, olivaceo-corned ; spird regulariter

attenuata, apice acuté; anfractibus 12, convezis, ultimo infra me-

dium subangulato ; apertura verticali, subovali ; peristomate sim-

plice, recto, margine columellari verticali, breviter reflexo.

Long.113, diam.3 mill. Apert.23 mill. longa, 13 lata. (An adult.?)

Hab. St. Domingo (Sallé).

10. CyLINDRELLA MONILIFERA, Pfr. C. testd subrimatd, ob-

longd, soliduldé, truncatd, confertissime et arcuatim costulato-

striatd ; opacd, sordidé albidéd ; suturd impressd, nodulis albidis

subdistantibus notatd ; anfractibus (superst.) 9, convexis, ultimo

non soluto, basi subacute carinato ; aperturd oblique subcirculari,

ad carinam canaliculatd ; peristomate albo, reflexiusculo-expanso,

superne appresso.

Long. 19, diam. supra medium 6 mill. Apert. cum peristomate

oblique 5 mill. longa, 43 lata.

Hab. St. Domingo (Sallé).

a re

al cell

Zoological Society. 141

11. Cy~rnpreLia ApDAmMSIANA, Pfr. C. testd vir rimatd, ob-

longo-pupiformi, truncatd, nitidd, conferte striato-punctata, albidd,

corned, irregulariter strigatd et variegatd ; suturd lineari, albo-

crenulatd ; anfractibus (superst.) 8—9, planis, ultimo angustiore,

non soluto, basi cristd compressd, obtusd munito; aperturd viz

obligud, subcirculari, ad cristam subcanaliculatd ; peristomate

albo, breviter expanso-reflexo, superné interrupto.

Long. 14-153, diam. 5 mill. Apert. 4} mill. longa et lata.

Hab. St. Domingo (Sallé).

12. CyLINDRELLA SALLEANA, Pfr. C. testd non rimatd, cylin-

draced, gracili, truncatd, oblique confertissime costulato-striatd,

nitidd, pallide fuscescente, vel rufo-fuscd ; anfractibus (superst.)

17-18, vie convexiusculis, ultimo angustiore, basi carind com-

pressd, acutd munito, antrorsum breviter porrecto; aperturd sub-

obliqud, rhombeo-rotundatd, ad carinam distincte canaliculatd ;

peristomate albo, nitido, undique refleriusculo-expanso.

. 27, diam. (prope basin) 5 mill. Apert. cum peristomate 42

mill. longa et lata.

Hab. St. Domingo (Sallé).

13. CyLINDRELLA GOULDIANA, Pfr. (C. testd vir subrimatd, tur-

ritd, truncatd, confertissimeé costulato-striatd, sericed, pallide cor-

ned; suturd impressd, subdenticulatd; anfractibus (superst.) 9,

convexiusculis, ultimo soluto, antrorsum breviter descendente, basi

subcompresso ; aperturd subobliqud, fere circulari, latere dextro

subangulatd ; peristomate albo, undique breviter expanso.

Long. 10, diam. 21 mill. Apert. 2 mill. longa et lata.

Hab. St. Domingo (Sal/é).

14. Cyctosroma orsienyi, Pfr. C. testd subperforatd, elongato-

pupoided, solidd, confertim arcuato-striatd, rubello-fulvd ; spird

subcylindricd, sensim attenuatd, apice conicd; suturd profundd ;

anfractibus 8 vix convezis, penultimo lato, ultimo fascid lata vio-

laced, antrorsum evanescente, ornato, basi cristd compressd, ob-

tusd munito; aperturd circulari; peristomate incrassato, subre-

flexo, superne appresso, infra cristam anfractibus penult. subex-

ciso. Operculum tenue, albidum, extus concavum, arctispirum.

‘Long. 27, diam. 9 mill.

{. Unicolor virenti-fulvum.

y- Minus, interdum omnino violaceum, anfractibus convexioribus.

Hab. St. Domingo (Sallé).

15. Hexicrna versicotor, Pfr. H. testa depressa, tenui, levi-

gatd, citrind, sepe viridi variegatd, suturd vel vertice purpureo ;

spird parim elevatd, obsolete papillatd ; anfractibus 4%, planius-

culis, rapide accrescentibus, ultimo lato, subdepresso, antic? viz

descendente ; aperturd diagonali, subtriangulari-semiovali ; colu-

melld breviseiiad, callum crassum, semicircularem, nitidum, album

emittente ; peristomate breviter expanso, margine basali subreflexo,

immediate in columellam continuato. Operculum tenue, submem-

branaceum, castaneum, gf pe columellari et nucleo pallidis.

Diam. maj. 8, min. 62, alt. 5} mill.

Hab, St. Domingo (Sallé).

142 Zoological Society.

16. Hexicina pominicensis, Pfr. H. testd globoso-conicd, so-

liduld, concentricé confertim striatd, pariim nitidd, albidd, luteo-

vel fulvo-zonatd ; spird conicd, acuta ; anfractibus 6, planiusculis,

suturd profundd junctis, ultimo conveviore, vie descendente ; colu-

melld brevissimd, basi denticulatd, callum emittente tenuem, vix

circumscriptum ; aperturd parim obliqud, semiovali ; peristomate

acuto, subrecto. Operculum tenue, testaceum, carneum, margine

columellari elevato.

Diam. maj. 64, min. 53, alt. 5 mill.

Hab. St. Domingo (Sallé).

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF TROCHID.

By Artuur Apams, R.N., F.L.S. ere.

Genus Trocuus, Linn.—Pyramidea, sp. Swains.

1. Trocaus Cuminen, A. Adams. 7. testd turrito-conied, vio-

laced, maculis viridibus pulcherrimé pictd ; anfractibus planis,

cingulis granorum moniliformibus ornatis, inferne nodoso-pli-

catis, anfractu ultimo angulato, peripherid radiatim nodo-spi-

nosd, basi concavd, cingulis granulosis, insculptd, centro pro-

Sunde excavato umbilicum simulante ; columella superné tor-

tuosd, basi dente terminatd; aperturd tetragond; labro intus

lirato.

Hab. Sibonga, island of Zebu, under stones at low water (H. C.).

Mus. Cuming.

2. Trocuus rastigiatus, A. Adams. 7’. testd conicd, imper-

foratd, rubrd, maculis albis longitudinalibus variegatd; an-

Sractibus planis, in medio concavis, superné cingulis tribus

nodulorum ornatis, ad suturam nodis subspinosis instructis,

basi pland, concentricé liratd ; liris crenulatis ; columella pos-

tice canaliculatd, antice truncatd ; labro in medio angulato.

Hab. 2

Genus Pyramis, Chemn.

Tectus, Montf.—Pyramidea, sp. Swains.

1. Pyramis ARCHITECTONICUS, A. Adams. P. testd conicd,

imperforatd, albidd; anfractibus planis, subimbricatis, longi-

tudinaliter costatis, costis crassis, rotundis, subnodosis, basi

pland, liris concentricis exaratd; columella brevi, tortuosd,

anticé truncatd ; labro margine fimbriato.

Hab. Signet Bay, North Australia (Dring).

2. Pyramis LEucoGASTER, A. Adams. FP. testd conicd, im-

perforatd ; spird acutd, in medio tumidd, albd, viridi variegatd ;

anfractibus planulatis, longitudinaliter corrugatis, transversim

cingulis nodulosis ornatis, ad suturam nodis sulcatis fimbriatis,

basi pland, albd, concentricé suleatd ; columella brevi, valde tor-

tuosd ; labro anticé intus lirato.

Hab. ?

Se COT ne eg en at a a ee oe ee

eee see

Zoological Society. 143

Genus InrunpisuLUM, Montf.—Carinidea, Swains.

1. InFUuNDIBULUM CHLOROMPHALUs, A. Adams. I. testd de-

presso-conicd, pseudo-umbilicatd, viridi, atro-purpureo punc-

tatd; anfractibus planis, cingulis confertis granorum ornaté,

basi concavd, cingulis inequalibus articulatis insculptd, regione

umbilicali infundibuliformi, intus viridi ; columelld superné

tortuosd, tuberculaté.

ao -—t

2. InFuNpIBULUM CaLirornicum, A. Adams. JI. testd de-

presso-conicd, pseudo-umbilicatd, albidd, viridi rufoque varie-

gatd; anfractibus planis, supra angulatis, ultimo angulato,

eingulis tuberculorum subdistantium multiformium ornatd ;

interstitiis longitudinaliter obliqué costatis, basi concavd, cin-

gulis confertis crenulatis insculptd, regione umbilicali infundi-

buliformi, viridi, lined albd elevatd cinctd; columelld superné

tortuosd, tuberculatd.

Hab. California.

Genus Potyponta, Schumacher.—Lamprostoma, Swains.

1. PotyponTAa GrpBERuULA, A. Adams. P. testdé elevato-conicd,

in medio gibbosd, anfractu ultimo angustato ; albidd, lineis roseis

flammulatis radiatim picta ; anfractibus subconvezis, cingulis gra-

nosis transversis ornatd, ultimo obtuse angulato; basi convexi-

usculd, alba, fasciis roseis radiatim pictd ; centro excavato, umbi-

licum mentiente’; columella supern? solutd, margine tuberculo-den-

ticulato ; labro intus lirato, inferné denticulato.

Hab. Philippines.

2. PotyponTa pauutipuLa, A. Adams. P. testd elevato-conicd,

albidd, maculis luteolis picta ; anfractibus planis, cingulis tuber-

culorum ornatd, tuberculis inferné in costas excurrentibus, basi

converd, cingulis granosis ornatd, cavitate contortd umbilicum

simulante ; columella superné solutd, margine tuberculato-dentato ;

labro intus lirato, inferne denticulato.

Hab. ?

3. PoLtypontTa corruGaTA, A. Adams. P. testd elevato-conicd,

albida, rufo-fusco variegata ; anfractibus planiusculis, sulcis trans-

versis, sulcisque obliquis nodoso-reticulatis, inferne oblique costa-

tis, costis nodosis ornatis ; basi planiusculd, in medio concavd, ex-

cavatd, umbilicum mentiente ; columelld superné solutdé, margine

tuberculato-dentato ; labro intus lirato, inferne denticulato.

Hab. ?

4. PotyponTa squamicrera, A. Adams. P. testd elato-

conicd, albidd, cinereo-viridi radiatim pictd ; anfractibus planius-

culis, cingulis granulorum tribus ornatis, inferne oblique costatis,

costis in spinis squamiformibus excurrentibus, basi plané striis

granosis, fasciisque rufo-viridibus ornatd, centro excavato umbili-

cum simulante, intus albo lineis elevatis cincto ; apertura lineis

acutis elevatis, transversis in faucibus instructd.

Hab. ?

144 Zoological Society.

Genus Puorcus, Risso.—Omphalius, Philippi.

1. PHorcus nopicinctus, A. Adams. P. testd conoided, um-

bilicatd, fusca luteo variegatd, levi; anfractibus subplanulatis,

cingulis tribus nodulosis, liris elevatis transversis ornatis, an-

fractu ultimo subangulato, basi convexiusculd, lineis elevatis

concentricis sculptd, regione umbilicali albidd ; columellé brevi,

arcuatd, basi dentibus duobus terminatd ; labro fusco marginato.

Hab. ?

2. PHorcus GRANIFER, A. Adams. P. testd orbiculato-conicd,

Suscd, cingulis transversis granorum distantium ornatd, cingulis

remotiusculis, interstitiis transversim liratis ; anfractibus rotun-

datis, suturd canaliculatd ; umbilico aperto, perspectivo ; columellé

sinuatd, bast dentibus duobus terminatd ; labro intus crenulato.

Hab. ?

3. Puorcus tiratus, A. Adams. P. testd conoided, umbilicatéd,

Suscd, lineis pallidis undulatis ornatd, cingulis distantioribus trans-

versis insculptd; columellé sinuatd, basi dentibus tribus ter-

minatd, umbilico aperto, perspectivo, peromphalo viridulo ; labro

intus levi.

Hab. 4

4. Puorcus semicRANosus, A. Adams. P. testd orbiculato-

conoided, umbilicatd, purpureo alboque variegatd, transversim

tenuiter striatdé ; anfractibus planiusculis, cingulis confertis sub-

granosis ornatis, ultimo subangulato, basi planiusculd, cingulis

granosis insculpto ; margine umbilict lined albé elevatd cincto ;

labio supra calloso ; columella superné sinuatd, basi in tuberculis

duobus terminatd et infra tuberculos dentibus duobus instructd ;

labro intus levi, anticé callo marginato.

Hab. West Indies.

5. PHorcus cauirornicus, A. Adams. P. testdé orbiculato-

conicd, profunde umbilicatd, viridi, atro-purpureo radiatim ma-

culatd, liris transversis subnodulosis inequalibus ornatd; an-

Sractu ultimo subangulato ; basi convexiusculdé ; umbilico perspec-

tivo ; labio in medio valde excavato, columellé anticé dentatd, intus

levi. 3

Hab. California. Mus. Cuming. “

Genus CLANcutvus, Montfort.

Se ee ere ee ee

Polydonta 6., Schum.—Fragella, Swainson.— Apiculum, sp.,

Humph.-—Monodonta, sp., Lamk.—Otavia, Risso (not Cantieine).

1, CLancutus ormopHorvs, A. Adams. C. testd depresso-

conicd, umbilicatd ; anfractibus rotundatis, cingulis granorum

equalibus ornatis, cingulo primo, secundo et tertio granis fuscis

albis alternantibus, quarto granis fuscis ornatis ; anfractu penul-

timo gibboso, ultimo rotundato; umbilico crenulato; columelld

callosd, subreflexd, basi dente triplicato.

Hab. ?

Zoological Society. 145

2. CLANCULUS vARIEGATUS, A. Adams. C. testa depresso-

- conicd, pallida, rufo-fusco variegata ; anfractibus supra tumidis,

cingulis granorum ornatis ; interstitiis striis obliquis longitudinali-

bus ; anfractu ultimo acute angulato, basi plano ; umbilico crenu-

lato ; columellé supra tortuosd, margine reflexd, crenulatd, basi

dente biplicato terminatd ; labro intus dentibus lamellaribus, su-

jore.

periore

Hab. Island of Siquijor, under stones (H. C.).

3. CuancuLus crincuLireR, A. Adams. C. testd elevato-conoi-

ded, carneold, cingulo albo rufoque articulato ornata; anfracti-

bus rotundatis, cingulis transversis granosis sculptis ; basi con-

cava, peromphalo albo roseo radiato, margine plicato ; columella

crassa, supra nodosd, infra uniplicatd ; basi dente triplicato ter-

minatd ; labro intus lirato ; tuberculo maximo, prope marginem

superiorem.

Hab. ——?

4. CLancutus macuLosus, A. Adams. C. testé elevato-conoi-

ded, rufo-fuscd, maculis albidis variegata ; anfractibus rotundatis,

cingulis granorum ornatis, interstitiis oblique striatis, margine um-

bilici loa columella supra tuberculo magno instructd, basi

dente biplicato terminatd ; labro intus lirato, lird supremd mazimd.

Hab.

5. Cuancutus sutcarius, A. Adams. C. testé parvd, albidd,

fasciis fuscis radiatim ornatd, cingulis distantioribus granorum

instructd, interstitiis longitudinaliter oblique striatis ; anfractibus

convezis ; margine umbilici crenulato; columella dente

pliciformi ; labro intus crenulato.

Hab. Island of Masbate, sandy mud, 7 fathoms (H. C.).

6. CLaNcuLus acuminatus, A. Adams. C. testa elevato-

conicd ; spird acuminata, fuscd, nigro-fusco punctatd, cingulis

transversis subdistantibus granorum ornaté; interstitiis lineis

transversis et longitudinalibus decussatis ; margine umbilici sub-

noduloso ; columella margine reflero, integro, basi dente simplici

magno terminatd ; labro intus lirato.

Hab. Sibonga, island of Zebu, under stones (H. C.).

7. CuancuLus aLpinus, A. Adams. C. testd conoided, albidd,

cingulis granorum confertis ornatd, granis nonnullis fusco punc-

tatis; anfractibus convezis, ultimo rotundato; margine umbilici

plicato-dentato ; columella callosd, plicis deals transversis, basi

dente triplicato terminatd ; labro superne inflexo, intus lirato ;

tuberculo a trisulcato prope marginem superiorem.

Hab.

8. CLANCULUS TURBINOIDES, A. Adams. C. testd turbinato-

conoided, fuscd, cingulis subdistantibus granorum ornatd; inter-

stitiis lineis transversis prominulis ; anfractibus rotundatis, su-

turd canaliculata ; basi cingulis concentricis granorum instructd ;

146 Zoological Society.

umbilico dentato ; columelld sulcatd, margine reflexd, tuberculis

quatuor ; labro intus lirato.

Hab. ?

9. CLANCULUS sTIGMATARIUsS, A. Adams. C. testd elevato-

conicd, cingulis confertis granorum ornatd, lutescenti cingulo ter-

tio et septimo granis albis et roseis subdistantibus, basi granis

roseis ornatd; umbilici margine subnodoso; columella crassa,

transversim subplicatd, basi dente magno triplicato terminatd ;

labro supra inflexo, intus lirato, tuberculo magno bisulcato prope

marginem superiorem.

Hab. Island of Corigidor, bay of Manila, coarse sand, 9 fathoms

(H. C.). :

10. CLANCULUS TExTILOSUS, A. Adams. C. testd conoided ;

spird acuminata, cingulis granorum inequalibus ornatd, primo,

tertio et sexto coccined, secundo, quarto, quinto et septimo granis

albis nigris alternantibus ornatd ; margine umbilici dentato ; colu-

mellé biplicatd, margine acutd, basi dente triplicato terminatd ;

labro intus lirato, prope marginem superiorem tuberculo magno.

Hab. Island of Ticao, sandy mud, 6 fathoms (H. C.).

11. Cuancuxius minor, A. Adams. C. testd parvd, conicd, al-

bidd, fasciis rufo-fuscis radiatim ornatd ; anfractibus planis, cin-

gulis transversis granosis sculptd, anfractu ultimo angulato, basi

planiusculd, margine umbilici crenulatd ; columella tuberculo de-

curvato terminata ; labro intus lirato.

Hab. Island of Masbate, sandy mud, 7 fathoms (H. C.).

12. CLancuLus BrunNeEvS, A. Adams. C. testd depresso-conicd,

Suscd, cingulis granorum subdistantibus ornaté ; interstitiis lon-

gitudinaliter elevate striatis; anfractibus planiusculis, ultimo

acuté angulato, umbilici margine pland;. columella transversim

plicatd, margine fimbriatd, basi dente biplicato terminatd ; labro

intus lirato, lird supremd majore.

Hab. ?

13. CLancuLus uNnepo, A. Adams. C. testdé elevato-conoided ;

spird prominuld, apice roseo, cingulis granorum confertis (in anf.

ultim. quinque) ornatd, coccined, cingulo secundo, quarto et quinto

granis albis et nigris ornatis ; umbilici margine plicato-crenulata ;

columella obliqud, crassd, margine reflexd, basi dente magno tri-

plicato terminatd ; labro intus lirato, supra tuberculo magno.

Hab. ?

14. CuancuLus zeBripes, A. Adams. C. testd conoided, fus-

cescenti, nigro-fusco radiatim pictd, cingulis granorum sculptd ;

interstitiis lineolis transversis elevatis; anfractibus rotundatis ; .

umbilict margine crenulatd ; columelld supra tuberculo, margine

callosd, basi tuberculo magno terminatd ; labro intus dentibus |

linearibus instructo. |

Hab. —_—?

15. CLancuLus epEentuLus, A. Adams. C. testd orbiculato-

conoided, sordide rufd, albo variegatd, cingulis transversis gra- .

Zoological Society. 147

nosis sculptd ; anfractibus parum convezis ; umbilici margine sub-

crenulatd ; columella supra plicatd, infra edentuld, margine infra

tuberculis tribus ; labro intus subsulcato.

Hab. ?

16. CLancutus nicricans, A. Adams. C. testd depresso-conicd,

umbilicatd, nigricante ; anfractibus planis cingulis quingue gra-

nulatis ornatd, ultimo angulatd, carinis planis duabus in parte

inferiore, cingulis 5—6 articulatis sulcisque intermediis sculptd ;

umbilict margine crenulato ; columelld rectd, supern® solutd, in

parte superiore tuberculatd, extus tuberculis tribus instructd ;

labro intus levi.

Hab. ?

17. CLancutus carinatus, A. Adams. C. testé conicd, albidd,

_flammulis rubris pictd, anfractibus planis, cingulis inequalibus

confertis granorum ornatd, supra suturam angulatd, anfractu ul-

timo margine carinato, carind albo rufoque articulatd; umbilici

margine plano; columella rectd, supra subcallosd, basi dente

simplici acuto terminatd ; labro intus sulcato.

Hab. ?

18. CLANcULUs micRopon, A. Adams. C. testd orbiculato-

conicd, fuscd, nigro-fusco maculatd, cingulis granorum ornatd ;

interstitiis lineis elevatis transversis ; anfractibus rotundatis,

basi cingulis subnodosis, rufo- et nigro-fusco articulatd ; umbilici

margine dentato, dente superiore majore ; columelld supra fleru-

osd, plicatd, margine reflexo, sulcato-crenulato, basi dente parvo

terminatd ; labro intus lirato.

Hab. ?

19. CLANCULUS OMALoMPHALUS, A. Adams. C. testd depresso-

conicd, pallidd, fusco maculaté, anfractibus paulum rotundatis,

cingulis granorum ornatd ; interstitiis striis longitudinalibus, an-

Sractu ultimo acute carinato, carind albo rufoque articulatd, basi

plana; umbilici margine plano; columella transversim plicatd,

margine reflexo dentato, basi dente biplicato terminatd ; labro intus

lirato.

Hab. Sydney (Strange).

20. CLancuus Gisposus, A. Adams. C. testd depresso-conicd,

pallida, fasciis fuscis radiatim dispositis ornatd, cingulis trans-

versis equalibus granosis sculptd ; anfractibus rotundatis, suturd

profundd, cuaaliculatd, anfractu ultimo gibboso, infra subangu-

lato ; umbilici margine crenulato ; columelld plicatd, margine re-

flexo supra dentato, basi dente magno biplicato terminaté ; labro

intus corrugato-crenulato, supra inflexo, tuberculo magno in-

structo.

Hab. New Ireland (Jukes).

21. CLancuLus conspersus, A. Adams. C. testd orbiculato-

conicd, rufescente, albo rubroque variegatd, cingulis moniliformi-

bus transversis ornatd, cingulo infra suturam majore, anfractu

ultimo angulato ; columella postice subcanaliculatd vix tortuosd,

148 Miscellaneous.

antice plicd magnd transversd terminatd ; labro intus valde den-

tato-lirato.

Hab. ?

22, CLANCULUS NopILIRATUS, A. Adams. C. testd depresso-

turbinatd, carneold, liris transversis nodulosis subdistantibus

ornatdé ; interstitiis longitudinaliter tenuissime striatis ; anfrac-

tibus subquadratis, margine umbilici dentato; columella rectd,

vo oe parvo terminatéd ; labro intus lirato.

dab. q

MISCELLANEOUS.

Observations on the Breeding of the Nightingale in Captivity.

By H. Hantey, Sergeant-Major Ist Life Guards.

Beine of opinion that any bird which breeds in this country in a

wild state, might, by studying its habits, be brought to do so ina

state of captivity, I made preparations during the winter of 1844 for

trying the Nightingale, which I considered to be the most retired’ in

its habits of any of our summer visitants. I had a cage made, 4 feet

long by 3 feet high, the back, ends and top solid, with a wire front,

in which I placed a small Scotch fir-tree, planted in a flower-pot ; to

each end of the cage I attached a common-sized canary’s breeding-

cage, communicating with the large cage by a hole about 4 inches

square. I broke a new birch-broom, and filled up the cages at each -

end, to make them resemble as near as possible the bottom of a thick

hedge, and then put in a plentiful sapply of withered oak-leaves and

moss, of which the nightingale forms its nest, covering the fronts of

the two small cages with green glazed calico: I placed the cages high

up against a wall facing a landing-window. The following spring,

that is, about the latter end of April 1845, I directed a bird-catcher

(Blake, of John-street, Tottenham-court-road), who goes to Watford

every season to catch nightingales, to bring me a cock and hen bird

which had paired naturally ; he did so, and, fortunately, they meated

off very readily. By “ meating off,” I mean that such birds as live

on insect food will not peck at dead food until taught to do so, which

is effected by enclosing meal-worms in a small glass tube, corked up

at each end, and then placing the tube in their food ; on pecking at

the worm the beak slips off the glass amidst the food, which they

swallow, and will afterwards go to it without the aid of a tube. On

finding my birds feed freely in the small cage, in which until then I

had confined them, I turned them into the place I had fitted up for

them, and was much gratified, about a week afterwards, to observe

the hen bird flying about with an oak-leaf in her beak. She made

her nest in one of the small cages at the end of the large one ; laid

four eggs, of which she hatched and brought up three young ones.

During the time she was sitting, the cock sang as well and as loud as I

ever heard one in a wild state : when the young were excluded he left

off singing, and was most assiduous in assisting to feed and rear them.

—Proc. Zool. Soc. June 10, 1851.

Miscellaneous. 149

EUCRATEA CHELATA.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

6 North Parade, Penzance, June 4, 1853.

GeENTLEMEN,—On June 17, 1852, I found this pretty Zoophyte

trailing over the pods of Halidrys siliquosa, washed in beneath the

Hoe, Plymouth. On examining it under the microscope I found

what I then supposed to be ovicells. Shortly after I saw Mr. Hincks

in Exeter, when I told him that I had met with them, at which he

seemed surprised and somewhat doubtful. I promised to send him

some specimens, which he has so well described and delineated in the

Annals for March last. I have lately been able’ to confirm all his

remarks upon them, as during the past month (May 1853) I have

met with them in much greater abundance, and springing frequently

from the polypidom.

The zoophyte is plentiful on the outside of the bulb of Laminaria

bulbosa from St. Ives Bay on the north coast of Cornwall. I have

also succeeded in obtaining a view of the polype. The number of

tentacula are about ten. The polype is of a shy disposition and

does not protrude far from the cell, and appears to be slow in all its

movements. I shall have much pleasure in supplying the ovicells to

any person who may be desirous of possessing them. Mr. Busk, in

the ogue of the Marine Polyzoa of the British Museum, has

named this species Scruparia chelata.

I remain, Gentlemen, your obedient servant,

Witiiam F. Tempcer.

On a new species of Bulimus. By Lovett Reeve, F.L.S.

Buiimus Maconetur. Bul. testd acuminato-oblongd, tenuiculd,

subobliqué convolutd, spird brevi, suturis rudibus, anfractibus qua-

tuor ad quinque, minute et creberrim? spiraliter undulato-striatis,

ultimo valde inflato, columella subcontortd, aperturd subampld,

labro simplici ; brunned, maculis parvis punctisque nigris undique

pictd et seriatim fasciatd, maculis infra suturas regularibus, aper-

ture fauce fuscescente.

Hab. Brisbane, Moreton Bay, Australia.

This fine species has been forwarded to me from the Manchester

Museum of Natural History, with the above name attached to it in

manuscript, by Captain Brown. It is chiefly remarkable on account

of its absolute similarity in texture, in colour, and in pattern, to Helix

Falconari of the same locality. It appears to differ in nothing but

in that difference of convolution which characterizes the respective

genera. Mr. Cuming possesses an exactly similar un-umbilicated

specimen ; and none of several examples of H. Falconari, with which

it has been compared and which are all largely umbilicated, present

any indication of an intermediate form. It is the first instance on

record of a strictly typical richly painted Bulimus and Helix agreeing

in colour, in pattern, and in all respects save that of form.—Proc.

Zool. Soc. June 24, 1851.

150 Miscellaneous.

JOHNSTONELLA CATHARINA, GOSSE. THE CRYSTALLINE

JOHNSTONELLA,

Mr. Gosse, in his amusing and interesting work on the coast of

Devonshire, describes as new to science an animal under the above

name. I am sorry,—as I should much wish for the above name to

have been permanent,—to have to observe that it appears to belong

to the same genus as the animal described by Eschscholtz in the

“Isis” (1825), p. 736. t. 5. f.5, under the name of Tomopteris onisei-

Jormis from the South Seas; and by MM. Quoy and Gaimard in

the ‘ Voyage of the Astrolabe,’ ii. p. 284. t. 21. f. 21, 24, under the

name of Briarea Scolopendra from the coast of Spain. Hermannsen

has proposed to change the latter name to Briarea: Harry Goodsir

calls it Briareus: and Mr. R. Ball writes it Bryarea. Eschscholtz

and Quoy and Gaimard regard it as a mollusk ; the first referring it

to the order Heteropoda, and the latter to the Nudibranchiata.

Mr. Harry Goodsir, who found the animal abundant in the North

Sea (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1845, xvi. 163), observing the pre-

sence of “ cilia fringing the bifureated posteriors of the lateral ex-

tremity of its body,’’ decided that it could not be a mollusk.

Menke (Zeitsch. fiir Malac. 1844, 21) proposes to remove the ge-

nus to the Annelides; more recent authors have considered it as a

Crustacean.

Mr. Gosse at first sight thought it might be a Brachiopod Crus-

tacean, but thinks it has more affinity to the Annelides (p. 348), and

refers it to that class in the Systematic Index.

According to Eschscholtz and Quoy and Gaimard, the South Sea

specimens are very much smaller than those found in the Mediter-

ranean: thus, Tomopteris onisciformis and T. Scolopendra are most

probably distinct species. Mr. Gosse’s Johnstonella Catharina is, no

doubt, a synonym of the latter, since Mr. R. Ball records that Brya-

rea Scolopendra has been taken in Dublin Bay by Dr. Corrigan

(Proc. Brit. Assoc. 1849, p. 72).—Joun Epw. Gray.

July 14, 1853.

On a new genus of Anomiade. By J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

TEDINIA. .

Shell irregular, loosely lamellar ; upper or right valve with a broad

cardinal groove, and with three muscular scars, the upper small, ob-

long near the cartilage, the other two large, subcentral, upper sub-

trigonal, lower oblong, transverse, united by a nearly straight medial

cross line ; left or attached valve with an elongated, triangular, con-

vex cardinal ridge, with a deep groove on each side, having the car-

tilage on its inner edge, with two muscular scars, one small, half ob-

long near the cardinal ridge, the other large, subcentral, subcircular,

and with a roundish circular hole near the upper edge, with a slight

impression showing the grooves to the margin some distance from

the cardinal ridge ; the plug shelly, fixed into and exactly fitting the

hole, with a triangular base sunk into the surface, commencing from

the apex of the shell on the outer surface, and formed of erect shelly

longitudinal plates within.

Meteorological Observations. 151

The shell has the plug and much the external appearance of the

subgenus Pododesmus, but differs from it and all the other Anomia-

de in the following particulars: 1. That the line which indicates the

junction of the two edges of the sinus which forms the perforation,

instead of being placed on the side of the ridge which supports the

i is placed at a considerable distance from it; 2. The sides

of the sinus are firmly soldered together, leaving only a circular hole ;

3. The support of the cartilage, instead of being merely a ridge or

here forms a large elongated subtriangular talus, like that

found in the genus Ostrea; 4. It differs greatly in the number and

form of the muscular scars ; the two large ones in the free valves are

placed as in the genus Placunanomia, and there is a third anterior

one in each valve not found in any genus of the family, and very un-

like the third scar of the genus dnomia. I know only of a single

imen of the genus, which is in the collection of Mr. Cuming,

who believes that it came from California. It may be called Tedi-

nia pernoides; subquadrangular, reddish, subsquamose, obscurely

radiated, internally reddish brown.—Proc. Zool. Soc. June 24, 1851.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR JUNE 1853.

Chiswick.—June 1. Overcast: slight rain. 2. Cold haze: overcast: heavy

clouds. 3. Fine: clear. 4. Slightly overcast: cloudy and fine: clear. 5,6. Very

fine. 7. Hazy: very fine. 8. Very fine: overcast. 9. Cloudy and mild. 10. Fine.

11. Slight haze: fine. 12. Overcast: ram. 13. Constant rain. 14. Cloudy.

15. Very fine : heavy clouds: overcast. 16. Very fine:.clear. 17. Cloudy and

fine. 18. Fine. 19. Rain. 20. Very fine: cloudy and showery at night.

21. Very fine: rain: clear. 22. Cloudy: slight rain. 23 Fine: clear at night.

24. Very fine: clear. 25. Rain: cloudy: rain. 26. Overcast: rain at night.

27. Densely overcast: slight rain. 28. Overcast. 29. Cloudy and fine. 30,

Showery.

Mean temperature of the month ..........++...seseseeseee desmene 59°16

Mean temperature of June 1852 © .........22...-.ssceeeeecee-ee 58 -01

Mean temperature of June for the last twenty-seven years . 60 °56

Average amount of rain in June ...............seceeseeeseceeeens 1-77 inch.

Boston.—June 1—5. Cloudy. 6. Fine: rainp.m. 7,8. Fine. 9. Cloudy.

10—13. Fine. 14. Cloudy: rain, with thunder and lightning p.m. 15. Fine.

16. Cloudy. 17. Fine. 18. Cloudy. 19. Rain: rain a.m. and p.m. 20. Fine:

rain p.m. 21. Cloudy: rain p.m. 22. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m. 23. Cloudy.

24. Fine. 25. Cloudy: rain a.m. 26,27. Cloudy: rain a.m.andp.m. 28. Cloudy:

rain a.m. 29. Fine: rain a.m. 30. Cloudy: rain p.s.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—June 1. Fog a.m.: damp p.m. 2, 3. Drops a.at.:

cloudy p.m. 4. Cloudy a.m. and p.m. 5. Clear a.m.: cloudy p.m. 6. Cloudy

A.M.: showers, finep.m. 7. Clear, fine a.m.: cleare.m. 8. Clear a.m.: hazy P.M.

9. Drizzle a.m : showers, fog p.m. 10. Fog a.m. and p.m. 11. Fog a.m.:

showers, hazy p.m. 12. Hazy a.m.andp.m. 13. Bright a.m.: clear, fine p.m.

14. Bright, fine a-m.: cloudy p.m. 15. Showers a.m.: cloudy p.m. 16. Cloudy

A.M. : cloudy, fine p.m. 17. Cloudy a.M.: rain p.m. 18. Rain a.m. : cloudy p.m.

19. Bright a.m.: rain p.m. 20. Damp a.M.: clear, fine p.m. 21. Clear, fine

AM.and p.m. 22, Clear, fine a.m.: fog p.m. 23. Damp a.m.: clear p.m. 24.

Showers a.m. and p.m. 25. Showers a.m.: clear p.m. 26. Bright a.m. : clear p.m.

27. Rain a.M.and ps. 28. Bright a.m.: cloudy p.m. 29. Rain a.m. : showers

p.m. 30. Cloudy a.m. and p.m.

Mean temperature of June for twenty-six previous years ...... 52°-69

Mean temperature of June 1852 — ............eeeeeee eeeeeeeeeeeee 55°33

Mean temperature of this month .......... deicess ev pésuincgeetenan 55°21

Average quantity of rain in June for seven previous years ... 2°46 inches,

€1.z | gb.z | v5.2 00.£5 |€P.25 | 9.79 |£9.g7 |0L.69| $19.62 908.62 gf.6z 684.62 198.67 | -uvayy

90. 10, *m | ems | cms | $5 | 98 | $.S9| Le | of £v.6z LE,6z £2.62 $99.62 gzl.6z of

zg. |} Zo, “m |emsm| cas | $8 | $€S $9| of | 1Z 72.62 g0,6z 01.62 $9.62 $+Z.6z *6z

re. Ez, [eeeesseee] ag 5 “MS 4S § gS 99 €s 1L 27,67 9.62 91.62 9LS.6z LL9.6z “gz

soveeeees] Lb. 10. |*msm] “m | ms | $9 | SS | S.99] 69 | 69 92.62 vf 62 g0.6z €2S.6z 919.62 Lz

seers! Go, | gf. | com |emuu| «m | of | 26] 65] £8 | Lo gb.6z 6S 62 0%,6z gzs.6z 9S 9.6 "9%

of. gt. | -mu |‘mum| ‘ms | gh | &S eS} SS | 69 6S.6z 9$.6z $7.6 £09.62 gbl.6z Sz

Ir, [tt] go. | smu | cm | cms | $6b| SS | S.g9| of | xg $9.6 ol 62 of.6z 1$.62 079.62 “vz

se eeeees Lo. Tete eeeee! sonsee Ul "ll 6+ gs 19 Lv ¢Z 23.62 06,62 LE.6z Svl.6z 061.62 oz

secaversel wee to: lade l mek a zs | %9 09| of | +9 20.0 £0,0£ gt.6z $69.62 0gl.6z "CZ

sreere] zo, | bo. | von | -s | a | S4S | 29 £$| fb | 09 66.62 $6.62 0%.6z 9g$.6z LLo.6z 120

rg. 62. ZO. "9 "MU ‘ou gS$ 6S cs tb 89 16,62 1,62 £1.62 1£6.6z 9$$.6z ey 4

seerseresl gf, | Zo, [erste] og | ems | 9S | zg | $.£9| 1b | 49 $9.62 09.6% L1.6z £56.62 gzl.6z “61

Sr, |estereseeiseeeeeees] egg T emss | ems | gS | 66 gg} €S | xZ $9.6z 09.6z gt.6z 693.62 100,0£ *gI

dn once gil eRe cue ‘as | ‘s | ‘m | 9S | 19 | S.t9| 6b | SZ 61.62 1¢.6z o$ 62 go00,0£ 7$0,08 “LI

So. Sz, |revseere] om | cass | cms | $1 | 9S of} S$ | o£ $6.62 88.62 gr.6z 196,62 Loo,0f “Sr

seteeeseeleneeeeees! Qf, rae coe ia $$ | 09 t9| gb | xZ $3.62 26.67 ££.6z 199.62 L£6,6z “vr ¢

seeeeeres LL. "980 "9 "M +S Z9 £9 1S cs 7Z0,0£ 00,0£ 97.62 720L.6% £51.62 ‘cig

bo. |r! oz, | asa | cos | sm | $$ | 09 | S.zZ| 25 | So 46,62 $3.62 $2.62 Lol.6z gzl.6z ‘tr

pr vieee is lemase seb oge eeee [8 i) $F) SS 69| £5 | og 73.62 £38.62 of.62 069.62 £bL.6z oo

or, |ts*| zo, | -as | aso | vas | €£$ | 9S oL| 4S | § Lg.6z $6.62 Sv.6¢ £19.62 646,62 ‘Or

ro. | as | ‘m | ms | 96 | 9S | $.1Z] of | 69 20,0 $6.62 $S,6z £16.62 L¥0,0& 6

ssesseesslenseeses! zo, | casa | cm | ms | £9 | gS | S.zgl $8 | 08 $6.62 $6.62 z9.6z 10.08 g40,08 8

Or. [Prtseers*| ogg | a’ } au] §$ | 2S] 9S] be | SZ £0,0£ 66.62 $$.62 706.62 000,08 | «L

akeos vl 99 | cass | sms |-£SS | of zg| 6£ | ZL 06,6z £3.62 L¥.62 9£g.6z £33.62 9®@

eens sree! cgsg | ouu | cas | z§ | 2S] gS| 6€ | 69 | £3.62 06.62 0$.6z grg.6z 963.62 | *S

sesessesslssersceealereeseeee] ggg | ou | cam | of | 9$ | $.98| 6£ | $9 £0,0£ £r.0£ $9.62 116,62 obo,0£ v

vesteeeesleneveeeeeleeeeereee] emt | sgua| cou | S| $$ S$| LE | 49 gr.of 2Z.0£ 0g.6z 0g0.0& L71.0£ €

Souuedstelintas ‘a | tu | SoS | 9S $$| 9b | 09 $z.0f gr.of oL,6z 190.0£ 160,0£ %

srteeeeesleeeseesee! zo, | sma | couu| ‘ua | rf | 65 | 2S] gv | 2S Z1.0£ go.of 09.6% $£6.62 196.62 “I

fo 2) a & ~ 2 leur | wie . “ur ‘u'e ow “ur "xe ‘oune

ee : E. ee : Se ut dts) u's $6 ee uly | *xey wai'd $g $6 rf Ng Tt iss

B= ° 3 FS oye : Gan iy PP *YOLMSTy *soupueg ‘fou Pe PASO “qqUOTY

“Urey "PULAL “AojoMOMLIEY,], Pree. oan

‘AUNWUG ‘asunpy younpung yo “UOysNo[D *— *Acy ey? Ag pun { NOLsOg 7y TVA “A hq

twopuory vaU “MOIMSIHO 7M hzav0g Jounynarysopy ay}; fo wapsOg) ay} 7D uosdwoyy, “ty Ag apym suornasasggQ Joorbojosoajayy

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.}

No. 69. SEPTEMBER 1853.

XVI.—Notes on some new or little-known Marine Animals.

(No. 2.) By P. H. Gossz, A.L.S.

[With a Plate.]

Class CRUSTACEA.

Fam. PALZMONIDZ.

Hippolyte fascigera (mihi). The Plumed Hippolyte.

Rostrum straight, acuminate, with two teeth above, the one at

the base and the other near the apex ; two teeth below, the one

near the middle, the other near the tip. Body studded with

deciduous tufts of plumes.

This curious species attains about {ths of an inch in length.

The carapace is moderately gibbous ; the rostrum straight, elon-

gated, furnished on its upper edge with a curved tooth near the

base, and a second small one so close to the extremity, that the

tip might almost with propriety be called bifid; the tip itself is

acute, and extends a little beyond the apical tooth ; on the under

edge, which is much hollowed at the base, and deep in the

middle, there are two teeth, of which one is a little beyond the

middle, and the other near the tip, but considerably behind the

line of the upper apical tooth. The scale of the external autenna

is large, exceeding the rostrum by one-third of its own length ;

its tooth is placed about one-fifth from the extremity. The

thicker filament of the internal antenna is comparatively slender,

not longer than the thin filament, and bent up at a right angle.

The first pair of feet are short; the second has the wrist four-

jointed. The middle plate of the tail has two spines on each

side, and six placed slightly divergently at its extremity, of which

the outermost on each side is minute.

The most remarkable character is that each segment of the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 1]

154 Mr. P. H. Gosse on new or little-known Marine Animals.

body is armed with six tufts of plumose bristles, set transversely

at nearly equal distances. The thorax has three transverse rows,

and the abdomen one on every segment. Each tuft consists of

from ten to fifteen plumes, which spring from a point and di-

verge in a fan-like manner in the longitudinal plane. Each

plume is a slender straight taper stem, set distichously with two

rows of very close pinne, diverging at a small angle from the

stem, and graduated to a point, like the barbs of a feather.

These plumose tufts are very peculiar, and are sufficiently con-

spicuous during life even to the naked eye ; though, being very

deciduous, it is rare to find the whole series perfect, and in dried

specimens they are frequently altogether wanting. In this con-

dition the species may be easily mistaken for H. varians, which it

resembles closely in many of its characters, besides the form and

denticulation of the rostrum. It may, however, he distinguished

at once, while alive, by its colour, which, though varying, does

not assume any of the phases of H. varians. It is usually pellucid

white, clouded with opake drab, and generally blotched with

dark reddish purple. When dead, and divested of its tufts, the

rostrum displays minute but constant points of difference, in the

closer proximity of the upper and lower apical teeth to the apex,

and in the wider separation of the two lower teeth inter se. The

relation of the filaments of the internal antennze to each other, in

length and thickness, also affords a good distinction; but not

the direction of the thicker; for though this in H. varians is

stated by Professor Bell not to be bent at right angles, I must

venture to correct this observation; its angle, according to my

experience, is as abrupt during the life of the animal as it is in

H. Cranchii for instance. !

Hippolyte fascigera is taken with the dredge in Weymouth

Bay a few miles from land; though less numerous than some

other species of the genus, it cannot be considered rare.

Hippolyte Cranchii (Leach), Cranch’s Hippolyte.

The colours of this little species when alive, taken by compa-

rison of several specimens, are as follows. Upper parts nearly

white, the rest light pellucid purple, in which the blue or the

red element prevails in irregular patches. The hue is most

positive on the legs, where it is banded, on the terminal segment

of the abdomen, on the tail-plates, and on the false feet. In

other parts it is seen by means of a lens to consist of minute

stellate specks on a light ground. The extruded ova, which form

a large mass, are white, becoming olive. Sometimes the whole

animal is of a pellucid drab hue, with scattered purple specks. I

have seen a specimen which was wholly of a deep purple, except

Mr. P. H. Gosse on new or little-known Marine Animals. 155

the thorax, which was alternately banded with brown and pale

tt and the eyestalks, which were pale yellow. A narrow

d of whitish drab running along the median line of the ab-

domen, and expanding into a broad oval spot on the fourth seg-

ment, is pretty constant in all, and may be considered cha-

The rostrum has four teeth on the upper edge, quite as often

as three, if not oftener ; and the extremity is occasionally trifid.

This is one of the most common of the smaller Crustacea in-

habiting the deeper parts of the coralline zone in Weymouth Bay.

It is brought up in almost every haul of the dredge or keer-drag.

Hippolyte Thompsoni (Bell). Thompson’s Hippolyte.

The denticulations of the upper edge of the rostrum in this

Prawn are not simple serratures of the edge as in Hip. Cranchit,

and in the true Palemons, but triangular spines articulated to

the edge. In Pandalus annulicornis the same structure exists,

and the superior size of this latter species faeilitating manipu-

lation, I found that by means of a fine needle I could move the

spines to and fro with considerable freedom, on their articulated

bases. The spaces between the spines are occupied in both

these species by rows of short bristles graduated in length, as in

Palemon serratus.

Crangon sculptus (Bell). The Sculptured Shrimp.

This pretty species varies exceedingly in colour. In one of its

most common conditions, the ground colour is a plain drab,

which is studded with minute blackish dots, and stellate specks

of reddish brown. The body, especially the abdomen, is elegantly

clouded with pale sienna-brown in a sinuous but symmetrical

pattern. The sinuosities are im some parts edged with pale blue,

and there are three more conspicuous spots of bright azure blue,

set at equal distances along the median line of the abdomen, each

of them taking the form of a semi-ocellus with a black pupil. An

undulating line or macular band of azure crosses the front of the

thorax. The ground colour of the fourth abdominal segment is

of a deeper brown than the rest, the differenee being gradual an-

teriorly but abrupt posteriorly, where it ceases with a transverse

line of deep brown, imparting some resemblance to C. fasciatus.

Sometimes there is a broad well-defined band of deep brown

across the hinder part of the thorax. One specimen that I have

seen had the whole upper parts opake white, minutely freckled

with buff; except the last abdominal segment and the tail-plates,

which, as well as the sides of the body and the false feet, were

freckled with blackish purple.

11*

156 Mr. P. H. Gosse on new or little-known Marine Animals.

Another had the buff of the upper parts so mingled with

rufous, purple and dark brown, as to give a warm bay tint to

the whole, with azure spots scattered, and a broad band of deep

bistre brown across the hind part of the thorax.

Another is about equally clouded and banded with black and

rose-crimson ; exceedingly rich and beautiful.

The projection of the wrist of the anterior foot on each side,

like an angular elbow, gives a peculiar aspect to this little

shrimp.

Crangones vulgaris, trispinosus, sculptus, fasciatus, and. spinosus

occur in this bay with a comparative frequency indicated by the

order in which I have placed their respective names.

Fam. Mysipz.

Mysis productus (mihi). The Long Opossum Shrimp.

Form elongate, slender. Rostrum lanceolate, nearly twice as

long as the eyes. Peduncle of internal antenna elongate,

eurving outward; second and third joints together as long as

the first. Scale of external antenna about half as long as the

carapace, strongly toothed.

The general form is much longer and more slender than that

of M. chameleon. The rostrum is hyaline, broadly lanceolate,

acute, and nearly twice as long as the eyes. All the joints of the

peduncle of the internal antenna are lengthened ; the second and

third united are equal to the first, and together reach about to

the tip of the antennal seale. This latter is lengthened; nearly

parallel-sided, with the tip abruptly angular ; a strong tooth pro-

jects from the outer angle, from whence long cilia extend round

the tip along the inner edge. PI. VI. fig. 5 a. :

The middle plate of the tail (fig. 5 b) is lanceolate, with the apex

entire, obtuse; the base constricted; the margin frmged with

small spines. The inner lateral plate tapers to a point, with a

terminal spine. The outer plate is by much the longest, it is

emarginate on the outside near the tip ; the inner edge is deeply

ciliated, the fringe extending round the tip to the emargination ;

there a rather long spine occurs, followed by a series of minute

spines to the base.

The colour of the only specimen found was pale umber-brown,

becoming redder towards the tail. The outer tail-plate was

hyaline, with a large stellate spot of red on its basal half. Eyes

black. It was taken in Weymouth Bay in July, together with

several of M. chameleon.

The species appears to combine some of the characters of

M. Griffithsie and M. vulgaris, but to be sufficiently distinct

from either.

Mr. P. H. Gosse on new or little-known Marine Animals. 157

Class ZOOPHYTA.

Fam. ACTINIAD2.

Genus Scotantuus (mihi). The Worm-Anemone.

Body cylindrical, lengthened, vermiform, invertile, incapable

of attachment ; posterior extremity rounded, perforate ; anterior

discoid, surrounded by a marginal series of slender tentacles.

Name from cx@rAn€é, a worm, and aves, a flower.

Scolanthus callimorphus (mihi). The Yellow Worm-Anemone.

When contracted this animal is about three-fourths of an inch

long, and one-third of an inch in diameter, covered with a cori-

aceous, minutely corrugated skin, of a deep orange-yellow colour.

(See Pl. X. fig. a.) In this state it bears a strong resemblance to

a Holothuria, which indeed for some time I supposed it to be. On

being placed in a glass vase of sea-water with a layer of gravel

at the bottom, it speedily burrowed out of sight. The next

morning, however, I perceived it greatly changed, being fully

expanded. It had fortunately selected a site in contact with the

side of the glass, so that I could see the whole length of the ani-

mal through the transparent medium.

When fully protruded it extends to about 23 inches, with a

slight diminution of the former diameter. (See fig. 6.) The ante-

rior extremity for about one-third of an inch forms a sort of fluted

column, a little less in thickness than the rest of the body, from

which it is abruptly separated. The fiutings, eight in number

at the base, but divided into sixteen at the summit, are of a rich

sienna-brown hue, varied irregularly with black and white, each

bearing a conspicuous lozenge-shaped spot of cream-white at the

base, and terminated by a white tip. The effect of these co-

lours is bizarre, and much resembles those mosaics of coloured

woods well known as Tunbridge-ware. (See fig. c.)

The extremity of the coloured column is truncate, forming a

transverse disk, in the centre of which is a small, ovate, conical

mouth, agreeing in structure with that of the Actinie generally.

The surface of the disk is white, marked with a series of poimted

arches in form of a star of deep sienna-brown ; the regularity and

beauty of which figure, resembling the forms of the kaleidoscope,

so struck my imagination as to suggest the specific name, from

Kanos, beautiful, and popdy, form. From each angle of the

mouth a broad band of blackish brown crosses the disk, inter-

rupting the star at opposite points. (See fig. d.)

Sixteen depressed radiating lines on the disk mark the out-

lines of the basal portion of so many tentacles, which become free

only at the edge of the disk. They are long, slender, and of

158 Mr. P. H. Gosse on new or little-known Marine Animals.

nearly equal diameter throughout, but taper to a blunt point at

the extremity. Their substance is of colourless transparency,

with the exception of transverse rows of specks and dashes of

opake white, more or less arranged in rings, increasing in num-

ber and size, until they become confluent at the tips; this glassy

translucency imparts to the tentacles a singular effect, especially

as the part where they become free and spring from the margin

of the disk is marked by an abrupt circle of opake white. Each

tentacle is about thrice as long as the disk is wide. These organs

radiate horizontally, and commonly are curved either upward or

downward at their tips. Their bases coincide with the flutings

of the column.

The specimen which I have described was dredged im four or

five fathoms in Weymouth Bay, about the end of July. Its habit,

judging from what I have seen of it in captivity, is to burrow in

fine gravel or sand at such a depth as allows it to protrude the

coloured column from the surface (as shown at fig. ec). Here it

expands its tentacled disk for passing prey: I fed it with frag-

ments of a shrimp, and found that it ate with the same avidity,

and in exactly the same manner as its cousins, the Sea-Ane-

mones ; the tentacles catching and moving to and fro the morsel,

and disposing its position and direction so as to facilitate the

mouth’s grasping it; this latter organ expanding its flexible

lips to an apparently indefinite width, and gradually enveloping

the presented food.

If rudely touched, the disk was suddenly withdrawn, the co-

lumn, and then the upper two-thirds of the body disappearing in

rapid succession by a process of inversion, exactly like that by

which the Earthworm withdraws its fore parts, or, to use a homely

sumile, like the turning of a stocking. The extent to which the

introversion proceeds depends on the degree of annoyance to

which the animal has been subjected, or on its wayward will: it

is capable of crawling along in its subterraneous abode, while

contracted ; pushing aside the gravel with the front of its body :

it proceeded in this way two or three inches in as many hours,

while I was watching it, before it turned upwards and thrust

out its head; the evolution of the column not beginning until

the surface was reached.

The form and habits of this animal had appeared to warrant

its isolation from any genus known to me; it is most nearly

affined to I/uanthos of Professor Forbes, but seemed to me suffi-

ciently distinct from that genus, before I was aware of the pre-

sence of an anal orifice. This is a peculiarity (probably con-

nected with its elongate form) which at once isolates it from its

fellows. The aperture is moderately large, of a deep black,

which hue appears to be derived from the colour of the feces

Mr. J. Lubbock on two new species of Calanide. 159

stainmg the surrounding skin; it is seated in a depression in

the centre of converging corrugations. On irritating this part

slightly, the tortuous frilled bands (commonly called seminal)

that occupy so large a portion of the interior of all Actiniade

were protruded. I examined a very minute portion of one with

the microscope, and found it to contain a few elliptical thread-

capsules, which presented nothing peculiar.

I presume that the usual membranous septa run down the

imterior cavity ; for pale longitudinal lines are seen through the

dimly-pellucid integuments of the body, which appear to indi-

cate such a structure.

The skin is coriaceous, not mucous, but covered with minute

ly-transverse corrugations, as if it lay excessively loose,

and was wrinkled up.

P. H. Gossx,

Weymouth, August 5, 1853.

XVII.—On two new species of Calanide, with Observations on

the Spermatic Tubes of Pontella, Diaptomus, §c. By Joun

Lussock, Esq., F.Z.S.

[With a Plate.]

[Continued from p. 124.]

Antenne.

Aurtuoves the right anterior antenne of the males of Labido-

cera Darwinii, magna and Patagoniensis, Pontella Bairdii, Ano-

malocera Patersonti and Monops grandis, appear at first sight to

differ very materially from one another, and from the corre-

sponding antennz of the left side, which, on the other hand,

with those of the female, a little examination will

prove that they are all reducible to one type, and that their dif-

ferences are formed by the development of certain parts at the

xpense of others. I have therefore, when describing the above

species, said little about these organs, intending to consider them

all together. Extraordinary as are the forms, and beautifull

adapted as is the prehensile apparatus of each, yet that whiel

has struck me most is the regular arrangement of the hairs, of

which there are five sorts.

1st. Short down, which I have only found on the external side

of the basal segments of the female and left male. I never saw

any on the right antenne of the male.

_ 2ndly. The plumose hairs so prevalent among the Ento-

mostraca, and which chiefly prevail at the basal portion and the

160 Mr. J. Lubbock on two new species of Calanide.

apical segment, being apparently replaced from the 1st to the

12th segments inclusive (counting from the apex) by

3rdly. Ordinary, cylindrical tapering hairs, and.

4thly. By transversely wrinkled hairs... These two last gra-

dually pass into one another, and though generally perfectly

distinct, yet it is sometimes difficult to know to which form the

smaller hairs belong... And

5thly. Flattened lanceolate hairs. Hairs of this shape are

represented on the antenna of a Calanus quinqueannulatus in

Gaimard’s ‘ Voyage en Scandinavie,’ but I do not remember ever

to have seen similar ones on any other animals.

The normal arrangement of these hairs is three on each seg-

ment, all on the inner side. I have already observed, however,

that the short down is, when present, on the outer side. The ex-

ceptions to this rule are the three apical segments, of which the

terminal bears seven hairs; and the other two have each one on

the outer side in addition to those on the inner. These two hairs

(Pl. VII.) are very conspicuous in Cetochilus septentrionalis, Cala-

nus communis, and Ozthona setiger, Dana, and are also present

in Pontella, Acartia?, Dana, Catopia, Dana, Caudace, Dana,

Undina, Dana, Eucheta, Dana; in short, I believe they will be

found throughout the family. The plumose, wrinkled and ordi-

nary hairs appear often to pass gradually into one another, the

secondary sete becoming further and further apart, and the

wrinkles less and less distinct; they also often replace one

another, the plumose prevailing on the apical and the twelve

basal, and being almost entirely absent on the intermediate seg-

ments. On the other hand, the lanceolate hairs are much more

constant and definite in form; there is not one on every seg-

ment, but wherever a segment is provided with its three hairs,

one is lanceolate, and to this rule 1 know of no exception. The

other two are generally (in that part of the antenna containing

the second and eleven following joints to which our attention is

now chiefly directed) one ordinary and one wrinkled, sometimes

however two wrinkled or two ordinary. I have already remarked

that each segment, except the three anterior, is normally pro-

vided with three hairs, the apical with seven, and the second and

third with four each. The number is often less, but never more

than this. In the ordinary unswollen antenna, two of the hairs,

one of which is the lanceolate, are attached to the upper end, and

one to the middle of each segment, but in the swollen prehensile

antennee they are all found at the apex.

In the females, and in the left antenna of the males, we find

on the eleventh segment a strong hair larger than the rest, and

evidently homologous with the hair marked (a) on Pontella

Baird. This again as evidently represents that marked (a) on

Mr. J. Lubbock on two new species of Calanide. 161

L. Darwinii, P. Bairdii, A. Patersonit, M. grandis, and L. Pata-

goniensis ; and finally, the large annulose appendage of L. magna,

in which it attains to its maximum development. If now we

count the segments from the apex in A. magna, we shall find that

it is apparently situated on the ninth ; two therefore are evidently

either soldered together or missing, and at the same time the

fourth shows traces of consisting of three; in M. grandis the

apical one of these three is distinct from the other two, and in

L. Darwinii there are transverse lines, which divide it into three

segments, but are very indistinct. We have now therefore re-

duced the twelve anterior segments of the prehensile and non-

prehensile antennz in the two sexes to the same type, and no

doubt the same might be done with the basal portion; here,

however, the joints are much more indistinct, and differ with

age ; I have not therefore thought it worth while to devote to

this inquiry the time which would be necessary to work it out

satisfactorily, but will content myself with a description of the

apical portion, especially dwelling on the law which has evidently

presided over the arrangement of the hairs.

The three first or apical segments are always somewhat alike,

small and either distinct as in P. Bairdii, or soldered together

as in L. magna; in either case, however, the boundaries are

well marked by the hairs. On the first, these are seven in num-

ber. The most internal is the largest, and is either simple or

wrinkled ; the next is simple or plumose, the third always lan-

ceolate, and the rest either simple or plumose. In some cases

these hairs are so delicate, that I could not quite convince myself

that they agreed with the above description, and in my single

specimen of L. magna several had unfortunately been broken off.

1 know of no case, however, which disagrees with this rule.

The second segment has in every case three hairs, two internal

and one external. One of the two internal is always lanceolate ;

the other two either simple or ringed.

The third bears one internal and one external, either simple or

ringed. In L. Patersonii, however, the external is plumose.

The following segments are provided with hairs on the outer

side only :—

The fourth segment, which in L. Patagoniensis, P. Bairdii,

L. magna, and M. grandis, is intimately united with the two fol-

lowing, bears a simple hair in 4. Patersonii, a wrinkled one in

L. Darwinii and P. Bairdii, and two wrinkled and a small spine.

This spine I consider, not as homologous with a lanceolate hair,

but rather as a rudimentary plate, of the same nature as those

which are more developed and provided with teeth in the suc-

ceeding segments.

The fifth bears a lanceolate hair in L. magna, Patagoniensis and

162. = Mr. J. Lubbock on two new species of Calanide.

Darwinii, P. Bairdii and M. grandis, and a simple one in A. Pater-

sonii. It is also provided with a dentated plate in L. Patago-

niensis and magna, with a spine (analogous to a plate) in M.

grandis and A. Patersonii; and perhaps a part of the large ante-

rior plate of L. Darwinii and P. Bairdii, which rises from the

next segment, may be considered to belong to this.

The sixth has a lanceolate hair in L. Darwinii and P. Baird

only, and bears a dentate plate in every species except L. Pata-

goniensis.

The seventh has a dentate plate in every species, and with the

preceding forms the most important part of the prehensile ap-

paratus, the teeth being turned in such a direction as to retain

firmly any object seized.

The eighth has two hairs, one lanceolate and the other gene-

rally ringed, but sometimes simple, and also either a dentated

plate, asin L. Patagoniensis and magna, M. grandis and A. Pater-

sonii, or a spine as in L. Darwinii and P. Bairdii. This is the

first segment of the swollen portion, which includes the ninth,

tenth, eleventh, twelfth and thirteenth.

The ninth bears a lanceolate hair in every species except A.

Patersonii ; and two large, generally wrinkled hairs, one of which

however in M. grandis, and both in A. Patersonii, are simple.

_ The tenth a lanceolate and two others, which in L. Dar-

winiti and P. Bairdii are one wrinkled and one plumose, and in

L. Patagoniensis and M. grandis one wrinkled and one simple ;

in L. magna both wrinkled, and in A. Patersonii both simple.

The eleventh has a lanceolate hair ; a prehensile spine, which

in L. Darwinii and P. Bairdii is represented by a large ringed

hair; and a third which is simple in M. grandis and A. Patersonii,

wanting in P. Bairdii, and wrinkled in the other three species.

It is evident therefore, as I have remarked above, that the pre-

hensile spine, which is large in L. magna, is no new organ, but

merely a hair very much developed.

Finally, the twelfth has, like the preceding segments, a laneeo-

late hair, and two others which are either wrinkled or simple, or

in M. grandis plumose.

The remaining joints are so indistinct, and it is often so dif-

ficult to determine to which the hairs belong, that I did not

think it worth while to examine them as carefully. It is how-

ever evident that the hairs are arranged according to the same

plan, the chief difference being, that whilst the lanceolate remain

unaltered, the wrinkled and simple have been replaced by plu-

mose hairs. The same regularity in the number, structure and

arrangement of the hairs is also found on the other organs, and

_ the more they are examined, the more does this become appa-

rent. I hope I shall not be considered to have deseribed the

Mr. J. Lubbock on two new species of Calanide. 163

- above with unnecessary minuteness, as it was the very closeness

of the agreement which struck me, and which brought before me

in quite a new light the text which says, that “ the very hairs of

our head are all numbered.” Who can help adoring that om-

nipotent power whose influence we perceive in everything around

us, and which extends to things which we should have thought

almost too insignificant for His notice !

Geographical Distribution.

The species belonging to the genus Labidocera have hitherto

only been found in the Atlantic Ocean and in the southern

hemisphere. L. Darwintt and Patagoniensis were collected by

Mr. Darwin off the coast of Patagonia, Lat. 38° 40’ S. Ascend-

ing towards the Equator; at L. 18° to 22° S., and from 2° 30’ W.

to 4° E., we find their places supplied by L. magna, Pontella

Bairdii, and Monops grandis ; further north again these yield to

A. Patersonii, which is found from the north of Ireland 54° N.

to 60° N., and from 6° to 25° 45! W. Probably every part of

the Atlantic is inhabited by one or two species of this group.

They are all inhabitants of the open sea, and as they swim in

great shoals must furnish abundant food for fishes, Medusz, and

other marine animals. All these species form, though belonging

to different genera, a group characterized by having the right

anterior antenna of the male swollen and provided with dentated

plates, and, as far as we know at present, the Atlantic Ocean is

the only part of the world in which this group occurs. Among

the large number of Calanide obtained by Dana in the Pacific,

and among those figured by Gaimard in the “ Voyage en Scan-

dinavie,” the antennz are only geniculated, as in the common

Cyclops vulgaris. There are probably many species of this group

as yet undescribed, but I do not know of any others at present

existing in our collections.

Classification.

The presence or absence of superior and inferior eyes, and the

structure of the right antenna of the male and the fifth pair of

legs, whether prehensile or not, have hitherto been considered as

erie characters, and upon them the classification of the family

is founded. The eyes present the most useful characters; and

though the antennz and fifth pair of legs, being simple in the

females, are not so convenient, yet as the species generally oceur

in shoals, in which the two sexes are found together, it will in

most cases be found tolerably easy to make out the names. It

may be doubted, however, whether these are really of generic

value ; for instance, Monops grandis and A. Patersonii, both of

164 Mr. J. Lubbock on two new species of Calanide.

which I have very carefully examined, have been placed in dif-

ferent genera, because the former has no superior eyes, and the

latter has four ; in all other respects, however, at least as far as

regards their external anatomy, they agree very closely. The

same may be said of Labidocera Darwinti and P. Baird. Fol-

lowing however in the steps of my predecessors, 1 was obliged

to act as I have done, for if I altered their classification I was

bound to propose a better, which I must confess I could not do.

It seemed best, therefore, to retam an arrangement, which, if

it is rather artificial, is undeniably convenient, and to delay

attempting to form natural genera, until the discovery of new

species, and a more intimate acquaintance with the old ones, and

especially with their internal anatomy, should give more hopes

of success.

Note on Anomalocera Patersonii.

For the purpose of comparing together the right male an-

tennee of all the species in which they are so much developed, I

applied to Dr. Baird to know if he could furnish me with any spe-

cimens of A. Patersonii, Tem. Neither he, however, nor the Bri-

tish Museum, has any of Templeton’s specimens, but he sent me

some Calanide marked A. Patersonii, which have been recently

brought from the North Atlantic by Dr. Sutherland. To my great

surprise, however, I found that these, far from having no supe-

rior eyes, had four; each of the two normal eyes being divided,

Considering that im this family the number of the eyes is a va-

riable character, being sometimes one, sometimes two, and some-

times three, naturalists will not be surprised at there being also

a case in which they are five in number; still it is interesting

to find a Crustacean with five eyes. At first I thought this

must be a new species, nay, even a new genus, for it seemed

highly improbable that such accurate observers as Dr. Baird,

Goodsir, and Templeton should all three have overlooked so

curious a character. The structure of the fifth pair of legs, of the

antenne, the maxille and maxillipeds, the shape of the cephalo-

thorax, and all the other parts in which specific differences are

usually found, agreed however so closely with the corresponding

organs of A. Patersonii, that I asked Dr. Baird to examine these

five-eyed specimens, and give me his opinion on the subject.

This he did with his usual kindness, and in a letter to me, he

says, “I have no doubt that the specimens collected by Dr.

Sutherland are the true Anomalocera.”

The species which I have described as Monops grandis would

have belonged to the genus Anomalocera; I was therefore rather

doubtful whether to retain Templeton’s name, alter the generic

character and describe my species as a new genus; or to refer

Mr. E. L, Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 165

my species to the genus Anomalocera, and make a new genus for

the old species. Dr. Baird, however, thinks that the name ought

not to be altered; it will be necessary therefore to give a new

generic character.

Genus ANOMALOCERA.

Antenna antica maris geniculans, tumida. Oculi superiores quatuor.

Oculus inferior unicus. Pes posticus maris dexter, prehensilis.

The four superior eyes fully distinguish it from every genus

hitherto described. Probably in Goodsir’s and Templeton’s spe-

cimens they were not so distinct as in Dr. Sutherland’s. The

osterior angle of the cephalothorax on the right side is much

li than that on the left. The rostrum, on the contrary, is

symmetrical.

Monops agrees with Catopia, Dana, in the eyes, but that ge-

nus in the ‘ Proceedings of the Am. Ac. of Arts and Sciences’ is

described as follows: “QOculis superioribus nullis, inferioribus

grandibus, antenna maris antica dextra geniculante ; aliis Calano

affinibus ;.....” in Calanus, and therefore in Catopia, the posterior

feet are “ non-prehensile, often obsolete ;” in Monops, on the con-

trary, they are prehensile.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. Labidocera Patagoniensis. Right antenna of the male.

Fig. 2. —— magna. Ditto ditto.

Fig. 3. —— Darwinii. Ditto ditto.

Fig. 4. Pontella Bairdii. Ditto ditto.

Fig. 5. Monops grandis. Ditto ditto.

Fig. 6. Anomalocera Patersonii. Ditto ditto.

XVII1.—Notes on the Ornithology of Ceylon, collected during

an eight years’ residence in the Island. By Envcar Leoporp

Layarp, C.C.S.

[Continued from p. 107.]

32. BATRACHOSTOMUS MONILIGER, Layard.

~ Qnly two specimens of the above new species have as yet been

procured ; one was caught at Avishavelly and sent to Sir J. E.

Tennent, who, with his wonted kindness and liberality, trans-

ferred it to my collection. It lived three days with me, but re-

fused all food ; during the day it slept, squatting on the ground,

with its head sunk between the shoulders; on being alarmed it

sprang upwards with a sudden jerk, and after executing a rapid

summersault in its confined cage, it would again alight and

settle down like the Caprimulgi. I am informed this species is

not uncommon in the locality from whence it was procured,

166 Mr. K. L, Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

which is rocky and precipitous, and full of gullies and crevices.

I also saw a drawing of one procured at Ratnapoora by Mr. Mit-

ford of that place. He told me, he observed two of these birds,

frequenting a tree in full flower, and capturing the beetles which

flew about it ; at last he shot one with an air gun, and the other

left the place. The eyes of this species, like those of the Noe-

turnal Raptores, exhibit considerable luminosity, and partake of

the same internal form.

33. Caprimuteus Asraticus, Lath.,

and

34. CaprimuLeus Manararrensis, Sykes. Ra-bassa, Cing.

Pay-marrettey, Mal.; lit. Cheatmg Devil.

The last of these birds is abundant in the vicinity of Colombo,

and throughout the Southern province; mingled with C. Asia-

ticus, which predominates in the North almost to its total exclu-

sion. In habits the two species are precisely similar. Hiding

during the day under the umbrageous shelter of a thick bush,

the nightjars avoid the “garish eye of day,” and only venture -

forth when twilight or the softened effulgence of the moon’s

rays afford it that description of light for which its vision is so

admirably adapted. At these times, till morning dawns, or the

moon sets (they do not venture forth during the darkness),

their “ churring” cry may be heard in every direction; and the

belated traveller hurrying homeward ere the last dying gleams

of the setting sun fade in the west, is startled by what seemed a

stone flying up with a few rapid querulous notes, and gliding

along on noiseless pinions settling again within a few yards of

him.

During the warm rainy evenings when the white-ant. hills

send forth their winged hosts to propagate fresh swarms of ra-

vagers, the Caprimulgi are actively engaged (assisted by the

crows and bats) in thinning their numbers ; their undulating

motions are at these times particularly elegant and graceful, and

I have watched them with delight till I could no longer distin-

guish them amid the darkening landscape. They never appear

to fly high ; in this pursuit they seldom rise beyond 15 or 20 feet ;

the bats thin the next rank; and above the tree-tops, evidently

to have the benefit of the little remaining light, the crows eagerly

pursue those ants which escape from the carnage below.

During my residence in Canada, I was surprised both by the

prodigious number of “ Fern Owls” which nightly made their

appearance hunting in company, and also at the great altitude they

attained in their airy gyrations. Here, as before stated, this is

not the case, and it is a solitary bird, at most only seen in pairs.

Mr. EB. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 167

The nest is merely a depression in the ground under a tuft of

grass, or a bush, or beside a stone; the parent bird deposits two

oblong eggs of a delicate buff colour, sparingly marked with

irregular brown spots. Axis 14 lines, diam. 11 lines.

Dr. Kelaart procured another species at Nuwera Elia, which

Mr. Blyth has described under the name of

35. Carrimuteus Keraartt, Blyth.

I have not seen it in its native haunts.

36. Cypsetus Batastensis, Gray. Waheleyna, Cing.; lit.

“ Rain Fowl,” the name for all swifts and swallows.

Extremely common throughout the island; building in the

Borassus flabelliformis, to the dead fronds of which it attaches

its nest by some viscid secretion. The nest is a small semicir-

cular cup composed of the downy seeds of the Asclepias gigantea —

and the Bombaz pentandrum, which they collect on the wing.

The s are laid in the months of June or July, from two to four

in Ai and pure white. The species is partially migratory.

37. Cypsetus Mexsa, Linn.

Common about Nuwera Elia and the hilly zone; found also

about Damboul and Ratnapoora.

38. CyPsELUS AFFINIS, Gray.

Migratory; breeding in April in large numbers about the

rocks at Damboul. I also found them building under a bridge

near Tangalle in the low country. The nests, built in clusters,

are composed of mud and grasses, with a small round entrance

precisely resembling those of the martin, Hirundo urbica; the

eggs from two to four in number, and purely white.

39. Macropreryx coronarts, Tickell.

Generally distributed, but affecting the jungles more than the

open country. It generally selects an elevated and leafless branch,

from which it sallies in quest of insects; when on the wing it

utters a peculiar cry resembling the words “ chiffle, chaffie,”

“ klecko, klecko,”’ often repeated. Sometimes I have heard them

utter the same note when at rest, rapidly eleyating and depress-

ing the crest.

I never could find the nests of this species, though the natives

assure me they build in old Euphorbia trees in the jungles. It

appears about Colombo in March, and disappears in December.

I shot a young bird in March; its plumage was green, each

168 = Mr. KE. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

feather edged with white, causing the bird to appear as if covered

with scales.

40. CoLLocaALiA BREVIROsSTRIS, M‘Clelland.

Having fully described my acquaintance with these birds in a

letter to my friend Mr. Blyth, I cannot do better than copy what

I then wrote, adding his remarks and the result of my subsequent

inquiries. ‘I have at last visited the cave in which Collocalia

nidifica builds, and will now, with the aid of my journal, give all

the information I can, sending you birds skinned and in spirit,

anda young nestling taken from the nest with my own hand. The

cave is situated at a 1 place called Havissay, about thirty-five miles

from the sea, and twenty from the river, and about 500 feet up

a fine wood-clad hill called Diagallagoolawa, or Hoonoomoo-

loocota. _ Its dimensions are as follows :—length between 50 and

60 feet, about 25 broad, and 20 high. It is a mass of limestone

rock, which has cracked off the hill side and slipped down on to

some boulders below its original position, forming a hollow tri-

angle. There are three entrances to the cave, one at each end,

and one very small in the centre. The floor consists of large

boulders, covered, to the depth of 2 or 3 inches, with the drop-

pings of the birds, old and young, and the bits of grass they

bring in to fabricate their nests. The only light which penetrates

the cavern from the entrances above-mentioned is very dim ;

when my eyes, however, got accustomed to the light, I could see

many hundreds of nests glued to the side of the fallen rock, but

none to the other side, or hill itself. This I attribute to the fact of

the face of the main rock being evidently subject to the influence

of the weather, and perhaps even to the heavy dews off the trees ;

but for this the side in question would have been far more con-

venient for the birds to have built on, as it sloped gently outward,

whereas the other was much overhung and caused the birds to

build their nests of an awkward shape, besides taking up more

substance. I was at the spot a few days before Christmas, and

fancy that must be about the time to see the nests in perfection.

_ This is corroborated by the fact of my finding young birds in all

the nests taken by me, and by what the old Chinaman* said, that

the ‘take’ came on in October. I find that they have three

different qualities of nests, and send two for your inspection ;

the best is very clean, white as snow and thin, and is also very

expensive. The most inferior are composed of dry grasses, hair,

&e., but I could not detect anything like the bloody secretion as

described (‘though only under peculiar cireumstances of ex-

haustion ’) by Mr. Barbe, even in a fresh nest. I was in ie

* Alluded to in a previous letter.

Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 169

eave late (after 5 p.m.) in the evening of a day which threatened

rain, but the old birds were still flying round the summit of the

mountain, at a vast altitude, occasionally dashing down into the

cave with food for their nestlings. By daylight next morning I

was on foot, but the birds were before me, hawking on the plain

below, and all about the hills: I have found the birds here in

Colombo, in Kandy, and all along the road we went. I could

learn nothing of the number of eggs laid, nor of their colour. I

found one bird in each nest. The Chinese who live on the spot

pretend not to understand anything asked them, and the apa-

thetic Cingalese have never taken the trouble to see for them-

selves, so they could give me no information. The aspect of the

country, broken and rugged, coupled with the numerous flocks

of birds I saw flying round the various hills, lead me to think

there must be many breeding places yet undiscovered. One,

however, was pointed out, but we had not time to visit it. I

could not hear of any other kind of swift breeding there, but

have just received such information as leads me to suppose that

C. fuciphaga builds near Jaffna on some rocks overhanging the

sea. I may further add, that there were no bats in the cave with

C. nidifica, nor did I see any bird of prey, save a fine Hematornis,

which I shot. The Cingalese name for C. nidifica is Wahalena.”

On this letter Mr. Blyth remarks :—

“The specimens sent by Mr. Layard are perfectly identical in

ies with those from Darjiling, &c., and measure 43 to 4 in.

long, of which the outer tail-feathers measure 2 tu 24 in.; ex-

panse of wings 101 to 10} in., and closed wing 43 to 45 in. The

gastric glands, as in C. fuciphaga, present no trace of the struc-

_ture figured by Sir E. Home. The nests sent differ remarkably

from those of C. fuciphaga, in being partly composed of grass

stems worked in with layers of the mucus, and one of the two

has some moss fixed to the outside. Hence they correspond with

the descriptions of the nest of the Linchi or Lintge of Jaya, or

C. fuciphaga, the nest of which is without any such intermixture,

and no doubt the misrepresentations of the gatherers have led to

the mistake. As regards the activity of the birds, early and late,

the requirements of the young at the particular period might

sufficiently account for it, only that Capt. Lewis also found the

other species with young in the Nicobars, and the habit of re-

tiring early may prove characteristic of C. fuciphaga*.”

To this I have little to add, save that I have traced the birds

up to Anarajahpoora, and doubt not they breed among the rocks

in that neighbourhood. I may remark that I only found single

hae a paper by Mr. Blyth printed for private circulation. Calcutta,

1849.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xi. 12

170 = Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

birds in each of the nests procured by me, and that I have lately

received a single fresh egg from Diagallagoolawa taken in the

month of February. It weighed 9ii, and was of a spotless white,

slightly tapering at one end.

41, AcANTHYLIS cAuDACUTA, Lath.

This splendid swift is confined to Nuwera Elia. I have not

seen it myself in its haunts, but received it from friends, who tell

me it flies with immense rapidity, its wings causing a rushing

noise as it darts through the air. The natives report that they

build in hollow Rhododendron trees.

42, Hirunpbo guTTuRALIs, Scop.

Common throughout the island, arriving in Colombo about

the end of September.

43. Hirunpo nyPeRyTHRa, Layard.

I first discovered this species in November 1849 at Ambepusse,

on the road to Kandy. I have since seen them at Putlam, up

the Central road as far as the hills extend, at Ambegamoa, and

up the Caltura river from Perth sugar estate to Ratnapoora and

Adam’s Peak. They breed in caverns and under bridges, and

build a nest of mud attached to the roofs. The general shape

and size is that of a small basin, with a round entrance hole at

the top. The lining is composed of fine hay and feathers, and

the eggs are laid in March. The late Dr. Gardner informed me

that a pair built their nest on a ring supporting a hanging lamp,

nightly used in his sitting-room. They securely hatched their

eggs, unscared by the cleaning or lighting of the lamp, and the ~

young birds returned to the nest every night for about a month

after being fully fledged.

44, Hirrunpo pomico.a, Jerdon.

Found by Dr. Kelaart at Nuwera Elia breeding in the Euro-

pean houses. It appears to be confined to that locality ; the eggs,

four in number, precisely resemble those of the European spe-

cies except in size. Bia

45. Hirunpo Davrica, Linn.

I found one of these birds in the village of Pt. Pedro in De-

cember: it had probably been driven over from the opposite

coast by stress of weather: it was hawking about the street. I

fired at, and wounded it, but it flew away. Next day it was

again in the same place, and I succeeded in killing it, and I

found the shot of the previous day had broken a leg.

a -

ae ee eK ee oe ee

Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 171

46. Harpacres Frascratus, Lath.

This is one of the most beautiful of our indigenous birds.

They inhabit the high tree-jungle called by the natives “ Moo-

koolaney,” and are extremely shy. I found them about the Perth

estate and Ratnapoora, frequenting the highest tree-tops. On

dissection, their stomachs proved full of the remains of various

insects and small seeds.

Preserved skins give but a faint idea of the beauty of these

birds ; the contrast afforded by the brilliant crimson breast, and

the deep blue cere of the eye, bill and legs, when fresh, must be

seen to be appreciated.

47. Coracias Inpica, Linn. Cawolowa, Cing. Kotta Killy,

Mal. ; lit. Palmyra Parrot (from breeding in hollow palmyra

trees).

Common, and widely distributed; very partial to the small

clumps of trees scattered over the cultivated parts of the Jaffna

peninsula ; they are also very fond of sitting on the top of the

Well-Whips in the fields. It breeds in hollow trees, laying four

or five greenish eggs profusely speckled with dark brown spots.

Axis 15 lines; diam. 11 lines.

48, EvuRysToMUs ORIENTALIs, Linn.

Very rare in Ceylon; but three specimens fell under my no-

tice ; one I killed in the Pasdoom Corle. It resembled the pre-

ceding in its flight, but clung to trees in the manner of the Pi-

cide. 1 shot it in the act of tearing away the decayed wood

round a hole in a dead tree. The other birds I killed at Gilly-

mally in a similar situation. Their stomachs were full of wood-

boring coleoptera, swallowed whole, and merely a little crushed,

and I saw them beat their food against the trees as a thrush

would beat a snail.

49. Hatcyon capensis, Linn.

Is rare in the immediate neighbourhood of Colombo, but found

occasionally about Caltura, and up the river to Ratnapoora. It

is very abundant near Trincomalee and Batticaloa, and the Ana-

rajahpoora Wanny, frequenting tanks, and feeding on fish, frogs,

crabs, and small mollusca. When flying they utter a loud harsh

note, not unlike the cracking of castanets. I have never ob-

tained their nests, but the natives say they build in hollow trees.

50. Hatcyon arricapriuvs, Lath.

This lovely kingfisher has but once fallen under my notice as

12*

172 Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

an inhabitant of Ceylon. The specimen in question was shot in

the Jaffna district, in the island of Valenny. I know nothing

personally of its habits.

51. Hatcyon Smyrnensis, Linn. Calavy cooroovi, Mal.; lit.

Large-mouthed Bird.

Very common and widely distributed, feeding indiscriminately

on fresh or saltwater fish, crabs, beetles, and butterflies. I have

seen them capture these last in the manner of flycatchers (Musci-

capide), darting from a sprig and seizing them in the air, their

mandibles closing with a snap, audible at the distance of some

yards. One, which was unluckily introduced into an aviary, de-

stroyed most of the lesser captives ere he was detected as the eul-

prit ; he was at last caught in the act of seizing a small bird in

his powerful bill; he beat it for a moment against his perch, and

then swallowed it whole. The nest of this species is found in

decaying trees ; the parent bird deposits two white eggs, axis

15 lines, diam. 13 lines, beautifully smooth and shining. I have

procured eggs in the north of the island in December, in the

south in April.

52. Cryx tripactyia, Linn,

This lovely little bird is certainly one of our uncommon spe-

cies, and yet, at the same time, widely distributed. I have seen

it at Galle, Trincomalee, Anarajahpoora, Matelle, Putlam, and

Ratnapoora. It delights equally in the headlong waters of the

mountain torrent, and the calm unruffled bosom of the jungle

tank; and glancing like a gemmed arrow past the traveller journey-

ing along the narrow native road, its minute form evades his

quickest shot. I have only procured one specimen.

58, Atcepo Beneatensts, Gmel, Mal-pillihudua*, Cing. ; lit.

Flower Kingfisher.

Found throughout the island, feeding alike on small fresh

‘or saltwater fish, crustaceans, &c. It is captured in great

abundance during some seasons of the year, by Moormen who

resort to this country for that purpose, and transmit the skins

to China, where they are used for embellishing fans and other

fancy work. They are entrapped by a net placed under the

water covered with horse-hair nooses, and baited with a small

fish.

54, Cerys rupis, Linn.

Commonly distributed, feeding on fresh or saltwater fish, ac-

cordiug to its locality. Whilst other kingfishers pounce upon their

* Pillihudua is the native name for all Kingfishers.

1h Te

Re Ree ee eee

Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 173

prey from the overhanging bough of a tree, or solitary stake

protruding from the water, C. rudis hovering in the air with

head inclined marks its victim. Plunging down with unerring

aim, it is lost for a moment in the spray caused. by its heavy fall,

and reappears with the prey struggling in its bill.

55. Merors Paiuirrinvus, Linn. Kattalan cooroovi, Mal. ; lit.

Aloe Bird (from a fanciful resemblance in the tail of the bird

to the aloe plant). Pappugai de champ, Port. ; lit. Ground

Parrot.

This bee-eater is very common throughout the island during

the period of its visitation: it is the harbinger of the snipe, and

appears about the middle of September.

They frequent open fields, perching on fences, or on the tops

of low bushes, always choosing a dry projecting twig, from which

they dart at any insect that may pass by, returning with an ele-

gant sailing flight: before the prey is devoured, they beat it

against the perch till sufficiently broken to be swallowed entire.

In the evenings they frequently pursue insects after the manner

of swallows, uttering the while a pleasing chiruping note and

soaring to a great height in the air.

56. Merops viripis, Linn.

This species is confined to the open plains of the maritime

districts. I have seen it at Trincomalee and Hambantotte, and

traced it from Chilau to Mulletivoe. I am not aware that it is

found near Colombo, nor in the interior, where the preceding

and following species replace it.

It delights in the neighbourhood of water, over which it hunts

for insects. I have even seen it take them from off the surface,

which it has struck with its breast in the endeavour. Itisa

much bolder bird than either of the other two, often allowing

a European to approach within a few feet before seeking its safety

in flight.

It is singular to observe the distinction in this respect between

the native, in his usual state of semi-nudity, and the white man ;

the former can usually approach closely to any wild animal or

bird, but the sight of the latter puts them to speedy flight: I

attribute this more to the colour of the face than to the Euro-

pean dress ; for I always found that by allowing my beard and

a to grow, I could approach them more closely than when

aved.

M. viridis roosts in large flocks, always returning to the same

tree for successive months ; they usually retire before 5 o’clock

in the evening, whereas M, Philippinus flies till dark.

174 Mr. E.L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

57. Merops quinticotor, Vieill.

Whilst the two former species frequent low open plains, and

are rarely, if ever, seen in elevated districts, the present species,

on the contrary, affects the hilly forest region. Here it pursues

its insect prey among the lofty tree-tops, seldom descending to

the ground, except in the breeding season, when it frequents

steep banks for the purpose of providing a suitable habitation

for its young: this is generally effected by scooping a hole in

the soil, to the depth of about 18 inches, terminating im a

domed chamber, in which the young are hatched on the bare

ground. The eggs, two in number, resemble those of the king-

fisher in shape and colour : they are hatched in April.

58. Upupa SEnrca.ensis, Swain. Chaval cooroovi, Mal.; lit.

Cock Bird (from their crest).

The hoopoe is common in the Jaffna peninsula during the

season of its stay, and I have every reason to believe that it not

unfrequently breeds with us, as I shot young birds not fully

fledged, in August. I saw the bird at Hambantotte and Trinco-

malee, and procured one solitary specimen in Colombo.

They feed much upon the ground, and are indefatigable in

scratching into the ordure of cattle, in search of small coleo-

ptera: at such times the crest is carried flat on the head; but

when seated on a tree-top uttering its monotonous “ hoop, hoop,

hoop,” the crest is rapidly elevated and depressed, the bird swing-

ing itself backwards and forwards at every repetition of its note.

I-have been assured by a gentleman long resident in the

Northern Province, that U. pops, Linn., had oceurred to him ;

sed non vidi.

59. Necrarinia Zeytonica, Linn. Teyn cooroovi, Mal. ; lit.

Honey Bird.

My house in Colombo was, as is usual in the East, surrounded

by a verandah, up which crept, in tropical profusion, several spe-

cies of Passiflora; to the flowers of these came the various Nec-

tarinie for their morning and evening meals, rarely appearing in

the heat of the day; they hovered about the starry flowers,

thrusting in their curved bills, in search of the minute insects on

which they fed ; occasionally they would fly into the verandah and

seize a small spider from its web, or from the crevices of the

walls. Then they would betake themselves to the trellis sup-

porting the passion-flowers, or to the branches of a pomegranate

close by, where they pruned themselves and uttered a pleasing

song. If two happened to come to the same flower, and from

their numbers this often occurred, a battle always ensued, which

Leth I oes ae als

capsid a EE er ee ee ee Oe

Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 175

ended in the vanquished bird retreating from the spot with shrill

piping cries, while the conqueror would take up his position upon

a flower or stem, and swinging his little body to and fro, till

his coat of burnished steel gleamed and glistened in the sun,

pour out his note of triumph. All this time the wings were ex-

panded and closed alternately, every jerk of the body in N. Asia-

tica and N. Lotenia disclosing the brilliant yellow plumelets on

either side of the breast.

N. Zeylonica is abundant in the southern and midland di-

stricts, but is rare in the north, where it is replaced by

60. Necrarrn1a miniMA, Sykes.

I never could ascertain to my satisfaction the nest of these

species, but believe them to be similar to those of the following.

61. Necrarin1a Lorenta, Linn.

This species is exceedingly plentiful in the southern and mid-

land districts ; it is not so common in the north as

62. Necrarinia ASIATICA.

The nests of these latter two are elegant domed structures,

generally suspended from the extremity of a twig of some low

bush artfully covered with cobweb, in which I have often seen

the spider still weaving her toils, having extended the web to

the surrounding branches, thus rendering the deception still

more effective ; and it would seem that the birds were aware of

it and left their helper undisturbed.

The entrance to the nest, which, if built in a bush, is always

turned inwards, is screened from the sun and rain by a portico

projecting often above an inch beyond the walls. The eggs

usually are from two to four, of a whitish ground colour, so

closely speckled with minute dusky spots as to appear gray.

They weigh from 9i. gr. 1. to Si. gr. 6, while the parent bird is

Only 3ii. heavier. The young males are clad in the livery of the

female, but at the first moult assume their proper garb, the

brilliant metallic hues first appearing in a long line down the

breast.

63. Diczum Tickeu, Blyth.

This, the smallest of our feathered tribes, is plentiful among

parasitic plants wherever found, but it especially delights to feed

on the white viscid berries of a misletoe ? which flourishes on

the Sooria (Hibiscus) trees, and I believe it is by their means

that the plant is propagated, the seeds passing undigested

176 = Dr. J. E. Gray on the Head of the genus Conus.

through the intestine. I never saw the nest of this species, nor

do the natives seem cognisant of it.

64. PaHytitornis Maraparica, Lath.

__ A rare species, and confined to the upland districts. Dr. Ke-

laart procured it at Nuwera Elia, and Muttoo brought in a

single specimen whilst I lay ill at Gillymally.

65. Puytuornis Jerpont, Blyth.

Extremely common in the south of Ceylon, but rare towards

the north. It feeds in small flocks on seeds and insects, and

builds an open cup-shaped nest. The eggs, four in number, are

white, thickly mottled at the obtuse end with purplish spots.

66. PHYLLORNIS AURIFRONS, Temm. ?

Included by Dr. Kelaart in his catalogue ; sed non vidi.

67. DENDROPHILA FRONTALIS, Horsf,

This elegant little creeper is abundant about jack-trees, among

the branches of which it incessantly creeps in search of minute

insects, examining the under as well as the upper sides, and the

bold little climber courses upright or headlong with equal

facility.

These birds always hunt in small parties, and the rapidity of

their motions is such as to baffle the eye.

[To be continued. ]

XIX.—On the Head of the Genus Conus, Linn.

By J. E. Gray, Ph.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &e.

Apanson (Voy. Seneg. t. 6), Lesson (Voy. Freycinet, t. 67. f. 7),

Quoy and Gaimard (Voy, Astrolabe, t. 52 & 83), Philippi (Moll.

Sicil. t. 12. f. 19), Ehrenberg (Sym. Phys. t. 2), Eydoux and

Souleyet (Voy. Bonite, t. 45), and Chiaje (Moll. Sicil. iii. t. 45),

have described and figured the animal of the Cones as having an

elongated muzzle or rostrum like the phytophagous univalve mol-

lusks ; and Lovén, probably misled by these descriptions, expressly

describes them as having “ rostrum productum non recondendum.”

Never having had an opportunity of examining the mouth of

these animals before the publication of the arrangement of the

families which I proposed in the ‘Annals and Magazine of

Natural History’ for Feb. 1853 (xi. 130), I placed the family -

Conide in the suborder Rostrifera.

a a ne

ee etn ee es ————

“J 1 oe am

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Head of the genus Conus. 177

Having lately, in pursuing my researches on the teeth of Mol-

lusea, examined the mouth of several species of Cones, I was sur-

prised to find that they were all provided with a distinct retractile

proboscis, and that the part which had been mistaken for the

rostrum was only a prolongation of the veil which unites the

base of the tentacles, always found in the Proboscidifera, but

which in this genus is more developed, and assumes the sem-

blance of a rostrum. This is the more remarkable, as Adanson

specially describes the mouth of the rostrum as round and con-

tracted, and some authors figure it as linear and inferior.

The veil in all the species I have examined is produced some-

what like a muzzle or rostrum, and is provided with a large aper-

ture, which, when contracted in spirits, is oblong, transverse, and

has a more or less large longitudinal slit on the centre of the

upper surface, as is well represented in De Blainville’s figure of

the animal (Freycinet, Voy. t. 67. f. 7, copied by Mrs. Gray, Mol-

lusea, t. 11. f. 8) ; but from the appearance of the animal when

it has been placed in a weak solution of caustic potass, I believe

that it is funnel-shaped and expanded at the end when the ani-

mal is alive ; and Adanson particularly observes that the Cones

use the mouth, as he calls the end of the veil, as a leech does its

oral disk, to attach itself to any animal it touches.

In most specimens the veil is simple on the edge, but in others,

as Conus Tulipa and C. striatus, it is fringed with a series of cy-

lindrical beards or tentacles, as represented by Quoy and Gaimard

(Voy. Astrol. t. 53. f. 2 & 12, copied by Mrs. Gray, Mollusca,

t. 12. f. 2 & t. 10. f. 6).

The proboscis in its retracted state, as seen in the animal pre-

served in spirits, is short, broad, conical, annulate, prominent,

in the base of the tubular veil, with a roundish central mouth.

Instead of having any elongated lingual band covered with

short transparent teeth, like the rest of the Proboscidifera and

Rostrifera, it has a fleshy tube with a bundle of subulate barbed

teeth directed towards the mouth ; this tube is prolonged behind

and below at right angles with its upper part and mouth into

an elongated, fleshy, attenuated subulate tube, containing with

its hinder edge two series of similar subulate red barbed teeth

directed from the aperture towards the apex of the tube.

The teeth are implanted by a distinct root into the substance

of the tube; those near the upper or oral part of the tube

are placed rather irregularly in two parallel rows, but those

nearer the tip are more crowded, and the limes gradually diverge

from each other.

I shall not attempt to describe the manner in which these

teeth are brought into action, as I have only seen them in the

preserved specimen ; but those nearest the mouth are probably

178 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Head of the genus Conus.

used to pierce the animal, which is held fast by the contraction

of the veil as described by Adanson. The organization and

structure of the mouth are so unlike that of the other Proboscidifera

and Rogtrifera, where the teeth are placed on a lingual band and

used to rasp the food, being replaced by others as those in action

are injured by use, that I am inclined to form the Cones into a

third suborder, which may be called Tozifera; and it is probable

that the Pleurotomide, which are described by Lovén as having

similar subulate teeth in two series, should be placed in the same

suborder, as they appear to differ from the Cones chiefly in the

veil being truncated and not produced round the base of the

proboscis,—a character of comparatively little importance, as the

Dolia, and probably the Cassides, and some species of Tritons,

have the veil more or less produced, forming a more or less

distinct tube round the base of the proboscis, and giving the

appearance of having a very short rostrum.

While on the subject, I may observe that the genera Cassidulus,

Cochlidium, and I believe Fulgur, have the head produced into

an elongated cone like a rostrum; but in these the tentacles,

which are generally very small, are placed at the top of the cone

on the side of the small apex, from which the very long retractile

proboscis is emitted,as in the normal Proboscidifera. Lam inclined,

on account of this peculiarity in the form of the head, to separate

these genera from Muricide and form for them the family Cassi-

dulide.

_ I sent this communication in manuscript to Mr. Arthur

Adams, that he might have the opportunity of placing the fa-

mily Conide in its proper position in the forthcoming number of

his ‘ Genera of Mollusca,’ and he informs me that he has observed

‘the veil of the genus expanded in the living animal, and referred

me to the following observations made by him on the habits of

these animals, showing that the theory I had ventured to propose

is correct :—

“Its bite produces a venomed wound, accompanied by acute

pain, and making a small deep triangular mark, which is suc-

ceeded by a watery vesicle. At the little island of Mayo, one of

the Moluccas near Ternate, Sir Edward Belcher was bitten by one

of the Cones, which suddenly exserted its proboscis as he took it

out of the water with his hand, and he compared the pain he

experienced to that produced by the burning of phosphorus

under the skin..... The instrument which inflicted the wound in

this instance was probably the tongue, which in these mollusks

is long and armed with two ranges of sharp-pointed teeth.”

(Zool. Voy. Samarang, 19.) Mr. Adams informs me that it

adhered to the hand by its mouth like a leech, as deseribed by

Adanson.

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Animal of Rotella. 179

XX.—On the Animal of Rotella, Lamk. By J.E. Gray, Ph.D.,

F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &e.

Tuts animal has great affinity with that of the Trochide, but differs

so widely in some important particulars that it appears worthy of

a separate description, more especially as the figures of the ani-

mal of this genus given by Quoy and Gaimard (Voy. Astrolabe =

Gray Mollusca, t. 38. f. 7, 8, and by Kiener, Conch. t. 1=Gray

Mollusca, t. 107. f. 6) do not properly represent the animal : both

must evidently have been taken from a species of Trochus.

The foot is truncated in front, and when contracted in spirits

has a deep central groove, and the side edges folded down in

front. The lateral fringe is distinct, with three tentacles on each

side ; on the front of the right side near the base of the tentacles

it is produced into an oblong fleshy lobe, which probably partly

covers the base of the shell when the animal is exposed, and

may deposit the peculiar callosity over the axis which charac-

terizes the genus. The upper part of the body has a deep

groove on each side separating it from the rest of the body. The

tentacles two, subulate, with a black longitudinal central line ;

the right tentacle is largest and free, with an oblong compressed

lobe on its hinder side, which has an indistinct indication of an

eye on the inner part of its upper edge ; hence I am inclined to

consider it as a modified eye-pedicel. The left tentacle is smaller

and partly attached to the upper side of the left eye-pedicel,

which is cylindrical, bearing a very distinct eye, and with a large

membranaceous expansion attached to the whole length of its left

side, which is fringed with small black beards or tentacles on its

; this expansion is folded first over the mouth towards the

right tentacle, and then folded back to the left side of the head

and continued by a slightly elevated ridge to the front edge of

the left lateral fringe, being a modification of the appendages

near the base of the tentacles found in other Trochide. There

is no muzzle, as in the animal of that family, but a small circular

sunken hole under the base of the fringe veil emitting a short

cylindrical retractile proboscis, armed with an elongated linear

lmgual membrane. The teeth, as figured by Lovén, are, as in the

Trochide, placed in many oblique ridges on each side of the lin-

gual membrane; they are subulate, suddenly bent at the end, and

finely denticulated near the tip; the innermost series is com-

pressed and suddenly dilated from just under the bend. The

operculum is orbicular, horny, thin, of many gradually enlarging

whorls, finely ciliated on the outer edge, and rather concave

externally.

Since I examined the animal and made the above description,

180 M. de Quatrefages on the Phosphorescence of

I have received the May number of the ‘ Annals of the Lyceum

of New York’ (vi. 35), containing a figure and description of the

animal of Rotella made by the Rev. 8. B. Fairbank of Bombay,

and transmitted by him to the late Professor C. B. Adams.

Mr. Fairbank describes the lobe on the right side of the

body, which is an extension of the front end of the lateral fringe,

as a lobe probably “of the mantle which partly clings to the

shell, but does not at all envelope it ;” and he calls the veil “a

siphon,” and describes it “as a tube, the side being slit next

the outer lip of the shell and filled with cilia ; the cilia are tipped

with black ; sometimes they gather against the sides, so that you

see the tube with a black rim, but usually they are disposed

much as I have dotted them in the figure,” that is to say, like

the rays of a star. The lateral fringe, so constant in all the

Trochide, is entirely overlooked in this figure and description.

He observes that these shells are found where the water would

leave them dry at least two hours each tide, just buried in the sand;

when placed in water, they did not move about much, but only

raised their siphons. As represented in the figure, the “ siphon ”

greatly resembles the fringed siphonal tube of a bivalve shell ; but

I can scarcely conceive that the veil, as I observed it in the animal

in spirit, could form such a complete tube. The part here called

a siphon can only be considered as a great development of one

of the fringed lobes which are found near the base of the ten-

tacles of most Trochide and Turbonide, and which is a continu-

ation over the head of the lateral membranes of these animals.

It differs chiefly from the other Trochide in the rostrum not

being developed, and the mouth consisting of a round opening

under the base of the veil, and in the peculiar development of

the frontal appendages.

XXI.—On the Phosphorescence of some Marine Invertebrata.

By M. A. De QuarreracEs*,

[Concluded from p. 27.]

Seconp Part.—General Observations on Phosphorescence.

1. Description of the Phenomenon.—It would be useless to

repeat here all the details given by travellers; I will confine

myself to some remarks on my own observations,

The phosphorescence of the sea has appeared to me under two

different forms :—lst, a result of scintillations more or less nu-

* From the Annales des Sciences Naturelles, vol. liv. 3rd series, as in-

serted in Siliman’s American Journal of Science for July, 1853.

some Marine Invertebrata. 181

merous, always isolated, and not giving at all the idea of a liquid

in itself lummous; 2nd, a general glow more or less uniform,

the phosphorescent substance seeming to be dissolved in the

water itself.

In both cases phosphorescence is equally a result from living

animals directly emitting the light, but the species which pro-

duce the phzenomenon are different.

A. Ihave often observed the first mode of phosphorescence on

the western coasts of France, at points peculiarly exposed to the

action of currents and waves. At Chausey, especially in the small

channel called “le Sund de Chausey,” I have seen very numerous

and brilliant sparks brought out by each stroke of the oar. The

track of the vessel seemed for a moment as if strewn with dia-

monds, but these sparks, always very brilliant, and appearing

at the same instant, never communicated a general glow to the

water. They remained completely isolated, and were distinct

from the dark surface of the sea. At Brehat, St. Malo, and

St. Vaast, I observed similar facts The fishermen whom I

questioned, all assured me that in these regions, the sea never

presented a different appearance ; the young men who had never

left their native coasts, did not seem to understand my in-

quiries relative to a more general or diffused phosphorescence,

M. Beautemps-Beaupré mentions his observing phosphorescence

of this kind during one of the numerous excursions m which he

was engaged, while making his magnificent Atlas of the coasts of

France; but he cannot recall the exact locality. It was in the

neighbourhood of St. Brieuc, and it may be that this single ob-

servation was made in some well-sheltered harbour, like the port

of Paimpol.

If the sea itself rarely presents any remarkable phospho-

rescence in the localities of which I am about to speak, it is not

so with the marine plants which are left by the tide. In some

circumstances I have seen masses of the Fucus kindle up when

seized a little rudely; but even then the light was in isolated

points, which the eye easily distinguished from one another. In

no case did the stalks or the leaves present the uniform tint of

a metal at a white heat, and the water which ran out freely was

never luminous. Moreover, the part of the beach which the sea

_had just left dry remained perfectly dark. At most, only a few

sparks might be seen over a space of some extent.

Water drawn from the sea in the circumstances of which I

speak, and when the scintillations were most numerous and most

brilliant, often became suddenly obscure, or presented only some

few luminous points, when the vase containing it was violently

shaken, and these ordinarily disappeared instantly. This same

water, poured out from some height, presented nothing peculiar,

182 M. de Quatrefages on the Phosphorescence of

Never, in the regions of which I speak, have I seen the waves

breaking on a shore presenting the appearance described by

travellers.

B. The second kind of phosphorescence I saw for the first time

near Stromboli. Here the effects of the light were heightened

by the dark hue of the waves around the volcanic cone; more-

over, at Boulogne, and probably at Havre, Dieppe, Ostend, &c.,

this phenomenon is as complete and interesting as at Stromboli.

At Boulogne, the phosphorescence is apparent throughout the

harbour, except where the waters of the Liane flow into it. It is

diminished and perhaps destroyed towards the entrance, between

the two dykes. It is very decided through the whole port pro-

perly so called, in the basin, and especially in the little cove

named the “ Parc aux huitres.” The last locality, being very

accessible, afforded opportunity for studying all the details of

the phenomenon.

However favourable the circumstances for observation, the

water when quiet was always perfectly dark ; but the least move-

ment drew forth light. A grain of sand cast upon the dark sur-

face produced a luminous spot, and the undulations of the water

were so many bright circles. A stone as large as the fist pro-

duced the same results in a more intense degree, and moreover

each splashing occasioned a scintillation like that of a bar of

iron at a white heat when struck upon an anvil. The entrance

of a steamboat when the phenomenon was most apparent, was

a magnificent sight, and recalled to mind the descriptions of

travellers.

The “ Pare aux huitres” was always bordered by a phospho-

rescent girdle, resulting from the incessant undulations of the sea,

which reached the shore under the form of small waves; but in

perfectly fair weather this light was too feeble to be distinguished ~

at.a distance. When these undulations were only 3 to 4 inches

high, the rmg might easily be seen from the pier, throughout

its whole extent, and was especially marked in the mner part of

this little harbour.

At Boulogne, as at Stromboli, these luminous waves, seen from

a distance, presented a uniform tint of a pale dull white. It might

be called almost a froth, resulting from the action of the waves

against the shore; and seen at mid-day under the most favour-

able circumstances, that was all I could distinguish at a distance

of seventy to eighty yards. In proportion as you advance the

appearance changes; the waves, as they near the shore, seem

crowned with a light bluish flame, which M. Becquerel has

justly compared to that of a bowl of punch. When they strike,

this brightness becomes whiter and more vivid. On reaching

the bank, you often see these same waves under the aspect of

“y pycl es a

some Marine Invertebrata. 183

of melted lead or silver, strewn with an infinite number

of bright scintillations, either brilliant white, or of a greenish

tinge. The spectacle is then most beautiful, and after having

witnessed it on a small scale, I understood the impression left

on the minds of travellers who have seen it under the tropics, in

all its magnificence. The following are the facts which I have

myself witnessed. z

The waves, in breaking on the nearly horizontal beach of the

cove, although so little elevated, covered quite an extent, and the

whole space presented a uniform and glowing tint, from which

started out innumerable scintillations yet more brilliant, and of

a bluish or greenish hue.

As the water became absorbed by the sand, a line more

strongly luminous indicated its limit. This effect was especially

marked in the little cavities which the shore presented, where

the line formed concentric curves which diminished as these little

basins were exhausted. On passing a long stick rapidly in the

water, it presented in its whole length the appearance of a blade

of silver.

The water taken up at random and poured out from a little

height had exactly the appearance of melted silver, and it was the

same in the slightest spray. It left upon the hands or clothes

bright spots that were quite persistent. At one time, when, on a

short excursion with M. Bouchard, a dog ran barking at us, we

threw at him the contents of a small cup, and he fled in terror

from what he seemed to take for fire, and troubled us no longer

save at a distance. If we plunged our hands into the sea, when

drawn out they were luminous all over, but after a few seconds

they were marked only here and there with bright spots, whose

brilliancy remained constant and without scintillations.

The bank recently left by the tide did not however show any

trace of phosphorescence ; yet at the least shock it became lumi-

nous, and seemed literally to glow under the steps of the observer.

In some circumstances, wherever the foot rested on the sand or

gravel, it seemed like burning coals beneath the tread ; and this

appearance was equally perfect, with more or less brilliancy, even

to a distance of some inches.

The Talitri, so numerous on our sandy shores, and whose

habits have gained for them from the fishers the name of sand-

flea, become luminous by contact with the phosphorescent water,

—a fact to be noted ; for at first one might be led to imagine

that they were the cause of the light. Nothing can be more

curious than to see these sand-fleas leaping by hundreds, and

appearing like the scattering of tiny sparks.

2. The Animals that produce the phosphorescence in the two pre-

ceding cases.—a. At Chausey, Brehat, St. Malo, and Saint Vaast,

184 M. de Quatrefages on the Phosphorescence of

I have many times sought for the cause of the bright sparks

which I saw shining and then vanishing in darkness. In each

case I met with living animals, and these animals were always

Crustacea, Ophiura or Annelida. I usually found the first in the

water drawn up either from channels or at some distance from

the shore. The second were under stones, or in the masses of

seaweed. It was especially to the Annelida that the Fucus owed

its brilliancy.

These results explained all the circumstances of the first kind

of phosphorescence. The Crustacea, whose movements are ener-

getic and whose locomotion is extended, cannot easily be col-

lected in sufficient quantity on a given point to have their scin-

tillations appear like a uniform tint. Besides, there is nothing in

the habits of the species I have examined to lead one to suppose

that they are inclined to collect in numerous bands. The size of

the Ophiura prevents such an idea with regard to them ; and the

smaller Annelid for a like reason cannot contribute to such a

result. Thus the light produced by these different animals is

always seen in points more or less near each other, but never

really blended.

b. At Boulogne, on the contrary, we find this brilliant light

exclusively due to Noctiluce. With the most careful examina-

tion, I have never found in my vases a single Annelid, or a single

phosphorescent Crustacean.

Many circumstances, some of which will be explained hereafter,

illustrate the particular mode of phosphorescence of the sea, ren-

dered luminous by the presence of these Rhizopodes. We will

first notice their size and great number. The diameter of these

Noctiluce varies from about 3th to jrd of a millimetre ; but their

abundance more than compensates for their minuteness, each

drop of water, as observed by Suriray and M. Verhaeghe, con-

taining one or more. The following calculations will give some

idea of their vast numbers.

In taking up some water at random from a brilliant wave, I

filled a tube about a decimetre in height. After being left a little

time quiet, the deposition of Noctiluce on the surface of the

liquid was about 14 centimetre in thickness. Thus the Nocti-

luce composed about +th of the phosphorescent water. Again, I

took the water from the surface and filled a vessel about one-

half. The whole height of the liquid was about 15 centimetres,

and that of the mass of Noctiluce was about 5 centimetres ; here

the proportion was about 4. Finally, I remember that at False

Bay, M. de Tessan found the proportion equal to 3. From these

numbers, it is easy to understand how the sea, rendered luminous

by the Noctiluce, may present a uniform brilliancy, irresistibly

impressing the idea of a phosphorescent solution. When the

some Marine Invertebrata. 185

surface of the sea is tranquil, as in a well-protected harbour, the

Noctiluce, because of their small specific gravity, form a conti-

nuous bed, and the least movement is sufficient to cover that dark

surface with a brilliant mantle. When the movement of a vessel

at once breaks in upon this mass of Noctiluce, and also calls out

their simultaneous phosphorescence, the myriads of bright points

lying in the trough of the wave present one universal hue. From

a distance, the eye sees throughout a uniform brilliancy, and near

by distinguishes only the most brilliant scintillations, or those

thrown out by the animals at the immediate surface of the water.

These brilliant waves are like so many nebule resolved by the

eye only in part.

Tarr Part.—Observations and Experiments on the Light of

the Noctiluce.

_ [Instead of giving a full translation of this Part of the memoir,

as has been done of the preceding, we offer here an abstract pre-

senting in brief the conclusions of the author.—Ebs. |

1. In a sea rendered p:.osphorescent by Noctiluce, the light

proceeds only from the body of these Animals—This proposition

is proved by direct microscopic examination ; and by the water’s

being deprived of all light when the Noctiluce are filtered out,

and becoming luminous again when they are restored to it. In

a tube of the seawater, the Noctiluce, if left quiet, soon form a

layer at the top of the liquid, and the light is confined entirely

to this layer of the animals.

2. The production of light is independent of contact with the

air.—The flashes of light that are produced with the breaking

of every wave might seem to show that the access of the animals.

to the external atmosphere was essential to the result. But on

the contrary, it is found by observation that in a vase of seawater

containing the Noctiluce, the bed of these animals that collects

at the top of the base is equally luminous in every part.

3. Colour of the light—When the Noctiluce are in full vigour

of life in quiet water, the colour is a clear blue. But on agita-

ting the water, or in the waves of the sea, the light becomes

nearly or quite white, or like silver sprinkled with some greenish

or bluish spangles.

4. Intensity of the ight-—M. de Tessan states that in some

tropical seas, the phosphorescence is so bright from the breaking

waves, that he could read ordinary type at a distance of fifteen

The light from the Noctiluce cannot compare with this.

At the head of the cove of the “ Pare aux Huitres” at Boulogne,

it was not possible to tell the hour with a watch when the waves

were breaking at the observer’s feet. With a tube 15 millimetres

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xii. 13

186 M. de Quatrefages on the Phosphorescence of

in diameter, in which the Noctiluce formed a bed at the surface

nearly 20 millims. thick, the figures of a watch face could be read ;

but strong agitation of the tube was necessary, and it was requi-

site to hold it close to the glass of the watch. Four to five tea-

spoonsfull of Noctiluce were collected in a filter, and on pro-

ducing the phosphorescence by this means the hour could b

told at the distance of a foot.

5. No disengagement of heat sensible to a thermometer accom-

panies the phosphorescence.—This fact was established by placing

the bulb of a thermometer in the Noctiluca water while it was

quiet, and then giving it a shake to produce the phosphorescence.

The experiment was varied in different ways.

6. The light of the Noctiluce may be produced over the whole

surface of its body or only a part of it,—After a violent agitation,

the Noctiluce retain the phosphorescence for some time, so that

it may be studied at leisure. With a lens magnifying 6 to 8 dia-

meters, it is easy to see that while some of the Noctiluce are

phosphorescent throughout, others are but partially so. In the

figure Pl. VI. (fig. 7), one of the animals is light over its whole

surface, and the other (fig. 8) only on opposite sides. With a lens

of 10 to 12 diameters we find that the light often appears success-

ively on different parts of the body. There is hence no cireum-

scribed phosphorescent organ, as in the Lampyri, Elaters, and

Pyrosomas*.

7. The light is due to an infinite number of minute scintilla-

tions.—Figure 9 of a part of a Noctiluca much magnified, re-

presents the actual character of the phosphorescence. There

is an immense number of points of light. With a lens of

20 to 30 diameters, the light is like an undefined nebula; but

with a lens of 60 diameters it is partially resolved, and with

150 diameters, wholly, into its constituent spangles, Hach lumi-

nous spot on the body is found to consist of a cluster of minute

instantaneous scintillations, dense at the centre, and more scat-

tered towards the circumference of the spot. Thus the same

phenomena take place in the Noctiluce as were observed by

M. de Quatrefages in the Ophiure and Annelida. Hach spot

of light is resolvable into constituent points, and consists of ©

evanescent scintillations,

* The Noctiluca (PI. VI. fig. 6) has a depression on one side, and near the

middle of this depression is the mouth. At the same place there is a move-

able appendage as long as half the diameter of the animal. The body is

perfectly transparent. The general envelope consists of two membranes

distinguished with difficulty. The outer is excessively thin and like an

epidermis ; the inner is thicker, but without a trace of fibres. _On com-

ression the envelope acts like a bag full of liquid, and finally bursts.

umerous anastomosing and branching lines radiate from the mouth

through the granulous interior.

some Marine Invertebrata. 187

8. The light from the dead Noctiluce, or from fragments of

them, is identical with that from the vigorous living animal.—

When the light of the Noctiluce, after frequent excitement, be-

comes white, it is also more fixed, and finally covers the whole

body. From numerous experiments, M. de Quatrefages con-

cludes, that this kind of light is evidence of disease, or of a de-

cline of vigour, and when the light is universal, of death. Micro-

scopic examinations make it apparent that in these cases the

light is still made up of minute points, and it is evidently of the

same nature with the light given out in active life.

9. Precautions necessary to succeed in the preceding observa-

tions.—The animals should be examined without the use of a

compressor ; and care should be taken in employing high powers,

not to be deceived by the light proceeding from a point not quite

in the focus, whose rays produce a confused image, as if the light

were uniform instead of localized. This illusion is difficult to

avoid with fragments, as they are apt to be folded, so as to bring

more than one point of light in the focus at once.

10. The phosphorescence is not the result of a kind of com-

bustion.—On taking a barometer tube nearly filled with mercury,

putting in some seawater containing Noctiluce (the water occu-

pied 6 centimetres of the tube, and the bed of Noctiluce was

3 centimetres thick), and then inverting it over mercury, a

phosphorescence was produced of the pale white light which indi-

cated approaching death, a consequence of the imperfect vacuum.

After one hour and eighteen minutes, the phosphorescence had

ceased, and could not be restored by shaking it. Oxygen gas

was introduced without effect. It is probable that the phospho-

rescence, if due to combustion, would have been restored by the

oxygen, as happens with the Lampyri, according’ to Matteucci,

er similar circumstances.

Four tubes were filled with water containing the Noctiluce.

Into one oxygen was poured, into the second hydrogen, the

third carbonic acid, the fourth chlorine. The first three gases

produced the same effect, and not more than atmospheric air

occasions through the agitation its passage causes. After half

an hour these tubes were shaken with precisely the same result

in all. Chlorine acted like other irritating agents ; the light was

at first bright and continuous, but rapidly became extinguished.

‘Macaire and Matteucci have shown that the light of the Lampyri

is immediately brightened in oxygen, and rapidly extinguished

- by carbonic acid. The light therefore cannot be alike in origin

in the two cases.

11. All physical agents that produce contractions cause phos-

phorescence, and in proportion to the intensity of the contractions.

—This conclusion was established by M. de Quatrefages by ex-

13*

188 Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Carboniferous

periments upon the influence of pressure, heat and electricity ; of

sulphuric, nitric, muriatic and hydrosulphuricacids; potash, ammo-

nia, alcohol, ether, turpentine, common salt, Owen’s liquid, milk,

fresh water. With very dilute sulphuric acid, the excitation is

strongly marked, attended with a rupture more or less rapid of

the filaments uniting the interior mass to the envelope, and finally

a detachment of the mass from the envelope, and a withdrawal

towards its mouth. A portion of the inner mass and tissues may

still cover the inner surface of the envelope ; but after a while

they come away from the envelope, and collect about the mouth,

leaving the envelope empty. In the dark there is a very brilliant

light at the first contact of the dilute acid with the Noctiluce ;

then afterwards there appears a clear fixed white light on one

part, which rapidly spreads, till the whole is like a ball of silver.

The brilliancy soon after begins to diminish, and rather rapidly

disappears. The rupture of the fibres and disorganization of the

interior mass evidently take place consentaneously with the

flashes and change in the light.

It is hardly necessary to cite the other experiments in this

place. M. de Quatrefages concludes that the light is produced

by the contraction of the interior mass of the body; that the

scintillations are owing to the rupture and rapid contraction of

the filaments of the interior, and that the fixed light which these

animals emit before dying, proceeds from the permanent con-

traction of the contractile tissues adhering to the inner surface of

the general envelope, The production of the light is independent

of all material secretions. Whether it is accompanied by a dis-

’ charge of electricity or not remains to be ascertained.

XXITI.—On some new Carboniferous Limestone Fossils. By Fre-

ppertcK M‘Coy, F.G.8S., Hon. F.C.P.S., Professor of Mine-

ralogy and Geology in the Queen’s University of Ireland.

Pinna spatula (M‘Coy).

Desc. Valves very narrow and much elongated, about four times

larger than the width of posterior end, very slightly convex

except at the beaks, which are pointed and almost cylindrical,

the sides gradually flattening as they approach the posterior

end, which is subtruncate or slightly rounded obliquely ; car-

dinal margin slightly thickened, with the cartilage ridge very

close within its edge ; surface perfectly smooth, or with very

faint laminar lines of growth parallel with the margins.

Length of large, rather imperfect specimen 53 z ICheR, propor-

tional ereatent Dice at posterior end about o> greateat

depth -8, or 725:

ee ae

a a

Limestone Fossils. ' 189

Fragments of this species might be taken for a Solen, and the

s. siliquoides (Kon.) may have some affinity with it, though spe-

cifically distinct. The muscular impression is rather large,

though superficial, quadrato-reniform, rather behind the middle

of the length, and nearer to the cardinal than the ventral margin.

Specimens of the above large size, rare in the carboniferous —

limestone of Derbyshire; specimens about 3 inches long, and

shghtly more convex, in the carboniferous limestone of Lowick,

Northumberland.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Cardiomorpha orbicularis (M‘Coy).

Desc. Suborbicular ; anterior end moderately large, semicir-

cular, compressed ; ventral and posterior margin very convex,

regularly curved; posterior side small, rounded, gradually

compressed ; beaks very large, tumid, obliquely inrolled to-

wards the anterior end, projecting greatly beyond the hinge,

nearly over which is the deepest part of the shell; valves be-

coming gradually flattened towards the margins; surface

smooth, even ; substance of the shell very thin ; hinge-margin

inflected at right angles, forming a cartilage support rather

less than 2 lmes wide. Length 3 anges 2 lines, proportional

width ven beak to ventral margin =25,, length of anterior

mes 8, width half-way between the weer and posterior end

tos, depth (greatest near the beak) 5;

This is only likely to be ss eid with the C. oblonga

(Sow.sp.), but is distinguished by its large anterior and small pos-

terior sides, extremely large beaks, and flattened orbicular valves.

The young of the C. corrugata (M‘Coy), which is nearly like in

form, is distinguished by the large corrugations of the sides.

Seems not uncommon in the carboniferous limestone of Der-

byshire.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Lithodomus Jenkinsoni (M‘Coy).

Dese. Longitudinally oblong or oval, subcylindrical ; beaks

small, much incurved, obliquely inrolled over the wide, deep,

cordate, anterior Junette ; anterior end very short, extending

very slightly in front of the beaks, obtusely rounded ; poste-

rior end shghtly wider than the anterior, obtusely rounded ;

dorsal margin nearly straight, gradually rounding into the

posterior end; ventral margin very slightly convex; valves

evenly tumid, ‘most so along an undefined line from the beaks

to the respiratory margin a little in front of the middle of the

length; surface with irregular, coarse, concentric lines and

190 Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Carboniferous

plicee of growth. Casts show the large anterior and posterior

adductor impressions distinctly connected by the simple pallial

scar, together with faint traces of the concentric plice of the

surface, crossed by microscopic, close, diagonal strie from the

_ beaks towards the respiratory margin; also an impression of

the small cartilage ridge within the dorsal margin. Length

1 inch 7 lines, proportional depth greatest at middle of length

70» depth at posterior end ;49,, from apex of beaks to ventral

margin ;4%, length and width of anterior lunette +13,, greatest

depth of both valves ;43,, length of anterior end +49,.

This is a smaller and much more obtuse species than the

L. dactyloides (M‘Coy), the anterior end being proportionally

broader and more obtusely rounded ; the posterior end is also

less pointed, and the anal angle not elevated. I have not seen

the external shell of this species, except near the margins, and

here there is no trace of the distinct longitudinal or radiating

striation of that species, traces of which are however seen on the

internal casts. I dedicate this species to the Rev. Mr. Jenkinson

of Lowick, to whose labours we owe the most extensive and

beautifully perfect local collection perhaps ever made—particu-

larly instructive by the frequent exhibition of internal cha-

racters.

Not uncommon in the impure carboniferous limestone of

Lowick, Northumberland.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Edmondia rudis (M‘Coy).

Desc. Rotundato-quadrate, very gibbous ; beaks very large, ob-

tuse, posterior end broad, subtruncate, very slightly oblique ;

posterior slope flattened, steep, undefined ; anterior end sub-

truncate, abruptly compressed ; ventral margin gently convex ;

hinge-line nearly as long as the shell, slightly raised, middle

_ of the shell with very unequal rugged plice, parallel with the

ventral margin, anterior and posterior slopes evenly smooth.

Length 1 inch 1 line, proportional width ;85,, width of pos-

terior end 8%, length of anterior end +4%,, depth of one

valve =26,,

The short, quadrate, extremely gibbous form and unequal

rugged plice distinguish this species from all other carboniferous

fossils that I know at a glance. There is often a sort of large

obscure pitting between the plicee. The cardinal cartilage ridge

is very thick, and nearly as long as the hinge-line or simple

erect cardinal margin.

Rare in the impure carboniferous limestone of Lowick, North-

umberland.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Limestone Fossils. 191

Py Murchisonia dispar (M‘Coy).

Desc. Elongate, very acutely conic ; apical angle 30°; spire of

about eight very gradually increasing tumid whorls having a

_ very thick obtuse prominent band, forming a rounded keel

much nearer the lower than the upper suture ; upper and lower

surfaces slightly tumid, convex, the lower portion most steeply

sloped ; the band is either simple, or rarely with three spiral

striz ; two strong spiral lines below the keel, and six slightly

smaller ones above it on each whorl; base of body-whorl

rounded, convex, with an obtuse angulation at such a distance

below the keel, that it is just concealed by the suture on the

spiral whorls ; lines of growth five, unequal, obscure, slightly

arched, oblique to the band. Length 7 lines, proportional

width 5°, height of last whorl 45, height of penultimate

whorl 2°.

This species is easily distinguished from its allies, the M. sub-

sulcata and M. Archiacana, De Koninck, and M. Larconi, M‘Coy,

by the disparity in width of the parts of the whorls above and

below the band, and the disparity in number of the keels or

spiral strize which ornament those parts.

Not very uncommon in the impure carboniferous limestone of

Lowick, Northumberland.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Pleurotomaria decipiens (M‘Coy).

Desc. Var. «. Spire acute, regularly conic ; apical angle about

40° ; composed of about seven or eight gradually increasing

flat whorls; suture a simple impressed line ; base of body-

whorl flattened, forming a strong angle with the spire; no

umbilicus ; pillar-lip slightly thickened, arched; mouth ob-

long angulated, a little wider than long ; surface marked with

narrow thread-like spiral ridges, separated by flat or slightly

concave spaces about three times their width ; about eight or

nine spiral ridges on each whorl, and seven or eight more

rather stronger on the base, the intervening spaces very irre-

gularly cancellated by obscure, unequal, obtuse, longitudinal

wrinkles, very slightly oblique to the band, forming an obscure

irregular, quadrate pitting, occasionally visible on the cast,

these transverse plice closer and more oblique on the base ;

band about the width of the ordinary spaces between the spiral

lines, flat, very inconspicuous, and bounded by very delicate,

impressed lines, destitute of the obtuse cancellating plice of

the rest of the surface, situated two inter-spiral spaces above

the lower suture of each whorl. Width 10 lunes, proportional

. 492 Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Carboniferous

height of last whorl ;4%,, height of penultimate whorl 54%,

width of mouth 5%.

Var. 8. Very elongate conic; apical angle about 40°; whorls

moderately convex ; base of basal whorl gradually prolonged,

not flattened nor separated by an angulation from the sides ;

mouth a little longer than wide. Length of last whorl 11 lines,

proportional width 52%, height of penultimate whorl +45.

It will be seen that this species has two extreme varieties

somewhat resembling those of the P. yvanni; the variety a so

exactly resembles a Trochus, that it requires the most careful ex-

amination to detect the extremely obscure, though definite band,

to convince the observer that it is a Pleurotomaria; the var. B,

with the basal whorl elongate and rounded in front or at base,

like the corresponding variety of P. yvanni, is so like a Macro-

chilus, that it is only by carefully tracing the intermediate forms

and detecting the very obscure band, noting the same number of

spiral ridges on the whorls, &c. that I have become satisfied of

their identity ; both varieties have usually only four whorls pre-

served, the posterior end of the animal at that length depositing

convex imperforate diaphragms, and becoming naturally decol-

lated.

Both varieties rare in the impure lower limestone of Lowick,

Northumberland; the var. 8 rare in the similar limestone of

Kendal.

Pleurotomaria erosa (M‘Coy).

Desc. Orbicular, depressed, very obtusely conical; apical angle

105° ; spire of 44 rapidly enlarging whorls ; flattened or very

slightly convex; sutures fine, simple impressed lines; body-

whorl flattened or slightly convex in the upper two-thirds, the

periphery very obtusely rounded, close to the broad flattened

gently convex base; umbilicus entirely closed, with a large,

very thick, semicircular shelly pad ; broad, narrow, obscure,

bounded by two fine impressed lines; surface glossy, eroded

with deep, obtuse, excavated markings without regularity in

size, shape or direction ; lines of growth arching backwards to

the band, scarcely visible. Diameter 5 lines, proportional

height ,75,, height of mouth 56%, space between last and pe-

nultimate sutures ;4%,, width of umbilical pad ;%%.

The band of this species is often almost invisible on the peri-

phery of the body-whorl, and the lines of growth can only be

traced here and there with a lens. The substance of the shell

is very thick, and with the glossy surface, general form, and

large umbilical pad recalls Rotella (Pithonellus) very strongly.

“se ae ee le eee ee

Limestone Fossils. 193

The peculiar “‘ worm-eaten ” appearance of the irregular pitting

of the surface is equally marked in the two specimens before me.

Rare in the carboniferous limestone of Lowick.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Macrochilus linneiformis (M‘Coy).

Desc. Elongate fusiform, very acutely rhomboidal, greatest

width at about the middle of the total length, from whence

the anterior or basal part is conoidally attenuated or rapidly

sloped to the greatly narrowed front of columella, and very

rapidly sloped to the suture, which is simple and slightly im-

bricating ; spire very abruptly attenuated, long, very slender ;

sides very concave in the profile of about six or seven whorls

(usually five preserved) ; apical angle 54°; surface polished

very smooth, with occasionally fine traces of obsolete direct

lines of growth; mouth narrow, elongate, contracted before

and behind ; anterior part of columella very slightly thickened.

Length about 1 inch 7 lines, proportional length of mouth of

body-whorl ;4%,, width of body-whorl ,4%,, width of penul-

timate whorl ;3°,, space between last and penultimate sutures

ti Width of mouth 53%.

This beautiful species is so totally distinct in form from any of

those described that it is unnecessary to compare them. The

very abrupt attenuation of the elongate spire gives so much the

outline commonly seen in Linnea as to suggest the specific

name: in addition to this remarkable peculiarity, the species

differs from its congeners in the conoidal attenuation of the pro-

duced front, from the line of greatest width of body-whorl, which

is at about one-third its length below the suture.

Not very uncommon in the carboniferous limestone of Lowick,

Northumberland.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Macrochilus brevispiratus (M‘Coy).

Desc. Elliptical, moderately gibbous, most so about the middle of

the length; spire about one-fourth of the total length, pointed;

of four whorls gently convex in the middle; sutures slightly

imbricating ; apical angle varying from 82° to 100°; anterior

portion or base produced, moderately convex ; surface smooth,

with very faint fine striz of growth visible near the mouth,

being scarcely sinuous and very slightly oblique ; mouth elon-

gate ovate, indented by the posterior part of the body-whorl ;

anterior half of columella thickened, arched. Length of rather

small specimen 9 lines, proportional length of mouth or last

194 Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Carboniferous

whorl 84, width of body-whorl .8,, width of mouth ;45,,

space between last and penultimate sutures =15,.

The extreme shortness of the spire separates this form from

all of the genus at once, except the M. Michotianus (D’Kon.) ;

from that globose species, it is distinguished by its much more

elongate slender form (indicated by the much less proportional

width of the body-whorl when compared with the total length),

fewer spiral whorls, less convexity, and the whorls sloping gra-

dually to the sutures.

Rare both in the lower carboniferous limestone of Derbyshire,

and in the carboniferous limestone of Lowick, Northumberland.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Straparollus costellatus (M‘Coy).

Desc. Discoidal, depressed, very obtusely conic; spire of rather

more than six very gradually increasing whorls, each slightly

convex above, strongly indenting the suture, which is an im-

pressed sharp line ; apical angle 110° (from the obtuseness of

the apex its angles would be larger in very young specimens) ;

umbilicus very wide, rounded, half exposing all the whorls ;

base of body-whorl very convex, rounded, with a very obscure

angulation at the edge of the umbilicus ; periphery narrowed,

obtusely rounded ; upper surface of the whorls marked with

sharp, slightly sigmoid, rather unequal ridges, arched ob-

liquely backwards, becoming abruptly very much finer and

more numerous on passing the circumference to the base (ten

of the upper ridges in two lines on the body-whorl), each

separated by a sulcus about its own width from the next.

Diameter 10 lines, proportional height of spire ;4°,, height of

last whorl ;35,, distance between last and penultimate suture

zo’ width of umbilicus 5%, width of mouth #4.

This species is distinguished from its congeners by the beau-

tifully sharp costellation, or transverse sculpturing of the whorls

of the spire, which abruptly cease on the base of the body-whorl,

or become there confounded with the lines of growth. The

inner lip is complete, but thin, as in other species of Straparollus,

distinguishing them from Platyschisma.

Rare in the lower carboniferous limestone of Lowick, North-

umberland.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Nautilus ? costato-coronatus (M‘Coy).

I give this provisional name to a fragment too imperfect to

allow of full description, but so strongly marked, and unlike all

ee a

Limestone Fossils. . 195

described types, that I wish to call attention toit. The fragment

is 7 inches long, and is divided into seven equal chambers, with

simple edges; the surface exposed is the periphery, which is

broadly rounded, moderately and evenly convex, the sides divided

into large conoidal tubercles, each tubercle on one side coincide

with one chamber, and there are two chambers between each

pair of tubercles, the width of the periphery in our specimen is

6 lines, and it is marked with ten narrow equal card-like, closely

tuberculated ridges separated by slightly wider flat spaces.

It strongly resembles the N. tuberculatus, Sow., but is distin-

guished by the costellation of the surface.

- Very rare in the carboniferous limestone of Lowick.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Nautilus tuberosus (M‘Coy).

Desc. Discoid, greatest width of the whorls at the angle bound-

ing the periphery, which latter is very wide, moderately con-

cave in the middle, and having the angle on each side undu-

lated into large obtuse tubercles (about 14 inch from tip to

tip on last whorl) ; sides sloping rapidly with slight convexity

to the umbilicus; mouth subquadrate, angles rounded, inner

side smaller than the other three. Diameter 7 inches 9 lines,

width of last whorl 2 inches 2 lines, width of periphery 2 inches

10 lines, at inner edge 1 inch 10 lines, diameter of umbilicus

about 33 inches.

I have not distinctly seen the surface of this very large spe-

cies, but it seems to be smooth. The comparative flatness and

width of the sides, more quadrate mouth, and deeply concave

periphery, easily distinguish it from the N. tuberculatus (Sow.),

which is the only allied form. In the figure in the ‘ Mineral

Conchology’ of N. tuberculatus (t. 249) there is an apparent con-

cavity of the section of the periphery, but as this did not agree

with the inner outline I doubted its correctness, and on writing

to Mr. Sowerby he very kindly furnished me with the exact form

of the section of the original specimen, proving that the peri-

phery is strongly and regularly round, contrasting in the strongest

manner with the present species, which also wants the medial

line of the N. tuberculatus. I have only indistinctly seen the

septa, which seem to be regular, moderately arched, and rather

close.. The position of the siphon unknown.

Very rare in the carboniferous limestone of Derbyshire,

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

196 On some new Carboniferous Limestone Fossils.

Orthoceras (Cycloceras) Flemingi (M‘Coy).

Desc. Very gradually tapering; section (? broad oval), siphon

subcentral large, slightly excentric; septa numerous, mode-

rately convex, one coinciding with each of the external rings,

Surface girt with close, obtuse, prominent, transverse rings,

little more than their own diameter apart, undulated by about

fourteen or fifteen strong longitudinal cost, slightly further

apart than the transverse rings, so that the oblong intervening

spaces are wider than long, and nearly equalling them in

thickness, both transverse rings and intervening spaces marked

by strong transverse imbricating strie, six or seven between

the centre of one transverse ring and the next. A specimen

5 lines long and 2 lines in diameter at the smaller end has

twelve rings.

This species can only be confounded with the O. (C.) rugosum

of Flem., from which it is distinguished by its much more nu-

merous and closer rings, fewer and larger longitudinal coste,

stronger transverse striz, and large siphon far removed from the

margin.

Very rare in the carboniferous limestone of Lowick, North-

wmberland.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Orthoceras (? Poterioceras) cornu-vaccinum (M‘Coy).

Desc. Conical, rapidly tapering to an obtusely rounded point,

very slightly arched ; section perfectly circular throughout ;

septa very oblique, flattened, slightly convex, moderately ap-

proximate, extending much further forward on the inner side

of the general curve than on the outer or convex aspect, the

lateral edges being very slightly sigmoidal, on account of their

obliquity ; the septa are broad oval in form, the longest dia-

meter being in the antero-posterior direction; siphon large,

about its own diameter within the outer edge (corresponding

with the convexity of the general curve of the shell). Surface

horny in appearance, marked with irregular scratch-like lon-

gitudinal markings, and fine, nearly regular transverse im-

pressed lines, separated by rather wider flattened spaces;

thirteen transverse striz in 2 lines at an inch and a quarter

in diameter, about twenty in the same space at 9 lines in dia-

meter. Length of average specimen 5 inches 9 lines, 2 inches

3 lines in diameter at the anterior end, and regularly tapering

to the obtusely pointed apex in the above length; average

distance of the last few septa 2 lines.

The above measurements are of average-sized specimens,

Bibliographical Notices. 197

although examples occasionally occur a couple of inches long.

The general, slightly curved, obtusely pointed, rapidly tapering

form, and peculiar horny looking texture have suggested the

specific name. The only described fossil it has any resemblance

to is the Cyrtoceras Verneuilanum of De Koninck (A. F. B. t. 48.

f. 6), but it is easily distinguished by that species having a broad

oval transverse section, while the section of the present fossil is

perfectly circular; and the septa which from their obliquity ap-

pear oval, have their long axis directed in the opposite direction ;

the curvature is also less in our fossil. Some of the specimens

show a very slight contraction at the mouth, which renders it

probable that the species belongs to the subgenus Potertoceras,

with which all the other characters agree exactly and better than

with any other section of Orthoceras.

‘Not very uncommon in the carboniferous limestone of Lowick,

Northumberland.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A Naturalist’s Rambles on the Devonshire Coast. By P. H. Gosse,

A.L.S. &c. London: John Van Voorst, 1853.

WE shall do our readers a service at this season of the year, when so

many are seeking health and relaxation by the sea-shore, by directing

their attention to this very pleasing and useful work. Armed with

this and Dr. Harvey’s excellent ‘Sea-side Book*,’ every pool will be

found to offer ample sources of amusement and instruction, and they

may bid defiance to that dire ennui which would appear to be the

source of the ordinary melancholy amusements of a ‘ watering place.’

We do not mean to say that people who go for relaxation to the sea-

side should bore themselves by taking microscopes and scalpels and

making scientific observations ; but without going at all deeply into the

subject, the search for zoophytes and mollusks will give their walks

something of the excitement of a hunt, and bringing them home—

watching their odd ways, and finding out all about them in the books

—will originate a vast deal of interest, and a great deal of fun and

humour into the bargain. At least so we have found it, and we dare

not venture to imagine that the ‘gentle reader’ is a more dry and

adust personage than ourself.

Most persons have a gustatory interest in Prawns, and indeed one

considers it to be part of one’s mission at the sea-side to devour them

at breakfast and tea; but how few of us there are who are aware that

* Published by Van Voorst,—a book popular enough to cause a ‘ Reli-

ous’ Society to put forth a work with a title so similar, that those who

ook no further might be readily deceived. We trust our readers will take

care to discourage this pious aberration.

198 Bibliographical Notices.

the thing we pluck off with our fingers, not without inward murmur-

ings at the absurd complexity of Paleemonic structure, has such a

dignified name as ‘ Cephalo-thorax,’ Still less that the well-flavoured

red thing when alive can deserve so much eloquence as Mr. Gosse has

expended upon hiz in the following passage :—

** Large Prawns swim at freedom through this large pool; and a

very pleasing sight it is to watch them as they glide gracefully and

equally along ; the tail-fans are widely dilated, rendering conspicuous

the contrasted colours with which they are painted ; the jaws are

expanded, the feet hanging loosely beneath. Now one rises to the

surface almost perpendicularly ; then glides down towards the bot-

tom, sweeping up again in a graceful curve. Now he examines the

weeds, then shoots under the dark angles of the rock. As he comes

up towards me I stretch out my hand over the water ; in an instant

he shoots backwards a foot or so; then catching hold of a weed with

his feet and straddling its vertical edge, he remains motionless, gazing

up at me with his large prominent eyes as if in the utmost astonish-

ment.

“This Prawn, that comes to our tables decked out and penetrated,

as it were, with a delicate pellucid rose colour, beautiful as he is then,

is far more beautiful when just netted from the bottom, or from the

overhanging weed-grown side of some dark pool. If you happen

never to have seen him in this state let me introduce him to you;

form and dimensions of course you are acquainted with ; these do not

change, but I will just observe that it is a ‘ sizeable’ fellow that is

now before me, whose portrait I am going to take. Stand still, you

beauty ! and don’t shoot round and round the jar in that retrograde

fashion, when I want to jot down your elegant lineaments! there

now he is quiet! quiet but watchful! maintaining a sort of armed

neutrality, with extended eyes, antennz stretching perpendicularly

upwards, claws held out divergently with open pincers ready to seize,

as if these slender things could do me any harm, and feet and ex-

panded tail prepared in a twinkling to dart backward on the least

alarm.”’

The book is full of such genial and graphic descriptions of marine

animals, interspersed with an abundance of carefully made and detailed

scientific observations ; particularly as regards the Polypes and Me-

dusze. Mr, Gosse gives some of the best descriptions of the peculiar

‘ thread-cells’ of these animals we have met with, and his observa-

tions respecting the effect of light on the colour of Fuci and of Crus-

tacea, upon the development of Lepralia, and on the mode in which

the Pecten performs its leaps, are well worthy of attention. With

respect to the latter point we may remark, that whatever may be the

case with Pecten, we have unquestionably seen the allied genus Lima

flapping with its valves like a butterfly through the water.

The only faults we have to notice in Mr. Gosse’s book arise from

that want of acquaintance with foreign literature which is unhappily

the rule in English works, Thus he does not seem to know that the

structure of the eyes of the Lamellibranchiata has been elaborately

described by Krohn and Will, and that a memoir has been deyoted

Zoological Society. 199

to Pedicellina by Van Beneden. Again, much as we regret to deprive

a lady of herwell-earned honours, we are necessitated to point out that

the animal of which he gives an excellent figure and description, and

on which, supposing it to be new, he confers the name of Johnstonella

Catharina, was first described by Eschscholtz in 1825, under the

name of Tomopteris, afterwards by Quoy and Gaimard as Briarea ;

then by Busch in 1847 and by Grube in 1848, as Tomopteris. It is

in fact the Tomopteris onisciformis, and has a very extensive distri-

bution, having been taken by the present writer in the tropical regions

of the South Pacific. It is assuredly an Annelid, but a most remark-

able form ; and a very excellent description of its structure, by Grube,

will be found in Miiller’s ‘ Archiv’ for 1848.

Lapses of this kind will doubtless be corrected by our author in

his second edition, and we take leave of him with our best wishes

_ that he may soon have the opportunity of so doing,

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

May 27, 1851.—W. Yarrell, Esq., V.P.L.S., in the Chair.

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW Spectres or TROcHIDz (continued from

p- 148). By Arruur Apams, R.N., F.L.S. eve.

Genus 9. ZizipHinus, Leach.

Calliostoma, Swains.—Labio, sp. Oken.—Trochilus, sp. Humph.

1. ZizipHinus zonAMeEstTus, A. Adams, Z. testd oblique pyra-

midali, umbilicatd, carned, cingulis transversis granosis permultis

ornatd ; interstitiis purpurascentibus, striis obliquis longitudinali-

bus ; anfractibus planis, supra suturas angulatis, ultimo acute

angulato, basi plano-concavd, cingulis granulatis insculptd umbi-

lico magno, infundibuliformi, intus albo; aperturd rhomboided, .

intus albd ; columelld rectd, basi truncatd.

_ Hab. Honduras (Dyson).

2. ZizipHinus Ticaonicus, A. Adams. Z. testd elevato-conicd,

_ perforata, luted vel carned, liris transversis rufo articulatis prope

suturas ornatd; anfractibus paulum rotundatis, longitudinaliter

striatis, apice atro-purpureo ; anfractu ultimo subangulato, basi

convexiusculd, cingulis rufo-articulatis insculptd ; aperturd sub-

er! columellé rectd, antic? subtruncatd ; aperturd intus

ba.

Hab. Island of Ticao, sandy mud, 6 fathoms (H. C.).

3. ZizrpHtnus sapontcus, A. Adams. Z. testd turrito-conicd,

levi, nitidd, imperforaté ; anfractibus planis, basi lineis duabus

impressis, ultimo angulato, rubra flammulis fuscis et albidis ornatd,

basi convexd, cingulis articulatis insculptd ; aperturd subquadratd,

intus viride iridescenti.

Hab. Japan.

200 Zoological Society.

4. ZIZIPHINUS ELEGANTULUS, A. Adams. Z. testd conicd, im-

perforata, lutescenti ; anfractibus planis, lineis elevatis distantibus

granulatis moniliformibus violaceis alternis minoribus cinetd ;

interstitiis longitudinaliter striatis ; basi planiusculd, cingulis

quatuor violaceis ornaté ; aperturd subquadratd, intus albd ;

columella basi subtruncatd.

Hab. Malacca, coral sand, 10 fathoms (#. C.).

5. ZizipHinus pecussatus, A. Adams. Z. testd elevato-conicd,

subperforatd, albidd, maculis viridibus longitudinalibus ornatd ;

anfractibus planis, basi marginatis, prominulis ; cingulis trans-

versis granulatis lineisque elevatis longitudinalibus decussate in-

sculptd ; anfractu ultimo angulato, basi convewxiusculd, cingulis

granulatis ornatd ; aperturd subquadratd ; columellé rectd, basi

truncata.

Hab, Calipan, Mindoro, coarse gravel, 12 fathoms (H. C.).

6. ZizipHinus RuBROoPUNCTATUS, A. Adams. Z. testd parvd,

orbiculato-conicd, lutescenti; cingulis transversis spinulosis or-

natdé (in anfractu ultimo quatuor), interstitiis clathratis pulcher-

rime rubro-punctulatis.

Hab. ?

7. ZizipHinus unicinctus, A. Adams. Z. testd turrito-conicd,

imperforatd, luteold ; anfractibus planis, subimbricatis, basi cin-

gulis prominulis rubro-articulatis lineisque transversis confertis

ornatis ; anfractu ultimo angulato, basi productd, lineis concen-

tricis et cinguld elevatd articulatd sculpta ; aperturd subtrigond ;

columelld rectd, basi subcanaliculatd.

Wed Lord Hood’s Island, on pearl oysters, 8 to 10 fathoms

(7. C.).

8. ZizipHINUS NEBULOSUS, A. Adams. Z. testd conoided, im-

perforata, rufo-fuscd albo variegaté ; anfractibus planiusculis,

cingulis inequalibus granorum ornatd, ultimo subangulato, basi

conveaiusculd, cingulis subgranulosis rufo alboque articulatis or-

natd ; aperturd subtetragond ; columellé alba, incurvatd, basi sub-

truncata ; labro intus lirato.

Hab. Rains Island (Ince).

9. ZizipHiNus picturATusS, A. Adams. Z. testé turrito-conicd,

imperforatd, viridi aut violaced, fasciis undulatis lineisque ziczact-

Sormibus ornatd ; anfractibus planis, basi marginatis crenulaiis,

lineis impressis transversis sculptd; anfractu ultimo angulato,

basi convexiusculd ; aperturd subquadratd, intus alba ; columellé

incurvd, basi truncata.

Hab. Delaguete, island of Negros, sandy mud, 7 fathoms

(1. C.).

10. ZrzipHINUS ASPERULATUS, A. Adams. JZ. testd conicd, im-

perforata, albidé, maculis purpureis radiatim ornaté ; anfracti-

bus planiusculis, in medio carinatis, cingulis inequalibus ornatd,

superioribus granulatis, inferioribus subplanis ; anfractu ultimo

Zoological Society. 201

subangulato, basi pland, cingulis planis insculptd ; regione umbili-

cali depressd, callo obtectd ; apertura subrotundd ; columella rectd,

basi truncatd ; labro intus lirato.

Hab. ?

11. ZizipHinus potycHromaA, A. Adams. Z. testd turrito-

conicd, perforatd, viridi, fasciis albidis undulatis, lineis luteis

angulatis varie pictd; anfractibus planis, subimbricatis ; basi

marginatis articulatis prominulis, lineis transversis subdistanti-

bus impressis ornatd, longitudinaliter substriatd ; anfractu ultimo

angulato, basi convexiusculd, cingulis luteo articulatis insculptd ;

aperturd subquadratd, intus viridi; columelld recta, basi sub-

truncatd.

Hab. Island of Masbate, sandy mud, 7 fathoms (H. C.).

12. ZizipHinus pupticatus, A. Adams. Z. testdé turrito-conicd,

imperforatd ; anfractibus convexis cingulis granorum ornatd ;

basi cingulis duabus majoribus prominentibus instructis ; inter-

stitiis longitudinaliter striatis; anfractu ultimo subrotundato,

basi convexiusculd, cingulis granorum insculptd ; aperturd sub-

rotundatd ; labro intus lirato; columelld basi tuberculo termi-

natd.

Hab.

13. ZizipHinus CALIFORNICUS, A. Adams. Z., testd elevato-

conicd, imperforatd, rufescenti ; anfractibus subrotundatis, supra

excavatis, liris transversis granulosis, duabus, supra suturam,

majoribus ; anfractu ultimo subrotundato, basi converiusculd ;

apertura subquadratd ; columellé rectd, antice subtuberculatd.

Hab, California. (Mus. Cuming.)

Genus 10. CanTurripvus, Montfort.

Eleuchus, sp. Humph.; Swains.— Phasianella, c., Menke.—Trochus,

sp. Philippi.

1. CANTHIRIDUS CINGULIGER, A. Adams. OC. testd elevato-

conied, cinered, punctis fuscis in lineis flammulatis dispositis,

transversim suleatd ; anfractibus planis, cinguld prominenti

supra suturam, anfractu ultimo angulato, cingulo plano cincto ;

umbilico subobtecto ; columelld rectd; labro intus albo, levi.

Hab. ?

2. CANTHIRIDUS PUNCTULOsUs, A. Adams. (C. testd elevato-

conicd, imperforatd, levi, nitidd, cinered, transversim sulcatd ;

ecingulis transversis, luteo alboque punctatis nigro-maculatis

ornatd ; anfractibus planis, ultimo acuté angulato; regione

umbilicali rosed ; aperturd subquadratd ; columelld albd, rectd,

anticé subtruncatd ; labro intus levi, limbo punctulato.

Hab. Swan River, 4 fathoms (Jukes).

3, CANTHIRIDUS zEALANDICUS, A. Adams. C. testd oblique

conicd, subturritd, imperforatd, levi, nitidd ; atro-purpured,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii.

202 Zoological Society.

lineis pallidis transversis, ubique cinctd; anfractibus paulum

convexis ; aperturd obliqud, subrotundatd ; labio albo, simplici,

arcuato ; labro intus sulcato, margaritaceo, vivide iridescent.

Hab. New Zealand.

4, CANTHIRIDUS MONILIGER, A. Adams. C. testd elevato-

conicd, imperforatd, cinered, cingulis moniliformibus transversis

ornatd ; interstitiis longitudinaliter elevate striatis ; anfracti-

bus planis, apice purpureo, suturd canaliculatd ; anfractu ulti-

mo angulato ; aperturd subquadratd ; columella antiee subtrun-

catd ; labro intus sulcato.

Hab. Swan River, 8 fathoms (Jukes).

5. CANTHIRIDUS ARTICULARIS, A. Adams. OC. testd elevato-

conicd, levi, nitidd, cinered ; cingulis confertis, nigro alboque

articulatis ornatd ; interstitiis longitudinaliter striatis ; anfrac-

tibus planis, ultimo angulato, basi planiusculd, cingulis articu-

latis sculptd; aperturd subquadratd; columella antice sub-

truncatd ; labro intus levi, limbo articulato.

Hab. ?

6. CANTHIRIDUS ARTIZONA, A. Adams. C. testd elevate conoi-

ded, pallidd ; cingulis carneolis angustis elevatis transversis

ornatd ; interstitiis transversim striatis ; anfractu ultimo an-

gulato; aperturd intus viridescenti; labro intus lirato, limbo

rufo articulato.

Hab.

7. CANTHIRIDUS RUFOZONA, A. Adams. C. testd conoided,

pallidd, cingulis rubris transversis interstitiis planis ornatd;

anfractu ultimo rotundato ; labro intus albo, levi, limbo rufo-

articulato ; columelld albd.

Hab. 4

8. CANTHIRIDUS TENEBROSUS, A. Adams. OC. festd parvd,

elevato-conicd, imperforatd, subnigrd, transversim sulcatd, sul-

cis albicantibus planis; anfractibus paulum conveaxis, ultimo

subangulato, basi convexd; aperturd subrotundatd, intus albd,

margaritaced ; labro intus sulcato.

Hab. ?

9. CAnTHIRIDUS NIGRICANS, A. Adams. C. testd depresso-

conicd, atro-purpured, cingulis elevatis transversis ornatd ; in-

terstitiis longitudinaliter oblique striatis; anfractu ultimo sub-

angulato; labro intus albo, sublevi, limbo nigro.

Hab. ?

10. Canrurripus pALLIpULUS, A. Adams. C. testd elevato-

conicd, imperforatd, pallidd ; cingulis transversis elevatis luteo-

articulatis ornatd ; interstitiis concinne longitudinaliter stria-

tis; columelld subrectd, in medio tumiddé ; labro intus lirato.

Hab. Australia.

Shh oe Kies itl

Hab.

Zoological Society. - 203

Genus 11. Exxvcaus, Swains.

Phasianella, d., Menke.—Canthiridus, sp. Gray.

1. Etevcuus vurearis, A. Adams. LE. testd ovato-conoided,

subturritd, imperforatd, levigatd, virenti, transversim tenuis-

simé striatd ; lineis undulatis viridis pictd, basi convexd ; aper-

turd ovatd ; columellé basi dente acuto terminatd ; labro posticé

subangulato.

Hab. Swan River.

2. Erevucnuts rutizus, A. Adams. LZ. testd turrito-conicd,

a halen ; spird acuminatd, virido-fused, lineis longitudina-

libus rufescentibus ornatd, transversim striatd; anfractu ul-

timo viz angulato; aperturd intus vivide iridescente; labro

viridi marginato.

Hab. A :

Genus 12. Banxrvia, Deshayes.

1, Banxrvra masor, A. Adams. B. testd ovato-turritd, nigro-

Suscé albo variegatd, levigatd, longitudinaliter sp a striatd ;

anfractu ultimo ventricoso, transversim sulcato ; columella albd,

tortuosd.

Hab, Australia. Mus. Cuming.

2. Banxrvia nitTipA, A. Adams. 3B. testdé turritd, acuminatd,

carneold, suturis nigricantibus, levi, nitidd, transversim tenu-

issimé striata ; columelld anticé tortuosd; labro ad marginem

nigricante.

Hab, Australia. Mus. Cuming.

Genus 13. THatoria, Gray.

Elenchus, sp. Humph.—Helenchus, Herman.

1, THaLotia zEBUENSIS, A. Adams. Th. testd elevato-conoided,

perforatd, atro-fuscd, fasciis longitudinalibus ornatd, transver-

sim sulcatd; anfractibus planulatis, ultimo rotundato, basi

convexd ; labio subrecto, anticé reflexo, dilatato ; aperturd sub-

circulari, intus albd ; labro intus levi, atro-marginato.

Hab. San Nicholas, island of Zebu, sandy mud, 6 fathoms (H.C.).

2. Tuaxotia stricata, A. Adams. Th. testd turrito-conied, per-

Soratd, albidd, fasciis latis rufo-fuscis radiatd ; anfractibus in

medio angulatis porcis transversis subgranulosis, interstitiis lon-

gitudinaliter striatis ornatd, basi convexd, concentricé porcaté ;

umbilico aperto; aperturd subrotundatd ; columelld subflecuosé,

basi truncata ; labro intus lirato, margine crenulato.

- Hab. Swan Point, N. Australia (Dring).

3. THALOTIA zEBRIDES, A. Adams. Th. testd turrito-conicé,

subperforatd, virescenti, lineis atro-purpureis longitudinalibus

ornatd, porcis transversis confertis sculptd, longitudinaliter

striatd, basi convexd; umbilico subobtecto; columella sinuatdé,

callo terminatd; labro intus lirato, margine atro-purpureo

articulato.

14%

204 _ Zoological Society.

4, THaotia sutuRALIs, A. Adams. Th. testd conicd, subper-

Soratd, virescenti, lineis purpureis longitudinalibus undulatis

ornatd, transversim liratd, longitudinaliter striatd ; anfractibus

planis, supra suturam elevatis ; suturad canaliculatd, basi plani-

usculé; columellé brevi, basi tuberculo terminatd; labro intus

levi, viridi.

Hab. Cape Upstart, Torres Straits, Australia, under stones, low

water (Dring).

5. THALOTIA TRICINGULATA, A. Adams. Th. testd conicd, im-

perforata, nigrd, lineis albis longitudinalibus ornatd; anfrac-

tibus angulatis, ultimo cingulis tribus transversis prominentibus

instructo, basi convexd, cingulis concentricis nigro alboque ar-

ticulatis ornatd ; labio ad basin tuberculato; aperturd subro-

tundatd, intus albd; labro intus liris elevatis, atro-marginato.

Hab.

6. THALOTIA CRENELLIFERA, A. Adams. Th. testd elevato-

conicd, imperforatd, rufescente, rubro maculosd ; spird acumi-

natd, apice-rubro; anfractibus planulatis, liris confertis, cre-

nellatis, transversis, interstitiis oblique longitudinaliter striatis;

anfractu ultimo subangulato, basi convexiusculd ; apertura sub-

quadratd, intus albd ; columelld albd, incurvatd, antice truncata.

Hab. Australia. Mus. Cuming.

Genus 14. Monoponta, Lamarck.

Monodon, Schweiger.—Monodontes, Montfort.— Odontis, Sow.—

Trochidon, Swains.—Diloma, Phil.—Trochulus, sp. Humph.

1. Monoponta ruGutosa, A. Adams. M. testd ovato-conoi-

ded, depressd, atro-fuscd, fasctis latis luteo-albis irregulariter

pictd, cingulis rotundatis interruptis ornatd; columelld basi

bituberculatd, canali parallelo instructd, dente magno acuto ter-

minatd ; labro duplicato, intus lirato.

Hab. ——?

2. Monoponta circumcinecta, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-

conoided, imperforatd, levi, nitidd, crassd, cingulis rubris albo

viridi maculatis alternantibus pictd; anfractibus convexis ;

columella basi tuberculatd, dente magno acuto terminatd ; labro

duplicato, intus lirato.

Hab. Island of Ticao, on the stones on reefs at low water (77. C.).

3. MoNopDONTA TUBERCULATA, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-

conoided, imperforatd, crassd, viridescenti, cingulis tuberculo-

rum oblongorum violaceorum ornatd ; anfractibus convewis; colu-

melld basi trituberculatd, canali parallelo instructd, dente pro-

minente acuto terminatd ; labro duplicato, intus lirato.

Hab.

Subgenus Arapasia, Gray.

Operculum suborbicular, paucispiral.

Aradasia, Gray, in Mrs. pore s Figures of Molluscous Animals, p. 90.

Otavia, Cantr.

1, Monoponta sutcirerRA, A. Adams. MM, testd globoso-

—

Zoological Society. 205

conicd, umbilicatd, fuscd, cingulis granorum distantium monili-

Sormibus, interstitiis profundé sulcatis, sulcis sublevibus longi-

tudinaliter striatis ornatd ; columella ad basin trisulcaté, dente

rvo acuto instructd ; labro tenui, intus sulcato.

Hab. Roebuck Bay, North Australia (Dring).

2. Monoponta CLaTHRaTA, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-conoi-

ded, albd, imperforatd, cingulis subgranosis distantibus ornaté,

in anfractu ultimo septem, interstitiis costulis longitudinalibus

eleganter clathratis; columelld tuberculo parvo terminatd ; labro

intus sulcato.

Hab. Guidulman, island of Bohol, rocky ground, 60 fathoms (H.C.).

3. Monoponta TrictncutaTa, A. Adams. WM. testé globoso-

conoided, umbilicatd, rubente, albo et fusco variegatd, cingulis

pareulis granorum ornatd; suturd canaliculatd; anfractibus

convexis, carinis tribus transversis prominentibus cinctis ; um-

bilico profundo ; columelld ad basin tuberculo parvo terminatd ;

labro expanso, tenui, intus levi.

Hab. Malacca ; Singapore, fine sand, 6 fathoms (H. C.).

4. Monoponta puitipprna, A. Adams. WM. testd globoso-

conicd, perforatd, fuscd nigro punctatd ; cingulis granulatis in-

ibus ornatd, interstitiis clathratulis ; umbilico parvo;

columella tuberculo parvo terminaté ; labro intus sulcato.

_ Hab. Puerto Galero, island of Mindoro, in coarse sand, 9 fathoms ;

Bolinao, province of Zambales, island of Luzon, sandy mud, 10 fa-

thoms (H. C.).

5. Monoponta EpENTULA, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-conoi-

ded, umbilicatd, fuscd, costellis transversis imbricatis, interstitiis

clathratis sculptd ; anfractibus valde rotundatis ; umbilico in-

Sundibuliformi ; columellé subrectd, basi tuberculo terminaté ;

labro margine crenulato.

Hab. Catbalonga, island of Samar, sandy mud, 6 fathoms (H. C.).

Mus. Cuming.

6. Monoponta FroveotatTa, A. Adams. MM. testd globoso-

conoided, subperforatd, crassd, albd, cingulis transversis nodulo-

sis subdistantibus (in anfractu ultimo septem), interstitiis cos-

tellis longitudinalibus foreolatis ornatd ; columelld dente minuto

terminatd ; labro intus crasso et lirato.

Hab. Lord Hood’s Island, on pearl oysters, 8 to 10 fathoms (H.C.).

Mus. Cuming.

7. Monoponta Eexieua, A. Adams. M. testd parvd, conoided,

umbilicatd, albidd fusco variegatd, cingulis transversis granulosis

interstitiis longitudinaliter liratis ornatd; anfractibus parum

convexis, ultimo subangulato ; umbilico recto, dente valido acuto

terminatd ; labro intus sulcato.

Hab. Japan (Siebold).

8. Monoponta ruspraA, A. Adams. UM. testd globoso-conoided,

umbilicatd, rubrd, cingulis transversis granorum moniliformibus

206 Zoological Society.

equantibus interstitiis lineis longitudinalibus impressis ornatd ;

anfractibus rotundatis, suturd canaliculatd, umbilico magno ;

columella rectd, dente prominente terminatd ; labro intus crasso,

sulcato.

Hab.

9. Monoponta atveouatTa, A. Adams. M. testd globoso-

conoided, umbilicatd, albidd, fasciis fuscis longitudinalibus

undulatis pictd, cingulis transversis granorum acutorum inter-

stitiis costis longitudinalibus alveolatis ornatd; suturd canali-

culatd ; umbilico angusto ; columelld rectd, dente valido termi-

natd ; labro intus valde lirato.

Hab, Guidulman, island of Bohol, rocky ground, 60 fathoms ;

Baclayon, island of Bohol, under stones, low water ; island of Capul,

on the reefs at low water (H. C.). Mus. Cuming.

10. MonoponTA ANGULIFERA, A. Adams. WM. testd elevato-

conoided, imperforatd ; anfractibus planiusculis, imbricatis, in-

Sernée angulatis, longitudinaliter nodoso-costatis, eingulis trans-

versis tuberculorum subdistantium interstitiis alveolatis ornatd;

anfractu ultimo subangulato ; columelld rectd, brevi, dente parvo

terminatd ; labro subduplicato, intus sulcato. :

Hab. Puerto Galero, island of Mindoro, sandy mud, 6 fathoms

(H. C.). Mus. Cuming.

11. Monoponta strRANGEI, A. Adams. WM. testd conoided,

perforatd, fuscd, cingulis granorum equalibus confertis ornatd ;

anfractibus parum convexis, ultimo subangulato ; columelld cur-

vatd, dente obtuso terminatd; labro intus sulcato, tubereulo

prope basin columella.

Hab. Sydney, under stones (Strange).

12. Monoponta punctTigeRA, A. Adams. WM. testd globoso-

conoided, umbilicatd, albd fusco punctatd, cingulis granulosis

inequalibus rufo-punctatis ornatd; suturd canaliculatd; an-

Sractibus rotundatis ; umbilico aperto, infundibuliformi ; colu-

melld recta, brevi, basi bituberculatd, dente parvo acuto termi-

natd ; labro expanso, intus sulcato.

Hab. Singapore, fine sand, 6 fathoms (H.C.), Mus. Cuming.

13. Monoponta EXASPERATA, A. Adams. MM, testd globoso-

conoided, umbilicatd, subdepressd, albidd nigro-variegatd, cin-

gulis spino-granulatis exasperatd; columella sinuatd, dente

prominenti terminatd ; labro incrassato, duplicato, intus valde

lirato.

Hab. Sibonga, island of Zebu, at low water (H.C.); island of

Siquijor, under stones. Mus. Cuming.

14. Monoponta sprLtotTa, A, Adams. WM. testd parvd, ovato-

depressd, conoided, imperforatd, levi, nitidd, viridi, maculis pal-

lidis triangularibus; columelld pland, albd, canali parallelo

instructd, dente obtuso terminatd ; labro duplicato, intus lirato.

Hab. ?

a al

Zoological Society. 207

. Monoponta trrostoma, A. Adams. WM. testd elevato-

aes, imperforatd, albidd; anfractibus planis, cingulis tribus

granulatis, interstitiis valde clathratis; suturd canaliculaté ;

anfractu ultimo angulato; columelld tuberculatd ; labro intus

valde lirato,

Hab. Lord Hoods Island, on pearl oysters, 8 to 10 fathoms (H.C.).

Mus,

Genus 15. Lastio, Oken.

Osilinus, Philippi.—Trochius, Leach.—Gibbium, Gray.—Monodonta,

sp. Lamck.—Melagraphia, Steutz.

1. Lasto porcata, A. Adams. L. testd ovato-conoided, imper-

Soratd, fuscd albo reticulatd ; anfractibus convexis, transversim

carinatis, carinis numerosis, elevatis, distantibus ; labio albo,

inferné subcalloso ; labro intus sulcato.

Hab. Australia.

2. Lasio porcireraA, A. Adams. UL. testd orbiculato-conicd,

imperforatd, fulvescente, liris transversis equidistantibus nigro-

articulatis ornatd ; longitudinaliter oblique striatd ; labio plano,

regione umbilicali impresso ; columelld tubereulis duobus, infe-

riore majore ; labro intus duplicato, margine luteo nigro-articu-

lato.

Hab. -?

3. Lasio rupis, A. Adams. L. testd orbiculato-conicd, imper-

Soratd ; spird obtusd, lutescente, lineis transversis nigris ornatd,

itudinaliter oblique striatd, transversim subexaratd ; labio

complanato ; columelld antic? subtuberculatd ; labro nigro luteo-

que intus marginato.

Hab. Australia.

4, Lasio ruuicinea, A. Adams. L, testd orbiculate-conicé,

imperforatd, nigrd, liris transversis equidistantibus luteo-ar-

ticulatis ornatd ; regione umbilicali impressd ; columelld tu-

berculis duobus, antico majore; labro duplicato, nigro-margi-

nato.

Hab.

5. Lapio corrosa, A. Adams. L. testd turbinatd, imperforaté,

spird elevatiuseuld, anfractibus rotundatis, rugosd, cinereo-

lutescente; anfractu ultimo subangulato; labio complanato ;

columella simplici ; labro luteo marginato.

Hab. New Zealand (Hart).

6. Lasio concotor, A. Adams. L. testd turbinato-conicd, im-

perforatd ; spird acutd, brunned, longitudinaliter oblique stri-

itd transversim subliratd ; labio complanato, regione umbili-

cali impresso ; columelld arcuatd, anticé tuberculo terminaté ;

labro nigro-fusco marginato.

Hab. New Zealand (Hart).

208 Zoological Society.

Genus 16. CuLorostoma, Swainson.—Ovzystele, Philippi.

1. CuLorostoma cCAsTANEUM, A. Adams. C. testd obliqué

conicd, umbilicatd, castaned ; anfractibus planis, longitudinali-

ter obsolete nodoso-plicatis et oblique striatis, penultimo infra

marginato, ultimo acutangulo, basi concavo pallidée fused, lineis

viridi-fuscis radiatim pictd; umbilico infundibuliformi, per-

spectivo, intus albo, peromphalo albo lined elevatd cincto ; aper-

turd subrhomboided; columelld supra sinuatd, basi dente ter-

minata.

Hab.

2. CHLOROSTOMA uNDuLOsuM, A. Adams. C. testd globoso-

conicd, imperforatd ; spird depressd, virescenti lineis undulatis

atro-purpureis longitudinalibus ornatd, longitudinaliter sub-

striatd ; labio complanato, margine columellari subtuberculato ;

labro intus sulcato, margine luteo, atro-purpureo articulato.

Hab. New Zealand (Kar).

3. CHLOROSTOMA TURBINATUM, A. Adams. C. testd turbi-

natd, profunde umbilicatd, nigrd ; spird obtusd, longitudinaliter

subplicatd, transversim sulcosd ; anfractu ultimo rotundato, re-

gione umbilicali partim callo lutescente obtectd ; columelld

anticée bituberculatd ; labro nigro marginato.

Hab. ?

4. CHLOROSTOMA RUGOSUM, A. Adams. (C. testd turbinato-

conoidali, profunde umbilicatd, luteo-fused, nigro variegatd, lon-

gitudinaliter nodoso-plicatd, transversim suleatd ; anfractu ul-

timo rotundato, infra suturam angustato ; columella incurvatd,

anticé bituberculatd, tuberculo supremo magno, prominente ; la-

bro fusco marginato.

Hab. ?

5. CHLOROSTOMA CORRUGATUM, A. Adams. C. testd orbicu-

lato-conoidali, profunde umbilicatd ; spird subacutd, longitudi-

naliter corrugato-plicatd et oblique striatd; anfractu ultimo

subrotundato, basi plano convexo, regione umbilicali albido sub-

calloso ; columelld tuberculis duobus, supremo magno.

Hab. ?

6. CHLOROSTOMA TROPIDOPHORUM, A. Adams. (OC. testd or-

biculato-depressd, profunde umbilicatd ; spird brevi, nigra, trans-

versim sulcatd, cingulis transversis prominentibus ornatd ; an-

Jractu ultimo carinato, basi concentricé exarato, regione um-

bilicali albo suleo circulari circumdato; columella tuberculis

duobus, supremo acuto, prominente.

Hab, Valparaiso.

7. CHLoRostomMA mMacuLosum, A. Adams. (OC. testd conicd,

profunde umbilicatd, viridi-fuscd, maculis nigro-fuscis ornaté ;

anfractibus planulatis, longitudinaliter substriatis, transversim

striatis ; anfractu ultimo angulato, basi coneavo; columelld

anticée tuberculo acuto terminatd.

Hab. ?

Zoological Society. 209

8. CHLOROSTOMA SEMINODOSUM, A. Adams. C. testd de-

presso-conicd, profundé umbilicatd, fuscd ; anfractibus planulatis,

superne subnodosis, longitudinaliter obliqué striatis ; anfractu

ultimo angulato, supra angulum cinguld transversd elevatd or-

nato, basi planiusculd; columelld tuberculis duobus, supremo ~

acuto, prominente.

Hab.

9. CHLOROSTOMA ARTICULATUM, A. Adams. C. testd orbicu-

lato-conicd, umbilicatd, nigro-fuscd, cingulis transversis elevatis

albo-articulatis ornatd ; anfractu ultimo subangulato, basi cin-

gulis albo-articulatis instructo, regione umbilicali viridi ; colu-

melld tuberculo parvo terminatd.

Hab.

10. CHLorRostomMA XANTHOSTIGMA, A. Adams. C. testé conoi-

ded, imperforatd, glabra, nigrd, longitudinaliter obliqué sub-

striatd ; anfractibus parum rotundatis, basi concentricé li-

rato, luteo-carneolo; regione umbilicali callo luteo obtectd ;

columelld arcuatd, basi dente terminatd et infra tuberculo in-

structd.

Hab.

11. CHLOROSTOMA TURBINATUM, A. Adams. (C. testd ovato-

conoided, imperforatd, castaned, levi, longitudinaliter oblique

_striatd, striis transversis indistinctis insculptd ; anfractibus

rotundatis, suturd angusté canaliculatd, regione umbilicali im-

pressd ; labio curvato, basi dente et tuberculo terminatd ; labro

intus sulcato.

Hab.

Genus 17. Grpsuta, Leach.

Trochus, sp. Linn.—Steromphala, Leach.—Monodonta, sp. Lam

1. GippuLa sutcosa, A. Adams. G. testd conoided, umbili-

catd, maculis roseis flammulis albo-punctatis variegatd, an-

Sractibus paulum convexis, longitudinaliter substriatd, trans-

versim sulcatd, sulcis subdistantibus, anfractu ultimo subangu-

lato, basi convexiusculd, lineis impressis concentricis sculptd ;

apertura suborbiculari ; columelld superné sinuatd, basi sub-

truncata.

Hab. Sir C. Hardy’s Island, North Australia, 8 fathoms, coarse

sand (Mr. Jukes).

2. GiBBULA MINDORENSIS, A. Adams. G. testd elevato-conoi-

ded, perforata, viridi-fuscd, fasciis pallidis longitudinalibus

ornatd ; anfractibus rotundatis, liris transversis subgranulosis

einetis, ultimo subangulato, basi convexrd ; columella subrectd,

basi tuberculo terminatd ; labro intus sulcato.

Gre) Puerto Galero, island of Mindoro, in coarse sand, 9 fathoms

3. GrppuLa unposa, A. Adams. G. testd orbiculato-conoided,

umbilicatd, virescenti, lineis fusco-viridibus undatis longitudina-

210 Zoological Society.

libus pictd ; anfractibus rotundatis, transversim tenue liratis,

ultimo subangulato, basi convead ; aperturd expansd, intus iri-

descenti ; columella superné sinuatd, basi rotundatd.

Hab. ?

4, GrpBuLA PORCELLANA, A. Adams. G. testd depresso-conicd,

late umbilicatd, glabra, solidd, nitidd, lacted, lineis radiantibus

undulatis pulcherrimé pictd ; anfractibus planis cingulis pro-

minentibus, duabus maculis albis et rufo-fuscis vivide pictis

ornatd ; interstitiis transversim sulcatis, basi convexiusculd,

cingulis concentricis lineis maculisque rufo-fuscis ornatd ; um-

bilico perspectivo, intus concentrice lirato, margine lined elevatd

cincto ; columelld subrectd, basi rotundatd.

Hab. New Holland.

5. Gipputa putcura, A. Adams. G. testd orbiculato-conicd,

umbilicatd, rosed, ad suturam albo luteo fuscoque radiatim pul-

cherrime pictd; anfractibus planis, biangulatis, transversim

sulcatis, sulcis rubro-articulatis, anfractu ultimo angulato, cin-

guld albo luteo nigro fuscoque eleganter pictd, basi convexd,

concentrice sulcatd ; umbilico intus albo, basi rotundaté.

Hab. Australia.

6. GippuLa Kauinota, A. Adams. G. testd orbiculato-conoi-

ded, perforatd, virescenti, carneo cinereo variegatd ; anfractibus

rotundatis, lineis elevatis albo-articulatis, superné gibbosis ; su-

turd profundd, anfractu ultimo rotundato, basi convexd, cin-

gulis articulatis concentricis ornatd, margine umbilici angulato,

lined elevatd cincto; columelld superné sinuatd, basi subtrun-

catd ; labro intus levi. .

Hab. ?

7. GippuLta veNnusta, A. Adams, G. testd orbieulato-eonoi-

ded, umbilicatd, viridi-fuscd, maculis albis prope suturas, cin-

gulis subdistantibus fusco rubroque articulatis, interstitiis l-

ratis, longitudinaliter oblique striatd; anfractibus superne

gibbosis, rubro pictis; suturd canaliculatd, anfractu ultimo

rotundato, basi convexiusculd, cingulis fusco alboque articu-

latis, regione umbilicali roseo pictd; columelld sinuatd, basi

truncata.

Hab. Australia.

8. GippuLa PuNcTo-cosTaTA, A. Adams. G. testd turrito- :

conicd, lutescenti, umbilicatd ; anfractibus superné cingulis tri- .

bus nodulosis, rubro-articulatis nodulis punctatis, inferné liris

transversis nodulosis rubro-articulatis, infra, cinguld puncto-

nodosd basi pland, cingulis concentricis subnodosis rubro-arti-

culatis ornatd, margine umbilici lined elevatd cinctd ; columelld

subrectd, basi truncatd ; labro intus lirato.

Hab. Island of Capul, on the reefs at low water (H. C.).

9, GippuLA Levcosticta, A. Adams. G. testd conoided, per-

foratd, nigrd, punctis lacteis pictd, anfractibus convexiusculis,

Zoological Society. 211

transversim liratd, longitudinaliter striatd, liris subdistantibus

albo-punctatis, interstitiis lineis elevatis transversis ornatd ;

anfractu ultimo angulato, basi convexiusculd, eingulis nigro

alboque articulatd ; aperturd subrotundatd ; columelld superné

sinuatd, basi rotundatd.

Hab. Gindulman, island of Bohol, rocky ground (H. C.).

10. Gresuta nrvosa, A. Adams. G. testd orbiculato-conoided,

umbilicatd, cinered, maculis nivosis subrotundatis pictd, trans-

versim sulcatd, longitudinaliter substriatd ; aperturd subrotun-

datd ; columella flexuosd, basi rotundatd.

Hab.

Genus 18. Monte, Swainson.—Talopia, Gray.

1. Montuea Lenticinosa, A. Adams. M. testd orbiculato-

conicd, umbilicatd, albidd, luteo fuscoque variegatd ; anfractibus

rotundatis, cingulis subgranulosis confertis ornatis, ultimo rotun-

dato, basi convexiusculd, regione umbilicali excavatd ; columelld

superné callosd, basi dente terminatd ; labro intus lirato.

Hab, Mo Ilo, island of Panay, 7 fathoms (H. C.).

2. Monitea KALIsoma, A. Adams. WM. testd orbiculate-conoi-

ded, umbilicatd, lutescenti, engulis purpureo-articulatis ornatd,

cingulis subdistantibus, supremis granulatis, infimis planis ; an-

Sractibus planiusculis, ultimo subangulato, basi paulum con-

vexd, cingulis purpureo-maculatis insculptd ; columella superné

sinuatd, ee dente terminatd ; labro intus lirato.

3. Moniziea pLumBEA, A. Adams. M. testd orbiculato-conoided,

umbilicaté, plumbed ; anfractibus rotundis, cingulis granorum

transversis in paribus dispositis ornatd, basi convexa; umbilico

mediocri, intus albo; columelld brevi, superne sinuatd, basi dente

terminaté ; labro intus lirato.

Hab. ?

4. Monitea tirata, A. Adams. WM, testd orbiculato-conicd,

umbilicatd, pallidd ; anfractibus paulum convevis, liris trans-

versis elevatis distantibus, interstitiis decussaté striatis orna-

tis ; anfractu ultimo angulato, basi convexd, margine umbilici

sulco enc fa.

Hab.

5. aie pusitua, A. Adams, WM. testd orbiculato-conicé,

umbilicatd, rubescenti, fusco variegatd ; anfractibus planiuscu-

lis, cingulis granorum transversum distantibus (circa quatuor)

ornatis, interstitiis transversim striatis ; columelld in medio

sinuata.

Hab.

6. MoniLea Swainson, A. Adams. M., testd conoided, umbi-

licatd, albidd, nigro variegatd ; anfractibus planis, cingulis sub-

granosis, albo nigroque articulatis ornatis, ultimo subangulato,

212 Zoological Society.

basi planiuseuld, cingulis rufo-articulatis ornatd; columelld

basi tuberculatd ; labro intus lirato.

Hab. ?

Genus 19. Margarira, Leach.—Trochus, sp. Auct.

1, Marearira cartnata, A. Adams. M. testd elevato-conicd,

perforatd, fused, liris transversis ornatd, superioribus duabus

costellis longitudinalibus decussatis, inferioribus planis, inter-

stitiis longitudinaliter tenuissimé striatis; basi planiusculd,

cingulis concentricis, interstitiis radiatim striatis insculptd ;

margine umbilici crenulato.

Hab, Catbalonga, coarse sand, 8 fathoms (H. C.).

2. MarGariTaA ANGuLATA, A. Adams. M. testd orbiculato-

conicd, laté umbilicatd, albidd, fusco variegatd; anfractibus

supra angulatis, transversim omnino striatis ; basi convexd, con-

centricé striatd ; umbilico magno, perspectivo.

Hab. Sandwich Islands.

3. MareGarira caLtostoma, A. Adams. WM. testd conoided,

erassd, perforatd, transversim valde sulcatd, albidd; anfracti-

bus subrotundatis, ultimo subangulato ; aperturd rotundd, intus

vivide violascenti iridescenti ; umbilico callo, columellari subob-

tecto; labri margine argenteo.

Hab. Juan de Fuco, Upper California.

4. Margarita Cuminen, A. Adams. M. testd elevato-conicd,

cinered, lineis fuscis undulatis pictd, laté umbilicatd ; anfracti-

bus costellis transversis ornatis, ultimo tribus liris intermediis

cincto, longitudinaliter elevate striato ; umbilico magno, cinguld

crenulatd cinctd, intus lineis radiantibus et transversis elegan-

ter decussato.

Hab. Philippines.

5. MARGARITA VARIABILIS, A. Adams. WM. testd orbiculato-

conicd, subdepressd, laté umbilicatd, pallida, fusco griseo al-

boque varié pictd; anfractibus rotundatis, transversim valdé

suleatis ; umbilico perspectivo, margine crenulato; basi plani-

usculd ; labio margine subcrenulato.

Hab. ?

6. MarGariTA BALTEATA, A. Adams. WM. testd orbiculato-

conicd, vix umbilicatd, grised, fusco tessellatd ; anfractibus gib-

bosis, transversim valde sulcatis ; anfractu ultimo subangulato ;

basi planiusculd, concentricé sulcatd; columelld curvatd, vie

truncatd,

Hab. ?

7. MARGARITA TESSELLATA, A. Adams. WM. testd depresso-

conicd, late umbilicatd, levi, cinered, regulariter griseo tessel-

latd; anfractibus planiusculis, ultimo subangulato; basi convexd;

umbilico intus albido; apertura rotundd, intus viridi-irides-

centi.

Hab. ?

Zoological Society. 213

Subgenus Puorrna, H. and A. Adams.

Shell smooth, subconical ; spire depressed; axis covered by a

smooth callus ; columella ending in a simple point.

This section includes all the species of Margarita that are not

umbilicated.

_ 1, Puorina nigra, A. Adams. P. testd depresso-conicd, im-

perforatd, solidd, nigrd, levi ; anfractibus subrotundatis, trans-

versim sulcatis ; longitudinaliter oblique substriatd; anfractu

ultimo subangulato; régione umbilicali impressd; callo albo

obtecto.

Hab, ?

2. Puotina rusca, A. Adams. P. testé obliqud, subconicd, ni-

tidd, fusco variegatd ; anfractibus parum convexis, transversim

suleatis, ultimo subangulato ; apertura subrotundatd, intus

viridi iridescenti.

Hab. ——?

3. PHotina Sanpwicurana, A. Adams. P. testd orbiculato-

conicd, imperforatd, levi, albidé, viridi Suscoque maculata ;

anfractibus rotundatis, ultimo subangulato, apice roseo ; aper-

turd apertd, orbiculata, intus viridi margaritaced ; labio albo;

umbilico callo albo obtecto.

Hab. Mataineka, Sandwich Islands.

Mr. Oswald then communicated the following remarks by Mr. Mack,

on the fact of black eggs being laid by a white duck of the ordinary

domestic breed :—

“ The egg (observes Mr. Mack) which is herewith sent was laid

by a white duck, one of two belonging to Mr. Dickinson of Mitcham,

which stray during the day on the common, but are confined at night.

The drake was lost about a month since, and then one of the ducks

commenced laying black eggs, the other still continuing to lay white

ones,—-she laid ten or twelve and then ceased for some days ; she has

in commenced laying black eggs. The ducks are fed once a day

with barley, at the time the other poultry are fed.

“Mr. Dickinson, showing the egg this morning to one of the

guards on temporary duty on the Brighton rail at Croydon, he said

he had a Rik wheich taid the same pa sees or even Bacher: and that

he had raised (at East Bourne) two broods of ducks from black

eggs.”

Haling Cottage, Croydon, May 24, 1851.

June 10, 1851.—John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

1. ON TWo NEw species or BIRDS OF THE GENUS T £ZNIOPTERA.

By Puitie Lutzey Scrarer, B.A., F.Z.S. erc.

TZNIOPTERA ERYTHROPYGIA, Sclater. T. nigrescens ; vertice

Sronte guldque canescente-griseis ; maculd secundariorum albd ;

uropygio, abdomine toto crissoque, cum tectricibus caude supe-

214 Zoological Society.

rioribus et alarum inferioribus leviter brunneo-rufis ; rectricibus

brunneo-rufis nigro terminatis ; rostro pedibusque nigris.

Long. tot. 9 unc. 5 lin.; alee, 5 unc. 7 lin.; caudee, 4 unc. 4 lin. ;

rostri 4 rictd, 1 unc. ; A fronte, 6 lin.

Hab. in republicé Equatoriana.

Wings and interscapulars black, growing lighter towards the crown,

and greyish white on front and throat; breast darkish grey ; outer

web of the last four or five secondaries broadly edged with white,

forming a white mark on the wing ; lower back and tail-coverts and

whole body beneath below the breast, as also under wing-coverts, light

brownish rufous; tail-feathers the same, but broadly tipped with black.

For the loan of this and the following species I have to thank Mr.

Edward Wilson, who received them from M. Verreaux of Paris. I

was at first inclined to refer both species to the genus Agriornis of

Mr. Gould, but having had through Mr. G. Gray’s kindness an op-

portunity of examining the type of that form, Agriornis lividus* (Kat-

litz), I now consider them better placed in the present genus Teni-

optera, with which they agree in all their distinctive characters.

TANIOPTERA STRIATICOLLIS, Sclater. T. supra saturat® fumoso-

brunnea ; uropygio paululim rufescente tincto; superciliis ru-

Sescente-albidis ; pennis cauddque nigris ; secundariis tertiariisque

leviter brunnescente marginatis ; infra leviter brunneo-rufa ; gut-

ture toto colloque albis nigro striatis; rectricibus remigibusque

brunneo-rufis nigro terminatis ; restro pedibusque nigris.

Long. tot. 9 une. 5 lin.; alee, 5 unc. 3 lin, ; caudee, 4,une. ; rostri a

rictu, 1 une. 4 lin, ; 4 fronte, 73 lin.

Hab. in republicé Equatoriana.

Above dark smoke-brown ; an obseure whitish line from the bill to

the top of the eye; quill-feathers brown-rufous, outer margins and

ends black ; secondaries, tertials, and wing-coverts nearly black, mar-

gined with light brown; beneath brown-rufous ; chin, throat and

neck white, with longitudinal strie of black ; tail-feathers brown-

rufous, the two outer broadly tipped with black; the rest have also

the outer web black, except the two medial, which are wholly black,

This species is of the same form as the former, from which it may be

distinguished by its shorter and weaker beak, and the want of the

rufous colouring on the rump and upper tail-coverts, as also by the

conspicuous strize on the neck and throat.

' 9, Nores ON AN UNDESCRIBED SPECIES OF TAILOR-BiRD.

By Dr. NicHotson.

It may appear irregular to use what has been meant and applied

as a specific name, as a generic one, but then that name appears to

me to include, and to be indiscriminately applied to, two or three di-

stinet birds, as we may gather by looking at the accompanying

sketch, by the examination of the species described by Colonel Sykes

as inhabiting the Dukhun, and by reading the following description,

taken from Forbes, ‘Oriental Memoirs,’ p. 34. vol. i., under the

* Tyrannus gutturalis, Voy. de la Favorite, Qis. t. 11.

Zoological Society. 215

name of Motacilla sutoria :—‘ The Tailor-bird resembles some of the

humming-birds at the Brazils in shape and colour ; the hen is clothed

in brown, but the plumage of the cock displays the varied tints of

azure-purple, green and gold, so common in those American beauties...

Often have I watched the progress of an industrious pair of Tailor-

birds, in my garden, from their first choice of a plant, until the com-

pletion of the nest, and the enlargement of their young.”

Now, it is evident either that Mr. Forbes alludes to a distinct and

an uncommon species, which I have never met with, or else he must

have mistaken the common Cinnyris or Sun-bird representing the

Humming-birds, and both sexes of which he has generally described

above. But then the Cinnyris builds a common-shaped nest in the

fork of a branch, in fashion resembling that of the humming-birds.

_ This is a resident bird, not very conspicuous, as it keeps hopping

about among the-brushwood and plants. It has a loud, short, and

not unmelodious song ; its general ery is ‘ wheet, wheet, wheet,’ often

ted; but its alarm-cry is like ‘ cheertah, cheertah, cheertah.’

I have found its singular sewn nest containing eggs or young at

all seasons of the year, in May and in November; and this may be

owing to the vegetation of gardens being always kept up by means

of artificial irrigation ; for cultivated spots seem its favourite, if not

exclusive resort at least in the north of India. Though no doubt

it haunts suitable jungles, I never observed it there, nor ever disco-

vered its nest so situated; but I have found many nests in my gar-

dens, both at Surat and at Raghote, as well as in Cutch. It seems

to prefer the leaf of the Bringal (Solanum esculentum), or that of the

Cucurbita octangularis, for the purposes of nidification ; and it lays

four small white eggs, marked with faint dark spots at the larger

end. After selecting a fitting leaf, it proceeds by means of its feet

and beak to draw the edges together, perforating holes therein, and

securing their proximity by threads of cotton, with bunches at the

end to prevent their giving way. Then the nest is constructed inside

the leaf, now forming a sort of corve, with cotton; the entrance is at

the top, and the nest seems small in proportion to the bird. If this

bird should prove a distinct species, I would suggest the name of

Sutoria agilis for it.

Weight of the male 2} drachms.

Length from bill to tail 54 inches. Alar extent 64 inches.

Head: bill long; slender and curved towards the point. Culmen

slightly divides the frontal feathers, and is nearly on a line with the

top of the head: there is an almost obsolete notch at the end of the

upper mandible. Tongue short, slightly extensible, and divided into

several filaments at the point. Gape wide, commissure under the

eye; a small denuded spot above the commissure. Nostrils basal,

pyriform, under a tegument; some small bristles and feathers re-

flexed from the canthus of the eye towards the bill and over the

nares. Eyes small. Iris greenish yellow. Eyelashes edged with

small feathers. Eyelids bare. Four remarkable (but inconspicuous)

bristles, like feathers, project from the back part of the occiput.

Wings short and perfectly rounded ; first quill only half as long as

the second; fourth and fifth quills are longest; the second, third

216 Zoological Society.

and fourth graduated ; the first, third, fourth, fifth, sixth and seventh

quills are emarginate on the outer web.

Tail of twelve graduated feathers, the two outer being the short-

est ; under-coverts are long.

Legs long, the tarsus iths of an inch; the outer toe longer than

the inner. Hallux very strong, and as long as the outer toe, with a

large pad beneath the base, its claw the largest ; the tarsus is co-

vered with seven scales in front and one entire behind; two large

scales lie across the front of the foot; the claws are curved and

sharp. re,

Gantestis of stomach a mass of insect exuvie. ea

Colours: all above dull green, tinged with ash, light brown towards

the end of the tail and quills, which are lighter on the edges. Two-

thirds of the front breadth of the neck, round the eye, the breast,

belly and thighs (except a chestnut spot .on the hallux) are silver-

white ; there is, besides, a remarkable spot on the neck, of a brown

colour, as if the white feathers had been deranged, showing the

roots of a different colour. Bill ash-brown or horn-colour, the

lower jaw lighter, and both lighter on the edges, as also are the |

legs and claws of the same colour; forehead of a fine chestnut;

crown of olive-brown. )

June 24, 1851.—J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the

Chair.

1. OBSERVATIONS ON THE DENTITION OF THE TIGER BEETLES. _

By J. O. Westwoop, Pres. E.S., F.L.S. ere.

Mr. Westwood directed the attention of the meeting to the neces-

sity which existed of a more precise examination and description of

the diversity in the dentition of the mandibles of insects, especially

Hymenoptera and Coleoptera, than had hitherto been bestowed

thereon. In the higher orders of animals so much importance had

been given to this character, that it was remarkable that, in general,

entomologists contented themselves with examining, describing, and

figuring a single mandible as affording a sufficient diagnosis of the

structure of both of the mandibles, overlooking the necessary result

which arose from the circumstance of the horizontal instead of per-

pendicular action of these organs in insects, and the variation in the

position of the teeth which such action must necessarily induce. In

general, indeed, the teeth of the mandibles were not greatly developed,

and there was a general similarity between the two jaws; but when

these organs are of an increased size, and especially when the extre-

mity of one jaw laps over that of the opposite one, a diversity in the

dentition will necessarily exist. It was likewise necessary to examine

the mandibles of both sexes of a species, as it occasionally happened

that there was considerable difference in their dentition. These ob-

servations were illustrated by the case of the Tiger Beetles (Cicinde-

lide), which offered a much greater range of diversity in their denti-

tion than had hitherto been supposed. It was chiefly to the genus

Megacephala that Mr. Westwood directed the attention of the

members. om

eae

—— ee

Zoological Society. 217

In the type of that genus (Megacephala senegalensis, Latr., Dej.,

Cie. megalocephala, Fabr.), an apterous species from Senegal, the

right mandible of the male has two large, nearly equal-sized, acute

teeth in the middle of the inner margin, the extremity being hooked

and very acute; there is also a small tooth at the base of the large,

broad, compound basal tooth. ‘The left mandible is nearly similar, ex-

cept that the two teeth in the middle of the inner margin are unequal

in size, the upper one being the smaller of the two. The figure of the

jaws of this species, given in the Crechard edition of the Animal

Kingdom (Ins. pl. 16. f. 2 a), is very incorrect, being apparently

reversed. The dentitiun of the female is almost identical with that

of the male. In the allied bat-winged African species, Megacephala

4-signata, Dej., from Senegal, the toothing of the mandibles is simi-

larly but the two teeth in the middle of the inner margin,

in both sexes, are broad and obliquely truncate. In the male of

M. euphratica (which has recently been observed to extend from

Spain to India), the teeth are nearly as in M. senegalensis, except

that the subapical tooth of the left mandible is considerably smaller.

But in the species lately received from the north-west of Australasia

(M. Australasie, Hope), we find a different arrangement as well as

number in the teeth, the right mandible having three teeth in the

middle of the inner margin (exclusive of the small tooth* at the base

of the upper side of the large compound basal tooth), the upper one

small, the middle one very small, and lower one large, all being acute.

The left mandible has sa three teeth in the same position,—the

upper one very small, and the middle and lower one large and nearly

in size.

On turning to the New-World species of the genus, we find four

variations in the dentition of the mandibles; the group of pale spe-

cies typified by M. equinoctialis, Dej. (difasciata, Brullé), corre-

sponds almost identically in the dentition of both sexes with the old

type (M. senegalensis), as described above, the right mandible having

two equal-sized large acute teeth in the middle of the inner margin,

and the left one also two, the upper one being very small. For this

group I have proposed the subgeneric name of Ammosia, in allu-

sion to their habits, which differ materially from those of the other

species.

Sa iliacodoored species from South America (M. sepulchralis,

Fabr., M. variolosa, Dej.) differs from the Ammosi@ in the left man-

dible, while the inner margin has only one tooth in the middle, of

considerable size, and exhibiting on its under side a minute tooth,

being all that remains of the large middle tooth of the left mandible

of the Ammosie. This species is the type of Mr. Hope’s subgenus

Anaira.

Another very fine Brazilian species (M. testudinea, Klug) differs

in the dentition of the sexes in a more striking manner than any of

* This small tooth exists in all the species, and in both sexes ; and as it appears

to form part of the great basal tooth, I have omitted noticing it in the descriptions

given in this paper.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 15

218 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

the preceding. The right mandible of the male is long and sickle-

shaped, with a small tooth obliquely truncated below the middle of

the inner margin, and between this and the tip of the jaw is a mi-

nute acute tooth. The left mandible has two teeth on the inner

margin above the middle, the lower one broad and acute, but rather

obliquely truncate, whilst the upper one is very small. The right

mandible of the female, on the contrary, has two very large equal-

sized teeth in the middle of the inner margin, whereas the left j jaw in

this sex is quite similar to that of the male.

olngerd still remains a numerous group of American species (the

of which is Cie. Carolina, Linn.), which differ from the rest of

eir continental brethren in possessing three teeth in the middle of

the inner margin of each jaw, thus resembling the Australian species

above noticed, and hence I proposed the name of Tetracha, or four-

toothed, for this group, counting the acute apical portion of the man-

dible as a fourth tooth. In general, in both sexes, the tooth next

below the apex of the jaw is equal in size to, or even larger than, the

apical part or tooth itself (thus differing from the Australasian

cies), and the middle of the three teeth is smaller than the rest ; but

in the left mandible in the males the tooth below the apical tooth is

even still larger, whilst the middle tooth is much smaller, and the lower

tooth is quite minute. In the female; on the contrary, the middle

one of the three teeth of the inner margin is rather larger than the

upper one (which is only of a moderate size), and the lower one is

small.

From these particulars (united with the peculiarities of colouring,

geographical range and habits of the species) we are enabled to pro-

pose well-founded subgenera, a task which has hitherto been con-

sidered hopeless in the genera of Cicindelide. The Old-World spe-

cies thus seem to form only one group, divisible however into still

smaller sections from the presence or absence of wings, and form and

colouring of the elytra; the Australian species stands alone; and the

New-World species constitute the four following subgenera :—

Ammoosia, Westw. Type, M. difasciata, Brullé.

, Westw. Type, M: testudinea, Klug.

Anarra, Hope. Type, M. sepulchralis, Fabr.

Tetrracua, Westw. Type, M. Carolina, Linn.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

July 14, 1853.—Prof. Balfour, President, in the Chair.

aa following papers were read :—

. “ Experiments on the Dyeing Properties of the Lichens,’” by

w. Lauder Lindsay, M.D.

2. «On the Cryptogamic Plants of the neighbourhood of St. An-

drews,” by Mr. Alexander O. Black. The author stated that a resi-

dence in St. Andrews during the last eighteen months, had given him

Miscellaneous. 219

an opportunity of investigating the vegetation of a part of our island,

hitherto but little explored by botanists. He had found in all—

_ Equiseta....... 11 species and varieties.

Raymer as i's »”

Lyowoawm. :... 2 45 »

ee ay: 170 ” 9

3. “Remarks on the Hardiness of certain Coniferee, as shown by

the effects of the past winter,” by Mr. W. W. Evans.

4. “Notice of the production of Cones in 1851 on Pinus Lamber-

tiana,” by A. G. Spiers, Esq. The tree on which the cones were

produced was stated to be about 23 feet in height; the cones con-

tained perfect seeds, from which young plants have been raised.

Mr. M‘Nab stated that several plants of Abies Morinda were

fruiting this season in different situations. He mentioned that all these _

a had grown in the Botanic Garden, and had been transplanted

t year. The large plants of the same pine which had not been

transplanted showed no symptoms of flowering.

5. “ Measurement of Trees in Gurhwal and Kemaon in 1852,” by

Mr. John Strachey, C.S.

_ 6. ** Notice of the Osseous legumen of the Hymenea courbaril,”

by Dr. Seller.

7. “On the rarer plants found in the neighbourhood of Ripon,”

by Mr. James B. Davies. ;

8. “On Melampyrum montanum, Johnst.,”’ by Daniel Oliver, jun., -

., F.L.S. “This plant, as described in the Berwickshire Flora,

and mentioned in Babington’s ‘ Manual’ as a variety of M. pratense,

I am induced to believe has been founded by Dr. Johnston on an ex-

amination of an insufficient series of examples of more or less distinct

forms of Melampyrum.

“Last year I described in the ‘ Phytologist,’ a plant which I called:

M. pratense var. ericetorum, and in the same communication hinted

that its smaller forms might be identical with the M. montanum.

“T am rather strengthened in this opinion by a series of specimens

which I collected last month near the Wall-town Crags, Northumber-

land. The floral leaves (bracts) are in some of the larger instances.

of the plant, ovate-lanceolate or almost ovate at the base, and deeply

toothed, while the smaller ones accord more nearly with M. mon-

tanum.”

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Movements of the Blood in the Pulmonary Arachnida.

By E. Buancnarp.

In the circulation of these animals there is a much more compli-

cated mechanism than has ever been supposed. Although the venous

blood is not contained in tubes capable of isolation by dissection, it is

none the less confined to a particular course.

If a very small opening be made into the heart of a living Scorpion,

15*

220 Miscellaneous.

and through this a coloured fluid be introduced into the circulation,

the heart drives this liquid to the extremities of the finest arteries.

Arrived at the last ramifications, the blood certainly slackens in its pro-

gress whilst passing through the capillary network. This network,

which has not yet been pointed out in the Articulata, exists under

the teguments and between the various layers of muscles in the con-

nective tissue ; it consists of distinctly circumscribed canals lined

aes thin epithelium. Thence the blood is received by the venous

canals.

These are only canals and sometimes sinuses and not tubes; but

they are always lined with a membrane, which it is frequently not

difficult to detach from the surrounding tissues. There are no val-

vules to prevent the return of the blood. Nevertheless the blood

always follows a determinate course, and in fact the disposition of the

muscles favours the passage of the fluid in one direction, but presents

an obstacle, sometimes absolutely insurmountable, to its passage in

the other direction.

In injecting a coloured fluid into the abdominal cavity, it is seen to

penetrate readily into most of the spaces occupied by the venous ©

blood, whilst it does not enter the venous canals of the feet or other

appendages. A resistance is here presented which is not overcome b

considerable pressure ; the flexor and extensor muscles of the legs

approaching at their points of attachment close the passage from

within outwards. It will be readily understood, in fact, that without

some particular arrangement, the blood, existing in abundance in the

thoracic cavity, would always have a tendency to fall back in the

venous canals of the extremities.

The legs are more or less exposed to be broken in the Arachnida.

These fractures always take place at the articulations, and the ani-

mal does not suffer much from them. A little drop of blood may

form at the extremity of the broken limb, but the contraction of the

muscles closes the artery, and the venous canal is so disposed that

the normal course of the blood is never interrupted for an instant.

At the extremity of each joint of the legs the large venous canal is

curved back so as to take up all the blood coming from the lesser

canals. This arrangement completely explains why when half the

leg of a Scorpion or Spider is torn off the blood escapes from the

detached portion, and not from that which remains attached to the

body.

The venous blood collected from various parts of the body arrives

at last in canals situated at the sides and lower part of the abdomen,

whence it passes to the respiratory organs. ‘The principal venous

canals are lodged in the interstices of the segments, and are formed

by a fold of the internal membrane. In the Scorpions, the venous

canals of the caudiform portion of the abdomen and those of the feet

consist of gutters which show themselves externally as so many

ridges.

in the Arachnida, nearly as in the Crustacea, the blood returns to

the heart from the respiratory organs by means of vessels passing up

along the sides of the abdomen and opening into the pericardiac

cavity. This is effected in the following manner.

Miscellaneous. 221

The respiratory organs are covered by a tolerably thick membrane,

which is contracted between each of them, and prolonged in front and

behind in the form of a wide vessel receiving the venous blood. Each

pulmonary sac is alternately raised or depressed by a double or triple

ligament, which rises perpendicularly and is attached to the pericar-

dium. When a portion of the heart is exposed, it is seen that its pul-

sations act upon the contractile ligaments, causing a pressure of the

pulmonary sacs, which forces the blood to rise in the pneumocardiac

vessels. This movement is aided by muscular pillars attached to the

upper and lower walls of the abdomen.

From all these facts we must conclude, that in the pulmonary

Arachnida the venous blood circulates for a great portion of its course

in distinetly cireumscribed canals ; that it passes into the abdominal

- cavity as into a vast sinus, so as to penetrate thence into the respi-

_ ratory organs, whence it rises into the heart by means of a particular

mechanism. These facts lead us naturally to the conclusion that

analogous arrangements should be sought for in Crustacea and In-

sects.—Comptes Rendus, June 20, 1853, p. 1079.

THE TIBETAN BADGER OF HODGSON.

Mr. Hodgson having sent to the India House a specimen with its

skull of his Taxidea leucurus (Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, xvi. 763.

1847), I have compared the skull with that of the various Badgers

in the Museum collection. I find all the Old-World Badgers (Medes)

have a moderate-sized triangular flesh tooth, and a very large four-

sided oblong tuberculous grinder in the upper jaw, which is rather

longer than broad, and the skull is rounded behind. The nose of

the Tibetan Badger or Tumpha, Meles leucurus, is rather more taper-

ing and more compressed than that of the European Badger (Meles

Taxus), which it most resembles. The Japanese Badger (Meles

auakuma) differs from both in having a much shorter skull and a

short, rather broad nose.

The American Badgers (Taxide, Waterhouse) have a very large

triangular flesh tooth, and an equally triangular tubercular grinder

in the upper jaw not exceeding the flesh tooth in size. The skull is

also much broader, more depressed and truncated behind. Of this

genus I only know a single species, 7’. Labradoria.—J. E. Gray.

Note on the Germination of the Spores of the Uredines.

By L. R. Tuxasne.

Some years since I made known* the origin and structure of the

organs known as the spores of these plants. I then showed that these

bodies, like the pollen grains of phanerogamous vegetables,‘are fur-

nished with a variable number of pores through which tubular fila-

ments afterwards pass, analogous, at least in appearance, with those

which are the first result of the germination of the spore of a Fungus.

I have since indicated+ the Zcidiolum exanthematum, Ung., as a

* Ann. des Sci. Nat. 3rd série, t. vii.

+ Comptes Rendus, xxxii. March 31, 1851.

222 Miscellaneous.

peculiar organ of the Uredines, and that its frequency amongst their

sori or fertile groups, its relations of position, and its early appear-

ance authorise us in comparing it with the spermogonia of other

Fungi, so that the sexuality of the Uredines was not less probable

than that of the other families of the same order.

Fresh investigations have shown me that the germ-filaments of the

spores do not all continue in the state of simplicity and continuity in

which I formerly saw them, and that perhaps they may constitute

the rudiments of the mycelium.

Thus having sown perfectly ripe spores of Aicidium Euphorbie

sylvestris, DeC., their germ-filaments became less elongated than in

my previous experiments, made at a different time of the year, and

instead of remaining continuous, they divided by means of transverse

septa into four or six cells of unequal size ; then these cells, and espe-

cially the superior ones, each produced a short lateral appendage (spi-

cule), which soon bore an obovate and slightly oblique utricle. These

utricles were the last vegetative effort of these spores; they became

free and then continue a separate existence, which was indicated by

the production of very slender filaments. After the isolation of these

bodies, the spore and the tube from which they were formed become

exhausted and destroyed, so that this tube or filament represents a

sort of promycelium, an intermediate vegetation between the primary.

spore and the utricles, which are either secondary spores, or perhaps

the only true spores, and the real producers of the true mycelium.

The same facts may be observed in the Puccinie, the bilocular

fruits of which can commence vegetation without quitting the plant

which has supported them. In Puccinia graminis, Pers., I have seen

the tubes arising from these fruits acquire two or three times their

length, divide into cells like the germ-filaments of the preceding

Aicidium, and like these give rise lastly to nearly reniform spores

which soon germinated.

The vegetation of the fruit of Phragmidium incrassatum, Link.,

does not differ from that of the Puccinia. The spores produced are

more globular than those of the above-mentioned Fungi.

The Podisomata (P. juniperi communis, Fr., and P. fuscum, Cord.)

are Uredines by their parasitic existence and their mode of fructifi-

cation, whilst in their general appearance and consistence they re-

semble the Z'remelle. Their bilocular fruits (sporidia, auct.) can

emit as many as eight tubes from their middle ; these are crossed and

superposed two and two, clothe the Fungus as with a sort of velvet,

and each produce several obovate spores, an immense abundance of

which may be collected as readily as of those of the Agarici or Tre-

melle.

In several Uredines which I have studied, such as Uredo Rosa,

Pers., U. suaveolens, Pers., Aicidium Tussilaginis, Pers., Ai. erassum,

Pers., and some others, the tubular filaments which arise from the

fruits are capable of more or less ramification, so as to resemble the

true mycelium of Fungi still more closely.

As regards the spermogonia of the Uredines, I will add that they

are organs the structure of which varies extremely little. They all

Meteorological Observations. 223

eject, in the form of viscous drops or short cirrhi, an orange substance

which is very aromatic, and consists of very thin, ovoid corpuscles

(spermatia). It is to these alone that the agreeable odour of the

Uredo suaveolens and many other Uredines is due. The spermatia

are produced at the apices of filiform basidia.

The Ustilagines, which are very nearly allied to the Uredines, pre-

sent certain peculiarities in the vegetation of their reproductive bodies.

The oblong cell, which is produced from the spores of Ustilago an-

therarum, Tul., becoming soon detached to live independently *, must

apparently be compared to the secondary spores of Heidium, Puc-

einia, and other Uredines above described. In Ustilago receptacu-

lorum, Fr., utricles, doubtless analogous with these secondary spores,

are produced on an imperfectly developed promycelium, composed

only of a few cells, but which resembles that of Heidium Euphorbie

sylvestris.—Comptes Rendus, June 20, 1853, p. 1093.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR JULY 1853.

Chiswick.—July 1. Showery. 2. Cloudy. 3. Cloudy and fine. 4. Very fine.

5. Overcast: fine: clear. 6. Overcast and fine. 7. Uniform haze: sultry : much

lightning, with thunder and rain at night. 8. Cloudy : lightning at night. 9. Rain:

cloudy. 10. Cloudy: clear. 11. Densely overcast: cloudy and fine. 12. Very

fine. 13. Very fine: slight haze: very heavy rain at night. 14. Constant rain.

15. Heavy showers. 16. Showery. 17. Cloudy and fine: very clear. 18. Heavy

showers. 19. Showery: clear. 20. Uniform haze: very fine. 21. Rain: cloudy.

22. Overcast: slight rain. 23. Very fine. 24. Cloudy. 25. Very fine: rain at

night. 26. Cloudy. 27. Cloudy and fine: thunder, lightning and very heavy

rain at night. 28. Rain: cloudy: showery. 29. Fine: rain. 30. Fine : boisterous :

clear at night. 31. Clear: cloudy: overcast.

Mean temperature of the month ...........0.ssseesecssseeererees 61°99

Mean temperature of July 1852 oo... eens cee ceeeeseesee see 67 -61

Mean temperature of July for the last twenty-seven years . 63 °22

_ Average amount of rain in July .......22...esceseeeeseeenererens 2°29 inches.

Boston.—July 1. Fine: rainp.m. 2. Fine. 3. Cloudy. 4. Cloudy. 5. Cloudy.

rainp.M. 6—8. Cloudy. 9. Cloudy: rain, thunder and lightning a.m. 10.

Cloudy. 11. Cloudy: rain a.m. 12,13. Fine. 14. Rain: rain a.m. and p.m.

15. Cloudy. 16,17. Cloudy: rain a.m. 18. Cloudy: rain A.m.and p.m. 19,

Cloudy. 20. Cloudy: rain a.M.and p.m. 21. Cloudy. 22. Fine. 23. Cloudy.

24, 25. Fine. 26. Rain: rain a.M.andp.mM. 27. Cloudy. 28. Cloudy: rain a.m.

29. Fine. 30. Cloudy: rain a.m. 31. Cloudy: rain p.m.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—July 1. Bright a.m.: drops p.m. 2. Showers a.m.:

fair r.m. 3. Rain a.m.: fair p.m. 4,5. Cloudy a.m.: rain p.m. 6. Bright a.m.:

cloudy p.m. 7. Drops a.m.: cloudy p.m. 8. Bright a.m.: cloudy p.m. 9. Clear

A.M.: cloudy p.m. 10, 11. Bright a.m.: cloudy p.m. 12. Bright a.m. : clear P.M.

13. Clear a.m.: cloudy p.m. 14. Clear a.m.: rain p.m. 15. Showers a.m.:

cloudy p.m. 16—18. Bright a.m.: clear p.m. 19. Bright, fine a.m.: clear p.m.

20. Rain a.M.and p.m. 21. Damp a.m. and p.m. 22. Damp a.m.: clear p.m.

23. Clear, fine a.m.: cloudy p.m. 24. Rain a.m.: clear p.m. 25. Bright a.m. :

clear p.m. 26. Showers a.m.: damp p.m. 27. Showers a.M. and p.m. 28. Fine

A.M.: Clear p.m. 29. Drizzle a.m.: clear p.m. 30. Bright a.m.: fair p.m. 31.

Bright a.m. : fine p.m.

Mean temperature of July for twenty-six previous years ...... 54°93

Mean temperature of July 1852 —..............ccese-ossvenescvess 61-36

Mean temperature of this month .......... euiae bees iaisceasvodate 58°15

Average quantity of rain in July for seven previous years ... 2°69-inches.

* Ann. des Sci. Nat. 3rd série, t. vii.

—_ a ey ee a ee

eT Ce ee nee aw RA ee gee

LS.1 | SE. | 1£.% $6.5 |S£.09 | ¥.¥9 |zz.2$ |L9.1Z| 99.62 o$9.6z ££.62 0gl.6z 163.6c | -ueayy

cs go. |r] upeo| sm | ms | £5 | §ZS 19| gS | rZ 12.62 09.67 £4.62 616,62 $g6.6c | «rf

tesseeseeleeerertesleseeesees! oa | emg | egy S$ | gS 19| gv | g9 $v.6~ gz.6z 02.62 | zbl.6z b£g.6z | -of

ol. zo. | £0, *m |*mMsm| *ms | ZS | £9 1g} 9S | xZ 7£.6 L862 gt.6c | o1g.6c | 6g.6c | -6z

teseeeerelesseeeteel Og, ta? t tke toa 6s | 65 tg} €£$ | 2 oL,6z oL6z Lz,6z (0LL,62.. |. $62.62 |. -gz_

go. 0%. g6. | «ms | ms | *s S$ | LE | S.t9] LS | €L 79.62 gv.6z £+.6< PS 9.62 £06.62 | Ley]

ssraeeecalesenendeslenencseedl “om | omg | mst $$ 1 G91 $9| 95: |< $9 ob.6z 9z.6z €z.6z | 962.62 1£g.6z |. gc |

setererttleeeeeneee! ho, ‘og. | *ms | cms gS | 19 £9| 2S ¢Z o+.6z $z,6% 92.62 -9LL.6z €gl.6z |: Sz°

|. Se srreeee] sag | omg | ems | 65 | 65 | 6.69| Lb | zZ z£.6z vE.6z 92.62 611.62 6zg.6z | bz.

[sttterersleenereereleseeeetes! egg | emee | emg 65 | +9 t9| £ gi gl.6z oL.6z $2.62 618.62 7L6.6z. |. "Ez

teteeeeesleesseerrel to, | om | omg | 4g 19 | +9 |’ 19| gv | of S9.6z 0S .6z gv.6z 019.6 $94.6z. | zz

ce ie go. | ms | s | ‘ms | 09 | £9 ol| gS | of 5.62 95.62 02.62 0$ 4,67 1£3.6z £4 ‘

verenereel Ho, |erreeee*] omg | emg | me | £6 | Sq | $.lo| $$ iL Lz.6z oL.6z Lv.6z 689.62 436.62 070 :

ssesseeee] py zo. |ueo| ma) -ms | og | Sq zg| gh | xZ 66.62 26,67 tv.6z $06.62 626.6c | 61

ssrrreree] go, | SE. | unwo| “ms | -ms | gf | §S9 | $.zo| 2S | 9 88,62 £2.6z o+,6z ‘£1g:62 | 206,62 |. -gr

biredeenek ome epee eg | tang | ome Bek See Sg} Lb | 69 99,62 LS 62 $£.6z $zg.6z 733.62 “Lt \

To, |e") gz, | sas | cmos | -ms | ZS] £9 | SiE9] 28 | 99 9b,6z E62 $1.62 g4S.6z ~ g09.6z | ‘gr:

or. LS. $s. *o lemem | ae 3s 19 | $.19| gh | 99 9f.6z o+.6z ¥g.92 bo£.6z 9LS.6z Sat

eeeessece 90.1 t9. "MUU | “MS “MS +s 819g £9 6% 19 0S 62 61,62 9S.gz gL1,6z £62.62 v1

neveseesel gh. ‘og | og | a gs | z9 oL| $$ | zZ $3.62 63.62 LE.6z 220.67 19g.6z |: °€1¢

zo. |vsr++| myeo |mum| «ms | 9S | 25 t9| Le | of +6.6z 06,62 7S .6z br6.62. £10.08 “OE

reseccnsalessonnreel om | mag | emg | 9S | 19 oL| gb | zZ 79.62 +L.6z gt.6z 616.62 Bz1.0£ ‘Ir

rrr ae So. wea ‘Ou *g cs zg 19 LS 1g 7Z0,0£ Lo.of 0S,6z ‘ 698.62 $26.62 6

teteeteeeleeeeeeee] by ‘s | au | an | $$ | 09 So| 6S | 62 1 .0£ $0.08 £4.62 963.62 096.62 g

seresterslenseneteel be, lemum| cm | cag | $25 | $99 oL| £9 | +g 16.62 99.6z ob.6z 608.62 616.62 *L

ez. "ms | MSS} sms | gf | $46 | $.69] gS | LL 99.62 £9.6z LE.6z 983.6% || of6.6z | 9 @

Ces ‘ms | ms | ms | ZS | 65 | $.49| SS | bz ob.6z 99.62 9v.6z $26.62 610.0£ °S

On, faxpesvand ras |rmsm) cms | $$ | $25 | S.49| €S | £2 69.62 gL.6z gb.6z ovo.0f " €$r.0f | ob

snesgeranforssrteedlesseneeesl mou lem | oem | $6 | 855 zg| 6¢ | of gl.6z 63.62 7L.6z £g1.0£' LEz.0f 3

Ez. | fo. fever] cm | cmt} om | of | $$ | S.19] gh | o£ | 10.08 v3.62 gr.6z 446.6% | gSr.of | *%

Ey 2) 2) e je} ie) ~ 2 leur . lew} . . *ur “ule od “ul "xe “sme.

ae z : ES Z : ‘ urd $g ‘ure $6 ei MIA | xe | curd $s *6 re me ” "981

3.0 < ° bd nm /

lO SAB,

“ureYy “pUurAL *19}9WLOULIOY, J, acacia! Meet

‘AUNUUGO ‘asunpy younpung yw “uoIsno[y *¢ ‘Ady ay7 fg puw £ NoLsog 7n {eon “apy Ag

*uopUo'Ty udu “MOIMSIHD 70 fhjoto0g Jounjynoysopy ay} fo uapsny ay2 yo uosduL0yy, “AWW Aq epyu suornasasqQ poorbojosoaja yy

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 70. OCTOBER 1853.

XXIIT.—On some new species of Trigonia from the Inferior Oolite

_ Of the Cotteswolds, with preliminary Remarks upon that Genus.

By Joun Lycert, Esq.*

[With a Plate.]

** Not only by their numbers, but still more by the richness of their spe-

cifie divisions, by the pia rominence of individualization, do the

ies of the remarkable genus Trigonia attain their maximum point in

lower chalk.” —L. von Bucu, Betrachtungen iiber die Verbreitung und

die Grenzen der Kreide Bildungen. Bonn, 1849.

Tricon1a and Pholadomya are the two organic forms which

eeendy serve to impress a distinctive character upon the

estacea of the Oolite rocks in whatever country they are dis-

covered, and accordingly from the time when fossil shells were

regarded as mere freaks of nature, we find that authors depicted

their Hippocephaloides and Bucardites. But conspicuous as is

the position which Trigonia holds throughout the Oolites, the

quotation above chosen, and the passages which immediately

follow, are not the less true and worthy of notice; they evince

the strong impression made upon the mind of a distinguished

and veteran palzontologist by the remarkable prominence which

the genus Trigonia holds amongst the Cretaceous Conchifera,

_ both in its numbers and world-wide distribution, a prominence

which appears not the less remarkable when we remember that

the leading sectional oolitic forms of the genus had already

nearly disappeared, and that a little higher in the series even the

eretaceous forms exhibit a rapid diminution, until in the upper

chalk a trifling remnant alone remains to indicate the forth-

coming extinction of the fossil Trigonie, a loss which is not the

* Read to the Cotteswold Naturalists’ Club, July 19, 1853.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 16

226 Mr. J. Lycett on some new species of Trigonia

less strongly felt upon a contemplation of the altered, and in

some measure degenerated characters of the living species.

But if the attributes claimed for the genus at the era which im-

mediately precedes the extinction of the Cretaceous species are

well founded, it will, I think, appear equally evident that at its

primal cera in the earlier portion of the Oolitic system the genus

had already acquired that prominence amongst the Testacea

—— Buch has so vividly described, and that the forms,

dimensions, and ornamentations of the species were scarcely less

characteristic and varied. Upon numbering the entire recorded

species of Trigonia, it will be found that about two-thirds are

proper to the Oolitic rocks ; and although some little abatement

must be made, for instances in which young individuals, varieties,

or mere casts have been erected into distinct species, the predo-

minance of Oolitic forms will remain, inasmuch as the Cretaceous

species are not exempt from similar errors of augmentation.

The inadequate manner in which the Inferior Oolite Trigonie

have been illustrated, will appear, when it is stated that of the

sixteen species recorded in the present paper, four only will be

found illustrated in the range of English literature ; a fifth occurs

in the ‘ Mémoire sur les Trigonées’ of Agassiz, and two others

are on the eve of being published in a ‘Monograph of the

Paleontographical Society,’ leaving upwards of nine species un-

figured, a number which will be admitted to be remarkable when

we remember that M. D’Orbigny has only enumerated seven in

his ‘ Prodrome de Paléontologie’ for the Terrain Bajocien of the

whole of France, and M. Agassiz twelve from the entire lower

Oolite rocks of Germany, France and Switzerland. The present

examination of Inferior Oolite species has been suggested by the

frequent occurrence in collections of Trigonia costata, clavellata

and angulata, or of shells bearing those names, pertaining to

nearly ‘the entire series of the Oolitic rocks of England and

France ; the aspect of these shells is so varied and dissimilar,

that they agree with each other and with the typical forms of

those species only, inasmuch as the first portion 1s costated, the

second clavellated, and the remainder have their coste bent to

form an angle.

M. Agassiz, in his valuable memoir on Trigonia, arranged the

species into upwards of eight sections, some of which appear to

be separated by distinctions so transitive that it is scarcely pos-

sible to apply them to a large number of specimens, except in

an arbitrary and unsatisfactory manner ; a more simple arrange-

ment here proposed will probably answer every practical purpose,

and has at least the advantage of being more readily understood

and applied ; the genus will thus form six sections, of which one,

the Pectines, is recent only ; the five fossil sections consisting of

Nee ee

from the Inferior Oolite of the Cotteswolds. 227

the Costatz, the Clavellate, the Quadrate, the Scabree, and the

Glabre. The Costate have a figure more arched than the other

sectional forms ; they have smooth regular longitudinal ribs,

which are separated from the posterior slope or area by a carina

more or less prominent, but which, with advance of age, often

becomes nearly obliterated ; this is the marginal carina ; the area

has transverse striations which are frequently decussated by lon-

gitudinal plications, and by one or two, more prominent than the

others, that which bounds the area posteriorly beg the inner

carina ; should a third carina be present between the two others,

it is the median carina ; the lanceolate space posterior to the liga-

ment is always plicated or reticulated.

The Costate are remarkably prominent in the lower and

middle Oolite rocks ; in the upper Oolites and lower portion of

the Cretaceous series they diminish and almost disappear. The

Clavellate accompany the Costate in their stratigraphical distri-

bution ; in this section I would include the Clavellate, the Un-

dulate, and the Scaphoides of Agassiz, all of which have their

costz divided into tubercles, serrations, or irregular varices which

are disposed in rows, either concentric, oblique or excentric ;

sometimes they are bent to form an angle after the manner of

the Goniomye ; the links which connect the one with the other of

these features are too transitive to allow of any clear sectional

divisions when they are applied to a large number of species,

neither will the differences of form afford any more certain guide.

In the Clavellate, as in the former sections, a carina more or less

distinct separates the area from the tuberculated portion of the

surface ; the area is transversely striated and is never large ; the

lanceolate post-ligamental space is smooth, except in certain

suberetaceous forms, which have the space strongly costated, as

in the contemporaneous Scabre, to which they form a passage ;

these are the 7. sulcataria, Lam., T. muricata, Goldf., and T.

Lusitanica, Sharpe. :

The Quadrate have the figure rendered subquadrate by the

largeness of the area, the upper border of which is nearly hori-

zontal; its surface is flattened, and sometimes constitutes the

larger half up the shell; there is no marginal carina, neither is

there any clear line of separation between the area and the tu-

bereulated portion of the surface ; the Quadrate are fewer than

the Clavellate, which they seem to replace in the Cretaceous and

upper portion of the Oolitic system ; Trigonia nodosa, Sow., is a

well-known example. The Scabre constitute a fourth and very

natural section, which are distinguished not less by their figure

than by the beauty and variety of their ornamentation ; their

figure indicates a change from the usual figure of the genus; it is

crescentie rather than trigonal; the oblique coste are elevated

16*

228 Mr. J. Lycett on some new species of Trigonia

and serrated ; they are continued across the depressed area, the

separating carina (marginal) being replaced only by a smooth

groove. The stratigraphical distribution of the Scabre is equally

characteristic ; they are exclusively Cretaceous, and seem to re-

place the Costate of the Oolitic rocks; Trigonia aleformis and

spinosa are examples. The fifth section, or Glabrae, are destitute

of costa, rows of tubercles or of carinze upon the area ; their sides

have large longitudinal plications, and are nearly smooth; Tri-

gonia gibbosa and affinis are examples : this section, of which few

species are known, has not occurred beneath the upper division

of the Oolitic rocks. The sixth section, or Pectines, is repre-

sented by the living species of our Australasian seas, in which

both the form and ornaments of the surface differ materially from

those of the fossil sections ; the radiating crenulated costs and

toothed edges of the valves remind us of the Lime and Pectines ;

the very partial flattening of the posterior slope and general

figure nearly resembles Cardium, but the internal characters have

nothing peculiar.

In tracing the vertical range of the species throughout the

Oolitic rocks, it will be found that the facts coincide with others

which have been recorded respecting the range of species per-

taining to the other leading genera of Conchifera ; it is rare that

a species ranges beyond a single formation ; and when its exist-

ence was further extended, it occurs usually in the newer forma-

tion, as a variety only, and bearing a physiognomy readily distin-

guished from that of the typical form. The aspect of the genus

seems to have undergone a very gradual but continuous change

throughout the secondary formations, by which the sectional

forms of the lower Oolites were modified in the upper Oolites,

and finally disappeared as the Quadrate and Scabre of the Cre-

taceous rocks acquired prominence; finally, between the latter

and the recent Pectines, there occurs a chasm not less zoological

than stratigraphical, in which we lose the links by which pro-

bably they were connected.

In the discrimination of species, it is of importance to have

correct ideas of the surface-markings which distinguish their

young condition. In the Clavellate generally, the young shells

ave their concentric costz continued across the area ; the costz

are slightly tumid and projecting when they cross the position

of the marginal carina: in several stances the young of this

section have smooth undivided cost, and such species as in the

adult state have their costee forming an angle or undulation, do

not exhibit any trace of such a feature until five or more costz

have been formed. But if in the rudimentary condition we are

often unable to distinguish forms which subsequently become

widely separated, the individuals of a species are in their imma-

eee a

from the Inferior Oolite of the Cotteswolds. 229

ture stage all alike ; they exhibit no traces of that law which is

afterwards developed to form varieties of a species. A common

feature observable in the Clavellate and Quadrate which tends

to mask the species, consists in a confused or reticulated dispo-

sition of the tubercles, which no longer form regular concentric

or curved rows ; the tubercles also become irregular in size, or

they are partially flattened and confluent in the rows ; it is not

clear to what causes are to be attributed this unequal secretion

of shell by the mantle at the lower border ; it is however quite

distinct from another and final change observable in aged shells,

when the mantle ceases altogether to secrete ornaments upon the

surface ; in the latter case a change occurs (sometimes sudden),

in which the carine upon the area, and the tubercles upon the

sides of the shell simultaneously disappear, the last-formed por-

tion of the surface being altogether destitute of ornament.

The mineral character of the beds in which Trigonia occurs is

very various; clays, argillaceous limestones, chalk, calcareous

oolitic freestone, and shelly oolitic drift equally contain it, but the

latter kind of deposit does not seem to have been favourable for

its development ; for although specimens are abundant the size is

dwarfed, and by far the larger number perished in the earlier

stages of their growth.

In England the oldest stratum which contains Trigonia is the

Lias of Yorkshire, which produces the T. literata. Phillips re-

cords it in the lower, and Williamson in the upper Lias, but the

same formation has not furnished a single example of the genus

throughout the middle and west of England ; in Switzerland and

Germany the upper Lias has five species, none of which have

been identified in England. In the Cotteswold Hills, Trigonia is

first found in the beds of ferruginous oolite which immediately

overlie the sands at the base of the formation, and which abound

with Ammonites, Belemnites and Nautili, but the Trigonia are not

numerous, and are only of three species; in the freestone beds

higher in the series, and which are so largely developed in Glou-

cestershire, some local deposits have many species of Trigonia,

but the genus does not acquire any particular prominence ; it is

only upon reaching the ragstones of the upper division of the

formation that we find Trigonia in abundance ; there it is asso-

ciated with a large assemblage of bivalve mollusks, and less

commonly with Echinodermata and Corals, but in either case the

impressions of Trigonia often constitute a large proportion of

the entire mass of the rock.

The Inferior Oolite, in common with the middle and lower

Oolitic rocks generally, contains, according to the present ar-

rangement, two sections only of the genus Trigonia.

In the following descriptions of species, the references to such

230 My. J. Lycett on some new species of Trigonia

as have been before figured and described are given as concisely

as possible.

Costata.

Trigonia costata, Lam. Var. 1. costata, Var. 2. multicosta.

Var. 8. pulla. Var. 4. sculpta.

T. costatula, Lye.

T. exigua, Lye.

T. tenuicosta, Lyc.

T. hemispherica, Lye.

CLAVELLATZ.

T. striata, Sow.

T. duplicata, Sow.

T. angulata, Sow.

T. signata, Ag.

T. tuberculosa, Lyc.

T.v.-costata, Lyc.

T. clavo-costata, Lye.

T. Phillipsi, Mor. & Lye. var.

T. subglobosa, Mor. & Lye.

T. gemmata, Lye.

T. decorata, Liye.

Trigonia tenuicosta, Lycett, n. sp. Pl. XI. fig. 4a.

Shell subhemispherical, moderately large, the anterior and

inferior borders rounded, the posterior border slightly concave ;

umbones pointed, prominent and recurved ; coste very numerous,

not much elevated, closely arranged, gracefully curved and almost

united to the marginal carina ; area very large, its surface forms

a considerable angle with the costated surface of the shell ; it

has three carinze, the median and inner of which are small but

distinct, and finely striated throughout their length; the mar-

ginal carina is delicate, striated, rather acute and very much

curved ; the spaces between the carinz are very finely reticulated,

the lanceolate space between the inner carinz is large and very

finely reticulated.

The great convexity of the valves and incurved figure of the

umbones produces a considerable curvature in the marginal

carina, and the costated portion of the shell near to the umbones

is very narrow; the length of the marginal carina is somewhat

greater than the diameter of the shell at right angles to it. From

Trigonia costata it is distinguished by the more acute recurved

apex, by the small and finely striated marginal carina, by the

delicate and finely striated median and inner caring ; the coste

are much more numerous, and are scarcely separated from the

ee, ee LL ee ee

(all a i eek. . - y

« from the Inferior Oolite of the Cotteswolds. 231

marginal carina ; the entire form is smaller and unlike T. costata ;

the area is alike in both the valves.

. It is somewhat rare ; all the examples have been obtained in

the upper division of the Inferior Oolite.

Professor Buckman has obtained it near Cheltenham ; my own

a are from the Gryphite grit of Rodborough Hill near

troud. ae

Trigonia hemispherica, Lycett, ns. Pl. XI. fig. 2.

Shell small, its length not exceeding 3 lines, very much arched,

so that the diameter through both the valves slightly exceeds the

length; the umbones are scarcely recurved, acute, contiguous ;

the area is large, flattened, forming a considerable angle with

the other portion of the shell ; it has numerous fine longitudinal

plications faintly traced, there is no median carina, and the inner

carina is very small ; the marginal carina is acute, elevated and

finely serrated ; the other surface has numerous closely arranged

longitudinal coste, which are united to the marginal carina.

The large number of coste and the characters of the area in-

duce me to regard this as the adult condition of the species,

notwithstanding the small dimensions.

A single specimen is my authority ; it is from the bed of hard

pale calcareous mudstone, a local deposit which in the Nailsworth

yalley replaces the bed of Oolite marl and abounds with Nerinea.

Trigonia costatula, Lycett. Pl. XI. fig. 5.

Trigonia costatula, Lycett in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1850, p. 421.

Shell subtrigonal, convex ; umbones mesial, not prominent nor

recurved, anterior side produced and rounded, posterior side

truncated ; area flattened, finely striated transversely, divided

longitudinally into two equal portions by a groove and bounded

by two low carine; the marginal carina is imperfectly serrated,

it is of moderate size and but little curved; the inner carina is

nearly smooth ; the space between the inner carinz is smooth and

very narrow or lanceolate ; the costz are numerous (about 21),

moderately prominent and closely arranged ; they are but little

curved, are separated from the marginal carina by a plain sur-

face, their direction being nearly horizontal or conformable to

the inferior border. In the ultimate stage of growth the cost

posteriorly are broken more or less into several portions, which,

however, continue to follow the general direction of the costz.

In the immature form the costz are not separated from the

marginal carina, and the area is traversed transversely by an equal

number of prominent plications ; but these gradually vanish, and

the cost become disunited from.the carina, which then becomes

232 Mr. J. Lycett on some new species of Trigonia

serrated. The truncation at the posterior extremity is so consi-

derable that the breadth of the area at that part is equal to half

the entire length of the shell, or to three-fifths of the height ;

the length of the marginal carina is 20 lines,

The upper portion of the middle division of the Inferior Oolite

has furnished the few specimens which have been procured ; the

locality is Scar Hill near Nailsworth.

Trigonia exigua, Lycett,n. sp. Pl, XI. fig. 3.

Shell small, subtrigonal, depressed ; umbones mesial, not re-

curved, anterior border nearly straight, oblique, posterior border

truncated ; area moderately large, flattened, transversely ribbed,

and having an obscure oblique mesial furrow, no distinct carine,

the marginal carina being replaced by a series of small nodulous

elevations upon the posterior extremities of the costae. Coste

smooth, curved, closely arranged, rounded, and slightly bent

upwards as they approach the area, their number being about

fourteen.

The costz upon the area are smaller and rather more nume-

vous, for an intercalated rib is sometimes added. Specimens

vary from 2 to 5 lines in length, the latter dimensions seeming

to represent the adult form.

From 7. costatula it is distinguished by the much smaller

dimensions and by the absence of any distinct marginal carina,

the costz being continued over its position upon the area.

Trigonia concinna, Roemer, Nord. Ool. Nachtrag. p. 85. tab.19.

fig. 21. approximates to our shell in the general figure and dis-

position of the coste, but his shell would appear to have greater

convexity and a larger area, and the costz upon the area appear

to be as large as those upon the other portion of the surface ; it

is therefore probably a distinct species.

Our little shell occurs not uncommonly in the shelly freestone

of Leckhampton Hill; it has also occurred in the same beds near

to Nailsworth.

Trigonta v.-costata, Lycett. Pl. XI. fig. 7.

Trigonia v.- costata, Lycett in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1850, p. 422.

Shell ovately trigonal, moderately convex, anterior and infe-

rior margins rounded, posterior margin straight or slightly con-

cave ; umbones obtuse, slightly recurved ; area narrow, flattened,

its upper portion transversely plicated, its lower portion nearly

smooth, divided in its middle by an obliquely longitudinal fur-

row ; marginal and imner carine but faintly marked and striated,

the inner carina being crossed by several varices. The costz are

very numerous, smooth and regular, they are directed from the

from the Inferior Oolite of the Cotteswolds. 233

anterior border obliquely downwards and backwards nearly

straight to the middle of the shell, and there form acute angles

with varices which proceed upwards nearly vertically to the mar-

ginal carina; the varices are slightly nodulous, they are fewer

and larger than the anterior coste. The first eight or nine

coste form only curvatures, and are not broken into two por-

tions.

The species which approaches most nearly to the present shell

is T. angulata, Sow., but the figure of the two is different ; the

latter shell is more elongated and rostrated, the posterior border

is much more concave, the umbones are more recurved, and con-

sequently the marginal carina is more curved and elongated ; the

coste are less numerous, less regular, and the varices are larger

and more distantly arranged ; they form with the costz rather an

undulation than an angle, and are more conspicuously tuber-

culated.

In the young state the two forms would more nearly re-

semble each other, but even in that condition the costz are more

closely arranged in 7. v.-costata. Some examples in the British

Museum of a Trigonia collected by Miss Baker in the ferruginous

Oolite of Northampton may be the young condition of the spe-

cies ; to the same species may also be referred some small shells

from the Dogger of the Yorkshire coast ; these have smooth,

straight, oblique costz, bent at a considerable angle, and have

been labelled in collections T. angulata. The small T. tripartita,

Forbes, from the Oolite of the Hebrides, has a certain degree of

resemblance to our species, but the varices in that shell are fewer

and much larger.

From T. undulata, From., our shell is distinguished by the less

conyex form and absence of large tubercles upon the marginal

carina ; the arrangement of the costz is nearly similar, but in our

species they are much more numerous.

In the Cotteswolds 7. v.-costata has occurred very rarely in

the middle or freestone division near to Stroud, and my friend

Dr. Wright has obtained two specimens in the ragstones of the

upper division near to Cheltenham.

Trigonia decorata, Lycett, n. sp. Pl. XI. fig. 1.

Shell ovately trigonal, somewhat depressed ; umbones obtuse

not recurved, anterior and inferior borders rounded, posterior

border lengthened and straight ; area flattened, striated trans-

versely, ornamented with three faintly traced carinz, or rather

as many lines of closely arranged very small regular tubercles,

the ner carina having in addition at its upper part a few irre-

gular transverse plications or varices ; there is also a median

234 Mr. J. Lycett on some new species of Trigonia

divisional sulcus, which passes parallel to’ the median row of

tubercles upon the area.. The clavellated portion of the shell

has a very numerous series of rows of concentric tubercles ; the

tubercles are small near to the marginal carina, and become

larger towards the middle. of the curvature; they are distinet,

rounded, closely arranged (15 or 16 being contained im a row),

the number of rows being about twenty, the whole of which are

distinctly tuberculated ; the lines of growth upon the sides of the.

shell are fine and distinct. The dimensions are equal to the

largest examples of the clavellated Trigonia.

This elegant shell is nearly allied to 7. perlaia, Ag., which is

an Oxford clay species; in that shell however the umbones are

more recurved, the carinz have much larger tubercles, and the

median carina has in addition a series of transverse varices which

are absent in 7. decorata. It has sometimes been mistaken for

T. clavellata, but differs from that well-known form in the fol-

lowing particulars.

The Inferior Oolite shell is less elongated, the umbones are

not recurved, the posterior border is not concave, the general

figure has less convexity, the area is more flattened, and the lan-

ceolate space is much smaller and not striated; the rows of

. eostee are more numerous; the tubercles are more numerous,

more closely arranged and less prominent. Another large cla-

vellated species, the T. muricata, Goldf., approaches more nearly

to the figure of our shell, but the Portuguese species has the area

much more narrow, the costee are less numerous, but much more

elevated, the tubercles being larger and more distantly arranged.

The figure likewise closely agrees with 7. Bronnii, Ag., from

the Terraine & Chailles or Oxford clay ; but the ornamentation of

our species, both upon the area and the sides of the shell, is more

minute and delicate, with more numerous rows of costz, the

carine having no distinct elevation as in the species of Agassiz.

Trigonia decorata occurs abundantly in the Trigonia grit

throughout the Cotteswolds, but the test is very fragile, and is

difficult to detach from the hard matrix. Rodborough Hill near

Stroud has produced it in great numbers.

Trigonia gemmata, Lycett, n. sp. Pl. XI. fig. 8.

Shell small, ovately trigonal, excavated and somewhat rostrated

posteriorly, rounded anteriorly ; umbones obtuse, somewhat re-

curved, surface moderately convex; area narrow, transversely

striated and bounded on each side by a narrow, elevated and

striated cara, which is also gracefully curled ; costae numerous,

closely arranged, elevated, acute ; the upper third of the valves

has concentrically curved and finely tuberculated coste, those

from the Inferior Oolite of the Cotteswolds. 235

which succeed are directed from the carina obliquely downwards ;

they are straight, are regularly and densely serrated, the spaces

between the costz forming narrow deep grooves.

_T. duplicata, Sow., approaches our shell in the general figure

and in the arrangement of the coste, but the latter coste of

T. duplicata are dichotomous and waved, the serrations being

irregular ; neither of these features are observable in our shell.

- It is very rare ; the largest specimen is an inch and a quarter

in length upon the marginal carina, and an inch in the opposite

direction. I have only seen two specimens.

~ Near Nailsworth, in the freestone beds.

Trigonia tuberculosa, Lycett. Pl. XI. fig. 9.

Trigonia tuberculosa, Lycett in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1850, p.422.

Shell small, depressed, ovately trigonal; umbones recurved,

anterior and inferior borders rounded, posterior border slightly

excavated ; area small, transversely striated, the striations being

large and irregular ; marginal and inner carinz narrow, elevated

and striated ; the tuberculated costz are numerous (18 in the

adult), curved concentrically with very densely arranged tuber-

cles ; the tubercles are rather depressed, ovate or clavate, their

longer diameter directed downwards.

A pretty little species distinguished from the young of 7.

striata by the more numerous coste and by the peculiarities of

the tubercles.

-_ It is rare; for the present example I am indebted to the

kindness of the Rev. P. B. Brodie, who has procured several spe-

cimens in the shelly freestone of Leckhampton Hill.

Trigonia clavo-costata, Lycett. Pl. XI. fig. 6.

Trigonia clavo-costata, Lycett m Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1850,

p- 425.

Shell subtrigonal ; umbones obtuse, not recurved, anterior side

produced, its border rounded, posterior border straight, oblique

and truncated ; area flattened, finely striated transversely and

. tricarinated ; the marginal and median carinz have regular mo-

derate-sized tubercles, the inner carina has numerous transverse

plications ; the other portion of the surface is ornamented witha

few rows of concentric tubercles ; the tubercles are large, about

eight in a row, the first two or three, and the latter one or two

rows consisting of coste which are not divided into tubercles.

Compared with Trigonia decorata, it is smaller and shorter pos-

teriorly, the area has finer striations, the carinz have larger and

more distantly arranged tubercles, the concentrie cost have

236 Mr. J. Lycett on some new species of Trigonia

much larger tubercles; they are about half as numerous as in

T. decorata ; lastly, the few primal cost are smooth, in the other

species they are tuberculated.

A specimen in the cabinet of the author, and a second im that

of Dr. Wright, are the only examples with which I am acquainted ;

they are nearly of equal dimensions, and agree in all their cha-

racteristic features.

Length upon the marginal carina 1$ inch, opposite measure-

ment 13 inch.

The building-stone of the Inferior Oolite which forms the

upper portion of its middle division is the seat of this species,

which has been obtained in the vicinity of Nailsworth.

Trigonia costata.

Trigonia costata, Lam., Sow., Zeiten, Deshayes, &c.

Typical form Costata.

Anterior border truncated ; umbones prominent, recurved ;

area slightly concave, with denticulated oblique plications, which

differ in the two valves, the area of the right valve having two,

three, or four large plications upon its anterior half, and no di-

stinct median carina; the area of the left valve has a distinct

median carina, and four or five plications upon each side of it ; the

inner and marginal carinz are prominent and dentated, the latter

separated from the longitudinal coste by a depression ; lanceo-

late space between the inner carinz reticulated ;. longitudinal

coste slightly undulated, with a graceful double curvature re-

sembling an elongated letter /.

Var. 2. multicosta.

This variety is much smaller than the typical shell ; it is some-

what more depressed, its anterior border scarcely truncated, the

area more finely reticulated, the costze equal in number to the

typical form, but more delicate and closely arranged ; multicosta

only attains about half the linear dimensions of the typical form ;

it has occurred only in the bed called Gryphite grit.

Var. 3. pulla. T. pullus, Sow.

This small variety occurs both in the Inferior and Great Oolite

of the Cotteswolds ; the larger specimens have a length upon the

marginal carina not exceeding 20 lines, but few specimens are

so large. The anterior border is not truncated, the carine and

the intercarinal plications are prominent ; in the Inferior Oolite

it occurs in the freestone beds.

» from the Inferior Oolite of the Cotteswolds. 237

Var. 4. sculpta.

In dimensions this well-marked variety equals the typical form ;

in certain localities it occurs m the Gryphite grit in immense

abundance ; it is distinguished from the typical form by several

conspicuous characters ; the figure is less trigonal, the anterior

border being destitute of any truncation ; the umbones have less

prominence and are less recurved, the area is larger, flatter, it is

less concave, and occupies a much larger proportion of the sur-

face of the shell; the marginal and inner carinz are larger, less

curved, and in common with the intercarinal plications, they are

much more strongly dentated ; owing to this prominence of the

plications the median carina is much less conspicuous, the pos-

terior half of the area is more depressed than the anterior, so

that a distinct mesial division is formed irrespective of the me-

dian carina. In the young state the median carina is distinct in

each valve, but in progress of growth that of the right valve de-

generates into one of the common oblique plications. The cost

are large and elevated, but they have not the graceful double

curvature of the typical form.

This yariety therefore differs from the typical form in its pro-

portions, its general outline, and in the greater prominence of

its surface ornaments ; but the peculiarity which distinguishes

the species in the character of its area is present in all the va-

rieties, and serves to separate them from all of the allied costated

forms.

Trigonia costata is stated to occur over the whole of Europe,

and there is even a presumed variety of it from Cutch, figured

and described by Mr. James Sowerby in the ‘ Geol. Trans.’ vol. v.

2nd Ser. ; it is, however, not improbable that a further acquaint-

ance with the varieties of this shell and af allied costated species

may lead eventually to altered views, both of their stratigraphical

and geographical distribution.

The costated Trigonie from the lower Oolite of Switzerland,

figured by Agassiz under the names of T. ineolata and T. den-

ticulata, would appear from his figures and descriptions to be

distinct from T. costata; the accuracy of the figures in the ‘ Pe-

trefacta’ of Goldfuss is exemplified in the fidelity with which the

artist has delineated the area of the right valve in the young spe-

cimen, although its peculiarities are not alluded to in the de-

scription ; the typical figure of Agassiz is correct, but it may as

confidently be asserted, that the figure of the right area in the

same plate has incautiously been transferred from the /eft valve,

or it would have exhibited the peculiarities upon which I have

insisted as marking the species.

‘

238 Mr. J. Lycett on some new species of Trigonia

Trigonia angulata, Sow.

. Trigonia angulata, Sow. Min. Con. tab. 508. fig. 1.

Trigonia clavellata, Sow. Min. Con. tab. 87, the two lower figures.

Shell elongated and rostrated, posterior border concave, ante-

rior border rounded ; umbones recurved; area narrow, bounded

by small crenated carine; coste narrow, closely arranged,

straight anteriorly, undulated posteriorly, where they form large

tuberculated varices, the few last varices directed downwards.

M. D’Orbigny (Prodrome de Paléontologie) considers Trigonia

undulata, Fromberg, to be only a synonym of 7. angulata:: in this

opinion I do not concur ; the figure of the two shells is essentially

different, 7. angulata being much more elongated, and the um-

bones more recurved ; the surface ornaments of the shells like-

wise differ; those| of 7. angulata are remarkably constant and

invariable.

T. undulata has not been recognized in the Oolites of England ;

on the other hand, 7. angulata has not been discovered upon the

continent. 7. angulata has occurred at many localities in the

Cotteswolds, both in the middle and upper portions of the Infe-

rior Oolite, but it is rare. The imperfect specimen of T. angu-

lata from Little Sodbury, which is given inthe two lower figures

of table 87 of the ‘Mineral Conchology’ as 7. clavellata, has

been the source of much confusion to subsequent observers, and

has led them to catalogue clavellated specimens (usually imper-

fectly exposed) as Trigonia clavellata ; but the figure in the same -

work of 7. angulata is so characteristic, that it may be relied

upon when the shell itself cannot be obtained for comparison.

Trigonia duplicata, Sow.

Trigonia duplicata, Sow. Min. Con. tab. 237. figs. 4, 5.

Shell slightly rostrated, area narrow, carine two in each valve,

small, distinct ; costz narrow, serrated, the first few concentric,

the others directed downwards, for the most part bifurcated and

slightly waved. Should the 7. Proserpina of D’Orbigny prove

to be distinct from this species, it must possess peculiarities

which are not alluded to in his ‘ Prodrome de Paléontologie,’

where the brief description given agrees with 7. duplicata. M.

Agassiz (probably from an imperfect knowledge of the species)

has placed 7. duplicata with the Scabre, but the very distinct

marginal carina and the area destitute of transverse coste clearly

remove it from that section, which first appeared with the species

of the lower greensand.

T. duplicata oceurs in the upper division of the Inferior Oolite

in the Cotteswolds, where the external impressions are not un-

Ate te ee

from the Inferior Oolite of the Cotteswolds. 239

common, but the shell itself is rare; it has also been found in

the Great Oolite of Minchinhampton.

Trigonia Phillipst var.

Trigonia Phillipsi, Mor. & Lyc. Gr. Ool. Monogr. 1853, tab. 6. fig. 1.

hak. Oz.

Shell ovately trigonal ; umbones submedian, obtuse, scarcely

recurved, anterior border rounded, posterior border short, trun-

cated ; marginal and inner carinz delicate, tuberculated and

small; area narrow, flattened, striated, divided in its middle by

an oblique furrow; sides of the valves with densely arranged,

elevated, concentric, and: finely indented or tuberculated cost.

The present variety of the Lincolnshire shell, and of which I

only know two examples, has the anterior portions of the cost

rather indistinct, and their junctions with the posterior and more

_ curved portions form a kind of angle.

A more detailed description will be found in the monograph

above referred to.

Trigonia signata, Ag.

Syn. Trigonia clavellata, Zeiten, Petref. Wurtemb. t. 58. fig. 3.

T. signata, Ag. Mém. sur les Trigonées, p. 48. pl. 3. fig. 8.

_ The most elongated and depressed of the Clavellate ; the um-

bones are not prominent nor recurved ; the area is lengthened,

- flattened, nearly smooth ; carimz nearly obsolete, rows of tuber-

culated cost numerous, directed downwards, tubercles equal,

scarcely separated, placed upon raised costz.

Rare: position the lower or Ammonitiferous beds of the Infe-

rior Oolite near Stroud.

Trigonia striata, Sow.

Trigonia striata, Sow. Min. Con. tab. 237. fig. 1-3 ; Agassiz, Mém.

sur les Trigonées, pl. 4. fig. 10-12.

Shell somewhat depressed ; umbones recurved ; area flattened,

bounded by two distinct narrow finely indented carinz ; costz

raised, numerous, concentric, deeply serrated, and varying in their

number.

Trigonia Phillipsi, Mor. and Lyc. Gr. Qol. Mon. would easily

be mistaken for this species, but the Lincolnshire shell is shorter,

the umbones not recurved ; the costz are much less raised, more

closely arranged, and so finely serrated as to appear smooth to

the unaided vision.

Trigonia striata ranges throughout the Inferior Oolite of the

Cotteswolds, and is abundant at Rodborough Hill near Stroud.

240 Mr. J. Brown on some Microscopic Fossils

Trigonia subglobosa, Mor. & Lye.

Trigonia subglobosa, Morris & Lycett, Gr. Ool. Monog. Bivalves,

1853, tab. 5. fig. 21. p. 55.

Shell nearly circular, convex ; umbones recurved ; area small,

with three tuberculated carine ; coste large, closely arranged,

‘ angulated, their posterior portions forming a few large perpen-

dicular varices.

It occurs in the freestone beds near Nailsworth; also in the

Great Oolite : in both formations it is somewhat rare.

XXIV.—Note on the Artesian Well at Colchester ; and Remarks

on some of the Microscopic Fossils* from the Colchester Chalk.

By Joun Brown, Esq., F.G.S., of Stanway.

[With two Plates. |

In 1852 an Artesian well was made at the western end of Col-

chester, Essex, on the premises of the Old Water Works. The

surface of the ground at this spot is about 60 feet below the top

of the adjoining hill, known as Balkern Hill. The red sandy

gravel} composing the chief mass of Balkern Hill has a total

thickness of about 60 feet, but at the well the gravel is about

6 feet thick only, with 6 feet thickness of alluvium covering it.

The boring then traversed the “ London clay,” 100 feet thick,

and the “ Plastic clay” (“ Reading and Woolwich Series ” of

Mr. Prestwich), which is 30 feet thick, and then penetrated the

“ Chalk with flints ” to a depth of 152 feet—making altogether

a depth of 294 feet.

From the chalk brought up by the borer, numerous minute

fossils have been obtained by carefully washing the fragmentary

chalk. and examining it under a lens. These consist of small

Serpulz, ossicles of Apiocrinites, and remains of Amorphozoa,

Foraminifere, Bryozoa, and Entomostraca; such as are usually

plentiful in and characteristic of the chalk.

Figures 8, 9, & 10 in Plate IX. are the calcified remains of

three minute species of Sponges, of the genera Tragos and Manon ;

but they are too much water-worn and mineralized for identi-

fication.

Of the Foraminiferze, Nodosaria Zippei, N. limbata, Marginulina

* Mr. Rupert Jones has kindly assisted me in drawing up the following

notes on the microscopic fossils of the Chalk.

+ Some remarks on the Gravels of this district, and on their lithological

characters, by the author, may be found in the ‘ Mag. Nat. Hist.’ 1835,

vol. viii., and in the ‘ Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society,’ 1852,

vol. viii.

from the Colchester Chalk. 241

ensis, M. elongata, M. trilobata, Frondicularia Verneuiliana, F.

Archiaciana, Flabellina rugosa, F. cordata, Cristellaria rotulata,

Rosalina ammonoides, R. marginata, Truncatulina Beaumontiana,

Globigerina cretacea, and Bulimina variabilis ave the most nume-

rous. Cristellaria rotulata is especially conspicuous in the group,

and is a species that abounds im the chalk* of every locality,

both in England and on the continent. Some of these forms

have been selected for illustration in Plate IX. The recent ana-

logues of these fossil Microzoa are exceedingly plentiful in most

seas and estuaries, their elegant little shells being easily obtained

in the sands, mud, and seaweeds. The Foraminifere hold but a

low place in the scale of animal life, and are not far removed

from the Sponges. They are stomachless, and consist of a

number of minute gelatinous bodies (in shape globular, disci-

form, wedgelike, &c.), arranged in a more or less regular, often

symmetrical series (straight, curved, spiral, alternate, &c.), and

coated with a thin calcareous shell, which is often perforated all

over, and always exhibits one or more large holes, through

which the gelatinous mass is protruded for the formation of a

new bud-like body, and in some cases in the form of irregular

tentacles (pseudopodia) for the purposes of attachment and loco-

motion. Certain species are characteristic of different oceanic

areas in the present day; and the different geologic epochs have

their own peculiar forms. Exceptions to this rule exist; some

species have a world-wide existence, and some species of the

genera Globigerina, Dentalina, Globulina, &c. have extended their

range from the chalk and tertiary seas to the present.

Of the remains of Bryozoa,—which are minute animais, allied

to Mollusca, inhabiting cellular cavities on small calcareous axes,

which are generally cylindrical or flattened, and form branched

or foliaceous bodies, either free or fixed to rocks, shells, seaweeds,

&e.,—numerous fragmentary remains were obtained from the

chalk of Colchester. Owing, however, to the fragments having

been already much water-worn previously to their having been

imbedded in the chalky mud of the ancient sea, but little definite

indication of the original shape of the characteristic cell-cavities

remains, the delicate cell-mouths and their tracery having been

quite worn away. A few specimens illustrative of these forms

are shown in Plate VIII.

The Entomostraca are small bivalved Crustaceans: the valves

are generally of an oblong or oval shape, and are distinguished

one from another chiefly by the character of the hingement.

_ * It is also abundant in the sands of the shore at Dover (from the dis-

integrated chalk of the cliffs), in the drift of Essex, &c., and the chalk

detritus of Charing, Kent.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. ‘17

242 On some Microscopic Fossils from the Colchester Chalk.

‘Cytherella ovalis, Bairdia subdeltoidea, Cythere punctatula, and

‘Cytherets ciliata are those most usually met with both in the Col-

chester chalk and in the chalk of England and Europe generally.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES VIIL., IX,

Puare VIII.

The natural size of the object accompanies each specimen.

Figs. 1, 2, & 3. Dendropora?

Fig. 4. Ceriopora; like C. tubiporacea of Goldfuss (Petrefact. Germ.).

Fig. 5. Melicertes? ;

Figs. 6 & 7. Pustulopora; like P. (Ceriopora) madreporacea of Goldfuss

(Petrefact. Germ.).

Fig. 8. Tragos: a & 6, the two opposite sides; ¢, highly magnified por-

tion.

Fig. 9. Manon: a & b, two views.

Fig. 10. Tragos.

All of these specimens are much worn, and do not possess sufficiently

well-preserved characters for exact identification.

Puate IX.

The natural size of the object accompanies each specimen.

Fig. 1. Nodosaria limbata, D’Orbigny *.

Fig. 2. Marginulina ensis, Reuss (fragment): a, 0, c, d, different views.

Fig. 3. elongata, D’Orb. (fragment) : a, side view ; 6, the broken end.

Fig. 4. —— trilobata, D’Orb.: a, side view; 5, back view; c, view of the

outside of the last chamber, showing the aperture.

Fig. 5. Frondicularia Verneuiliana, D’Orb.: a, 6, c, different aspects.

Fig. 6. Cristellaria rotulata, Lamarck sp.

This species was termed Lenticulites rotulata by Lamarck; it is the

Nummularia Comptoni of Sowerby. M. D’Orbigny recognized it as a Cris-

tellaria. pe

Fig. 7. Rosalina marginata, Reuss; upper side.

Fig. 8. Globigerina cretacea, D’Orb.: a, upper side; 5, under side, the last

two cells each showing an aperture. The dottings on this and on

fig. 9 indicate the coarseness of the minute perforations.

Fig. 9. Truncatulina Beaumontiana, D’Orb. : a, upper side ; 6, under side.

* For minute descriptions of these and other Cretaceous Foraminiferse,

consult a memoir by M. A. D’Orbigny in the 4th volume of the ‘ Memoirs

of the Geological Society of France’; and Dr. Reuss’s work on the ‘ Fos-

sils of the Bohemian Chalk.’ ce

On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration. 243

XXV.—On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration and on the

- Structure of the Organs of Breathing in Invertebrate Animals.

- By Taomas Witu1ams, M.D. Lond., Licentiate of the Royal

College of Physicians, formerly Demonstrator on Structural

Anatomy at Guy’s Hospital, and now of Swansea.

{With a Plate.]

Tue mechanism of breathing in the countless hosts of inverte-

brate animals which people the ocean, offers a problem which has

never yet been satisfactorily solved. The mode in which life is

- sustained in those degraded forms, im which “a circulation of

blood” is not to be discovered, has long stimulated the curious

wonder of the naturalist. Fishes and Cetacea excepted, the in-

vertebrate animals constitute the entire population of the ocean.

Insects excepted, all invertebrate animals are aquatic. Hence

the wide range of interest which belongs to this subject. How

animals breathe is not second in importance to the question

how they live. Every observer studies the latter, few the former.

There are “habits” associated with the manner in which the

function of breathing is performed which are well-fitted to win

admiration. Wanting the knowledge of this process, not the

smaller half of the history of an animal remains to be acquired.

It is the aim of this memoir to demonstrate first the ana-

tomical conditions under which the office of respiration is per-

formed in the invertebrate animals, and then to study the pro-

cess itself. The anatomical conditions will prove as various as

the classes of which this subkingdom is composed. Two pri-

divisions of this subject demand at once to be recognised ;

—Ist, that comprising those organs which adapt the animal for

atmospheric breathing; 2nd, that qualifying it to respire in

water. The latter, embracing varieties more striking and

numerous than the former division, should again be resolved into

two denominations, of which one would comprehend the me-

chanism of those organs by which the chylaqueous fluid is sub-

mitted to the agency of the aérating element, and the other,

that of those fitted to expose the true blood*.

All vertebrated animals, fishes excepted, breathe on the atmo-

spheric plan. All invertebrate animals, sects excepted, respire

on the aquatic model. The organs used in the first method are

more complex than those comprised in the second; while the

chylaqueous fluid is subjected to respiration, through the least

complexly arranged mechanisms. The simpler the fluid to be

* The author would here beg to refer the reader, for a full statement of

the grounds of this latter subdivision, to his paper on the Blood-proper

and Chylaqueous Fluid, &c., in the Phil. Trans., Nov. 1852. ;

17¥*

244 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

aérated, the less involved is the disposition of the solid parts

through which the exposure is effected. Elaborately vitalized

blood is circulated through respiratory organs of inconceivable

complexity and subdivision. The study of the mechanical

conditions of respiration should regard the fluids as well as the

solids of the structures dedicated to this function. The floating

cells of the fluids are concerned in, though not essential to the

respiratory process. The true capillary segments of the lungs ‘of

all vertebrated animals, those of reptiles not excepted, are destitute

of vibratile cilia. The branchiz of fishes, without a single known

exception, are clad only by a non-vibratile epithelium. The

general proposition, that ciliary epithelium constitutes no part

of the active portions of the breathing organs of vertebrated

animals, rests therefore upon the stable basis of actual demonstra-

tion. This negative must be changed into an affirmative state-

ment, with reference to the air-passages, which in the pulmonary

vertebrated series are profusely and universally ciliated. The pre-

sence of cilia on the branchial structures of invertebrated animals

is a common, but not a constant fact ; the rule without intelligible

reason is suspended in numerous instances. The operation of

cilia is therefore not mdispensable to the respiratory process,

even in the invertebrate animal—not an essential constituent even

of the aquatic model. The blood of all vertebrated animals is

richly charged with corpuscular elements. It is invariably

coloured red. In the invertebrated subkingdom not one example

is known of a corpusculated red-blood. The blood of every

known mollusc bears floating solid elements. In every arti-

culated animal the true-blood abounds in organized corpuscles.

In every annelid, without a single known exception, the blood-

proper is perfectly destitute of morphotic elements ; it contains

no trace of visible cells. The perfect fluidity of the true-blood of

‘all Entozoa can also now be affirmed. Every Echinoderm is en-

dowed with an imperfect blood-system, the blood-proper bearing

cells in suspension. The chylaqueous fluid of every animal in

which it exists, is charged more or less abundantly with organized

corpuscles. The generalization is thus incontrovertibly esta-

blished, that there exists no single instance of a real animal, of

which one or other of the circulating nutritive fluids of the

organism, is not replete with morphous particles. What office,

if any, these floating solids exercise in the mechanism of the

respiratory act, it is the province of the physiologist to determine;

their microscopic characters it is the duty of the anatomist to

describe.

Porifera.—In the Spongiade, the fluids to be aérated are

contained in and between the component cells of the gelatinous

cortex. Each separate cell, like that of Ameba, is an inde-

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 245

pendent organism. The included fluid, moved by the slow con-

traction of the cell-membrane, is a granulated, nutritive com-

pound. That diffused between the cells, in composition,

is less removed from the standard of sea-water. The latter re-

plenishes the former. The inorganic fluid, entering from with-

out into the interior of the living-cell-tissue, carries with it in

solution a large amount of atmospheric air. In these lowly

organisms, this dissolved air probably suffices to oxygenize their

simple fluids. _ As the contained fluids are rapidly renewed, the

nutritive and the respiratory process come to be performed by

one and the same act. This is the history of the breathing

function in the Rhizopoda and in Actinophrys Sol, recently

deseribed by Kolliker*. The superficies of the whole gelatinous

cortex of the sponge is overspread by a film of ciliated epithe-

lium. It has now been proved by Dr. Dobie+ and Mr. Bower-

bank, that the “currents” of the sponge are due to the agency

of these motive organules. These currents are simultaneously

nutritive and respiratory.

Polypifera.—Three varieties of plan, in the mechanical condi-

tions of respiration, prevail among Zoophytes: the Hydraform

(Pl. XII. fig. 2), the Actiniform (fig. 8), and the Asteroid polypes

(fig. 1) exemplify three minor forms of one type of structure.

In the first the space between the stomach and the outer limit

of the body (fig. 2, a) is subdivided by the intersection of delicate

tissue into areolze, in which the fluid to be aérated is contained f.

The fluid penetrates along an axial channel to the furthest

* See Quarterly Journal of Microscopic Science, Oct. 1852.

T See Annals of Anatomy and Physiology, No. 2, May 1852.

{ The author has stated in the text the impression which he has derived

from numerous observations on the common hydra of our pools, that the

tentacles open into the perigastric areole, as shown at (a) fig. 2, and not

into the stomach, and that they are tubular, not solid threads, as shown at

(0) fig. 1. If, as recently stated by Prof. Allman (Proceedings of the Royal

Society, May 31st, 1853), they open directly into the stomach, the tentacles

can only be injected by the contents of the latter, and their function would

e of a digestive as well as a respiratory character ; and further, the

igestive system of the hydra would conform with the medusan type which

is marked by the direct extension of canals from the stomach, and by the

absence of a splanchnic cavity, the stomach being merely an excavation in

the solid parenchyma of the body. The observations of Prof. Allman were

instituted on Cordylophora, a genus of Tubulariade. According to my

researches very lately made on Tubularia indivisa and Alcyonium, the ten-

tacles are tubular and open into the perigastrie chambers, which they equal

innumber. From its interest, this question cannot remain long unanswered.

If in the hydraform and tubularian zoophytes the tentacles are prolongations

of the stomach, properly so called, zoophytes, as a class, might be ranged

under two leading divisions ; that 1st in which the tentacles are gastric, and

2nd that in which they are perigastric prolongations. The fluids would

admit of a similar division.

246 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

ends of the tentacles: they are not perforated at their distal

extremities. In Hydra viridis and H. fusca, by means of the

rolling granules, the fluid may be readily detected by the eye.

It cannot be renewed directly from without. It is replenished

through the walls of the stomach (4). The respiratory is here a

function distinct and separate from the digestive. A living cor-

pusculated fluid is submitted to the influence of the surrounding

medium, by aid of the tentacles. These appendages in the

hydraform zoophytes are furnished neither within nor without

with motive cilia. They maintain the flux and reflux motion of

the embraced fluid, in virtue of the contractile endowments of

their parietes. In the second variety, illustrated by the sea-ane-

mone (fig. 3, 5), the open interval between the stomach and the

integuments, though partitioned by dissepiments, is very capa-

cious. The hollow axes (c) of the tentacles are continuations,

in all species, of the perigastric space. They are filled with

the same fluid as the latter. In some species of Actiniea, the

tentacles are perforated at the extreme ends: Anthea Cereus is an

example. In the greater number they are cecal. The interior

of the tentacles, in common with the perigastric chambers, in al/

species are richly ciliated (d). The exterior of these appendages

in many instances is covered only by an ordinary non-vibratile

epidermis. The chylaqueous fluid* is an inferiorly vitalized

* Under this term (see Phil. Trans. 1852), the author has ventured to

distinguish the fluid which occupies the gastric and perigastric cavities of

all animals below the Annelida. He has elsewhere endeavoured to prove

the proposition, that in all animals below the Echinoderms, it constitutes

the exclusive nutritive fluid of the organism ; that in those families, as in

Zoophytes and inferior Echinoderms, in which it is readily ejected from the

body and as readily replaced, it is very little removed in composition from

salt water, and corpusculated only in a slight degree. It is simply al-

buminized sea water. But it has already undergone such preparation as

fits it to enter the “ protean ”’ cells of the solids. Here, as illustrated in the

examples of the Ameba and Sponge, it assumes a more highly vitalized and

corpusculated character. It may be said that in the cells it is true blood,

in the viseeral cavity chylaqueous fluid. The difficult problem of respira-

tion in the lowest forms of animal life can be solved only by determining

the real stages through which the fluids pass in the processes of animaliza-

tion. If the great mass of the chylaqueous fluid contained in the polypedal

and visceral chambers consist of pure, unvitalized, unalbuminized sea water,

then the tentacles can subserve no respiratory purpose ; since between two

fluids (that within, and the element without the tentacles), of identical com-

position and specific gravity, there can occur no interchange of gases. But

if, on the contrary, to this great reservoir of fluid be assigned the value of a

chylaqueous compound, though it may have undergone only the first and

lowest grade of assimilation, then the entire mechanism of respiration and

nutrition becomes intelligible. This argument enforces the physiological

‘principle, which, in order to demonstrate the true seat of the aérating pro-

cess, demands that the real constitution of the fluids be first discovered.

In studying the nutritive and respiratory actions in a// invertebrate animals,

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 247

albuminous compound. It possesses higher organic properties in

those orders in which the tentacles are closed, than in those in

which they are open. In the former it sojourns longer in the

visceral cavity under the influence of the Zoochemical forces.

It is in the interior of the cells of the solid structures that the

chylaqueous fluid acquires its final properties. It suffers here

a second and higher nutritive and respiratory change, or derives

from the chylaqueous mass, still in the visceral cavity, a further

supply of oxygen. The chylaqueous fiuid is aérated in two modes ;

lst, every portion of the element from without, which is admitted

into the splanchnic cavity, brings with it a fresh supply of highly

oxygenized air; and 2nd, it exchanges its carbonic acid for the

oxygen of the surrounding element, im accordance with the prin-

ciples of ordinary aquatic breathing. It is therefore a reservoir of

richly oxygenated fluid, fitted well to impart a renewed proportion

of oxygen to the more highly vitalized contents of the cells. It

is evident that it is ouly by a clear statement of these apparently

irrelevant particulars, that the anatomist can arm the phy-

siologist with an adequate conception of the physical conditions,

under which the respiratory function occurs in these degraded

organisms. In all actiniform polypes, the bottom of the stomach

eommunicates, by means of a sphincteric aperture, with the peri-

gastric chambers. It is by this route that the large mass of the

contents of these latter cavities are derived from without. The

contained fluid receives the first impress of the vital chemistry, in

its passage over the gastric surfaces. It is then prepared to un-

dergo the respiratory changes in the visceral cavities. The pre-

ceding observations apply to the third (fig. 1) variety of plan (ex-

emplified in the Asteroid families), on which in zoophytes the

fluids are elaborated. There is little difference of structure be-

tween the asteroid and helianthoid polypes. In the former the

stomach is prolonged into the axis of the polypidom (ce). The

perigastric chambers (d) also communicate, but in a less direct

one fact of singular interest should be remembered, the truth of which the

author has established by numerous observations. The cells of the solid

tissues are contractile; they contract and dilate: in the Cephalopods, the

pigmented cells of the integumentary structures exhibit this property with

remarkable distinctness. e pigment is deposited in the substance of the

cell-wall. When the cell contracts the coloured point disappears, when it

expands it assumes a conspicuous area. This is the simple explanation of

the singular power, with which the Cephalopods are gifted, of changing their

colour. It applies also to the chameleon. But in invertebrate animals it

is not doutined to the pigmented cells. It is exhibited by the non-pig-

mented cells of nearly all the structures of the body. The author has ven-

tured in this place to bring it under the attention of the physiologist, be-

cause it is unquestionably a property of great importance in the circulation

and aération of the fluids.

248 Dr. T, Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

manner than the stomach, with the channel of the stem. In these

families, the tentacles, which are evidently the continuations of

the perigastric chambers (fig. 1, a), are said to be perforate at

their distal extremities : this point requires to be confirmed. The

fluid filling the axial channel of the stem enters at the mouth of

each polype, and descends through the orifice situated at the base

of the stomach (fig. 1, c) into the polypidom. In this situation,

in a great variety of species, the motion of the corpuscles con-

tained in the fluid may be readily observed. They present all

the characters of being driven by cilia. The presence of cilia is

however controverted by some observers. From the polypidom

the fluid passes upwards into the perigastric chambers, and thence

into the tentacles in which it undergoes aération. It is curious

that the corpuscles of the fluid of the stem do not pass upwards

into the tentacles. They are filtered back by the eribriform

partition, which divides the chambers around the stomach from

the axis of the polypidom, New observations are required

on the whole family of the asteroid polypes, having special re-

ference, 1st, to the arrangement and existence of cilia, and 2nd,

to the distribution of the fluids.

The fluid by which the whole extent of the stem and visceral

chambers of each individual polype are distended, constitutes

one system. So rapidly is this fluid endowed with a low order

of vital properties, enabling it to fulfil its functions as an element

of nutrition, that it may be rejected en masse, to be replaced with

a fresh volume of inorganic water. Such is the converting power

of the vital chemistry in these simple organisms. This fact

distinguishes the polype families from all other invertebrate

animals. The true character of the breathing function must

have remained beyond the reach of the physiologist, without the

knowledge of these points. They prove that the lower the vital

endowments of the fluids, the simpler the mechanical arrange-

ments required to effect their aération. In zoophytes the nutri-

tive fluid is not exclusively vitalized through the agency of floating

cells, it is vivified in part, catalytically by contact with the sur-

faces of the living solids. The morphotic elements, therefore,

which exist in the fluids of this group, are scanty in number, sub-

ordinate in function, and indeterminately organized. To detect

the globules in the fluid of the polypary is easy. It is more dif-

ficult to trace its progress upwards into the space which surrounds

the stomach, and thence into the tentacles. If, as lately stated by

Prof. Allman*, the axes of the tentacles in the tubularian polypes

open directly into the stomach, and not into the space to the outside

of this organ, these appendages cannot be intended to expose the

* Proceedings of the Royal Society, May 31, 1853.

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 249

chylaqueous fluid to the aérating medium. Arising out of the

roof of the stomach, as already stated, at the side of the oral orifice,

they can be injected only with the contents of the stomach, and

that periodically by muscular force. Such a mechanism, for

organs which are indubitably respiratory, is in the highest degree

improbable. The tentacles of the distended polype are filled

undoubtedly by a fluid. In this fluid no corpuscles have yet

been detected. Those observed so readily in the stem cannot be

traced upwards beyond the base of the stomach: Prof. Allman

denies even in the latter situation the existence of cilia. The

globules move, according to this observer, as “the effect of the

active processes, going on in the secreting cells of the endoderm,

— processes which can scarcely be imagined to take place without

causing Jocal alterations in the chemical constitution of the sur-

rounding fluid and consequent disturbance of its stability.” How-

ever these questions may eventually be determined, it is certain

that there exists in all zoophytes but one fluid system.

This fluid is compounded of the surrounding medium, whether

it be sea water or fresh, and the organic products of digestion.

By this quasi-inorganic fluid the nutritive functions of the organ-

ism are performed. In the tentacles it undergoes aération ; in the

actiniform orders it may be collected in large quantities : it con-

tains corpuscles characteristic of species*. It affords distinct evi-

dence of the presence of albumen ; it is destitute of fibrine ; it

is the lowest example under which a living nutritive fluid occurs

in the animal kingdom, and yet the cells of the solids of zoophytes

are eminently irritable and contractile. An inverse proportion

obtains generally in this respect in invertebrate animals. The

simpler the fluids, the more irritable and contractile the solids,

the cells of the latter being larger than the corresponding parts

of vertebrated animals.

Bryozoa (fig. 4).—The marine and freshwater polyzoa are mol-

lusean in the character of their alimentary system, zoophytic in

that of the fluids. Their position in the scale must be allotted

according to the relative importance of these two systems : judged

by the fluids, they claim to rank at the summit of the zoophytic

series ; by the alimentary organs, they would constitute the first

‘ink im the molluscan cham. The real signification of the fiuids

in the Polyzoa has never been understood. A perigastric cavity

(a, 6) is clearly described ; the fluid within this cavity and its float-

ing corpuscles have been repeatedly observed, but the physio-

logical value of these parts has never been explained+. In these

* See the author’s papers on the Blood, which are now in course of

publication in the British and Foreign Med. Ch. Rev.

+ In justification of the carer 7 made in the text, the author would

refer to the admirable report, on the Polyzoa, by Prof. Allman, in the Trans.

250 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

animals there existsneither a heart nor a blood-proper system. The

fluids constitute an unmixed example of the chylaqueous system,

They oscillate under muscular agency in the great visceral cavity

(a,b); under the same force the fluid penetrates the tentacles which

it traverses by a flux and reflux motion. These organs are plain,

tubular appendages ; they are continuations of the visceral cavity ;

—characters which are emphatically zoophytic. The tentacles of

the Polyzoa differ from those of asteroid polypes in the presence

of vibratile cilia. They are limited to the external surface, and

arranged in a single row on either side: the interior of. these

branchial tubuli is not ciliated. Thus then is defined the whole

apparatus of the chylaqueous system in this family. Henee-

forth the Polyzoa cannot be severed from the zoophytes.

Acalephe (figs. 5, 6, 7).—The apparatus for breathing is, im

this class, of simple construction : it consists of a system of excal

canals in direct connection with the stomach. Four types occur

—the Pulmograde, the Ciliograde, the Cirrhigrade, and the Phy-

sograde. In the first examples (Aurelia, Pelagia, Chrysaora, Rhi-

zostoma, Cassiopea and Cyanea), the stomach is a central. lobu-

lated chamber, furnished with one external orifice, the mouth,

and opening laterally into canals which reticulate at the margin

of the disc: they end cecally. In Cyanea aurita, they are pro-

longed into the fringed appendages which depend from the ¢ir-

of the Brit. Assoc., 1850, in which the following statements oceur. ‘* The

perigastric space and interior of the tentacula and locophore all freely

communicate with one another, and are filled with a clear fluid, in which

float numerous irregular particles of very irregular form and size......That

the fluid thus contained in the perigastric space, and thence admitted into

the tentacles, consists really of water which had obtained entrance from

without, there can, I think, be little doubt ; and yet I have in vain sought

for any opening through which the external fluid can obtain admittance

into the interior......The fluid which circulates in the perigastric space is

not perfectly homogeneous, and numerous corpuscles of various and irre

shape may be observed to float through it and be carried about by its

current. Some of these corpuscles are perhaps spermatozoa ; others are of

no definite shape, and look like minute portions of the tissues separated by

laceration. May they not be some of the products of digestion, which have

transuded through the walls of the alimentary canal, being thus conveyed

into the only representative of a true circulation, with which these animals

present us?” From the preceding passages it is undeniable that this ex-

cellent naturalist has not clearly seized the significance of that which he

has described so graphically. He admits that the fluid of the perigastric

cavity is the only fluid system discoverable in the organism of the polyzoon.

He disputes the organic character of the fluid, while he hints at its nutritive

properties. It is m truth a true and perfect chylaqueous system, and as

adequate as blood-proper to the wants of the living organism, In the

Polyzoa, there is discoverable no trace of a blood-proper system. They

therefore fail in one of the most essential characters of the molluscan or-

ganism—the existence of a heart and/an associated circulatory system.

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 251

cumference of the disc. The system of the gastro-vascular

canals (fig. 5, c, d; fig. 6, c, d; fig. 7, c,d) in the Discophore,

forming a horizontal plane, rest in immediate contact with

the inferior surface of the disc—that is, the whole substance

of the dise intervenes between them and the upper surface:

the under surface of the dise externally, in every species, is

ciliated ; the superior is not so. The stomach and the canals

(ce; d) to their remotest terminations are ciliated internally.

This fact distinguishes these canals fundamentally from blood

vessels ; they are filled with a fluid which is imperfectly vitalized,

a chylaqueous compound ; it is replete with floating organized

corpuscles. The flux and reflux motions of this fluid are excited,

partly by cilia, and partly by the rhythmic contractions of the

disc. Respiration is accomplished in two modes; partly by the

imterchange of gases on the under surface between the contents

of the canals and the surrounding element, and partly by the

air suspended im the external fluid, which is admitted through

the mouth and stomach into the gastro-vascular channels directly

from without.

The basis and bulk of this fluid is composed of salt water, but

qualified by the impresses of the zoochemical influence to sustain

the life of albumen, fibrine, and to evolve definitively organized

floating corpuscles. The refuse portions of this fluid are rejected

per os; there is no anal outlet. The cells of the solid structures

of the Acaleph are filled with a semifiuid hyaline jelly ; it is the

chylaqueous fluid in its highest grade of organization. In the

Medusa, it is to the chylaqueous fluid, what the contents of the

* protean” cells of the gelatinous cortex are to the currents of

the circumambient element, traversing the passages in the

sponge: thus, in brief, is conveyed a description of the machinery

of the respiratory process in the Acaleph; from it the nutritive

processes cannot be distinguished. The Ciliograde family departs

from the type of the former in one particular ; there exists here

a second orifice to the digestive system (fig. 7, 5). The fact alters

not the principle of the mechanism, according to which the fluids

are aérated. ‘The gastro-vascular canals arise from the fundus of

the stomach, attam the surface, and pass in meridional series

(fig. 7, c, d) from one pole of the body to the opposite, lying im-

mediately underneath the external epidermis. Their courses are

followed externally by rows of motive cilia, or vibratory fringes :

all the canals peripherally terminate cecally ; they are furnished

on their internal surfaces with cilia. The genera Cydippe, Cestrum

and Callianira are illustrative.

In the Cirrhigrade Acalephs, the second orifice of the alimentary

apparatus disappears. The canals, filled with the chylaqueous

fluid, radiate, while they multiply in the direction of the cir-

252 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

cumference of the disc. Like those of the preceding families,

they are ciliated internally, while they are distributed in close

proximity to the under surface of the dome.

The organization of the Physograde Meduse is little under-

stood*.

It cannot be doubted, that in the fluids of the Acalephs, floating

corpuscles, from their multitude and their determinate structure,

exercise an important part. They animalize the fluid; they

endow it with life. Directly or indirectly they develope the

proximate principles out of the inorganic elements. Both the

corpuscles and the fluid contained in the gastro-vascular canals

are nearly colourless. Here, as in many other instances amongst

the invertebrate animals, the lesson is taught, that colour has

little to do with the capability of vital fluids to absorb oxygen,

In this class, it is beyond question, that sea water is admitted

directly into those canals in which the chylaqueous fluid is con-

tained. The former is so rapidly assimilated with the latter, that

the nutritive and vital character of the compound fluid resulting

from the admixture is readily maintained at the required

standard.

It is important to remark, that in all Acalephs the gastro-

vascular canals are distributed as closely as possible to some

external surface; in Rhizostoma to the under surface of the

dome, in Bercé in meridional lines over the globe, in other

species along the margins, &c. Such disposition has reference

to the respiratory process: vibratile cilia in general are developed

on those portions of the external surface which coincide with the

gastro-vascular canals.

Echinodermata.—In this class the same questions arise, as im-

portant preliminaries to the study of the respiratory process,

with those as to the meaning of the fluids, which were. discussed

with reference to the inferior Radiata ;—which of the three orders

of fluids, present in the ceconomy of nearly every Echinoderm,

is made the special subject of this process? Ist, the cavity of the

body (figs. 8, 9, d; fig. 10, n) (2. e. the spacious interval which

separates the digestive from the integumentary system) is filled

in all species with a fluid which the author has called the chy/-

aqueous: 2nd, the protrusile suctorial feet (Pl. XII. fig. 8, 9,

fig. 9, f) are occupied by another class of fluid; this system

constitutes the water-vascular system of Tiedemann and Miiller;

3rd, the blood-vascular system (fig. 10, 7), of Tiedemann, Delle

Chiaje, Valentin, Agassiz, Dr. Sharpey and Miiller: these three

systems are defined as severally distinct and independent, and

* See a paper in the Ann. des Se. Nat. tom. xviii. “ Sur la Structure de

Physalies et des Siphonophores,” by Leuckart.

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 253

their functions respectively are alleged to be distinct and inde-

pendent. In what conceivable manner is the descriptive anato-

mist to depict the breathing systems of these animals, unless by

‘that of first adjusting these long-controverted questions? The

ultimate structure of those solid parts, on which the office of

aérating the vital fluids is represented to devolve, must be first

determined. This inquiry alone can prove to what extent, if at

all, these parts are capable of answering the purpose which they

are stated to fulfil. The chylaqueous system of fluids exists in

every Echinoderm ; the water-vascular system does no¢ exist in

very species. In the Stpuncles and the Ophiuride, it has no

place. The blood-vascular system is very imperfectly known.

Little has been done to demonstrate its presence in the asteroid

Echinoderms, and still less in the Echinide. Its history has

been most fully developed in the Holothuridan and Sipunculidan

genera.

1. The Chylaqueous System of the Echinoderms.

Is it capable of subserving a respiratory purpose? Is it con-

stituted such that it is physiologically capable of executing this

great function? And is it also distributed appropriately ?

The mass of fluid occupying the visceral cavity, bounded on

one side by the digestive system, on the other by the integuments,

has been described, by the classical authorities upon this subject,

as consisting purely of sea water, adihitted directly from without

through the skin, for the exclusive purpose of aérating the blood-

proper, said to circulate in a capillary system of vessels wrought

in the solid parietes circumscribing the cavity. This, in succinct

expression, is the doctrine of the schools, as to the mechanism of

respiration in this interesting class of animals. It supposes the

existence of a profuse plexus of capillary vessels carrying true-

blood, distributed over ali the visceral and parietal surfaces

limiting the chamber in question. It may be at once stated, that

no approach to a demonstration of the presence of this system

has ever been made by any modern or ancient anatomist. Is it.

logical to erect one hypothesis upon another? Let facts be first

ted. In the Asteride, Echinide, Ophiuride and Ophio-

comidz, the fluid contained in the peritoneal cavity has been

described by every comparative anatomist as pure unmixed sea

water. It cannot be denied that the cavity itself is the anato-

mical. homologue of the real perigastric chamber of zooph

and of the gastro-vaseular canals of Medusex. It is therefore

the anatomical locale, in which the chylaqueous fluid should

accumulate; but under what character does it occur in the

higher vermiform Echinoderms? In the Holothuridan and

Sipunculidan genera (fig. 10, n), it presents itself as a chamber

254 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

filled with a chylaqueous compound, under the unquestionable

form of a thickly corpusculated milky fluid, organized in a high

degree, and oscillating as a living nutritive fluid : it is by track-

ing the characters of this fluid from above downwards, that its

real signification in the inferior Echinoderms, in which it offers

the apparent properties of simple sea water, can be unerringly

ascertained. The floating corpuscles of the chylaqueous fluid of

the Sipuncles (fig. 10, ) present the features of constancy in

structure and proportion ; they are always the same in the same

species. The cephalic appendages in this genus, as well as the

whole integumentary system of the body, are organized with ex-

press reference to the exposure of this fluid, and this fluid exclu-

sively, to the agency of the external aérating element.

The skin is fenestrated (fig. 11, d, d, d), that is at r in-

tervals the muscular layer disappears, and an interval of ellip-

tical figure, covered over only by a single layer of epidermis,

results. In the solid structures of the integuments there is no

trace whatever of a capillary vascular system to be detected. It

is a simple membrano-muscular partition, intervening between

the chylaqueous fluid within and the surrounding element with-

out: it is through this veil that these two divided fluids inter-

change their dissolved gases. The tentacles present the same

precise mechanism (Pl. XII. fig. 10, a & C, & B); they are merely

hollow appendages, musculo-membranous, lined within and with-

out by a ciliated epithelium. A few proper blood vessels reach

their bases from the circular vessel; but no trace whatever of a

vascular plexus, in the structure of these parts, can by any

manceuvre be discovered. The inference is irresistible, that, like

the skin of every part of the body, which internally is universally

ciliated, the tentacles are designed almost exclusively as instru-

ments for the oxygenation of the chylaqueous fluid (not the blood

proper), which oscillates by a flux and reflux movement in their

hollow interior. To the genus Holothuria these observations in

every detail are strictly applicable. The tentacles, however,

though hollow membranous appendages, are furnished, in the sub-

stance of their parietes, with a few more blood-vessels: the skin

is fenestrated like that of the Sipuncles (fig. 11) ; the open cavity

of the body is occupied by a highly organized corpusculated fluid

which the solid parts just described are expressly fitted to aérate.

From its volume, its organic composition and its suspended cells,

its importance in the organism cannot be disputed. It cannot

acquire nutritive properties unless through the agency of oxygen.

This element can be received through no other provisions than

those exhibited by the skin and the tentacles: thus the theory

of respiration, with respect to the chylaqueous fluid, in these

superior Echinoderms is complete. Although attenuated at

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 255

points, with a view to approximate as closely as possible

the chylaqueous fluid to the external medium, no open perforation

exists in the tentacular or integumentary processes,

The surrounding fluid cannot therefore penetrate directly from

without into the peritoneal cavity*. It is introduced through

the mouth and the digestive system. ;

In the Ophiuride and Ophiocomide, the visceral cavity is filled

with a fluid, which, though not so highly organized as that of the

preceding genera, is undoubtedly the same system: it is not so

milky in appearance; it approaches more to that of pure salt-

water. Its floating corpuscles are far less abundant, and more

indefinitely formed ; its oscillations are ceaseless under the move-

ments of the arms and action of cilia. At the flexures of the

articulated pieces of the arms, soft, membranous, hollow processes,

opening into the peritoneal cavity, protrude.

are designed to aérate the fluid contents of the visceral

chamber: unlike the membranous integumentary projections of

the Asteridz, they are neither ciliated within nor without. They

may be seen perfectly in the smaller species, as transparent

objects. If any vestige of a blood-proper system of vessels oc-

cupied the substance of their parietes, it could not, thus examined,

escape detection ; none such exists. Wherefore then are these

specific organs provided, if not to arterialize the great system of

fluid which penetrates into their interior? The answer cannot

be withheld ; it is to aérate the chylaqueous fluid exclusively+.

The chylaqueous system of the Echinidz (fig.9), comprehendi

disidenitle mass of fluid filling the cavity of the or aE shell

(d), has never yet been recognised by the anatomist as a vital

organic system. Thegreat authorities, Agassiz especially, formerly

ete state that sea water streams into the visceral cavity

ugh perforations in the membranous processes (fig. 9, f, f)

of the shell, especially in those under the name of branchie, which

are distributed in groups around the circumference of the oral

membranous disc. The latter are not connected with the suc-

torial or water-vascular system ; they are distended by injections

thrown into the open chamber of the shell.

_ They are protruded only by the force of the fluid driven into

their interior. They collapse by contractility of their parietal

* The author would again refer the reader to his recent memoir in the

Phil. Trans. (1852), for a full and complete statement of the anatomical

and experimental evidence, by which are substantiated the general proposi-

tions enounced in the text.

+ It will be afterwards shown, that comparative anatomy has done ab-

solutely nothing towards the demonstration of the blood system of these

ere: A circular vessel is stated by Miiller only to surround the

mouth.

256 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

structures. They are not perforated at their extremities (b). They

cannot therefore serve as open passages for the direct admission

of the external medium into the visceral cavity. They are un-

questionably in part tactile appendages. In addition to the me-

ridional rows of suctorial feet, the shell of Echinus is perforated

by numerous hollow membranous processes (fig. 9, f, f, f), lined

within and without by vibratile cilia, and penetrated exclusively by

the fluid of the visceral cavity. Like the integumentary struc-

tures of the higher genera, they bear no evidence whatever of

blood-vessels. These facts impel the physiologist to the adoption

of one inference. They can only subserve a respiratory purpose on

the supposition that the subject of that process is the chylaqueous

fluid. Then the conclusion cannot be evaded, that, although in

the Echinide the fluid contained in the visceral cavity may look

like simple sea water, it must be something more; else nothi

would be signified by the express provisions supplied, to subject

it to the process of aération. It is, in truth a dilute albuminous

solution, charged with corpuscles indeterminately organized. It

possesses a higher solvent power for oxygen than simple sea

water. It is the reservoir out of which the elements of the true

blood are drawn. Injection thrown into the hollow of the shell

of Echinus distends beautifully, in relief, numerous membranous

appendages belonging to the integumentary system. In no in-

stance whatever can any perforations in the extremities of these _

processes be detected. There is therefore no direct evidence for

the opinion commonly entertained by the best observers of the

Echinoderms, which affirms that the external water enters imme-

diately through openings in the integuments into the peritoneal

cavity *.

The preceding questions admit of more easy and satisfactory

solution in the Asteride than in the classes of Echinoderms

already reviewed. Asterias rubens is a large animal; the fluid

* On the subject discussed in the text, Miiller, in his recent elaborate

essays on the Echinoderms, published in his ‘ Archiv,’ offers the following

remark, which I produce in the original :—“ Die baumformigen Kiemen der

Seeigel, die ausseren Kiemen Valentin’s sollen an den Enden ihrer Aeste

nach Tiedemann offen sein, auch das Wasser in das Innere des Seeigels auf-

nehmen. Diese Ansicht griindet sich auf Injection mit Quecksilber unter

gleichzeitiger Anwendung von gelindem Druck. Valentin fand diese

Organe dagegen an den peripherischen Enden geschlossen, so dass sie also

hohle Verlangerungen der Leibeshéhle nach aussen darstellen, und die

Athemfunction auf ihrer aussern Oberfliche stattfindet. Auch ich habe

bei wiederholter microskopischer Untersuchung dieser Theile von lebenden

Seeigeln keine Oeffnungen an den abgerundeten Enden wahrgenommen.”

Miiller, however, does not explain in what manner the “ Athemfunction”

of these appendages, which he argues to be czecal, is possible.. His conclu-

sions as to the imperforate character of these parts I have repeatedly con-

firmed by variously devised methods of examination.

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 257

by which the visceral cavity (fig. 8, 4) is filled is considerable in

volume. The whole integumentary structures are more readily

subjected to demonstration. Everything is favourable to a final

conclusion of the controversy which has long divided anatomists

as to the real signification of the fluid contained in the visceral

cavity : it can be placed, in several modes, beyond doubt, that

no open perforations exist in any part of the integumentary

parietes of Asterias. The membranous. processes (fig. 8, f, f)

communicating with the visceral cavity are so remarkably

elastic and protrusile, that, by means of coloured size forced

carefully into the cavity, they distended to a great distance

above the plane of the external surface. They are cecal at their

distal extremities.

_ This injection escapes externally only by rupture: this simple

expedient proves the cecal character of these parts ; they are not

consequently designed to admit sea water into the interior of the

body. It is perfectly easy to repeat and confirm the first obser-

vation of Dr. Sharpey, that the corpuscles of the visceral fluid

advance to the distal end of these processes, and then return

under the impulse of ciliary agency*. Although an injection so

thick as size will not escape through these membranous pro-

cesses, a thinner fluid, such as coloured water, will slowly ooze

through ; it is not therefore improbable that an interchange of

the fluids, which their attenuated parietes only divide, may ¢o

some extent occur through endosmose. — This fact, however, can-

not shake the stability of the conclusion, that anatomy does not

furnish any rounds for the belief that the fluid contained in the

peritoneal cavity is derived directly from without. The micro-

scope renders it certain that the hollow membranous processes,

filled by the fluid of the visceral cavity in Asterias, bear in the

solid substance of their parietes no trace of true blood-vessels ;

they are lined within and without by vibratile epithelium, and

composed only of interlacing elastic fibres. What conceivable

office can such organs execute, if not that of exposing the chyl-

aqueous fluid to the renovating influence of the surrounding

medium? In Asterias this fluid approaches “simple sea water ”

closely in physical properties. It is, however, in reality a dilute

albuminous, opalescent solution. It is charged scantily with

* Miiller confirms the conclusions stated in the text—“ Die respirato-

rischen Roéhrchen auf dem Riicken der Asterien, welche mit der Bauch-

hohle communiciren sollen zufolge der Injection von Tiedemann am Ende

offen sem, und zum Wechsel des Wassers des Leibeshdhle dienen. Nach

Ehrenberg dagegen sind die Réhrchen am Ende geschlossen, er sowohl als

FS} y sahen die Str6mungen im Innern am Ende umkehren. An jun-

gen lebenden Exemplaren des Asteracanthion violaceus sah ich dasselbe,

und es gelang mir nicht eine Oeffnung wahrzunehmen.”’—Anatomische

Studien iiber die Echinodermen. Miiller’s Archiv, 1850.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 18

258 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

imperfectly formed corpuscles always the same in the same

species.

In other species of Asteride the membranous appendages of

the skin present other varieties in size and figure, none in cha-

racter and structure.

Tn Uraster papposa the membranous intervals in the calcareous

trellis are large and favourable for examination. They may be

readily seen with the naked eye in the living animal to be capable

is wanes bulged out under the pressure of the fluid in the visceral

chamber.

The Cribellidee present another modification of the soft part’

of the integument. The skin is smoother, the membranous in=

tervals are smaller, and the membranes are less capable of pro-

trusion outwards. In every other respect they are identical with

the corresponding parts of the preceding genera. The propo-

sition may now then be finally affirmed, that in the Hchino-

dermata the chylaqueous fluid (2. e. the contents of the visceral ca-

vity) is itself first aérated, and that by means of a machinery of

soft parts expressly arranged with a view to this end; and that

then it aérates the blood-proper.

2. Water-vascular and Blood-vascular Systems of the Echinoderms,

To what extent, in what manner, if at all, do these two fluid-

systems, or either of them, participate in the mechanism of the

respiratory process ? In solving the curious problem presented

by the Echinodermal organism, the highest interest attaches to

this question. Let it be first seen whether the statements of

Tiedemann, Sharpey and Miiller, that these systems are per-

fectly independent of each other and of the HN system

already described, are really founded on trustworthy demon-

stration. No anatomist up to the present time has lon more

towards elucidating the anatomy of the true blood-system of the

Echinoderms than that of proving the existence of certain central

trunks only. This system has never been traced to its peripherie

distribution in any species (the Holothuridan perhaps excepted)

by any comparative anatomist. An induction is unsafe which is

grounded upon hypothesis. The theory of respiration can only

be constructed out of the materials supplied by the patient

labours of the anatomist. It does not appear that Dr. Sharpey

ever could verify the description of Tiedemann with reference to

the blood-system. The tenuity of their coats however, and pale

colour of their contents, render it extremely difficult to trace

completely the distribution of the vessels*. Miiller concurs in

the description of Tiedemann, stating that in Asterias a circular:

trunk surrounds the mouth and gives off branches to each ray—

* Art. Echinodermata, by Dr. Sharpey.

a a

20 = eal al

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 259.

adding the confession, that “die Injection vom Blutgefassring

gelang nur bis zum Anfang dieser Gefisse.” And this is all that

the author of this memoir has ever been able to accomplish to

prove the existence only of the central trunks. This is the sum

of the existing knowledge with reference to the blood-proper

system of the Asteride. Of that of the Echinidz very little also

is known. Miiller describes a circular vessel embracing the

cesophagus immediately underneath the lantern; from this a

trunk proceeds coursing along the curves of the intestine, and

ending in the circulus analis. This learned anatomist observes,

“Um eime klare Vorstellung vom Herzen zu bekommen, muss

man es bei Cidaris untersuchen; es ist bei Cidaris ein weiter,

ganz gerader Canal mat dicken weichen Wanden*.” In Cidaris

the heart is not a circular vessel, but a fusiform trunk lying pa-

rallel with the intestine. The circumference of the blood-system

in the preceding genera has never yet been brought under de-

monstration. In science negative is inferior in value to positive

proof; but at present it is only possible to declare that no care

can succeed in discovering any evidence whatever of the presence

of a blood-proper system in the solid structures of any part of

the body of the Echinoderm. The parietes of the alimentary

canal are most certainly not ramified by blood-vessels. _The soft

parts of the integumentary system are literally destitute of vas-

cular tissue. The contents of the central trunks of the blood-

system are identical in appearance with those of the visceral ca-

yity, and with those of water-vascular or suctorial system ; that

is, when the morphous elements of these three fluids are placed

in juxtaposition under the microscope, it is impossible to indi-

eate between them any difference whatever in structure or shape.

The fluids themselves are also identical in every physical appear-

ance.

The dlood-vessels are internally and externally lined with cilia,

the water-vessels are so, and the visceral cavity is richly so.

_ What can these extraordinary facts mean? Can they mean any

thing, but that these three systems are reciprocally connected ?

A suspicion to this effect has been expressed by Milne-Edwards

and M. Quatrefages; but the author claims the merit of having

first produced demonstrative facts which impart to this suspicion

avery probable character. The question admits of more confident

answer in the higher genera. The blood-vessel of the Sipuncle

may be readily exposed: it lies on the intestine in form a bright

pik thread (fig. 10, m, 7); it exists only on one side ; it has no

discoverable correlate on the opposed side of the cylinder ; it is

filled with pink fluid, the corpuscles of which are identical un-

* Op. cit. p. 127.

18*

260 Dr. T, Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

questionably with those floating on the fluid of the peritoneal ca-

vity. The vessel may be readily isolated and placed detachedly

under the eye of the microscope. The blood-corpuscles while in

the vessel continue in ceaseless motion; this motion instantly

ceases upon their escape from the vessel. Vibratile cilia may be

actually seen on the internal lining membrane of the vessel:

the motion is due to their vibration. Miller and Quatrefages

and Dr. Peters incidentally refer to this phenomenon; by

neither of these observers has it been referred to its true cause.

In no other class of animals are the internal surfaces of true blood-

vessels lined with cilia; it is because in the Echinoderms the

blood-system is rudimentarily formed, that this aberrant pheeno-

menon is intelligible. It is in the Echinoderms that the blood-

proper system first appears in the zoological series. Nature’s

first effort is imperfect ; the system is not independent of, closed

off from, the other fluid systems of the organism ; it derives its

contents from those of the visceral cavity. The water-vascular

system is exclusively locomotive and suctorial in function ; it

nowhere exhibits connexion with the branchial organs. Its fluid

contents however indubitably communicate in some manner with

those of the peritoneal cavity ; the microscope proves them to

be identical. In the Holothuridan genera these admit of more

complete solution. In them the three systems exist under a

pronounced form. The blood-system is more highly developed

than in the inferior Echinoderms; it supplies branches to the

tentacles, to the integuments, and forms a mesenteric plexus.

The cavity of the body is notwithstanding filled by a highly cor-

pusculated fluid, which penetrates into the hollow of the ten-

tacles, and comes into near contact with the surrounding ele-

ment through the fenestre of the integument. In this genus

then the two fluid systems are separately submitted to the pro-

cess of aération. The parietes of the tentacles bear a ramifica-

tion of true blood-vessels. Their hollow axes are filled with

chylaqueous fluid. But in the Holothuride a fourth system of

fluids is superadded—that of the respiratory tree. The meaning

of the respiratory tree is even now enigmatical ; it consists of a

cecal, subdivided tube, filled with sea water, and communicating

openly with the cloaca. It floats in the fluid of the visceral cavity.

Its parietes are not supplied by a plexiform vascular system. The

plexus formed by the blood-vessels lies in the folds of the me-

sentery, and belongs to the intestine ; it exhibits no connexion

with the respiratory tree. What then can be the signification of

this excentric and paradoxical organ? Every comparative phy-

siologist from Tiedemann to Miiller has recognised in it a true

respiratory organ ; but in what possible manner can it accomplish

such a function? The sea water admitted into its interior can-

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 261

not affect the true blood ; its parietes are not supplied by blood-

bearing plexuses. The latter are remotely situated. To what

uses then is it dedicated? It is surrounded by, it floats in the

mass of the chylaqueous fluid. From their relative positions, it

is manifest that the fresh sea water admitted into the respiratory

tree either itself, or the air by which it is charged, passes by en-

dosmose through the partition of the parietes, and that the chyl-

a ueous fluid in the closed visceral cavity, either itself, or the

gases by which it becomes impregnated, passes out info the

respiratory tree by exosmose. This is the real function of the

“respiratory tree of the Holothuria.” It is an excentric appa-

ratus artfall provided, to renovate the composition and re-

plenish the volume of the chylaqueous fluid. Thus is pre-

sented a summary statement of the mechanism of respiration in

the Echinoderms.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIl.

Fig, 1. Plan in outline of an Asteroid Zoophyte: a & d, visceral cavity or

ao between stomach and exterior of the body in which the

ylaqueous fluid is contamed; 5. shows the mode in which the

es are supposed by some observers to terminate im and

open into the stomach itself; c, orifice at the bottom of stomach.

Fig. 2. Plan of Hydraform Polype: a, base of tentacle opening into the

Ooh Some areole c; 5, stomach.

Fig. 3. iniform Polype: 6, visceral cavity; a, orifice at bottom com-

municating with this cavity ; ce, tubular base of tentacle ; d, cilia

lining the interior of tentacle.

Fig. 4. Plan of a Bryozoon: a, base of tentacle communicating with the

visceral cavity 0.

Fig. 5. Plan of Rhizostoma (Medusa): b, digestive sac; d, c, gastro-vas-

cular canal.

Fig. 6. Horizontal plan of the same: a, centre of digestive sac b; ¢, d,

gastro-vascular canals.

Fig. 7. Vertical plan of a Ciliograde Medusan, Pleurobranchus : c, d, gastro-

vascular canals.

Fig. 8. Section of an arm of Asterias: a, mouth; e, opening from mouth

into the digestive cecum J; ¢, its further cecal end ; h, cavity or

body filled with the chylaqueous fluid ; f, f, membranous tubular

and cecal processes (the true branchie of the Starfish),

Fig. 9. Vertical imaginary section of Echinus: a, mouth ; }, anus ; d, vis-

ceral cavity ; e, intestine ; f,f,f, hollow membranous processes—

the true branchiz of the Echinus ; g, suctorial processes.

Fig. 10. Head and neck of Sipuncle: B, transverse section of one of the

branchiz, ciliated within and without ; C, the same, viewed trans-

parently ; 7, coiled intestine; 2, corpuscles of chylaqueous fluid;

m, j, blood-vessel ; n, visceral cavity.

Fig. 11. A piece of the skin of Sipuncle showing the branchial fenestre

d,d,d: a, a pigmented epidermal cell in the centre of the unpig-

mented area 6; ¢, pigmented cells of the intervals between the

fenestra.

[To be continued. |

262 Mr. E. L. Bayard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

XXVI.—Notes on the Ornithology of Ceylon, collected during

_an eight years’ residence in the Island. By Evcar Leorotp

‘Layarp, C.C.S.

[Continued from p. 176.]

68. Prprisoma acixE, Blyth. -

I procured a single pair of these birds along the Central road,

but know nothing of their habits.

69. OrrHoTomUS LONGICAUDA, Gmel.

Everywhere common. It builds in brvad-leaved shrubs ; the

nest is generally composed of cottony fibres mingled with horse-

hair, and enclosed between two leaves whose edges are sown

together with cobweb. I once saw a nest built among the nar-

row leaves of the oleander (Neriwm odorum) ; it was constructed

entirely of cocoa-nut fibre, and at least a dozen leaves were drawn

into the shape of a dome, and securely stitched together, a

small entrance being left at one side. The eggs usually are from

three to five in number, of a greenish white colour, with reddish

quadrangular blotches at the thick end. The favourite prey of

this species is spiders, and their cheerful ery of “pretty, pretty,”

may be heard at all hours of the day among the coppices, through

which with elevated tails and abrupt jerking motions they hunt

for them.

70. CisticoLa oMALURA, Blyth, J. A. 8. xvii.

I first discovered this species in 1847 in paddy fields near

Galle, and subsequently found it sparingly about Colombo, and

abundantly in the fields of gingelle (Sesamum orientale) at Pt.

Pedro. hen alarmed they drop down to the roots of the

grasses, and are flushed with difficulty. Their flight is weak, and

sustained by short jerks, and when on the wing they utter a

faint but not unpleasing chipping note.

Dr. Kelaart says of this species, that “ it is found in great

abundance on Horton plains and Nuwera Elia, where they build

their nests among the long patna grasses and reeds.”

71. Cisticoia cursiTans, Blyth.

Is much less common than the preceding, and. though found

in the same locality, it frequents trees and jungle. Dr. Kelaart

states he procured it abundantly at Trincomalie.

72. Drymoica vaAutipA, Blyth, J. A. 8. xx. 180.

Peculiar to Ceylon. Discovered by myself in 1848, and de-

scribed by Mr. Blyth in J. A. 8. xvii. under the name of D.

Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 263

robusta. It frequents tufts of grass and low bushes in dry

situations. It is rather a rare bird, and feeds on small insects

of all kinds, which it seeks amid the bushes. It generally hunts

in small parties, and traverses the branches up and down in a

similar manner to O. longicauda. The iris is a light red-brown.

73. Drymorca rnornata, Sykes.

Is common about marshes ; it builds among reeds, the tops of

which it draws together into a dome over the nest. The eggs,

generally four in number, are verditer with purplish blotches

and wavy lines which increase in density at the obtuse end.

74, Print socra.is, Sykes.

I obtained this species at Pt. Pedro in the fine grain fields ; in

habits it resembles C. omalura.

75. ACROCEPHALUS DUMETORUM, Blyth.

Mr. Blyth identifies our Ceylon bird with this species, but it

is a distinctly marked variety with a faint greenish shade upon

all its plumage. It is not uncommon, widely distributed, and to

the best of my knowledge, migratory.

76. PHYLLopNevstTE NitIDvs, Blyth, J. A. S. xii. 965.

Migratory ; appearing in Colombo in October, and frequenting

all kinds of jungle. Its iris is dark hair-brown.

77. PHYLLOPNEUSTE MONTANUS, Blyth.

Mr. Blyth, in his Catalogue of the Birds in the Museum of the

Asiatic Society of Bengal, gives the Himalayas as the habitat of

this species ; I procured it on the low plains of Pt. Pedro, where

also another Himalayan bird, Lanius erythronotus, Vigors, is

common. The present species is migratory, and abounds in low

thick bushes in company with

78. PHYLLOPNEUSTE VIRIDANUS, Blyth.

The irides of both are dark hair-brown.

79. Corsycuus sauLaris, Linn. Polichia, Cing. Caravy coo-

roovt, Mal. ; lit. Charcoal Bird.

This familiar household bird is called the ““ Magpie Robin” by

Europeans, and the natives regard it with as much interest as we

do our own red-breasted favourite, of which it is the Eastern repre-

sentative. It is seldom seen away from habitations, about which

it usually builds, though the nest is often placed in a thick bush

264 Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

or hollow tree. The eggs, commonly four in number, are

bright blue, thickly spotted with brown at the obtuse end. The

food is insects of all kinds, and in all stages, captured on the

ground and on trees. They have a variety of notes, and the

song poured out in the fulness of their joy in the pairing season

is very pleasing. On the top of a towering cotton-tree, opposite

my last residence in Colombo, a magpie robin daily for some

weeks charmed me with his song, whilst his mate sat brooding

her eggs, or callow nestlings, in the roof of a native hut beneath

him. One morning, after the young had left their cradle and be-

taken themselves to the neighbouring compounds, I was attracted

by cries of distress from various birds and squirrels, and above

all I heard the seemingly plaintive mewing of a cat. I had no

living specimen of the last in my museum, so wondering what

could be the matter, went into my garden to see. I found the

mewing proceeded from my friends the robins, who were furiously

attacking something in a bush, whilst the birds and squirrels

screamed in concert. There I found one of the young robins,

whose plumage by the way at that early age much resembles

that of the European bird, being brown speckled with yellow,

caught as I thought in the tendrils of a creeper; I put out my

hand to release it, when to my surprise I saw the glittering eyes

of the green whip snake (Trimesurus viridis, Lacép.), in whose

fangs the bird was struggling. I seized the reptile by the neck

and. rescued the bird, but too late ; it lay panting in my hand for

a few moments, then fluttered and died. On skinning it I found

no wound, except on the outer joint of the wing by which it had

been seized, and am confident that fear alone deprived it of life.

A favourite attitude of this species is standing, with the tail

elevated over the back, either perpendicularly or thrown so much

forward as to nearly touch the head, the wings drooping ; in this

position they only utter a low note. Swainson has described as

Gryllivora rosea a bird of this species; it is probably nothing

more than one whose feathers were stained by the dust of our red

kabook soil. During the long dry season some of our birds be-

come so discoloured with this that they are useless as specimens.

80. CorpsycHus MAcRouURUS, Gmel.

The first time that I fell in with this exquisite songster will

ever be impressed on my memory as connected with the ,

beauties of tropical scenery. I arrived at Kandy one evening,

and started the next morning collecting, and by chance took the

road round the hill at the back of the Pavilion, called “ Lady

Horton’s Walk.” A few birds, which though common there,

were rare in the Southern Province, had rewarded my labour.

Mr. E: 1. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 265

The morning air was deliciously cool and bracing, both from the

altitude and a shower of rain that had fallen over night, and I

walked joyously along, delighted with my birds, and the luxuriant

vegetation around me ; at length under a bank I saw a fine shell,

then new to my collection; my attention was thus confined to

the side of the road in hopes of finding another, and uncon-

sciously I reached a bend at the summit of the hill. Here a

singular scene presented itself. I stood on the edge of an

abrupt descent ; at the bottom of this, stretched like an ocean, lay

a thick fog bank, through which the tops of some lofty cocoa-

nut trees here and there appeared, like beacons marking the site

of submerged villages; all was silent, save that the occasional

voice of some denizen of the grove showed that the feathered

tribes were awakening. Suddenly the sun broke forth in its

splendour, and with it a light breeze sprung up, the fog seemed

endued with life, and heaved and rolled in noble masses ; pre-

sently it rose a little and moved away down the valley melted

into air, and a glorious landscape burst upon me. Below,

meandering like a silver ribbon through the rich green patnas,

wound the Mahavilla Ganga ; here brawling over rocks, it fell in

mimic cascades whitening the surface with foam, or flowing

stilly, its darkness betrayed its depths. Far away stretched a

noble expanse of patna, broken occasionally by belts of forest,

and dotted with small clumps or isolated trees, till it was bounded

by a lofty range of mountains, whose tops glowed in the light of

the morning sun as if bathed in flame. Behind me and on the

ledge where I stood, some gigantic forest trees reared their heads,

them aged trunks covered with ferns and air plants. Imme-

diately below my feet, reaching to the river, stretched a dense

mass of foliage, relieved here and there by the graceful feathery

branches of the areka or jaggery palm, or the vast leaves of the

talipat. All nature seemed to awake—the woodlands resounded

with the coomg of doves and the voices of hidden songsters.

The green and yellow and red lizards (Calotes viridis and versi-

color) crept up the topmost sprays of the bushes and sunned

‘themselves, while the heavy flight of the gorgeous black and

yellow butterfly (Papilio darsius), dipping into the mingled

flowers which tempted it, contrasted pleasmgly with the light

and airy floating of the sombre-hued sylph butterfly (Hestia

hyblea). 1 gazed with delight upon a scene so fair and so con-

genial to the eye of a field naturalist, till, unpleasantly re-

minded by a sharp pricking about my legs, that I stood too

near the grassy margin of the road and was in the midst of land

leeches, who delight in blood and not in scenery, I was covered

with them, having forgotten my leech gaiters, and had no re-

source but to retreat to a large stone, and pick them off as well

266 Mr. EE. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

as I could. So employed, I remarked that one of the songs

which so charmed me was new; it came from a dark part of the

jungle, and regardless of the tormenting leeches, I crept in on

hands and knees, and peering about discovered a lovely bird,

with two long and broad tail-feathers, piping most sweetly.

Poor thing! its melody caused its destruction, and as its bright

eye became dim, I thought there were many kinds of blood-seek-

ing land leeches in this world.

Often since, but only in dense jungles and at early morn, or

amid the lengthening shadows of evening, have I heard the clear

note of the Copsychus, and that lovely scene has recurred to me

in vivid distinctness.

81. Pratincoia capRrata, Blyth.

I procured specimens of this bird at Ambegamoa, and Dr. Ke-

laart includes it in his list as “found in the lower parts of the

Kandian country.”

82. Pratincoua aTRATA, Kelaart.

Of this species Dr. Kelaart writes,—“ Confined to the high-

lands; we have not met with it on lower hills than Rambodde.

It is very numerous on the plains of Nuwera Elia, sometimes

seen in pairs and often singly. The male bird perches on a twig

of a small plant, or on a reed, and the female on the ground not

far off; but rarely more than two or three pairs are seen in the

same locality. They frequent gardens and flower-beds in search

of insects.”

I procured a pair at the foot of Adam’s Peak.

83. CaLLiore cyana, Blyth.

A few specimens procured at Pt. Pedro, in passage, about the

middle of October 1851.

84. THamNnosia FuLIcATA, Linn. Cary cooroovi, Mal. ; lit. Black

Bird.

This is another of our household favourites, frequenting equally

the Governor’s palace and the native hut. It is never seen in the

unfrequented jungle, but like the cocoa-nut tree, which the Cin-

galese assert will only flourish within the sound of the human

voice, is found about the habitation of man. It feeds on in-

sects of all kinds, and like its congener the magpie robin, sits

much upon house-tops or fences, with its tail elevated, and utters

a pleasing song. I have procured their nests, which are composed

of hair, mosses and dry grasses, in the months of June and July

Mr: E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 267

in Colombo, in December and April in the north. The eggs are

from three to five in number.

85. Cyanecuna suecica, Linn.

I procured a few specimens at Ambegamoa in the month of °

March, but have not seen them elsewhere.

86. Syivia AFFInis, Blyth.

I noticed a few of this species at Ambegamoa in the year

1848, but I never afterwards met with it.

‘

87. Parus cinEREvs, Vieill.

This titmouse is not uncommon throughout the island; its

habits resemble those of our own well-known bird, hunting in

small parties, and flitting from tree to tree.

88. ZosTEROPS PALPEBROSUS, Temm.

The “ white eye” is common in the southern and midland

districts, but rare towards the north. It is usually found in

small parties creeping about blossoming trees, examining the

flowers where it finds its food. It builds a cup nest fixed in the

fork of two branches.

Dr. Kelaart includes—

89. ZosTEROPS ANNULOsvs, Swains.,

among the birds he procured in the hills, but writes, “ We fear

that the Nuwera Elia Zosterops is wrongly identified. It is of a

darker green than the common Z. palpebrosus.” I however

much doubt the distinctness of this and the preceding, and also

of the two succeeding species.

90. I6ra Zeytanica, Gmel. Kirikahaye and Ca-cooroolla, Cing. ;

lit. Yellow Bird (being also the native designation of the

two preceding species). Mam-palla-cooroovi, Mal. ; lit.

Mango Fruit Bird, from its colour.

Is extremely abundant, generally found in pairs creeping about

trees. The note of this pretty little bird is a clear bell-like

whistle, which may be imitated on an octave flute.

91. Iérna Typuia, Linn.

If this is really distinct from I. Zeylanica, we also have it,

and in the same localities.

268 Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

92. MoracrLta BoARULA, Linn.

Of this I have seen but two specimens, and those I shot off

the summit of an American cork-wood tree, in the Botanical

Garden at Kew, on the Colombo Lake. However, Dr. Kelaart

writes, “that it is generally seen on the highland patnas.”

93. Moracitia Inpica, Gmel. Gomarita, Cing. ; lit. —

spreader.

This elegant little bird is frequently met with in shady pla

where cattle have been. They scratch among the ordure in

search of the larvee of insects, hence their native name. Migratory.

94. Moracirra Mapraspatana, Briss.

I detected a single specimen in a collection of birds formed

by F. W. Gisburne, Esq., C.C.S., in the Jaffna Peninsula. I

do not know the exact locality where it was killed, but. believe

it to have been in the island of Valenny.

95. BupytEs viripis, Scop.

Common on all open grass land, either in the mountainous or

lowland districts. It is migratory, visiting us about the end of

October and staying till May.

96. Anruus Ricuarp1,Temm. Pullu puraki, Mal.; lit. Worm

Picker,—a name common to all the genus and to the

Alaudine.

Common and widely distributed, affecting low pasture lands.

They rise in the air to a slight altitude, and sing like the Euro-

pean skylark (but not so sweetly) and return to perch on low

bushes. In common with all our Pipits, they feed on small

grubs and worms.

97. ANTHUS RUFULUS, Vieill.

Is far more abundant than the last and is found in large open

plains, whilst 4. Richardt prefers the vicinity of trees. It breeds

in May, in a small depression of the soil or tuft of grass, slightly

lined with dead fibres ; the eggs, usually five in number, are of a

verditer ground, freckled with minute brown spots.

98. AntHUs sTRIOLATUS, Blyth, J. A. S. xvi. 435.

According to Dr. Kelaart is very common at Nuwera Elia. I

obtained a few specimens at Eaipenally, on the lovely open plain

where the village is situated.

Mr. B. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. — 269

99. Bracuypreryx Pa.uisert, Kelaart.

One of the novelties added by Dr. Kelaart to our Ceylon

fauna; he obtained it at Nuwera Elia and Dimboola; it is

however rare.

100. DrymocataPHus FuUscocAPILLUS, Blyth.

This genus was established by my friend Mr. Blyth for the

reception of a small bird, of which but two specimens fell under

my_ notice. One I killed with a blow-pipe, in my garden in

Colombo, the other I shot in the Central road; their stomachs

contained insects. The birds crept about bushes and shrubs

like Dumetia albogularis. Mr. Blyth’s description and remarks

are as follows: “ Like Dr. nigrocapitatus, but the supercilia, uni-

form with the lores; ear-coverts, sides of neck, throat, and

entire under-parts, pale ferruginous brown, a little deeper on the

breast ; coronal feathers dark brown, margined with dusky black

and pale striped, rest of the upper parts uniform grayish olive-

brown ; the primaries margined paler and the extreme tips of

the tail-feathers rufescent ; bill pale, the upper mandible dusky ;

feet pale. Length about 6} in., the wing 2 in., and tail 23 in. ;

bill to gape +4 in., and tarsi 1 in.”

101. AxcrpPe NIGRIFRONS, Blyth.

Peculiar to Ceylon and widely distributed. I discovered it in

1848. It frequents low impenetrable thickets, and its curious

note often betrays its propinquity, when itself is closely hid.

The irides are pale straw colour, and an egg which I took from

the abdomen of the bird in the month of June was pinkish,

spotted with dark purple.

Of this species Mr. Blyth says, “ Closely affined to A. atriceps,

Jerdon, from which it differs in not having the whole crown

black, but only the forehead continued as a line backward over

each eye and the ear-coverts. The tail also is darker and

distinctly rayed with dusky black. General hue fulvous brown

above and on the flanks and lower tail-coverts ; rest of the under

parts pure white, the axillaries tinged with rufescent. Wing

2} in.”

102. Pirra pracuyura, Jerd. Tota collan, Mal.; lit. Garden

Thief. Avitchia, Cmg., from its cry, which the syllables

pronounced slowly and distinctly, thus A-vitch-i-a, much

resemble.

This lovely ant thrush is very common, but more often seen

than heard. It is wary and shy in its habits, and frequents

270 Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

tangled brakes and the ill-kept native gardens. It preys much

upon ants and resorts to the same hill for days together. It

seldom alights on trees, only perhaps when alarmed, but keeps

exclusively to the ground, or to the lowest branches of the un-

derwood. It is migratorial, preceding the snipe in its arrival

and departure.

103. OreocrncLa spitopreRA. Val-avitchia,.Cing. ; lit. Wild

Avitchi. Blyth, J.A. 8. xvi. 142, as

Peculiar to Ceylon and only found in the hilly zone, affecting

- high trees. I procured a specimen or two, both at Ambegamoa

and Gillymally. Dr. Kelaart does not appear to have met with

it at Nuwera Elia, for though he includes it in his catalogue, he

does so on the authority of Mr. Blyth. Dr. Templeton discovered

this species.

104. Meruta Waronit, Jerdon,

and

105. Mervuta Kinnisstt, Kelaart.

Neither of these have fallen under my immediate notice.

Dr. Kelaart procured the first at Dimboola and the second nu-

merously at Nuwera Elia. Mr. Mitford shot one (the only animal

life he saw there) at the very summit of Adam’s Peak, feeding

on the crumbs of rice thrown out by the pilgrims as an offering

to Buddha; and when Mr. Thwaites, the Superintendent of the

Botanical Gardens, botanized on the Peak, he also saw a bird

there, though it was ‘much too soon for the pious offerings.

Male jet-black, with orange-coloured legs, bill, and cere sur-

rounding the eye. Female ashy; billand feet yellow. Length

9 in. ; of wing 42 in. ; tail 4 in.; bill to gape 14 in. ; tarsi 14 in,

106. GaRRULA CINEREIFRONS, Blyth.

Another addition to our fauna by Dr. Kelaart. I do not know

where he found it, but I obtained several specimens along the

banks of the Calloo Ganga, about forty miles inland from Cal-

tura, and one at Pallabaddoola, close to the source of the river in

the Peak range. In habits it much resembles the Malacocerci,

hunting in small parties and incessantly calling to each other.

In the stomachs of those I examined were grubs, small snails,

coleoptera and seeds. Affined to G. Delesserti of the Nilgiris,

but differing much in its colouring. General hue a rich brown

above, much paler below; forehead and cheeks pure ashy; chin

and borders of the outer primaries albescent ; bill blackish; legs

dusky corneous. Length 8} im. ; of wing 43 in.; tail 4in., the

outermost feathers 14 in. less; bill to gape 14 in.; tarsi 14 in~

Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon 271

‘107. Pomatoruinus MELANURUS, Blyth, J. A. S. xvi. 451.

I long considered this one of our rarest birds, and had but a

single specimen which I obtained from a native. However, gomg

on duty, a few miles from Colombo, on the road to Kandy, in the

low, scrubby and almost impenetrable brushwood, growing on

the chenas which had fallen out of cultivation, I found these

birds in abundance in small parties of six or eight, their singular

ehurring ery resounding in all directions. Ialso found it in the

Balcadua Pass, and Dr. Kelaart at Nuwera Elia. They creep

about bushes like the Certhiad@, and feed on insects.

aia 108. Matacocercus eRisevs, Gmel.

» Ineluded by Dr. Kelaart in his list, sed non vidi.

109. Matacocercus Bencaensts, Briss. M. striatus, Swains.

Demalichia, Cing. Punil, Mal. Pastru bragaru, Port.

Mud Bird, Enghsh.

This is one of our commonest birds, frequenting the road-

sides and scratching among fallen leaves and the ordure of

animals for its insect prey. They are always seen in small parties

varying from three to seven, according to the number of young

Ones in a nest, which seem to remain with their parents until

the period of incubation again commences, when they separate

_ to form families of their own. When alarmed an old bird utters a

Piping note, making several prodigious hops, and takes to flight ;

is example is followed by all the rest in succession, and the

whole party wing their way in a long file, alternately beating

the air with heayy strokes, or sailing along on their rounded

wings to a place of safety. Their nest is composed of fibres ~

(generally those of the cocoa-nut husk), and placed in low bushes.

So loosely is the structure put together that the eggs are plainly

visible through it; they are of a perfect oblong and of a lovely

blue verditer colour.

110. Matacocercus RuFEscENS, Blyth, J. A. S. xvi. 453.

Kalaparandal, Cing.

This new species of Malacocercus was discovered by Dr. Tem-

pleton, R.A., and deseribed Joc. cit. It is peculiar to the island

and confined to the southern and midland districts, in thick

jungle only. In habits it resembles the preceding species, but

conceals its nest with so much care, that I never succeeded in

obtaining information about it, even from the natives. The iris

is white, and the cere round the eye, of the bill and of the legs,

is a bright orange-yellow.

272 Rev. P. B. Brodie on the Lias at Fretherne near Newnham,

111. Dumertia atsocuaris, Blyth, J. A. 8. xvi. 453.

Confined to the vicinity of Colombo and not uncommon ; it is

generally found in small flocks about the cinnamon and other

low bushes, creeping about in search of insects.

112. Curysomma Sr1nensg, Lath.

This bird, or a pale variety, is not unfrequent near Caltura

and in the Pasdoom Corle. I also observed a few specimens in

the Anarajahpoora Wanny.

It hunts in small flocks about low bushes.

[To be continued. }

XXVII.—Remarks on the Lias at Fretherne near Newnham, and

Purton near Sharpness ; with an Account of some new Forami-

nifera discovered there ; and on certain Pleistocene Deposits in

the Vale of Gloucester. By the Rev. P. B. Bropiz, M.A.,

F.G.S.*

I am afraid that the few observations I have to offer on the

strata and fossils at Fretherne Cliff will present little novelty or

importance ; still there are a few points of interest to which I

wish to draw the attention of our Members, and which seem to

deserve a short notice. The Lias here rises in the shape of a

low cliff at the end of a round hill between Saul and Arlingham. ~

You are aware that the Severn in its course below Longney

makes a great curve, so that the low lands in this district are

bounded on three sides by the river, but the generally flat aspect

of the scenery is relieved by the picturesque and bold outlines of

the Oolitic hills on the east and south-east, and the Palzeozoic

system of May Hill and the Forest of Dean on the west and north-

west. There are several cliffs on the banks of the Severn where

the Lias is exposed between Gloucester and Aust Passage. West-

bury is, I believe, the first of these below Gloucester, which I

have already described (Fossil Insects, p. 58), but most of them

exhibit the lowest beds of the Lias resting on the Red Marl, and

contain a peculiar and on the whole distinct assemblage of or-

ganic remains. ‘To this Fretherne and Purton form an excep-

tion, as the small sections exposed there consist of the lower Lias

overlying the ‘“ Ostrea bed,” equivalent to certain other portions

of the series in the Vale of Gloucester, as at Hatherly, the Leigh,

Piffs Elm, Hardwicke, &c. The upper part of the former cliff

is composed of several layers of grayish white and blue lime-

* Read to the Cotteswold Naturalists’ Club (Meeting at Sharpness),

May 3, 1853.

ere ve

with an Account of some new Foraminifera. 278

stone, often nodular, divided by clay; and contains numerous

fossils, viz. the characteristic Gryphea incurva, Lima gigantea,

Gervillia, Avicula, Pecten, Nautilus, Ammonites, spies and plates

of Echinoderms, and a few other shells. The lower bands pre-

sent the usual alternations of blue limestone and shales, which

are often loaded with broken jomts of Pentacrinites, amongst

which a few heads of the rarer Pentacrinites tuberculatus (Miller)

have been met with. This cliff, however, is particularly interesting,

from the occurrence of a new and fine species of the Brachiopod*,

Orbicula Townshendi (named after the discoverer), and one of

the Foraminifera which I lately found, and which Mr. Rupert

Jones believes will prove to be a true Nummulite+. They occur

in a particular part of the cliff near the centre, and seem to be

confined to one or two bands of limestone, the weathered sur-

faces of which occasionally are covered with them, though,

from the highly crystalline state in which these mimute fossils

are preserved, it is extremely difficult to make out their in-

ternal structure. This is the first occurrence of this genus

in England in any stratum older than the Eocene (Tertiary)

group, and was hitherto supposed to be confined to the Tertiary

series. Ehrenberg proved long ago that many of these minute

organisms among the Foraminifera (which form so important a

part in the composition of many rocks), from the Chalk upwards,

had continued to exist even to the present day, while the con-

temporary forms of a higher order had become extinct, and we

may therefore feel less surprise at the presence of a true Num-

mulite even so low down in the secondary series as the Lias,

although we have no trace of the same genus again until a com-

acct recent epoch, a wide interval of time having elapsed

een its supposed first creation and its reappearance in pro-

fusion in the Tertiary series. So abundant are some of these

fossils in some places abroad, that vast masses of tertiary limestone

are uae} composed of them, and in the Lias at Fretherne they

are generally grouped together in masses.

M. Bouvigny has lately described and figured a Nummulitet

from certain Jurassic strata on the continent, namely the lower

marls belonging to the calcaire & Astartes, which occurs between

the Kimmeridge Clay and the Coral Rag. I had previously

* Mr. C. Moore has lately found several new species of Brachiopoda in the

upper Lias in Somersetshire, and one very curious shell which he thinks

may belong to a new genus, having two bosses at the side. Deslongchamps

has also detected several new forms belonging to this order in the upper

Lias of Normandy, amongst which is a Leptena of large size; all those pre-

viously discovered by Mr. Moore near Ilminster being extremely minute.

See Mr. Davidson’s Seccrast : Paleontographical Society.

Tt See Mr. Jones’s Note, infra.

t Nummulina Humbertina: see Géol. statistique, minér. et paléont. de la

Meuse ; Atlas, p. 47. pl. 31. f. 32-35.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xii. 19

274 Rev. P. B. Brodie on the Lias at Fretherne near Newnham,

observed similar forms in the Lias near Down Hatherley, but

was ignorant of their true characters, for which paleontologists

are indebted to the investigations of the able Assistant Secretary

of the Geological Society, Mr. T. R. Jones, who has already

described new and interesting species of Foraminifera from

various deposits. My friend Mr. C. Moore of Ilminster, a zealous

and able collector and a good naturalist, informs me that although

he has detected fifty new species of Foraminifera in the upper —

Lias and Marlstone of Somersetshire, he has never yet ob-

served a Nummulite. The section at Purton is very small, but

fossils are most abundant ; it appears to be a little higher in the

series than Fretherne Cliff, and is composed of clay and shale,

in which are imbedded rounded blocks and nodules of blue

limestone. Gryphea Macullochii is very abundant, with Pleuro-

tomaria Anglica, Ammonites Bucklandi (a fine specimen of which

was discovered by Lord Ducie), a few of the Nummulites above

referred to, and two other new and interesting species of Forami-

nifera. Some slabs of limestone are covered with many speeies of

minute Univalves. It is at this spot that the Lias is succeeded by

the Upper Ludlow rocks, which crop out on the banks of the

Severn a little further to the west. I confess I have a great affec-

tion for the muddy Lias, as I am indebted to it for a rich store of

insect remains. When I first came into this district, now twelve

years ago, I carefully examined some of the beds of the lower Lias,

belonging to the middle part of the formation in the neighbour-

hood of Gloucester, without success, and I was struck with the

paucity of organic remains (which certainly are not numerous),

although I have since then obtained a few rare and interesting

fossils in them, especially elytra of Coleoptera, about three species

of Corals, and Foraminifera having the appearance of Nummulites.

After a time I visited Wainlode Cliff, where the basement beds of

the Lias are exposed in a fine section resting on the Red Marl.

There for the first time I discovered several wings and small

wing-covers of Beetles in fallen fragments of limestone, which

led me to search more closely, and the result has been a fine

collection of wings, elytra, and a few entire insects from this

division of the Lias, not only in Gloucestershire, but in Somer-

setshire, Worcestershire, and Warwickshire, where these insect

beds are more or less extensively developed, and present many

features of novelty and interest.

I subjoin a Note with which Mr. R. Jones has lately favoured

me, since his renewed examination of these little fossils.

My pear Sir,

The following are the characters of the minute bodies in the

Fretherne limestone, as far as I have been enabled to work

ae a

with an Account of some new Foraminifera. 275

them out. They are discoidal, convex on both sides equally,

Zz inch in diameter, and ,, inch thick in the centre. The

surface is very coarsely granulated, excepting a narrow out-

side border on each face and the edge, which parts are but

slightly roughened. The granulation in some specimens follows

imcier wavy lines from the centre of the dise towards the

border ; in others it is arranged somewhat spirally around the

centre ; more generally, however, it covers the central space

thickly and irregularly. Between the smooth border and the

granulated central part is a slight, narrow depression, which is

stronger in some specimens than in others. The edge is rather

obtuse.

When sections and transparent slices of these little bodies are

examined, the whole body is seen to be coarsely crystalline ; but

by means of lenses of different powers and under a strong micro-

scope several important indications of structure may be recog-

nized. The horizontal sections exhibit internal spiral walls (which

are not, however, in the specimens I have yet manipulated, trace-

able to the very centre), together with short, straight, cross

septa, which latter are very visible in a weather-worn specimen

from Purton. In the vertical sections are seen, on each side of

the median line, the vertical tapering “ columns” (originating

in the local difference of structure in the shell tissue), character-

istic of the Nummulite group, and traces of the central hori-

zontal row of chambers. A line of fracture traverses this series

of chambers, and sometimes brownish patches stain the cale-spar

along this line ; but the shape of these chambers is not satisfac-

torily shown.

I haye not yet been able to recognize the apertures of con-

nexion between the chambers nor the aperture of the last outer

chamber.

The horizontal median line of chambers, spirally arranged, the

vertical “columns,” and the superficial granulations (which are

continuous with the internal “columns ”) are characteristic of

the true Nummulite ; but unfortunately we do not know whether

the position of the apertures of the cells in this little fossil cor-

responds with that in the genus just referred to. Provisionally,

however, it may be regarded as a Nummulite ; and, should you

see no objection, it may be termed Nummulites? lassicus.

This form essentially differs from M. Bouvigny’s Nummulina

Humbertina, especially in external character and in size.

The three Stichostegian Foraminifers from Purton are Denta-

line, belonging to two species. In shape one of them is some-

thing like D. pauperata (D’Orbigny), and the other approaches

D. Lorneiana (D’Orbigny). To describe and name these fossils

without figures would not be advisable.

19*

276 Rev. P. B. Brodie on the Lias at Fretherne near Newnham,

_ I may here add, that some years since I obtained from a spe-

cimen of Lias clay from Gloucestershire some minute fossils

which may be enumerated with the above, viz. a Cristellaria and

a Vaginulina, which were associated with the Spirillina infima

and a few Cytheres.

I am, dear Sir, yours very truly,

T. Rupert Jones.

The Rev. P. B. Brodie, A.M., F.G.S. &e.

Sept. 21, 1853.

I must now draw your attention to certain gravel beds round

Gloucester, which have not been sufficiently or accurately ex-

amined, and which I hope some of our Members will shortly un-

dertake to do. They are evidently of different age; one of the

most reeent appears to be the alluvial deposits on the banks of

the Severn, of which the following section in descending order

affords an example, and was given me by Mr. Edwards, one of

the engineers of the Gloucester and Chepstow Railway.

ft. in.

SIO | cktnassoupepesestvannteracesnegvenns ie

Sand and red clay — .........secseseee 10 8

Light blue clay ....0...ceesssssosees 13 9

POR SE Toutes lola dedi ghs ae deus 2. 0

Red sandy clay....ssccsssccccessosssens 4 0

TRON GRIN <n inkernsknipasaesubanmaped 1 10

FROUGR GYRVOL ~ sc sccscasesvcntessesates fe

Sand and gravel .........sssssesesees 2 0

Ping prrivel oso ccde suite cetsvesuese 5 10

Hand bine: wagh © dcp -scony sscksseeyaas 2 3

Total...... 51 0

The above section was taken close to the Severn at Westgate

(Over) Bridge. No shells are mentioned, but the thickness of the

deposit is worthy of notice. The gravel round Gloucester is

mainly composed of rolled fragments of Oolite and debris of

Lias, and was evidently derived from the Inferior Oolite and

Lias adjacent. Some pretty Oolitic Corals may be found in it,

and occasionally bones and teeth of Elephant, Horse and Deer,

but these are very scarce. During the excavations for the Great

Western Railway at Stroud, many fine remains of Elephant, Rhi-

noceros, Horse, Deer, and Ox were procured from the gravel, and

several of these are now in the collection of our friend and col-

league Professor Buckman. The summit of Wainlode Hill is

capped by a bed of pebbles called the Northern Drift, and is

chiefly made up of rolled and rounded pebbles of ancient rocks

ee ———— ee

with an Account of some new Foraminifera. 277

and some flints, which have travelled from the north and north-

east.

Another and very interesting deposit of gravel occurs in the

neighbourhood of Westbury, which clearly owes its origin to the

destruction of the Old Red Sandstone in the forest, and of the

Silurian rocks of Huntley, May Hill, and Longhope adjoining.

Among other things it contains many beautiful Corals from the

Wenlock limestone. I had hoped to have been able to have in-

vestigated the Pleistocene formation generally in Gloucestershire,

but unfortunately I have not had time to accomplish it, and [

must therefore leave the task to abler and better hands. Of

late these more modern accumulations have deservedly attracted

the attention of geologists, and many interesting facts have been

brought to light respecting them, and it is most desirable that

they should be carefully examined and described in different

localities.

As I am s0 shortly about to leave this neighbourhood, to my

great regret, I may be excused, perhaps, in conclusion, for pay-

ing a parting tribute of regard to the geology of the district, to

which I owe many days of health and happiness, and I can only

say that I know of no other which presents so rich and import-

ant a field of research, or one wherein a diligent and active lover

of science may reap a more productive or abundant harvest.

Within a cireuit of twenty miles, nearly every formation, from

the commencement of the lower Oolite down to the lower Silu-

rian system, may be studied with comparative ease, and a good

suite of fossils from each stratum may be collected. This, as

many of you are well aware, comprises a very extensive series of

rocks of vast extent and thickness, of great value in an cecono-

mical point of view, and containing a varied and widely different

fauna, by which we obtain a knowledge of the earth’s history in

past times, from one of the earliest ages up to a much more

recent period.

The sorrow felt on leaving a neighbourhood so instructive in

natural phenomena is increased by the loss of these pleasant

meetings, and the parting with many scientific friends, whose

companionship has added a charm and a zest to the studies of

the closet and the more active labours of the field, and must ever

afford a great encouragement in the pursuit of those noble ends

and grand discoveries. for which geology is so pre-eminently

distinguished.

278 Zoological Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

July 22, 1851.—John Edward Gray, Esq., F.R.S. &c., Vice-Presi-

dent, in the Chair. -

The following papers were read :—

1. ON THE LARGEST KNOWN SPECIES OF PHALERIDINE Brrp.

By Cuarwes Lucien, Prince BONAPARTE.

Among the new additions lately made to the British Museum I was

struck by one of the dlcide, which I had never seen before, and

which was very properly placed close by two beautiful specimens of

my singular Ceratorrhina, also lately added to the zoological treasures

of the English nation. The bird which is the subject of the present

note is evidently the Labrador Awk of Latham, so miscalled from

the erroneous impression that it came from those eastern shores of

America, but too well described not to be recognized. Gmelin com-

piled his Alca labradora from the description of Latham, and all

those who did not follow him blindly, have referred that indication

to an immature state of the Razor-bill (Mormon arctica), a course in

which they were led by geographical consideration only. Although

our bird belongs to the family of the Alcide, it is not even an Alecine,

as the Razor-bill, but, as is shown by the nakedness of the cere, it

belongs to the other subfamily, or Phaleridine, of which it is at pre-

sent the largest known.

In its family it is certainly allied to Ceratorrhina, but well de-

serving to constitute a genus by itself. The bill still more com-

pressed, is in fact much more angulated beneath, and covered at the

base, not by a bony process or horn, but by a soft membrane or

saddle, which leaves a simple slit along the margins for the imper-

vious nostrils.

Genus novum PHALERIDINARUM.

SACMATORRHINA, Bp. Saddle-Bill.

Rostrum duplo longius quam altum; mazilla ad basin recta cerd

maximd induta, apice incurva; mandibula ultra medium statim

adscendens, angulum obtusum constituens ; nares lineares, mar-

ginales.

As the bird has been so well described by Latham, Mr. G. R. Gray

very properly suggests that its specific name should be taken from

that author.

SaGMATORRHINA LatuHami, Bp. Maxima; nigricans; subtus

albido-fuliginosa: rostro pedibusque rubris; cerd palmisque

nigris.

Long. 16 poll.; rostr. 2 poll. long., 1 altum, 3 latum ad basin, $ ad

med. ; alee 7} poll.; cauda 33; tars. 14; digitorum longissimus 2.

a |

Pe a

Zoological Society. 279

This species is the largest of the subfamily, which is well known

to contain the dwarfs of the Water birds; it is one-third larger than

Ceratorrhina monocerota, of which it has precisely the colouring,

wanting only (at least in the state we have it) the little white feathers

above the eye and at the corners of the mouth. The proportions of

wings, tail, feet and toes are the same: the bill and toes must have

been reddish ; the cere and membranes black. Like the Cerator-

rhina, it seems to be confined to the North-western Arctic regions of

America ; and we are led to believe it does not extend to the Siberian

shores, from the circumstance of its not having been noticed by

Russian naturalists.

The well-marked family of Alcide forms, with the Colymbide,

Podicipide and Spheniscide, the great section of the Urinatores,

which, with the Lamellirostres, constitutes alone the Order Anseres,

as it must be restricted to the web-footed Precoces of Prof. Owen.

The other two sections, Longipennes and Totipalmi, constitute now

the Order Gavie of my Conspectus, being, in fact, web-footed Altri-

ces, which have no more right to remain in daseres than the Pigeons

among the Galline,—than the Herodiones among the Gralla. The

passage between my Gavie or web-footed Altrices, and my Herodiones

or grallatorial Altrices, is beautifully exemplified by that most re-

markable bird the Baleniceps, whose affinity with Pelecanide has so

- well been pointed out, and even exaggerated, by Mr. Gould. On the

other hand, it is no less obvious that the Longipennes, some of which,

with tumid bills, have been considered as Sea-Pigeons, connect them

(the Gavie) with the Columbe; whilst between the two subclasses

the connections and correspondence (affinity and analogy) take place

in different degrees and by different means and sides, chiefly as

exemplified in the following table :—

AVES.

1. ALTRICES (Insessores). 2. PRAECOCES (Grallatores).

1. Psrrract.

2. ACCIPITRES.

3. PASSERES.

a. OSCINES.

6. VoLucrEs.

4. CoLUMB.

a. INEPTI. 8. STRUTHIONEsS.

b. GYRANTES. 9. GALLIN2.

tee ws. 10. ANSERES.

a. TOTIPALMI. a. LAMELLIROSTRES.

6. LONGIPENNES. 4. URINATORES.

6. HeropioneEs. 7. GRALLZA.

a. ALECTRIDES.

&. CuRsoREs.

280 Zoological Society.

2. A Monocrapu or Scutus, A GENUS OF GASTEROPODOUS

MOLLUSCA, BELONGING TO THE FAMILY FIssSURELLID.

By Arruur Apams, R.N., F.L.S. erc.

Genus Scutus, De Montfort.

Animal] with the head proboscidiform ; tentacles thick and subu-

late, with the eyes on tubercles at their outer bases; mantle reflexed

over the sides of, and nearly covering, the shell; sides of foot with a

series of short cirrhi.

Shell oblong, scutiform, flattened ; apex dorsal, oblique, posteriorly

inclined ; margin of aperture sinuated in front ; muscular impression

horse-shoe shaped, open anteriorly.

Parmophorus, Blainv.—Daseinus, Rafin.—Scutellites, Auct.—

Scutum, Sow. jun.—Parmophora, Desh.—Emarginula, sp. Sow.—

Patella, sp. Lamk.

1. Scurus uneuis, Linn.

Patella wnguis, Linn. Mus. Ludovic. Ulric. Regin. p. 69. no. 419.

—Patella ambigua, Chemn.—Scutus antipodis, Montf.—Parmo-

phorus australis, Lamk.—Parm. elongatus, Blainv.

Hab. New Zealand. Mus. Cuming.

2. Scutus eELoneatus, Lamarck.

Patella elongata, Lamk. Ann. du Mus. i. p. 310.—Parmophorus

elongatus, Lamk. Hist.—Emarginula elongata, Sow. Gen.

Hab. East Australia. Mus. Cuming. Also occurs fossil.

3. Scurus GRANULATUS, Blainv.

Parmophorus granulatus, Blainy. Bullet. des Scienc. 1817; Lamk.

Hist. An. s. Vert. vol. vii. pt. ii. p. 5; Reeve, Conch. Syst. pl. 139. f. 4.

Hab. Port Essington, on the rocks, low water. Mus. Cuming.

4. Scurus corrucGatus, Reeve.

Parmophorus corrugatus, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1842; Conch.

Syst. pl. 139. f.1.

Hab. ? Mus. Cuming.

5. Scurus rumipvus, Quoy et Gaimard.

Parmophorus tumidus, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de l’Astrol. pl. 69. f. 6.

—Parm. gibbosus, Anton.—? Parm. breviculus, Blainv. Bull. des Sci.

1817; Sowerby’s Gen. (Emarg.) fig. 2.

Hab. Madagascar. Mus. Cuming.

6. Scurus msricatus, Quoy et Gaimard.

Parmophorus imbricatus, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de l’Astrol. pl. 69.

f..17, 18.

Hab. Island of Burias. Mus. Cuming.

7. Scurus aneustratus, A. Adams. S. testd elongatd, subqua-

drangulari, lateribus angustatis, coarctatis ; dorso plano, con-

centrice striato, vertice subcentrali, postice declinato ; extremi-

tate anticd sinuatd, posticd excurvatd, subelevatd.

Hab. Eastern Seas. Mus. Cuming.

Zoological Society. 281

3. A MonoGRAPH OF THE GENUS MonoptTyGMaA oF LEA.

By Artuur Apams, R.N., F.L.S. erc.

Genus Monorryema, J. Lea. (? Menestho, Miill.)

Animal unknown.

Shell subulately turreted, transversely striated, apex simple, acute ;

aperture oval, longer than wide, rounded and entire in front ; colu-

mella with a single oblique fold.

This genus differs from det@on in being elongated, and in having

an oblique fold, instead of a transverse plait on the columella.

1. Monopryema striata, Gray. WM. testd turrito-subulatd, so-

lidd, olivaced, anfractibus planis, transversim sulcatis, sulcis

profundis, distantibus ; aperturd oblongd, intus albd.

This species, which is typical, is a very thick and strong shell, with

a somewhat convex lateral outline, and strongly transversely grooved

across the flattened whorls. Mus. Cuming.

2. Monopryema Futva, A. Adams. WM. testd turrito-subulatd,

graciliori, solidd, fulvd, anfractibus planis, transversim sulcatis,

sulcis profundis, distantibus ; aperturd oblongd, intus fused.

This elegantly-formed shell is more slender than M. striata, and

of a different colour; the transverse grooves are also much closer

together, and their edges are rounded; the twist of the columella is

not so distinct, and the aperture is brown internally. Mus. Cuming.

3. Monopryema GRANULATA, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-tur-

ritd, albd, solidé, anfractibus planiusculis, gradatis, longitudi-

naliter corrugato-plicatis, transversim sulcatis, sulcis profundis,

valde distantibus ; interstitiis levibus ; aperturd oblongd, colu-

mellé plicd subproductd.

This is a rather short and obtuse white and solid species, very

strongly grooved transversely, and with the whorls longitudinally

corrugately plicated. Mus. Cuming.

4. Monorryema tauta, A.Adams. WM. testd turrito-subulatd,

albidd, tenui, subpellucidd, anfractibus planiusculis, longitudi-

naliter eleganter striatis, transversim sulcatis, sulcis distantt-

bus, interstitiis crenulatis ; aperturd oblonga, columelld obliqud

et curvatd,

A very beautifnlly-sculptured species, dredged from 10 fathoms,

at Bolinao, by Mr. Cuming; the outline is subulated, and the whorls

rather flattened and longitudinally striated. Mus. Cuming.

5. Monopryema amazna, A. Adams. M. testd ovato-acuminaté,

tenui, subpellucidd, albidd, longitudinaliter substriatd, anfrac-

tibus convexiusculis, transversim sulcatis, sulcis valdé distanti-

3 bus, interstitiis eleganter punctatis ; aperturd oblonga, antice

dilatatd, columelld rectd.

This is a most exquisite species, both in form and sculpture; the

whorls are rounded and punctate-striate, and the shell is nearly pel-

lucid; it is from Bolinao, 10 fathoms water. Mus. Cuming.

282 Zoological Society.

6. Monopryema casta, A. Adams. M. testd ovato-turritd, albd,

tenui, semipellucidd, anfractibus convexiusculis, transversim sul-

catis, sulcis subconfertis, interstitiis pulcherrimé striatis ; aper-

turd oblonga, antice productd, columelld obliqud, subtortuosd.

This pure white ovate form is from the China Seas, being collected

by the writer during the Voyage of H.M.S. Samarang. The whorls

are grooved, with the interstices striated. Mus. Cuming.

7. Monoptyema speciosa, A. Adams. WM. testd turritd, subu-

latd, albidd, tenui, semipellucidd, anfractibus octo, convewxius-

culis, suturd profundd, cingillis transversis elevatis, interstitiis

concinne cancellatis, ornatd; aperturd oblongo-ovali, columella

subrectd, superne plicd obliqud subobsoletd instructd.

Hab. Baclayon; Philippines. Mus. Cuming.

An elegant semipellucid species, resembling an elongated Acton,

with the whorls encircled with elevated cingilli, and the interstices

cancellated.

8. MonopryGma sprrata, A. Adams. WM. testd turritd, albd,

epidermide fusco tectd, anfractibus octo, planiusculis, gradatis,

suturd canaliculatd, plicis longitudinalibus, angustis, confertis,

et sulcis transversis decussatim ornatd ; aperturd are labio

plicd uniced obliqud instructo.

Hab. Camaguin; Philippines. Mus. Cuming:

A small turreted species, covered, in the living state, with a light

brown epidermis, and with the surface regularly and beautifully de-

cussated with raised lines.

9. MonopryGMa TENELLA, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-turritd,

albd, subpellucidd, anfractibus quatuor, convexiusculis, trans-

versim tenuiter striatd; aperturd ovali, labio subreflexo, plicd

obsoletd instructo; labro dilatato, margine flexuoso incrassato

et subreflexo.

Hab. Philippine Islands. Mus. Cuming.

A small Rissoa-like shell, with only a faint indication of a plait on

the columellar lip; the aperture dilated, and the outer lip expanded

and slightly thickened anteriorly.

10. MonoptyGmMa stytina, A. Adams. WM. testd subulatd, in

medio incrassato, albd, subpellucidd, anfractibus 9-12, planius-

culis, transversim tenuiter sulcatd, longitudinaliter substriatd ;

aperturd oblongd, labio superne plicd obliqud instructo ; labro,

in medio, subrecto.

Hab. Catanuan; Philippines. Mus. Cuming.

A remarkable white subulate shell, with the middle whorls, espe-

cially those near the apex, enlarged.

11. MonopryGMa sutuRALISs, A: Adams. M. testd subulato-

turritd, subumbilicatd, albd, nitidd, subdiaphand, anfractibus

septem planis, suturd canaliculatd, transversim suleatd, an-

Ee eS ee ee a

Zoological Society. 283

fractu ultimo subsoluto, fasciis angustis, albo articulatis, or-

nato; aperturd oblongo-ovali, labio plied evanidd instructo.

Hab. Philippine Islands. Mus. Cuming.

A small white species, with the last whorl nearly free, and having

the suture deeply channeled.

4. DEscRIPTIONS OF NEW SHELLS, FROM THE CUMINGIAN COL-

LECTION ; WITH A NOTE ON THE GENUS NEMATURA.

By Artruur Apams, R.N., F.L.S. erc.

PyRAMIDELLA METULA, A. Adams. P. testd subulatd, turritd,

apice obtusiusculo, albidd anfractibus decem planulatis, longi-

tudinaliter costatd, costis confertis equantibus, interstitius

lineis transversis elevatis ornatd ; aperturd ovali, labio incras-

sato, in medio plicd unicd instructo; labro margine subin-

crassato.

Hab. Mizamis, Cagayan. Mus.

A small elongated species, somewhat aeabing a Rissoina, with

the intervals between the ribs finely cancellated, and the whorls very

numerous.

_ Pyramipetxa acuis, A. Adams. P. testd subulatd albd nitidd,

anfractibus octo planiusculis longitudinaliter plicatd, plicis

equalibus subconfertis, interstitiis levibus; aperturd semiovaté,

labio subincrassato plicd unicd munito ; labro subdilatato.

Hab. Philippmes. Mus. C

_ This is a slender subulate species, ‘likewise resembling in appear-

ance a Rissoina.

Lacuna CARINIFERA, A. Adams. L. testd ovaté, spird acuminaté,

anfractibus quatuor, laté umbilicatd, fulvd, anfractu ultimo

angulato, carind transversd elevatd, rufo-fusco articulaté, or-

nato; aperturd semiovatd ; labro acuto, angulato, labio recto,

fissurd umbilicali elongatd.

Hab. Borneo. Mus. Cuming.

The single prominent keel round the periphery of the last whorl

is the principal feature of this species.

Vexvutina Sirxensis, A. Adams. JV. testd nigro-fuscd, epider-

mide liris elevatis transversis confertis obtectd, longitudinali-

ter valdé sulcatd, sulcis subdistantibus ; aperturd ovali, intus

suleatd ; labro margine reflexo, nigro, incrassato ; postice non-

producto supra anfractum ultimum.

Hab. Sitka. Mus. Cuming.

The dark brown colour and oval form distinguish this species from

PV. ote which also has the outer lip arched and expanded poste-

riorly

OTINA FUSCA, A. Adams. O. testd magnd, solidd, semiopacd,

Sused, sine epidermide, dorso convexd, longitudinaliter subpli-

catd, transversim tenuiter striatd, labio lato, plano, et exca-

vato ; labro recto, non reflexo aut expanso.

Hab. Benguela. Mus. Cuming.

284, Zoological Society.

The large size of this species, and its convex form, distinguish it

from O. otis, and its absence of bands, and the outer lip not being ex-

panded, from O. zonata, Gould, the only two species at present known

to me.

5. Nore on Nematura, sy A. Apams.

The genus Nematura, established by Mr. Benson, appears to have

the closest affinity with Bithynia of Leach, but the horny opercu-

lum, with grooved margins, and the contraction of the aperture, will

distinguish them. There appear to have been found at present but

six species, three of them known, and three here indicated for the

first time ; in the rivers and streams of the East are doubtless many

more; they are usually found adhering to the under surface of dead

floating leaves.

1, Nematrura Detra#, Benson. WN. testd magnd, pallide fulvd,

globosd, levi; aperturd orbiculari, peritremate simplici.

Mus. Cuming.

2. NEMATURA MINIMA, Benson. WN. testd parvd, corned, semi-

pellucidd, ovali, spird subproductd; politd, fasciis rufis sub-

obsoletis ornatd ; aperturd orbiculuri, peritremate simplici.

Mus. Cuming.

3. Nematura pouitTa, Sowerby. WN. testd magnd, castaneo-

Suscd, compressd, subvaricosd ; aperturd ovali, peritremate an-

ticé striato; regione umbilicali lird callosd cireumdato ; punc-

tato-striatd.

Mus. Cuming.

4. Nematura oxivacea, A. Adams. WN. testd ovatd, opacd,

olivaced, viridi-fusco reticulatd ; aperturd ovali, spird elevatd,

apice decollato, peritremate simplici.

Mus. Cuming.

5. NeMATURA GLABRATA, A. Adams. WN. testd magnd, ovatd,

non compressd aut varicosd, subviridi-corned ; spird acutd,

apice acuminato, levi, politd ; aperturd orbiculari, angustatd,

peritremate nigro.

Hab. Penang. Mus. Cuming.

6. NEMATURA PUNCTICULATA, A. Adams. WN. testd mediocri,

pallide fulvd, compressd, anfractu ultimo gibboso, et subangu-

lato ad latera, lineolis punctatis transversis ornatd, peritre-

mate simplici.

Hab. Eastern Islands. Mus. Cuming.

6. A MoNoGRAPH OF THE RECENT SPECIES OF RIMULA, A GENUS

oF MOLLUSCA, BELONGING TO THE FAMILY FIssSURELLIDZ.

By Artruur Apams, R.N., F.L.S. erc.

The genus Rimula of Defrance has been usually confounded with

Puncturella of Lowe, or the Cemoria of Leach, but it is at once

Zoological Society. 285

distinguished by the absence of the arcuated plate in the interior of

the vertex. The species already known are fossil, to which we now

add a few recent examples.

Genus Rruvta, Defrance.

Shell conical, with an elevated, recurved, entire vertex, turned

towards the posterior end; surface cancellated, with radiating ribs ;

a linear perforation in the upper part of the shell, half-way between

the vertex and anterior margin; margin of aperture crenulated ; in-

terior simple, with no shelly plate; muscular impression crescentie,

interrupted in front.

1, Rrwvtra exautstra, A. Adams. R. testd magnd, ovali, semi-

pellucidd, albd, costis longitudinalibus, radiantibus, lineisque

elevatis, transversis, concentricis, cancellatd ; cancelli subqua-

drati; costis crenulatis, inequalibus, prominentibus, anterio-

ribus duabus divergentibus, interstitiis costellis duabus in-

structis ; supra perforationem concavd ; perforatione elongatd

subquadratd.

Had. Catanuan, island of Luzon and island of Burias, found on

dead shells, 7 and 10 fathoms, sandy mud (H.C.). Mus. Cuming.

2. Rrmuta Cumineu, A. Adams. R. testd parvd, ovatd, opacd,

costellis longitudinalibus, radiantibus, lineisque transversis, cras-

sis, concentricis, cancellatd ; cancelli transversi, elongati ; costis

nodulosis, subequalibus, prominentibus, distantibus, anteriori-

bus duabus antice divergentibus, interstitiis costellis duabus in-

structis, perforatione elongata, subquadratd.

Hab. Eastern Seas. Mus. Cuming.

3. Rimuxta cartnata, A. Adams. R. testd parvd, ovali, costel-

lis simplicibus, permultis, confertis, longitudinalibus, radianti-

bus, ornatd ; interstitiis cancellatis ; cancelli punctiformes ; cos-

tellis duabus anterioribus, antice convergentibus, et apud aper-

ture marginem junctis; interstitiis, supra perforationem, con-

vexis, supra verticem extendentibus, quasi carind ; perforatione

ovali, angustd, antice angustatd.

Hab. Cagayan, province of Misamis, island of Mindanao, on dead

shells, 25 fathoms, sandy mud (H. C.). Mus. Cuming.

4. Rimvuta proprnaua, A. Adams. R. testd parvd, elongato-

ovali; costellis prominentibus, asperis, longitudinalibus, ra-

diantibus, subdistantibus ; interstitiis valde cancellatis ; can-

celli transversi, subquadrati; costellis duabus anterioribus,

antice convergentibus, ad aperture marginem junctis ; perfo-

ratione angustato-ovali, antice acuminata.

Hab. Catapan, Philippines. Mus. Cuming.

286 Zoological Society.

7. A MonoGrapu or PuNCTURELLA, A GENUS OF GASTEROPODOUS

MOoLLUSCA, BELONGING TO THE FAMILY FissuRELLID2.

By Arruur Apams, R.N., F.L.S. etc.

Genus Puncture.ua, Lowe.

Head proboscidiform, tentacles subulate, with the eyes on swell-

ings at their outer base; sides with a range of cirrhi, interrupted be-

hind on each side; mantle-margin simple; branchial plumes two;

anal siphon prominent, forming a truncated membranous canal pro-

jecting from the subapical perforation.

Shell conical, with an elevated, slightly recurved, obliquely spiral

entire yertex, turned towards the posterior end; aperture expanded,

oval; surface with radiating ribs; margin entire; a linear perfora-

tion in the upper part of the shell, between the vertex and front

margin, in the line of an elevated rib. Interior with a linear groove,

vaulted over with a shelly plate corresponding to the perforation ;

muscular impression crescentic, interrupted in front.

Cemoria, Leach, MSS.—Sipho, Brown.—Rimula, Lovén ; Gould ;

Couthouy.—? Diadora, Gray.

1. PuNCTURELLA Noacutna, Linneeus.

Patella noachina, Linn. Mantissa, p. 551; Chemn. Conch. Cab.

vol. xi. p. 186. pl. 197. f. 1927, 1928.— Patella fissurella, Miller.—

Fissurella Noachina, Schum.—Puncturella Noachina, Lowe.—Ce-

moria Flemingii, Leach, MSS.—Cemoria Noachina, Lowe.—Rimula

Flemingii, Macgili.—Rimula Noachina, Couthouy.—Sipho Noachina,

Brown.

Hab. British Islands. Mus. Cuming.

2. PUNCTURELLA CUCULLATA, Gould.

Rimula cucullata, Gould, Expedition, Shells, p. 14.

Hab. Puget Sound.

3. PuNCTURELLA GALEATA, Gould.

Rimula galeata, Gould, Expedition, Shells, p. 14.

Hab. Puget Sound. Mus. Cuming.

4, PuUNCTURELLA CoGNATA, Gould.

Rimula cognata, Gould, Expedition, Shells, p. 14.

Hab. Orange Harbour.

5. Puncture. conica, D’Orb. Voy. Am. Mer.

6. PuncrurELLA FASTIGIATA, A. Adams. PP. testd albidd ele-

vato-conicd, nitidd, vertice acuminato involuto, costellis longitu-

dinalibus equalibus equidistantibus, interstitiis planis lineis

incrementi concentricis; fissurd lanceolatd; aperturd ovali,

margine crenulato, fornice costa, costd valde arcuatd, transver-

sali, simplici.

Hab. Eastern Seas. Mus. Cuming.

ees

Zoological Society. 287

7. PuNCTURELLA PRINCEPS, Mighels and Adams.

Cemoria princeps, Mighels and Adams, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist.

vol. iv. p. 43.

The following descriptions of new Natice were communicated by

Dr. Philippi :—

8. DescripTiones NATICARUM QUARUNDAM NOVARUM EX

COLLECTIONE CUMINGIANA, AUCTORE R. A. PHILIPPI.

1. Natica caTENATA, Phil. JN. testd subglobosd, tenui, lividd,

zonis quatuor albis, maculas fuscas semilunatas exhibentibus

pictd ; anfractibus rotundatis; spird breviuseuld, nigricante ;

sulcis radiantibus profundis superiorem anfractuum partem oe-

cupantibus ; aperturd semiorbiculari, intus purpured ; umbilico

amplo, margine acuto cincto ; callo spirali satis valido medium

umbilici occupante.

Alt. 83, diam. 83 lin.

Hab. ?

Differt a N. teniatd, Menke, anfractibus superius non horizon-

talibus sed declivibus, zonis longitudinaliter maculatis, callo labiali et

callo umbilicali longe latioribus, ete. ; a N. depressd forma globosa,

umbilico amplo, callo umbilicari mediano, ete.; a N. maroccand forma

globosa, umbilico longe ampliore, callo ejus mediano, etc.

2. Natica Incet, Phil. UN. testd depressd, suborbiculari, solidéd,

striatuld, nitidd, luteo-albidd ; anfractibus superius planatis ;

spird laté conicd, acutd; aperturd semiorbiculari, valde obliqud ;

angulo basali columelle incrassato; suturd duplicatd; callo

mazimo albo umbilicum magnum omnind implente.

Alt. ab apice ad basin aperture 93, a dorso ad ventrem 6 lin. ;

diam. 12 lin.

Hab. ad insulam Raines, in freto Torres, ubi legit Capt. Ince, R.N.

Cave ne hanc speciem cum NV. Josephinid, Risso (N. Olld, M. de

Serr.), confundas, cui simillima est, et a qua unice differt: ambitu

paullo magis orbiculari; anfractibus minus rapide crescentibus ; ‘an-

gulo umbilicum cingente paullo magis distincto ; columella basi valde

incrassata ; callo umbilicari albo ; colore fere albo in luteum vergente,

reesertim versus basin, denique sutura duplici. Linea superior su-

turze a callo labiali, inferior a margine superiore anfractiis formatur,

pariter ut in Bulliis d. Gray.—Operculum corneum.

3. NaTicA INTEMERATA, Phil. WN. testd globoso-ovatd, solidé,

striatuld, nitidd, lacted, ad suturam versus umbilicum et in parte

ultimd anfractis ultimi flava; anfractibus superius planiusculis;

- spird conicd, circa + altitudinis equante ; aperturd semiorbicu-

lari; columelld recta, inerassatd; umbilico magno, pervio, laeteo,

suleo profundo lato exarato ; funiculo semicylindrico ejus a callo

labiali distincto.

Alt. 183, diam. 174 lin.

Hab. in sinu Californie ; legit Rever. Steel.

288 Zoological Society.

Simillima videtur NV. porcellanee d’Orb., sed umbilico multo am-

pliore et colore flavescente differt; a N. castéd, Phil., testA solidiore

minus depressa, umbilico albo angustiore, funiculo umbilicali longe

magis elevato, etc. distinguitur ; a N. pede elephantis testé haud de-

pressa, funiculo umbilicali minus elevato satis superque discrepat.

4. Natica carispma, Phil. J. testd ovatd, sordide albd, ad su-

turam zond lacted munitd ; anfractibus superius viz convewis ;

spird brevi, acutd; aperturd semiorbiculari; umbilico parvo;

callo lato cum labio confluente illum maximd ex parte opplente.

Alt. 8, diam. 7 lin.

Hab. in mari Caribeo ad insulam St. John.

Forma omnino accedit ad N. mammillam vel N. lacteam et umbi-

lico pervio cum N. lacted convenit. Differt tamen umbilico longe

angustiore, et callo ejus longe majore ; an nihilominus mera varietas ?

N. uberind, dOrb., testa longe angustiore magis differre videtur.—

Operculum tenue, corneum.

5. Natica vestauis, Phil. WN. testd ovato-oblongd, acutd, lacted,

substriatd, nitidissimd ; spird acutd, conicd, sextam vel septimam

totius altitudinis partem occupante ; aperturd semiorbiculari ;

callo convexo, crassissimo, cum callo labiali confluente, et sulco

longitudinali ante marginem columellarem instructo, umbilicum

Sere omnino claudente.

Long. 163, diam. 16 lin.

Hab. ad oram Mozambique. dictam ; legit Rev. Steel.

Forte nihil nisi varietas N. mammille, a qua unice differt callo

umbilicali crassiore convexiore, sulco longitudinali ante medium mar-

ginis columellaris, parte libera umbilicum cingente.

Obs.—Queestio valde difficilis, utrum sub NV. mammilld, L. plures

species lateant, an meree varietates, vix examine singulorum specimi-

num in Muszis asservatorum decidi poterit, sed unice investigatione

numerosee gregis in ipso loco natali.

6. Natica? pomum, Phil. J.? testd ovatd, inflatd, tenuiusculd,

striatd, glauco-fulvd, basi albd ; anfractibus convewis, superiori-

bus superne subangulatis; spird quartam altitudinis partem

aquante, subcontabulatd ; aperturd ovato-oblongd, propter an-

Sractum penultimum prominentem fere lunatd ; umbilico angus-

tissimo, perforato; labio parum calloso, basi supra umbilicum

reflexo.

Alt. 19, diam. 183 lin.

Hab. 2

Heec species a reliquis Naticis valde aliena et forte ad genus 4m-

phibolam, Schum. ( Ampullacera, Quoy et Gaimard) mandanda est,

etenim sinus latus satis profundus in parte suprema labri hujus testee

in nulla alié specie generis Natice observatur.

> eee

eS :

Royal Society. 289

ROYAL SOCIETY.

June 16, 1853.—The Earl of Rosse, President, in the Chair.

«On the Anatomy and Physiology of Cordylophora, a contribution

to our knowledge of the Tubularian Zoophytes.” By George James

Allman, M.D., M.R.I.A., Professor of Botany in the University of

Dublin, &c.

The author, after pointing out the necessity of giving greater de-

finiteness to the terminology employed in the description of the true

zoophytes, proceeds to the anatomical details of Cordylophora, a genus

of Tubulariade. He demonstrates that Cordylophora is essentially

composed in all its parts of two distinct membranes enclosing a

- cavity, a structure which is common to all the Hydroida. For

greater precision in description, he finds it necessary to give to these

membranes special names, and he therefore employs for the external

the name of ectoderm, and for the internal that of endoderm. Each of

these membranes retains its primitive cellular structure. In the ecto-

derm thread-cells are produced in great abundance; these are formed

in the interior of the ectodermal cells by a process of endogenous cell-

formation, and are afterwards set free by the rupture of the mother-

cell. The thread-cells in a quiescent state are mimute ovoid capsules,

but under the influence of irritation, an internal sac is protruded by

a process of evagination; the surface of the evaginated sac is

furnished with a circle of curved spicula, and from its free extremity

a delicate and long filament is emitted. The thread-cells of Cordy-

lophora thus closely resemble the ‘‘ hastigerous organs” of Hydra.

The polypary is a simple unorganized secretion deposited in layers

from the ectoderm. In the endoderm, the author points out a di-

stinct and well-developed glandular structure composed of true

secreting cells, which are themselves produced in the interior of

mother-cells, and elaborate a brown granular secretion which he

assumes as representing the biliary secretion of the higher animals.

He describes, as a system of special muscles, certain longitudinal

fibres, which may be distinctly seen in close connection with the

inner surface of the ectoderm. The tentacula are shown to be

continuous tubes communicating with the cavity of the stomach,

and thus possess the same essential structure as those of Hydra;

they are formed of a direct continuation of the ectoderm of the

polype, lined by a similar continuation of the endoderm. The

appearance of transverse septa at regular intervals, which is so very

striking in these tentacula, must not be attributed to the existence

of true septa. It is dae to a peculiar condition of the endodermal

layer, but the author has not been able to give a satisfactory ex-

planation of it. Through the whole of the canal which pervades

the axis of the stems and branches, a constant though a regular

rotatory movement is kept up in the contained fluid; this movement

is not due to the propulsive action of vibratile cilia, and is explained

by the author as the effect of the active processes going on in the

secreting cells of the endoderm, processes which can scarcely be

imagined to take place without causing Jocal alterations in the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 20

290 Miscellaneous.

chemical constitution of the surrounding fluid, and a consequent

disturbance in its stability.

The reproductive system of Cordylophora consists of ovoid cap-

sules situated on the ultimate branches at some distance behind the

polypes; some of these capsules contain ova, others spermatozoa ;

they are plainly homologous with the ovigerous sacs of the marine

Tubulariade ; they present a very evident, though disguised medusoid

structure, having a hollow cylindrical body, whose cavity is conti-

nuous with that of the polype-stem, projecting into them below, and

representing the proboscidiform stomach of a Medusa, while a sy-

stem of branched tubes which communicate at their origin with the

cavity of the hollow organ, must be viewed as the homologues of

the radiating gastro-vascular canals, and the proper walls of the

capsule will then represent the disc. From comparative observations

made on other genera of Hydroida, the author maintains the presence

of a true medusoid structure in the fixed ovigerous vesicles of all the

genera he has examined, and he arrives at the generalization, that for

the production of true ova in the hydroid zoophytes, a particular

form of zooid is necessary, in which the ordinary polype-structure

becomes modified, and presents, instead, a more or less obvious

medusoid conformation, Hydra being at present the only genus

which appears to offer an exception to this law, though the author

believes that the exception is only apparent, and that further obser-

vations will enable us to refer the reproductive organization of this

zoophyte to the same type with that of Cordylophora and the marine

Hydroida. The author has satisfied himself that the ova-like bodies

contained in the capsules of Cordylophora are true ova, and not

gemme ; he has demonstrated in them a distinct germinal vesicle,

and has witnessed the phenomenon of yelk-cleavage ; and the paper

details the development of the embryo to the period of its escape

from the capsule in the form of a free-swimming ciliated animacule,

and traces its subsequent progress into the condition of the adult

zoophyte.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Monstrosity of a Rose. By J.T. Artiper, A.B.

Wits few éxceptions the flowers on a standard-rose, growing on &

lawn, failed this summer to exhibit good ‘blooms,’ and presented

various degrees and forms of monstrosity. This occurrence may be

attributed to the wet season stimulating the tree to the production of

wood instead of flowers. It should, however, be noted, that neigh-

bouring rose-trees, growing under precisely the same circumstances,

but of different species, produced their proper flowers ; with, however,

a prevailing tendency to abortive petal-growth, and the production of

the condition known as the ‘ green-eye.’

in the tree in question the most remarkable example was that of a

Miscellaneous. 291

flower which was repeated three times on the same axis, each time ex-

hibiting sepals, petals (coloured and scented), perfect stamens with

pollen, and imperfect semi-leafy carpels. The stem expanded into its

usual rounded receptacle, fringed by the free portion of the calyx of

its general character, and supporting on its discoid margin the petals,

and within these numerous stamens. Some of the innermost petals

were not well-coloured, nor well-developed, but small and greenish.

From the sides of the cup-like receptacle sprang several hairy

styles crowned by their stigmas, of much the usual form, but still

not well-formed ; and along with these imperfect carpels of a green

colour, and having the form of narrow leaves folded longitudinally

on themselves, and many of them terminating in a fringed process or

awn. Neither the normal styles nor the leafy carpels had ovules.

The centre of the cup exhibited a larger carpellary leaf so folded as to

enclose one or more similar though more delicate leaves and a grow-

ing point, representing a continuation of the stem. This point gra-

dually elongated, developed towards one side two lanceolate decurrent

leaves or bracts, which, like itself, assumed a reddish colour. Having

acquired about an inch in length, it shot out five ovate-lanceolate,

acuminate sepals, confluent at their base and decurrent, not on the

same plane but spirally arranged, and also tinged red. Thus a second

flower grew in all respects like the first, except that it had a very

indistinct receptacle. During the development of the second, the

first flower withered, its petals falling away. The axis of the second

inflorescence, endued with the like powers of growth, extended itself,

produced a sheathing bract, then swelled into a half-globular recep-

tacle, with five sepals as in the last, but here set in a regular whorl

on the same plane, and having two bracts, like themselves, imme-

diately external to them.

The petals of this third flower were numerous, small indeed, but

sweet-scented : the stamens numerous, containing pollen ; whilst a few

very rudimentary, slender, carpellary leaves and styles surrounded a

larger involuted one containing a growing point along with two or

three pistils terminated by stigmas.

In this terminal inflorescence (examined whilst actually flowering)

the carpellary leaves were smallest, and the leaf-like character most

lost ; whilst many es, hairy and delicate, occupied the concavity

of the receptacle, and apparently had perfect carpels at their base.

The production of these three flowers in sequence occupied two

months.

On a longitudinal section the growing point in each flower was seen

not to have proceeded from the exact centre or actual axis of the

receptacle, but rather from one side. Hence both the irregular pe-

duncles curved so as to maintain the flower in the same line with the

original stem.

In another monstrosity, in which two flowers were produced on

the same continuous axis, the sepals exhibited a tendency to be com-

und by developing imperfect leaflets.

In a third example the sepals had grown into large compound

leaves, having two leaflets on each side the petiole, and a very large

20*

292 Miscellaneous.

terminal one. In this case too, where but one flower formed, the

growing point started at nearly a right angle to the original peduncle,

and then, curving to bring itself in the same straight line, grew into

a strong shoot, forming at its apex a good bud (flower) for the

winter.

A similar growth of the calyx into actual leaves occurred in another

case.

The last irregularity to which I shall refer is, where the axis of a

flower grew into a strong leafy shoot. In this case no cup-like recep-

tacle existed, but the carpels were placed on a disk-like expansion

surrounding the stem, which appeared little more than a large node

from which the leaves had fallen. The carpels here extended u

wards in a green, leafy form, and were deficient of ovules. Eight such,

with dilated, capsule-like bases, were found in a whorl on the same

plane; and within these, two close together, longer and of a more

leaf-like character. Above these last, five more evident leaves, four of

which were actually trifoliate, were disposed in a spiral manner

around the axis for the space of an inch above the carpellary whorl.

Then a node occurred, surrounded by six pinnate leaves, not quite on

the same plane, and yet not in opposite pairs, nor clearly spiral in

position. Three-quarters of an inch from these leaves the shoot ended

by a terminal bud (winter) surrounded by three pinnate leaves of

unequal size.

These instances of monstrosity well illustrate the morphology of

carpels—their origin from leaves, and their tendency to take on the

form, and along with this, the spiral arrangement of the latter. The

perfect pinnate leaves of a shoot proceeding from the centre of a rose

we must suppose to be morphologically the same with the small

folded carpellary leaf; the last instance cited shows the grades of de-

velopment between the two.

The production of the shoot causes the abortion of the flower and

its ovules ; hence the size and vigour of the shoot afford a measure of

the vital vegetative force expended in the formation of a flower, and

mainly of its ovules.

I am inclined to believe with Schleiden, that the ovule is a product

of the axis and not of the carpellary leaves; that indeed it is a bud

growing from the axis in the axil of a leaf—i. e. the carpel.

On the Change of Colour in a Chamaeleon (Chameeleo vulgaris).

By H. N. Turner, Jun.

Notwithstanding that the peculiarity of the Chameeleon in changing

its colour is so universally known, and that an illustrated work

on the subject was prublished by Van de Hoven, I have thought that

a careful record of the varieties of tint, presented by the specimen

which has lived for some time in my possession, might prove ser-

viceable to the naturalist if compared with similar observations’ upon

other species and upon the same one under different circumstances,

and might also assist in the determination of the means by which it

is effected, the influences by which it is regulated, and the objects

which it serves in the ceconomy of the animal.

Miscellaneous. 298

Its general tints vary between different shades of brown, olive, yel-

low, and light green, the last-named being the most rarely observed,

and the yellow being the tint usually assumed when the animal has

been hidden from the light. This is the colour it always presents if

taken for inspection at night, and when brought into the influence of

lamp-light it appears at first almost white, but may soon be seen to

darken and some of the markings to appear. The side that is next

the light will change rather sooner than the other, the changes being

always gradual. It has three distinct sets of markings, the first to

appear being two ranges of irregular distant elongated spots, which

may appear either as a dark tint upon the ground-colour when that

is light, or a light one if it be dark. These marks are never entirely

absent when either of the other sets is present, although sometimes

but faintly discernible.

The other two sets of markings consist of an irregular marbling,

and a number of full round spots; the latter never appear otherwise

than as dark upon the ground-colour, and the marbling, which is ge-

nerally also dark, only occasionally appears a little lighter than the

ground-colour, and then of a different tone; either may be visible

without the other, or both may be distinctly traceable. Sometimes

the marbling will be apparent together with such of the spots as are

placed within its intervals, those upon the surface occupied by the

marbling being amalgamated with it.

When the general colour is light yellow or pale greenish, which is

the case if the animal be suddenly brought into the light, the elon-

gated spots, which form two rows on each side, will begin to appear

of a very delicate purple tint. After that the marbling gradually

shows itself, and the general tint begins to darken ; when some time

has elapsed a brown colour is assumed, and the elongate spots, at first

purple of a darker tint than the yellow ground-work, are seen to be

‘brown, of a lighter and rather richer tint than that which now per-

vades the whole. These distinctions may go on increasing, may then

decrease and again increase ; the spots may appear, may come and go

with different degrees of intensity, so that the variety of appearances

resented is almost indefinite. When visited in the day-time, the colour

is generally brown, sometimes without markings, generally with the

elongate spots of a lighter tint, and the marbling or the round spots,

or both, more or less apparent. Occasionally it presents a uniform

dull olive, and then has no markings. Sometimes it is of a light drab

colour, with the different marks faintly indicated. The ventral series

of prominent scales remains constantly white, as stated by Van der

Hoven, not participating in the changes of the surrounding parts.

This author does not in any of his plates represent the longitudi-

nal rows of markings as a decided dark upon the ground-colour, nor

is the marbling anywhere clearly shown as pervading the whole body ;

neither does he give the deep brown tint with the marbling as a dark,

and the longitudinal rows of spots definitively marked as a light.

I have never seen my specimen present anything like the appear-

ances ipa in his plates 4 and 5, probably because I have not

irritated it.

294 Miscellaneous.

It has generally been imagined that the purpose of this singular

faculty accorded to the Chameeleon is to enable it to accommodate its

appearance to that of surrounding objects, but the observations of

Van der Hoven seem to negative that idea, and the few experiments

I have made with that view have not led to any such results. The

box in which it is kept is of deal, with a glass at the top and a

piece of flannel laid at the, bottom; a small branching stick being

introduced by way of a perch. I have introduced at various times

pieces of coloured paper, covering the bottom of the box, of blue,

yellow and scarlet, but without the slightest effect upon the appear-

ance of the animal. Considering that these primary colours were

not such as it would be likely to be placed in contact with in a state

of nature, I next tried a piece of green calico, but equally without re-

sult. The animal went through all its usual changes, without their

being in any way modified by the colours placed underneath it. The

general tints approximate, as may readily be observed, to those of the

branches of trees, just as those of most animals do to the places in

which they dwell; but I have never seen the faculty of changing

called into play with any apparent object. It is only when the light

is removed that the animal assumes a colour which absorbs but little

of it.

Regretting that I have not been able to attain any more definite

conclusions, I offer these few remarks, hoping that to some naturalist,

who may undertake the investigation of these singular phenomena,

they may prove not to have been thrown away.—Proc. Zool. Soe.

July 22, 1851.

Notes on a new species of Artamus, from India.

By Dr. NicnHoxson.

These birds are only found in very thick jungles among the brush-

wood, where they are always moving about, and are shot with great

difficulty, and even then, if not killed outright, they are so tenacious

of life, that they creep into the first hole or crevice they come to.

The only note I ever heard was like ‘ chick, chick.’ I think they

are residents, but the few I have seen just appear and are lost again

in a moment, so that I know little of their habits ; the one described

here had one leg and both wings broken, and still crept into the hole

of a jerboa-rat, from which I dug it out dead.

Male: weight 6} oz.

Length from bill to tip of tail 72 mches. Alar extent 10 inches.

Head large. Bill strong, narrow and sharp, gently arched on the

culmen ; a distinct notch near the tip of upper mandible ; gape wide.

Tongue horny and divided at the pomt. Nostrils basal, small. Eye

rather small. Iris of a silvery colour, tinged with yellow.

Wings rounded; first quill very short; third longest; second,

third and fourth quills emarginate on outer web.

Tail short, and nearly even at the end, of twelve feathers, 24 inches

long.

Tarsus strong. Hallux and claw stronger than the other toes, and

eee ee

Meteorological Observations. 295

as long as the inner toe, and has a large pad at its base; the outer

toe is shortest; the claws are much hooked.

Contents of stomach were a few grains of Holcus spicatus and the

exuvize of insects.

Plumage is soft and loose.

Colours: the whole top of the head is covered with a cap of black.

Bill lead-colour at base and black at the point. The chin, the breast,

and all underneath white; the body all above of a leaden colour.

Quills and tail of a light black, edged with light on both webs; the

outer web of the outer tail-feather is white, as well as the tips of the

first five on each side. Feet and legs black.

I propose for this species the name of Artamus cucullatus.— Proc.

Zool. Soc. June 10, 1851.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR AuG. 1853.

Chiswick.— August 1. Uniformly overcast: very fine: rain at night. 2. Very

fine. Uniform haze: clear. 4—8. Very fine. 9. Slight haze: very fine:

elear. 10. Very fine. 11. Slight fog. 12. Cloudy and fine. 13. Overcast.

14. Cloudy. 15. Cloudy and fine. 16. Uniformly overcast: rain. 17. Very

fine. 18. Slight fog: very fine: clear. 19. Foggy: very fine: slight rain. 20.

Slight rain: cloudy and fine. 21. Very fine. 22. Fine: cloudy: heavy rain at

ight. 23. Rain: cloudy: clear. 24. Dense fog: dusky haze: fine. 25. Over-

cast: slight showers: boisterous, with rain at night. 26. Very boisterous

mt. In this and the preceding day a large quantity of air from the south

must have moyed over the kingdom. 27. Cloudy and rather boisterous. 28. Clear

and very fine. 29. Overcast: very fine. 30,31. Very fine.

Mean temperature of the month ...........+...2e0..sse08 wabat As 59°-69

Mean temperature-of Aug. 1852 —.........-ceesseesscecesense see 63 -67

Mean temperature of Aug. for the last twenty-seven years . 62 °12

Average amount of rain In AUG. ......c00....cesecceerersseees ‘se 2°35 inches.

Boston.—Aug. 1. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m. 2. Fine. 3. Cloudy. 4. Fine.

5—8. Cloudy. 9—11. Fine. 12—15. Cloudy. 16. Cloudy: rain a.m. 17.

Cloudy: rain p.m. 18. Fine. 19. Cloudy.--20. Cloudy: rain a.m. 21, 22. Fine.

23. Clondy: raina.m. 24. Fine: rainp.w. 25. Cloudy: raina.m. 26. Rain a.m.

andp.m. 27. Cloudy: rain a.m. 28,29. Cloudy. 30,31. Fine. ;

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Aug. 1. Drizzle a.m. : rain, fair p.m. 2. Cloudy a.m. :

damp p.m. 3. Showers a M.: fair p.m. 4. Cloudy a.m.: showers p.m. 5. Cloudy

a.M.: drizzle p.m. 6. Drizzle a.m. and p.m. 7,8. Cloudy am. andp.m. 9.

Bright a.s.: clear p.m. 10. Clear a.m.: clear, finep.m. 11. Bright a.m: cloudy

P.M. 12. Cloudy a.m.: fine p.m. 13,14. Cloudy a.m.andp.m. 15. Damp a™.:

cloudy p.m. 16. Cloudy a.m.: clear, fine pw. 17. Showers a.m.: clear, fine

pM. 18. Clear a.m.: clear, fine p.m. 19. Damp a.m.: thunder and lightning,

showers p.m. 20. Bright a.m. : thunder and lightning, showers p.m. 21. Bright

A.M.: clear P.M. 22. Bright a.m.: showerse.m. 23. Cloudy a.m.: showers P.M.

24. Bright a.m.: clear, aurorap.m. 25. Clear, fine a.m.: drizzle p.m. 26. Rain

A.M.: cloudy p.m. 27. Rain a.m.: damp p.m. 28. Damp a.m.: drizzle p.m.

29. Damp a.m.: cloudy p.m. 30. Cloudy a.m. and p.m. 31. Bright a.m.:

drizzle P.M.

Mean temperature of Aug. for twenty-six previous years ...... 55°08

Mean temperature of this month ......... pesavsacanestesecin Sinan 55 98

Mean temperature of Aug. 1852 ......6cc..c.ecceve-ssenecceccee 60 64

Average quantity of rain in Aug. for seven previous years ... 2°70 inches.

On the 24th, from 93 till 10 p.w., a comet was seen with a long bright tail,

— 5° above the horizon in the N.W. The nucleus like a star of the first mag-

nitude. :

£g.z | 92.2 L£z.¥8 |oL.L$ | 0,29 |S£.6b |£0.0L| 999.62 L+3.6z bb.6e 353.62 | $46.62 |-uvayy

eeatess tl sineaacns ‘au | “ms | «ms | 15 | 9S LS} 1S | Lo 18.6z >L.6z gf.6z grg.6z 1gg.6z | rf

39, Mss ‘an | ems | ems 1S | $S$ gS} 2b | go 08 ,6z ' 08.62 0$ 6% 968.62 716.6% "of

Ho, |essestertleereseeeel aro tease |’ sme | 98 | 9S 19| &¥ | Lo LL,6z 69.62 ££.62 £03.62 6g.6c | *6z

vo. |r! zo. [emun} «m | ms | 8 | $25 g$| SP | 99 $5.62 v£.62 or,6z $z9.6z grl.6z | -gz

Lg. | 2S. 10. | qua | -mss| ‘ms | $95 | $95 zg| Lb | £9 £2.62 £1.62 94.3% Sot .6z zo$,6z | -Lz

gr. gi. 64. ‘9 | -mss| gs LS | 89S £9} 18 | 99 | 12,6< LE.6z O8.gz 911.67 897.62 ‘9zp

sterol be | oz. a ae 7 £$ | a9 £9| +S | 99 39.62 2L.6z 97.67 9f+.62 0f2.62 | “Sz

ol, freseeserstessesaerrl say | oneg |g £5} 9 | o9| +h | 99 7L.6z $9.62 gb.6z 69.62 00g.6z | “bz

90. gt. 10. “m [emu | ‘a | 6S | ZS | S.o9] Sb | £9 $9.62 39.62 of.6z ££2.62 $9.62 tz

seieensseleeseenses! La) digy oar 4 oS | 565 £9| +S | +2 L9.6z £9.62 ov.6z 119.62 g9g.6z 4 4

ZI, |srsreeresleveseeeee] cue | ow | ew LS | $19 fg} $S | EZ 39.62 S62 +b.6z $z6,6z £16.62 "IZ

of. | to. | ro. ‘a | wm |ems | 45] 19] go} 1S | gf 09.6z £9.6z o£.6z 11g.6z $9g.6z | ‘oz

Sx, |erreeeeel zo, ‘a |wyeo| ‘ms | 45 | $19 | §.S9] 19 | ZZ 89.67 39.62 £b.6z %7g.6z $13.67 | -61

neecssees] by. ‘as |uyeo| +s | 2S | 19 65] 1S | €Z 73.62 $3.62 gv.6z 043.62 $06.62 | -g1O

fo. | oor [eee oa | cod | tm SoS | SHS L£S| rb | xZ £9.62 gl.6z $0.62 Lo$ .6z vol.6z | +Lr

Pe SON ee ate Gs CMON o$ | 96 | go] +S | So 08,6z $3.62 9£.6z $61.62 ogl.6z | -or

sstecessslectoreseslecceeeseel swt |emum| om | $65 | $98 z9| 9b | So 26.62 z0,0£ 7$,6z 626.62 $66.67 | “Sy

Bi cn see stehenden es ‘u | ula | $] 851 09] 1S | +9 Z1,0£ g1.0f 09.62 686.62 $10.08 | “br

tists teasleeeeeeeeeleeerseees! ny ‘a | au | S| 9S f9| <S | Lo £z.0£ gz.0£ $9.62 Lto,08 Ev1.0€ “fr

peosesandeshongserteswerebool ogg Toi heme Eb BS 19| *$ | g9 1£.0 1£.0£ $2.62 Z11,0£ $61.08 | -zr¢

ssereerel ow lomnu! sag | 9S | gS 99] 9¢ | SZ 1£.0£ 1£.08 62.62 Str,0§ 88z.08 ‘Ir

Gis curbaclesdsuanes “5 *s | rou | $$ | gS | S.o9| Ze | zL $£.0 2£.0£ $3.6 Lvz.of zzt.of ‘Or

LO, ]r**esericlooes pence ou 1 og egg te S61 6S 1 ofl Sh 1. eZ gz.o£ I1,0€ $L,6z ofz,0£ ogz.0£ | 6

ssttesenc/oreancerelescnveeel og larga | -ou'| 6§ | 09 | go] 2b | SL gO.0£ I1,0£ 2L.6z 1$1,0£ z6r.0f | +g

Io, erat eae oe pee jogs bes 6S} oS | of LI.0€ br,0f oL,6z of1,0€ foz.0f | LZ

GO, fresereseeieerreeee] sm | sma | cms | 9 | 96 | S.gS| gh | $2 | g0.08 go.0f bL,6z og1.0f gzz.08 | +9

y 2 ae baie AES fale ems aed SCY pt ee 9S 6S %q| St 1Z Z1,0£ 60.0£ $9.62 $11.0 zz1.of sg

ZO, jroreerverterserereelemMUM! MM! “om | bS | eS | $.45] Sb | bs $0,0£ 26.62 g5.6z $00.08 Scoot | +

SI. [rrenenes? ‘Mm |*muu; a | €£$ | £6 1/1 S19] 2S | bl | £9.62 13.62 48.62 616.62 7g6.6c | “f

oz. | go. ‘mw | ‘mt | vom | $$ | gS} xo} 2S | ££ £6.62 08.6z ob.6z 993.6% 626.62 | +z

titteeeeel ho, ‘mw femsm| ms | £5] 25] Lol gS | of 14,62 $9.6z LE.6z 1038.62 7£6.6c | +1

ae) ° g ~ & |-und dale , : rts ; wo bd : “Sny |

ee A oF : =F wad fg|-ur-e $6 ee ue | xe} “urd ¥g ‘ane $6 3 aI xe iste

AG} t i fs 2 a}

RS 5 z eS Sy B = rents BS “youastyg ‘yotmpurg ‘AouyIQ ah *“HOmMsiyO “qquoyy

“arey *puLAL ‘soJOWOULIPY,T, benstartiass | —

‘AINAUG ‘asunpy youmpung zo ‘uoysno[y *¢_ *Aey ay? Ag pun £NOLSog yn TeoA “AK Ag

*wopUoT 1vau “MOIMSIHY 7D fjar90g Josnjynars0F] ay? Jo uapsngy ay} yo uosdmou,, ‘II Ag apow suorynasasgo qonbojosoajayy

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 71. NOVEMBER 1853.

XXVIII.—On the “ Nucleus” of the Characeze.

By At. Braun*.

[From his Memoirs on the Circulation in the Characez. |

In the cells immediately serving for the reproduction of the

Characez, the germ-cell or spore and the mother-cells of the

spermatozoids, there is no circulation of the sap, but a cir-

culation is met with in various cells of the enveloping organs,

through the medium and under the protection of which the

essential reproductive cells are produced. I cannot avoid dis-

cussing a few general points connected with these most pecu-

liarly formed organs of the Characez, the import of. which has

been explained in the most varied ways. The organs in question

are of two kinds. The one, the seat of formation of the sper-

matozoids, usually named, in avoidance of any functional signi-

fication, simply the globule, formerly regarded as an anther, and

even as a pollen-grain +, or erroneously asserted to be a bud ca-

pable of germination {, is now generally termed the antheridium.

Aberrant as its structure is from all other known antheridia, it

appears to me, from its centripetal development, to possess a

certain agreement with the antheridia of the Mosses and Liver-

worts, so that I cannot, with Hofmeister (Flora, 1851, No. 1),

term it a convolute of many antheridia or a ‘head’ of an-

‘theridia. In the antheridium are formed the active seminal

filaments (spermatozoa, antherozoidia), which were first seen by

* Monatsber. K. Preuss. Acad. Jan. 1853. Translated by Arthur Hen-

frey, F.R.S. &e.

+ Meyen, Linnea, 1827, p. 63.

t Wallroth, Ann. Bot. 1815, p. 170. Reichenbach (Flor. Germ. exe.

p- 147), on the contrary, regards the female organ as a bud, and the globule

as an androgynous flower with eight pistils and numerous staminodia.

* Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 21

298 M. A. Braun on the Nucleus of the Characez.

Bischoff in the year 1828*, who at that time regarded them as

Infusoria. Varley (1834) first ‘saw their exit from the cells of

the antheridial filaments ; but the two most delicate cilia, by the

vibration of which the spirally wound body is set in motion, were

first described by Thuret in the year 1840+. Thuret saw these

“cilia im Nitella syncarpa and Chara fragilis ; 1 have seen them so

distinctly in Chara aspera and ceratophylla, that no doubt what-

ever can exist as to their presence. I have only to add to Thu-

ret’s account, that I have found the winding of the spiral body

constant to the right in Ch. fragilis. The second organ of fruc-

tification, in which the spore is developed, regarded by the older

botanists as a pistil, and in the ripe condition called either

‘capsule (Vaillant), berry (Sprengel, Willdenow), drupe (Berto-

loni), or nucule (Wallroth), or merely seed (Linnzeus), has been

subsequently, quite as unfitly, termed a spore-case, sporocarp (Bis-

choff), or sporangium (Cosson and Germain). Hofmeister com-

pares it with the archegonium (pistillidium). Apt as this eompa-

rison seems in reference to the reduction of the characters of

fructification of all the higher (spermatozoid-bearing) Crypto-

gamia under one common point of view, since in this way all the

plants with unequivocal antheridia likewise possess an archego-

nium, peculiar difficulties are met with in the attempt to carry

out the parallel. That which has been called an archegonium,

is an organ of the first generation of the leafy Cryptogamia, the

generation growing up from the spore, in which organ, accord-

ing to the researches so profoundly followed out by Hofmeister

in particular, the germ-cell of the second generation is produced

by free cell-formation, and developed after impregnation (like the

embryo of the Phanerogamia). In the Vascular Cryptogamia

(Ferns, Hguiseta, &c.) the first generation consists of a leafless,

thalloid preparatory ‘structure, the pro-embryo or prothallium,

while the second generation is developed into the leaf-producing

‘ stock,’ the vegetative, and finally spore-bearing plant; in the

Mosses, on the other hand, the first generation advances from

the thalloid preparatory structure to the rete ‘stock,’

while the second generation is represented by a peculiar fruit-

structure serving merely for the production of the spores, and

this structure, emerging from the cavity of the archegonium,

sometimes breaks through the cover (calyptra) formed by the

latter, and sometimes carries it up through its becoming detached

below. In the lowest groups of Hepatice, especially in the

Ricciee, this fruit-structure, so complicated in the higher Mosses,

* Crypt. Gewiichse, p. 13, in the note.

+ Ann. des Se. Nat. 2nd sér. xiy. (1840), p. 65; and 3rd sé, xvi. (1851),

SN a

ee ee

x M. A. Braun on the Nucleus of the Characez. 299

is of extremely simple nature, and remains enclosed at the bot-

tom of the archegonium, without freeing itself from its coats.

“From the Mosses with the simplest structure of the fruit,

finally,” continues Hofmeister*, in his description, “ it is only

one step to the Characez, in which the influence of the sperma-

tozoid on the central cell of the archegonium does not lead to

the production even of the simplest kind of cellular mass, but

merely to the filling up of the reproductive cell found free in

that central cell, with starch and oil. The Chere, in which the

prothallium is the entire plant, thus represent one end of the

series, the other end being formed by the Phanerogamia (exclu-

sive of the Conifers), in which the whole plant corresponds

solely to the second spore-producing generation of the Vascular

Cryptogamia, and the cell-formation in the embryo-sac previous

to the impregnation scarcely even reminds us of the multifold

vital phenomena of the prothallia of the Ferns and of the albu-

men mass of the Conifers.”

For the further elucidation of the relations in which the Cha-

racez stand to the rest of the Cryptogamia possessed of anthe-

ridia and archegonia, we must in the first place accurately exa-

mine whether they really have these two distinct generations,

even with ever so slight a development of the second, to which

the transition from the first is caused by impregnation, or whe-

ther they complete their entire cycle of life in one generation

(leaving ramification-generations out of view). According to

Hofmeister’s description, there is found in the central cell of the

archegonium of the Characez, a new cell, the development of

which into the spore containing oil and starch is dependent on

impregnation. [If this be the condition, if that which is found

in the central cell is a mere spore, there is in fact no alternation

of generations, but only one generation, for the spore in this case

is the primary cell of a generation which essentially resembles

that by which it is produced. If we compare, then, the one ge-

neration of the Characee with the first of the higher Crypto-

gamia, especially with the prothallium of the Vascular Crypto-

gamia, Hofmeister’s interpretation appears warranted on one

_ side, in so far, namely, that the structure of the Characee termed

an archegonium is a female organ (receiving impregnation),

borne by the prothallium, but, on the other hand, unsupported,

since this does not produce any second, spore-bearing generation,

but merely a spore. Butif the comparison with the archegonium

_-. is nevertheless to be maintained, we must extend it to organs

through which the spore-formation is brought about in the

lower (leafless) Cryptogamia, an extension for which many

* Flora, 1851, No. 1. p. 7.

21*

300 M. A. Braun on the Nucleus of the Characee.

grounds may indeed be found, but would lead far away from the

strict definition of the archegonium, as hitherto held. The sup-

posed asexuality of the lower Cryptogamia could not restrain the

indicated extension of the conception of the archegonium to the

sporangial structures of the lower Cryptogamia, since a duplicity

of sexes is constantly being demonstrated as more widely extended

among the lower Cryptogamia*, and the term antheridium has

also been frequently applied in analogous extension already (for

imstance to the organs of the Fucoider, Floridez, Lichens and

Fungi). The question is, therefore, whether the morphological

agreement of the female organ of fructification of the Characee

with that of the Mosses, Ferns, Equiseta, Lycopodiacee and

Rhizocarpez, is of a kind to render the use of the same name

for both suitable.

It cannot be denied that it at first sight appears to have a

similar structure. The envelope—composed of five rows of cells

terminating in the form of a five-pointed coronet, at a particular

period open—surrounding the central cell of the female organ of

fructification in the Characeze, reminds us very much of the

more or less elongated style-like structure composed of a deter-

minate number of rows of cells, surrounding and surpassing the

central cell of the archegonia, especially when, as in Pi/ularia

and Equisetum+, the uppermost cells of these diverge like rays

in the same manner as the coronets of many species of Chara.

But when we turn back to the earlier stages of development, we

find that this resemblance is deceptive. The archegoniwm is in

all cases an originally closed, more or less elevated, cellular cover,

under which the central cell is concealed from the beginning.

The tubular canal leading to the central cell is formed subse-

quently by the separation of the cells from each other.. The re-

verse takes place in the Characee; here the central cell is ori-

ginally uncovered and gradually becomes overgrown and enclosed

by the cells of the envelope. Therefore the envelope and coronet

of the Characez are altogether different, morphologically, from

the envelope and tube which surround the central cell in true

archegonia, and this takes away all ground for close comparison ;

I shall not trace the more distant analogies which may exist be-

tween the archegonia of the higher.Cryptogamia and the organs

of fructification of the rest of the Cryptogamia. A different ex-

* See among others, Thuret, Recherch. sur les Antheridies minh te 5

(Ann. des Se. Nat. 3rd sér. xvi.); and Tulasne, Mém. p. servir a |’Hist.

des Lichens (Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3rd sér. xvii.).

+ See Hofmeister, Vergleich. Unters. der hoh. Cryptogamen, t. 21. (Pi-

lularia); Milde, Flora, 1852, No. 32. t. 7; and Hofmeister, Beitrage zur

Kenntniss der Gefasscrypt. t. 17 & 18 (Hquisetum).

— a en

lil Bi te

M. A. Braun on the Nucleus of the Characez. 301

planation from Hofmeister’s was proposed by Griffith*, and still

earlier, but less consequently, by Meyent. Both compared the

fruit of the Characez to the ovules of the Phanerogamia, regard-

ing the envelope as integument, the central portion as nucleus.

Since the single generation of the Characez, as the producer of

spores, may be compared with the second generation of the Vas-

cular Cryptogamia, a comparison still further supported by the

fact that the entire mode of construction of the Characez by no

means belongs to the forms of thalloid structure, but exhibits a

definite contrast of stem- and leaf-formation, nothing can be

said @ prior? against seeking a comparison on this side. In the

gradual closing together of the central body, the envelope: of

the Chara fruit certainly exhibits a similar behaviour to the in-

tegument of the Phanerogamie ovule, and the comparison of the

central portion with the nucleus seems even still more apt. This

central portion, hitherto regarded as a single cell, is in fact a

cellular body formed of four cells, one of which by prepondera-

ting growth at an early period displaces the rest, and may be

compared with the embryo-sac. It might appear as though no-

thing were wanting in this comparison but the formation of an

embryo in the large cell of the central bedy. But after close

examination, only a distant resemblance remains: even on this

side; for while the integument of the Phanerogamic seed corre-

sponds to a closed sheath-like leaf, the integument in Chara, as

I shall demonstrate hereafter, is an envelope formed of a five-

leayed. whorl. The greatest difference however relates to the

nature of the large cell of the central portion, which, for compa-

rison either with the embryo-sae or with the central cell of the

archegonium, must be the mother-cell of a germ-cell, the origin

of which, according to Hofmeister’s account in the above-named

places, actually takes place by free cell-formation.

Fully as I trust in the acuteness and accuracy of Hofmeister’s

observations, and desirable as the confirmation of his statements

would be to me, I have not yet succeeded in convincing myself

of their correctness ; I have seen a nucleus, and in later stages a

vacuole in that cell, but could never detect the formation of a

real daughter-cell in it ; on the contrary, the entire large cell-in

every case appeared to become developed into the spore. If this

be really the case, it offers the weightiest objection against too

close comparison both with the ovules of the Phanerogamia and

with the archegonium of the Cryptogamia, since a spore-forma-

tion of such a kind would rather point to a comparison with the

lower groups of the Cryptogamia, in which alone occurs spore-

* Caleutta Journ. of Nat. Hist. vol. v. (1844), p. 241.

+ Pflanzenphysiologie, in. (1839), p. 354.

302 M, A. Braun on the Nucleus of the Characee.

formation of spores by mere detachment of cells, or tying-off

(abschniirung) as it is termed. Therefore to avoid using any

name referring to too distant analogies, I shall apply to the

female organ of fructification with its accessory portions, as a

whole, for reasons to be explained hereafter, the name of spore-

bud (sporophysa), distinguishing the envelope surrounding the

spore as the spore-coat (sporosteyium).

Thus, through the spore-formation, through the want of the

alternation of generations proper to the higher Cryptogamia, as

also through the true cellular structure, the Characeze will adjoin

the lower Cryptogamia ; while on the other hand, the presence of

convoluted spermatozoids, as also the contrast of stem- and leaf-

formation, connect them with the higher Cryptogamia, so that

they occupy a strange intermediate position between the two.

That they possess a real (active) contrast of sexes is indicated, in

the first place, by the spermatozoids, the necessity of which for im-

pregnation has been demonstrated by numerous observations and

experiments in the higher Cryptogamia* ; so that, looking at the

great resemblance those of the Characez possess to those of the

higher Cryptogamia, especially those of the Mosses and Liver-

worts, we can certainly apply the Aristotelian obdév yap parny

» pvow rove. It is further testified by the distribution of the

sexes, analogous to that of the higher plants, sometimes both to

one plant (moncecious), sometimes in distinct plants (dicecious),

in which latter case ‘ stocks’ of both kinds are usually found

im company ft.

The order of development of the organs of fructification also

agrees, since in general the development of the antheridia pre-

cedes that of the spores, which is especially strikmg im those

species where life is of short duration, as, for imstance, Nite/la

syncarpa and fasciculata. The frequent occurrence of a peculiar

mode of degeneration of the spore-coat, probably connected

with sterility of the spore, wherein the hard shell, which in the

normal condition protects the spore, is not formed, seems likewise

to indicate the necessity of impregnation, yet it is remarkable

that the spore itself, in such degenerated spore-coat, is as abun-

dantly filled with starch as the normal.

* The recent experiments of Hofmeister with Selaginella (Vergleich.

Unters. p. 124) and Isoées (Beitrage z. Kenntniss der Gefasserypt. p. 128),

bring new confirmation of the older ones of Savi on Salvinia and Fabre on ~

Marsilia,

+ Ch. stelligera, Bauer, forms an exception to this, only specimens bear-

ing antheridia having been hitherto found in its known stations in tempe-

rate and northern Europe. The Italian Ch. ulvoides, described by Bertolomi,

appears to be the female plant of a more vigorous form of the same species.

Ch. stelligera is a plant which is abundantly and readily increased also in

the vegetative way by its stellate, sprouting tubercles.

7Se-e — a nn)

Ss so i i Nici aati ial kl ae ee

ell

Me: W. Clark on the Branchial Currents in the ‘Disiiocs: 303

XXIX.— On the Branchial Currents in the Bivalves.

By Wiri1am Crars, Esq.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN, . | _ Exmouth, September 1853.

I request permission to reply to Messrs. Alder and Hancock’s

comments in the ‘ Annals of Natural History,’ vol. viii. p. 370.

Pl. XV. N. S., on my branchial theory, which appeared in a

paper on the Pholadide in vol.vi. p. 313 of that publication.

I was so engaged last year in the examination of a splendid

harvest of rare animals, that I had no time to cqnsider their re-

marks, but having now an unlimited supply of Pholades, 1 will

endeavour to acquit myself of my engagements with these gen-

tlemen.

They commence by quoting parts of my theory, and say that

I announce “ that ;%ths, if not all, the branchial water is admitted

by the pedal gape.” On this point they observe—

“Let us for a moment consider what would be the conse-

quence of Mr. Clark’s supposition, that these animals obtain

water only by the pedal gape. Nearly all of them pass their

lives buried in sand or mud, or immured in solid stone, with only

a small aperture externally, the pedal opening being beneath,

and the siphonal tubes in communication with the sea. Yet

Mr. Clark would have these animals receive only the small quan-

tity of water charged with sand and mud that finds its way to

the bottom of the cavity, rather than draw their supply from the

pure element on the surface, by means of their long siphons.”

To this quotation I reply, that a fresh and very extended exa-

mination of four species of the Pholades fully supports me in

maintaining all my positions, and I think I shall demonstrate

that Messrs. Alder and Hancock’s system of. branchial currents

is erroneous. The only correction I have to make is, that I have

clearly ascertained that the branchial, like the anal siphon, is

both mhalant and exhalant.

With respect to their observations on the habits of the Pho-

lades, it is only necessary to admit, that these animals often in-

habit sand and shingle, mixed with clay, and are not always im-

bedded in hard rock. But we contend that the cavities in which

they dwell afford sufficient passage for the sea water, and the

areas of their habitats are saturated therewith, as when the tide

withdraws, much of its waters is retained by the various strata,

which by filtration reaches the burrows in a pure state, and not

“ charged with sand and mud.” .

Continual watchings for months of multitudes of these ani-

804 Mr. W. Clark on the Branchial Currents in the Bivalves

mals prove beyond doubt that the water is not only copiously

received at the pedal gape or aperture, but is often expelled

with as much force, and with a similar formed jet, as from the

branchial siphon; and my dredger, who during the last fifty

years has excavated more Pholades than any man in existence,

says, that he continually sees the water expelled from the pedal

gape. This is an important fact in corroboration of my theory,

as an in- and ex-current is established pedally in combination

with the branchial siphon.

I will now mention a decisive proof that nature, in all the

bivalves, intends the water, under certain conditions, to be re-

ceived and expelled by the pedal gape or aperture. When the

gape of the Pholas papyracea is closed, by being domed by the

animal, a large ovally dilatable fissure is always left for the water

in the connecting membrane of the lamine of the dome, in its

centre, to correspond with the gape that has been rendered in-

effective. And in the linear Solens, in which, from the quality of

the foot and its singular position, the water cannot well enter

pedally, a similar aperture is also left in the membrane of the

connecting valves. In the Mye and other bivalves the water can

get access through the ventral and pedal apertures. Thus we

learn from these examples that when nature has denied the or-

dinary pedal entry and exit for the fluid, she always supplies a

compensation.

The periodic entry and reflux of the branchial water present

two distinct characters ; the one being regular, the other more

uncertain. With respect to the first, place a dozen Pholades. and

as many Pullastra pullastra, or P. decussata, in a dish of sea

water : 1t will be seen that each has a regular periodic action, the

Veneres usually from one to two minutes, and the Pholades three

to four, until a change of circumstances induces a new disposition.

The entry and issue of the fluid, in conjunction with the pedal

gape. and aperture, are thus performed :—the animal simulta-

neously closes the orifices of both siphons, which after a short

pause. are again opened; the effete water flows from both, and

fresh is received. But independent of these silent though very

visible operations, there is about every five minutes a powerful

and copious jet from both tubes, sometimes simultaneously, at

others at intervals, and that from the branchial tube in the

Pholades is almost always accompanied by a strong ejection from

the pedal gape, and also in the. Veneres from the pedal aperture,

though from the absence. of a gape. in their shells. it is not so

visible. The periodic. times of the in- and out-flux, of whichever

character it may be, as the animal becomes exhausted, are more

and more prolonged ; they are only in vigour for twelve hours.

What is the object of these copious and regular receptions

We hen

Mr. W. Clark on the Branchial Currents in the Bivalves. 305

and expulsions of water? Will not*every reasonable person

acknowledge that they can only serve for branchial purposes—

the receptions, to administer water to the gill-lamine, and

the expulsions to remove it when effete by the contraction of

the adductors of the valves and siphonal retractors? In corro-

boration of the above, I particularly refer to the Rev. James Bul-

wer’s account of the Jsocardia cor, published in the ‘ Zoological

Journal, vol. ii. p. 258. Messrs. Alder and Hancock cannot

controvert. these facts, and therefore in relation to my theory

say, “ This is, however, a special case having nothing to do with

the regular branchial currents, as has before been pointed out to

Mr. Clark.”

My opponents may find their special case a general law, and

their system of regular branchial currents an illusion.

They, having discovered that no ascertained communication—

[this is a condition of my theory]—existed between the branchial

and anal chambers, thus express the fact :—“ We certainly

find no opening between the foot and the gills, nor between the

gills and the mantle ;” and in consequence of their favourite

doctrine being in jeopardy, they “found it necessary to make a

careful examination of the anatomical structure of these ani-

mals,” and have informed us of the discovery of a channel, by.

declaring the gill-lamine and their interbranchial tubes per-

meable, on which—to them a most important fact, if truae—they

emphatically observe, “Thus in an instant the secret was ex-

plained; the currents communicate through minute openings in

the lamine of the gill-plates.”

I think these gentlemen have formed an erroneous conclusion :

I cannot accord with the monstrous position, that the impure

branchial water, deprived of its oxygen by the cilia, and of the

alimentary matters by the palpi of the animal, is sent by filtra-

tion, even if peres existed, through the gill-lamine and inter-

branchial tubes, which are the supports. of the delicate blood-ves-

sels for discharge at the anal siphon.

As the capacity of the branchial chamber is at least three

times greater than the anal, Messrs. Alder and Hancock must ad-

mit that two-thirds of its fluid is expelled agreeably to my theory ;

it is therefore difficult to conceive a plausible reason why a part

of the effete water, only one-third, should be got rid of by an

issue, termed by them a branchial current. The sustentation

and aération being unquestionably effected in the branchial,

vault, we may inquire, what is the object of this partial labyrin-

thine exit for the water instead of its being wholly ejected by the

pedal aperture and branchial’ siphon, at which it entered, agree-

ably to the simple laws of nature ?

In connexion with these views, I state a fact that may have

306 Mr. W. Clark on the Branchial Currents in the Bivalvés.

some weight even with the sceptical. The longitudinal. retract-

ors and transverse muscles of the siphons are of very- great

power ; the office of the latter is to diminish the calibre of the

tubes, that, in conjunction with the former, they may effect a

more powerful a oe of the impure fluid. As proof, if a dozen

Pholas dactylus ave placed in a large dish of sea water, they will

cause so great an ejection from the siphons, not from the effect

of sudden disturbance or being startled, but of regular periodical

emissions, as to cover the table several times during the twelve

hours of the day and also throughout the quietude of the night :

assuredly this circumstance serves to prove that the impure water

is thus expelled, and that no part of it permeates the inter-

branchial tubes.

However, it still appears that Messrs. Alder and Hancock

insist on a regular in-current by the branchial siphon, and an

ex-current from the anal, effected by cilia, for the use of the

respiratory apparatus ; these are, as I think, strange and impotent

motor agents. I have in a former paper expressed a belief that

the function of the cilia is to beat and subdivide the water, that

the oxygen may be the more easily extracted. I must now ob-

serve that all the testaceous Mollusca have many parts of their

bodies clothed with cilia, which show their action in a similar

manner to the Bivalves ; what then, in them, are the functions

of these appendages ? May we not reasonably conclude, the same

as in the Bivalves, to extract air from the water not only for their

branchiz, but perhaps to pass the vital fluid through the pores

of the body. One can hardly suppose that in either group their

duty is mechanically to create currents, when a more simple,

visible, and effective plan exists; I therefore thik the view is

untenable, that they effect the in- and out-flux of water in the

anal and branchial chambers. I believe a simple hydrostatic law

provides for this operation in all the Bivalves by a vacuum being

formed by the contraction of the valves in the expulsion of the

effete water, and that on opening them and relaxing the siphonal

orifices to take in a fresh supply the vacuum ceases.

The action of the cilia is local. That they produce currents or

rather eddies on the gill-lamine and different parts of the body

of the Gasteropoda cannot be doubted; these result from every

stroke of each that causes a displacement of fluid which instantly

reverts to its level, but they are not the locomotive agents of the

entrance or exit of the branchial water; they are strictly parti-

cular, having no determinate line of operation, and act indiseri-

minately from every pole. As presumptive proof, examine an

oyster or a mussel from a provincial stall a few days after they

are received, when the cilia under the microscope will be found

in full action as if just taken from the sea, and will continue so

he i nn

ki.

2X ee — —s

Mr. W. Clark on the Branchial Currents in the Bwalves. 307

as long as moisture remains. _ In this case these species, even if

they had siphons, could not produce in- and out-currents by

separate ducts, from non-access to water; we are, therefore,

bound to give the preference to the idea that their functions are

to eliminate the oxygen. I may observe, that cilia are attached

to the different epithelia in all animals, from the monad to man.

The inconsistency of such a motive power will be apparent from

the consideration that the cilia must act antagonistically from

opposite points ; one set to work the water in branchially, and

another to expel it through the anal duct after percolating the

gill-laminz and interbranchial tubes. I shall recur to the cilia,

and expect to prove that the new scheme of communication be-

tween the two siphons is very problematical, I may say imprac-

ticable.

Messrs. Alder and Hancock go on to say, that any one may

convince himself of the existence of a branchial in-current and an

anal ex-current, by placing a Pholas “in a glass of sea water,

and then by gently adding a little fresh, slightiy charged with

floating particles,” he will perceive the two actions. I admit, by

this process, that currents will ensue, as the invigorating fresh

element causes the animal to expel that which has become effete

and take in a new supply ; but as I have, under every condition of

experiment, examined multitudes of these creatures, I am bound

to declare that the currents have no continuous regularity : and I

think the mode of testing their presence by means of the water

being charged with buoyant particles is fallacious ; these only

float on the surface, and are subject to many perturbations and

deceptions arising from depth of water, currents of air, the po-

sition of the animal, whether on the ventral or:dorsal surface,

by its will and humour, state of exhaustion, and by an unnatural

confinement. My repeated examinations show that the par- -

ticles are whirled in all directions ; sometimes they pass into the

branchial chamber, at others none will enter : capricious gyra-

tions, whether arising from the action of the animal or other

natural causes, are their ruling character. With respect to the

anal siphon, the floating particles are certainly repelled from its

orifice in a somewhat regular and continuous manner, being only

interrupted by the periodic reception of fluid to supply the ex-

haustions. The frequent repulsions of particles from the anal

orifice have been construed by Messrs. Alder and Hancock to

arise from the percolation of water from the branchial yault

through the gill-lamine and interbranchial tubes to an issue at

the anal siphon, produced by the agency of cilia. I think it will

appear that this complicated operation will meet with insur-

mountable difficulties, and though I admit the anal outflow, I

protest against its being considered of branchial origin and regu-

308 Mr. W. Clark on the Branchial Currents in the Bivalves.

lar ; the regularity is fallacious, though most naturalists appear

to have adopted that idea, without perhaps sufficient examina-

tion, and others have been careless in their observations. But the

diligent observer of cause and effect will perceive that there is as

much water mhaled as expelled by the anal siphon, and that its

fluctuation in the branchial chamber, produced by the contraction

and dilatation of the four gill-plates, which can often be seen by

a lens through the orifice of a large P. dactylus, aided by the

respiratory circulation, causes a pressure and an impulse on the

interbranchial tubes ; these, as before shown, are filled every two

to four minutes by a reception of water anally, which after per-

forming its function, of whatever nature it may be, is thus for

a similar period made to reflow into the anal cavity, and from

thence is discharged by an insensible contraction of the siphonal

muscles until the exhaustion of the fluid: this is very evident by

the failure of the current, which only recovers its full action on

the periodic renewal of the water. I have thus, perhaps, ex-

plained the mystery of the so-called branchial current. .

It is problematical what are the precise functions of the water

that is received into the interbranchial tubes and anal vault; I

have hereafter alluded to some of them conjecturally, and for the

present will only observe, that as this tube acts as a conduit to

the contents of the rectum, one probable use of the water is to

break down and remove the dejections ; and it would indeed be

strange if it had no other entry, except from the branchial vault

by the devious route of filtration through the imterbranchial

canals.

In further support of the view that the anal ex-current is not

the effect of a percolation of liquid through the gill-lamine, I

will for a moment digress, and relate a short incidental experi-

‘ment. As the anal siphon is somewhat longer than the branchial,

it is easy to subject the latter to the influence of the water and

isolate the former; it resulted, that whilst the water flowed into

the branchial cavity, none, in an hour’s constant observation

under the lens, issued from the anal siphon, a sufficient proof of

the non-communication of the two; but as soon as the anal

siphon was allowed to reach the water and obtained a supply, the

current recommenced.

I now come to another experiment from which Messrs, Alder

and Hancock conclusively infer the connexion of the siphonal

currents. They state, “that the nosle of a blowpipe charged

with a coloured fluid was placed at the inhalant orifice of a

Pholas, and immediately. a quantity was drawn into: the animal:

Watching carefully the result, we had soon the satisfaction of

beholding a blue-stained stream issue from the exhalant orifice.”

To this I observe, that having tried the experiment again and

i i

Mr. W. Clark on the Branchial Decide in the Bivalves. 309

again, failure always occurred ; as the animal, after receiving the

coloured fluid, which was applied without difficulty, in general

immediately discharged it by the pedal gape, or by the branchial

aperture overwhelming with coloured matter both tubes, the ori-

fices of which by their inflection by the animal were so retracted

and blended together as to be undiscoverable ; of course, any issue

of liquid from a particular tube was undistinguishable. When,

in any example, the fluid, which was coloured by archil, re-

mained a little time without expulsion, I opened the branchial

eayity to see if the gill-laminz and interbranchial tubes showed

any increased inflation or colour from the filtration of the injec-

tion, but no unusual appearance presented itself. I also opened

the anal vault and collected with a camel’s-hair brush as much

of the moisture as possible; this was applied to a yery small

guantity of distilled water, but no trace of colour appeared; we

may then presume that none of the injection had passed from

one siphon to the other. But when the coloured fluid was ad-

ministered anally, all the interbranchial tubes were at once filled

and remained inflated more than an hour, representing minute

well-filled hoses, which bore the pressure of a delicate wooden

stylet, and exhibited the fluctuations of the liquid, which, on its

remoyal, instantly reverted to the points of displacement without

any escape into the branchial chamber. We may therefore con-

clude, that the interbranchial tubes are impervious tissues, and

are supplied through the orifices of the crypts from the water

sucked in by the anal siphon ; and one of their uses is probably,

by being filled, to afford a sufficient tension to the network of

the blood-vessels that they may the better receive the action of the

cilia: they may also possibly be the receptacles for the matura-

tion of the ova, agreeably to the opinions of some naturalists ; but

in the multitudes I have examined I cannot corroborate this

view, as during the months of May, June, and July I failed to

see any deposit of ova either on the gill-laminz, or within the

interlaminar cayities, or in the crypts of the anal vault; still the

“ genitabile tempus”’ may be later ; nevertheless the ovaria were

well filled with germs of various sizes. Under all the circum-

stances of this experiment, I think, though it may not be im-

practicable, that it cannot be depended on even if the gill-lamine

are permeable; but as I confidently believe no communication

exists through them, I must conclude that these gentlemen were

mistaken in supposing they had detected an issue of coloured

fluid from the branchial vault through their exhalant siphon.

I have now to consider the principal experiment, which Messrs.

Alder and Hancock think will settle the disputed problem of in-

and ex-currents in the Bivalves, produced by the action of cilia

through separate siphons. They say,—

310 Mr. W. Clark on the Branchial Currents in the Bivalves.

“ But a simple experiment will at once solve this difficulty.

Having killed a specimen of Pholas crispata with the siphonal

tubes contracted as little as possible, and having placed it in di-

luted spirit a few howrs to render the tissues firm without hard-

ening them too much, we had again recourse to the blowpipe,

charged as formerly with coloured fluid. The specimen was

opened down the ventral margin, exposing to view the whole of

the gills stretched along the roof of the branchial cavity. The

nosle of the blowpipe was passed into the anal siphon, and on

removing the finger from the top of the pipe, the contained fluid

immediately filled the anal chamber behind the gills, and then

passing at once down the tubes between the laminz of the gills,

issued through ten thousand pores, and dyed the water in the

branchial chamber. Thus in an instant the secret was ‘ex-

plained ;—the currents communicate through minute openings’

in the laminze of the gill-plates. itr hMecsesad

“Having thus satisfied ourselves of this fact, we next directed’

our attention to the structure of the gills. Accordingly the anal

chamber was laid open, and its ventral wall was seen to exhibit

four longitudinal rows of large orifices. These four rows of ori-

fices, already well known to anatomists, correspond to the at-

tached margins of the four gill-plates, which hang from the roof

or dorsal membrane of the branchial chamber; this membrane

being the ventral wall of the anal chamber,—the membrane, in

fact, which divides the chambers.

“These orifices lead into wide tubes which pass between the

two laminee forming each gill-plate. These interbranchial tubes

lie contiguous and parallel to each other, and extend the full

width of the gill, being bifid within its free margin. Thus it is

evident that the tubes within the gill-plates communicate freely

with the anal chamber. The lamin forming the walls of these |

tubes were now examined through the microscope, when the

whole was observed to present a regularly reticulated structure

composed of blood-vessels ; those passing transversely being the

stronger and more prominent. The longitudinal vessels, rather

far apart from each other, form the meshes into parallelograms.

These meshes are open spaces, fringed internally with a narrow

membrane and active vibratile cilia. The two vascular lamine

forming the gill-plate are really sieves to separate suspended

molecules from the surrounding medium on the passage of the

water from the branchial to the anal chamber ;—an apparatus of

the most exquisite beauty and perfect adaptation to the desired

end. rie

“We cannot understand how this beautiful structure escaped

detection by the mercurial injection of Mr. Clark.”

I at once dispose of the last remark to save trouble in my

Mr. W. Clark on the Branchial Currents in the Bivalves. 311

counter-statement ; if these gentlemen had read a little more at-

tentively, they would haye seen, in the paper on which they have

passed their strictures, that Mr. Clark states, ‘‘ the application of

the mercury to that tube gradually filled the entire range of the

branchial vessels, which exhibited a yery elegant appearance, but

no fiuid escaped from them into the branchial sac.”

It is proper to state, that the Pholas crispata is the species

that has furnished my controversialists with their remarks on my

branchial theory, which is illustrated chiefly by the P. dactylus.

I am not aware that this circumstance is of much moment, as

we may safely conclude that the gills of all the Pholades have in

essentials the same character. But I ought to mention, that the

framework of the respiratory apparatus in some tribes of the

Bivalyes presents a very different arrangement. For example, there

are several British families whose species I have seen alive, and

which fortunately can be obtained, that have a peculiar branchial

construction, which appears as to general configuration closely

analogous to that lately described in the ‘ Annals’ to exist in

the Chamostrea albida and Myochama anomioides of authors, but

the particular parts of the mechanism in my species do not ae-

cord; I think the narrow reticulated ribands on the external

surface are not permeable, and do not lie on apertures that com-

municate with the interbranchial tubes. © I refrain, at present,

from extending these remarks, but in a fitting time I shall be

prepared with some comparative notes on certain species. that

haye only a single complete gill-lamina and a rudimentary one

on each side the body, which seem to me to differ essentially

in structure from the descriptions that have been promulgated

on the composition of the branchial mechanism of the species

that have been alluded to.

I now enter on the counter-statement to the last quotation,

and beg to observe, that Messrs. Alder and Hancock, in the ex-

planatory sketch of their Pholas crispata, Pl. XY. vol. viii. N.S.,

give a very intelligible outline of their theory. Though entirely

dissenting from it, I cannot but admire the ingenious delineation,

particularly fig. 3. of the gill-laminz, showing the aspect of the

meshes ; it has however one fault—it exhibits them al/ with sym-

metrical longitudinal fissures called “ orifices,” which I think are

ruptures of the membrane of each mesh, not one of which exists

naturally in the three species I have examined.

Since May 1853 I have often performed “ the simple experi-

ment ” detailed by Messrs. Alder and Hancock in the third pa-

ragraph of their paper, p. 374; it is by far the most important

of the series, as the problem of communication, with them, be-

tween the anal and branchial siphons, depends on it :—by the in-

jections of more than 200 Pholades with mereury and coloured

312 Mr. W. Clark on the Branchial Currents in the Bivalves.

fluids, the invariable result has been my inability, as in the

first experiments in 1850, to pass the fluids through the anal

chamber further than to fill all the interbranchial tubes ; but I

always found the gill-laminz, which form their walls, impervious,

instead of allowing liquid to issue “ from 10,000 pores.” It is

necessary to state that the numerous interlaminar canals that

compose the divisions of the gill-plates are nearly parallel, and

hang vertically from the dorsal line, ranging at equidi

throughout a great part of the extent of each branchial plate,

and by sutural lines of junction cut off the communication be-

tween each tube.

I will now enter a little more into detail on some points in

connexion with the branchial laminz, by describing the appear-

ance of the areas of the parallelograms under repeated examina-

tions by transmitted light, and also as opake objects, rendered.

so by the injection of mercury. )

In a full-grown Pholas dactylus, the surfaces of each gill-

lamina together comprise an extent of about a square inch,

every one-tenth of which contains 400 oblong subquadrangular

spaces, or 40,000 in each plate, forming a total in the four gills

of 160,000; this admeasurement and enumeration may not be

very far from the truth. In each parallelogram, besides a ge-

neral suboval depression, there are within it five to twenty or

more shallow excavations of various size and shape, but there is

no ruling symmetrical fissure as delineated in Messrs, Alder and

Hancock’s fig. 3. Each area shows a plain, a pitted, and a mam-

millated or traceried surface, detected by the action of the micro-

scopic foci. We will start from the plain surface in which there

is certainly no perforation ; the fine adjustment of the instrument

measures the depth of the depressions, and by another movement

shows the character of the minute points, thus proving that no

fissure or aperture exists, as when there is really an imperfection

in the membrane it cannot thus be resolved, but under every phase

of the instrument the hiatus of a solution of continuity is seen.

The shallow depressions are the uncoyered patches of the mem-

branous base of the scales or epithelium incident to all the Mol.

lusea ; from them the numerous vibratile cilia spring which pre-

sent the most discordant and particular motions that operate

from every point; sometimes they appear as if each entire pit

was whirled on a vertical axis, at others a compact mass of

strands dilates and contracts like the heart, then a fasciculus of

cilia is seen beating the water with every irregularity ; sometimes

only a single cirrhus is raised and falls in quick succession, like a.

hammer in a mechanic’s hand; but it is impossible to deseribe all. .

the varieties of motion. In a fresh animal the action and strokes

exhibit the greatest rapidity ; it seems utterly impracticable that

Mr. W. Clark on the Branchial Currents in the Bivalves’ 313

regular currents can be formed by such a chaos of agency ; ra-

pidity and diversity is the natural character of the action of the

cilia, and it is only by the exhaustion of moisture, which can

never occur in natural sites, that a subdued and more deliberate

motion is attained, and even then their direction is as variable as

ever ; I can only consider them as the eliminating mechanism of

the oxygen. The epithelium is pretty regularly deposited on the

upper area of a compound membrane, one lamina being thin,

horny, and of a yellowish pale brown; the other thicker, of a

more mucous quality and whiter colour: this is seen by exami-

ning the edges of a section. Between these membranes which

form the substance of the gill-plates the network of the blood-

vessels is spread, as without such support it would fall to pieces :

perhaps the roots of the cilia pass through the epithelium and

its supporting membrane, and impinging or centring on the

coats of the blood-vessels, by a capillary or porous action supply

them with the air they extract from the water. It is scarcely

possible to view a more interesting object than the structure of

the branchial mechanism and operation of the cilia, by trans-.

mitted light, under a power of 300 or 400 diameters. I think

these data will almost convince naturalists that these organs

cannot be the agents of a communication from the branchial

chamber to the anal siphon.

It is necessary to state that occasional lesions, and now and

then a perforation, are seen on the surface of the gill-laminz,

the evident effect of a casual imperfection ; with these exceptions,

entirety is the ruling aspect ; all my fellow-observers concurred

in this opinion ; and two pieces of gill-lamina containing several

interbranchial tubes were submitted to a distinguished metro-

politan microscopist, who thus reported on them: “I can find

no pores in them, unless a piece of leather may be called porous.” '

Since this opinion a great number of the gill-membranes of the

Pholas dactylus have been examined by transmitted light by one

of Mr. Ross’s microscopes, with the } and 4 of an inch object-

glasses, a power more than sufficient to detect the presence of

natural symmetrical apertures or pores through which effective

permeation could be obtained ; indeed that power would be equal

to show pores through which no water could pass freely, and

scareely by exudation.

The ilonlites of the Pholas parva are more delicate than in

the ‘dactylus.’ No appearance of symmetrical apertures exists,

but only an excessively minute wiry tracery, studded in the inter-

stices with points, which, under a power of 300 linear, only pre-

sented a surface little larger than the point of the finest needle,

and had the aspect of prominent dots rather than pores.

In the Pholas papyracea the gills are of the finest texture, but

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 22

314 Mr. W. Clark on the Branchial Currents in the Bivalves.

exhibit no appearance of a permeable structure; minute points

are scattered im the tracery of the parallelograms, some of them

being circled by a shallow grooved line ; but this is merely a de-

pression of the epithelium or its supporting membrane. I have

preserved the preparations. The P. candida has not been exa-

mined, and the P. erispata does not inhabit the South Devon

coasts. S|

Having mentioned accidental lesions and gill-laminar imper-

fections, I have to add, that in testing Messrs. Alder and Han-

cock’s chief experiment, no alcoholic injections should be ‘used,

as by their penetrating quality they may exude through these

supereminently delicate tissues; nor should mereury be employed,

as its weight in young subjects without great care often causes

ruptures, and from its density it does not pass near so freely as

aqueous fluids. Sea water coloured by indigo or archil, or pure

is the proper injection, which must not be pushed beyond a full

distension of the interlaminar tubes. The animal should be

prepared in as natural a state as possible, and not be killed by

any process producing sudden asphyxia, as immersion in hot

water or alcohol; the first destroys tenacity m delicate tissues,

the second thickens and hardens them too much, and occasions

lesions and fissures by contraction. There must be no lesions

im the gill-lamine, except those that result from imperfections,

which prevail to more or less extent in every animal I have

examined—at least 500; any solution of continuity at the june-

tion of the gills with the excessively delicate membranes of the

body will be fatal to success.

If the experiment is thus conducted, no injection through the

anal siphon will flow into the branchial vault by the route of the

interlaminar canals ; the only moisture, if any, that can arrive

there, may be a slight exudation, a proportionate one to the

number of perforations and cracks in the membrane from laminar

malformation, and of these only those which pass through into

the interbranchial tubes. There may be in the 40,000 paral-

lelograms in each gill, about twenty flaws or imperfections, and

I reserve the possibility that all or most of these may arise from

the manipulation of such delicate tissues.

After all these incidents, how am I to explain the great

discrepancy between the experiments of the northern naturalists,

illustrated by their “ 10,000 pores,” and mine, by the impossi-

bility of causing fluids to issue from the interbranchial tubes

by percolation through the membrane on which the network of

the blood-vessels is spread? But ’tis said, the sight is keener

in the North than with us southrons. The only solution I can

offer is a mere guess, that the animals operated on by these

gentlemen, after being killed, and alcoholized to harden the

Mr. W. Clark. on the Branchial Currents in the Bivalves. 315

fabric,—and. the contractive qualities of aleohol are well-known,

—had, when the moisture was evaporated, the membrane of the

entire network of the branchial laminz broken by lesions and

contractions, and. their fig. 3..in the plate has much the aspect

of such ruptures. “I cast this idea on the waters,” as Southey

did“ his little book,” and it may have as much value as it deserves.

I had scarcely written these lines when I found that my conjecture

might be right. Having opened ina gill-plate an interbranchial

tube that retained the injected mercury, I cleared it of the

mineral, and being dry it was placed in water to recover pliability,

for fixing on a tablet, on which it was carefully spread without

stretching ; 1 found that in the central portion of the membrane

of the plate almost every parallelogram was ruptured, which

under the microscope showed no previous solutions of continuity,

and.each fissure proved a fac-simile of those delineated vol. yin.

N.S. Pl. XY. fig. 3.

-. The area of the portion of the plate examined contained about

2000 parallelograms in rows, and by its size caused. the sphere

of. contractibility to centre in the middle, whilst towards the

margins, a less resistance and greater elasticity prevailing, many

of the rows of network preserved their integrity. 1 then-pre-

pared another portion of ten transverse and as many longitudinal

rows; in this diminished area not a mesh was ruptured, and the

membrane of the blood-yessels remained perfect. . It appears

then, that the moistening of the gill-plate with plain. water—and

of course with alcohol a much greater effect is produced—may

have caused all the fissures m Messrs.. Alder and. Hancock's

Specimens, thus. fully accounting for the singularly different

results of our respective injections of the anal siphon.

> df,1 am right m these points, the question of in- and.ex-cur-

rents by cilia and separate siphons is disposed of. ,. The data of

these gentlemen to show a communication between the anal.and

branchial vaults through the membrane of the network.of the

gill-laminz not being tenable, of course their theory falls to

the ground, on the principle of “sublata causa tollitur effectus ;”

consequently mine, as published in the ‘ Annals,’ 1850, has not

yet been proved incorrect. :

Hitherto the Pholades have been more particularly the object

of consideration ; it may now be not amiss to turn our attention

to a. group of Bivalyes which, though essentially the same,. differ

materially in the configuration and arrangement of many of their

organs ; they may perhaps assist us in searching out. the truth,

by the discordancy of their attributes with those of_their pre-

cursors.

How am I to consider the Anomie.and Ostree, that have open

mantles and no tubes, in. which the water must enter at every

22*

316 Mr. W.Clark on the Branchial Currents in the Bivalves.

point of the periphery that is patent, contemporaneously with

the opening of the shell by the animal? Here the water cannot

be passed off by what is called an anal tube, because none exists ;

it must therefore be discharged by the great ventral cavity. Or,

am I to idealize, and suppose that in the same branchial vault a

distinct in-current has its course and another out? I may ob-

serve, that in the Gasteropoda there is a similar periodie entry

and expulsion of water from the branchial chamber as in the

Bivalves; and after the cilia have extracted the oxygen, I have

witnessed a hundred times the forcible expulsion of the effete

fluid by a jet as decided as in them ;—am I here also to suppose

that ache are two distinct opposite currents in the same undivided

cavity ? !

I have now to inquire how the gill-percolation, admitting for

argument that it exists, is disposed of in this tribe of Bivalves

without siphons. If the water permeates the gills of the Pholades,

it must do so in the Anomie and Ostree; in the former there is

a possible vent by the siphon, but none in the latter, therefore

it must revert to its source, the branchial cavity. Does not this

go far to prove that there is no permeation in either case?

Then, may it not be permitted us, in this asiphonal group, with-

out having recourse to an “olla podrida,” or hash of currents,

to conclude, that when the animal opens the shell for the ad-

mission of water to bathe the branchie, and when that function

is accomplished, it ejects the effete fluid by the same channel it

entered, as no separate duct can be found? Will not the calm

consideration of this case make most men doubt the existence of

branchial currents either by distinct tubes, that is one inhalant

and. branchial, and another exhalant and anal, or by what I term

supposititious ones? The former position I think I have proved

in the Pholades by showing that there is no effective communica-

tion between the two chambers; and in the Anomie and Ostree,

the latter condition of the currents being imaginary, appears to

be the most correct view. It may therefore be considered that

in the Bivalyes, whatever modification their siphonal mechanism

may present, all are subject to a general law of the water being

expelled from the same siphon or channel at which it entered,

aided by the pedal gape and pedal aperture where they exist ;

and in the Anomie and Ostree, in which these organs are rudi-

mentary or entirely wanting, the water is simply received and

expelled through the ventral range, and not by an imaginative

inhalant and exhalant regular current, effected by cilia.

The remainder of Messrs. Alder and Hancock’s paper requires

no further remark than a few words on their concluding experi-

ment, showing how the colouring matters collect in the neigh-

bourhood of the buccal aperture. I have observed these appear-

4 i peli et

Mr. W. Clark on the Branchial Currents in the Bivalves. 317

ances, but I am of opinion, that in an animal eut up from stem

to stern, with the so-called in-current, as they admit, annihilated,

little dependence ean be placed on the action of the gill-lamine

floated in a shallow vessel, to account for the colouring matters

seen at its oral termination. And I cannot understand the

hydro-pneumatic statics of these gentlemen, nor the position

agreeably to their theory, that “a tendency to form a vacuum ”

in the anal chamber ard interbranchial tubes is effected by the

“flowing out ” of the water from the ex-current siphon, com-

bined with ciliary agency, which actions, they add, are the

foundation of their “correct answer to this question; How is

the matter, divided into such minute particles, collected on the

surface of the gills ?”

But a fallacy with respect to a tendency to form a vacuum

seems to present itself, as in this case a flowing out involves the

idea of a flowing in, which militates against the vacuum, for the

fact is, that with the outflow there is in their theory a contem-

poraneous succession of fluid to compensate any possible ex-

haustion. One would rather suppose that a tendency to a vacuum,

instead of existing in the anal chamber, the point of issue, would

be formed in the branchial vault, the source of supply, from a

possible deficiency of fluid: a river shows no appearance of

vacuity at its debouchure or elsewhere, whilst its sources main-

tain their integrity.

I can conceive m a running stream that the pressure of one

portion of water on another produces an impulsion, not a

vacuum ; but how is this impulsion from mere declivity of gra-

dient to operate in the Bivalves, in which the natural position of

the siphons is almost invariably at an angle of 90° in reference

to the horizon? How is the flow out of water to be effected in

them? Are we called on to believe that the cilia, besides elimi-

nating the oxygen for the blood, perform the function of a

pumping apparatus? Surely I need not further entertain such

an absurdity; we may therefore conclude that the water is ex-

pelled at intervals of two to five minutes from both chambers, by

the powerful adductor muscles in combination with the siphonal

retractors of the animal operating on the valves; these agents

act as a force-pump; there is no other adequate exhausting

mechanism.

Ido not think the idea of ciliary currents, independent of

those for the extraction of the oxygen, can be sustained. I also

cannot admit, with my views of the impermeability of the gill-

laminze, that the concluding hypothesis of these gentlemen

throws “some light on the sustentation of the Lamellibranchiate

mollusks ;’’ I believe the gills are strictly a respiratory machine,

with the exception that they may be subservient in some or all

318 Mr. W: Clark on the Branchial Currents in the Bivalves.

the Bivalves to reproduction. I consider that the palpi are the

purveyors and locomotive agents of the alimentary matters.

As a last argument I submit a syllogism, which perhaps some

of your readers will say, from its decisive character, had better

have been placed at the head, instead of the end of this paper, and:

thus they and myself would have escaped the trouble of wading

through long accounts of optical and other experimental tests. |

~ Ina gill-membrane in which cilia are planted, epithelium is

always present, and it and its supporting tissue cannot. exist

without a membranous and mucous substratum; these are abso-

lutely antagonistic to water and impermeable ; therefore the gill-

laminze of the Pholades and other bivalves are impermeable.

I apprehend, that ciliated mucous membranes are neither

absorbents nor emunctories, though the vessels of such glands

may pass through them to the surface; they are probably a

product by exudation from the blood-vessels, for the formation:

of an upper membrane and the epithelium. Thus the very con+

stitution of the branchial plates informs the anatomist and

physiologist, that there cannot through them be a communica+

tion from the branchial to the anal chamber. | iwi

It would be lost labour to prolong this disquisition, in which I

fear my observations have been too often repeated, but the’ im-

portance of the problem is my apology. If I have failed to

convince, I have at least supplied matter for reflection, whiely

may perhaps lead malacologists to doubt whether the ‘doctrine

of inhalant and exhalant currents by cilia and distinct apertures

can be maintained against the evidence I have presented, and to

admit that this long-entertained theory may prove a delusion.

I conclude with a remark of Sir William Napier, who thus

offers an apology—all will exclaim, a needless one—for writing

the history of what he terms “a thrice-told tale,” the Peninsular

War: the eloquent historian says, ‘ that two men observing the

same object will describe it diversely, according to the pomt of

view from which either beholds it; im the eyes of one it shall

bea fair prospect, to the other a barren waste, and neither may

see aright.” .

Are the northern naturalists and myself in this category ? He

adds, ‘wherefore truth being the legitimate object of history, it

is better that she should be sought for by the many than by few,

lest for want of seekers, amongst false lights, she be lost

altogether.” ite fF

Let us then apply these views, and hope that in this branch of

history many observers, besides the present controversialists, will

step in to announce the truth and dispel the mists of prejudice.

I am, Gentlemen, your most obedient servant, 9 >

Witriam Crark.

Mr. R. Warington on Marine Vivaria. 319

XXX.—On Preserving the Balance between the Animal and Ve-

_getable Organisms in Sea Water. By Roserr Warincton.*

In the published notices of my experiments of 1849, to maintain

the balance between the animal and vegetable organisms in a

confined and limited portion of water, the fact was demonstrated,

that, in consequence of the natural decay of the vegetation, its

subsequent decomposition and the mucus-growth to which it

gave rise, this balance could only be sustained for a very short

period, but, if another member were introduced, which would

feed upon the decaying vegetation and thus prevent the accumu-

lation of these destructive products—a function most admirably

performed by the various species of water-snail—such balance

was capable of being continuously maintained without the

slightest difficulty ; and I may add, that the experimental proof

of this has now been carried on, in a small tank in the heart of

London, for the last four years and a half, without any change

or disturbance of the water; the loss which takes place by eva-

poration being made up with rain or distilled water, so as to

avoid any great increase of the mineral ingredients originally

present. It follows then, as a natural deduction, from the suc-

cessful demonstration of these premises, that the same balance

should be capable of being established, under analogous circum-

stances, in sea water. And in a paper published in January

1852+, I stated that I was, at that time, “attempting the same

kind of arrangement with a confined portion of sea water, em-

ploying some of the green sea-weeds for the vegetable member

of the circle, and the common periwinkle as the representative

of the water-snail.”’

The sea water with which the experiments I am about to de-

tail were conducted, was obtained through the medium of one of

the oyster-boats at the Billingsgate fish-market, and was taken

from the middle of the English Channel.

My first object was to ascertain the kind of sea-weed best

fitted, under ordinary circumstances, for keeping the water clear

and sweet, and in a sufficiently oxygenated state to sustain ani-

mal life. And here opinions were at variance, for one naturalist

friend whom I consulted, advised me to employ the Rhodosperms ;

another stated that it was impossible to make the red weeds

answer the purpose, as he had tried them, and strongly recom-

mended the olive or brown-coloured Alge ; while, again, others

thought that I should be more successful with those which had

* Communicated by the Author, having been read at the Hull Meeting

of the British Association.

+ Gardeners’ Botanical Magazine and Garden Companion, Jan. 1852.

320 Mr, RB. Warington on Preserving the Balance between

in theory first suggested themselves to my own mind, namely

the Chlorosperms. After making numerous unsuccess!ul expe-

riments with both the brown and the red varieties of Alge,

I was fully convinced that, under ordinary circumstances, the

green weeds were the best adapted for the purpose.

This point having been practically ascertained, and some good

pieces of the Enteromorpha and Ulva latissima in a healthy state,

attached to nodules of flint or chalk, having been procured

from the shore near Broadstairs, several living animal subjects

were introduced together with the periwinkle. Everything pro-

gressed satisfactorily, and these all continued ina healthy and

lively condition.

My first trials were conducted in one of the small tanks which

had been used for fresh water ; but as it was necessary, during the

unsuccessful experiments with the brown and red sea-weeds, to

agitate and aérate the water, which had been rendered foul from _

the quantity of mucus or gelatinous matter generated during the

decay of their fronds, until the whole had become oxidized, and

the water rendered clear and fitted for another experiment, it

was, therefore, for greater convenience, removed into a shallow

earthen pan and covered with a large glass shade to protect the

surface of the water, as much as possible, from the dust and soot

of the London atmosphere, and at the same time impede the

evaporation. In this vessel then I had succeeded perfectly in

keeping a large number of beautiful living specimens im a healthy

condition up to the close of 1852. I therefore gave mstructions

for the making of a small tank as a more permanent reservoir,

and one more adapted for carrying on my observations and

investigations on the ceconomy and habits of the inhabitants.

From the experience I had obtained in my experiments with

the freshwater tank, I was induced to modify slightly the con-

struction of this vessel; thus, at the back, or part towards the

light, the framing was filled with slate in the same way as the

ends and bottom ; for I had found that the glass, originally em-

ployed, very soon became covered with a confervoid growth

which had an uaopleasing appearance to the eye, and in conse-

quence of which I had been obliged to paint the glass on the

exterior to prevent this growth from increasing to too great an

extent. It was also an unnatural mode of illumination, as all the

light should pass through the surface of the water. The front

towards the room and the observer was constructed of plate-

glass, the whole being set in a stout framework of zine, and

cemented with what is known under the name of Seott’s cement,

and which I have found to answer for the purpose most admi-

rably. Within this tank were arranged several large pieces of ,

rock-work, thrown into an arched form, and other fragments

the Animal and Vegetable Organisms in Sea Water. 321

were cemented in places against the slate at the back and ends,

and at parts along the water-lime, so that the creatures could

hide themselves at pleasure; a short beach of pebbles was also

constructed in order that shallow water could be resorted to if

desired. The whole tank was covered with a light glass shade to

keep out the dust and retard evaporation.

With the sea water obtained in January 1852, I have been

working without cessation up to the present time, agitating and

aérating when it became foul during the unsuccessful experi-

ments on the sea-weeds, but since then it has been rarely ever

disturbed ; the loss which takes place from evaporation being

made up, as before stated, with rain or distilled water.

For a considerable period, after commencing these experi-

ments, I was much troubled to obtain living subjects in a healthy

condition, but having alluded to this, and the snecess of my in-

vestigations, in a short notice appended to a paper published in

the ‘Annals of Natural History’ for October 1852, my friend

Mr. P. H. Gosse, who was then sojourning at Ilfracombe for his

health, offered in the kindest manner possible to supply me with

materials, and from that period he has always most heartily re-

sponded to my wants. It must not be imagined for a moment

that the beautiful creatures I have thus received have been all

preserved alive or always quite healthy. In experimental investi-

gations this would be unreasonable to expect, as the very fact of

experimenting implies a disturbance of the then state of things.

Besides which, from want of a sufficient knowledge of natural

history, from want of forethought and experience and other

causes, | have lost many very fine specimens ; and as the detail of

these losses may prevent the occurrence of the like annoyances

to others, I shall venture to oceupy your time for a short period

with their history.

My greatest loss arose from too great an anxiety to transfer

the collection I had preserved in a healthy condition to the end

of December 1852 into the new tank. As soon as it arrived

from the maker’s I lost no time in introducing my numerous

family to their new abode, and dearly I paid for my precipitaney,

for on the next morning I found many of my most beautiful spe-

cimens dead ; thus I lost two fine Holothurias (H. Pentactes), a

small freckled Goby (Gobius minutus), a beautiful little Pipe- fish

(Syngnathus lumbriciformis), and several others, and on opening

the door of the case the cause of this mortality was at once evi-

dent,—an iridescent film of oily matter was floating on the sur-

face of the water, arising from the paint with which the angular

joints and edges of the small tank had been coloured not having

become sufficiently hardened.

Another source of loss arises from the several creatures attack-

322 Mr. R. Warington on Preserving the Balance between

ing and devouring each other, and it therefore becomes a point

of great importance—and highly necessary to be carefully ob-

served, where their preservation is an object—to ascertain what

varieties may be safely associated in the same tank ; as, for m-

stance, I have found that the Shrimps and Prawns attack, and

very soon devour, all the larger varieties of Corallines and Polyps,

Sabelle, Serpule, Rock-borers, Cirrhipeds, some of the Annelids,

many Bivalve and Univalve Mollusks that are unprotected by an

operculum, or have no power of closing their valves. The in-

stances which have come under my own immediate observation

have been the destruction of the Pholas dactylus, Sawicava rugosa,

Cyprea Europea, and several specimens of Sabelle, Serpule,

Coryne sessilis and many others.

The common Crab (Cancer Menas) is likewise a most de-

structive agent ; and the tribe of rock-fish, the Blennies, Gobies,

&e. are also most voracious, devouring all the varieties of Cirrhi-

peds, Corallines, Polyps, Annelids, &c.; they will also attack

the shrimps and prawns, and even seize upon the horns of the

periwinkle, which they bite. If the mollusks do not keep a very

firm hold of the rock or tank sides, they are rapidly turned over

by these fish on their backs and lie helplessly exposed to their

attacks*. It is doubtless their seeking food of this kind which

causes these little fish to be so generally found in the shallow

rock-pools of the coast. In consequence of these ravenous pro-

pensities I have been obliged to establish several small tanks and

imitation rock-pools, so as to separate these various depredators

from each other: thus in one I have varieties of Actinia, Shrimps,

Nudibranchs, Holothurias, and some Annelids; in a second the

rock-fish, as the Blennies, Gobies, Cottus, with Crabs and

Actinia ; in a third Corallines, Annelids, Polyps, Rock-borers,

Sabelle, Serpule, Holothurias, and Actinie. ig

Another curious instance of loss 1 may detail which has quite

recently occurred, and which may prove interesting ; it was in a

small rock-pool containing Blennies, Gobies, Crabs, &e. I had.

procured two live oysters for the purpose of feeding my nume-

rous small fry in these vivaria, and one of these having proved

ample for the purpose of one meal, the other was placed on the

* Since the reading of this paper at Hull I have received a Blenny of

larger size, being about 33 inches in length, and although it has become so

tame that it will allow itself to be touched by the hand and takes its food

from the fingers, yet its destructive propensities are so great, that it very

soon killed four small Crabs ; and to save three others, of rather a larger

size, I have been obliged to remove the Blenny to a rock-pool in asso-

ciation with his own species and a few Actinie. The only refuge the poor

Crabs had was to bury themselves in the sand, and whenever they attempted

to move out of their refuge they were immediately pounced upon and only

escaped by burrowing rapidly again.

the Animal and Vegetable Organisms in Sea Water. 323

sandy bottom; on the second day after this the oyster was ob-

served to have opened the valves of his shell to a great extent,

which were afterwards seen closed, but a small Gobius niger, in-

habiting the pool, could nowhere be seen. The day after this

the oyster was opened for the general feeding, when, lo! within

the shell was found the unfortunate Godius, quite dead. Whether

this little gentleman had been attracted within the trap by cu-

riosity or the ciliary motion of the oyster, it is impossible with

certainty to say ; but that he must have seized on some sensitive

part of the oyster is more than probable, so as to have caused

such a rapid closing of the valves of the shell as could entrap so

active a burglar.

Another important point is the gravity of the sea water ;

this should be very carefully regulated, for it must be borne in

mind that many of the marine creatures are supplied by a per=

meation of water through their tissues or over their delicate and

beautiful organs. The specific gravity should not rise above

1026 at 60° Fahr., and a small hydrometer should be at short

periods introduced to ascertain that this point is not exceeded,

particularly during the hot months of summer. | The reduction

to this gravity can be readily effected by the addition of rain or

distilled water. Many of the creatures will of themselves afford

indications of this increase of density ; some of the Aetinie will

remain closed and become coated with a white slimy covering

within which they remain for a length of time, and if the specific

gravity of the water be lowered this is very soon ruptured by

their expansion, thrown off, and the tentacula. become soon

extended.

All putrescent matter or excess of food or rejecta of the Ac-

tinia should be carefully removed from the water, as the noxious

gaseous compounds generated by the decay of such matters appear

to diffuse themselves rapidly through the water, act as a virulent

poison, and speedily destroy the vitality of the occupants. Thus

many beautiful subjects were lost ina few hours from the intro-

duction, into a small glass jar, of a large Pecten shell, encrusted

with corallines, which had become loaded with putrescent matter

by partial submersion in a foul muddy bottom.

Great care should also be taken in moving the Actinie that

the foot or sucking disc with which it attaches itself ‘to the

rocks, stones, or mud, be not injured, as, when this occurs, the

rarely survive, but roll about without attaching themselves, an

gradually waste away and die.

With these exceptions then, everything has gone on very sa-

tisfactorily, care being always taken not to overload the water

with too large a proportion of animal life for the vegetation to

balance, as, whenever this has been inadvertently attempted, the

324 Prof. J. Buckman on the Cornbrash of the

water has soon become foul, and the whole contents of the tank,

both animal and vegetable, have rapidly suffered, and it has re-

quired some time before the water could be restored to its former

healthy condition.

In one of the numbers of the ‘ Zoologist’ of last year, I stated

that besides the Ulve, Enteromorphe and Cladophora, I had found

the Zostera marina a very useful plant for oxygenating the sea

water ; but this observation has reference only to the case of a

tank supplied with a ground where its roots will find a sufficiency

of food for its growth, as in a clear shingle or sand it soon de-

eays; and it should be associated with such animals as delight

in a ground of this nature, as many of the Annelids, Crabs, bur-

rowing Shrimps, &c. There are several interesting observations

which have been made from time to time connected with this

subject, which I hope to lay before the natural-history world as

soon as I can find leisure time for the purpose.

Apothecaries’ Hall, Sept. 10, 1853.

XXXI.—On the Cornbrash of the neighbourhood of Cirencester.

By James Bockman, F.LS., F.G.S., Professor of Geology

Royal Agricultural College*.

Tue Cornbrash as it occurs in the neighbourhood of Cirencester,

though for the most part a very thin member of the Oolitic

series of rocks, yet presents us with many points for consider-

ation of great interest.

In the counties of Gloucester and Wilts it is always found to

rest upon a thick bed of Forest marble clay, a section at Kemble,

four miles from Cirencester, being as follows in descending

order :—

1. Cornbrash, an oolitic stone, with rough uneven fracture and ft. in.

Tol OP ROME illic cess cs asuncceeveas ry EP ar eo OS 0

2. Blue clay without shells \ Porest\ d.cosusccstccosgegtut san igunat 17 0

Siliceous limestone... J marble ..cceececcccccucceccccsseveces 6 0

4. Bradford clay, very fossiliferous — .........s.sssseeecsscessecens am

FROME OLS sub saber toccsectclcbivadbet ccébtheecseténcen se oceteausmaae

The bed No. 1, which it is our object to describe in the fol-

lowing remarks, though of so slight thickness, is found to be the

substratum of large tracts of land, especially in the neighbour-

hood of Cirencester, Fairford, Cricklade, and Malmsbury; in

each case presenting great and beneficial peculiarities of soil,

not only when compared with that upon its surrounding forest

marble, but also in comparison with other oolitie brashes ;-in-

deed, its name ‘‘ Cornbrash” would appear to have been given

to it from the fact that its soil affords a brash or stony soil

* Read to the Cotteswold N aturalists’ Club, Sept. 20, 1853.

neighbourhood of Cirencester. 325,

favourable for corn crops, which is far from usually being the

ease with those either of the Inferior or Great Oolitic beds ; in-

deed our observations of crops upon what the Cotteswold farmer

calls “stone brashes” of the district, when compared with the

Cornbrash, would lead us to conclude the following as a fair

average grown upon an acre in bushels :—

1. Stonebrash, | 2. Stonebrash,

Inferior Oolite. | Great Oolite. 3. Cornbrash.

Bushels. Bushels. Bushels.

Wheat ............ 15 to 20 20 to 25 25 to 30

F Barley Pe ~ repel peogieted 25 to 30 30 to 35 40 to 45

1 NS DLEeR of Poe 25 to 30 35 to 40 45 to 50

The average rent may perhaps be gathered from the following

table :—

the acre

1. Stonebrash, Inferior Oolite ............... 7s. to 20s.

2. Stonebrash, Great Oolite.......... FGM 14s. to 25s.

Soe MAPTMIE RENN cop - osny'e ci nsckoSuanichuscheoss ses: 20s. to 40s.

This great difference in the productive powers of soils, which

a cursory examination only would lead to the conclusion were

nearly alike in character, may, to a considerable extent, be ex-

plained by the following analyses, which were made by Professor

Voelcker from specimens which I had the pleasure of procuring

for him ; and it may be remarked in passing, that as the analyses

were made by the Professor in order to ascertain the different

constituents of the rocks and not the soil, in each case typical

hand specimens were presented to him, and the result singularly

explains observed facts with regard to the crops upon the re-

spective substrata.

Result of analyses by Professor A. Voelcker :—

Inferior Oolite. | Great Oolite. Cornbrash

Carbonate of lime _......... 89°20 95°346 89-195

pone EERE PSSA BPE EOEED Boe “34 739 ‘771

Sulphate of lime ............ “09 *204 241

Oxide of iron ............ wea

PNNNEM I dg 5. cenecivicicuabs cis 4°14 1-422 2°978

Phosphoric acid ............ 06 *124 177

Soluble silica = ..........240.. 2-75 1016 1:231

Insoluble siliceous matter... 3°27 *533 4°827

Alkaline salts. .............. undetermined. undetermined.|undetermined.|

99°85 99°384 99-420

326 Prof. J. Buckman on the Corubrash of the

' These analyses show that the phosphoric acid and sulphate of

hme—two important chemical agents in the growth of crops

greatly predominate in theCornbrash ; and besides this, the thick-

ness of Cornbrash soil is always greater than that upon the

Stonebrashes, as this rock more readily breaks up and becomes

disintegrated by atmospheric action. s2390

These remarks tend to show the great practical advantage of

geological and chemical knowledge, and fully explain how a

successful farmer near Cirencester has converted a “ brash farm?”

—which is in general a term of reproach—into one of the most

productive farms in the district, this brash being the fertile Corn

brash.

But not only is this thin stratum of interest on account of

the fine crops which it yields, but it will ever presenta

charm to the geologist from the rich harvest of fossils which it

everywhere contains ; indeed, the reason why it crumbles down

so readily is probably owing in part to its being composed of

shells, which are merely cemented together by a calcareous ma

trix, whilst the phosphates of the rocks are doubtless derived

from its imbedded animal matter ; hence our examination has not

only afforded a tolerable list of species, but several forms are

numerically so great, and offer so many curious types, as to de-

serve a more attentive study than has yet been accorded them.

Now in giving an account of the fossil contents of the Cornbrash,

it must be understood that my facts are solely derived from ob-

servation in the quarries of my more immediate district and are

consequently incomplete, and as a lengthened list of fossils could

only be the more tedious the more copious its details, I pro-

pose in this place to append a mere summary of its remains,

makimg remarks upon its more interesting paleeontological

features. seis

Summary of Cornbrash Fossils from the neighbourhood of -

Cirencester.

Species

1, Brachiopoda v.37... 7

DP: -Gonehifera. eA ell eed 30

3,, Gasteropoda J. . 0.20.0. . seeccceeseeeees 10

4; Cephalopoda 3........scccsessteveees 3

Wy, AMTIGHOG | cs icpcapsccccccteedogeceoasen 4

6. Zoophyta 0.0.0 sseccesscqeetesccsscsees 3

7. Echinodermata ..i...ccsccessdeesdseess 8

An interesting feature in the natural history of the Brachio-

poda, is that five forms of Terebratula, namely the .T. lagenalis,

sublagenalis, obovata, ornithocephala, and digona of authors (see

Davidson’s memoir on Oolitic Brachiopoda by the Paleontogra-

neighbourhood of Cirencester. 827

phie Society), are all referable to one species ; this is a fact ar-

rived at by a comparison of hundreds of individuals, and that

the author just cited seems to have almost arrived at when he

says, in his description of T. dagenalis, ‘ This species has little

to distinguish it from 7. ornithocephala, into which it seems to

merge by insensible passages,” p. 42. As regards 7. sublage-

nalis, the same author remarks, ‘“‘ This species is always accom-

panied by T. lagenalis, of which it may perhaps only be a va-

riety,” p. 43 ; and further, “It is not difficult to find species

uniting ornithocephala to lagenalis, and this last to sublagenalis ;

but as the typical shapes of each are well distinguishable, it

will be found convenient to retain them under distinct specific

names.” The Terebratula digona, he says, “‘ often approaches in

general form and convexity certain specimens of T. obovata.”

_ Here then a wide subject for discussion seems to be opened

up; for if we are to found specific names upon typical specimens,

the question is, where are we to stop? certainly in the case before

us, not with five species. And again, if we admit the specific

identity of the five types under discussion, is it not probable that

even these are but derivative forms that may, in like manner,

be identified with others? Our own materials certainly tend to

this conclusion.

In this district the five forms quoted, though not altogether,

yet for the most part, affect distinct localities ; hence the 7. Ja-

genalis and sublagenalis will be found congregated in masses in

the Fairford quarries, while the 7. obovata, from being a rare

exception with them, becomes the rule between Cirencester and

Cricklade. All these, however, are at Malmsbury replaced by

the T. digona, which, as yet, is the only instance in this district

in which I have observed the latter shell straying from the

Bradford Clay, of which I have been used to consider it charac-

teristic.

The only remaining Brachiopod I shall here mention will be

the T. intermedia, ‘ Min. Conch.’ t. 15. f.8 : this is undoubtedly,

to say the least, a form of 7. perovalis. This opinion again is

borne out by Mr. Davidson, as he says in his Memoir, p. 53,

“ Ter. intermedia bears some resemblance to T. perovalis ; some

specimens are undistinguishable.” Now as this latter is an

abundant fossil of the Inferior Oolite as well as Cornbrash, the

sequel will show its recurrence to be of great interest.

Our next remarks will be upon the Conchifera, the chief in-

terest of which will be found in the fact, that in our summary of

fifty species, twenty-one or nearly half can be identified with

Inferior Oolite shells, and those for the most part of individuals

which have always been held as highly characteristic of the Lower

Oolite beds ; this will become apparent from the following

328 = On the Cornbrash of the neighbourhood of Cirencester.

List of Fossils common to the Inferior Oolite and Cornbrash of |

Gloucestershire.

1. Amphidesma securiforme, Phill. 12. Modiola gibbosa, M. C.

York. (Gresslya.) 13. —— plicata, M. C.

2. decurtatum, Phill. York. 14. Mya hterata, M. C.

3. recurvum, Phill. York. 15. Ostrea, undetermined (perhaps

4. Astarte excavata. several species).

5. Avicula inzequivalvis, M. C. 16. Pholadomya Murchisonz, M.C.

6. Cardium citronoideum, Phill. t. 545.

York. 17. gibbosa.

7. dissimile, M. C. 18. Plagiostoma duplicatum.

8. ——, undetermined. 19. Pecten.

9. Isocardia concentrica. (Ceromya.) 20. Trigonia costata.

10. minima. 21. clavellata.

11. Lima gibbosa, M. C. 491.

Here then we have evidence of an older fauna reappearing in

force in a newer bed, and that bed of a very insignificant thick-

ness ; these facts, while they should make us cautious in assign-

ing limits to the range of fossils, may at the same time account

for much of the confusion felt in the history of the Oolites of

Britain, which only becomes the greater on comparison with the

“ Jurassique”’ of the continent.

These remarks are the more pertinent, when it is understood

that in Phillips’s ‘ Illustrations of the Geology of Yorkshire,’

nearly all, if not every individual species figured as characteristic

of the Cornbrash are amongst the more common examples of

Inferior Oolite fossils.

Now these species, except in a few instances, are not common

alike to the Great Oolite of this district, but a reference to

Morris and Lycett’s ‘ Monograph of the Mollusca of the Great

Oolite, chiefly from Minchinhampton and the coast of Yorkshire,’

will tend to explain how the parallelism of the Inferior Oolite

and Cornbrash species of this district could be maintained by the

Great Oolite of the more northerly oolitic deposits. In the

introduction to the memoir cited, p. 6, are the following re-

marks :—“ The evidence afforded by the few species of univalves

which have been forwarded to the authors from Scarborough,

through the kindness of Mr. Bean, though not conclusive, tends

rather to assimilate them with the Inferior Oolite, and the:

authors are led to the following very satisfactory explanation. '

Admitting therefore the parallelism of the deposits containing

somewhat distinct faunas in the north-eastern and south-western

parts of the present area of England, we are naturally led to

infer, either that the physical conditions might be favourable to

the continuation of species in one locality, or that species cha--

racteristic of an older deposit, in a more distant region, may’

have migrated and lived on during the formation of a newer de-’

On the Teeth of the Pneumonobranchiate Mollusca. 329

posit in another, the conditions having become unfavourable to

the perpetuity of their development in the latter deposit over the

original region whence they had migrated.”

There is now only one other part of our summary of fossils

which seems to claim attention, and that is the Echinodermata.

Of these at least six out of eight are common to the Inferior

Oolite, namely—

Nucleolites = Clypeus. Holectypus = Galerites.

sinuatus. 4. —— depressus.

2. —— clunicularis. 5. Acrosolenia hemicidaroides.

3. orbicularis. 6. Diadema depressum.

Of these the Nucleolites sinuatus and Holectypus depressus are

highly characteristic of the Inferior Oolite.

Tn concluding these remarks, it should be understood that

they refer only to a limited district. Were our observations ex-

tended over the whole range of the Cornbrash, as it occurs in

this country, we should doubtless arrive at additional facts, both

as regards the structure and agricultural capabilities and also its

fossil contents : we may indeed expect the list of the latter to be

greatly augmented, and in all probability other species common

to the Inferior Oolite will have to be noted in addition to those

in our present list.

XXXII.—On the Teeth of the Pneumonobranchiate Mollusca.

By J. E. Gray, Ph.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &e.

Tue teeth of the Pneumonobranchiate Mollusca are exceedingly

uniform, when this group is confined to those which have a

closed pulmonary cavity, which, in my former arrangement, I

called Adelopneumona ; I now think that the genera which form

the other suborder, being unisexual, and having many characters,

as well as the structure of the tongue, like those of the Tieni-

glossa, should be arranged with them, near to the Littorinide,

which often pass the greater part of their lives out of water,

and have very imperfectly developed gills on the inside of the

mantle.

All the genera of the order so restricted have very numerous,

nearly similar ctenoglossal teeth, placed in many cross lines on

a more or less elongated lingual band.

In some genera the line is straight, in others angularly di-

verging from the central lines, and in some the series are angu-

larly bent on each side of the central line.

Professor Troschel, who has figured the teeth of some European

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 23

330 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Teeth of the

and exotic genera, Dr. Wyman the American genera, and Mr.

Thompson, who has described the teeth of many of the English

genera and species of this order, have shown these peculiarities,

and the alterations which occur in the form of the teeth in dif-

ferent parts of the same cross series.

I have examined the teeth of several of the other exotic ge-

nera, and find them quite conformable to those of the European

' kinds. In general the teeth have a broad, expanded, more or

less four-sided, oblong base, with a reflexed tip ; the bases of the

teeth in the same series and of the neighbouring series being

close together on the lingual band, so as to form a close-set

rasp.

This is the case with the genera Arion, Nanina, Parmacella,

Clypeidella (Dussumiert) of AR1on1Dz ; Philomycus, Limax, Geo-

malacus, Vitrina, Helix, Acavus, Arianta, Vallonia, Iberus, Poly-

gyra, Theba, Helicella, Succinea, Bulimus, Partula, Zua, Pupa,

Clausilia, Balea, and Achatina of Limacipm; Veronicella of

VERONICELLIDE; Onchidium of OncuIDIaAD#@; Auricula, Me-

lampus, Alexia, Scarabus of Auricutipz; Lymnea, Amphi-

peplea, Bulimus, Physa, Coretus, Segmentina, Ancylus of Lym-

NEADH; Siphonaria of SipHonARiADz ; and Amphibola of Am-

PHIBOLID2.

The only exceptions I have observed are in the genera Testa-

cellus and Peronia, and the teeth of these animals are exactly

similar. They consist of numerous cross series, each series con-

sisting of many teeth, like the other families of the order, but

the teeth are far apart, slender, curved, with a blunt, rounded

upper and a pointed lower end like a pin, and only attached to

the lingual band by a slight process on the inner side of the

middle of the tooth.

This difference in the teeth and the peculiar habit of the genus,

living as it does on worms, which it swallows whole, induce me

to propose to separate the genus Testacellus from the Helicide,

and form it into a peculiar family Testacellide, to which Plectro-

phorus will probably belong, as it has the same sunken lines on

the side of its body from the tentacles to the middle of the back ;

and in the same manner I would separate the genus Peronia,

which lives on the sea-coast, from the Onchidia, which have the

normal teeth of the order.

The genus Parmacella in Arionide, and some species of Heli-

cella (= Zonites) and Oleacina in Helicide, have a much narrower

and more elevated recurved apex with a narrow base, and are

more distinct from each other in the tongue-membrane, making

a kind of transition between the normal teeth of the order and

the teeth of the genera Testacellus and Peronia.

ear

Pneumonobranchiate Mollusca. 331

ARIONIDZ.

The Nanina Albinensis, N. Otaheitana, and N. Panayensis all

have very numerous nearly uniform teeth, close together on a

very broad lingual band.

Parmaceila (Olivieri). The teeth numerous in very close cross

lines, with a compressed elevated central ridge with a flat edge

ending in two teeth.

TESTACELLIDA.

Fig. 1. Testacellus.

SSSR OWI IIE

S Wilt a A2Z

SSS

Lingual membrane broad ; teeth numerous in diverging cross

series, those of the first six or seven lines yellow, the first

darkest, the rest transparent, without any in the central series ;

the teeth pinshaped, slightly curved, with a roundish head and

an acute tip, only attached to the thin lingual membrane by a

small central process (see fig. 1).

He ticip2.

Fig. 2. Achatina fulica.

| SSG Nivt [ISS Niet Uvivivisl sive a ww Ve IN

VUtsisiv Sei vivivivivisll vl A eA i a! vate

Kbeneteivivivistuitictuteietivivt tt LIL SLES eee?

Fr; vei Paisvi vivivin! is A vi vive

> ra 7 7 ] wi wivl Awl hs wr) A . 5 ide

iW viviviviyi vivivivivivivivi vi viyl fyiviul ne

xy 1 " vil " ana ee fee Pdvauctalnal dttehed

i w FO ee or vivivi n yr) a dud Yew

4 Z Zetl

In this and the following fi s, c represents the central, / the lateral,

and wu the exterior lateral teeth.

The teeth of all the exotic species I have examined are like

those described in the European kinds. I figure the teeth of

Achatina fulica (fig. 2), as the teeth of that genus have not before

been described ; they are numerous in each cross series, those of

the two central series are small ; they are all small, four-sided,

rather broader than long, with a blunt rather large central tip.

The teeth of Partula ( faba) are like those of Bulimus ; they

are placed on a broad pale yellowish lingual membrane in

numerous straight transverse lines on each side of the central

line, and are equal and uniform.

VERONICELLID2.

The teeth of Veronicella are very like those of Bulimus. The

- 23*

332 On the Teeth of the Pneumonobranchiate Mollusca.

lingual membrane is broad; the teeth numerous, similar, uni-

form, in numerous straight cross series on each side of a narrow

central equilateral tooth; the lateral teeth are very nearly equi-

lateral, with a broad, flat, subcentral, subequilateral tip.

ONCHIDIADZ.

The teeth of a new species of Onchidium, very like O. Cel-

ticum, from the coast of West Africa, are very similar to those of

Helix, with a short and narrow central tooth in each cross series:

the foot of this animal, when preserved in spirits, is quite mar-

gined by the mantle and folded across by deep grooves into

divisions ; the tentacles are completely retractile.

PERONIADZ.

The teeth of Peronia Mauritiana are so like those of Testacellus,

that the description and figure of them will almost suit for these

(see fig. 1).

AURICULID&.

Fig. 3. Auricula.

Wis SQN

HEN

WH SSE aon

UTR SNA a,

YY, A7IEN A ro

MED RRS Nene

7a at

77 Z e U

The teeth of Auricula (fig. 3) are very like those of Bulimus,

The lingual membrane is broad, elongated ; the teeth numerous,

in a slightly bent cross series on each side of an equilateral nar-

row central tooth; the lateral teeth are rather imequilateral,

diminishing in size towards the other edge.

LYMNEADZ.

The teeth of Lymnea, Planorbis, Physa and Ancylus are ex-

tremely similar, and have been well described by Dr. Troschel

and Mr. Thompson.

AMPHIBOLID.

eh peteetoteegteseecre step eect tec der ts Sat cerevenpnomeeceesv aseoaro tao 0nr fs

The teeth of Amplibola nux avellana (fig. 4) are very similar to

those of Lymnea. The lingual membrane is large, very broad,

expanded and long, with a central space or line scarcely defined ;

the teeth are numerous, equal, similar, four-sided, rather longer

On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration. 333

than broad, in straight cross lines, with a broad rounded lobe,

rather more sinuous on the inner than on the outer side of its

front edge.

SIPHONARIADZ. |

Fig. 5. Siphonaria.

The teeth of Siphonaria are on a broad, rather long, dark

brown lingual band, are numerous, equal, in a slightly arched

cross line ; the central tooth is narrow, elongated, with a small

rhombic apex; the lateral teeth are larger, diverging, and gra-

dually diminish in size towards the outer side of the series, and

furnished with a rather oblique curved tip (see fig. 5).

Fig. 6. Cyclophorus.

The teeth of Cyclophorus Inca (fig. 6) are similar to those of

Natica and the other marine genera belonging to the group of

Ptenoglossa.

XXXIII.—On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration and on the

Structure of the Organs of Breathing in Invertebrate Animals.

By Tuomas WitiAms, M.D. Lond., Licentiate of the Royal

College of Physicians, formerly Demonstrator on Structural

Anatomy at Guy’s Hospital, and now of Swansea.

[With a Plate. ]

[Continued from p. 261.]

Rotifera.—It is the undivided belief of all recent observers that

a blood-proper system does not exist in the Rotifera. These ani-

malcules are provided with a rudimentary water vascular system,

334 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

which entitles them to rank near the Echinoderms. The cavity

of the body is capacious ; it is filled with a fluid which is sustained

in motion by provisions expressly designed for this purpose.

Vibratile ‘tags,’ accurately described by Ehrenberg and Dal-

rymple, aided by ordinary cilia on the external surface of the

digestive canal, are well fitted for this office. The cavity ex-

ternal to the viscera is filled with a fluid, remarked by all ob-

servers, but specially described by none. Its nutritive character

may be confidently inferred: 1st positively, from its anatomical

locale ;.2nd negatively, from the absence of every other fluid.

‘Tags’ and ‘cilia’ cannot aérate a vital fluid ; they can only set

it and maintain it in motion. Confusion has brooded over this

simple point. Only the thin structure forming the exterior en-

closure of the body intervenes between the fluid of the visceral

cavity and the surrounding element. Thus is the former sub-

mitted to the influence of the aérating agent *.

Entozoa.—Mystery has long enshrouded the natural history

of the Entozoon. Living in situations beyond the access of the

atmosphere, and totally uncomprehended in the real character

and distribution of its fluids, the mechanism of the respiratory

process has proved only the arena for conjecture and speculation

as erroneous as various and contradictory. M. E. Blanchard has

long misled the helminthologists of Europe. In the Cestoid and

Trematoid Entozoa he has pictorially represented a blood-proper

system of extreme complexity and development. He has figured

with elaborate minuteness that which has no existence in na-

ture +. He has confounded an apparatus of irregular, ramifying

* See the excellent Art. Rotifera, by Dr. Lankester, in Cyclop. Anat. and

Phys. ‘ Contributions to the Anatomy and Physiology of the Rotifera,”

by Mr. Huxley in Micros. Journal. Annales des Sciences, 1851, Art. Laci-

nularia, par M. Udeken. Leydig on Lacinularia socialis, im Siebold and

Kolliker’s Zeitschrift, Feb. 1852.

+ The author would desire to speak with respect of the researches of

M. E. Blanchard on the Entozoa. His memoirs on this subject enrich the

pages of the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles ’ for the years 1847, 1848 and

1849. His illustrative figures, which are copied into Crochard’s edition of

the ‘ Régne Animal,’ executed in the highest style of French art, are de-

signed to display the true-blood system of the Cestoid and Trematoid

worms. With reference to the latter order he remarks :—‘ Au moyen de

mes injections, je me suis assuré qu’il existait chez ces animaux un appareil

de vaisseaux 4 parois propres, se ramifiant dans toute |’étendue du corps.

On ne distingue ici ni veines, ni artéres proprement dites ; les deux fonetions

paraissent appartenir aux mémes vaisseaux !’’?—Is it not extraordmary that

such a distinguished physiologist as M. E. Blanchard should offer such a defi-

nition of any apparatus designed to circulate true b/ood? where in the ani-

mal kingdom could a parallel to such a system be indicated ?—* Nous le

voyons consister en un ou plusieurs vaisseaux principaux, offrant de nom-

breuses ramifications s’anastomosant sur une infinité de points; en sorte

ee em

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 335

channels destined to contain a real chylaqueous fluid with a

of true blood-vessels. M. Blanchard’s inferences are

wn from injected specimens. In such investigations the me-

thod of injection is liable to numerous fallacies ; it imparts a

uniform diameter to canals which are remarkable for variety of

calibre. ‘The real characters of such structures can only be de-

termined by direct inspection of the living individual. Thus

only can the fact be demonstrated, that the so-called blood-vessels

of the parenchymatous worms neither rythmically contract nor

qu’il existe 1a un véritable réseau vasculaire.” In principle how totally

is definition differs from the former !

’ Bojanus and Nordmann have described almost in the same words the

same system, indicating it as the rs pessoa for the circulation of the

blood-proper. In relation to the Cestoid worms M. E. Blanchard observes :

“ Pendant longtemps, partageant l’erreur commune, je pensais qu’il n’ex-

istait point de systéme vasculaire proprement dit chez les Cestoides. Les

canaux gastriques, communiquant de l’un a l’autre dans chaque Zoonite,

étaient regardés trés-généralement comme destinés 4 remplir les fonctions

des deux appareils. Mais récemment, dans les Tenias du chien et de la

fouine, j’ai constaté, indépendamment de ces canaux gastriques ou intes-

timaux, l’existence d’un systéme vasculaire trés-complexe, consistant en

vaisseaux longitudinaux pourvus de ramifications et d’anastomoses nom-

breuses. Ainsi ces animaux remarquables, considérés par les zoologistes

les plus éminents comme des Vers parenchymateux complétement dégradés,

sont au contraire des étres dont organisation est loin d’étre trés-simple.”

(Annales des Sciences, tome viii. 1847, p. 119.)

In the Cestoid worms M. Blanchard describes a perfect blood-vascular

system, mdependently of that of the straight lateral canals which consti-

tute the gastric-apparatus. He describes an artery, a vein, and an inter-

mediate order of straight parallel capillary vessels. In the Trematoda, in

one place he states that the extreme vessels form a ramifying plexus ; in

another he remarks, “Il est 4 remarquer aussi que les vaisseaux de la

partie antérieure (speaking of the vessels in Amphistoma conicum (Régne

Animal, pl. 28)), et surtout ceux de la partie postérieure du cerps, se ter-

minent sous la peau en de petites lacunes, du reste trés-nettement circon-

serites.” No instance is known in the whole animal kingdom of a blood

system terminating in cecal extremities. The apparatus which exhibits

such characters cannot fall under the denomination of a blood-proper

. The method of investigation adopted by M. Blanchard has dis-

torted the features of the object sought to be studied. Forcible injections

into textures fragile and delicate will enable a preoccupied fancy to con-

struct any results, to recognise grounds for ary conclusion. The views

stated in the text are founded upon examinations conducted with extreme

care, and instituted on living specimens. To a great extent the author’s

researches have corroborated the descriptive anatomy of M. Blanchard: in

many essential respects however they stand in direct opposition. If the

system of vessels depicted im the figures of M. Blanchard were really a true

blood system, the Cestoid and Trematoid Entozoa would be entitled to

rank high in the zoological scale. They stand really below the Annelida.

To this position they are assigned on the ground of the general affinities of

their organization. The author is persuaded that the French helmintho-

logist has mistaken a modified chylaqueous system for a blood-proper ap-

paratus.

336 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

pulsate. Among blood-vessels such a circumstance would con-:

stitute an irreconcileable anomaly. The blood-vessels described

by M. Blanchard, and in common with him by nearly all hel-

minthologists, in the Cestoid and Trematoid Entozoa proceed

from one or more central spaces. When these spaces are cylin-

drical in figure they assume the apparent characters of blood-

trunks. They really represent the splanchnic or visceral cavity.

Such is the form under which this cavity, so conspicuous in the

Nematoid Entozoa, occurs in the Sterelmintha. The main cen-

tral channels present a general coincidence of disposition with

those of the alimentary system (PI. XIII. figs. 3, 6, 8, 9).

They do not present a uniform diameter according to the

customary manner of a vascular trunk. They exhibit irregular

outlines, now contracting into narrow necks, and now dilating

into lacunz. This is especially true of those of the Trematoid

worms. In the Cestoid orders (fig. 6) the main trunks follow

the margin of the “ Zoonite,” the lesser crossing in the parallel

spaces between the transverse annuli into which the integu-

ments are wrinkled. These secondary channels in Tenia are

much more irregular in outline and distribution than the

blood-vessels (sic) depicted in the drawings of M. Blanchard:

they penetrate intimately the substance of the imteguments.

With reference to these channels, large and smali, one important

fact should be noted: they are not gifted with separate mem-

branous parietes. This fact alone is enough to prove that they

are not channels for the conveyance of true blood. Every true

blood-vessel is endowed with a special power to circulate its fluid

contents. Its parietes are contractile. The bore of the channel

rythmucally increases and decreases. Such movements would be

mechanically impossible if the parietes of such ‘ vessels’ were

adherent to the susrounding solid and fixed tissue. In a chan-

nel destined to convey chylaqueous fluid the latter case is the

rule. They possess no inherent circulating power. Their con-

tents are impelled to and fro under the conjoint force of ciliary

and muscular action. Here then is a clearly defined distinction

between a chylaqueous channel and a true blood-vessel. Let

the wonderful vascular system, which M. Blanchard has deli-

neated from artificial injections in the Cestoid and Trematoid

worms, be tested by this anatomical principle. This excellent

observer has omitted to investigate the histological characters of

these parts. He has not in any case determined the relation

between that system which he describes as the true blood system

and the surrounding solid structures. In no instance has he

reduced to demonstration the physical characters of the fluid by

which his so-called blood-vessels are filled. The same criticism

will apply with equal justice to the illustrations, by aid of which

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 337

he defines the alimentary system of Tenia and Bothriocephalus.

The dlood system described by M. Blanchard in these worms does

not exist. That which he so beautifully pictures as the gastric

apparatus, consisting of straight capacious lateral canals, jomed

_ by cross conduits, constitutes really an order of passages tun-

nelled in the solid parenchyma of the body, answering im every

sense to a normal chylaqueous system. The contained liquid is

not blood, but chylaqueous fluid*: it is a fluid which is devoid

of every trace of morphotic elements. Why it is so will be im-

mediately understood.

In the Trematoid worms the blood-vessels of M. Blanchard

fall unquestionably under the denomination of a chylaqueous

system. In Distomum hepaticum it is perfectly easy to reduce

to demonstration its entire characters. A large median, irre-

gular channel commences in smaller passages near the posterior

or generative sucker, and proceeds as far as the caudal end of

the body of the worm, exhibiting a gradually diminishing dia-

meter. Viewing the object transparently, it may be proved first

that this channel is a hollow space by the rolling to and fro of a

contained fluid ; the movements of the fluid being rendered ap-

parent to the eye by the presence of minute accidental molecules.

In other respects, it is a perfectly homogeneous non-corpuscu-

lated fluid. By Bojanus, Mehlis, Nordmann, and other ob-

servers this channel is defined as terminating in an orifice pos-

teriorly, and the channel itself, from the limpid character of its

fluid contents, is described as the great duct of an excretory

system. This is an error. This system in the Trematoid En-

tozoa has neither an inlet nor an outlet. It is a closed system, but

not therefore a blood-system. In Distomum there is only one

central space: it is not a blood-trunk; it represents unques-

tionably the visceral cavity. These worms, are not literally

therefore sterelminthous, solid, or parenchymatous worms

(Vers intestinaux parenchymateux, Cuvier). The cavity is dis-

tributed in form of irregular, imparietal, reticulate passages.

These passages can be traced with facility throughout the whole

substance of the body. They ramify profusely underneath the

skin and amid the digestive diverticula. They arise in the

most unequal manner from every point of the circumference of

the central trunk. They end peripherally in numerous instances

in cecal terminations, corresponding with the mode in which the

* The author is here desirous to explain that he does not deny altogether

the existence of a blood-proper system in the Cestoid worms. His re-

searches enable him only to affirm with confidence that those channels

which are described by M. Blanchard as constituting an independent system

of blood-vessels do not exist; that his alimentary is really a chylaqueous

system, and that his ovarium is truly a grand digestive organ.

338 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

blood-vessels (sic) of M. Blanchard terminate in Holostomum ala-

tum, Amphistoma conicum, Tristoma coccineum; in others they form

re-entering branches. ‘The figure of M. Blanchard* represents

the secondary trunks in Distomum as proceeding from the pri-

mary with far too great regularity. ‘To this trunk he seems to

indicate a caudal orifice, and yet calls it a blood-vessel! It is

susceptible of proof that this central channel in Distomum is not

contractile. The adjacent trunks of the digestive system contract

and dilate in regular periods. The walls of the central channel

are perfectly stationary. Its interior is not lined with cilia.

Its fluid contents do not move in one systematic orbit: they

oscillate to and fro. Such characters can belong only toa chyl-

aqueous system.

In Holostomum alatum, Amphistoma conicum, in Tristomata,

in Brachylemus variegatus, sometimes found in the lung of the

Frog and Toad, in Monostoma verrucosum, &c., the main primary

channels of the fluid system coincide with those of the digestive.

The latter are embraced by the former. This anatomical fact is

significant of a physiological principle. It points to the manner

in which the contents of the chylaqueous passages are derived by

exosmosis from the chymous fluid contained in the digestive

ceca. In those species of Trematoid worms in which the central

conduits are more than one in number, it is important to observe

that they are always joined together into one system by inter-

vening passages. They do not convey opposite currents. In both

the contained fluid flows and ebbs with great irregularity, in

obedience to the contractions and expansions of the muscular

integumentary envelope. In these essential particulars the

standard definition of a true-blood system is violated. M.

Blanchard defines thus the Appareil vasculaire of Distomum he-

paticum :—“ Cet appareil consiste en un vaisseau principal et

médian.” <A ¢rue circulation requires two primary trunks, an

artery anda vein. In another place this helmimthologist observes

generally with regard to the Trematoda—“ Chez tous ces vers,

le sang n’est certainement pas transporté, d’une maniére régu-

liére, d’arriére en avant par certains vaisseaux, et d’ayant en ar-

riére par d’autres, comme l’a pensé M. Nordmann. Dans les

Trématodes en général, le fluide nourricier est transporté et ra-

mené alternativement et plus ou moins irréguliérement par les

mémes vaisseaux ; c’est un mouvement de va-et-vient plutét qu’une

véritable circulation.” (Annales des Sciences Nat. tom. vii. 1847,

p. 336.) Ample evidence is thus drawn from his own obser-

vations to convince the physiologist that the system of vessels

* See plate 36,—Zoophytes : Crochard’s French edition of the ‘ Regne

Animal.’

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 339

described by M. Blanchard constitutes not a blood-proper but

really a clearly defined chylaqueous system. The presence of

this fluid implies the existence of a visceral cavity : it is its nor-

mal anatomical Jocale.

With reference to the blood-proper of the Cestoid and Trema-

toid Entozoa the author will at present only remark, that if i¢

exists at all, it must be under conditions of rudimentary abey-

ance. The following general statements will then serve to

convey the corollaries which his recent researches appear to war-

rant. In the Cestoid and Trematoid worms the whole substance

of the body is pervaded by a highly albuminous but homogeneous

non-corpusculated fluid, which is distributed extensively by

means of imparietal and irregular conduits under the entire

cutaneous surface of the body, constituting the true apparatus of

respiration, and displaying alternate flux and reflux movements

under external muscular agency, and embracing in every possible

direction the diverticula of the digestive system, and from which

it extracts its reinforcements.

It is adequate in every physiological sense to the ends of

a nutritive system. Abounding in albumen it is capable of

ministering to the wants of the solids. Though destitute of

morphotic elements, it yet conforms to all the essential charac-

ters of a chylaqueous system.

The digestive apparatus (Plate XIII. figs. 3, 6, 7, 8,9) of the

parenchymatous Entozoa is intimately concerned in the process

of respiration. In the Cestoid and Trematoid orders it presents

but one essential type. It has but one external orifice. A

stomach properly so called does not exist. There is this re-

markable and apparently anomalous fact to be stated with

respect to the fluid with which the digestive czca are filled:

—it is charged with definitely organized floating cells, which

exhibit constant differences in different species! These cor-

puscles are not formless molecules. They consist of a cell-wall

and granular contents, and frequently a nucleus legible to

the eye. They are flat, scaly particles, having a yellowish

tinge. They are undoubtedly not fragments from the glan-

dular parietes broken off by pressure. They oscillate with great

regularity under the rythmic contractions and dilatations of the

parietes of the ceca. It is contrary to no analogical argument

to suppose that these floating cells are designed to raise the chyme

in which they float to an organic standard above that of ordinary

chyme. In the parenchymatous Entozoa they execute the re-

quired changes in the nutritive fluids, while the latter are yet

within the alimentary system. Among the Annelida several ex-

ceptions occur in which the same peculiarity is illustrated. The

340 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

Nemertine orders (Plate XIII. figs. 1, 2) will be afterwards

shown to fall under this category. In Aphrodita aculeata (fig. 5,d)

the digestive diverticula are filled with a corpusculated fluid,

which is exposed by an express contrivance to the agency of

the surrounding aérating medium. This is also the case in

several species of freshwater planariform leeches (fig. 4). It

prevails too in the true marine Planarie (fig. 3). To the

value which the author has endeavoured to assign to the fluid

systems of the Cestoid and Trematoid Entozoa, no sound analogy

is opposed. These worms are, on the ground of the interpreta-

tion of the fluids now first offered, naturally linked into a continu-

ous zoological chain with the lowest parenchymatous Annelids.

Notwithstanding the meritorious researches of M. Blanchard,

the organization of the Cestoidea is even now a theme prolific of

controversy. The large, branched, flocculent organ (fig. 6) form-

ing the bulk of each segment in Tenia and Bothriocephalus is

designated by all recent writers after M. Blanchard as the ova-

rian apparatus. It is really the alimentary organ. It opens ex-

ternally by an orifice proper to each segment. This organ in

each segment is therefore independent. It sucks nourishment

from without by its own separate mouth. It is a Planaria in

itself.

What are ordinarily described as the straight canals along either

edge of the body are not gastric but chylaqueous. They are a

part of a system of open channels ramifying through the cells

of the parenchyma in which the gastric ceca are lodged. The

latter are almost surrounded externally by the fluid filling the

former. This fluid, as formerly explained, although non-cor-

pusculated, constitutes the real chylaqueous system of the Cestoid

and Trematoid Entozoa. It is through its agency that the

breathing function is chiefly accomplished.

In Tenia this fluid system is common to the whole body of

the animal. The ‘segments’ therefore are separate units only

as respects the alimentary and reproductive organs. The chyl-

aqueous fluid attains its enclosing channels by exosmose from the

alimentary organ, not directly ab extra. The posture of the ani-

mal in its native habitat favours this interpretation of its organism.

The orifice of each segment is applied to the surface of the infested

part. The necessity for the preceding explanation illustrates the

intimacy with which the respiratory function is interwoven with

all the other nutritive operations of the body. In the Tenia then

the respiration is cutaneous, but not in the mode commonly sup-

posed. The skin is not the scene of a rich plexus of true blood-

vessels. It is permeated and pervaded everywhere by that fluid

which embraces the alimentary organ, and which is distributed

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 341

throughout the parenchyma of the body by means of the irregular

canals already described. It reaches the surface sufficiently nearly

to receive the influence of the surrounding medium.

It is impossible therefore that the blood-proper can in this

worm be the immediate subject of the respiratory process. Its

existence is insusceptible of demonstration. If present at all,

it can only receive oxygen indirectly through the medium

of the chylaqueous fluid. This explanation is simple. It is

founded on fact, and supported by analogy. The organiza-

tion of the Nemertine Annelida conforms in every essential

icular to that of the Cestoid Entozoa * (see figs. 1, 2).

The latter are illustrated and explained by the former. The ali-

* From the following extracts it will be seen how little confident, nay

how confused and obscure, the best and latest author appears to be with

to the real significance of the most important element of structure

in the Cestoid Entozoa :—“ On a généralement regardé les canaux longi-

tudinaux dont il sera question aprés cet appareil, comme digestifs. Quel-

ques auteurs ont méme été jusqu’a leur accorder une, deux ou quatre

bouches, par exemple dans les Ténias: tout récemment on leur a attribué

une guasi-bouche, parcequ’il fallait bien trouver un moyen de faire arriver

les ents dans ces canaux. Je crois gu’aucune de ces opinions n’ est fondeée,

que ces vers se nourrissent par toute la surface de la peau, et qu’il n’y a

pas plus @organe spécial ou d’appareil particulier pour la digestion que

pour la respiration. Plusieurs anatomistes ont pensé, Rudolphi entre

autres, que les segments qui se détachent peuvent se nourrir, pendant quel-

que temps, par l’ouverture qui s’est formée a la suite de la séparation ;

cela me parait évidemment erroné. Quand ces segments se détachent, le

corps s’est resserré de plus en plus au bout, et au moment de se séparer, il

ne tient plus que par un mince pédicule!”’ From the above observations, it

is undeniably evident that Van Beneden is perplexed with doubt as to what

really should | be regarded, and what should not, as the digestive system in the

Cestoid worms. ithout a definitive knowledge of this system, how is it

possible to form a correct conception of the disposition and functions of the

nutritive fluids? Nor are the ideas of Van Beneden with reference to the

circulating system of these worms more clearly defined :—“ M. E. Blanchard

croit devoir admettre pour tous les animaux de ce groupe une circulation

véritable ayant lieu par des troncs principaux et dans des tubes a parois

propres. J’ai étudié, sous ce point de vue, les parties minces et transpa-

rentes chez des individus trés-frais, et je suis persuadé que le mouvement

circulatoire a lieu dans de grandes lacunes, qu’il n’existe pas de vaisseaux

4 parois propres, et que le liquide correspondant au sang ne peut suivre un

cours déterminé ; il y a plus, des brides s’étendant de l’une paroi 4 l’autre;

elles maintiennent les organes en place, et c’est dans l’espace laissé par les

brides que la circulation sanguine s’effectue. Voila le résultat d’études

faites sur des parties vivantes, minces, voisines de la péripherie du corps et

sans avoir fait subir aucune préparation a l’animal.” ‘‘ Je ne crois pas me

tromper en disant que les Trématodes et les Cestoides n’ont ni appareil di-

gestif, ni appareil circulatoire” ! !—a conclusion perfectly marvellous, for

a comparative anatomist so circumspect and laborious as Van Beneden.

The preceding ps aire will be found at pages 35 and 36 of his work

entitled “ Les Vers Cestoides ou Acotyles,” Bruxelles, 1850,

342 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

mentary organ in the Nemertinide* is precisely conformable

to that of Tenia. In the former the whole organ has but one

external opening, which is situated, in form of mouth, at the an-

terior end of the body. In the latter each segment has its sepa-

rate opening (fig. 6, 2). In both the digestive diverticula are filled

with a corpusculated fluid. In both the spongy tissue, in the

midst of which the alimentary organ is lodged, is chambered into

capacious areolz in which the real chylaqueous fluid is observed

irregularly to roll. In the Nemertinide +, however, the entire

external cutaneous surface is ciliated. In the Cestoid worms no

vibratile cilia in any situation have been proved to exist. It is

a remarkable fact, that in all Entozoa the ciliary variety of epi-

thelium is entirely suppressed. The agency of these organules

is not essential therefore to the process of cutaneous respiration.

The Trematoid Entozoa are allied to the Cestoid by the most

intimate affinities of structure. In the former type as in the

latter, there exists but one orifice to the alimentary system.

The gastric diverticula, which in several species amount only to

two in number, in all Trematoid orders terminate cecally. These

ceca are filled internally by a corpusculated, and surrounded ex-

ternally by a non-corpusculated fluid. The oscillations of this

latter fluid have been observed by Nordmann, Dugés, Rudolphi,

Blanchard, and others. It constitutes the true chylaqueous sy-

stem. Such a development of the blood-proper system in the

Trematoid Entozoa is opposed unqualifiedly by the analogy of

the whole Planarian family, after whose type the former are con-

structed. The parenchyma, which intervenes between the di-

gestive system and the external surface in these worms, is loose

and large-celled—readily traversed by fluid. This fluid reaches

the cutaneous surface ; it embraces and laves everywhere the

digestive ceca. The Trematoid Entozoa then, like the Cestoid,

respire cutaneously. Every spot of the surface is utilized. The

* These Annelids are abundantly illustrated on our coasts by the genera

Borlasia, Polia, and Lineus.

+ The author is anxious here to bear witness to the excellence of the

memoir by M. Quatrefages on the Nemertine Annelids (Annales des Sci-

ences Naturelles, t. vi. 1846), with which he has only just become acquainted.

While his essay is acknowledged as a master-piece of minute descriptive

anatomy, the author is constrained to ditfer toto celo from M. Quatrefages

in the physiological interpretation of parts. In these worms the French

naturalist indicates correctly the mechanism of the respiratory function :—

“Si c’est la surface entiére du corps qui joue le rdle d’organe respira-

toire, il s’ensuit que la respiration doit s’exercer principalement et plus im-

médiatement sur le liquide qui remplit les grandes cavités que sur le sang

lui-méme, puisque celui-ci est renfermé dans des vaisseaux qui sont en-

tourés par le liquide dont nous parlons.”—Op. cit. p. 269.

oe alia

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 343

chylaqueous fluid is present everywhere, and immediately under-

neath the cuticle. It moves to and fro in its vacuoles. It is the

immediate recipient of the external oxygen. It imparts it se-

condarily to the true blood, if this exists. Future science may de-

monstrate that the properties of oxygen are intensified (ozonized?)

by passage through, or absorption by, a living fluid. Deep

meaning may yet radiate from material collocations, over which

now chaos broods.

It is a remarkable fact, that the body of every Entozoon,

whether imbedded in the parenchyma of solid organs or lodged

in the cavitary viscera, is immersed in a reservoir of fluid. The

Tenia and Bothriocephali are applied closely to the walls of the

intestine (the orifice of each segment being adherent to the in-

fested surface and surrounded by a mucous capsule filled with

fluid). This fact is easily verified in the instance of those species

of Cestoid worms which inhabit the intestine of fishes, birds and

reptiles *,

The Fluke swims in a pool in the biliary ducts of the sheep.

The Trichina in the substance of a muscle floats in a reservoir

of fluid, and the Filaria in the cellular tissue is surrounded by a

stratum of serous liquid. These enveloping fluids are effused by

the living vessels of the part upon which the animal preys. These

circumstances present a fact which demonstrates that the life of

Entozoa is essentially aquatic. The fluid is no essential consti-

tuent of the organism of the parasite. It is extravasated by reason

of the irritation excited by the presence, the worm on a living sur-

face, or in the midst of a living organ. It is however a fundamental

condition of existence. It is the medium of respiration to the En-

tozoon. How could this vital process occur if the animal were

surrounded by a solid substance? The fluid contained in these

cysts must be frequently renewed, because the blood-corpuscles

revealed in it by the microscope are always fresh in appearance,

plump and perfect in outline. This fact also proves that it is

derived directly from the blood of the infested animal ; it is there-

fore charged with oxygen in the same proportion as the latter.

Thus is explained an important external condition of respiration

in the Entozoa.

The Nematoid Entozoa (figs. 10, 11 & 12) are distinguished

from the parenchymatous orders in one essential respect. In the

Nematoidea the viscera float more or less freely in a spacious cavity

filled with fluid. They agree in organic type with the cylindriform

* Bothridium Pythonis inhabits the large intestine of the Cod.

Acanthobothrium coronatum is found in the intestine of the Ray-fish.

Trienophorus nodulosus lodges itself on the peritoneal surface of the

liver of the Perch.

Floriceps saccatus in the intestine of many fishes, &c.

344. Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

Annelids. From the latter, however, they differ in one extraor-

dinary particular. The Nemertinide, Planarie and Clepsinidee

excepted, in all Annelids the chylaqueous fluid is corpusculated,

and the blood-proper is entirely destitute of all morphous par-

ticles. In the Nematoid Entozoa these conditions are reversed.

In the Cestoid and Trematoid genera the fluid contained in the

digestive diverticula, through its floating cells, enacts that office,

which, in the example of the Nematoid worms, is transferred to

the blood-proper, and in that of the Annelids in general to the

chylaqueous fluid. This circumstance, however, does not imply

that in the Nematoidea the blood-proper system is preponde-

rantly developed. It consists only of two principal longitudinal

trunks, adherent at the ventral and dorsal median lines to the

internal. surface of the integumentary cylinder. Cloquet has

described the blood-system in several species. Ecker* has also

defined a blood-system in a species of Filaria. The blood-vessels

of the Nematoid worms exhibit a distinct red colour. _ It is not

yet certain that the contained b/ood partakes of the same colourf.

Rudolphi has characterized these and all Entozoa as white-

blooded worms. The primary trunks are connected together by

means of transverse secondary branches: these latter can only

be discovered in the substance of the integuments, not on or in

the parietes of the viscera. The blood-proper of the Nematoid

worms is indeed a very subordinate constituent of the organism,

quite insufficient to supply the solids with the materials of in-

crease, and not less unequal to the function of breathing. A

few blood-vessels distributed scantily over the cutaneous surface

would present too limited a surface of contact with the sur-

rounding element to receive a proportion of oxygen adequate to

supply the wants of an organism so large as that of Strongylus

Gigas. By inference it becomes obvious that some other fluid

element of nutrition in these genera is required to minister to

the exigences of the solid parts. It is accordingly found that in

the Nematoid orders the chylaqueous fluid is relatively abundant

in quantity: this fluid is contained, as in the cylindriform An-

nelids, in the peri-intestinal or visceral cavity (figs. 10, ¢;

11, d; 12, c). In the round worms this cavity occurs under

two distinct anatomical conditions. In one case, illustrated

in the example of Ascaris Lumbricoides (fig. 11), the intestine

is tied by frequent transverse bridles to the imtegumentary

cylinder: these bridles intersect the cavity, and limit the

motion of the contained fluid. They stretch outwards through

* Miiller’s Archiv, Ueber ein Gefassystem in eingepuppten Filarien,

S. 506. t. 15. figs. 3, 4, 1845.

+ For a further statement of the author’s researches on this subject, see

his papers in the ‘ British and For. Med. Chirur. Rev.’

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 345

the whole thickness of the integument under the character

of transverse muscular fasciculi. They are accompanied by

open passages by which the chylaqueous fluid reaches the

cutaneous surface for the purposes of aération. The longitudinal

muscular bands, with their embracing spaces, establish between

the transverse, free communications. It is thus clear, that

although the integuments in certain species of Nematoid worms

are remarkably dense and resisting, they are permeated by chyl-

aqueous fluid to an extent enough to subserve the purposes of

breathing. The intimate connexion which in some Nematoid

worms subsists between the intestine and integument, limits the

movements of the intestine. It is to this anatomical circum-

stance that the motionless state of the chylaqueous fluid in these

worms is to be ascribed. In consequence of the absence from this

fluid of all visible globules, to detect its existence is not easy

to the uninitiated observer.

It is upon the freedom with which the intestinal cylinder

moves within the concentric integumentary, in many species of

Annelida, that the rapid and unobstructed oscillations of the

interposed chylaqueous fluid depends. Why should the same

fluid, occupying the same locality, be required to move so little

in the Entozoa? The answer probably is, that in the two indi-

cated instances the fluid differs materially in chemical composition.

The second type (fig. 10) of Nematoid Entozoa is exemplified

best in the case of the large Strongylus, constantly to be found

in the small intestine of the sheep. Here the intestine, a straight

tube, is considerably smaller in diameter than the space included

by the integuments, while it is tied at few points to the latter.

visceral chamber is therefore unusually capacious in dimen-

sions, and the enclosed fiaid is considerable in bulk. It isa

fact of unusual interest, that the chylaqueous fluid, whether sta-

tionary or moveable in its containing chamber, of all Nematoid

Entozoa, is perfectly homogeneous and destitute of every trace

of visible element. In these worms the digestive system does

not lodge a corpusculated liquid, of which the suspended cells

supersede the necessity for the agency of similar cells in the

extra-intestinal chylaqueous fluid. It must therefore be inferred,

that the true blood of these worms is the seat of the floating cell

agency. If it should be hereafter proved by exact observations,

that neither the true blood, nor the chylaqueous fluid, nor the

intra-intestinal chyme is charged with floating cells, these ani-

mals will constitute an exception unique in the animal kingdom,

in which an animal organism is sustained without a single

corpusculated nutritive fluid.

The principle is at present inadmissible in science, which sup-

' Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 24

346 Dr. 'F. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

poses that the intervention of cells in the nutritive fluids is

neither indispensable to the process of solid nutrition nor to that

of respiration.

It is a fact of surpassing physiological interest that the chyl-

aqueous fluid in the Strongylus of the sheep, which can be col-

lected. by spoonfuls, is nothing but a thick solution of albumen.

After even prolonged standing, it does not throw down the

slightest vestige of fibrine-clot. If “the blood” of the infested

animal permeated through the integuments of the parasite,

and thus reached the visceral chamber of the latter, it appears

probable that both the fibrine and the red corpuscles of the

former would be capable of detection in the chylaqueous fluid of

the latter. This, however, is not the case. The cyst in which

Trichina spiralis is lodged in the substance of the muscle is

filled with a fluid in which both the fibrine and the red cor-

puscles of the infested animal can be readily shown to exist. The

inference is obvious. The chylaqueous fluid of the worm is not

derived directly from without by filtration through the partition

of the cutaneous structures.

In the order of Nematoid worms, typified by the Strongylus

of the sheep, the integuments are very thin; the spaces be-

tween the circular muscular fasciculi being covered by little

more than the epidermis—conditions well-fitted to favour the

interchange of gases between the chylaqueous fluid within and

the aérating medium without. No indications of vibratile epi-

thelium in any structure in any species of Nematoid worms ean

be discovered on the general cutaneous surface, dedicated though

it be unquestionably to the office of respiration : they exist in no

imstance. Why do they not exist? The organic law presiding

over the development of these motive organules is still beyond the

ken of science.

_ Henceforth it will not satisfy the physiologist to affirm, in the

vagueness of a general phrase, that “the respiration is cuta-

neous.” He must know, with exact definition, by which order

of fluids that function is enacted, and whether the living fluid,

immediately influenced by the external element, be charged or

not with morphous particles. Superstition for ages has wrapped

these uninviting beings in unresolvable mist. The assertion has

now been abundantly supported, that the process of respiration

in all Entozoa is conducted on the aquatic model—that the

chylaqueous fluid, though non-corpusculated, is by far the most

voluminous aud important fluid element in the organism, and

that which directly performs the function of breathing. The

true blood when it exists is only secondarily aérated. The ‘ value”

of the respiratory function is directly proportional to the organic

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 347

complexity of the fluids. The figure expressive of its amount

— upwards with the zoological standard of the organism.

is principle explains the faculty conferred upon the Entozoon,

by a Nature exhaustless in expedients, illimitable in resources, by

which it is enabled to extract oxygen enough for i¢#s wants from

the least oxygenated of the animal fluids—venous blood—and

securely to breathe amid the pestilential atmosphere of the colonic

intestine.

These parasites are capable of sustaining life in any and every

recess of the animal body. This fact proves inferentially what

the physiologist cannot reduce to positive demonstration, that

every part, every fluid, whether in or out of the vessels, is per-

vaded by the electric presence of oxygen. It proves that the

respiratory process is really an inseparable attendant on, and an

integral and essential part of, the nutritive actions of the body—

that it is ubiquitous, not partial—that it vivifies every constituent

atom, fluid, and solid of the entire organism*.

* Tn order to facilitate the repetition of the observations upon which the

general conclusions stated in the text are founded, the author appends here

a short list giving the name and place of abode of the most familiar Nema-

toid Entozoa :—

Name. Habitat.

Ascaris megalocephala (Cloquet) ... Intestines of the Horse.

—— lumbricoides ..........00...00000 Small intestmes— Man.

— Salaris (Blanchard) ............ In intestines of several fishes.

Filaria equina (Rudolphi) ............ Folds of the peritoneum of the

attenuata (Blanchard) .........

Spiroptera sanguinolenta (Rudolphi)

Spirura Talpe (Blanchard)

Megastoma (Rudolphi)

Oxyuris vermicularis (Dujardin) ...

Sclerostoma Equinum (Rudolphi) ...

Cucullanus Perce (Miller) ............

Angiostoma entomelas (Dujardin) ...

Cyathostoma lari (Blanchard) ......

Strongylus Gigas (Rud. & Miller)...

Trichostoma erophilum (Rudolphi) .

Trichocephalus hominis (Rudolphi)...

Horse.

Air-cells of carnivorous birds.

Stomach of Dog and Wolf.

Stomach and intestines of the Mole.

Stomach of Horse.

Rectum—Man.

Czcum of Horse.

Pyloric appendages of common

Perch.

Lungs of Reptiles.

Orbital cavity of Sea-Gull.

Kidneys of Horse, Dog, and Man.

Trachea of Fox.

Czcum of Man.

The order Nematoidea, Celelmintha (Owen), includes the principal in-

ternal parasites of the human subject, viz. Trichina spiralis, Filaria medi-

nensis (Guinea worm), Filaria oculi, Spiroptera hominis, Filaria bronchialis,

Trichocephalus dispar, Strongylus Gigas, Ascaris lumbricoides, and Ascaris

vermicularis. The Entozoa found in the blood have been recently described

under the class-name of Hematozoa. Several species of Filarie, Monosto-

mata, Distomata, and Infusoria, have been discovered in the blood of frogs,

dogs, fishes, and mollusea (Micr. Journal, Oct. Ist, 1853).

24%

348 — Loological Society.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIIL

This plate is designed to express, in outline plans, the natural manner in

which the alimentary system of the Cestoid and Trematoid Entozoa passes

into that of the Nemertine and Planarian Annelida—that they are really

constructed upon one and the same principle. Though not represented in

this series of figures, the system of the nutritional fluids in these Entozoan

and Annelidan groups conforms to one type. The channels for the fluids

differ little in distribution from those of the alimentary system.

Fig. 1. Alimentary system of Nemertes Camille, the ceeca (b) of which are

charged with a corpusculated chyme; e, space external to the

latter system filled with the chylaqueous fluid ; d, shows that the

true alimentary organ of this worm, in common with that of all

Nemertine Annelids, is closed at all sides; a, cesophagus enter-

ing the proboscis. i

Fig. 2. The caudal end of the alimentary organ of another Nemertine An-

nelid, Borlasia ?, proving it to be cecal also at this extre-

mity: a, cavity; ¢, ceca of this organ filled with a corpusculated

fluid; 6, space external to the alimentary cecum filled with chyl-

aqueous fluid.

Fig. 3. Alimentary system of a Planaria: 6, mouth; ¢, ceca; a, areole

external to the digestive diverticula.

Fig. 4. Digestive system of a freshwater leech, Clepsina

filled with corpusculated chyme.

Fig. 5. Ideal, transverse, section of Aphrodita aculeata, showing the dis-

tribution of the alimentary system, and its relations to that of the

nutritional fluids : @, stomach ; 6, visceral cavity ; c, scales, by the

rising and falling of which a strong current of sea-water is main-

tained through the dorsal channel (e), by which current the fiuid

contents of the digestive cecum (d) are aérated.

23 a; cea

Fig. 6. Alimentary cecum of one segment of Tenia Solium: a, mouth of -

this segment leading into a short cesophagus (4), and thence into

the ramitications (c) of the digestive system.

Fig. 7. Alimentary system of a Trematoid Entozoon:; a, cesophagus ;

b, digestive czeca.

Fig. 8. Ditto of Amphistoma : a, b, czca of digestive system.

Fig. 9. Ditto of Bothriocephalus latus (a sterelminthous worm): a, mouth

of a single segment; 6 & c, ceca of digestive system.

Fig. 10. Plan of a Nematoid worm, showing the great difference between

the diameter of the intestine (a) and that of the space (c) enclosed

by the integuments ; 8, reproductive organ.

Fig. 11. Another type of a Nematoid Entozoon (Ascaris lumbricoides), in

which the intestine (a) is larger in diameter, and tied by frequent

bridles (4) to the dense integuments (c).

Fig. 12. Transverse section of the same.

[To be continued. }

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

July 22, 1851.—J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c., Vice-President, in the Chair.

On THe ARRANGEMENT OF THE Epentate MAMMALIA.

By H. N. Turner, Jun.

In offering to the Society: a summary of my observations on the

craniology of the Edentate order, I have not so great a number of

a a a a

Zoological Society. 349

hitherto unrecorded facts to bring forward as in some of my former

eommunications. The very remarkable modifications which this order

is seen to present, not only.in comparison with the rest of the Mam-

malian class, but also among its own members, and the wonderful

variety of extinct gigantic species which the New World has yielded

to research, have caused the osteology of the group to be more mi-

nutely investigated ; while the small number of species and the striking

external differences which they exhibit, have left but little room for

doubt in the minds of naturalists as to their true arrangement. I will

therefore simply point out such of the cranial peculiarities as seem to

be characteristic of the order and of its families and genera, dividing

it, as appears to me necessary, into five families, since the two forms

inhabiting the Old World differ so much from each other, and from

the three groups into which those of the New World naturally divide

themselves, that although each consists of a single genus, and one of

but a single species, it seems requisite that both should stand di-

stinct. It will also be necessary to remodel the genera of the Arma-

dilloes, and to define them anew by their external characters as well

as by those of the skull, since the presence of a tooth in each of the

intermaxillary bones of a single species of the family has prevented

the essential similarities and differences from being duly appre-

- Although some few naturalists may still associate this order with

the true Ungulata, for the sake of keeping the divisions of the class

within the predetermined number five, I think that most of those

who have given particular attention to the subject will agree, that

so natural and strongly-marked a group is well worthy of isolation,

which was the opinion of Linnzeus and Cuvier, although the former

wrongly associated with it a few genera belonging properly to other

groups.

The characters possessed in common by the members of so diver-

sified an order, must be expected to be comparatively few; those

which I have observed in the skull are as follows :—

The tuberosity of the maxillary bone is articulated by the whole

of its upper surface to the frontal and orbitosphenoid bones.

The zygoma is flat and straight, projecting at once outwards and

forwards, its articulating surface being more or less confluent with a

concavity at the inner side of it which forms a portion of .a more or

less elongated cone, whose apex would point backwards. In such

forms as have the articulation longitudinal, the glenoid surface is

distinguishable from that of Rodents by its posterior termination,

which is not a thin free edge like the anterior.

The alisphenoid bone never extends high, so that the pterygoid

ridge forms its upper boundary, or even extends above it.

The absence of enamel in the teeth, when they exist, must also be

named among the cranial characters.

Fam. 1. BRapypropiIp&.

The intermaxillary bones confined to the lower part of the nasal

opening; the maxillary bones provided with simple teeth, shortened,

350 Zoological Society.

their malar processes much pushed forwards upon them, and the

molar series converging behind; the posterior palatine foramina re-

placed by a series of minute openings extending the whole length of

the palate ; the malar bone having a descending masseteric process

transversely compressed, longitudinally extended, and with a di-

stinct superadded process arising between its frontal and zygomatic

processes ; the foramen rotundum distinct, and opening exteriorly at

the base of the pterygoid process some distance below the spheno-

orbital foramen and anterior to the foramen ovale; the zygoma

straight and trigonal, its origin thick and extensive, reaching back

quite to the posterior part of the squamous bone; the mastoid bone

with a wide digastric fossa, and a strong thick styloid process, ter-

minating in a circular concavity for the reception of the stylohyal

bone ; the lower jaw widened anteriorly with an extended symphysis.

It must be observed that the superadded process of the malar bone

is peculiarly characteristic of this family, and is quite distinct from

any of the processes of that bone to which special names have been

assigned. It is situated between the frontal or postorbital and zygo-

matic processes, both of which seem also to exist in a more or less.

rudimental form in most of the known species; and when the latter

is wanting as in the genus Cholcpus, the fact that the new process

stands aloof, above the zygoma, is enough to prevent its being taken.

for the zygomatic process, which in all mammalia possessing a com-

plete zygomatic arch either abuts simply against the extremity of the

zygoma, or more generally seems to support it from beneath.

The zygomatic process is well developed in the Megatherium, and

completes the arch, leaving the other, which might be called the

supratemporal process, projecting above it. In Mylodon robustus

the frontal process is reduced to a slight angle upon the base of the

supratemporal process. In the Scelidotherium the protess existing

above the zygomatic process appears to be broken off, but the obli-

quity of its base renders it improbable that it would be the true

frontal process so largely developed.

The circular pit for the attachment of the stylohyal bone is pre-

cisely similar in the Sloths to that in the large fossil genera, and it

is somewhat remarkable that Prof. Owen, while describing the cha-

racter in these extinct forms, should have made no allusion to its

existence in the recent Sloths, even though Cuvier expressly points it

out. The tongue is largely developed in this family, and the living

sloth may be seen to make great use of it in taking food into its

mouth, as was observed by Mr. Ball, in a short communication pub-

lished in the ‘ Proceedings’ some years back. On the other hand, it

is long and slender in the insect-feeding tribes, so that the maximum

degree to which it was developed in the Glossotherium is certainly

no indication that such was the food of that remarkable genus.

Cuo.tapvs, Illiger.

Intermaxillary bones small, produced anteriorly ; postorbital pro-

cess well-developed; malar bone with a well-marked frontal process,

but no zygomatic process, the supratemporal process projecting

ET ee a a a eS

Zoological Society, 351

backwards or bent a little upwards; pterygoid bones inflated ;

crotaphite impression approaching near to the occipital ridge ;_ tym-

panic bone reduced to a simple ring; lower jaw produced ante-

riorly, straight below, its condyle depressed ; teeth = simple,

rounded, the anterior ones in each jaw enlarged, trigonal.

C. didactylus.

Brapyrvs, Gray.

Intermaxillary bones reduced or wanting; postorbital process

slightly developed ; malar bone with the frontal and zygomatic pro-

cesses slightly marked, the supratemporal process rising obliquely ;

pterygoid bones inflated ; crotaphite impression terminating at a con-

siderable distance from the occiput ; tympanic bone well-developed,

forming a bulla; lower jaw with a flattened square process in front,

deep posteriorly, the lower outline convex, the condyle elevated ;

teeth =, simple, rounded, the anterior ones similar, small in the

upper jaw.

B. crinitus.

Tn addition to the character of the pterygoids, which, in the absence

of actual knowledge, might possibly have belonged to age or sex, I

find this species to be clearly distinguishable from those of the next

genus by the great distance that intervenes between the posterior

termination of the temporal fossee and the occiput, which is much

greater in the old specimens even than in the young of the genus Are-

topithecus. The occiput also differs from them in being proportionally

smaller, of a rounder form; the digastric fossee converging a little

superiorly; instead of diverging as in the other genus. The lower

jaw also presents a character more decided than the anterior pro-

duction which Mr. Gray points out in his paper on the genus Bra-

dypus: it is much deepened behind, rendering the lower outline

very convex. And further, there are certain characters pointed out

by Cuvier in the ‘ Ossemens Fossiles’ which appear to be constant, so

far as I have been able to observe, as it. is only in young specimens

that the sutures are discernible. They are, first, that in this species,

the Ai a collier, the nasal bones are bevelled towards the middle pos-

teriorly, so that they form a point between the frontals, while in the

other species they are bevelled in the opposite direction, the frontals

descending between their extreme points. Secondly, that the pala-

tine bone forms but a narrow slip within the orbit, and the alisphenoid

bone occupies a much larger portion of the temporal fossa than in

the other species.

The skull spoken of by Mr. Gray as being taken from a skin, pre-

sents characters intermediate between the other one and that upon

which the B. afinis is founded, therefore I refrain from inserting the

jatter as a species until further evidences are obtained.

ArcTopiTHecus, Gray.

Intermaxillary bones short and small; postorbital process slightly

developed ; malar bone with the frontal and zygomatic processes

852 Zoological Society.

slightly marked, or the former wanting, the supratemporal process

rising obliquely ; pterygoid bones compressed and simple; crota-

phite impression extending to very near the occipital ridge ; tympa-

nic bone well-developed, inflated ; lower jaw with its inferior outline

concave posteriorly, its condyle elevated ; teeth =, simple, rounded,

the anterior ones similar, small in the upper jaw.

A. guuARis. 4 a dos brulé.

A broad patch of soft yellow hair between the shoulders, and a

black line running through it down the back; the upper anterior

molars proportionally larger, and the second less, than in the fol-

lowing species; the occiput again affords us a very good distinction,

as it is much wider and not so deep as in the following species, and

the foramen magnum not so large. Two skulls in the British Museum

present these characters, and evidently belong to adult, probably

aged, individuals; that of the skeleton, also from Bolivia, seems

referable to the other species.

A. MARMORATUS.

Fur everywhere more or less lengthened, no yellow spots, dorsal

line grey brown; anterior upper molars very small, the next rather

larger than those which follow; occiput deeper and narrower than

in the preceding species, its foramen larger.

The A. Blainvillic is not distinguishable by external markings, and

the skulls bearing that name in the Museum collection all present a

general robustness, such as age and sex might very probably occasion.

One of them, which, from retaining some of the sutures, seems to be

younger than the others, has the frontal bones less swollen, and the

lower jaw with its angular process as much produced as in those

labelled marmoratus, though deeper, but not so deep as in the others.

The 4. flaccidus may be only a local variety, the skulls not being

very clearly distinguishable, for there are not two between which

some individual peculiarities may not be traced.

The skull to which the name prodlematicus is given is evidently

young, having all its sutures well-marked, and in the absence of the

fur cannot be safely looked upon as the type of a species. It agrees

with the others in the character of the occiput, which distinguishes

them all from the a. gu/aris, as well as from the Bradypus crinitus.

The palzeontologist is well aware of the uncertainty of establishing

species upon trivial details of form, although slight distinctions are

in some cases known to afford a true indication: the skulls of the

Three-toed Sloths vary greatly, and all present a coarse, rough-hewn

appearance which must detract from our confidence in little differ-

ences of detail. With regard to the lower jaw, they certainly do not

present differences so strikingly characteristic as those upon which

the species of Mylodon are established.

MEGATHERIUM, Cuvier.

Intermaxillary bones lengthened and prominent ; postorbital pro-

cess lengthened and drawn out, but not inflated; malar bone with its

Zoological Society. 353

frontal and zygomatic processes well-developed, the latter attached

firmly to the zygoma; the supratemporal process rising obliquely ;

pterygoid bones compressed, and not inflated ; crotaphite impression

approaching near to the occipital ridge; tympanic bone attached,

small, and not inflated; (immediately in front of the circular facet

for the stylohyal bone there descends a strong process, which may

probably belong to the tympanic bone and form a portion of a vaginal

process ;) lower jaw produced in front, deepened in the middle by the

extensive implantation of the molars, the condyle much elevated ;

teeth =, quadrate, grooved transversely on the crown when worn,

the cementum being thickened on the anterior and posterior surfaces ;

the posterior upper one small.

M. Cuviert.

- Dr. Lund figures a tooth having the characters of this well-known

genus, but of smaller size, under the name of Megatherium Laurillardt.

Mecatonyx, Jefferson.

General cranial characters unknown ; teeth = subelliptical, with

a ridge on the inner side.

M. Jeffersonii.

Mytopon, Owen.

Intermaxillary bones small (lost in the skeleton) ; postorbital pro-

cess but little developed, thick ; malar bone with the frontal process

indicated by a slight angle, the zygomatic well-developed, touching

the zygoma, the supratemporal process rising obliquely ; pterygoid

bones thin and compressed ; crotaphite impression approaching near

to.the occipital ridge; tympanic bone reduced and separate; (the

foregoing characters can of course apply only to the Mylodon robustus,

it being the only species of which the cranium is known ;) lower jaw

broad and more or less prolonged in front, the lower outline straight,

the condyle depressed ; teeth =, the anterior ones rounded or tri-

gonal, the posterior ones larger, trigonal in the upper jaw, gradually

becoming bilobed in the lower. The species can only be characterized

by the lower jaw, as it is the only part that is known in all of them.

The characters are taken chiefly from Prof. Owen’s works.

M. Darwin.

Lower jaw much produced anteriorly, with a double mammelliform

tuberosity upon the symphysis below. The first tooth rounded or

subtrigonal, the second subelliptical, with a slight depression on the

inner side; the third subquadrate, grooved on the inner side; the

posterior internal angle pected ; the fourth bilobed, sharply grooved

on the inner side.

M. Haran.

Lower jaw with the symphysis short; the second tooth sub-

quadrate, grooved on the inner side, with the posterior internal angle

354 Zoological Society.

produced; the third trapezoid, obliquely placed, with the inner side

rounded ; the fourth bilobed, the inner groove biangular, and a small

shallow one anterior to it.

M. ropustvs.

Lower jaw produced and very broad anteriorly, the first tooth

round, the second subtrigonal, grooved internally, the third sub-

quadrate, oblique, the fourth bilobed, with a deep scallop on the

inner side and a smaller one anterior to it. .

GLossoTHERIUM, Owen.

Crotaphite impression approaching near to the occipital ridge;

tympanic bone reduced and separate. The general cranial characters

are unknown, but the fragment is recognizable by the great size of

the surface for the stylohyal bone, and of the precondyloid foramen.

ScELIDOTHERIUM, Owen.

Malar bone with a well-developed zygomatic process; the cha-

racter of its frontal process cannot be determined through mutilation

of the specimen ; crotaphite impression approaching near to the occi-

pital ridge ; tympanic bone reduced and separate ; lower jaw greatly

curved below, its condyle depressed ; teeth —, transversely extended,

the anterior ones fully as large as the others, the first in each jaw

elongate trigonal, the others gradually becoming bilobed, the last

upper one trigonal.

S. leptocephalum.

Puatryonyx, Lund.

This genus is proposed by Dr. Lund, to include a series of species

discovered by him, the first three of which he had previously referred

to the genus Megalonyz, and Prof. Owen, in the conspectus at the

end of his memoir on the Mylodon, has placed them in his genus

Scelidotherium; but I prefer to adopt, for the present, Dr. Lund’s

latest arrangement, since in the lower jaws figured, the last lower

molar has a deep groove on its posterior side, and the fourth species,

of which an entire skull is figured (tab. 38), agrees in this cha-

racter, and shows a marked distinction from the S. leptocephalum in

the zygomatic arch being incomplete ; the malar bone has no frontal

process, and but a slight angular indication of the zygomatic process.

P. Cuvieri. P. minutus.

P. Bucklandi. P. Brongniartii.

In addition to these, Dr. Lund represents a metacarpal bone of a

species which he calls P. Owenzi, and an os scaphoides of the foot of

another, which he names P. Agassizit.

The genera Celodon and Sphenodon of Dr. Lund seem open to

the objection suggested by Prof. Owen, namely that the teeth would

be first developed in the form of hollow obtuse cones, not werner

the cylindrical form until worn down to the part which has acquire

Zooloyical Society. 355

in process of growth the normal thickness; but while I feel natu-

rally cautious of introducing into my category any genera or species,

the establishment of which-is not made fully satisfactory to my mind,

I must not be considered as rejecting any of those of Dr. Lund,

when his illustrations and lists of names are the only evidences I can

attain ; since his original specimens are far beyond my reach, and my

ignorance of the Danish language prevents my comprehending his de-

scriptive memoirs.

Fam. 2. Dasypopip2.

- The nasal bones long, of nearly uniform width, their extremities

projecting forwards beyond the intermaxillaries ; the intermaxillaries

are portions of cylinders, reaching further especially on their palatal

surface than in the other families ; the maxillary bone swollen and

provided with simple teeth ; its zygomiatic process projecting boldly

outwards, and a ridge continued from it for the masseter, the molar

series diverging behind; the posterior palatine foramina are replaced,

by a row of minute openings extending the whole length of the

palate; the malar bone, when there is a descending masseterie pro-

cess, or a rudiment of one, has it compressed longitudinally, extended

transversely ; the foramen rotundum is included in the foramen sphe-

no-orbitarium ; the zygoma is flat, gently twisted upwards towards

its extremity; the mastoid bone with a deep narrow groove, con-

taining one or more mastoid foramina; the basi-occipital bone with

a transverse depression just anteriorly to the edge of the foramen

magnum, and (excepting in the genera Tolypeutes and Glyptodon)

with an articular surface upon the lower edge of that foramen

receiving the odontoid process of the axis when the head is deflexed ;

the occipital condyles are portions of cylinders, placed horizontally,

each in a line with the paroccipital process ; the precondyloid foramen

is placed close to the condyle ; the supra-occipital bone is broad above,

forming on each side a strong thickened ridge; the lower jaw is

narrowed and slenderly produced anteriorly.

The true affinities existing among the various Armadilloes have

been rightly perceived by the Baron Cuvier, and are well pointed out

in the ‘ Ossemens Fossiles’ ; but he did not designate the subgenera

by any particular names, and naturalists, for the most part, have

adopted the arrangement of Mons. F. Cuvier, which limits the genus

Dasypus to the single species that has teeth in the intermaxillary

bone, and unites all the rest, excepting the Giant Armadillo, under

the generic name Tatusia. Mr. Gray, in the ‘ List of Specimens of

Mammalia in the British Museum,’ has adopted in addition the

genus Xenurus of Wagler, and it will be further necessary to make

use of Illiger’s genus Tolypeutes for the Apara or Three-banded

Armadillo. The species rillosus and minutus must be associated, as

Baron Cuvier has done with the Encoudert in the genus Dasypus.

The groups recognized in the ‘Ossemens Fossiles’ being thus

restored and the names proposed by other authors applied to them,

I shall proceed to characterize them by their external armour, by

which they may very easily be distinguished, and to add the cha-

355 Zoological Society.

racters of the cranium, in which my observations have been assisted

by the immortal work alluded to.

TATUSIA.

Ears thrown backwards and approximated ; plates of the head of

irregular shape and smooth ; those of the scapular and pelvic shields

much smaller than those of the bands, and surrounded with others

smaller still; fore-feet with four toes, the claws straight, the index

and medius nearly equal, the pollex and annularis small; maxillar

bone terminating in a pointed process behind; teeth rather small,

none of them being further back than the root of the malar process ;

this process concave anteriorly, projecting outwards and backwards ;

the infra-orbital canal entirely below it; malar bone simply a portion

of an inverted arch, hollowed on the outer side for nearly its whole

length by the masseteric impression, merely abutting against the

zygoma ; palatine bone reduced in vertical extent, being encroached

on above by a large thickened portion of the ethmoid bone which

appears in the orbit, the sphenopalatine foramen being a narrow

fissure between them ; pterygoid bone simply bordering the termi-

nation of the palatine, without hamular process ; zygoma compressed

and elevated, its glenoid surface circular ; tympanic bone reduced to

a ring; mastoid narrowed ; lower jaw slender, its condyle but little

elevated, transverse and flat, coronoid process elevated.

T. SEPTEMCINCTA.

Ears about one-third of the length of the head ; plates smooth ;

tail as long as the body.

T. afinis of Dr. Lund may possibly be identical.

T. HYBRIDA.

Ears about one-fourth of the length of the head; plates of the

pelvic shield convex and elevated ; tail about two-thirds of the length

of the body. The characters of this species, which was named by

M. Desmarest, are carefully pointed out by Mr. Martin in the ‘ Pro-

ceedings’ of the Society, January 1837.

Cuvier speaks of a third species brought from Brazil by M. de

Saint-Hilaire, under the name of Tatou verdadeiro, differing from

the mule Armadillo in having the tail terminated by a horny sheath

of one piece, the bands broader, and the plates of the pelvic shield

larger.

Dr. Lund figures two ossicles of a Tatusia, indicating dimensions

much greater than those usually attained by specimens belonging to

the genus, and applies the name Dasypus punctatus. I find in the

Museum of the College of Surgeons a recent carapace, denuded of its

horny epidermal scutes, and wanting the scapular shield; it is as

large as Dr. Lund’s figures would imply, and has the same punctate

depressions in the grooves which mark the surfaces of the component

ossicles. It differs from a smaller one, still a large specimen, also

denuded of the epidermal scutes, in the latter having the central area

of each ossicle a little elevated at its posterior margin, and the punc-

Zoological Society. 357

tate depressions fewer and smaller behind this area than in front of

it; while in the larger specimen they are all about equal in size.

It is difficult to compare these specimens with those which retain

their natural covering ; but the punctate character seems to belong

to the genus rather than to the species, it not being perceptible until

the horny scutes are removed: and whether the Tatusia punctata

be a species, or merely a large variety of one of the others, it would

appear not to be extinct.

Cuiamypuorts, Harlan.

Plates of the head, the scapular shield and the body forming an

uninterrupted series, each a parallelogram, those of the neck smaller,

and those of the muzzle irregular ; pelvic shield small, flat, or slightly

convex, placed vertically, at right angles to the dorsal armour, and

composed of concentric semioval rows of trapezoid plates ; fore-feet

with five toes, the medius being the longest, the two inner claws the

smallest, and the three outer ones very deep and compressed ; frontal

bone with a large thickened process above the eye ; malar bone thin,

deep anteriorly, with a rudiment of a descending masseteric process

assuming a transverse position ; auditory process bending forwards

round the base of the zygoma ; lower jaw with the ascending ramus

much elevated, the condyle higher than the coronoid process.

C. truncatus.

Dasypvs.

Head broad behind, ears wide apart, its plates irregular, marked

like those of the body ; those of the scapular and pelvic shields ob-

long parallelograms, like those of the bands, but becoming penta-

gonal or hexagonal towards the neck and croup—all the plates

marked with an indented pattern ; bands about six or seven ; fore-

feet with five toes, the index nearly as thick as the medius, which is

the longest, the claws a little twisted outwards; maxillary bone ter-

minating behind in a strong vertical column formed by the alveolus

of the last tooth, and concealing the sphenopalatine and pterygo-

palatine foramina ; teeth rather large ; malar process compressed in

the antero-posterior direction, suddenly projecting, concave anteriorly ;

infra-orbital canal short, pierced through the base of the process ;

malar bone angular, with a rudiment of a descending process, com-

pressed in the antero-posterior direction ; its zygomatic process deep,

extending beneath the zygoma; palatine bone ascending into the

orbit ; no appearance of the ethmoid within the orbit; pterygoid

bones with well-defined hamular processes, bent outwards ; zygoma

well-developed, flat; its glenoid surface slightly convex, reniform ;

ye ic bone well-ossified, forming a bulla ; auditory process largely

veloped ; mastoid bone very broad, placed entirely in the occipital

region ; lower jaw deep and thick, its ascending ramus high ; coronoid

process largely developed, condyle broad.

D. sexcinervs.

Muzzle broad ; plates large, distinct, but slightly indented ; bands

six or seven, no separate band on the anterior die of the scapular

358 Zoological Society.

shield; terminal plates of the bands and pelvic shield small ; hairs

few, white; teeth 2°, the first upper one on each side being in the

intermaxillary bone.

D. vILuosvus.

Muzzle broad; plates closely united, roughly tubercular, those of

the bands closely united and small; bands eight ; a separate band on

the anterior edge of the scapular shield, behind the row of nuchal

plates ; terminal plates of the bands and pelvic shield large and fal-

cate ; hairs profuse, brown.

D. MINUTUS.

Muzzle tapering, narrow at the end; plates of the head smooth,

those of the shield and bands closely united, and flatly tubercular ;

terminal plates of the bands and pelvic shield large and falcate ;

bands six or seven ; a separate band on the anterior edge of the sca-

pular shield, behind the row of nuchal plates ; upper parts with black

hairs ; sides of the head and limbs with brownish hairs ; under parts

with whitish hairs ; teeth = none in the intermaxillary bones, nasal

and intermaxillary bones lengthened.

Xenvurvus, Wagler.

Head broad behind, ears wide apart, its plates irregular, smooth ;

those of the scapular shield irregular in the middle, hexagonal towards

the sides ; bands twelve, composed of short and square plates ; pelvic

shield with square plates in the middle, becoming hexagonal towards

the sides; tail almost naked; fore-feet with five toes, the index

longest, but very slender, the three outer toes rapidly diminishing in

length, but furnished with large claws, twisted outwards ; maxillary

bones articulated posteriorly by suture to the palatine, its malar pro-

cess thick, rounded anteriorly ; malar bone but slightly angular, its

zygomatic process extending beneath the zygoma; palatine bone

ascending into the orbit, and pushing up the sphenopalatine foramen

into a fossa which contains the foramina of the orbit; pterygoid

bones with their hamular processes styliform, projecting backwards ;

zygoma small, rounded above ; tympanic incompletely ossified ; mas-

toid bone broad, placed obliquely ; lower jaw slender, its condyle

elevated, reniform ; coronoid process feebly developed, lower thar the

condyle.

X. UNICINCTUS.

Cuvier mentions a species with a shorter and more entirely naked

tail; it is probably the same that has been called nudicaudis by Dr.

Lund. X. antiquus of the same distinguished author may possibly

be identical.

Priopontes, Frederick Cuvier.

Head broad behind, ears wide apart ; plates of the head and body

as in Xenurus ; tail closely covered with quadrangular scales, placed

in a quincuncial arrangement ; fore-feet as in Xenurus, the outer toe

Zoological Society. 359

much reduced; maxillary bone articulated posteriorly by suture to

the palatine; teeth numerous and minute ; infra-orbital canal long,

commencing below the malar process, and terminating nearly on the

middle of the bone; malar bone forming simply a portion of an in-

verted arch, round, and devoid of processes ; palatine bone ascending

into the orbit ; pterygoid bone strongly developed, with an angular

termination ; zygoma rather small, the glenoid surface lengthened,

the lower part of the squamous and the alisphenoid bone forming a

longitudinal swelling within it; tympanic bone small, and loose ;

mastoid bone broad, forming the sides of the occiput which are

rounded ; lower jaw thin and compressed, condyle longitudinal, but

little elevated ; coronoid process much reduced.

P. gigas.

_ Totyreutes, Illiger.

Head broad behind, ears wide apart ; plates very closely articulated

to each other, their surface divided by impressed marks, and studded

with blunt tubercles, those of the scapular and pelvic shields varying

from a square to a pentagonal or hexagonal form ; bands three, com-

posed of oblong parallelograms, equally subcircular, and closely arti-

culated; fore-feet four-toed, the outer being absent; the medius

slightly longer than the index, with a much larger claw, both having

an outward twist; maxillary bone articulated posteriorly to the pala-

tine, its malar process standing suddenly outwards, compressed ; infra-

orbital canal commencing below and behind its root, rather lengthened,

rising a little in its course; teeth rather large ; malar bone slender,

and simply abutting by an oblique suture against the zygoma; pala-

tine bone ascending into the orbit, pterygoids with blunt hamular

processes, a little bent outwards ; zygoma rather narrowed, glenoid

surface flat, reniform ; tympanic bone reduced to an annular form ;

lower jaw slender, condyle moderately elevated, reniform, coronoid

process elevated.

T. TRICINCTUS.

Cuvier cites the Cheloniscus of Fabricius Columna as being this

species, but represented with four bands instead of three; the last

tow of plates of the scapular shield is composed of oblong parallelo-

grams like those of the bands, which may have given rise to such

an error.

CHLAMYDOTHERIUM, Lund.

Judging by the plates that accompany Dr. Lund’s Memoir, this

appears to be a genus of extinct gigantic Armadilloes, having the body

provided with moveable bands like the recent ones, and teeth of a

compressed form, and irregularly fluted; two species are distin-

guished.

C. Humboldtii. C. giganteum.

Heveropon, Lund.

Distinguished by the unequal sizes of the teeth: the fragment of

360 Zoological Society.

the lower jaw figured contains six teeth, of which two are much larger

than the others. |

Hi. diversidens.

Evuryopon, Lund.

Dr. Lund figures a tooth resembling those of the Armadilloes, but

apparently broader in proportion to its antero-posterior diameter.

E.. latidens.

GuLypTopon, Owen.

Carapace ovoid, without distinction of shields or bands, composed

of small hexagonal pieces with sculptured surfaces ; teeth divided into

narrow transverse lobes ; malar bone with a lengthened descending

process, placed transversely ; zygoma flat, its glenoid surface elevated,

transversely elongate, looking a little backwards; mastoid propor-

tionally small, placed laterally.

G. CLAVIPES.

The central tubercle upon each ossicle large, round, or subhexagonal,

conspicuous above the surrounding ones, which are small, and more

cut up by reticulate depressions.

G. ORNATUS.

The central tubercle of each ossicle not conspicuously marked above

the rest ; all more finely granular.

This may possibly be the young of that to which the name reticu-

latus has been applied, and which, therefore, I will at present omit.

G. TUBERCULATUS.

Ossicles approaching to a square or rhomboidal form, their surface

divided into numerous irregular elevations.

The genus Hoplophorus of Dr. Lund appears to be identical with

Glyptodon; he figures two teeth in which the characters of that

genus are clearly shown, and several detached ossicles and portions of

carapace bearing a general resemblance to the species of Glyptodon,

principally to the G. ornatus. He distinguishes two species, the H.

Euphractus and H. Selloi. Prof. Owen refers to the H. Huphractus a

portion of carapace brought home by Mr. Darwin, and figured in the

‘ Voyage of the Beagle,’ which very closely resembles those afterwards

figured in the ‘Catalogue of Fossil Mammalia and Aves in the Museum

of the Royal College of Surgeons’ under the name G. ornatus.

I am not as yet acquainted with the Pachytherium magnum of

Dr. Lund’s catalogues.

Fam. 3. MyrRMECOPHAGID.

The nasal bones simple, of uniform width, emarginated at the

ends ; the intermaxillary bones much reduced ; the maxillary bones

much lengthened, toothless, the malar process projecting backwards,

outwards and downwards ; the posterior palatine foramen single, or

wanting ; the malar bone reduced to a slender stylet free at the pos-

Zoological Society. 361

terior end ; the foramen rotundum included in the foramen spheno-

orbitarium ; the zygoma very small, and pushed quite to the anterior

superior angle of the squamous portion ; the supra-occipital bone en-

croaches upon the upper surface of the skull, and has a median pro-

tuberance ; the lower jaw much lengthened and slender at the end,

without coronoid process.

Not having seen the skull of the little Two-toed Ant-eater, I have

used a little caution in characterizing this family. For example, I

have avoided alluding to the peculiar character of the pterygoids, as

Cuvier informs us that they do not enclose a long canal as in the

larger species. I therefore limit the diagnoses of the genera to the

few points, in which, in the absence of a skull of the small species,

they are known to differ*.

Myrmecoruaca, Linnzus.

Fore-feet with four toes; hind-feet with five toes; palatine and

pterygoid bones united beneath the nasal canal for their whole length.

M. supara, Linn.

Varied with black and grey, the latter predominating on the head,

back, sides, fore-limbs and tail; throat, a mark running obliquely

from the shoulder upwards and backwards, and hind-limbs black ; fur

very coarse ; tail but little longer than the body, very bushy.

M. Tamanpnva.

Head, shoulders, fore-limbs, ontside of the hind-limbs, and middle

third of the tail white ; a stripe from each side of the neck over the

shoulder and remaining parts black ; tail but little longer than the

body, its terminal third scaly. Varies chiefly by the diminution of

the intensity of the black.

I have found that the Yellow Ant-eater, hitherto considered to be one

of the varieties of this species, differs remarkably in the length and size

of the tail; the ears also appear to be larger, but this latter character

is less decisive, owing to the different degrees to which they may

shrink when dry. A specimen in the British Museum, and one in

that of this Society, resemble each other exactly, while a young pale

specimen of M. Tamandua has a tail proportionally of the same length

as the larger and darker individuals. Under these circumstances I

have been induced to propose a name for the Yellow Ant-eater, deem-

ing it probable that the species may be distinct.

M. LONGICAUDATA.

General colour uniform light ochraceous, a paler line runs down

the middle of the back ; tail nearly double the length of the body,

its terminal half covered with small scales and a few scattered black

hairs ; ears large, round, about one-third the length of the head.

* I have since seen the cranial portion of the skull of the Little Ant-eater, and

find that although the pterygoid bones do not enclose the nasal canal below, they

se mble those of the species in their great extent backwards.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xii. 25

362 Zoological Society.

Although the flanks show a slightly darker reflection in certain di-

rections of the light, there is no trace of the mark which runs across

the shoulder.

On referring to the figure, in. Krusenstern’s Voyage (tab. 6 e),

on which M. Desmarest founded his Myrmecophaga annulata, I find

it to be a very excellent representation of a Coati-mondi, probably

the brown species. The head is bent downwards, the tongue pro-

truded, and curved beneath the left fore-foot ; from under the further

side of the foot there comes a small twig of a tree, which, if it were

not branched, would look like a continuation of the tongue. But

the figure published in Griffith’s translation of the ‘ Régne Animal’

is not so easy to interpret. The general form of the body is more

like that of an Ant-eater, though rather too long and slender; the

tapering head and the dark stripe from the end of the muzzle to the

eye remind one of the Myrmecobius, which was not known until

several years afterwards ; the tail is just such as a Coati-mondi might

have supplied. The figure is said to have been drawn from a stuffed

specimen, but the authors do not state where the specimen existed,

and possibly may never have seen it.

Cuvier asserts, with much probability, that the animal from which

Buffon took his figure of the Tamandua was made up of the skin of a

Coati-mondi, to which striped markings had been artificially applied.

CrcLornurts, Gray.

Fore-feet with two toes, the outer one much the larger; ‘the pala-

tines only meet below for two-thirds of their length, and the bony

canal of the nares there terminates, the pterygoids not meeting, but

presenting only two long parallel and little prominent crests.”

~ C, pIDACTYLUS.

Dr. Lund inserts in his lists of fossil species one which he has

named Myrmecophaga gigantea, but I have seen no representation of

any portion of the animal among the figures cablishoa

Fam. 4. Manip.

The intermaxillary bones small, having ascending processes run-

ning upwards and backwards; each encloses a separate incisive fora-

men; the maxillary bones short, toothless, their malar processes pro-

jecting backwards, outwards and downwards; the palatine bones

much spread out in front, and with distinct posterior palatine fora-

mina; the malar and: lacrymal bones wanting, but a large lacrymal

opening ; the alisphenoid bone much reduced ; the zygoma deep, thin,

concave exteriorly, and pushed downwards to the anterior and inferior

angle of the squamous portion; the occipital condyles prominent,

oblique, the precondyloid foramina at some distance anterior to them.

- This family consists of but one genus, containing several well-

marked species.

Manis, Linnezeus. :

In characterizing the species of this genus, I give the number of

scales in each transverse row, instead‘of the number of longitudinal

Zoological Society. 363

rows, which has been the usual method adopted. The number in

each case will appear much less, but it will be recollected that this is

owing to the scales of one row being alternate with those of the next

one.

M. pentapacty a, Linn. (macroura, Desm.)

Each transverse row of scales composed of three on each side of

the median one; scales striated at the base, smooth at the end, the

striated part distinctly separated from the smooth portion ; ends of

the scales simple; under parts naked; tail very broad at the base,

abont equal to the body in length ; fore-feet five-toed, the claw of the

medius much the largest, that of the annularis next, that of the index

mauch less, the other two very small ; hind-feet with lengthened claws;

limbs scaled to the bases of the claws.

M. savanica, Desm.

Four scales on each side of the median one in each transverse row,

the lower ones on each side, and the lateral ones beneath the tail,

keeled and pointed at the ends ; tail broad at the base, equalling the

head and body in length ; under parts with short white hairs ; limbs

sealed to the bases of the claws; fore-feet with the middle claw

largest, the index a little less than the annularis, the others very

small ; hind-feet with lengthened claws.

M. Temmincxu, Smutz.

Body altogether very broad ; scales broad, three on each side in

every transverse row, striated to the tips which are rounded, none of

them carinate ; under parts naked ; tail about the length of the body,

broad and rounded at the end ; limbs scaled to the bases of the claws ;

fore-feet with the middle claw largest, the two next less, the remain-

ing two much less; those of the hind-feet vertical, truncated.

~ M. rerrapacryxa, Linn. (Africana, Desm.)

Scales large, three on each side in every transverse row, striated to

the tip, which is square, with a point projecting from the middle,

the lower ones at the sides and the lateral ones beneath the tail cari-

nate; tail double the length of the body, a little narrowed at the

base, soon becoming broad ; limbs only sealed at the base, then

covered with black hairs like the under parts; fore-feet with the

middle claw very long and compressed, the index and annularis much

less and nearly equal, the minimus less still, the inner toe very small;

hind-feet with lengthened claws, nearly equal.

M. muxtiscurata, Gray, Proc. Z. S. Feb. 1843.

Five scales on each side of the median one in every transverse row;

scales striated to the tip, which is square, with a median point;

those on the sides of the trunk and limbs, and the lateral ones be-

neath the tail, carinate ; tail nearly double the length of the body, of

moderate width ; under parts with short whitish brown hairs ; fore-

25*

364 Zoological Society.

limbs scaled to the carpus ; toes all well-developed, except the thumb,

which is small, the medius longest ; hind-feet scaled nearly to the

base of the claws, which are all lengthened and well-developed, ex-

a. the thumb, which is small; the annularis nearly as long as the

medius.

M. aurita, Hodgson.

Fam. 5. OrnycTEROPODID.

The nasal bones long and much spread out behind, narrowed and

not projecting anteriorly ; the intermaxillaries well-developed, pro-

minent below, not enclosing foramina; the maxillary bones length-

ened and deep, provided with compound teeth; the palate termina-

ting soon with a strong transverse ridge, having a pair of large poste-

rior palatine foramina ; the lacrymal bone large, extending much upon

the face; the malar bone large, extending much upon the face, but

its zygomatic process small and slender; the frontal bone large and

swollen, with a small and contracted post-orbital process ; the parie-

tals extended downwards at their anterior inferior angles to articulate

with the alisphenoids; the zygoma slender, twisted as in the Arma-

dilloes ; a strong post-articular and a post-auditory process, and just

within the latter a short truncate styloid process, not enclosed by any

vaginal process, as the tympanic bone is much reduced and separate ;

the occipital condyles hemicylindrical, but with a portion of articular

surface continued from them upon the lower edge of the foramen

magnum ; the paroccipital processes in a line with them, but distinctly

separated.

As this family consists, so far as is yet satisfactorily known, of a

_ single species, its characters might be multiplied to almost any extent ;

should another form be discovered, they will of course need revision.

This communication having extended far beyond the length that I

at first contemplated, notwithstanding that I have limited myself in

most cases to the distinctive peculiarities of the skull, it will readily

be seen that, had I entered upon the whole osteology of the order, or

even introduced in every instance the characters by which the genus

or species may be known externally, I should have swelled this little

monograph to such a degree as almost to preclude its insertion in the

‘ Proceedings’ of the Society, and entailed upon myself an amount of

labour from which I would by no means shrink, but fear I shall be

compelled to defer until more favourable opportunities present them-

selves; but I trust that the little I have as yet accomplished may

afford the naturalist a clearer insight into the relations of the living

Edentata among themselves, and with those that formerly peopled

the portion of the world which was then, as now, the principal abode

of this remarkable group.

Pimlico, July 1851.

Miscellaneous. 865

MISCELLANEOUS.

SPADIX PURPUREA, GOSSE.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Falmouth, September 30, 1853.

GENTLEMEN, — The Spadix purpurea, Gosse (Arum Cocksii,

Vigurs; vide Report of the Royal Polytechnic Society, 1849) is an

old friend of mine, having found it in the autumn of 1844, attached

to the under surface of a large stone, extreme low water mark, spring

tide, Gwyllyn-vase, in the neighbourhood. Since that period a great

number of specimens have been sent to some of the first-class natu-

ralists of the age, in this country, on the continent, and in America,

but hitherto it has proved an enigma not easily solved. In the year

1847 Mr. J. Alder sent several from Falmouth to the Members of

the Natural-History Section, British Association, and specimens alive

were forwarded, per post, to Sir G. Dalyell, but unfortunately death

terminated the career of this good and great man before he had time

to untie the Gordian knot. I am glad that another habitat has been

found for this interesting creature. I have repeatedly produced the

young from the ova ; they are free for several days, and perambulate

on their stilt-like legs with ease and agility.

I am, Gentlemen, your obedient servant,

W. P. Cocks.

Note on the Parasitism of Comandra umbellata, Nutt.

By Asa Gray.

So long ago as the year 1847, Mr. William Mitten, an English

botanist, communicated to Hooker's London Journal of Botany

(vol. vi. p. 146. pl. 4) a brief article, on the ceconomy of the roots

of Thesium linophylium ; in which he shows that the roots of this

plant are parasitic ; the ramifications of the root forming attachments,

by means of suckers, with the roots of adjacent plants of various

species. The same parasitism probably occurs in other species of

Thesium, if not in the genus generally. But I am not aware that

the fact has been confirmed on the continental species, which are

somewhat numerous, although attention has been called to the sub-

ject by the reprint of Mr. Mitten’s article in the ‘ Annales des Sciences

Naturelles’ (in the volume which bears the nominal date of 1847),

and an interesting extension was at once given to the discovery by

M. Decaisne, who detected a similar parasitic attachment of the

rootlets of Melampyrum, Pedicularis, and other rhinanthaceous plants

long known to be uncultivable.

In the Botanical Text-book, I had called attention to the related

genus Comandra, which replaces Thesium in this country, as likely

to exhibit the same parasitic ceconomy, but, pressed by other occupa-

tions, had neglected to make the examination myself; nor had I an

notice of the observation having been made by others, althoug

nee umbellata is everywhere a common plant in the United

tates.

366 Miscellaneous.

The discovery, however, has now been made by my esteemed cor-

respondent, Mr. Jacob Stauffer, of Mount Joy, Lancaster County,

Pennsylvania. He has recently sent me fresh specimens of Coman-

dra umbellata, with its elongated and woody subterranean stems,

giving off numerous roots, the branches of which are often expanded

at their tips into a small tubercle or sucker, which is implanted by

its disc-like surface upon the bark of adjacent roots, principally of

shrubs. The foster-plants, in the specimens communicated, are

Blueberries and Huckleberries (Vaccinium vacillans and Gaylussacia

resinosa). Mr. Stauffer’s specimens are accompanied by a neat

drawing, illustrating the mode of attachment. This I would gladly

forward for the engraver : but it will suffice, perhaps, for the present

to say, that the attachment is similar to that so clearly exhibited by

Mr. Mitten, in the plate which accompanies his article; only that

the rootlets in Comandra arise from subterranean stems, and the

suckers, so far as I have examined, do not appear to penetrate the

foster-root deeper than the surface of its wood.

Since the above was written and in type, I have received from Mr,

Stauffer the announcement of his discovery of the parasitism of Ge-

rardia flava, accompanied by a drawing which exhibits it, and a spe-

cimen which plainly shows the attachment. The numerous branches

of the root are not only attached by discs or suckers to the bark of

the root of the foster-plant (in this case either white oak or witch

hazel), but also are implanted upon each other, forming parasitical

anastomoses.—Silliman’s Journal, Sept. 1853.

RARE IRISH MOLLUSCA.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Windsor Lodge, Monkstown, co. Dublin,

September 30, 1853.

GENTLEMEN,— Having had a few days’ dredging last month off

this coast, will you kindly record for me, at your earliest convenience,

the obtaining of the following Mollusca? Those species marked with

an asterisk I believe to be new to the fauna of this county.

*Corbula rosea. Off Dublin Bay.

Lyonsia Norvegica. Killiney Bay and Dalkey Sound.

*Thracia distorta. Dalkey Sound.

Cochlodesma pretenue. Kialliney Bay and Dalkey Sound.

Solecurtis coarctatus. Same localities as the last species.

* Astarte elliptica. Dalkey Sound.

suleata, var. Scotica. Same locality as the last species,

*Lepton squamosum. Dalkey Sound and Killiney Bay.

*Nucula radiata. Dalkey Sound.

* —— tenuis. Same locality.

Leda caudata. Killiney Bay and Dalkey Sound.

Trophon Barvicensis. Dalkey Sound.

Mangelia septangularis. Same locality.

Phyline scabra. - Same locality.

I am, Gentlemen, yours obediently,

WitiiaM Wuitr WALpoLe.

ee a Le PN

eee

rt i ae

Meteorological Observations. 367

NATICA SORDIDA.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

‘Windsor — Monkstown, Co. Dublin,

; ct. 22, 1853.

GENTLEMEN,—I have much pleasure in being able to record an-

other habitat for that rare Mollusk Natica sordida, specimens of which

were obtained by me this summer; they were taken off this coast by

trawling in about sixty fathoms. In company with the above shell was

found Fusus propinguus ; 1 have also noticed the same two Mollusca

occurring together off the Wexford coast, and my friend Dr. Melville

has likewise dredged the two species in close proximity off the Isles

of Arran, Galway Bay.

I remain, Gentlemen, yours truly obliged,

Wirii1am Waite WALpote.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR SEPT. 1853.

Chiswick.—September 1. Cloudy and fine: heavy rain. 2. Overcast: heavy rain.

3. Clear. 4. Cloudy and fine: very fine: overcast. 5. Fine: cloudy: clear. 6. Very

fine: clear at night. 7,8. Overcast. 9. Foggy: rain. 10. Fine: slight rain.

1]. Fine. 12. Cloudy and fine. 13. Rain: fine: clear. 14. Dense fog: very

fine. 15. Foggy: cloudy: rain at night. 16. Uniform haze: showery. 17.

Very fine. 18. Slight fog: very fine. 19, 20. Very fine. 21. Foggy: fine.

22. Very fine: rain. 23. Cloudy. 24. Clear: cloudy: clear: lightning in the

evening: rain. 25. Rain: boisterous throughout. 26. Clear and windy. 27.

Slight fog: fine. 28. Overcast. 29. Fine: rain. 30. Very fine: clear: lightning,

with rain at night.

Mean temperature of the month .......0-..ssccesssssesseee eoeee 55°45

Mean temperature of Sept. 1852 — .......ce..sceeseceseeeeee PG ae’ |

Mean temperature of Sept. for the last twenty-seven years . 57 -04

Average amount of rain in Sept. ..................-.-seecsceesees 2°57 inches.

Boston. —Sept. 1. Rain a.m.: lightning p.m. 2. Rain a.m. and p.m.

3. Fine. 4. Cloudy. 5,6. Fine. 7—10. Cloudy. 11. Fine. 12. Cloudy.

13. Cloudy: rain a.m. 14. Fine. 15. Cloudy: raina.m. 16. Fine: rain p.s.

17, 18. Cloudy. 19,20. Fine. 21. Cloudy. 22. Fine. 23. Cloudy. 24. Fine:

rain A.M. 25. Rain a.m. and p.m.: very stormy p.m. 26. Fine: very

stormy A.M. and p.m. 27—29. Cloudy. 30. Fine.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Sept. 1. Bright a.m.: clear p.m. 2,3. Cloudy a.m.:

cloudy, aurorap.M. 4. Clear, fine a.m.: clear, aurora p.m. 5. Clear, fine A.s.

and p.m. 6. Clear, fine A.m.and p.m. 7. Damp am.: cloudy p.m. 8. Drizzle

a.M.: cloudy p.m. 9. Bright a.m.: clear p.m. 10. Bright a.m.: cloudy, aurora

pM. 11. Cloudy a.m.andp.m. 12. Bright a.m.: cloudy p.m. 13. Cloudy a.m. :

Showers p.m. 14—16. Bright a.m.: cloudy p.m. 17. Cloudy a.m. and p.m.

18. Showers a.m.andp.m. 19. Raina.M.:dampp.m. 20. Cloudy a.m.: cloudy,

showers p.m. 21. Brighta.m.: rain p.m. 22. Rain a.m.: sleet-showers, thunder

and lightning p.m. 23. Showers a.m. : sleet-showers, aurora p.m. 24. Bright a.m. :

sleet-showers p.m. 25. Cloudy a.m. : sleet-showers p.m. 26. Bright a.m.: sleet-

showers P.M. 27. Bright a.m.: showers p.m. 28. Rain a.m.: showers, thunder

and lightningp.m. 29. Bright a.m.: cloudy p.m. 30. Showers a.m.: cloudy p.m.

Mean temperature of Sept. for twenty-six previous years ... 52°26

Mean temperature of this month — ...............sesceseeesecees 53 +28

Mea1 temperature of Sept. 1852 ...........c.cscsececeeceeeeceess 53°45

Average quantity of rain in Sept. for thirteen previous years 2-75 inches.

Llg.6z | £16.62

58°] Of. |. rhe £9.18 |€6.08 | z.S8 jo6.S¥ Joo.$9] 964.62 Lv.6% “uRay

gz. |rrrs| on, *s | -m jemu| Hh] 9% | “oS| gf | 19 L862 LS..6% 0$.6z — | 916.62 166.62 | of

GE, |-<seeeens] Sz, mE I ae Sb | 6h $S| Sb | Sg LS.6z 2S 62 £+.6z $£9.6z $£6.62 *6z

oS, rte} Zo, om | mg omg | ORT SS gS} eS | 99 16.32 £0,6z ob.6z $$ 9,62 269.62 "gt

GI. |eeseeeresieeeereee*) ecg | om | ms | Lb | Seb Lv| Le | Sg 25.62 09.62 0S .6z $63.62 106,62 eno

gt. | O% freeter'l smol emu} ema] ov | ob | Lol zé | LS 35.62 £8.62 1.62 795.62 018.62 "QZ

vr. | th | tO. |-mum| -s | ems | bh] oh | Lb) Sb | t9 17,62 1.62 94.9% £30.62 of £.6z Szp

ry, [rrveseee] pe. Rig ae Set Sp | 64} oS| b€ | o9 gt .6z gf.6z gz.6z £39.62 £vL.6z bz

OL. |reesesttsleseeeees| omg | oem | oom ie | “6b 4S| ib | 19 00.62 40,62 gz.6z $oLl.6z $$L.62 “$z

11. [reeete| 90... Pome {ema | omg | SH 1 eS So} +S Lg 91.62 £7.62 b£.62 $SL.6z 6£8.62 Ze

ro, |ttrset[eeseee"l cg [ems] ems | ES | $$ o$| 1% | <9 $L.6z £4.62 gS .6z 1£6.6z LS0,0£ Tor 4

ZY, -|reeeeeretleeeeesoesl sow] om | emg LS LS | ¢,2$) 6b. | of 1$.6z 19.67 $1.62 O1T,o£ tbz.08 61

sreaeeesaleseoreees! ous lemuu | «ma | 2S 2S 65| zbv | of 36.62 06,6z £9.62 oor.o€ g6r1.0£ "SI

bueseges's ‘au | S| gS | +S| &% | 69 $6.62 16,62 09.62 300.08 £90.08 *L1O

seeeeess! go, ee gS | 6S og| +S | So £6.62 00,0£ S62 916.62 £66.62 *gI

Past Sawaal ones cass ‘an | SS | 9S gs} ss | 19 $10 or.of LS.6z £6.62 136.62 “St

ZI. [ecterse’) og | wea | cms | v8 | ZS gv} of | of 96,62 46.62 9.62 716,62 1go,.0f “br

rerserere] Zo, | om | ema | ema] 2S | (9S S$| Sb | £9 £6.62 33.62 Lv.6z 196.62 z$0,08 2%

sterereeslerceeeene! £0, | sms | cass | +s | $45.| fq Eg} S$ | of £9.6z 08.62 £5.62 $13.62 966.6 eo

tetresesslessesserslaaseseeee! ogg | unea| os | 96 | £91 gS| gh | €Z 08.62 06,62 0$,6z 988.62 196.6¢ | -rx

Sseeseesle aos: | sogiet tags tots gS | £9 £9/ 1¢ | Lo 96,62 16,62 of.6z 699.62 gig.6z "or €

sesecesee| ogy ‘as |ueo| ‘os | 9S | 19 gS| ob | Sq £6.62 36.62 gt.6z £$L.62 998.62 6

teressseeleeeeesereleceeeeses! cog | emu | ott £5 | 245 | $.95| Zv | £9 40,0 or.o£ $$.6z $06.62 ££6.6z g

seererees|tereseseclesceenreel oma | som | cou | $$ | gS Ls| €b | Lo Lr.0§ 27.08 £1.62 Lto.0€& gor.of *L

servecccalsescrterelceseensel Ay OU ‘ou BS¢ BLS 09 th 89 ££.0£ LE.0£ 06,62 617z.0£ 0gz.0£ 9

to. peste hoy (ee Da pc age ce eae 9 ah gS} of | go fv.08 zb.of $6.62 bot.of £L£.08 36

strsentealereesresslesrseeree! saggy | om | cam | of | (9S og| 6% | So ot.o£ +r.0£ 06.62 zLlz.08 grf.o£ v

Sepsmeekh GS cocdteeneseee] Sao] Aaaa | cg 7S | SS z$| 6% | zg LE.0€ $z.0£ 99.62 £60.08 107.08 £@

srl go, | bb femal ou | on 1$ | €$ | S.2S| zb | 09 60.0£ 00.08 172.62 o1L,6z £93.62 A

zz. | V1. | og. ‘u | ‘asa } ‘8 1S | .9S gS| 18 | £9 £6.62 26.62 gz.6z $z9.6z LzL.6z I

B..O . 2 rem Z + oc yo

i 5 e | 5 & | 5 | F a Teens Be) cpu *yormpurg “ouyI0 Pe “STASI “ord

“urey “pulAy *10JOMIOWLIOT J, *Io}OULOIV jo sfeq

Suopuory 1vau “MOIMSIH 30 hjaroog younqynorzsozy ay2 fo uapsvy ayz yo uosd

"AUNNUG ‘asunpy youmpung yo “Moysno[y °C “Ady ay? Ag pun fNOLSOg 7v Teo, “a Ag

WOT, “IPL Aq apow suornasasgg poorbojosoajapy

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 72. DECEMBER 1853.

XXXIV.—On the British Tritons.

By Joun Hicernsorrtom, F.R.S.

[With two Plates. ]

Tuese observations are the result of an unremitting attention

to the natural history of the Triton during five years. ;

Regarding the physiology of each individual species of animal

as a type and example of physiology in general, I imagine that

the. science would not be advanced more certainly than by an

undivided investigation of one, and that a most interesting

example.

_ My steps have been guided by the works of Dr. Rusconi

and Professor Bell, and the following observations will be found

curtailed or extended, as I imagine I have arrived at the same

results as these two authorities have done, or added some new

facts or views to what was previously known.

As the result of my observation, 1 may premise that I have

not been able to find more than two species of Triton in the

midland counties of England ; that these, produced in water, are

furnished in a peculiar manner with respiratory organs, first for

aquatic respiration, and in the second place for atmospheric

respiration ; that after leaving the water they chiefly remain in-

habitants of the land and breathe atmosphere for no less a period

than three years uninterruptedly, passing through changes and

states in their slow growth, which have misled naturalists into

the opinion that there are more species than really exist ; that at

the expiration of the third year the animal in its mature state

betakes itself for a second time for a season to the water, but

solely for the purpose and during the period of reproduction ;

and that this view of the subject, the result of long and assiduous

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii.

370 Mr. J. Higginbottom on the British Tritons.

observation, is singularly confirmed by the facts of the anato-

mical structure, viz. that the male Triton has no appearance of

crest, silvery stripe on the tail, fringe or membrane on the hind

toes, during the first and second year ; and the testes and ovaries

are of a very diminutive size, facts to be noticed more particularly

hereafter.

The principal questions which I purpose to notice are—

1st. The determination of the number of species of Triton in

the midland counties of England.

2nd. The fecundation, deposition, and bursting of the ova.

3rd. The development of the Tadpole and the perfect animal.

4th. The uninterrupted extension of its terrestrial life through

three whole years in a state of activity in the summer, and in a

state of hibernation in the winter season.

5th. The limitation of its second aquatic life to the period

required for reproduction.

6th. Certain peculiarities in its anatomy.

I. On the Species of Triton.

During my long observation of the Triton in the pools of the

midland counties and their clayey banks, &c. &c., I have not been

able to detect more than two species ; one of them is that termed

the common warty Triton, and the other is designated the com-

mon smooth Triton. But these two species of the Triton pre-

sent such varied appearances during the three years of their slow

but progressive growth, and during the changes they experience

preparatory to their return from being inhabitants of the land,

breathing atmospheric air, active in the summer and hibernant

in the winter, to being active denizens of the water, reproducing

their kind in the months of March, April, May, June and July,

that I think they have been regarded by naturalists as presenting

too great a number of distinct species.

The crest, from which one species has received the designation

of cristatus, and the frmge or membrane, from which another

has received that of palmipes, are not permanent adjuncts, but

exist only during the active season of reproduction, and only

in the male. ‘These appendages are scarcely therefore ad-

missible as characteristics of the species of Triton. I would

venture to propose as permanent and descriptive names, which

I shall take the liberty of making use of in this paper, the terms

Triton asper and Triton levis; in fact, the large Triton is at all

times distinguished by its rough granular skin, whilst the smaller

is always known by its smooth surface.

The terms aquatic and terrestrial are not more applicable, as

I am enabled to say, that no species of Triton is exclusively

Mr. J. Higginbottom on the British Tritons. 371

either terrestrial or aquatic, but that both are equally aquatic in

their early tadpole stage and in their later and reproductive life,

and equally terrestrial in the long intermediate period.

Cuvier himself observes, in a note subjoined to his description

of the various species of Triton :—“ Cette caractérisation des

espéces européennes est celle qui m’a paru le plus conforme & la

nature, mais il me serait trés-difficile d’y rapporter exactement

la synonymie des auteurs, tant je trouve leurs descriptions et

leurs figures peu d’accord avec les objets que j’ai sous les yeux*.”

Il. The Fecundation, Deposition, and Bursting of the Ova.

- From minute observations of the process of fecundation in the

pools where the Triton abounds, I am led to conclude that this

takes place internally through the medium of water, without the

immediate contact of the sexes.

The protuberances on each side of the cloaca in the male are

yery prominent during the breeding season,

e protuberances and the villous enlargement also around

the cloaca in the female, exist in this prominent condition only

during that period.

The oya begin to be deposited as early as the beginning of

April, and continue to be deposited as long as the first or second

week in July.

If a plant with long leaves be thrown into a pool where there

are Tritons for only a single night during the breeding season,

it will be found on the following morning to have a number of

its leaves folded, and within each fold an ovum.

For the successful development of the ova, it is necessary ge-

nerally that they should be deposited and enclosed within the

folded leaves of some living aquatic plant. If they are placed at

the bottom of a vessel, or merely on the surface of a leaf exposed

to the water, they usually perish at an early period.

For this purpose some aquatic plants are much more suited

than others, the best being those which have some firmness of

fibre. I have seen some ova laid on the water dock, which it has

required the little animal to exert very strong pressure to double ;

this, however, it has effected at length by breaking the firm fibres

of the plant.

I have found that some aquatic plants are too pliable and soft,

as the Nasturtium aquaticum. Not having sufficient fibre to pre-

serve the ova the fold is not permanent, so that the ova become

too much and too early exposed to the water, and they perish.

The most favourable aha I haye observed for the deposition of

* Régne Animal, t. ii. p. 117.

26%

372 Mr. J. Higginbottom on the British Tritons,

the ova are the Veronica anagallis, and the long grasses which

abound in some pools. .

The Veronica anagallis has a firmer leaf than the Nasturtium

aquaticum, is formed into firmer folds, and is thus better cal-

culated for enclosing and protecting the ova. The long grasses

appear still more favourable for this purpose, and are best suited

for the security of the ova; they admit of four or five or more of

the ova being deposited singly in folds on a single blade. Each

ovum is generally placed in the centre of that part of the blade

on which it is laid, and is neatly covered within a fold in such

various directions as frequently to present a fantastic appearance,

when the whole or the greatest part of the blade is folded.

Almost any aquatic plant serves as a receptacle of the ova. I

have seen them deposited even within the linear leaves of the

Ranunculus aquaticus, so compressed as to secure the ova.

The Triton, when depositing its ovum, first rests with the

lower part of the body across a leaf or blade of grass; this it

folds up by means of its posterior extremities, making repeated

acts of pressure with them until the fold is sufficiently complete

to admit of the secure insertion of the ovum; when that is ac-

complished the posterior extremities are pressed together upon

the enclosed ovum for a minute or more, when the little animal

* quits it to deposit another ovum. The ovum when first de-

posited is round and has a small white yolk in its centre, which

has no attachment within its envelope, but is surrounded by an

aqueous fluid, within a firm transparent capsule.

A soft jelly-like substance covers the surface of this capsule,

which materially assists by its adhesive property in securing the

ovum and preserving it from too great exposure to the water, an

event which at an early period often destroys its vitality, in which

case it is seen to become covered with mould. In about a fort-

night the ovum becomes so large as in some degree to sever itself

from the fold of the leaf, and some parts of the ovum now come

freely in contact with the water without injury ; indeed, the free

exposure to the water appears necessary for its further develop-

ment. By the experiment of putting some ova into water coloured

with saffron for a short time, it will be found that they exhibit

an appearance of little golden balls, and by removing them after-

ward into clear water for a time, they become colourless, proving

that there is a constant endosmose and exosmose through each

ovum, so that there is a constant supply of fresh water for the

preservation and further development of the embryo.

The safety of the ovum depends also, at an early period of its

development, upon the integrity of the leaf on which it is depo-

sited, as I have already stated, for when this is much broken in

folding, when the plant is too delicate of fibre, or from other

Mr. J. Higginbottom on the British Tritons. 373

causes, the ovum becomes exposed to the water too early and

perishes.

About a week after the ovum has been deposited, the embryo

acquires more of an oval shape; in another week it increases in

size, and the head, body and caudal extremity are seen distinctly

through the transparent capsule which gradually mcreases in

size; in about three weeks the embryo is perfect and beautifully

formed, and moves quickly round within its envelope, which is

now much distended.

About this period the tadpole escapes from the capsule, when

in water freely exposed to the open air, but its development is

modified by circumstances, such as situation, temperature, &c.

_ L kept some ova in a room with a south aspect at 60° Fahr.,

and the tadpoles escaped in fourteen days. I placed other ova,

which were deposited on blades of grass, in a deep, dark, rock

cellar, at 48° Fahr. ; they were fully developed in these in three

weeks, the same time as some others placed in the open air at

55° Fahr.; but after quitting the ova, the growth of those tad-

poles in the cellar was materially impeded ; the facts of which

are given in my paper “ On the Influence of Physical Agents on

the development of the Triton and Frog,” published in the Phi-

losophical Transactions, Part 2, for 1850, p. 431.

Ill. The Development of the Tadpole and the young Animal.

At length the ovum bursts, and the tadpole escapes and swims

freely away ; it rests or suspends itself on the edge of a leaf, or

on a blade of grass, or on the oblique sides of the vessel. It

sometimes remains on the bottom of the vessel, lying on one side,

as if inanimate or unable to sustain itself, but on being disturbed

it quickly swims away.

Shortly after the tadpole quits the ovum it feeds voraciously

on aquatic larve, animalcule and small animals in the water. |

I have seen the Triton asper in its branchial state with three of

the smaller species in its stomach at one time. The Triton re-

mains in the water in the tadpole or fish-like state until its

branchiz disappear and its legs become sufficiently strong to

enable it to quit this element. The development and growth

of the legs is very tardy; the anterior extremities are about

twenty-one days in being formed after quitting the ovum; the

posterior about ninety days, and they are then extremely fine

and delicate; but as the legs become stronger, the branchie

gradually disappear and the opercula close over the gills. When

these changes are accomplished, the animal leaves the water and

becomes entirely terrestrial. This occurs generally in September,

between the first and last week in that month; but to this rule

there is an exception, which I first observed in October 1845,

on exarining some pools where Tritons of both species abound

374 Mr. J. Higginbottom on the British Tritons.

during the summer season. I found a Triton asper in the tad-

pole state, with large branchiz and an expanded tail. I kept it

i a glass globe in the open air in water (in which were aquatic

plants) during the winter months, and found that it retained

the branchize until the succeeding February, when it died. The

following month (March) I had brought to me two tadpoles of

the smooth species in the same condition, with the persistent

branchiz and expanded tail, and on searching a pool where this

species particularly abounds I found several others. I perceived

that these could not be of that season’s growth, for at this period

the full-grown Tritons had not come to the water, the breeding

season not having commenced. I considered that these tadpoles

must be the produce of the ova deposited late in the former sea-

son, as in June or July; and this view I think was corroborated

by their branchie disappearing in June, nearly three months

earlier than in those produced from the ova deposited in the

spring. These observations appear to prove that the Triton

does not grow during the winter, and that in genial weather,

between five and six months are required for the tadpole to arrive

at its full development.

IV. The uninterrupted extension of terrestrial life through three

whole years, in a state of activity in the summer and in a state

of hibernation during the winter season.

I think the young generally travel a greater distance from the

water than the older ones, and do not, like them, assemble and

become coiled together. They are often found in damp cellars,

old wells and similar places, and under flat stones, and sometimes

deep in the earth, single, and far remote from any pools or

water. It is from this circumstance I imagine, and from their

long continuance out of water, that in Britain a terrestrial

species of Triton has been supposed to exist by some natu-

ralists, and is often called by the common people the ground newt.

The Triton does not commonly return to the water until the

expiration of the third year, when they are so far advanced

towards maturity as to be able to reproduce their kind.

It was not until the third year of my investigations that I

could account for the different sizes of the Triton existing at the

same period of time. At the end of March I found several of

the Triton asper in holes under the embankment of a pool, the

least of them not quite 2 inches in length; and a few days

afterwards, that is, in the first week of April, I took out of the

water the full-grown Triton nearly 6 inches in length and

beautifully crested. On carefully comparing those of the smaller

size with some which I had kept during the winter, I perceived

that they corresponded with those of one year’s growth. On

examining and comparing others, I found that there were two

Mr. J. Higginbottom on the British Tritons. 375

intermediate sizes, so that I was led to the conclusion that the

full-grown Triton of three years’ growth is partially crested, and

that the fully-crested Triton is four years in arriving at this

perfect size and state: growth is arrested during hibernation.

During two years of repeated visits to the pools, I did not

observe a Triton of the first and second year’s growth in the

water. During the third year I found none of the first year’s

growth, and only two of the second year’s in the water; the

appearance of these I was compelled to look upon as accidental.

It seems probable that if the Triton of one year’s growth should

find its way into the water, it would presently fall a prey to the

er ones, which are very voracious during the breeding season.

The Triton asper at the close of one year is about 2 inches

in length; the colour of the body is of a blackish brown, slightly

rough, with minute spots of white, the breast and abdomen

being of a light yellow, sometimes with small dark spots (Pl. XV.

ih.)

At the close of the second year this Triton is now more than

3 inches in length, varying little from that of the first year,

except in having more dark spots on the abdomen, and sometimes

a yellow line extending along the middle of the back to the tail :

the sexes are scarcely to be distinguished externally (fig. 2).

At the end of the third year it is 4 inches in length, the

skin on the body has become rougher, the breast and abdomen

more of an orange colour, and marked with large irregular spots.

In the male, during the breeding season and for the first time,

there is an indented dorsal crest, and a dark-coloured protu-

berance on each side the cloaca is observed. The tail (which

during the two former years, when terrestrial, was more com-

pressed) becomes now more expanded, and is marked on each

side with a silvery stripe, which is persistent. In the female

there is an oval raised villous appearance round the cloaca, and

the tail is also more expanded (fig. 3).

At the expiration of the fourth year the Triton asper is between

5 and 6 inches im length, and the chest and abdomen are of

a still deeper orange colour, and marked with dark irregular

spots; the male has its full-grown dorsal crest, the tail is still

more expanded and of a lanceolate form; and in the female, the

protuberances on the sides of the cloaca are larger, and the raised

villous appearance is still more apparent than before. The

female is usually larger in size than the male (fig. 4).

The generic characters of some Tritons have been distinguished

by the upper lip overhanging the lower. I have observed, that

in the first year’s Triton asper the upper lip overhangs the under

considerably at the sides. In the second year it overhangs less.

Between the second and third year it becomes straighter, and in

the fourth it overhangs again as much as in the first year. This

376 Mr. J. Higginbottom on the British Tritons.

is also very evident in the Triton /evis, in which the same changes

take place.

In winter the full-grown Triton is often found in the imme-

diate neighbourhood of those pools to which they resort in the

spring.

The average weight and length of the Triton asper as taken

from eighty in number, found in the crevices and holes in the

neighbourhood of the pools in September 1846, are as follows :—

First Year’s Triton.

LARGEST. SMALLEST. AVERAGE.

30 grains. 20 grains. 25 grains.

23 inches. 13 inch. 24 inches.

Second Year’s Triton.

70 grains. 46 grains. 54 grains.

4 inches. 34 inches. 34 inches.

) Third Year’s Triton.

90 grains. 60 grains. 75 grains.

4.2 inches. 33 inches. 4 inches.

Fourth Year’s Triton.

180 grains. 120 grains. 134 grains.

6 inches. 4.3 inches. 51 inches.

(See Plate XV. figs. 1, 2, 3, 4.)

A similar computation might be made of the Triton levis.

There is a general meeting of all ages of the Triton in August

and September, before the period of hibernation. It would be

useless to attempt to find them at any other time of the year.

In the summer the Tritons of both species are found in abun-

dance in the pools of old brick-yards. The brickmakers, who

are constantly disturbing the water and removing the clay, and

who occasionally clear the bottoms of the pools, state, that they

never find any Tritons in the water during the winter months,

but they discover great numbers of them in holes in the clay,

and sometimes ten or twelve coiled together. .

I have already stated that I have not been able to find any in

the pools during the winter, except the branchiated ones before-

mentioned. ‘To test the accuracy of the opinion and to obtain

further knowledge of the habits of the animal, I made the two

following experiments :—First I procured a large earthenware

vessel (a foot-bath) eight inches in depth, in one part of which

I placed pieces of dry clay and some flat stones to the height

of six inches, whilst on the other side I placed some moist clay

and poured water upon it to the depth of two inches, and thus

Mr. J. Higginbottom on the British Tritons. 377

arranged a watery and an earthy place of abode for my Tritons.

I put a number of these into the water. Ina short space of

time they all left it and crept into the crevices above and under

the stones, and there remained in a state of hibernation during

the whole of the winter. About a fortnight afterwards (on the

23rd of October, 1843), I tried a second experiment which I

thought would be still more conclusive:—I obtained a large

long cylindrical glass vessel; in the centre and at the lowest

part of this I secured a piece of pumice-stone with common

cement ; around the base of the stone I put some soft clay and

poured in rain-water to the depth of three inches, leaving the

upper part of the pumice-stone uncovered. About three inches

above the water I arranged pieces of wood across each other in

the form of latticework, supporting it by small wooden pillars,

and leaving holes large enough for the animals to creep through,

and I placed an inclined plane of wood with notches so as readily

to allow them to ascend to the latticework if so disposed. I put

twenty Tritons into the water below, and placed clay and some irre-

gular flattened stones upon the latticework to the height of six

inches. The top of the vessel was secured by means of muslin.

TheTritons found their way in a few hours from the water through

the latticework into the crevices and holes formed by the clay

and stones; two indeed more bulky than the rest were some

time in attaining this object, but these succeeded ultimately.

They remained in this situation of comparative dryness during

the whole winter, except that one or two occasionally dropped

through a crevice into the water. On one occasion, about

Christmas 1843, the sun had during two or three days consider-

able power, and in the afternoon of the 24th December I observed

two bats flying about some old buildings in a neighbouring

village. On the same day I observed that the Tritons in the

glass were restless, and that several of them descended and

bathed their tails in the water, but I did not see them go into it;

they soon regained their former situation, where they remained

in a state of hibernation till the following spring. I have ob-

served that either a very wet or very dry situation is fatal to the

Triton during its state of hibernation, and that a moderately damp

one is always chosen for that state of existence.

In the autumn of 1843 a considerable number of Trito

escaped during several wet days, from two large earthenware

vessels which I had placed in a garden upwards of thirty yards

from my house; some of these were found in an adjoming

garden, but several months afterwards, on the 2nd of December,

eleven (nine of the Triton asper, and two of the Triton levis)

were discovered coiled together behind and under a broken brick

at the further end of a deep rock cellar. They had thus found

378 Mr. J. Higginbottom on the British Tritons.

their way through a grating which led to the cellar in an irre-

gular course twenty-six feet deep and nearly perpendicular.

The cellar was sufficiently damp to prevent evaporation and to

continue the cuticular absorption, for they were all plump and

healthy; but having been afterwards put into a small white

glazed jar and left in a room from 55° to 60° Fahr. and forgotten,

they were found dead in a desiccated state after the lapse of three

or four days.

Another accident occurred to a number of the Tritons which

I had kept exposed to the weather in a large vessel with clay and

stones. There had been a continued rain for several days, and

they had from this cause become covered with water whilst in a

state of hibernation. I found them all dead and swollen, whilst

others which had not been exposed to the rain were in a healthy

state.

I have, in two experiments, found that the Triton can live in a

solid mass of ice, without injury, as has been noticed. by na-

turalists.

In Feb. 1844 I put two Tritons into some water in a vessel

and exposed them to a freezing temperature during the night;

in the morning I found the water frozen very firmly, with the

Tritons enclosed in its centre. On thawing they were lively and

flexible ; not in the same condition which occurs during hiberna-

tion, for when in that state I have found them comparatively

stiff, with the body bent in various shapes, and with the tail

partly curved, and on being put into the hand (at 80° Fahr.)

they twist the body, and the tail becomes more curved.

In the second experiment there was a piece of ice at the bot-

tom of a circular vessel. . I placed two Tritons upon it and then

another covering of ice, and filled the vessel with water. I ex-

posed it during the night in the open air at the temperature of

28° Fahr. In the morning the whole had become a solid mass

of ice, twelve inches in circumference, with the animals in the

centre.

On breaking the ice carefully they were found completely

encased in the ice. I had some difficulty in separating one ex-

tremity, but being liberated it used its arms and legs equally

well.

V. Limitation of its second aquatic life to the period required for

reproduction.

About the last week in March the perfect Triton leaves the

land and again bécomes aquatic. It has then acquired all those

appearances which exist only during the breeding season.

The mode of fecundation in the Triton asper, from my own

observation, accords with that of Dr. Rusconi, in his work en-

Mr. J. Higginbottom on the British Tritons. _ 379

titled ‘ Les amours des Salamandres.’ I will however add a very

succinct account from my own observation.

I believe fecundation takes place in the Triton internally,

although effected without immediate contact of the sexes. The

male pursues the female with perseverance until the latter stops ;

he then remains with his head inclining to the head of his mate

and commences waving his tail for a minute or two, and at in-

tervals with a quicker motion. He then turns upon his side,

sometimes with the tail quite erect for a few seconds ; these mo-

tions are continued for several minutes ; when he makes a smart

motion with his tail similar to the smack of a whip in a direction

towards the female, but without immediate or actual contact ;

the male then swims away, but the female remains stationary for

a short time and then goes away in another direction.

The male Triton levis differs somewhat from the Triton asper

in the process of fecundation; his tail is bent forwards in the

middle and remains in that position, whilst the end has an ex-

aes quick vibratory motion, the female remaining still by his

The full-grown Triton feeds on live aquatic animals, which it

is capable of swallowing whole, and the power of retaining the

prey when once seized is remarkable. I have often seen a Triton

seize on the end of the delicate tail of the tadpole of the frog,

and with that slight hold it has drawn the whole body of the

tadpole into its gorge. The Triton also feeds upon the Limneus

pereger and other mollusca, and it is not uncommon to observe

im the stomach and intestines from ten to twelve of these mol-

lusea of different sizes. These distend the intestines, near the

lower part of which the shells are found nearly empty. When

voided some of the shells are observed to be broken, others are

entire, but quite empty. Some of the Zriton asper I found in

the pools late in the season were quite gorged with the young of

the smooth species, and I have seen them devour the young of

their own.

The digestive power of the Triton, when inhabiting the water,

is very great, for in three days after it has been gorged with the

tadpole of the frog, the stomach and intestines are found nearly

empty.

On the other hand, some Tritons which I kept from September

to March without food, after being in a state of hibernation in a

a os eT for so many months, did not appear emaciated.

About the first or second week in July, the crest and the other

peculiarities which they had acquired preparatory to the breed-

ing season disappear both in the male and female; this process

of absorption takes place rapidly, and afterwards they are no

longer induced to remain in the water ; so that early in the month

380 Mr. J. Higginbottom on the British Tritons.

of August there is a visible diminution of the number in that

element. I have seen some as late as the middle of August, and

but rarely in the beginning of September.

In the middle of August I have procured a number of both

species from crevices and embankments, whither they have re-

tired until the next breeding season.

VI. Peculiarities in the Anatomy of the Triton.

In the tadpole state the Triton is furnished with no less than

four distinct organs for respiration: Ist, the gills; 2nd, the

branchial fringes; 3rd, the lungs; 4th, the cutaneous surface

and expanded tail and crests.

The gills form three perfectly distinct seonilunas arches im-

mediately beneath the operculum on each side.

The branchial frmges extend and float externally so as to admit

of the circulation being readily observed under the microscope,

and each loop is continued along one of the semicircles of the gills,

' In addition to these forms of respiratory organs, the lungs

are visible on opening the general thoracico-abdominal cavity.

These contain air from their earliest period. It is obvious that

the lung will answer the purpose of the air-bladder in fishes. I

have repeatedly observed that the tadpole is at one time of rather

less specific gravity than water, rising to and remaining at the

surface without effort, and at other times of rather greater spe-

cific gravity than that fluid, fallmg to the bottom of the vessel in

the same manner.

I scarcely need make any observation on the cutaneous sur-

face as a respiratory organ.

The blood circulating in the expanded tail and crests is almost

as much exposed to the respiratory medium as that in the bran-

chial fringes themselves.

As the period for quitting the water approaches, the branchial

fringes disappear and the opercula closely adhere over the gills,

which also disappear in their turn.

The other peculiarities of the anatomy of the Triton relate to

its resumption of the water, and to its new function of reproduc-

tion at the spring of the fourth and subsequent years. The

crest in both species of the Triton, and the frmge or mem-

brane in the posterior extremities of the Triton levis, undergo a

rapid development in the months of February and March. They

are obviously destined to enable the animal to move about rapidly

in its native element and assist in aquatic respiration (Pl. XVI.

fig. 5

it month of June these adjuncts begin to disappear, sail

by the middle of July the crest, &c. remain only in the form of

mere ridges (Pl. XVI. figs..6 & 7).

Mr. J. Higginbottom on the British Tritons. 381

~ In all other ages and periods the crest and the frmge or mem-

brane are absent, affording a perfect proof that the observations

which have been made respecting the protracted terrestrial life

of these animals are correct. No Tritons of the sizes denoting

the different ages between the tadpole state and the completion

of the third year possess either crest, frimge or membrane, or

silvery stripe along the tail, as observed in the male.

But the most striking point of the anatomy of the Triton is

that which I proceed to notice; there is not, until the comple-

tion of the third year, a full development of the testes in the male,

or the ovaria in the female.

The Triton, from the first appearance in the tadpole state to

the completion of the second year, has no external appearance

of sex, except in the male a slight dark appearance in the situa-

tion of the cloaca, which requires minute observation ; and inter-

nally the testes and ovaries are of a very diminutive size, the

testes being not much larger than a coriander seed in the second

year, and the ova bags but just discernible.

From the second to the third year all the signs of the male

and female are rapidly developed, and they are matured at the

lapse of three years, just at the period when the animal returns,

as I have stated, to its pristine element.

I may here state, that during the winter when the Triton is in

a state of hibernation, both the lungs and stomach are frequently

found empty.

The cutaneous surface is sufficient for the low degree of respi-

ration required in this state, and the processes of digestion, assi-

milation, &c. are equally in their lowest degree, and are in ac-

cordance with a general law.

Like some other hibernating animals, the Tritons of the third

and fourth year are found during the cold season in the earth

under stones, in clusters of the magnitude of a cricket ball.

_ Those of an earlier period are often found singly at a greater

depth under the earth as before stated.

Observations on a new species of British Triton.

In April 1848 Dr. Buckland, Dean of Westminster, informed

me of a new species of Triton, and referred me to Mr. Baker of

Bridgewater for information.

On writing to that gentleman he very kindly sent me some

specimens, and in July following directed my attention to a paper

on the subject in the ‘ Zoologist’ (Zool. 2149) by Mr. Wolley of

‘Edinburgh. In the followimg month another paper appeared in

the same periodical by Mr. Baker of Bridgewater, and a third

in September by M. Julian Deby, in which the little animal is

382. Mr. J. Higginbottom on the British Tritons.

designated the Lisso-triton Palmipes, and a description is there

given which agrees with the observations of the two former

gentlemen.

Mr. Baker was the first person who discovered the new species

in England in 1843, and Mr. Wolley the first in Scotland in

1848.

By the kindness of these two gentlemen I obtained more than

one hundred of these Tritons, male and female, I put them into

a pool which I made for the purpose in a secluded spot in a

garden, which I supplied with aquatic plants, and surrounded it

with clay and stones as a retreat during hibernation.

I closely observed their habits and their periodical changes

during two years, and found them the same as in the Triton

The characteristics of this Triton are, according to M. Deby,

in the male—Ist. Tail suddenly truncate before the apex, and

terminating in a slender filament 3 lines in length; 2nd. Hind

feet perfectly palmate, all the toes united by a membrane; 3rd.

The dorsal crest small and simple; 4th. Size much smaller than

the punctatus (Pl. XVI. fig. 8).

I have fully ascertained the changes when the breeding season

is over. The slender filament is absorbed, and the truncated

portion of the tail becomes obtusely rounded off with a slight

indurated dark tip at the end, and the web on the hind feet is

wholly absorbed, leaving the toes free (Pl. XVI. fig. 9).

Being the smallest of the Tritons, it may be designated, I

think with great propriety, Zriton minor. -

I would propose as a new nomenclature for the three Tritons

now fully recognized in Great Britam—Ist, The Triton asper ;

2nd. The Triton levis; 3rd. The Triton minor.

I would here remark, that my observations have led me to the

conclusion that there is only one genus of the Triton. The

rough skin of the one species and the smooth skin of the other

does not appear a sufficient difference to form another distinet

genus, their habits are all alike, and the variety of their changes

are also the same.

The T'ritons left my pool between the 11th of August and the

Ath of September, and I found them under large leaves growing

near the pool, having undergone their changes for terrestrial

life and for subsequent hibernation.

I had also in this locality an opportunity of corroborating my

former statement, that the tadpole of the Triton requires five

months at least of genial weather before it arrives at its full de-

velopment so as to be able to leave the water; the tadpoles pro-

duced from the ova deposited in the month of July remain in

the water through the winter, apparently undergoing no change,

Mr. J. Higginbottom on the British Tritons. 383

and only become fully developed in May and June, at which

time they leave the water. This fact can only be proved satis-

factorily in those pools where there are only the Triton levis or

the Triton minor; if the Triton asper were in the same pools,

the tadpoles would fall victims to their voracity before they

arrived at their full development.

During several unusually mild days at the latter end of De-

cember 1850 and January 1851, I saw that three of the full-

grown Tritons had left their place of hibernation and were in the

shallow part of the pool; they only remained there a few days.

In conclusion I have endeavoured to prove—

1st. That there are only two species of Triton in the midland

counties of England.

2nd. That the tadpole of the Triton remains in the water

until the branchiz are absorbed and the legs become sufficiently

strong to enable it to leave that element, and does not usually

return to it again until the expiration of the third year.

3rd. That during three years it is a land animal, in a state

of activity in the summer, and of hibernation during the winter.

4th. That the Triton is three years before it propagates its

species, and four years in arriving at its full growth.

5th. That it revisits the water in the spring for the purpose

of reproduction and leaves it early in autumn.

6th. That fecundation is accomplished through the medium

of water, and not by actual contact.

7th. That a very dry or a very wet situation are both fatal to

the Triton when in a state of hibernation.

8th. That the habits and changes of the new Triton are in

accordance with the other species.

Nottingham, Oct. 14, 1853.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XV. and XVI.

Figs. 1 & 2. Triton asper of the first and second year’s growth.

Fig. 3. The male Triton asper of three years’ growth during the season of

a ap with a small crest and a persistent silvery stripe on

e tail.

Fig. 4. The male Triton asper of four years’ growth during the season of

eri yam with a full crest and expanded tail of a lanceolate

shape.

Fig. 5. The male Triton asper of four years after leaving the water prepa-

sac all pease, the crest and the expansion of the tail

ing rbed.

Fig. 6. The pl grown ele gion les during the season of reproduc-

tion, with crest and fringed hind toes.

Fig. 7. The full-grown male Triton levis after it quits the water, prepara-

brid to its hibernation, destitute of crest and of the frmge on the

toes.

_ Fig. 8. The full-grown male Triton minor during the season of re-

384 Mr.-P. H. Gosse on new or little-known Marine Animals.

production, with a small crest, webbed hind feet, and a slender:

filament at the extremity of the tail.

Fig. 9. The full-grown male Triton minor after leaving the water, destitute

of crest, web on the feet, or slender filament on the tail, all having

been absorbed.

XXX V.—WNotes on some new or little-known Marine Animals. .

(No. 3.) By P. H. Gossz, A.L.S.

Class CRUSTACEA.

Fam. CRANGONID&.

Crangon spinosus (Leach), The Spinous Shrimp.

A specimen brought me Sept. 1st is slender as compared

with C. sculptus and fasciatus. Its ground colour is drab or

pale wood-brown, with a defined band of opake white across the

fourth segment, a much broader one across the front of the

carapace, and an irregular broad white band running down lon-

gitudinally on each side, so as to unite these two, leaving an

oblong mark of drab insulated in the middle ; a broad band

of which crosses the tail-plates. The under parts of the bod

and the legs are spotted with crimson. ;

Crangon trispinosus (Hailstone). The 3-spimed Shrimp.

This species was not uncommon early in June in Weymouth

Bay, but ceased to occur from that time until the end of August,

when half a dozen were again dredged. Some of them were an

inch and a half in length. Their colour: consists of a vast

number of ruddy-golden stars closely set, interspersed with black

and pale specks, on a pellucid grey ground. On the fourth

abdominal segment there is a speck of pure opake white, in the

median line, near its hind edge : this speck, though occasionally

obsolescent, appears to me to be so constant as to be charac-

teristic. The manners of this Shrimp are exactly those of its

congeners, burrowing in the sand, or rather sinking into it, by

the rapid displacement of it by means of the false feet.

Class ANNELIDA.

Fam. AMPHINOMIDZ.

Euphrosyne foliosa (Aud. et M.-Edw.). The Leafy Euphrosyne.

A little worm which I presume to be this species, I obtained

by dredging in Weymouth Bay, August 9th. The minute an-

tenna at the tip of the caruncle appears to be flattened and trun- —

Mr. P. H. Gosse on new or little-known Marine Animals. 385

cate, instead of subulate ; and the colours of the little animal are

less vivid than those ascribed by its learned describers to LE.

foliosa. should designate the hue of my specimen a bright

cimnamon-red, rather than cinnabar, and the median line of the

ventral surface is purplish. Its length is 3 inch.

As the species named is, however, the only one which these

zoologists recognise as European, I presume the present must

be identified with it. I am not aware that any Euphrosyne has

been before detected on the British coasts.

Fam. NEREID2.

Lysidice rufa (mihi). The Red Lysidice.

Length 11 in. to 2 in.; width ;4 in. Segments 70. Body

subcylindrical, almost equal in thickness throughout, and not at

all diminishing posteriorly.

Head of two rounded lobes, notched rather than divided.

Eyes two, round, black. Antenne three, of the same form and

size, rounded and constricted at the base, conical, pointed, white ;

the central one in advance of the others, without any accessory

tubercle.

First segment about half as long again as the following. The

feet commence on the third segment. The fourth segment is

pellucid white, slightly swollen, and appears in some degree to

sheath those before it, in contraction.

Feet rounded and obtuse. Superior cirri conical, reaching

just beyond the foot ; inferior cirri small. Bristles white ; aci-

ceuli black. They continue to the very last segment, which is

as large as the rest, truncate, with a central depression, with no

terminal styles or tubercles.

Jaws deep black, visible through the rings, but often protruded,

and widely expanded.

Colour above indian-red, each segment studded with numerous

white round dots ; some of these begin, about the fifteenth seg-

ment, to arrange themselves in a line across the middle, and this

transverse line becomes more conspicuous on the following seg-

ments, and forms a ridge. The crimson contents of the dorsal

vessel are visible as a medial dark red line down the body.

Head whitish, dotted with brown. Under parts pearly, mottled

with purplish red on the anterior half.

The bristles of the ventral bundle are of the form which MM.

Audouin and M.-Edwards have called “oils en serpe,’ the

staff of which is dilated at the extremity and very obliquely

truncate, and the accessory piece knife-shaped with the tip and

the heel projecting, and a small but well-marked straight tooth

near the tip ; a slender lamina just embracing all. This form

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 27

386 Dr. J. E. Gray on some new species of Reptiles.

differs specifically from that figured by them as belonging to

Lysidice ninetta (Litt. de la France, ii. pl. 3B. fig. 8).

Others are simple lancets, as fig. 7 of the same plate, except

that the dilated head has but one curvature, and that the point

is drawn out to much greater length and fineness.

The specimen above-described was found on an oyster dredged

off Lee, near Ilfracombe, in September. It was rather inert,

but crawled slowly about, and when much disturbed, threw itself

into figure-8 contortions. No species of the genus is enume-

rated by Dr. Johnston in his Index to the Brit. Annelides (Ann.

N. H. No. 108).

Class ZOOPHYTA.

Fam. Corynip&.

Spadix Cocksi* (S. purpurea, mihi) is sufficiently numerous

about the ledges under Binkleaf, adhering to the under surfaces

of stones in the Laminarian zone. Some specimens can extend

themselves to an inch and a half in length, and contract the pa-

pillose head to a lump almost giobular. The papille of one

which was active, and much extended, assumed, under the mi-

croscope, very distinctly the form of the tentacles in Coryne,

each consisting of a somewhat thick, pellucid, cylindrical, flexible

neck, and a terminal, globose, opake head. Of its place in this

family I have scarcely any doubt.

Weymouth, Nov. 1, 1853.

XXXVI.—Descriptions of some undescribed species of Reptiles col-

lected by Dr. Joseru Hooker in the Khassia Mountains, East

Bengal, and Sikkim Himalaya. By J. EK. Gray, Ph.D., F.R.S.,

V.P.Z.S., P.B.S. &e. a

Dr. JosrpH Hooker, on his return from Thibet, Sikkim, and

Khassia in Eastern Bengal, kindly sent the Reptiles he had col-

lected to the British Museum: as several of them have proved

to be hitherto unrecorded in our Systematic Catalogue, I here-

with send you for publication in the ‘ Annals’ short descriptions

of the new species.

* Since the above was sent off, Mr. Cocks’s note on this animal appeared

in the November Number of the ‘ Annals.’ The generic name Arum is not

admissible, as it belongs to a well-known genus in botany; I gladly recog-

nise, however, the superior claim of the specific appellation, which pays a

deserved compliment to an excellent naturalist.

Dr. J. E. Gray on some new species of Repiiles. 387

Fam. AGAMID®.

Calotes Maria.

Calotes Maria, Gray, Cat. Lizards B.M. 243.

Hab, Khassia Hills, Affghanistan.

BIANCIA,

Head pyramidal, quadrangular, covered with small nearly

equal keeled scales. Nostrils small, on the side below the nasal

keel. Ear-drum hidden beneath the scales. Throat with a com-

pressed pouch covered with uniform small keeled scales, not

keeled or edged, with compressed scales in front. Nape with a

crest of high, and back and tail with a crest of low compressed

scales; sides of nape and cheeks spinous. Body and tail rather

compressed. Scales of the back moderate, nearly uniform, rather

unequal, keeled in rather oblique cross rows; of tail and out-

side of limbs rather larger ; of under side of tail and belly much

larger, rhombic, and more strongly keeled. Toes 5-5, elongate,

unequal ; femoral and preanal pores none.

This genus has most resemblance to Calotes, but is at once

known from that genus, and the rest of the group of Agamide,

by the absence of the ear-drum: the form and distribution of

the colours put one in mind of the American genus of Iguanidz,

Leilolemus.

Biancia niger.

Black, yellow varied and banded. Head with a broad yellow

band from eye to eye. Back, with angular cross bands and a

streak from the back edge of the eye along the nape to the first

cross band and lips, yellow. Chin and under side of body yel-

lowish white.

Hab. Sikkim.

In young specimens the yellow colours form more distinct

bands, the sides of the neck are yellow, with broad black streaks,

including a yellowish central line, and the sides are black with

large round yellow spots, leaving only a black net with roundish

meshes between the spots.

JAPALURA.

Head subquadrangular, pyramidal, covered with small nearly

equal keeled scales. Nostrils small, on the side below the nasal. .

keel. Ears hidden under the skin. Throat lax, with a trans-

verse fold behind, covered with small keeled scales which are

much smaller behind. Nape, back and tail with a low crest of

compressed scales ; sides of the nape and cheeks spinose. Body

27*

388 Dr. J. E, Gray on some new species of Reptiles.

rather depressed. Scales of the back small, keeled, with scat-

tered large keeled scales, sometimes placed in oblique cross

rows ; of outside of limbs larger, keeled, with some larger scales

in cross series ; of tail, of chest and belly larger, rhombic, keeled,

the keels forming longitudinal ridges. Tail slender, with small

keeled scales and some rather larger ones forming longitudinal

ridges. Toes 5:5, unequal, elongate, slender; femoral and pre-

anal pores none.

This genus has much the appearance of the African Agama,

but differs from them in the ears being covered with the skim and

scales.

Japalura variegata.

Pale brown in spirits ; varied with dark irregular brown streaks

on the side of the neck. Back and tail with irregular dark

brown bands, edged with a narrow white line. Legs with broad

dark brown cross bands. Lips, chin and beneath whitish

brown.

Hab. Sikkim Himalaya.

Fam. Scincipa&.

Tiliqua rufescens, Gray, Cat. Rept. B.M. 109.

Lacerta rufescens, Shaw.

Hab. Sikkim Himalaya.

Common in most parts of India. Mr. Hodgson sent it from

Nepal.

Hinulia Indica.

Pale brown, with a few dark spots; sides with a broad black

streak edged above with a very narrow white line on the upper

part of each side, beneath white, lower part of the sides pale

brown, white dotted and marbled ; lower eyelid white edged ;

eyebrow shields 4-4.

Hab, Sikkim Himalaya.

Plestrodon Sikkimensis.

A square scale between the nasal and loreal. ars denticu-

lated in front, dark green, with metallic reflections near the

head and on the sides of the back; sides with a broad black

streak minutely speckled with bright metallic green. Chin

whitish-green on the side, and black spotted. Crown, cheeks

and lips olive, with black edges to the shields.

Hab. Sikkim.

The two other species of this genus belonging to the section

with the additional cheek-shield are from North America, but

one of them, P. quinquelineatus, is also found in Japan and

Dr. J. E. Gray on some new species of Reptiles. 389

Australia, being the only instance on record of a lizard having

such an extensive geographic range ; some have supposed that it

may have been introduced by American ships to the two latter

localities.

Fam, ZONURID2.

Seet. 1. Pseudopina.

; Dopasta.

Head pyramidal; super-nasal shields small, numerous, three

_pair ; the first pair with a small central intermediate super-rostral

scale; the hinder pairs broader, transverse; a small central

frontal scale, with a larger scale on each side in front of the

large hinder frontal plate. Nostrils lateral, in a small nasal plate.

Ears very small, open. Cheeks and temples covered with small

seales. Vertebral shield elongate, surrounded by a series of

smaller shields ; occipital shield triangular, with an oblong shield

on each side, and a small triangular one behind it. Eyelids

distinct, covered with thin imbricate scales. Body cylindrical,

with a deep groove on each side. Scales keeled, becoming

smoother. Limbs none.

Dopasia gracilis.

Brown ; back with a few small white-edged dark spots ; sides

with a broad continued blackish streak to the end of the tail.

Pseudopus gracilis, Gray, Cat. Rept. B.M. 56.

Hab. Khassia Hills. ;

Believing that this species had the rudimentary hinder limbs

of the European and Northern Asiatic genus Pseudopus, I re-

ferred it to that genus when I described it in the Catalogue

of Lizards in the Collection of the British Museum ; a more

cautious examination of a better specimen has shown that it has

no such members, and hence agrees with the American genus

Ophiosaurus or Glass Snake: some peculiarities in the scales of

the head induce me to separate it from that genus and form

one for it, This is not the only instance of a similarity of the

Northern Indian reptiles with those of the New Continent.

Fam. Corusripx.

Coronella puncticulatus.

Pale brown, closely minutely black punctulated with obscure

rather distant narrow dark cross bands placed in pairs; beneath

paler. Ventral shields very obscurely keeled on each side, the

keels marked by a continued whitish streak, and often with a

square black spot occupying all the shield above the keel. — Tail

390 Dr. J. E. Gray on some new species of Reptiles.

rather short, ending in a conical rather compressed horny point ;

subcaudal plate two-rowed. Eye moderate, pupil his

Hab, Khassia.

Coronella callicephalus.

. Pale brown ; lips and beneath paler. Head brown, with a

distinct central black band on the crown, and a streak from

the back edge of the eyes extending over the temple to the

first cross band. Back with a black streak on each side which is

very narrow and interrupted, commencing about the middle of

the body, and becoming gradually broader and more con-

tinuous until it forms a rather broad streak on each side of

the upper surface of the tail; and with very broad rather irre-

gular blackish cross bands edged with a narrow black and pale

yellow front and hinder margin. Scales smooth, ventral shield

rounded. Eyes moderate; head-shields distinct; superciliary

shield triangular; one anterior and one posterior ocular shield

and a distinct square loreal shield ; the hinder nasal shield larger

than the loreal ; subcaudal shields two-rowed.

Hab. Khassia.

Psammophis collaris.

Olive, very minutely black speckled, forming darker edges to

the scales, and a broad rather darker band on the lower part of

each side; a broad band across the nape, two indistinct nar-

row bands across the crown, a series of spots on the middle

of the front of the back along each side of the ventral shield,

becoming confluent behind into a more or less continued narrow

streak on the side of the tail, and a narrow streak on each side of

the face through the middle of the eyes to the temple, black.

Lips, under part of body, and band across the temple and be-

hind the black nuchal spot, white; scales smooth, thin. Head

rather short. Eyes moderate, pupil round, one anterior and two

posterior ocular shields and one small loreal shield.

Hab. Khassia.

In young specimens the vertebral spots are continued to the

tail; there is a series of very small black specks on each side of

the middle of the front ventral shield, and the labial shields are

dark-edged. The upper end of the ventral shield is olive and

minutely speckled like the lateral scales.

Coluber radiatus.

Old and young.

Hab. Sikkim ; Khassia Hills.

Herpetrodryas frenatus.

Green ; lips and beneath white. Head with a broad black streak

Dr. J. E. Gray on some new species of Reptiles. 391

across the eye to the side of the neck. Eyes rather large. Scales

smooth; ventral shield obtusely keeled on each side, with an

opake white narrow streak at the keel.

Hab. Khassia.

Like H. tricolor, Schlegel, Phys. Serp. 187. t. 6. f. 16.18, from

Java, and H. Olfersii, Schlegel, 7. c. 183. t. 7. f. 14. 5, from the

Brazils, in colour, but has a larger eye than the former, and not

so large a one compared with the size of the head as the latter,

besides other characters.

Tropidonotus umbratus.

Hab. Sikkim ; Terai.

Tropidonotus stolatus.

Hab. Khassia.

Fam. CroraLip2.

* Second labial shield very high, forming the front of the subor-

bital pit, the third large ; back uniform greenish, with a white

lateral streak.

1. Trimesurus viridis, Lacép.; Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus.

Green beneath, white sides, with a white and brown nearly

continuous lateral streak ; superciliary shield large, oblong.

Coluber gramineus, Shaw, and

Vipera viridis, Daud., both from Bodroo Pam (Russell, Ind.

Serp. i. t. 97. f. 10).

Hab. Sikkim Himalaya.

Appears to be spread over all parts of continental India.

The lower half of the lowest series of scales is bright brown,

the upper half of the tip white, forming, with the indistinct spot

on the lower edge of the second series of lateral scales, the white

lateral streak ; the superciliary shield is large.

2. Trimesurus elegans.

Green, beneath paler, whitish ; scales of the back moderate,

smooth, not keeled, the lateral series rather broader, the first

lateral series green, with a small white spot on the hinder part

of the upper edge forming an interrupted lateral line; the

superciliary shield very small, rudimentary, linear.

Hab. Sikkim.

Known from the former species by the small size of the

superciliary shields, the smooth scales, and the narrowness of

the lateral streak, and by the absence of the reddish brown

streak beneath it.

592 Dr. J. E, Gray on some new species of Reptiles.

** Second labial shield very high, forming the front. of the subor=

orbital pit, the third large ; back uniform, without any white

lateral streak.

3. Trimesurus bicolor.

Green ; lips, chin and beneath whitish, without any lateral

streak ; scales keeled; superciliary shield rather narrow, small.

Hab. Sikkim ?

This species is much larger than any of the white-streaked

species I have seen.

Parias maculata.

Pale brown (in spirits); back, a central series of large broad

irregular black spots, rather cross-shaped in front, and more

transverse and band-like behind, and with two series of smaller

squarish spots on each side ; belly pale brown, darker marbled,

with a rather wavy broad brown streak on each side. Head

black, with a narrow white streak from the eyebrows to the ears,

and a streak from the back edge of the eyes to the gape. Lips

white varied. Tail, end pale brown.

Hab. Sikkim.

Length 10 inches, but probably young. In the older speci-

mens the colours may not be so defined ; the second labial shield

very large, edging the frontal pit ; the shields on the front of the

nose three, distinct, the central one small, the others large ;

superciliary shields large, they and the scales all smooth.

Fam. Buronip2.

Bufo scaber, Daud.

Hab. Sikkim, 9000 feet above the sea.

This species is common in most parts of India, also in Java.

Fam. Caciniap2.

Ichthyophis glutinosus, Gray, Cat. Brach. B.M. 60.

Cecilia glutinosa, Linn. C. viscosa, Latr.

Hab. Khassia.

{ do not see any difference between this and the specimen

from Ceylon. Dr. Cantor records it as found in Singapore and

Assam.

—

On the Mechanism of Aquatic Resptration. 393

XXX VII.—On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration and on the

Structure of the Organs of Breathing in Invertebrate Animals.

By Tuomas Witttams, M.D. Lond., Licentiate of the Royal

College of Physicians, formerly Demonstrator on Structural

Anatomy at Guy’s Hospital, and now of Swansea.

[With a Plate. ]

{Continued from p. 348.]

Annelida.—In the Annelida the function of respiration is dis-

charged under two remarkably distinct conditions. Under the

first, the chylaqueous fluid alone is subjected to this process ;

under the second, the blood-proper exclusively fulfils the office.

The mechanical organs subservient to this function under the

former, are constructed on a plan diametrically different from

that of those provided under the latter circumstances. In the

Aunelid the true-blood and chylaqueous fluid, though coexistent

in the same organism, constitute two perfectly distmet and in-

dependent fluid systems. There is between them no direct

communication of any sort; they are physically very dissimilar

fluids. An order of branchial processes, intermediate between

the two preceding, must also be recognised, in which in equal or

unequal proportions the chylaqueous fluid and the blood-proper,

either in the same or in distinct appendages, participate in the

process of respiration. The branchial appendages affect four

different situations on the body: 1. on the head; 2. along the

back ; 3. along the sides, and 4. at the tail. The first rank

under the Cephalobranchiata, the two succeeding under the Dorsi-

branchiata, the fourth are represented by the Clymenide. The

Abranchiate Annelida resolve themselves also into two distinct

divisions ; those, first, which breathe through the agency of the

chylaqueous fluid, and those, secondly, which expose the true

blood. Both these groups would be comprehended under the

Cryptobranchiata of Dumeril.

To these extremes, too, an intermediate order occurs ; it em-

braces the Nemertinide, the Liniade and the Gordiuside, the

cutaneous external surface of which is wonderfully and richly

ciliated. In these unfamiliar genera the chylaqueous fluid and

the true blood share, in unequal measure, however, the office of

appropriating oxygen. Thus in succinct language has been de-

fined “‘the heads” under which, in this interesting class, the

mechanical conditions of respiration must be studied by the

anatomist. The breathing is accomplished in every species, the

earth-worm not excepted, in strict conformity with the aquatic

principle. No known Annelid respires on the atmospheric

model.. In every Annelid the blood, though variable in colour,

394 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

is non-corpusculated. The converse is true of the chylaqueous

fluid. No instance is known in which it does not abound in

regularly and determinately organized floating cells. The phy-

siologist recognises in these facts the presence of experimental

conditions of the highest interest. When the branchial organs

earry blood, perfectly devoid of morphous elements of any

description whatever, yet fulfillmg the purposes of breathing, the

floating cells of the fluids are shown to be not necessary to the

interchange of* the gaseous elements concerned in this vital

process. On the basis of these unequivocal and visible facts, it

is not rash to erect the rule that the floating corpuscles of the

organic fluids enact no share whatever in the first stage of the

respiratory process,—that is, in that which comprehends the

mere ingress of oxygen and the egress of carbonic acid; their

office, however it may be hereafter defined, has reference to the

subsequent assimilation of the oxygen with the proximate prin-

ciples of the blood. Through the instrumentality of the cor-

puscles this quickening element is probably coerced into chemical

union with the integral constituents of those principles from

which a new compound eventuates.

No class of invertebrate animals unmasks so completely to

the eye of the scientific observer of nature the physical machinery

through which the function of breathing is fulfilled as that of

the Annelida. Gifted with brightly coloured blood, every ra-

muscule of the blood system can be tracked to its finest extremes.

Nature is more comprehensible in her humblest efforts than in

her master-pieces. Her plans are susceptible of readier recog-

nition. The intentions of the faultless Artificer are less equivo-

cally apparent. Subtlety gives place to simplicity, obseurity to

light.

“The Annelids are emphatically inhabitants of the sea-shore.

They are seldom afloat. Always accessible in their littoral

haunts, they invite the zootomist to demonstrate in their orga-

nization those abstruse theorems of vital dynamies which im

other beings transcend the genius of science.

The branchial appendages in the genus Serpula are grouped

in erectile tufts around the head. Projecting in a comb-like

form from the cephalic extremity, and tinted variously and

beautifully in different species, they are admirably adap d for

the exposure of the blood to the agency of the surrounding

water. Each process is supported by a camerated frame or basis,

large and distinct at the thick edge of the comb, from which,

on one side only, projects a double row of secondary processes.

This supporting framework is composed of an extremely flexible

and delicate cartilage, the chambers of which are filled wih a

limpid fluid which is in communication with that of the peritoneal

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 395

cavity; an afferent and efferent vessel, carrying red blood, dis-

posed in parallelism, accompany this axial framework. In the

secondary processes corresponding to the teeth of the comb, the

two vessels affect the inferior margin, to which the vibratile cilia

are limited. These cilia are large and vigorous in action. Those

of all the gills conspiring, generate a current in the surrounding

water which bears in the direction of the mouth. The cilia

answer therefore a double purpose: they ceaselessly renew the

aérating element in contact with the branchiz and convey food

in the direction of the mouth. It is difficult to avoid contrasting

the importance of such results with the incomplex simplicity of

such means. Tubicolous and sedentary in their habits, the bran-

chial appendages in the Serpule subserve thus at once the two

highest functions of the organism. In this genus, Serpula, it is

the blood-proper exclusively that is subjected to the respiratory

process.

The branchiz in the allied genus Sadella conform in ultimate

structure with those of the Serpulans; they present, however,

a somewhat modified disposition around the head.

In S. unispira they exhibit an elegant spiral arrangement

around a tapering vertical central pillar. When fully expanded,

no object in nature is more beautiful: the elementary parts are

comb-like; the straight processes, describing a graceful cork-

screw curve around the axial stem, are multiplied by a double

row of lesser filiform appendages ; these latter are richly ciliated

on the under surface. They carry each an afferent and efferent

vessel: on the margin of extension they are strengthened by a

delicate axial scaffolding of flexible cartilage. They are capable of

being folded up in a small compass and withdrawn into the tube:

they are extraordinarily irritable and contractile. The feet in

this genus bear no branchie. In Sabella & sang vert the

branchiz rise above the head in gorgeously coloured and cireu-

larly arranged plumes: they coincide with those of the former

in minute structure.

Sabella vesiculosa exhibits a slight variation of plan as com-

pared with those of the former, in the character of the branchial

processes. They are supported upon a pedunculated base : this

latter is painted with spots of the gayest colours. In Sabella a

sang vert the blood displays a deep grass-green colour; in the

other species it is red. How incomprehensible such capricious

freaks of nature !

The genera Sabel/a and Serpula, then, may be thus charac-

terized as respects the organs and the manner of breathing. In

all species the branchiz affect a cephalic situation; the blood-

proper, and not the chylaqueous fluid, is aérated ; in all, the

pedal appendages consist only of sete; in all, the inferior half

396 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

of the alimentary canal is richly ciliated internally, a singular

provision for propelling an incessant current of water from one

end of the body to the other. Such a current must necessarily

part at once with zs dissolved oxygen and its suspended organic

particles. The former acts upon the chylaqueous fluid contained

in the hollow cylinder embracing the canal. This is artfully

accomplished internal respiration !

The genus Sabina has been recently constituted by the author

to receive several species of tubicolous Annelids which present

an organization intermediate between that of Sabella and that of

Amphitrite. ’

Sabina Poppea expresses the generic type. The branchiz con-

sist of a group of short flexible processes pluming the head ; they

support short rudimentary secondary processes, highly ciliated ;

each carries a looped blood-vessel. These appendages aérate only

the true blood: others, of a quasi-tactile character, and of un-

usually large size, are provided, which assume an occipital situ-

ation ; they amount to three in number on either side; they are

tubular, non-ciliated, fleshy appendages; they are penetrated by

a large current of corpusculated chylaqueous fluid ; they are ob-

viously designed to oxygenize this latter fluid; they are, at the

same time, subservient to purposes of touch and defence.

In Amphitrite vel Sabella alveolata these semi-tactile filaments,

similarly situated, are considerably greater in number. Unlike

those of the former genus, they are ciliated ; they are hollow tu-

bular filaments; destined to aérate the chylaqueous fluid, they

communicate openly with the visceral cavity. In A. alveolata the

true-blood branchiz are distributed over the dorsal aspect of the

body ; they constitute tapering, prominent, blood-red, highly

ciliated appendages carrying in their interior axially a single

longitudinal blood-vessel, which at the distal extremity returns

‘upon itself. The chylaqueous fluid also penetrates in small

quantities into the interior of these processes. By M. Quatre-

fages * a complex subdivision of the blood-vessels in these pro-

cesses is figured and described. An appearance leading to such

an error may be easily produced by pressure. A spirally ar-

ranged line of vibratile cilia, coiling from the base to the apex

of each appendage, provides for the constant renewal of the

aérating medium +.

In Amphitrite auricoma the branchial combs are attached by

a single root, expand and divide in a pectinated manner, each

tooth carrying only a single longitudinal vessel. This species

* « Organisation des Hermelles,” Ann. des Sciences, 3™¢ série, 1848.

+ For illustrations of many of the parts described in the text, the reader

is referred to the Report of the Trans. of the Brit. Assoc. for 1841, on the

British Annelida.

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 397

indicates a transition from the typical Amphitrite to the genus

Terebella (fig. 1. Pl. XIV.). In all the species of the latter genus

the branchial organs appear under the form of blood-red tufts

(fig. 1, a), proceeding from three or more separate root-vessels on

either side of the occiput. The vessels divide for the most part

dichotomously, forming an arborescent bunch of naked florid

branches: each ramuscule is enclosed in a delicate cuticular en-

velope (fig. 3, a*) perfectly destitute of cilia, and conveys to its

extreme end a single vessel looping upon itself (fig. 3, m).

Although extremely transparent and attenuated, the epidermal

coating must include contractile fibres, since each branch may be

emptied, rendered bloodless and shrivelled, by the compression of

the parietes. This provision for reinforcing the central circu-

lating powers exists in various parts of the blood-system of the

Annelida. It may be affirmed, generally, that in all true Tere-

belle the branchiz occur under the character of naked, unciliated

blood-vessels restricted to the occipital rings of the body. In

T. nebulosa (fig. 1, A) they constitute thick, florid, resplendent

tufts; in 7. conchilegia they are fewer in number and less pro-

minent. In the smaller species * the cephalic tentacles (fig. 2)

of the Terebelle constitute, unquestionably, auxiliary organs of

respiration ; they are copiously penetrated by the chylaqueous

fluid; they carry vibratile cilia on their inferior side (fig. 2, 9) ;

they are capable of injection by the chylaqueous fluid ; they open

directly into the peritoneal chamber; they are ¢ubular, flattened

filaments, furnished with strong muscular parietes; they are

admirably fitted to aérate the chylaqueous fluid ; they are inces-

sant in their motions ; touch is obviously one of their functions ;

they also act as prehensile organs, conveying food to the mouth ;

but they are also organs of locomotion ; they are fixed suctorially

on a surface in advance of the animal, and used as ropes for

hauling forwards the body.

In Terebella conchilegia, tubicolous and sedentary in its habits,

the cephalic tentacles are inferior to those of T. nebulosa in num-

ber and size. They are differently configurated; they approach

the prismatic in outline ; in transverse section they present a tri-

radiate shape ; in minute structure and mechanism of action, they

differ slightly from those of the latter; they are not for loco-

motive purposes ; hence their reduced size and diminished

number.

It is not a little curious that in the Terebelle these organs,

which are homologous with true cirri, should be so richly pro-

vided with vibratile cilia, while the true-blood branchiz are en-

* Several undescribed smail species will in a future number of the

‘Annals’ be figured and defined.

398 Dr. T. Willams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

tirely destitute of these motive appendages. Nothing but a correct

conception of the nature and capabilities of the chylaqueous

fluid will enable the physiologist to unriddle this apparent

paradox.

The Dorsibranchiate order comprehends a considerable propor-

tion of the class Annelida. “ Ils ont leur organes et surtout leur

branchies distribués 4-peu-prés également le long de tout leur

corps, ou au moins de sa partie moyenne,” says Cuvier. Are-

nicola represents the central genus. In this worm respiration

is performed by means of naked blood-vessels projecting at the

- root of the setiferous processes upwards and outwards one-fourth

of an inch, in the adult worm, above the plane of the surface.

They are limited in number and distribution to the fourteen or

sixteen middle annuli of the body. They are commonly de-

scribed as forming an arborescent tuft ; the division of the

vessels is, however, regulated by order and symmetry. When

fully injected, the vessels of each branchia form a single plane,

rising obliquely above and across the body, and immediately be-

hind each brush of sete. In the adult animal each gill is com-

posed of from twelve to sixteen primary branches, proceeding

from a single trunk which arises from the great dorsal vessel :

the vessels in the branchial tuft describe zigzag outlines; the

secondary branches project from the salient angle of each zigzag.

This mode of division, occurring in one plane and in all the

smaller branches, results in a plexus of vessels of extreme beauty

of pattern,—a captivating example of symmetry amid irregularity,

harmony amid lawless variety. Each branchial tuft and each

individual vessel possess an independent power of contraction ;

in the contracted state the tuft almost entirely disappears, so

completely effected is the emptying of the vessels. The contrac-

tion or systole in any given tuft occurs at frequent but irregular

intervals ; this movement does not take place simultaneously in

all the branchize, but at different periods in different tufts. As

there exist no heart-like dilatations in the afferent vessels of the’

branchiz, the contractile power with which the exposed branches

are endowed, becomes an important means of reinforcing the

branchial circulation. The vessels appear quite naked, and if

examined in the living state, each ramuscule seems to consist

only of a single trunklet ; if this were really the case, it would

of course resolve itself into a tube ending in a cul-de-sac, and

the blood movement would be a flux and reflux; but by mjec-

tion it is easy to show that the finest division of the branchial

arbuscle contains a double vessel, enveloped in a common mus-

cular though extremely diaphanous sheath. That these vascular

sheaths, which are only fine productions of the integuments, are

furnished with voluntary muscular fibres, is proved by the rapid

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 399

and simultaneous retraction of al] the branchiz into the interior

of the body, which follows when the animal is touched. This

sheathing of the blood-vessels with true muscular coats is a fre-

quent character of the circulating system in the Annelida. In

Arenicola, as in all Annelids in which the vessels are naked, the

branchiz are destitute of vibratile cilia.

To the frequenter of the sea-shore the preceding description

of the mechanism of breathing in the familiar lug cannot prove

unacceptable. Its fecal coils are encountered at every step.

The animal is ceaselessly occupied in swallowing and rejecting

wet sand. A considerable amount of water and sand is incessantly

traversing the body of the animal from one extreme to the other.

The organic particles are appropriated during the digestive pro-.

cess ; the water in part yields up its oxygen and in part replenishes

the large volume of chylaqueous fluid with which the visceral

cavity is distended,— another example of internal respiration.

Provided the branchiz convey to the surrounding medium the

blood-proper exclusively, and these organs occur in form of naked

vessels projecting above the external surface, the description now

given of the branchiz of Arenicola will apply in every minute

respect of structure to all other Annelida. It will prove exact

in relation to the structure of the gills in the several species of

the beautiful genus Euphrosyne of Savigny.

In Euphrosyne laureata they rise under the protection of the

sete as brightly florid brushes on the back. They are fixed by

means of three or four primary trunks. Viewed by transmitted

light and under a high power, each ramuscule is seen to consist

of a single leafed vessel embraced in a very attenuated musculo-

membranous sheath. They are destitute of ciliary-epithelium.

An Annelid of great beauty of figure is described by Milne-

Edwards and Audouin under the name of Hipponoé Gaudichaudii,

in which the branchial appendages assume the character of

arbuscles of naked vessels garnishing most ornately the entire

dorsum of the animal. Pleione tetrahedra, the typical species of

the genus Amphinome, exhibits the breathing organs under the

figure of scarlet bunches mounting round dorsadly each annulus

of the body, and guarded in front bya bundle of strong bristles.

The branchiz in Pleione Alcyonia affect a ventral situation, and

exhibit a much less ornamental character.

Chloeia capillata (Savigny) is an Annelid of matchless beauty.

The whole line of the back on either side of the median line is-

decorated with arborescent vermilion tufts. Each tuft is sup-

ported by single contracted stems embracing two trunks. They

are clothed with a slender musculo-cuticular unciliated mem-

brane. In this rare worm the chylaqueous fluid is abundant,

yet no external organs are furnished for subjecting it to the

agency of the aérating element.

400 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

The genus Eunice (fig. 4) presents another and different type of

branchial vessels. Arranged in a prominent row of bright ves-

sels (b,c,d,e,f), standing erect as florid visible combs at the dorsal

base of each foot in the body, the branchie impart to all the spe-

cies of this genus a graceful and characteristic appearance. In

every species the branchial vessels divide on a uniform plan pecu-

liar to this genus. The primary trunk (a) rises vertically along

the inner side of the branchia, and detaches from its outer side at

regular intervals, straight vessels, which gradually decrease in size

from below upwards ; each branch forms a, straight undividing

vessel (fig. 5, 7,7), curving gently upwards and towards the median

line ; these branches become in their number distinctive of species.

In some of the smaller species inhabiting the British coasts, the

branchize are composed only of a single vessel; this is the case

also with the young of the larger species ; in others they vary the

single to the number of six or eight. In Hunice gigantea, ac-

cording to the figures of Milne-Edwards, the vessels of each

branchia amount to thirty-six in number. These vessels, although

perfectly naked and unciliated, like those of Arenicola, are both

less contractile and retractile; they extend im this genus from

the head to the tail, and equal in number the annular segments

of the body. In the dorsibranchiate genera, the branchial

organs of which are now being described, the true blood circu:

lating in its proper vessels is exclusively the seat and subject of

oxygenation.

The fluid of the peritoneal cavity, abundant in quantity and

highly organized though it be in the genera under review, does

not, at least by means of any external organs, participate in this

great function. Judged by such a test, the genera of this grand

order of worms should be marshalled under two primary groups,

of which one would comprehend those in which the function of _

breathing devolves exclusively on the true blood, while the other

would be characterized by the fact, that the branchiz are so

organized as to permit separately or conjointly the exposure of

the chylaqueous fluid. When the branchial apparatus is pene-

trated by two separate and distinct fluids, coordinate probably

in organic properties, the vascular system of the body will be

found in general by so much the less developed by how much

the chylaqueous fluid supplants the blood-proper in the branchiz.

The structure of the branchial organs becomes thus a significant

test of the position of any given species in the Annelidan scale

—those being entitled to the highest rank of which the respira-

tory organs are designed to aérate the true blood, those the lowest

in which the chylagueous fluid alone circulates in the branchiz.

The subgenera Lysidice, Aglaura and Ginone, of the genus

Eunice, are distinguished in the circumstances now defined from .

all the former genera of the dorsibranchiate order. Naked un-

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 401

ciliated blood-vessels no longer in them form exclusively the

‘branchial organs ; loose and large-celled tissue is superadded to

the proper blood-vessels, which are far less in relative size than

those in the former variety of branchi; into the cells of this

tissue the fluid of the visceral cavity insinuates itself, its course

being marked by a slow flux and reflux motion. There exists,

however, another point of structural difference between the

branchial organs of this group and those of the former; this

difference admits of the following general expression—that

wherever the chylaqueous fluid is admitted ito the interior of

the branchial organs, the latter are invariably supplied more or

less profusely with vibratile cilia.

Tn the genus Lysidice the branchia consists of a flat, lanceo-

late process, more or less developed, surrounded marginally by a

blood-vessel, the mid-space between the lines of the advancing and

returning vessels being composed of large-celled lacunose tissue,

into which the chylaqueous fiuid penetrates by an advancing

and receding movement. The branchie in L. Ninetta are situated

dorsally, andare supplied at their bases with singlerows of vibratile

cilia. Those of Aglaura fulgida ave similarly constructed,although

they differ slightly from those of the former genus im size and

figure. In Qnone maculata they occur under a more developed

form, constituting flattened pointed trowel-shaped processes, the

plane of which is vertical with reference to that of the body. A

blood-vessel, as in the former case, trends along the borders,

immediately beneath the cuticle. The course of these vessels is

followed by a row of large and prominent vibratile cilia*.

In the branchial system of the genus Nereis (Cuvier), Lycoris

(Savigny), the minute anatomist encounters a structure strikingly

dissimilar from anything hitherto described in the Annelids.

Whether round, or laminated, or foliaceous, the true branchiz in

this genus are always penetrated by the chylaqueous fluid, and

the blood-vessels assume a peculiar disposition. When the

branchial process is conical in shape, its base is embraced by a

reticulated plexus of true blood-vessels, which are situated quite

superficially and immediately beneath the epidermis. These

vessels are most prominently developed on the dorsal-most pro-

cess, which therefore may be called the branchial, but they extend

more or less over all the cirri. A better characteristic of the

branchiz in the Nereids is that of being penetrated by the fluid

of the visceral chamber. In those species in which the branchial

process is conical, the interior of the base only is hollow and filled

with chylaqueous fluid. Floating in this fluid may be readily

* See plates m the author’s Report on the British Annelida, Trans. of

Brit. Assoc. for 1851.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 28

402 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

seen, when viewed by transmitted light, coils of naked blood-ves-

sels; in those instances in which the branchiz are laminated or

foliaceous, as in Nereis renalis, the blood-plexus on the external

surface does not extend beyond the limits of the base of the pro-

cess, the flat, leafy circumference being tunnelled by straight

spacious canals which radiate with great regularity from the root

to the expanded border of the fan. In these canals the corpus-

cles of the chylaqueous fluid may be observed rolling to and

fro, advancing and receding in the same channel. These move-

ments are regulated by those of the current in the chamber of

the peritoneum. This type of structure prevails in Nereis re-

nalis, N. longissima, and in a slightly modified form, in conse-

quence of the less flattened shape of the branchie, in N. viridis.

The round or conical variety of branchial process obtains in NV.

margaritacea, N, Dumerillii, N. fucata, N. pelagiea, and N. bre-

vimanus.

It is difficult to explain why the branchial organs of the Nereids

should be entirely destitute of ciliary epithelium.

The laminated or foliaceous type attains the point of maxi-

mum development in the branchial appendages of the genus

Phyllodoce.. Anteriorly to the discovery of the vital and organic

characters of the chylaqueous fluid, the real uses of the rich leafy

expansions ornamenting the sides of these attractive Annelids

could only have been rudely conjectured. They look more like

oars than branchie, natatory more than respiratory organs. In

the absence of correct ideas tending to a knowledge of the nature

and capabilities of the fluid contents of the visceral chamber, the

real meaning of the radiating channels by which the respiratory

laminz are perforated, and therefore of the mechanism of the

function. of which they are the scene, never could have been

rightly apprehended. It was only by mistaking the chylaqueous

fluid for the true blood that the branchial office of these appen-

dages could have been predicated, and this very mistake has

The branchiz in Phyllodoce viridis are prominent dorso-lateral

appendages ; in this worm the blood-system can be traced only

to a few scanty vessels distributed over the roots of these pro-

cesses: nor are the canals very spacious and distinct ; they are

more like lacune in a spongy tissue.

In P. bilineata and P. lamelligera, radiating passages, distinct

from each other and communicating only indirectly through in-

termediate cells, are readily observed. They carry the visceral

fluid, the corpuscles of the latter being seen flowing and ebbing

in the same channel. Nothing can, however, more conclusively

prove the true branchial character of these laminze than the pre-

sence of cilia, the vibrations of which can be observed only at

» Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 403

the edges of the respiratory lamine: these cilia are most con-

spicuous in P. lamelligera. This is astriking poit of distinction

between the Phyllodocide and the Nereids, in which ciliary epi-

thelium has no existence. The chylaqueous fluid then may be

clearly affirmed as that agent in the ceconomy of the Phyllodo-

cide which is the immediate, the first, subject of the respiratory

, the true blood receiving its supply of oxygen from this

fluid, afterwards to convey it to the solid structures of the body.

In the genus Glycera the blood-proper is entirely excluded

from the organs of respitation : this office devolves exclusively

on the chylaqueous fluid. The latter in this worm is crowdedly

with red-corpuscles, a remarkable exception to the An-

nelidan rule. The gills consist of hollow, cylindrical appendages,

emanating from the base of each dorsal foot at its superior aspect,

filled in the interior with the chylaqueous fluid. It is peculiar

to and distinctive of this genus that the tnterior of the branchie

is lined with vibratory epithelium. Cilia are not detectible on

the exterior of these processes, but they exist im the inferior:

under the action of these oarlets, the corpuscles of the chylaqueous

fluid by which the gill-process is penetrated, move with great

rapidity in a definite direction ;—peripheradly on one side and

centradly along the other, each corpuscle whirling on its own axis

as it proceeds. The advancing stream, however, is not divided

from the returning. The channel is one, open channel. This

is the Jaw which is applied to the chylaqueous fluid: it knows

no exception. Jts channels are always single and cecal: its

movements a flux and reflux. Contrarily the orbit of the true

blood is circle-like, its channels closed, its colour red, its compo-

sition non-morphotic.

In the Syllide (fig. 6) the branchial organs are penetrated only

by the chylaqueous fluid. It can be detected only at the bases of

the feet (d). To this part the vibratile cilia are restricted (c).

The long filiform, and m some species moniliform or leafy appen-

dages which are described commonly as the branchie in these

worms, have no central hollow ; they are filled with laewnose

tissue (f) through which the fluid parts of the contents of the

visceral chamber slowly penetrate. But in the spacious cham-

bers occupying the bases of the feet, the corpuscles may be detected

in whirlpools. From this fact the inference may be drawn that

the corpuscles are not essential to the first mechanical stage in the

respiratory process—that of receiving oxygen directly from with-

out. The characters of structure just described are very perfectly

typified in S. prolifera, the moniliform variety is best seen in

S. armillaris and S. maculosa. A similar conformation pre-

vails in the genera Joida and Psamathe of Dr. Johnston. In

the Syllidan family, which excels all others in grace and beauty,

. 28*

404: Dr. T, Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

the blood-proper system is, almost. indetectible, im consequence

of the colourlessness of the contents.. The blood does not parti-

cipate in the function of breathing ; it is an office performed ex-

elusively by the chylaqueous fluid.

Amongst the family Ariciade several other varieties, in the

configuration of the breathing organs occur. In the genera

Nerine (fig. 8) and Aricia the branchial appendages affect a dorso-

lateral situation : they are traversed in every species from base to

apex by a single blood-vessel returning upon itself (7). This vessel

is supported by a lobule of spongy tissue (f), into the cells of which

the chylaqueous fluid insinuates itself. In every species of this

family the branchiz are supplied by vibratile cilia, exhibiting m

each a distinct disposition. In ultimate structure, those of Am-

phitrite alveolata and Leucodore ciliatus, remote specifically from

the Syllidans, display the same construction, eal

In the genus Spio, abundantly common on our shores, the

respiratory organs occur under forms of the highest beauty. They

constitute flat membranous penknife-shaped appendages curving

gracefully over the back and crossing over the median line,

alternating imbricatively with the corresponding processes of the

other side. The plane of each process is vertical in relation to

the long axis of the body (fig. 8). They are less flat and close in

N. vulgaris than in N. coniocephala ; they are largest in size

towards the middle of the body, smallest anteriorly and poste-

riorly. The blood-vessels, the afferent and efferent, run close

to and parallel with the inferior border of the process ; the upper ~

part of each is composed of a membranous lobular (g, f) additionto

the inferior and vascular portion. Into the cells (g) of this lobule

the chylaqueous fluid slowly finds its way, and participates ob-

viously in the office of respiration. In N. coniocephaia it is re-

markable that the cilia should be limited in their distribution

to the margin along which the true blood-vessel runs. This

fact is manifest in N. vulgaris in consequence of the smallness

of the membranous lobule. In Aricia Cuviert the branchial

appendages are more conical in figure, more vertical in position,

and. developed only at the posterior four-fifths of the body: they

are covered with large vibratile cilia. Like those of the former,

they are supplied with flat lobules of spongy tissue. In all the

members of the preceding family the real branchial organ consists

of an evolved or exaggerated development of the superior element

of the dorsal foot. .

In the genus Nephthys (fig. 7, A) which comes now under re-

view, it is the inferior element of the dorsal foot which becomes

the subject of this evolution. It is a curved conical process (a),

attached to the inferior aspect of the root of the upper foot. It

is hollow and filled with the chylaqueous fluid, the corpuseles of

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 405

which ‘are readily observed on external examination (B, a). No

cilia exist on the interior surface : they are abundant and vigorous

on the exterior. A rich vermilion coil (3, c) filling the hollow of

the process and floating in the chylaqueous fluid may be seen by

transmitted light. This is a true blood-vessel: it is a single

vessel. It is a law in many Annelids that the ultimate blood-

vessels do not form plexuses: this proceeds from the extreme

mobility of the body. The quantity of the blood-proper varies

as the Annelidan organism varies at different seasons; it is greatest

“during the reproductive season, a season during which the chyl-

aqueous fluid is most reduced in amount. The two fluids, though

coordinate in physiological capacities, are governed by inverse

laws. ,

“Tn Cirrhatulus Lamarckii and in the allied genus Ophelia, a

linear series of yellowish blood-red threads, remarkably irritable

and contractile, project to a considerable distance from either

side of the body throughout its whole length: at the occiput

they are grouped over the dorsum. They convey the blood-

proper exclusively in a single vessel of considerable length.

The Aphroditacee constitute a group of Annelids to which the

term dorsibranchiate by no means correctly applies ; that is, in

the majority of the species embraced in this order no branchial

ee exist either on the dorsum or sides. In all the

Aphroditacee the blood is colourless. The blood-system is in

abeyance, while that of the chylaqueous fluid is exaggerated.

But it is exaggerated only in bulk; it is not raised in organic

composition ; its corpuscles are scanty, and its albumen small in

relative amount. This unusual fact is explained by the presence

of organized corpuscles in the dark chymous fiuid which fills the

gastric diverticula. - The scales or elytra fulfil an important

purpose: they rise and fall. In rismg under muscular action,

they create a vacuum in the space between them and the back,

into which the water rushes; in falling or collapsing, the water

escapes in a current posteriorly. These currents of water operate

wmmediately upon the fluid contained in the gastric pouches. The

latter are arranged so as most advantageously to receive the

influence of the external aérating element. But they float also

in the chylaqueous fluid: this is also in part oxygenized. It

1s the agent by which this vivifying element is conveyed to the

solids of the body ; it shares directly in the function of respi-

ration ; it receives its organic principles from the contents of

the gastric ceca.

Tt cannot have escaped observation, that there prevails a

striking resemblance between the general anatomy of Aphrodita

aculeata and that of the Asteride among the Echmoderms: In

the latter, however, the chylaqueous fluid fulfils exclusively the

306 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

office of breathing. It intervenes between the contents of the

digestive ceca and the aérating element. The link of zoological

continuity between the Echinoderms and the Annelids is not

more Clearly constituted by Aphrodita aculeata, than the Cestoid

and Trematode Entozoa are jomed to the Annelids by the trans-

itional family of the Nemertinidee. From the Entozoa the latter

differ in the extraordinary feature of being embraced in ciliated

epidermis. Every part of the external surface of the body in the

Nemertinide is the scene of active ciliary vibration. No ap-

proach to the development of this epithelium occurs in any En-

tozoon. The five genera Valencia, Borlasia, Nemertes, Polia

cerebratulus and Oerstedia, into which M. Quatrefages has distri-

buted the Nemertine Annelids, are exemplified on our coasts.

From the Cestoid and Trematode Entozoa several of these An-

nelids are distinguished by the presence of corpuscles in the chyl-

aqueous fluid. In others of them the fluid conforms in character

to that already defined in these parenchymatous worms. To the

latter the Nemertinide are united by another striking pecu-

liarity, that the cecal diverticula of the alimentary system are

filled with a corpusculated fluid, which, from the methodized dis-

tribution of these parts throughout the body, participates un-

questionably in the function of respiration. The Nemertinide,

intimate though their alliance may be with the Cestoid and

Trematode Entozoa in general plan of construction, are separated

from the latter in one important particular :—in the Annelids

the blood system is obviously present, the blood-proper being

brightly a in colour; in the Entozoa the existence of this

system must for the present be held as doubtful.

It remains to consider the mode in which the process of

breathing is accomplished in the Adbranchiate Annelids, i. e. the

leech, the earth-worm, and the Nais.

In all systematic works these worms are summarily dismissed

as breathing by the surface.” In Nais filiformis (fig. 10) the

blood-proper is only very scantily distributed over the cutaneous.

surface ; 1t is impossible therefore that 7¢ can be the imme-

diate subject of the first act of aération. The visceral chamber

(d) in this little worm is filled with a corpusculated fluid: in

this fluid coils of blood-vessels (jf, f) are suspended. The

blood-proper systematically, by expressly provided vessels, thus _

brought into intimate contact with the chylaqueous fluid, imter-

changes constituents with the latter: the former yields up to

the latter its carbonic acid, and the latter to the former its

oxygen. The chylaqueous fiuid thus becomes to the blood-pro-

per the aérating medium. Respiration thus explained is literally

internal, but not the less real. :

Tn the instance of the earth-worm the chylaqueous fluid is almost

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 407

entirely suppressed, and the visceral cavity obliterated. This

vulgar worm, however, does not breathe on the atmospheric, but

on the aquatic principle. It dies rapidly in perfectly dry places.

Its cutaneous surface is the scene of a dense plexus of blood-

proper vessels. It is always enveloped in a stratum of viscid

fluid, which is remarkable for the property of absorbing and dis-

solving atmospheric air. This air, brought thus into immediate

and imtimate contact with the surface of the body, operates

directly upon the blood-proper circulating in the cutaneous

xus. In the Abranchiate Annelids es in many of the tubico-

lous Annelids, the alimentary canal is profusely supplied always

with a vascular tissue which shaves in the respiratory process :

this process may be distinguished as the intestinal respiration.

In the genus Clymene (fig. 9) the branchial organs are situated

at the tail (c). .In ultimate structure they correspond in every

particular with those of the Sipunculide—they are hollow mem-

branous projections (B) penetrated by the chylaqueous fluid (e)

in which a coiled blood-vessel (d) floats. They are destitute of

cilia. They afford the only illustration in the class Annelida-

of branchial organs specialized around the outlet of the ali-

mentary system.

It has now been shown that the branchial organs in the An-

nelida arrange themselves under two leading divisions, between

which a clearly legible line of demarcation exists. Under the

one, the blood-vessel-bearmg branchiz occur; under the other,

those range which are organized for the exposure of the chyl-

aqueous fluid. Vibratile cilia are never superadded when the

blood-proper alone enters the gills ; generally, when this and the

chylaqueous fluid participate in the process ; always, when the

latter alone enacts this function. The mechanism of respiration

-in the Annelid demonstrates beyond doubt that the agency of

floating corpuscles is not required for the absorption of the ex-

ternal oxygen. The blood-proper, though coloured, is non-

morphotic in every species. It has been proved that the ten-

tacles are not simply organs of touch: with a single instrument

nature accomplishes various ends. They are subsidiary organs

of respiration. They are injected always with the chylaqueous

fluid. It is certain therefore that in the ceconomy of the Annelid

the blood-proper and chylaqueous fluid are co-equal elements ;

they are convertible proximate principles ; they exhibit equal phy-

siological capacities ; both are capable of discharging the func-

tion of respiration, and both are capable of supplying the solids of

the body with the materials of increase.

493

Fig.

On the Mechanisin of Aquatic Respiration.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

1, (A.) Cephalic end of the body of Terebella nebulosa, laid open to show

the afferent vessel (d) and efferent vessel (e) of the true-blood

branchiz (a); ¢, denotes a corpuscle of the chylaqueous finid

filling the peritoneal cavity of the body, and communicating di-

rectly with the hollow axes of the tentacular filaments(b). |. ~~

2. exhibits the extreme end of one of the tentacular filaments (0, A)

viewed by transmitted light ; f, vibratile cilia; g, ditto, covering

the under surface; 7, a true-blood-vessel floating in the chyl-

aqueous fluid, of which the corpuscles are seen rolling out at J),

3. Extreme division of one of the true-blood branchiz (a, A); i, afferent

vessel dividing dichotomously, returning upon itself at m, and

ending in the efferent vessel (k); a? & n, mark the thin, contractile

envelope by which the vessels are embraced. | 19 BM

4. Foot and branchial appendage of Eunice margaritacea : m, afferent

vessel entering the base (a) of the branchial, process, of which

b,c, d,e, f, are five vertical branches. Each branch as seen at fig. 5

consists of a single vessel (i) returning in a looped manner upon

itself (7); g, cirrus of superior foot ; k, inferior foot ; g, inferior

cirrus. POD

6. Foot of Syllis (Williams*) : e, cavity enclosed by the foot and

filled with the chylaqueous fluid (d) ; ¢, vibratile cilia clothing the

exterior ; a, branchial process ; f, its lacunose tissue; e, exterior

cilia,

7. (A.) Foot of Nephthys Hombergit: a, branchial process, depending

in form of cirrus from the base of the superior foot : (B.) an en-

larged view of the branchial process examined as a transparent

object. It consists of a hollow process filled with the chylaqueous

fluid, in the midst of which is seen floating a long, undividing,

complexly coiled true-blood-vessel (c). The process is. lmed

externally by a ciliated epithelium.

8. Vertical view of the foot of Nerine vulgaris: k, cavity enclosed by

the base; m, corpuscles of the ehylaqueous fluid by which it is

filled; h, f,g, channels penetrated by the chylaqueous fluid in the

fleshy lobules; 7, true-blood-vessel occupying the hollow of the

process ; c, d, flat cirri of the upper and lower feet; 0, cilia;

a, b, integuments.

9. Clymene Ebiensis: a, mouth; 0b, first row of hooked sete ;

ec, branchiz projecting from the tail; B, one frill of the branchial

process detached and viewed transparently ; e, f, corpuscles of

chylaqueous fluid by which the lobules are filled; d, true-blood-

vessel floating in the fluid. ;

10. A part of the mid-body of Nais filiformis viewed by transmitted

light—showing the same precise relation between the chylaqueous

fluid (e) and the true-blood-vessels (f, f) as exists im the branchiwe

—proving that although the parts are internal, the conditions of

respiration are complete: a, intestine; 6, c, dorsal and ventral

primary vessels ; d, cavity of the body.

This species will be described in a future number of the ‘ Annals.’

Mr. H. O, Stephens on Palmella prodigiosa. 409

XXXVIII.—On Blood Rain (Palmella prodigiosa, Mont.). By

_ H..O. Sterxens, Esq., Vice-President of the Bristol Micro-

~-scopical Society*. isees

asst [With a Plate.]

Tue subject of my communication this evening is “ Blood Rain,”

a phenomenon which in dark and superstitious ages filled the

minds, of the people with terror, who, in ignorance of the nature

of such appearances, regarded them as manifest tokens of divine

wrath, and harbingers of approaching calamities. ;

In the same catalogue must be included storms of ink, bloody

-water, star sloughs, &c. Scattered through various ancient re-

cords are to be found indications of the occurrence of the pro-

duction before us, as having suddenly appeared on various kinds

of provisions ; and instances are recorded in which the sacred

water, to the consternation of the worshipers, seemed to be

changed into blood.

_ Growing intelligence and juster views of natural operations

have removed these phenomena from the supernatural, yet the

nature and structure of the organisms themselves have only very

recently been understood.

-L.am indebted to the Rev. M. J. Berkeley for all the scanty

literature on the Blood Rain we possess. The first modern na-

turalist who has described it im scientific terms is Dr. Sette of

Venice, who has published an account of its appearance at Padua

in 1819. Dr. Sette named it Zoogalactina imetropha, and con-

sidered it to be of a fungoid nature.

_ Ehrenberg saw the same production in the summer of 1848,

and, in accordance with his known views and practice of refer-

ring so many of the lower organisms to the animal kingdom, de-

scribed the Blood-Raim as Monas prodigiosa.

In the same year it occurred to Dr. Montagne at Rouen,

covering fowls and cauliflowers, twenty-four hours after cooking,

with a layer of blood-coloured matter.

This learned cryptogamist considers the Blood Rain to be an

Algoid, and has described it as Palmella prodigiosa.

Mr. Berkeley, to whom I sent specimens, says, “ Your plants

are entirely identical with those of Ehrenberg and Montagne, of

both of which I have specimens.” Mr. Berkeley thinks it is a

Fungal, closely allied to the yeast plant, which is acknowledged

to be a submersed form of an Oidium or Penicillium.

yith deference to so great an authority, I demur to this

opinion in part, fully according with Mr. Berkeley’s views con-

cerning the yeast plant, but believing the Blood Rain to be a

* Read at a Meeting of the Bristol Microscopical Society, Sept. 14, 1853.

410 Mr. H. O. Stephens on Palmella prodigiosa.

true Algoid, and with Dr. Montagne I refer it to the genus

Palmella.

The history of the appearance of the Blood Rain is as s follows :-—

I observed at table the under surface of a half-round of boiled

salt beef, cooked the day before, to be specked with several bright

carmine-coloured spots, as if the dish in which the meat was

placed had contained minute portions of red-currant jelly. Sus-

pecting what these might turn out to be, I directed the beef to

be placed aside. On examination the next day, the spots had

spread into patches of a vivid carmine-red stratum of two or

more inches in length.

With a simple lens the plant appears to consist of a gelatinous

substratum of a paler red, bearing an upper layer of a vivid red

hue, having an uneven or "papillated surface.

The microscope shows this stratum to consist of generally

globose cells immersed in or connected by mucilaginous or gela-

tinous matter.

The cells vary in size, and contain red endochrome. As far as

I can observe, they consist of a single cell-membrane and con-

tain a nucleus. Treated with sulpho-iodine they become blue.

Mr. Berkeley writes me, “This plant is sometimes of a blue

colour, and at other times the cells are colourless.” I have seen

the cells very pale or nearly colourless, but not blue. Perhaps

the colour of this Alga may be dependent on the matrix on

which it may chance to grow; and to this | shall again presently

refer.

A portion of the beef with the Palmeila was dried in an oven

for several hours, in order to prevent decomposition, and sent to

Mr. Berkeley; this rapidly germinated when placed on a paste

of rice-flour, and from these the observations recorded in the

Gardeners’ Chronicle were made.

I placed a few fragments of the Alga on a paste of wheat-flour :

in twenty-four hours these minute fragmentary specks grew to

spots the size of sixpences, and in forty-eight hours the paste

was nearly covered by a layer of blood-red matter, as represented

in one of the drawings.

It is stated, that the colour of this Alga is very permanent,

and that it dyes silk bright red; this is, I think, corroborated

by the fact, that the fibres of the beef on which it first appeared

were permeated with the colouring matter of the Alga (Pl. XVII.

fig. l. eee

“T ateae when sown on rice-paste, the Palmella assumed a

violet hue, confirming Mr. Berkeley’s observation that the cells

are sometimes blue (Pl. XVIT. fig. 2. 5).

Perhaps the colour of the plant may much depend on the

chemical elements of the matrix: if that happens to be animal

Mr. H. O. Stephens on Palmella prodigiosa. 411

matter or flour-paste, or substances rich in nitrogen, a vivid red

may be induced ; if rice-paste or feebly nitrogenized matters, the

colour may tend to blue or violet. But this is at present only

conjecture.

Concerning the place in the organic kingdom to which this pro-

duction ought to be referred, I am of Dr. Montagne’s opinion,

that it is an Alga, belonging to the Nostochinee, differing from

Protococcus in wanting the pellucid margin to the globes, and

from Hematococeus, which is furnished with several pellucid

rings to each cell, and in which the aggregate granules or cells

form a frustulose crust, the frond of the Blood Rain being de-

eidedly gelatinous.

In my judgement this plant is a Palmella closely allied to

P. cruenta, but certainly distinct, the cells or granules of the

latter differing from it not only in their colour but size, being

very much smaller than those of P. prodigiosa.

The mode by which the Blood Rain propagates is extremely

curious (as Mr. Berkeley also noticed) ; it seems to extend itself

by elastically spirting a sort of jet or column of red particles,

which Mr. B., in a letter, aptly compared to a jet of’ blood from

an artery, and by this mode of propagation, I think, the extra-

ordinary rapidity with which a large surface becomes covered

with the Alga can be satisfactorily explained.

A portion of paste covered with the Blood Rain was dried in

an oven for forty-eight hours until nearly baked into biscuit, yet

fragments of this exsiccated Alga readily grew when scattered

on fresh-made dough.

The vitality of the cells of this Palmella, like the ova of some

fishes, insects, and many other animals of lower grade, is not

impaired (within a certain time) by exsiccation even at a high

temperature, and when dry retain their germinating powers for

a very considerable period, and are disseminated by currents of

air and other methods.

Thus the unexpected appearance of this very conspicuous and

somewhat portentous-looking production in singular situations

and circumstances, can be explained without resorting to far-

fetched reasonings or unphilosophical assumptions.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.

Fig. 1. a, Palmelila prodigiosa, Mont. (natural size), on beef; 5, pepe

cular section; ¢, portion of gelatinous frond, magnified; d, cells

ditto; eee, fibres of beef stained red by the colouring matter of

the Alga.

Fig. 2. a, Palmella prodigiosa on flour-paste, natural size ; 5, cells highly

ified, some ruptured ; c, cells with films of mucus acted on

by 10dine and sulphuric acid.

Bristol, Dighton Street, Oct. 4th, 1853.

412. Dr. J.B. Gray on two new genera of Land Mollusca.

XXXIX.—Descriptions of two new genera (Pfeifferia and Janella)

of Land Mollusca. By J. BE. Gray, Ph.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.8.

Some years ago I described a new genus of Helices under the

name of Nanina, remarkable from the mantle of the animal being

reflexed and produced over the surface of the shell, like Vitrina,

but differimg from that genus in the shell being more Helicoid,

and in the mantle not being produced ii front, or forming a

kind of shield over the back of the neck ; this genus has been

very generally adopted, and now coutains a large number of

species. .

The animal of Nanine, like the Parmacelle and Helicariones,

has the hinder part of the uppermost extremity of the foot

truncated and furnished with a linear perpendicular gland with

thickened lips. ot aa

Mr. Cuming, who lately supplied me with a number of ani-

mals of shells in spirit, sent me, along with other kinds, spe-

cimens of a shell which Dr. Pfeiffer has described under the

name of Helix micans, which at once attracted my attention, on

account of the shell near the peristome being covered with a

thin reflexed portion of the mantle. I at first considered it was

a modification of the genus Nanina with a more dilated mantle,

and a much more globular shell; but on more particular exa-

mination, I am convinced that it is the type of a new genus, as

the back of the foot is depressed and flattened, and quite destitute

of any appearance of a subcaudal gland.

I propose to call this genus Pfeifferia, after my excellent

friend Dr. Louis Pfeiffer, the author of the “ Monographia He-

licum,” and it may be characterized as follows :—

PFEIFFERIA.

Animal large for the size of the shell; mantle edge expanded,

thin, reflexed over the outer surface of the shell when contracted

in spirits, forming an even margin to the outer part of the

peristome. Foot moderate, depressed behind, acute at the tips,

without any subcaudal gland. Shell subglobose, imperforate,

thin, brittle, white, pellucid. Spire with small whorls, third and

fourth rapidly enlarging, the last inflated; aperture rounded,

lunate. Columella slightly and regularly arched. The peristome

thin, straight, acute.

Mr. Cuming informs me, that when he poured boiling water

on them, to kill the animal, the animal, in attempting to return

within the shell, burst it, from being so much larger than the shell

itself ; in consequence he was compelled to drown the animal and

let it remain in the water until it was half putrid, by which means

Dr. J. Ey Gray on, wa new genera of Land Mollusea. 443

he was able to procure sound shells. He tried it several times, and

destroyed some hundreds of shells before resorting to the latter

means. :

I may observe, that the animal in spirits does not give one

the impression of being so large, compared with the: shell, as

the above deseription would imply ; but, like the Succinee, Vitrine

and other genera, these animals appear to have the faculty of

absorbing a quantity of moisture and of inflating their bodies

ind making them appear of a large size, and when suddenly

lled they have not the power of lessening it, but while alive

ey certainly have. During dry and perhaps cold weather they

expel the air and water, and so contract their bodies, that they

cam, be withdrawn a considerable distance within the cavity of

the shell., I have often seen this ceconomy in the amber snails,

uccinee, and the shield shells, Vitrine, and Professor Nilsson

has observed the same fact with regard to the latter genus; as

quoted. by me (Gray, Turton Man. 119).

The type of the genus is Pfeifferia micans.

Helix micans, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1845, 71; Monogr.

\Helic. 1. 24.

Corasia micans, Albers, Heliceen, 111.

Nanina Albaiensis, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1853, p. 331, teeth.

Hab. Lucon.

Mr. Cuming observed it in the greatest abundance on the

leaves of bushes at St. Jauno, in the province of Cagayan, at the

extreme north part of the island of Lucon.

Dr. Albers refers the species to his subgenus Corasia, consist-

ing of Helices with large reflected peristomes; the shells have

some resemblance to the young imperfect specimens of some

species of that genus, as Helix Albaiensis, but they differ from

them in the pillar lip being evenly arched and imperforate, and

not straight from the axis and slightly perforated, as in their

young shells it always is.

~ MM. Quoy and Gaimard described a land mollusk which

they discovered on leaves in Tasman’s Bay, New Zealand, under

the name of Limaz bitentaculatus, Voy. Astrolabe, t. 13. f. 1, 2, 3.

They only found a single specimen, which, they say, they

only partially examined. From this description, as the animal

differed from Limaz in so many particulars that it was impos-

sible to keep it in that genus, I formed a temporary genus for

it under the name of Janella, in the 4th volume of Mrs. Gray’s

‘ Figures of Mollusca, p. 112. I have just received from New

Zealand a specimen of land mollusk which agrees with the ani-

mal described by MM. Quoy and Gaimard in so many parti-

414 Dr. J. E. Gray on two new generaof Land Mollusca.

culars, that I,am inclined to believe it to be either the species

they observed, or at least a second species of the same genus ;

and as it offers some peculiarities not noticed in their descrip-

tion or figure, I shall proceed to characterize the genus.

J ANELLA.

Body elongate, convex ; back rounded ; tail not keeled, taper-

ing, acute behind, without any subeaudal gland. Mantle covering

the whole of the back, with a slightly raised lateral margin, leaving

a rather broad space between the edge and the edge of the foot,

thin, smooth, with a longitudinal groove along the centre of the

back extending the whole length of the animal, and giving out

branches from each side which diverge backward to the edge;

in front, over the head, there is given out a short, straight, di-

verging branch on each side to the hinder base of the tentacles,

then forked, and the two branches continued on the under edge

of the mantle to the corner of the mouth; the tentacles two,

arising from the front just within the edge of the mantle, and

quite retractile like those of the Slugs. Aperture of respiration

is a very small round foramen, with a raised edge on the right side

and close to the central groove on the back, just above the aper-

ture of reproduction. Mouth inferior, just at the end of the foot,

with three tubercles in front, which are formed by the continua-

tion of the grooves on the front of the mantle. Aperture for

reproductive organs on the front part of the edge of the right

side of the mantle, about one-fourth the entire length from the

head.

The foot narrow, divided into three indistinctly-marked lon-

gitudinal bands, the middle band rather the widest, the lateral

bands with rather distant cross grooves, most distinct on the

outer edge, and with shorter marginal grooves between them,

giving the edge of the foot a crenated appearance; the end of

the body is suddenly more slender, with a prominence on the

back just before this sudden alternation, as if the mass of the

viscera were confined to the first two-thirds of the body ; but this

may be caused by the contraction of the animal from being in

spirits.

Shell none, or at least there is no appearance of any through

the skin.

Janella antipodarum.

Hab. New Zealand. Length three-fourths of an inch.

This genus is most allied to Philomycus (= Tebenophorus,

Binney =.Limacella, Blainville), with which it agrees in having

a thin mantle covering the whole of the back ; but it differs from

it in the position of the respiratory aperture, and in the presence of

Mr. S. Ps Woodwatd on the Habits of Bivalve Shellfish. 45

only two tentacles, which, instead of being placed on the head,

as m Philomycus and all the other Arionide and Helicide, are

placed in the front part of the mantle. All these characters in-

duce me to regard it as the type of a new family of Pulmonata,

which may be called Janellide.

XL.— Notes on the Habits of Bivalve Shell-fish.

By 8. P. Woopwarp. ©

Durine the past summer I spent some time with Mr. Mackie

at Folkestone, and being obliged to remain within-doors the

greater part of each day, I collected a number of living Bivalves,

and kept them in pans of salt water, to watch them at my leisure.

The first species met with were Pholas dactylus and candida,

whose colonies are frequent in the beach near low-water mark,

wherever a clear space occurs amongst the blocks of Kentish-rag

with which the shore is encumbered. The burrows of the Pho-

lades are in black sandy mud, from which they are easily dis-

lodged. At some spots the inhabitants have perished, but the

livmg colonies are readily discovered by treading heavily, or

striking the beach with a stick, whereupon the alarmed inmates

sput water from their burrows. The holes of the full-grown

Pholas dactylus are distinguishable by their larger size, and the

strong jets they send up; the original small orifices have been

removed by the wasting of the beach, and the present openings,

an inch in diameter, were once the middle of each burrow ; they

are rendered somewhat smaller by a layer of light-coloured mud,

which fills up the space between the shell-fish and the wall of

its abode. When the shell is partly exposed the Pholas still

holds strongly with its great foot, which cannot be withdrawn

into the shell, and resembles a piece of translucent ice.

Placed in a pan of sea water, the smaller Pholades (P. candida)

immediately protrude their siphons, and explore the surrounding

bottom with them in a remarkably worm-like manner. The

young of P. dactylus only pushes itself about with its siphons.

The branchial currents commence instantly, and never cease

unless the creatures are disturbed. The force and volume of these

currents are quite marvellous to those who witness them for the

first time. The inhalant orifice is trumpet-shaped, and guarded

with cirri ; the exhalant is a little contracted, and in P. dactylus

projects beyond the other. The foot completely fills the pedal

orifice, allowmg neither ingress nor egress to currents of water.

The current which sets ito the branchial siphon carries with it

whatever floating particles the water contains, whilst the stream

which issues from the exhalant orifice is perfectly clear. Low-

ever turbid the water may be, it is soon filtered, and the same thing

416 Mr. 8. P. Woodward on the Habits of Bivalve Shell-fish.

happens if the water is artificially coloured with indigo; the

time required depending partly on the quality of the pigment,

which is sometimes so fine as to pass through the living filter.

When one Pholas was disturbed by another, or incommoded by

particles too large for its siphon, it closed its valves and partly

retracted the siphons, making a small jet of water. If taken

from the pan suddenly, the siphonal orifices closed spasmodically,

so that no water could escape, and the siphons could not be with-

drawn ; after a moment the orifices relaxed, and the water was

spirted out. The tentacular cirri are extremely sensitive, and

contract directly they are touched, but the mantle may be di-

vided with fine-poimted scissors, so as to show the gills, without

causing any alarm to the animal, after the sphincter surrounding

the foot has once been divided. It was my wish to preserve ex-

amples of each species with the siphons protruded, and to this

end I allowed some to remain in stale water, thinking they would

lose the power of retraction, or die extended ; day after day the

siphons became longer, until they were twice their proper length,

the currents ceased, and at last the valves fell off by the decom-

position of the mantle; but when I attempted to remove the

animal, the siphons slowly contracted until completely with-

drawn.

Another small vivarium contained a few shells from five fa-

thoms water; including the young of the edible mussel an inch

in length, Syndosmya alba, Nucula nucleus. Some others were

tenanted with the common cockle, Donaz anatinus and Tellina so-

lidula and tenuis, obtained from the sandy shore at Denge Ness,

where the sea goes out nearly half a mile, leaving a wide waste of

ripple-marked sands without any trace of life, save the castings

of the Annelides and an occasional dimple made by a cockle or a

Donax. But of life there was plenty, as we might be sure from the

flocks of gulls which retreated before us; and on exploring with our

hands we found the whole beach planted with Tellens, in a vertical

position, as thickly together as holes made simultaneously with

the fingers. Lower down there must have been many other shell-

fish ; for the high-water line was strewn with Mactras and Car-

dium echinatum, Solen marginatus and ensis, spawn of Natica and

whelk, &c. The common cockle is an excellent subject for obser-

vation on account of its activity, the beauty of its fringed siphons,

and the whirlpools it creates in the water. Donaz has short

siphons, with foliaceous cirri; Tellina and Syndosmya have very

long siphons, sometimes four or five times as long as the shell,

very slender and transparent, with simple orifices. Those Tel-

lens and Donaxes which were allowed sea-sand soon buried

themselves, protruding only their siphons. In a short time the

sand in which they were buried became so firm that it required

On new species of North American Fungi. — 417.

some force to move it with the fingers. On changing the water,

small holes would appear in the sand, from which afterwards the

siphons of the Tellens were protruded. These holes were in

pairs, and about the tenth of an inch im diameter; one was a

little funnel, into which the grains of sand kept sliding, the

other a miniature crater of sand. After the siphons were ex-

tended, they frequently bent them down and explored the

surface, being evidently dissatisfied with their circumstances.

Slender as the branchial siphon is in Tellina and Syndosmya, it

frequently attracts particles too large to pass freely, and which

after ellatiog for an instant halfway down, are suddenly ex-

pelled with a jerk. Besides watching the Bivalves, we sketched

them whilst living, and dissected them—or at least cut them up

in every possible way—when dead, and examined them with the

microscope. Everything we saw confirmed the accuracy of the

account given by Messrs. Alder and Hancock in the ‘ Ann,-Nat.

fe ee

XLI.—Centuries of North American Fungi. By the Rev. M.

J. Berxeey, M.A., F.L.S., and the Rev. M. A. Curtis, D.D.

Ir is proposed in this and a series of similar memoirs to cha-

racterise a number of new North American Fungi, which have

rewarded the researches of Curtis, Ravenel, Bennett, Michener,

Olney, Peters, Sartwell, Lindheimer, Wright, and other botanists.

It was intended at first to publish the whole in an especial work

dedicated to North American Mycology, but it was found im-

possible to prepare so voluminous a book as a complete account

of the Fungi of the United States within any fixed time, and we

haye therefore thought it right to publish the multitudes of new

species which exist in our Herbaria by way of Prodromus,

trusting that the larger work may not be put off to the Greek

Calends. We ought to observe that a considerable portion of

Mr. Ravenel’s specimens were accompanied by copious notes, of

which we have constantly availed ourselves. Indeed his name

might almost uniformly have been associated with our own,

were it not for the inconvenience of giving three authorities for

each new species.

1. Agaricus (Amanita) polypyramis,n.s. Pileo expanso nitido

areolato verrucis_centralibus crassis pyramidatis; stipite radi-

cante, basi incrassato squamuloso, lamellis attingentibus, Curt.

no. 2854. In thin woods, Nov., South Carolina.

Pileus 6 inches across, pure white, shining, areolate, beset with

thick, rather small, pointed pyramidal warts, especially in the

centre. Stem 6-8 inches high, 1-2 inches thick, solid, incras-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 29 |

418 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Rey. M. A. Curtis on new

sated and rooting below, almost smooth with the exception of a

few little narrow transverse scales. Ring broad, evanescent.

Gills white, reaching the stem, quite linear at the extremity.

Odour strong alkaline.

A remarkably fine species, differing from A. nitidus in its

nearly smooth rooting stem, the base of which is much swollen,

but by no means margined. It resembles also A. Vittadini.

2. Agaricus (Amanita) monticulosus, n.s. Pileo convexo areo-

lato; verrucis marginalibus floccoso-pyramidatis, centralibus

pyramidatis truncatis; stipite squamoso flocculento; lamellis

liberis remotis. Curt. no. 2829, 2853. In moist and sandy

woods, Sept., Nov., South Carolina.

Pileus 23-3 inches across, convex, areolate, with a wart in the

centre of each areola; those towards the margin consisting of

soft threads meeting in a point, but sometimes simply floceulent,

the central warts angular, pyramidal, truncate, discoloured.

Stem bulbous, scaly, flocculent, white; veil thick, at length

distant. Gills free, ventricose, remote, forming a well-defined

area round the top of the stem.

The warts are not hard and rigid as in A. nitidus, and the free

remote gills separate it from that and the neighbouring species.

The specimen from a sandy wood has the characters far less

strongly marked than the others, in which the greater part of

the margin appears at first to be flocculent.

3. A. (Lepiota) cultorum, nu.s. Parvus; pileo hemispherico

umbonato squamis granuliformibus exasperato ; stipite brevi fur-

furaceo, annulo’ subcentrali; lamellis latis remotis; sporis

utrinque acutiusculis. Curt. no. 2826. Among gourds in culti-

vated lands, July, South Carolina.

Pileus 1 inch or more across, hemispherical, umbonate, the

border sometimes repand, clothed with very numerous brown

granular scales. Stem 3-1 inch high, 1 line thick, furfuraceous.

Ring nearly central. Gills broad, ventricose, free, remote. Spores

cymbiform, rather acute at either extremity, about 2755 of an

inch long.

A very pretty little species allied to A. eristatus, from which it

is readily known by its oblique spores which are nearly three

times as long. Perhaps it is really more closely allied to A. acute-

squamosus, Weinm., which has far larger spores than A. eristatus,

though not so large as this species.

4. Agaricus (Lepiota) floralis, Berk. & Rav. MSS. Pusillus,

pileo plano, squamis floccosis brunneis vestito; margine striato ;

stipite gracili deorsum attenuato pileo concolore ; annulo medio

persistente; lamellis candidis tenuibus distantibus ventricosis

liberis. Rav. no. 1011. On earth in gardens, South Carolina

July, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

~ species of North American Fungi.” 419

Pileus 3-3 of an inch across, plane, membranaceous, covered

with brownish floccose scales; margin striate. Stem j-1 inch

high, not } a line thick, of the same colour as the pileus, atte-

nuated downwards. Ring persistent, situated about the middle of

the stem. Gills white, broadly ventricose, distant, free. Spores

white, 55455 of an inch long.

Closely allied to A. fulvaster, of which it has exactly the habit,

but it has not the same bright colour, nor are the gills thick.

It is still nearer to A. cultorum, but the plane and not hemi-

spherical head and slender stem give it a very different appear-

ance, and the colour is much more dingy in the dry plant. The

spores vary very much in size, but we have seen none so long in

this species as in A. cultorum.

5. Agaricus (Lepiota) fulvaster, n.s. Parvus; pileo plano-

convexo candido e velo fulvo squamoso-maculato; margine striato-

suleato plicatoque; stipite gracili glabro sursum annulato;

annulo fulvo; lamellis attingentibus distantibus crassiusculis

eandidissimis. Curt. no. 2550. Amongst grass in sandy soil,

July, South Carolina.

Gregarious. Pileus 3-6 lines across, plano-convex, white, but

spotted with the scaly remnants of the tawny veil; margin sul-

cate, sometimes splitting at the back of the gills as in Coprinus ;

centre tawny, subumbonate; substance brittle, thickish in the

centre. Stem slender, nearly an inch high, scarcely } a line

thick, white, smooth, slightly thickened at the base, where there

are a few byssoid rootlets, tough fibroso-spongy withm. Ring

tawny, subpersistent, situated about the middle of the stem.

Gills ventricose, not crowded, attached to a distinct collar, which

is not however separate from the stem, rather thick, of a pure

white; margin even or slightly eroded.

A small but extremely elegant species allied to A. seminudus,

Lasch.

6. Agaricus (Collybia) Tewxensis, n. s. Connato-cespitosus ;

pileis glabris subcampanulatis fortiter umbonatis, obtusissimis

carnosis albidis, stipite spadiceo velutino ; lamellis latis ventri-

cosis simuato-adnatis candidis. Curt. no. 3162. Texas, C. Wright.

Connato-cespitose. Pilei 2 inches or more across, carnose,

subeampanulate or expanded, very strongly umbonate, extremely

obtuse, dingy white. Stems 3 inches high, + of an inch thick,

of arich brown velvety. Gills broad, ventricose, white, sinuated

behind, slightly adnate.

Allied to A. pudens, but differing evidently in habit and in the

smooth pilei.

7. Agaricus (Collybia) detersibilis, n.s. Gregarius; pileo

plano umbilicato albido subfuligineo ; margine striatulo ; stipite

solido pruinoso pileo concolori; lamellis adnatis albidis. Curt.

29%

420 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Rey. M. A. Curtis on new

no. 3202. From the roots of grass in sandy soil, Aug., South

Carolina.

Gregarious, subceespitose. ileus 3-1 inch across, plane,

umbilicate, smooth, dull white with a faint brownish tinge,

margin slightly striate. Stem 1 inch or more high, 1 line thick,

of the same colour as the pileus, solid, somewhat twisted, com-

pressed and enlarged above, covered with a white meal which is

easily rubbed off, downy at the base. Gills crowded, adnate, very

narrow, whitish.

Allied to A. atratus, like which it is intermediate between

Omphalia and Collybia. :

8. A. (Mycena) iocephalus, n.s. Pileo e convexo plano car-

noso-membranaceo sulcato violaceo; stipite pallido farinaceo

basi villoso; lamellis distantibus adnatis angustis undulatis,

pileo pallidioribus venoso convexis. Curt. no. 2549. Amongst

rotten leaves in dried swamps, Aug., South Carolina.

Odour strong and offensive. Pileus 3-1} inch broad, convex,

then plane, sulcato-striate, carnoso-membranaceous, dry, pale

violet-purple. Stem 13-2 inches high, 1-2 lines thick, fistulose,

pale, farmaceous; base incrassated, villous. Gills distant, at-

tached, unequal, sometimes forked, rather narrow, somewhat

undulated, interstices venose. Spores white.

A very elegant species, distinguished from all the strong-

scented Mycenz by its farinaceous stem and general appearance.

9. A. (Omphalia) centenarius, n.s. Valde cespitosus; pileo

conico convexo umbonato fragili sulcato; stipitibus fistulosis

deorsum tomentoso-connatis, lamellis longe decurrentibus. Curt.

no. 2888. On rotten logs, October, South Carolina, H. W.

Ravenel, Esq. ;

Growing in dense clusters. ileus } an inch across, fragile,

very thin, conical, convex, umbonate, whitish ; margin coarsely

striate. Stems very slender, 3-4 inches or more high, whitish

hyaline, annularly mottled, fistulose, the cavity expanding above

the gills, tapering and darker at the base, where they adhere by

short white down. Gills white, arched, strongly decurrent.

This has just the habit of 4. tintinnabulum and A. myriadeus,

but has the characters of Omphalia.

10. Agaricus (Pleurotus) Micheneri,n.s. Czespitosus ; pileo

infundibuliformi tenui luteo-albo; stipite solido gracili albo;

lamellis distantibus angustis decurrentibus compositis pallide

luteis. Curt. no, 8480, On decayed wood, Pennsylvania, Dr.

Michener.

Czespitose. Pileus % of an inch across, infundibuliform, thin,

yellowish white. Stem 2 inches high, about a line thick, white.

Gills distant, compound, narrow, decurrent, pale yellow.

Allied to A. lignatilis.

_ species of North American Fungi. 421

_ ¥1,. A. (Pleurotus) facifer, n.s. Gespitosus, phosphoreus,

fusco-flavus; pileo tenui convexo subumbilicato; stipite sub-

eentrali solido fibroso albido-pruinoso; lamellis angustis com-

positis decurrentibus. Curt. no. 3503. Pennsylvania, Dr. Mi-

chener.

Czspitose, phosphorescent, brownish-yellow. ileus 3 inches

across, thin, convex, at length expanded, slightly umbilicate.

Stem 5 inches or more high, $ of an inch thick, subexcentric,

fibrous, slightly pruinose. Gills narrow, compound, decurrent.

Spores white.

A highly curious species with the habit of A. illudens.

12. A. (Naucoria) argillosus, n.s. Pileo firmo convexo pal-

lide fusco-luteo ; stipite cavo deorsum attenuato albo; lamellis

angustis adnexis ex albo argillaceis. Curt. no. 2908. On earth

in woods, Oct., South Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Pileus 2-3 inches across, convex, subcoriaceous when ary,

smooth, firm, of a light brownish yellow. Stem 4 inches high,

- inch thick, firm, cartilaginous, white, hollow, rooting, attenuated

ownwards. Veil none. Gills white, very numerous, narrow,

slightly attached, at length discoloured from the very copious pale

argillaceous, elliptic, subeymbiform, rather minute spores.

Agreeing with A. Cucumis in the inflected margin. The colour

of the spores is purely argillaceous. We cannot point out however

any species closely allied. The general appearance is that of A.

carnosus. The spores are most copious, and when moistened

feel very glutinous.

13. A. (Naucoria) Curcuma, n.s. Pileo hemispherico fusco-

luteo, e floccis fasciculatis brevibus frequentissime squamuloso ;

carne lutea; stipite solido fusco fibrilloso; lamellis ventricosis

emarginatis subadnatis ferrugineo-ochraceis. Curt. no. 2913.

On an old stump, Nov., South Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Pileus 3 inch across, hemispherical, dark brownish-yellow,

densely covered with squamose fascicles of flocci. Flesh thin,

ones Stem brown, 1-14 inch high, $ line thick, solid, fibril-

ose, but not scaly, dilated at the base. Gills broad, ventricose,

irregular, emarginate, slightly attached, dark ochraceous. Spores

dark ferruginous. Mycelium tawny.

A very beautiful species allied to A. erinaceus and siparius, but

the colours are different, the stem is solid and not clothed like

the pileus, and the gills are emarginate.

14. A. (Galera) crocosporus, n.s. Pileo membranaceo e conico

convexo, demum depresso viscido sordide fusco expallente sulcato;

stipite albo sericeo-nitente ; lamellis breviter adnatis e pallidis

ferrugineo-crocatis. Curt. no. 2867. On a damp house-mat,

Aug., South Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Gregarious. Pileus an inch or more across, membranaceous,

422 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Rev. M. A. Curtis on new

fragile, at first conical, then convex, and finally depressed, viscid,

sordid brown, margin marked with prominent folds, rugose in

drying, the apex however remaining even. Stem 3-4 inches high,

slender, white with a silky lustre, fistulose, thickened at the base.

Veil none. Gills numerous, regular, shortly adnate, ventricose,

light ferruginous, at length saffron-yellow from the spores.

Spores large, elliptic, subeymbiform.

This species belongs to the same group as A. Ruderum, but dif-

fers from all in its sulcate pileus and bright saffron-yellow spores.

15. Agaricus (Crepidotus) nephrodes, n.s. Pileo reniformi

pallide flavido-tomentoso; stipite obsoleto; lamellis ventricosis

pileo concoloribus. Curt. no. 1912. On damp rotten logs,

South Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Gregarious, sometimes imbricated. Pileus 1 inch or more

across, thin, suborbicular, reniform or subspathulate, plane,

clothed with a dingy yellowish-white down; margin inflected,

flesh-white. Stem sometimes quite obsolete, but when present

very short. Gills pale like the pileus, gradually attenuated be-

hind. Spores globose, rosy ferruginous.

This curious species has the habit of A. petaloides, especially

of North Carolina specimens, but differs materially in the coloured

spores, not to mention other points.

16. Hiatula fragilissima, Rav. MSS. Pileo plano subumbo-

nato radiatim fisso marginibus rimarum luteo-pulverulentis in-

terstitus candidis; stipite luteo farcto; annulo mobili; lamellis

remotis. Curt. no. 2899. On earth and decayed vegetables on

the margin of swamps, H. W. Ravenel, Esq., July.

Solitary or gregarious. Pileus 2-3 inches across, plane, very

thin and fragile, membranaceous, subumbonate, plicate, the edges

of the folds covered with yellow dust, deepening in colour towards

the centre, interstices white; umbo darker, slightly viscid.

Stem 4-6 inches high, slender, somewhat bulbous, covered with

white down at the base, yellow, very fragile, fistulose, the cavity

stuffed with cottony fibres. Ring moveable. Gills white, thin,

and membranaceous, rather distant, ending abruptly at the

margin of a smooth area surrounding the top of the stem. Spores

white, obliquely elliptic, rather large.

This, together with A. discretus, A. Benzonii, and one or two

species from Brazil, form the genus Hiatula of Fries, which is at

present unpublished. The outward resemblance of the species to

Coprinus plicatilis, especially when dry, is very strong, though the

more intimate characters are very different. The spores of C. pii-

catilis are much larger and broader, besides being very dark.

* Montagnites Candollet, Fr. Ep. p. 241, var. Texensis ; minor

stipite transversim squamoso; sporis paullo majoribus. Curt.

no. 3917. On sandy ground, Texas, C. Wright.

species of North American Fungi. 423

Stem 43 inches high, 4 of an inch thick, attenuated above and

below, transversely squamose. Pileus 1 inch broad, spores rather

larger than in the European and Algerian form.

. It is possible that permanent characters might be detected in

the plant when fresh, but we can see no other differences in the

dried specimens than those pointed out above.

_ 17. Cortinarius (Myxacium) iodes, n.s. Minor ; pileo carnoso

e conyexo plano firmo violaceo-purpureo; carne alba; stipite

solido tenui deorsum incrassato ; lamellis e violaceo-cinnamomeis

adnatis subemarginatis. Curt. no. 2895. Amongst moss and

roots, Sept., South Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Cap 13-2 inches across, convex, at length plane, viscid, firm,

violet-purple ; flesh thick, white. Veil fugacious, arachnoid.

Stem 2-3 inches high, } an inch thick, solid, incrassated below.

Gills yiolet, at length cinnamon, ventricose, adnate, subemargi-

nate, irregular, sometimes forked.

Allied to C. Salor, but a smaller species and more brightly

coloured.

18. Pazillus solidus, Rav. MSS. Pileo pulvinato rufo-fusco

subtomentoso; stipite solido glabro, lamellis latis distantibus

decurrentibus e cinereo-maculatis fuscis, postice anastomosanti-

bus. Curt. no. 2884. In pine woods on the burnt ground, July,

South Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Pileus 2-3 inches across, pulvinate, fleshy, at length plane in

the centre, light reddish-brown, dryish, subtomentose ; margin at

length inflexed. Stem 2-3 inches high, } an inch thick, solid,

smooth. Gills at first dingy cinereous and mottled, at length

brown, broad, distant, decurrent, anastomosing and forming pores

at the base. Spores elongated like those of a Boletus.

Distinguished from one or two somewhat similar species by its

elongated spores which indicate a close affinity between the two

genera.

19. Pazillus Curtisii, Berk. MSS. Sessilis imbricatus ; pileis

subreniformibus sulphureis pulveraceo-tomentosis ; lamellis au-

rantiacis antice furcatis postice anastomosantibus, lateribus

. interstitiisque plicato-venosis fusco-atris. Curt. no. 1985, 2000,

2877. On pine logs, Upper Georgia and South Carolina, H. W.

Ravenel, Esq.

Densely imbricated; pilei varying from 1-3 inches across,

mostly reniform, sometimes slightly elongated, stemless, sulphur-

coloured, umber-brown when dry, inclining torufous pulverulento-~

tomentose; margin incurved. Substancetawny. Gills orange,

then reddish-brown, black when dry, forked in front and then

obtuse plicato-venose on the sides and interstices. Spores mi-

nute, ochraceous, rather oblong.

This at first sight resembles P. panuoides, but the gills are

424 Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Rev. M. A. Curtis on new

more plicate, forked in front, and their spores far more minute.

The substance also is of a brighter colour, as indeed is the whole

plant. The gills are much like those of a Cantharellus.

20. Paxillus reniformis, Berk. and Rav. MSS. Pileo reni-

formi dense tomentoso brunneo-pallido ; stipite obsoleto ; lamellis

latissimis primum albidis demum e sporis brunneo-ferrugineis.

Ray. no. 1508. On oak rails, Sept., Sulphur springs, North Ca-

rolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Subimbricated. Pileus 1-3 inches across, light brown, reni-

form, densely tomentose. Stem obsolete; gills very broad, at

first whitish, at length discoloured by the subferruginous broadish

spore.

This species has somewhat the habit of P. panuoides, but dif-

fers in the nature of the pileus and the differently coloured gills.

21. Hygrophorus hematocephalus, n.s. Pileo convexo umbi-

licato sanguineo; stipite cavo compresso subrubro; lamellis

crassis adnatis flavis. Curt. no. 2893. On the ground in pine

woods, Aug., South Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Pileus 1-2 inches across, fleshy, brittle, convex, umbilicate,

blood-red. Stem 1-2 inches high, 3-2 lines thick, attenuated

downwards, brittle, hollow, compressed, reddish above; becoming

pale or yellow below. Gills ventricose, adnate, broad, thick,

irregular, yellow, interstices even. Spores white, elliptic.

Allied to H. cinnabarinus, but differing in colour, in the adnate,

not truly decurrent gills, and in the more regular, much larger

spores. The hymenium in large specimens, when dry, has exactly

the appearance of that of Peziza aurantiaca. -A variety of H.

cinnabarinus occurs with strongly veined interstices.

22. Hygrophorus nitidus, n.s. Pileo convexo umbilicato vis-

coso e flavo pallescenti; stipite fistuloso viscido; lamellis flavis

decurrentibus. Curt. no. 2878. On earth in ‘damp some

Sept., South Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Pileus 2-1 inch across, convex, umbilicate, brittle, viscous or

humid, dark yellow, paler in drying; substance very thin. Stem

3-4 inches long, slender, viscid, dilated above, of the same colour

as the pileus, fistulose. Gills yellow, arched and ventricose, de-

current, interstices venose. Allied to H. Cantharellus, Fries.

In colour, though darker, it resembles H. ceraceus, but the habit

is very different, and the gills more decidedly decurrent.

23. Hygrophorus Ravenelii, n.s. Cespitosus subcarnosus ;

pileo convexo humido aurantio glabro ; carne flava ; stipite fragili

fistuloso flavo deorsum candido; lamellis emarginatis ventricosis

pileo dilutioribus. Curt. no. 2889. On the earth in damp places,

Sept., H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Cespitose. Pileus 14-24 inches across, convex, smooth, moist,

orange-red; flesh very thin, yellow. Stem 4-5 inches high,

species of North American Fungi. 425

2 inch thick, fistulose, brittle, yellow, whitish and attenuated be-

low. Gills paler than the pileus, ventricose, deeply emarginate,

but attached. Spores white. |

This species is apparently most nearly allied to H. puniceus,

but differs in the form of the pileus, which is extremely thin,

and the slender tall equal stem.

24. Lactarius illachrymans, Berk. and Rav. MSS. Parvus ;

pileo e convexo plano umbilicato zonato pallide fulvo ; stipite

solido albo; lamellis albidis subdecurrentibus. Rav. no. 1306.

In swamps, South Carolina, Sept., H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

_ Small. Pileus 1-14 inch across, thin, plane, at length umbi-

licate, pale tawny, with two or three darker concentric zones.

Stem 1-2 inches high, about 2 lines thick, solid, white. Gills

dingy white, crowded, narrow, subdecurrent, not discharging any

milky fluid when broken ; taste slightly aromatic, pungent.

The warmer states of North America abound with Lactarii quite

different from the European species, but though we have many

in our Herbarium, as in most instances notes were unfortunately

not secured from the living specimens, we are obliged for the

present to delay their publication.

25. Cantharellus Ravenelii,n.s. Pileo irregulari subinfundi-

buliformi lento innato-fibroso luride flavo ; stipite solido tomen-

toso albo; venis lamelliformibus luteis, decurrentibus, omnibus

una desinentibus. Curt. no. 2879. On decayed logs, Aug.,

South Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Tough. Pileus 1-2 inches broad, irregular, subinfundibuli- ~

form, innato-fibrous, of a pale dull yellow; margin more or less un-

dulated,subtomentose. Stem 1—2anches high, about 2 lines thick,

firm, solid, white, tomentose, thicker below. Veins lamellzeform,

bright yellow, branched, decurrent, but ending abruptly, their

edge obtuse ; interstices for the most part even. Spores white.

This very curious species approaches somewhat in characters to

the genus Panus, but the edge of the lamelleform veins is obtuse.

26. Cantharellus flabelliformis, Berk. & Rav. MSS. Albidus ;

pileo membranaceo e stipite brevi laterali flabelliformi 2-3 sulcis

concentricis notato tomentoso; venis furcato-anastomosantibus

superficialibus. Ray. no. 1313. On fallen trunks, South Caro-

lina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Whitish ochraceous when dry. Stem 2 lines high, 1 thick,

lateral, short, compressed or subcylindrical, tomentose. Pileus

4 an inch or more long, membranaceous, spathulato-flabelliform,

sometimes forked, tomentose, like the stem marked with two or

three concentric furrows. Hymenium bordered. Veins shallow,

forked, anastomosing.

A most curious and distinct species, with the habit of Panus

stypticus. The hymenium is distinct from the stem and bordered

326 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Rev. M. A. Curtis on new

as if the stem were merely an elongation of the vertex. The

nearest ally is perhaps C. crispus,

27. Marasmius dichrous,n.s. Pileo subtiliter tomentoso sub-

velutino fusco; stipite furfuraceo basi subdilatato; lamellis li-

beratis. Curt. no. 2834. On rotten wood in dry swamps, South

Carolina.

Pileus 1 inch or more across, convex, dark brown, clothed with

close matted down, sometimes appearing velvety. Stem 1-1} inch

high, scarcely a line thick, brown, clothed with furfuraceous

down ; base slightly dilated, villous. Gills at first adnate, sepa-

rating from the stem, and sometimes leaving a naked area

round it, moderately distant, ventricose ; interstices nearly even.

Spores white.

Nearly allied to M. ramealis. It is however a larger species,

and remarkable for its dark brown pileus.

28. Marasmius pusio, n. s. Pusillus; pileo membranaceo

fusco-purpureo striatulo; stipite gracili subtiliter tomentoso

opaco; lamellis adnatis crebris ventricosis albidis. Curt. no.

2043. On the bark of trees, summer and early autumn, South

Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Pileus scarcely more than a line broad, membranaceous, re-

gular, slightly convex, pale purple-brown, delicately striate,

opake, very minutely pulverulent. Stem 8-10 lines high, very

slender, whitish, obscurely tomentose or pulverulent. Giils

moderately broad, numerous, ventricose, adnate, dirty white.

A minute species, resembling somewhat Marasmius graminum,

but not very closely allied. The surface of the pileus resembles

that of such species as M. ferrugineus, the stem however is more

like that of M. opacus or M. spongiosus.

29. Marasmius brevipes, Berk. & Rav. MSS. Pileo convexo

estriato atro-sanguineo ; stipite brevi filiformi aterrimo nitido e

mycelio repente similari enato; lamellis paucis adnatis rufis.

Rav. no. 1527, On dead twigs of oak, June, Santee Canal, South

Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Pileus 1-2 lines broad, convex, dark blood-red ; margin even ;

stem filiform, jet-black, quite smooth, 1-2 lines high, springing

from creeping mycelioid threads of the same nature with itself ;

gills ventricose, few, adnate, rufous.

Allied to M. hematocephalus, &c., but distinguished at once

by its short polished stem and dark gills. The colour of the

pileus is nearly that of M. atrorubens.

80. Lentinus parvulus, n. s. Ceespitosus; pileo submembra-

naceo infundibuliformi glabro, margine. revoluto; stipite gracili

lanuginoso ; lamellis angustis dichotomis decurrentibus albis.

Curt. no. 3624. On decayed wood, Pennsylvania, Dr. Michener.

Czespitose. Pileus $-1 inch across, membranaceous, irregular,

species of North American Fungi. 427

infandibuliform, smooth, dirty white; margin finely revolute ;

stem 1 inch high, not a line thick, nearly smooth above, lanu-

ginous, below pale brown; gills extremely narrow, entire, often

dichotomous, white, strongly decurrent. Spores white.

- An elegant little species, and quite a dwarf in a genus con-

taming many of the most magnificent fungi.

31. Lentinus Micheneri, n.s. Pileo smuato sublobato um-

bilicato glabro; stipite brevi incurvo spongioso-velutino fusco ;

lamellis latiusculis laceratis crassis breviter decurrentibus. Curt.

no. 3962. On decaying timber, Pennsylvania, Dr. Michener.

Pileus about 2 inches across, irregular, lobed and sinuated,

umbilicate, smooth; stem about 1 inch high, 2 lines or more

thick, clothed with brown spongy down, but more especially

below; gills rather thick, broadish, shortly decurrent.

_ A very distinct species, to which we can point out no close ally.

The gills resemble those of L. cochleatus.

32. Lentinus pallidus, n.s. Czspitosus; pileo convexo mar-

gine repando sordide luteo-albo ; stipite fibroso-squamoso deor-

sum furfuraceo, lamellis decurrentibus crassiusculis. Curt. no.

2586. On dead wood, South Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Czespitose, connate at the base. Pileus 3-4 inches broad,

convex, slightly depressed in. the centre, dingy yellow-white,

margin repand ; stem 4 inches high, } of an inch or more thick,

rough above, with a few coarse squarrose fibres, furfuraceous

below. Gills white, decurrent, lacerated, interstices venous.

Spores white.

Allied to L. lepideus, but the pileus is quite smooth, and the

stem rough with linear processes.torn from its substance.

33. Panus levis, n. 8s. Pileo plano-depresso villoso, stipite

sursum attenuato tomentoso deorsum strigoso pallidis ; lamellis

latis distantibus integris deorsum villosis. Curt. no. 2949;

Ray. no. 808. On trunks of trees, Sept., H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Pileus 3 inches across, orbicular, slightly depressed, white,

clothed in the centre with long intricate villous rather delicate

hairs, which are shorter and more matted towards the inflected

margin. Substance rather thin. Stem 3 inches high, } an inch

thick, attenuated upwards, generally excentric, sometimes lateral,

not rooting, solid, strigose below, closely villous like the margin of

the pileus above. Gills rather broad, entire, decurrent, but not toa

great degree; the interstices even above, behind clothed with the

same coat as the top of the stem. Spores white.

A most distinct species, remarkable for its great lightness

when dry, and the long, villous, but not compressed or compound,

flocci of the pileus. Sometimes the centre of the pileus becomes

quite smooth when old.

34. Panus alliaceus,n.s. Pileo sessili postice subeffuso al-

428 Rev. M. J, Berkeley and Rev. M. A. Curtis on new

bido-fulvo subtiliter tomentoso, margine hispidulo scabriusculo

involuto; lamellis subdistantibus postice attenuatis concoloribus.

Curt. no. 2862; Ray. no. 13849. On the putrescent stumps

apparently of Nyssa; also on Salix nigra, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Smell strong alliaceous, highly offensive. Pileus 2 inches or

more across, stemless, suborbicular, at length slightly elongated,

minutely tomentose behind, more distinctly so in front, where it

is sometimes rather scabrous and hispid, dirty white inclining to

tawny or yellow, especially towards the edge; often more or less

effused behind. Gills of the same colour as the pileus, distant,

entire, moderately broad, attenuated behind, interstices even.

Spores white with a very slight yellow tinge, minute, oblong,

strongly curved.

A fine species, apparently allied to P. fetens, but without the

least trace of a stem. ‘The curved spores are very remarkable.

In the young plant the pileus is nearly resupinate.

35. Xerotus lateritius,n.s. Pileo sessili reniformi conyexo

lateritio; lamellis paucis atro-fuscis. Curt. no. 2563. On damp

decayed logs, Dec., Santee Canal, South Carolina, H. W. Ra-

venel, Esq.

Solitary. Pileus reniform, attached by a little down, convex,

deep brick-red, 4 of an inch across; margin inyolute. Stem

obsolete. Gills few, dark brown, radiating from the point of

attachment.

Resembling X. nigrita, Lév., but distinguished at once by its

brick-red pileus. Dr. Léveillé has sent us either the same or a

closely allied species which he received from the southern part

of Chili.

*Xerotus nigrita, Lév., Ann. d. Sc. Nat. Feb. 1846, p. 120;

Curt. no. 2868; Rav. no. 892,917. On fallen trunks of Laurus

Caroliniensis, Rhus toxicodendron, and Rhus radicans. South Ca-

rolina, Feb.-May, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Tawny or brownish when dry; there is a very short lateral

stem, as is also the case in Dr. Léveillé’s authentic specimens

from Manilla, gathered by Perrotet. This at first resembles A.

niger, Schwein., but is in reality. very different. ‘

Apparently a distinct species, strongly grooved and thinner

than X. nigrita, occurs on dead stems of Vine, no. 1975, but un-

fortunately perfect specimens have not at present been gathered,

86. Lenzites rhabarbarina, n.s. Fulvo-rhabarbarma;_pileo

sessili reniformi sulcato-zonato rugoso spongioso velutino ; mar-

gine acutiusculo; lamellis dentatis subsinuatis. Curt. no. 3849.

On pine stumps, South Carolina.

Pileus 14 inch across, scarcely 3 inch long, of a rich tawny, in-

clining in parts to rhubarb-yellow, sessile, reniform, rather thin,

coriaceous, marked with two or three irregular furrows, and rough

species of North American Fungi. 429

with little radiating elevations, clothed with matted down, which in

the younger part appears velvety, in the older spongy. Gills mo-

derately distant, toothed, somewhat sinuated, rhubarb-coloured.

Very distinct from every form of L. abietina and L. sepiaria,

and approaching somewhat to L. cinnamomea, Fr., and still more

closely to L. subferruginea, Berk., but its bright colours are very

peculiar, which added to its grooved and corrugated surface and

somewhat sinuated toothed gills readily distinguish it.

37. Boletus Curtisii, Berk. MSS. Pileo convexo viscosissimo

aureo-luteo ; stipite inzequali exannulato cayo stramineo ; poris

subliberis demum fulvis. Curt. no. 3212. On the earth in pine

woods, South Carolina.

Pileus 1 inch or more across, convex, subhemispherical, golden

yellow, clothed with a very viscid pellicle; stem irregular, un-

equal, hollow, ringless, 2-3 inches high, } of an inch thick, pale

or straw-coloured ; pores hollowed out at their junction with the

stem, nearly free, at length fulvous. Spores subelliptic, slightly

attenuated at either end, ferruginous yellow.

A very beautiful and distinct species, as are several from the

southern United States. Some of these are now characterized,

but we are obliged to omit some very curious forms for want of

more perfect notes.

38. Boletus Ravenelit, n.s. Pileo e convexo plano juniori

viscidulo, pulvere lete sulphureo (veli vestigiis) vestito ; carne

albida; stipite tenui velo flocculento pulveraceo sursum in an-

nulum fugacem contextum operto; poris flavis adnatis, tactis

virescentibus. Curt. no. 1970. B. sulphureus, Rav.MSS. no.810.

In pine woods on the ground, July, South Carolina, H. W.

Ravenel, Esq.

Solitary. Pileus 2 inches across, convex, at length plane,

somewhat viscid when young, covered with a bright yellow

powder the remains of the veil; flesh whitish, unchanging, taste-

less. Stem 3 inches high, }-3 of an inch thick, solid; veil

arachnoid, covered with dust, which stains the stem as well as

the cap, forming a fugacious ring. Pores adnate, roundish and

» large, yellow, changmg to greenish when bruised.

Spores ochraceous, elliptic, containing sometimes a single globose

nucleus.

A most splendid species closely allied to B. hemichrysus, and,

like that, remarkable for the pulverulent veil.

39. Boletus hemichrysus, n.s. Pileo nitide aureo rivuloso

floccoso pulvere flavo insperso; stipite brevi e flavo-rufescente ;

tubis adnatis subdecurrentibus spadiceis. Curt.no.2928. At-

tached to roots of Pinus palustris, H. W. Ravenel, May, June.

Pileus 6-8 inches across, convex, at length plane or irregu-

larly depressed, very bright golden-yellow, squamuloso-floccose,

430 Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Rev. M. A. Curtis on new

disposed to crack, sprinkled with copious yellow dust. Flesh

yellow, tasteless. Mycelium yellow. Stem short, varying in

thickness, sometimes 1} inch in diameter, yellowish tinged with

red, irregular, contracted below. Veil none. Hymenium rich

red-brown. Tubes angular, adnate, slightly decurrent. Spores

ochraceous, dingy, oblong, minute.

A very splendid species, remarkable for its pulverulent pileus

and habit. It resembles B. variegatus. The dust, it is to be

observed, is not due to the presence of Sepedonium.

40. Boletus decipiens, n.s. FPileo sicco pallide flavido sub

lente sericeo; carne alutacea; stipite zquali spongioso; velo

floccoso; hymenio flavo, poroso. Curt. no. 1312. In thin woods,

Aug., South Carolina. .

Pileus 2 inches across, rather dry, minutely silky, whitish yel-

low or pale buff; flesh buff, 1 of an inch thick. Stem 2-23 inches

high, 3-4 lines thick, solid but spongy. Veil evanescent, floccose,

adhering for a time to the margin. Hymenium plane or rather

concave, yellow, consisting of large unequal flexuous tubes.

Spores ochraceo-ferruginous, oblong, rather minute.

This is so like Pazillus porosus, Berk., when dry, that it is ~

scarcely distinguishable without examining the spores, which are

very different. Its affinities are however clearly with B. flavidus

and its allies, from which it is distinguished by its large radiating

pores resembling multiseptate gills.

41. Boletus conicus, Rav. MSS. Pileo subconico flavo-floc-

culento; carne alba immutabili; stipite glabro sursum atte-

nuato; hymenio incarnato; poris minoribus. Curt. no. 2929.

In damp pine woods, South Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Pileus 1-2 inches across, pulvinate, subconical, clothed with

fasciculate adpressed yellowish flocci. Flesh white, not changing

when cut, tasteless, Stem 2 inches high, } an inch thick, pale

yellow, smooth, attenuated upwards. Mycelium white. Hyme-

nium ventricose, flesh-coloured, at length darker from the spores ;

tubes small, subfimbriate, angular. Spores fusiform, subfer-

ruginous.

Allied to B. scaber, but differing in the fasciculato-floccose

pileus, smaller tubes, and smooth stem.

*Polyporus lepideus, Fr. Ep. p. 480; Curt. no. 3068. On

dead wood, New York, Dr. Sartwell.

The stem in the American specimens is sometimes reticulate

and sometimes even. The pileus is more tawny, but the whole

plant agrees in other respects with an authentic specimen of this

very rare species.

4.2. Polyporus (Mesopus) persicinus, n.s.. Stipite centrali obeso

pileo crasso maximo pulvinato centro depresso velutino fulvo-

brunneo quandoque purpurascenti confluenti; contextu aquoso-

species of North American Fungi. 431

spongioso zonato pallido lilacino; poris parvis albidis. Curt.

no. 2945; Ray. no. 1114. At the foot of trees in pine woods,

June, South Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Pileus 8-10 inches across, thick, pulvinate, depressed in the

centre, obsoletely zoned, clothed with coarse tawny-brown, fawn-

coloured, or sometimes brownish-purple velvety down, heavy and

watery when fresh, light and spongy when dry. Margin lobed

or waved, very obtuse. Substance zoned, the zones sometimes

dark like the pileus, whitish tinged with lilac. Stem short,

coarse, obese, conical, confluent with the pileus, nearly 3 inches

thick above. Pores small, dirty white, decurrent, dissepiments

thin.

Allied to P. tabuleformis, Schweinitzii, &c., but at once distin-

guished by its whitish pores and substance. The surface of the

pileus is somewhat like that of P. resinosus. The name alludes

to the swelling coarsely velvety margin, and the pale peach-

blossom hue of the substance when dry.

43. Polyporus (Mesopus) jflavo-virens, Berk. & Rav. MSS.

Pileo irregulari lobato subreniformi sordide flavo zonis flavo-

virentibus primum notato; contextu albo ; stipite centrali latera-

lique ; hymenio ex albo flavo-virente ; poris mediis decurrentibus.

Ray. no. 1490. In woods, Sept., upper part of South Carolina,

H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Pileus 3-5 inches across, irregular, more or less distorted, re-

niform or suborbicular, subtomentose, dirty yellow, with obscure

concentric bands of greenish yellow which disappear in age;

edge thin, acute; substance white. Stem 1-1} inch high, 1-1

inch thick, coloured like the pileus, solid, central or lateral. Hy-

menium whitish when young, in-age greenish-yellow, strongly

decurrent; pores middle-sized, angular, irregular, in age lacerated,

passing downwards almost to the base of the stem.

This species must be placed near Pol. rufescens, but we can

point out no closely allied species. It resembles in some re-

spects Pol. cristatus. The substance, when dry, tears into fibres,

but is rather tough. It is a very remarkable species.

44. Polyporus (Mesopus) dependens, n.s. Totus cinnamomeus ;

pileo cyathiformi vertice in stipitem gracilem cylindricum elon-

gato striato-sericeo subzonato; poris parvis angulatis. Curt.

no. 83691. On the under side of pine wood lying on the ground,

South Carolina.

Pileus 5 to $ of an inch across, cyathiform or turbinate, with

the vertex elongated into a slender cylindrical stem 4 of an inch

high and 1 line thick, often attached by an orbicular spongy

disk, tawny cinnamon, as is the whole plant, sericeo-striate,

tomentose, somewhat zoned. Pores small, ;4,th of an inch

across, angular, edge slightly toothed.

432 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Rev. M. A. Curtis on new

This perhaps would more properly be placed in Resupinati,

but the stem is very distinct, so as to make the species at first

sight resemble some central-stemmed Thelephora, especially when

the pile are proliferous, as is sometimes the case. We know of

no species of which it can be a transformation, and it is well

worthy of notice. The surface of the pileus resembles that of

P. radiatus.

* Polyporus Boucheanus, Fr. ip. p. 438, var. peponinus. Pileo

orbiculari depresso azono glaberrimo ; stipite brevi candido le-

proso; poris amplis angulatis elongatis; dissepimentis rigidis

acie irregulari. Curt. no. 2482. On fallen branches, South

Carolina.

Pileus 14 inch across, orbicular, depressed, perfectly smooth,

shining. Stem short, central, clothed with white leprous meal ;

occasionally lateral, in which case the pileus is somewhat elon-

gated. Pores about sth of an inch wide, above a line long,

angular, decurrent ; dissepiments rigid, their edge irregular.

Differs from the normal form of Pol. Boucheanus, as it occurs

in Ohio, in its smooth pileus. Fries speaks of the thin dissepi-

ments, but Klotzsch does not describe them as peculiarly thin.

In the Ohio and Carolina species, though not thick, they are very

rigid when dry.

45. Polyporus (Pleuropus) amygdalinus, Berk. & Rav. MSS.

Pileo flabelliformi carnoso sordide luteo maculato odorato ; stipite

obsoleto; poris parvis sinuosis irregularibus. Rav. no. 1153.

On the sides of rotten oak logs, Newhope, South Carolina, H.

W. Ravenel, Esq.

Subimbricated. Pileus 2-4 inches across, flabelliform, convex,

carnose, dingy yellow with irregular darker patches ; odour strong,

like that of vanilla or almonds. Stem obsolete. Hymenium

white, pores small, ,1,th of an inch across, sinuous, irregular, dis-

sepiments thin, edge toothed.

Resembling some form of P. squamosus, but at once distin-

guished by its small pores.

46. Polyporus dealbatus, n. s. Pileo suberoso reniformi con-

tracto pallido zonato. sericeo-striato farmaceo ; contextu albo

demum friabili; margine acuto; stipite definite laterali irregu-

lari flexuoso rugoso hic illic pallide lateritio ; poris minimis pal-

lidis. Curt. no. 1524, 1949; Rav. no. 836. On the ground.

South Carolina.

Pileus about 1 inch across, reniform, convex, faintly zoned in

the centre, more strongly towards the margin, slightly rugose,

of a very pale rufous or brown tinge, sericeo-striate, mealy

as if washed over with a whitewash which gives the whole a

dull appearance; margin acute, in larger specimens much con-

tracted; substance white, powdery when scraped. Stem nearly

species of North American Fungi. 433

3 inches high, } inch thick, distinctly lateral, irregular, flexuous,

here and there of a very pale brick-red, mealy like the pileus, in-

crassated at the base. Hymenium, at least when dry, white or

pale rufous ; pores extremely minute.

This has the habit of P. auriscalpium, P., but is a totally dif-

ferent species and certainly undescribed. Its very minute pale

pores, its friable substance like that of P. officinalis, and other

points will readily distinguish it. The whitewashed appearance

is not assumed at first. Young individuals are simply sericeo-

striate. It may be stated here that P. xalapensis, Berk., is

P. proli , Fr., and P. Caroliniensis, Berk. & Curt., P. di-

formis, Fr.

47. Polyporus (Pleuropus) mutabilis, n.s.* Pileo coriaceo

rigido flabelliformi zonato luteo-albo, primum subtiliter sericeo

striato tomentoso demum glabrescente crebrizonato deorsum in

stipitem definite lateralem varie longitudinis angustato; poris

minimis albidis. Curt. no. 2256, 2858, 2859, 2943. On decayed

logs, Aug., South Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Pileus yellowish white, coriaceous, tough and rigid, flabelliform

or spathulate, 2} inches broad and long, but varying greatly in

form and size, sometimes much elongated, at first minutely

tomentose and marked with raised silky lines, at length be-

coming smooth, concentrically zoned, the zones often depressed ;

narrowed behind into a stem varying from a few lines to 3 inches,

and about ird of an inch thick ; margin very thin, lobed. Hyme-

nium whitish, pores very minute, punctiform, except where they

are lacerated or confluent.

A very curious species nearly allied to P. dealbatus, but dif-

fering in many essential characters. Both occur in Cayenne,

unless the specimens transmitted by Dr. Montagne have been

misinterpreted. It should be remembered that im those cases

where the stem is most elongated, it penetrates mto the soft

* Polyporus cervino-nitens, Schwem.! MSS. Pileo flabelliformi tenui

radiato-rugoso plicatove ligneo-coriaceo sublobato cervino-fulvo zonis cre-

bris obscurioribus sericeo-striato, hymenio contextuque subconcoloribus

dilutioribus, poris minimis. Surmam. Herb. Schweinitz.

Pileus flabelliform, 2 inches high, above 2 inches broad, thin, of a hard

coriaceous substance, slightly lobed, attenuated behind into an obscure

stem, radiato-rugose or plicate, sericeo-striate, of a bright tawny fawn-colovr

approaching to brick-red, with narrow darker zones, margin very thin.

Su ce and the bordered hymenium paler, pores punctiform, very

minute.

A very beautiful species, confounded in our paper in the Journal of the

Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, N.S. vol. ii. p. 278, with P.

modestus, Kze, which is however very near to P. affnis, if the specimen in

bak ty Exsiccata is rightly named.

nn. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 30

434 On new species of North American Fungi.

wood, so that only about an inch can properly be called stem.

Some specimens approach very near to P. luteus, but the pores

in that species are still smaller, in addition to other differences.

48. Polyporus (Merisma) Berkeleii, Fr.“ Latissimus, pileo

suberoso tenui utrinque applanato longitudinaliter rugoso [sub-

tiliter tomentoso| alutaceo, margine acuto undulato lobato, con-

textu porisque tenellis mollibus inzequalibus pallidioribus.” Fr.

Nov. Symb. p. 40. Curt. no. 547. Upper Carolina.

Yellowish white. Pilei imbricated, nearly a foot long, and

more in breadth, thin in proportion to the length, marked with

irregular zones and numerous radiating ridges and lines, tomen-

tose, but not uniformly; margin thin, acute, lobed and waved.

Substance 3 an inch or more thick, contracting greatly in dry-

ing. Pores middle-sized or large from confluence, irregular,

angular, sinuated, dissepiments thin.

Nearly allied to P. lobatus. Substance not friable as in P.

sulphureus when dry, to some specimens of which it bears a certain

resemblance, but tough and corky.

49. Polyporus (Merisma) trichrous,n.s. Czespitoso-multiplex,

succoso-caseosus, subtiliter tomentosus hic illic velutinus umbrino

pallescens zonatim obscurior; contextu corneo ; hymenio can-

dido, poris minutis subzequalibus angulatis, dissepimentis integris

denticulatisque. Curt. no. 2944. P. tricolor, Rav. no. 973. On

old logs, Apr., May, South Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Pileus many inches broad, stemless, various, mostly dimidiate,

with more or less intricate lobes, undulated, rugose, or nearly

even, umber-brown, at length paler with darker bands, but not

truly zoned, finely tomentose, in parts velvety ; margin inflected

or straight. Substance salmon-coloured, becoming white when

dry, soft but very tough. Hymenium white, very slightly tinged

here and there with yellow. Pores minute, ;4,th of an inch

across, moderately long, mostly equal, angular; dissepiments

thin; edge entire or variously toothed. Smell pleasant ; taste ~

scarcely any.

This species has very much the appearance of P. sulphureus,

differing principally in its umber-brown pileus, salmon-coloured

substance, and white tubes. The substance is tough, and not

friable. It seems just intermediate between P. sulphureus and

P. in:bricatus. We have been unable to retain Mr. Ravenel’s

name, as it is preoccupied by Léveillé.

50. Polyporus (Anodermee) Halesia, n.s. Pileo effuso reflexo

pallido zonato, zonis obscurioribus; tomento postice subspon-

gioso antice lineatim subfasciculato vestito ; poris minutis cinereo-

cervinis. Curt. no. 2027, 2028. On branches of Halesia tetra-

ptera, Upper Georgia.

On. the transverse processes of Hyperoodon bidens. 435

»» Pileus effused, broadly reflected, pale fawn-coloured, with one

-or two darker zones, clothed with rather spongy down behind,

but in front radiato-striate ; margin undulated, very thin. Hy-

menium fawn-coloured, inclining to cinereous. Pores minute,

angular; dissepiments thin.

A resupinate form occurs with the margin slightly reflected,

and the pores darker and smaller.

Allied to Pol. crispus, but very distinct.

XLII.—Note on the Transverse Processes of the Two-toothed

Dolphin (Hyperoodon bidens). By Prof. Owen, F.R.S. &c.

Two kinds of ‘ transverse processes’ are recognized in vertebrate

skeletons answering to the parts defined by Soemmerring, in the

human cervical vertebre, as the ‘radix prior, seu antica, e cor-

pore, processus transversi,’ and the ‘ radix postica, ex arcu, pro-

cessus transversi’: the so-called ‘processus transversus’ being

now known to consist of a rudimental rib (pleurapophysis) con-

fluent with the process from the body and the process from

the arch. Such processes are more developed and better defined

in the lower animals, where, instead of being ‘anterior’ and

‘posterior,’ they are ‘inferior’ and ‘ superior’ transverse pro-

cesses. I have proposed the single-worded term ‘ parapophysis ’

for the ‘inferior transverse process’ or ‘radix antica,’ &c., and

‘ diapophysis’ for the ‘superior transverse process’ or ‘radix

postica,’ &e.

The transverse processes in fishes are, as John Miiller and

others have shown, ‘ parapophyses’ ; those of Mammalia, where

they occur as a single pair, are ‘ diapophyses.’_ The Hyperoodon,

however, shows a structure which leads to the conclusion that

the transverse processes of the vertebre with one pair of such are

* parapophyses,’ as in fishes.

In the first to the sixth pairs of thoracic ribs the head of the

rib articulates with the interspace of the vertebral bodies (cen-

trums) and to contiguous parapophysial tubercles ; the tubercle

of the rib articulates with a diapophysis from the base of the

neural arch: in the seventh dorsal vertebra a well-marked par-

apophysis is developed from the centrum, for articulation with

the head of the rib, the tubercle still articulating with the dia-

pophysis above. In the eighth dorsal vertebra the diapophysis

abruptly ceases to be developed ; the tubercle of the rib, which

was reduced in the seventh pair, also disappears; and the

eighth rib articulates, like the ninth, by the head only to a

progressively elongating parapophysis : the long transverse pre-

436 Prof. J. Buckman on Libellula Brodiei.

cesses from the succeeding lumbar and caudal vertebre are

plainly continuations of the parapophysial series.

This repetition of a piscine structure, although an exceptional

one in the fish-like mammalia, has appeared to me to be so in-

teresting a fact, as to be worth recording. I am not aware, at

least, that it has been previously noticed.

XLII. — Remarks on Libellula Brodiei (Buckman), a Fossil

Insect from the Upper Lias of Dumbleton, Gloucestershire. By

Professor Buckman, F.G.S., F.L.S.

As our associate, the Rev. P. B. Brodie, is leaving this district,

I have much pleasure in calling the attention of the Members

of the Cotteswold Club to the interesting discoveries of fossil

insects from the Lias, which he has principally made within the

limits of our more immediate operations, namely in the county

of Gloucester; and this I think right to do now with the more

immediate object of settling a question of nomenclature, and in

order that our ‘Proceedings’ may perpetuate his name as attached

to one of the most beautiful and perfect specimens he has yet dis-

covered, to whom the following remarks will show that it was

originally dedicated. In order to render this the more clear,

it will be necessary to state that while Mr. Brodie was prosecu-

ting his inquiries in the Lower Lias, in a band of which, termed

by him the ‘Insect Limestone,’ he succeeded in exhuming re-

mains of almost every class of Insecta, I had the pleasure of

finding among others a fine wing of Libellula in a thin band of

limestone in the Upper Lias: this discovery was announced to

the Geological Society in a short paper “ On the occurrence of

Remains of Insects in the Upper Lias of the county of Glou-

cester ;” and in vol. iv. part 1. page 211 of the ‘ Proceedings’ of

the Geological Society will be found the following remarks :—

“ The remains of insects comprise one species of Libellula, which,

from. the reticulations of the fine wing, seems to belong to the

genus Aishna, and has been named by Mr. Buckman Aéshna

Brodie in honour of Mr. Brodie.”

Between this (June 21, 1843) and the publication of the

2nd edition of the ‘ Outlines of the Geology of the neighbour-

hood of Cheltenham,’ in 1845, I had the pleasure of discovering

another fine wing, and this and the previous one were first

figured in that work, tab. 8. figs. 1 & 2, with the following de-

scription :—

“ Fig. 1. Posterior wing of Alshna Brodiet.

“ Fig, 2, Anterior wing of ditto.”

showing that I had arrived at the conclusion, that these two

wings should both be referred to the same species.

Prof. J. Buckman on Libellula Brodiei. 437

However, later in the same year, Mr. Brodie published his

highly valuable ‘ History of the Insects of the Secondary Rocks,’

in which work (pl. 8. figs. 1 & 2) the same wings are beautifully

figured by Mr. Westwood, with the following explanatory re-

marks :—

*“ Plate 8. fig. 1. A remarkably fine wing of Lidellula.

* Plate 1. fig. 2. An equally fine wing of an Agrion.”

These at p. 101-2 of the same work are named—

“Fig. 1. Libellula Brodiei.

“Fig. 2. Agrion Buckmanni.”

So that here we see that not only were these specimens doubted

as belonging to the same species, but are positively assigned to

distinct genera.

However, in 1848, Mr. Brodie’s labours were rewarded by

finding a most perfect Libellula in the same bed, with the four

wings attached to the nearly perfect body. This unique speci-

men will be found figured in the ‘ Quarterly Journal of the Geo-

logical Society,’ vol. v. pl. 2, and an examination of the fossil

shows that the anterior wing is identical with that referred to

Agrion Buckmanni, and the posterior to that of Libellula Brodiet ;

and at page 35 of the ‘ Journal’ for 1848 is the following state-

ment :—“ According to Mr. Westwood, the wing figured in my

work on ‘ Fossil Insects,’ p. 8. f. 2, is not an Agrion as there sup-

posed, but belongs to the same species as the one above described”

(44shna Brodiei, Buckman) ; and further, “ Mr. Westwood con-

siders that it will be better to adopt Libellula as the generic title,

while the peculiar veining of the wings will form the ground for

a provisional subgeneric one, which he names Heterophlebia ;

hence I propose provisionally to name it Libellula (Heterophlebia)

dislocata, Brodie*.”

Now it is quite clear that according to proper custom the

specific name should not have been altered, so that, as the two

specimens cited were after all found to resolve themselves as I

supposed into one specific form, however my generic name

might have been changed—for which I can see but little reason—

yet the specific one should have remained intact. This beau-

tiful specimen therefore should be designated as Libellula Bro-

diet (Buckman), as it was originally dedicated to the author of

‘ Fossil Insects’ when even a single wing was one of the best

insect specimens that had been obtained, and he is not the less

worthy of having his name preserved for the perfect example.

These remarks are made not only with the hope of correcting

* Brodie in Journal of Geol. Soe. vol. v. p. 35.

438 Dr. Griffith on Gallionella ferruginea.

what I have deemed an error, but they may be useful as showing

us how cautious we should be in founding genera from frag-

ments: this is a most prolific cause of synonyms, with which no

science is so overloaded as geology.

Cirencester, Sept. 1853.

XLIV.— On Gallionella ferruginea (Ehrenb.).

By J. W. Grirrira, M.D., F.L.S.

In the water of bogs and pools, especially those containing much

iron in solution, there are occasionally found microscopic organ-

isms, myriads of which are aggregated around the living or dead

stems of plants contained in the water, and forming around

them reddish or yellowish brown flakes or filmy masses. The

general appearance of these organisms has been well described

by Ehrenberg in his great work on the Infusoria*, by whom they

were placed in the genus Gallionella, with the specific name fer-

ruginea. Mr. Ralfs places them among the Diatomacee, in the

genus Melosira, with the specific name ochraceat. As the wri-

tings of these authors are in every one’s hands, we shall pass

them over. The latest writer, Kiitzing, gives the following

generic and specific characters :—

* Gleotila, Kiitzing.—Trichomata eramosa viridia mucosa, ex cel-

lulis monogonimicis composita.—( Paludosee, inundatee.) Gl. fer-

ruginea, Kg. Phyc. Germ. p. 191.—G. ochracea, trichomatibus

brevissimis moniliformibus, articulis ovato-globosis. Diam. g_5,/".

—Gallionella ferruginea, Ehrenb. Infus. t. 10. f. 7,—Melosira mi-

nutula, Brébiss. Falais. p. 42. pl. 5.—In fontibus martialibus (v.v.).

—Cf. Kg. Bacillar. p. 56, Gallionella ferruginea.”

Neither of these observers has detected their true structure ;

nor is this to be wondered at, for the filaments are exceedingly

minute (varying from the 5 to zt, inch in breadth, but gene-

rally from 5m to sam), and it requires no ordinary management

of the microscope to render it distinct. Each filament consists

of two interlacing fibres, forming flattened compound spirals.

The fibres are coloured by peroxide of iron ; but they contain no

silex, or at least not more than a mere trace, such as is natu-

rally invariably associated with the peroxide. Ifthe filaments be

macerated for some time in distilled water, the fibres will sepa-

rate; but they may be clearly distinguished in the compound

filaments with the aid of a good object-glass of high power

(400 to 500 diameters) ; in fact they form an admirable test-

* See Pritchard’s History of Infusorial Animalcules, 1852.

+ Ann. Nat. Hist. (1843) vol. xii. p. 351, *

Bibliographical Notices. 439

object for the general excellence of an object-glass ; also of the

observer’s management of the microscope, for the correction

must be accurately adjusted, and the filaments must lie flat upon

the slide, otherwise the true structure cannot be made out. I

shall detail some further particulars in regard to this beautiful

and interesting object, in my forthcoming work “ On the Micro-

scope as a means of investigation.”

| ( i E

) 1. Didymoheliz ferruginea, magnified 220 diameters.

2. The filaments seen when lying sideways, or the adjustment and cor-

rection not perfect : 700 diameters. ;

3. The filaments lying flat (800 diameters), and the uncoiled fibres quite

distinct.

4. The filaments separated by maceration.

This organism differs in structure from all others known, and

cannot be retained in Kiitzing’s genus Gleotila. We therefore

propose the name Didymoheliz, to designate the genus in which

it must be placed.

9 St. John’s Square.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

The Botany of the Eastern Borders, with the popular names and

uses of the Plants, and of the customs and beliefs which have been

associated with them. By G. Jounston, M.D. &c. 8vo. London,

1853.

We have allowed too long a time to pass since the publication of this

very nice book without directing attention to it. Although it is

ealled Vol. I. of a work entitled ‘* The Natural History of the Eastern

Borders,” it is complete in itself as a Flora of that district, and is

provided with a separate title-page accordingly. It will be remem-

bered that some years.since Dr. Johnston published an account of

the plants of that part of England and Scotland, under the title of

“A Flora of Berwick-upon-Tweed,” and, as he has continued since

that time to add to the amount of his knowledge of the native vege-

tation of his neighbourhood, the present Flora is the result of very

long and extended research. But the book is far from being merely

a catalogue of plants, for in addition to a full statement of the loca-

440 Bibliographical Notices,

lities inhabited by the species, and the circumstances under which

they inhabit them, the author has introduced innumerable notes con-

cerning the topography, antiquities, history, scenic beauty, and folk-

lore of many of the spots mentioned, and interesting biographical

sketches of persons connected with the district. We know of no

work at all approaching this, in the skill with which a dry botanical

catalogue has been converted into a book of high interest even to the

non-botanical reader.

The volume commences with a general account of the district,

describing its limits, soil, water, climate, coast, mountains and hills,

valleys and their rivers. Then follows the Flora, which is made the

vehicle for conveying most of the information upon folk-lore, &c., to

which we have referred. Then, an interesting tract on “Our Wild-

flowers in their relation to our pastoral life” is introduced; and the

book concludes with ‘The Fossil Flora of the Mountain Limestone

formation of the Eastern Borders in connexion with the Natural

History of Coal,”’ by G. Tate, F.G.S.

There are twelve plates, bearing representations of botanical sub-

jects chiefly, and we are sorry to have to add, that they are several

of them far from being such as we could haye desired. The repre-

sentations of the Hieracia do not convey to us much idea of the

plants intended. In some few cases also the language employed is

scarcely so accurate as we expected from a learned and accomplished

person. The tendency to the use of hard words is, however, far less

manifest than it was in some of the author’s former works. We must

be allowed to repeat a wish that has been frequently expressed in

these Annals, that writers upon Natural History would take care not

only not to go out of their way to use the crabbed terms employed

by some German scientific men, but would in all cases endeavour to

convey their meaning in simple language whenever it can be done

without detriment to science.

In looking over this Flora we have marked a few points which seem

to deserve notice. The nomenclature is that employed by Sir J. E.

Smith, but “when they differ, the names used in Mr. Babington’s

Manual and in the British Flora, as edited by Professor Arnott, are

also given.’’? We doubt that good judgement is shown therein ; for,

that that nomenclature is often erroneous appears to be proved by the

concurrence of the authors of our two above-named modern Floras in

its disuse in many cases. We do not: blame Dr. Johnston for not

adopting the changes made by either one of the writers of these

books, but do think that when they concur, and especially when

that concurrence is in accordance with the views of the best modern

writers on the Flora of Europe, he should have made his nomen-

clature correspond with theirs.

Ranunculus aquatilis a. ‘ heterophyllus, with none of the leaves

hair-like.” If so, why call it heterophyllus? For it is certainly

not the plant so named by other botanists, in which the lower leaves

are what Dr. Johnston calls “ hair-like,’”’ and the upper ones flat.

The truth is, that he has attempted to include many different plants

under the one name of 2. aquatilis, and has therefore rendered it im-

Bibliographical Notices. 441

possible to learn from his book what are really the species that inhabit

the border country.

Rubus. Under this heading some very interesting and valuable

remarks upon the so-called species of that intricate genus are given.

The following is the list of species found in the district:—

R. idzeus, R. carpinifolius,

R. plicatus, R. leucostachys,

R. nitidus, R. rudis,

R. corylifolius, R. radula,

R. macrophyllus, R. Keehleri,

R. cordifolius, R. czesius.

R. mucronatus,

These plants are more or less fully described, and the remarks

upon them will doubtless greatly assist the student.

R. corylifolius is stated to be “ apparently different” from that of

Mr. Babington. We think that it accords with the var. purpureus

of that botanist.

R. cordifolius. This is distmguished from R. rhamnifolius, but we

have neither time nor space to enter into a discussion of the correct-

ness of that opinion here.

Ribes rubrum. Dr. Johnston considers that the Gooseberry and

Red Currant are indigenous in England, and refers to the late Dr.

Bromfield’s elaborate remarks on the subject (Phytol. iti. 377) as

conclusively supporting their claims. Our author thinks that many

plants which are looked upon as doubtful natives, owing to their

yery local distribution, or their presence now solely in hedgerows or

thickets, are aboriginal inhabitants of our country, having once been

much more plentiful, but become confined to the few wild spots or

artificial localities which they now inhabit by the destruction of the

primeval woods. We agree with him in believing that we may carry

our scepticism much too far in this matter; and that many of our

hedge-plants which have recently been stigmatized as “aliens” are

more truly native than several of those which are universally recog-

nized as such. However wise it may be to be cautious in admitting

the indigenous character of newly-observed plants or of those inha-

biting arable land—and wise it certainly is—we should be especially

cautious not to allow our doubts to carry us too far. We would

direct attention to Dr. Johnston’s remarks on this subject (pages 53,

84, 139).

Hieracium. A rather full account is given of the species belonging

to this ill-understood genus which occur in the district. It does not

seem to us to be of nearly so much value as the remarks upon the

Rubi, but will require to be carefully studied by those who are en-

deavouring to determine the value of the numerous forms presented

to our notice by the British Hawkweeds.

At the end of the list of Composite we are favoured with a ve

curious discussion of the question, “‘ What is the Scotch Thistle?”

The answer given by Dr. Johnston is that “the evidence seems

greatly to strengthen our belief that Carduus Marianus was the chosen

emblem of the national pride and character.”

442 Bibliographical Notices.

In conclusion, we beg leave most cordially to recommend this book

to all of our readers, assuring them that, even if very slightly, or not

at all acquainted with botany, they will find much to amuse, interest

and instruct them.

The Handbook of British Ferns, comprising scientific and popular

Descriptions with Engravings of all the Indigenous Species and

Varieties, with Instructions for their Cultivation. By 'T. Moors,

F.L.S. &c. Second edition. London, 1853.

This new edition of Mr. Moore’s nice little Handbook is one-half

larger than its predecessor, and in many other respects much im-

roved. The introductory remarks upon the structure of Ferns have

te very much extended, and a clear statement of the views of

Suminski and others on the obscure subject of their reproduction is

included amongst them. Then follows an account of the geogra-

phical distribution of our native species ; directions for their culture;

and their classification. In the latter no material change is made

from the mode of arrangement that is now most generally adopted,

but an account is given of the recent schemes of Mr. J. Smith of Kew,

and Mr. Newman, and reasons pointed out which militate against

their acceptance. In not adopting’the views of those distinguished

students of, and writers concerning, Ferns, we think that Mr. Moore

has done wisely. It seems to us that the new arrangement derived

from the mode in which the fronds are developed from the caudex,

and their articulation to it, would lead to the separation of groups far

more natural than those which it would form.

With the chapter headed Classification the introductory part of

this book may be said to conclude ; the remainder of it being occupied

by a detailed account of the several genera and species ; this part of

the work is a very great improvement upon the corresponding part

of the former edition.

The Polypodium alpestre is placed in that genus, as we think cor-

rectly, and we concur with the author in not being as yet convinced

that the Pseudathyrium flexile of Newman is distinct from it. We

believe that our friend Mr. Backhouse does consider that they are

different species, and as he has had the opportunity of studying the

two plants in their native wilds, and his opinion would otherwise have

had considerable weight with us, we think it right to suspend our

judgement on the matter, which will doubtless be fully discussed in

Mr. Newman’s long-delayed new edition of the History of British

Ferns.

A very nice figure of the Gymnogramma leptophylla is added to

this edition. Wemay hope that now that it has been determined to be

certainly a native of Jersey, it will soon be detected in Cornwall or the

warm southern part of Devonshire. The botanists of those districts

will do well to search carefully for it in spring upon moist banks

having a southern aspect.

Mr. Moore has joined the Lastrea spinulosa to the L. cristata,

considering that Mr. Newman’s L. uliginosa connects them. Doubt-

less there is much difficulty in determining the true place of DL.

Bibliographical Notices. 443

uliginosa, the fertile fronds of which do certainly very closely resemble

those of L. spinulosa, but we do not think that there is, at present,

‘sufficient evidence to show that it is really a connecting link between

From the plants that have been usually combined under the

name of Athyrium filir-feemina, the variety convecum of Newman is

separated, and stands as a species under the name of 4. rheticum,

Roth. We are inclined to admit this “split,” on account of the

constant dissimilarity of the plants. The 4. rheticum can hardly be

confounded with any of the forms of the variable 4. filix-feemina.

We are not satisfied that the correct name has been adopted for it,

because there remain some doubts as to what plant was intended by

Linnzeus under the name of Polypodium rheticum.

- With these remarks we conclude, only adding that we can cordially

recommend Mr. Moore’s book.

Beitriige zur Mycologie. Yon G. Fresenius, M.D. Frankfurt A. M.

1850, 1852. Hefte 1, 2. 4to, pp. 38. pl. 4, & pp. 80. pl. 5.

It hasbeen objected against the German botanists of the presentday,

and not without good reason, that they work too frequently in almost

utter ignorance of what is done by French and English botanists as

regards the very subjects on which they are occupied. If this applies

with any degree of justice to those who are engaged in the study of

Pheenogamous plants, much more so is the charge applicable to their

Cryptogamists. Species which are in the hands of every one, and

which have been long since described, are daily brought forward as

new, and this frequently even where German authors have already

published their observations. One lichenologist, for instance, coolly

states his ignorance of the works of Hedwig and Dillenius, while others

professedly have never consulted the large collections of Corda, and

even in publications like Sturm’s Deutschlands Flora, a work which

bears a high character for general correctness, many species appear

under new names which have long since been published, while repre-

sentations of things entirely different are given for common species,

such as Peziza aurantia.

Meanwhile it is most unfortunate as regards Mycology, that the

copious collection of Rabenhorst, though containing many subjects

of first-rate interest, is so little to be trusted in respect of nomen-

clature. Some very gross errors have been pointed out by the editor

himself, who seems to depend very greatly upon others, not only for

specimens, but for names, and we could ourselves furnish a list of

some length. We believe that Klotzsch has had little or nothing to

do with the work, since the completion of the second number.

If however a very glaring instance is wanted in confirmation of our

remarks, we need but refer our readers to the work of Bonorden on

Mycology, which, though containing some good figures amidst a good

deal of trash, is full from one end to the other of the grossest blun-

ders, not only as regards synonyms and nomenclature, but even in

points of affinity, where the merest tyro might have come to a true

judgement. It is therefore with some pleasure that we are able to

444 Bibliographical Notices.

refer to the work whose title is placed at the head of this notice, as

containing matter of a sterling character, and which gives promise of

much that is sound and genuine. With all his faults, Corda has

done a great deal for Mycology, and we should gladly see some one

treading in the same footsteps as regards copiousness of illustration,

for which a land singularly fertile in mycological productions is most

favourable, but avoiding his looseness of synonyms and perplexity as

regards everything like system and affinity. There was perhaps some

little room for dissatisfaction in the first fasciculus of our author, but

if there were just ground for this, we can speak with almost unmixed

praise of the second part, which leaves but little to desire, either in

point of illustration, or correct appreciation of the requisites of such

a publication. As regards the illustrations, we can speak most fa-

vourably of their truth and correctness, while every possible pains

have been taken to identify the new species with those which have

been already published, both in this country and on the continent.

We have noticed but one clear case of double emploi in the second

fasciculus, viz. that of Myzocyclus confluens, Riess, which is cer-

tainly identical with Hendersonia polycystis, Berk. & Br., in Annals

of Nat. Hist. vol. v. p. 374, where the gelatinous envelope is even more

perfectly described than by Fresenius. That this envelope is not of

generic importance is proved by numberless instances in the sporidia

of Spheria and other genera. We would observe also, that it is im-

possible to establish genera in Spheriace simply by the structure of

the sporidia, otherwise species of undoubtedly close affinity will be

very widely separated. We suspect that a comparison of specimens

would be destructive to one or two more supposed new species, but

without absolute inspection we are unwilling to throw out doubts

which might prove groundless.

In the first fasciculus, if we mistake not, Arthrobotrys oligospora is

nothing more than T'richothecium roseum correctly observed, Septo-

sporium nitens is clearly Macrosporium sarcinula, Berk. Ann. of Nat.

Hist. i. p. 261, and Nemaspora persicina is Cytispora orbicularis,

l.c, p. 207, which more properly belongs to the genus Glaosporium.

Mistakes however are inevitable in so difficult a subject, even with

the best materials and with access to the most perfect libraries, and

there is so much really valuable in the work of Dr. Fresenius that it

can well afford to have a few errors pointed out.

A Monograph of the Subclass Cirripedia, with figures of all the spe-

cies. The Lepadidee or Pedunculated Cirripedes. By CHar.Les

Darwin, F.R.S., F.G.S.*

It is not without some shame that we confess, that we, who ought

to be the heralds and indicators of all good work done in Natural

History, should have allowed ourselves to be anticipated in justly ap-

preciating the very high merits of Mr. Darwin’s Monograph by a

body, which we may venture to say, with all respect, is not usually

complained of for the too great rapidity of its operations—the Royal

* Ray Society, 1851 (published end of 1852).

Bibliographical Notices. 445

Society. Exercising what we cannot but think a most wise discretion,

the Council of that learned body has conferred upon Mr. Darwin one

of the Royal Medals for the present year: and in paying due honour

to abilities so various and so solid as those which have enabled their

r to produce the most charming book of scientific travels since

Humboldt’s personal narrative, and who now, turning from the beau-

ties of the great works of nature, has employed the same patient, con-

scientious labour, in the same comprehensive and philosophical spirit

with equal success, upon some of the least attractive and most difficult

of her more obscure, though to a right vision, not less wonderful or

beautiful creations, they may, we venture to say, claim their own share

of honour from the public.

Nor, while we are expressing approbation, should the Ray Society

go without its meed. The British public in matters scientific is not

unlike the Indians of the Orinooko, who care not much whether they

dine on dirt or deer ; the great point, say they, is to fill the stomach.

So we have heard grumblings from the members of the ‘ Ray’ that

they do not get books enough or often enough. We would advise

them to utter no more such murmurs, or worse things may befall them.

In nine years their Council has published the three best Monographs

in Europe in their respective departments, viz. that of Prof. Forbes

on the Naked-eyed Medusee, that of Messrs. Alder and Hancock on

the Nudibranchiate Mollusca, and that under notice on the Cirri-

pedia. A fourth most excellent original work has been furnished by

Dr. Baird, and a very good, though in the matter of plates very

defective, treatise by Mr. Leighton. Of the multitudinous reports

and translations we need say nothing.

We ve now proceed to indicate the principal points of novel in-

terest in the pages of Mr. Darwin’s admirable work.

In the first place he furnishes us with what is essential to all exact

study of a class of animals, a definite and scientific nomenclature of

the parts of all its members. Passing from this to the Lepadide,

which are the special subject of the present volume, we find a careful

section devoted to their development. Here, the errors of the early

observers, who imagined that the larvee of the Lepadidee and Bala-

nidse differed, are explained by showing, what Burmeister first dis-

covered, that all these larve pass through two states, the earlier

haying a flat carapace prolonged into lateral horns, the later possess-

ing a cypriform bivalve carapace. Between these two states there

is a transition condition. In the first state the mouth appears to be

open, in the last it is closed, so that the creature now justly deserves

the title which Mr. Darwin has given it of ‘locomotive pupa.’

The locomotive pupa, besides the long antenne and the eyes, al-

ready known, has what Mr. Darwin considers to be auditory organs

placed at the anterior end of the sternal surface of the carapace.

Within the antenne Mr. Darwin has discovered ducts terminating

close to the suctorial discs, and proceeding from two glands in the

neighbourhood of the stomach. These play a most important part

in the future proceedings of the animal, and give origin to what the

author terms the cement-glands and ducts. When the final meta-

446 Bibliographical Notices.

morphosis of the larva takes place, a sort of process is developed from

the thorax (well compared by Mr. Darwin with that which supports

the antennze and eyes in Lucifer) bearing the antenne and eyes upon

its extremity, and not, as had been supposed, constituted by the union

of the former. It is this process which becomes the peduncle of the

future Lepas in the following manner. The larva fixes itself by the

suckers of its antenne, and then pours out from its cement-ducts a

quantity of chitinous cement, by which it becomes glued to the surface

of attachment. The compound eyes are exuviated (to be replaced by a

single deep-seated eye in the adult), but the antennze remain, and may

always be discovered even when the animal has attained its full deve- -

lopment. At the same time a still more important and remarkable

change goes on in the remainder of that glandular organ to which we

have referred as giving rise to the cement-gland. It sends out rami-+

fied processes, part of which remain in the body of the animal and

part occupy the peduncle, in which ova are developed ; so that, from

what was apparently one gland we have two formed, the cement-

gland, whose duct opens externally in the antennze, and the ovary,

which never developes a duct at all. Well may the author

say, that this is “perhaps the most curious point in the natural

history of the Cirripedia.’”” We do not think, however, that it is

quite so anomalous or without analogy in other divisions of the animal

kingdom as Mr. Darwin appears inclined to suppose ; for, putting aside

the egg-pouches of Cyclops and the well-known glands which secrete

an adhesive substance in the female Epizoa, and which are diverticula

of the common genital tract, we may refer to the genitalia and

Wolffian bodies of mammals as presenting very similar relations.

It is worth remark also, that in Argulus, Leydig (Siebold and

Kdlliker’s Zeitschrift, 1852) describes a cephalothoracice spine with

glands and ducts occupying a position not altogether dissimilar to

the cement-gland.

The respective import of the organs now recognised as generative

has been the subject of a great diversity of opinion, expressed by

Hunter, Cuvier, Burmeister, Wagner, St. Ange, Mayer, Steenstrup,

Goodsir, Leuckart, and Siebold. The truth appears first to have,

been made out by Wagner and St. Ange, and the exact structure of

the testes with their ducts, and of the ovaries, was carefully described

by Leuckart (Zur Morphologie und Anatomie der Geschlechtsor-

gane, 1847), whose account fully agrees in essentials with that of

Mr. Darwin. Like him he was unable to discover any external ovi-

ducal aperture. On the other hand, Wagner and Siebold (Vergleich.

Anat. p. 485) describe as an oviduct a canal extending “ from the

lower extremity of the valve of the shell downwards on the cor-

responding side of the foot (peduncle), and opening aboye by a

narrow cleft into the mantle cavity,” which is also described by

St. Ange.

Mr. Darwin has carefully sought for, but cannot find, this aper-

ture, and we may therefore conclude that it does not exist. He be-

lieves, on the other hand, that the ova are detached within the body,

enter the vascular sinuses, and by them are carried to the inner sur-

Bibliographical Notices. 447

face of the sac or mantle. Here each becomes invested by a sheath

formed by the chitinous epidermis of the sac. A new epiderm being

caged on the inner, or under, surface of the sheet of ova, they

are detached, adhering only by a small band,—the ‘ ovigerous

frenum.’ As there is no vagina, Mr. Darwin supposes that the ova

are fecundated as they pass out, but seems inclined to think that

an internal communication between the two sets of organs may also

exist. Such a mode of exit appears at first sight anomalous enough,

but is not without sufficient analogy. In the Salpe, for instanve,

the ova, which lie almost free in the blood-sinuses, only attached by

a delicate pedicle, are extruded without any oviduct by passing into a

diverticulum of the wall of the sinus which gradually closes behind

them; and there are Annelids in which exactly the same process

takes place.

“We should far exceed our limits if we were to advert to all the

matters of interest in this remarkable book. Those who wish to

learn many anatomical novelties—the nature of the nervous system,

of the olfactory and auditory organs, &c., must turn to the work

itself. We can here only advert to two points, which, like children,

we have reserved as bonnes bouches for the end.

In the first place, we could not have held up our head again in the

critical chair without finding an error; and here it is: ‘‘ Chitine is

confined to the Articulata;” though, as it is only contained in a

note at p. 30, and is by no means of importance to the general purport

of the work, the difficulties of our search may be conceived. Seriously,

however, we notice the mistake because it is one which is very gene-

rally admitted. The fact is, on the contrary, that Chitine exists in

the jaws and sepiostaire of Cephalopods ; in the lingual plate in these

and the Gasteropoda—the jaws of Helix—the shells of Cymbulia,

Aplysia and Bullea—the byssus of Lamellibranchs—the shell of

Tingula and the skeleton of Gorgonia,—besides being present in a

number of the annuloid forms of the Radiata (Leuckart, Wiegm.

Arch. 1852).

The other matter to which we would refer is Mr. Darwin’s dis-

covery—most important in a physiological point of view—of the

existence, in certain species of Ib/a and Scalpellum—true and com-

plete hermaphrodites, be it remembered—of what he aptly terms

* Complemental Males.’

Mr. Darwin appears to us to produce an overwhelming body of

evidence in favour of the conclusions at which he arrives, which are,

in a few words, these :—In certain species of these two genera the

erality of the larvee become Barnacles, to all appearance as com-

pletely provided with all the requisites for the continuation of the

ies as the other members of the genus, the testes and ovaria

being well-developed. A careful eye, however, might discover pits

on the scutum or folds upon its edge, of a peculiar character. The

fact is, these pits and folds are a sort of arm-chairs for the occupation

of a small male, developed from certain other ova, who at an early

period of me Fe takes possession of his seat, and attains no

further stage. Mouthless and stomachless, ‘ wholly supported by

448 Zoological Society.

his family,’ his sole function appears to. be, to develope and excrete

his spermatozoa, and then die out of the way to make room for a

successor in the marital rostrum.

In all physiology we know of no case parallel with this; and the

only light upon it at present appears to us to be afforded by the dis-

covery, also due to Mr. Darwin, that in other species of these genera a

complete separation of the sexes is to be met with. Are some of the

transitional species between the moncecious and dicecious forms a sort

of hermaphrodite ‘ free-martins’ in the male division, requiring ex~

traneous assistance ?

But we must conclude, and those of our readers who eiichaledah ;

that scientific zoology is a different matter from more or less effectu-

ally tanning and naming animal exuviee, will, we are sure, join Us in’

offering to Mr. Darwin—what even a Royal medal attains its on

true value by expressing symbolically—the hearty thanks th all i

fellow-workers.

Tati

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

July 22, 1851.—John Edward Gray, Esq., F.R.S. &c., Vice-

President, in the Chair.

ON SOME GENERA OF SHELLS, ESTABLISHED IN 1807 BY THE

LATE H. F. Linx. By Dr. HeErRMANNSEN, or Kien.

In several programs, hitherto not at all taken notice of by any

Conchologist, the renowned Botanist Link of Berlin, then Professor

of Natural History, Chemistry and Botany at Rostock, in the

course of the years 1806 to 1808, has published an account of the

Collections of the Rostock University. These little treatises seem. to

be very rare, nor do I remember ever to have found them mentioned,

before my ‘Index Generum Malacozoorum’ recorded them. Yet

they may claim priority in many instances, which I hope will be re-

deemed by simply noticing their contents. The German titles of

these octavo pamphlets are as follows :—

Beschreibung der Naturalien-Sammlung der Universitat zu Ros-

tock, von Dr. H. F. Link. Rostock. Gedruckt bei Adlers

Erben.

Erste Abtheilung; zum Weihnachtsfest, d. 25 Dec. 1806 (p. 1-48).

Zweite Abth.; zum Osterfest, d. 29 Marz 1807 (p. 49-98).

Dritte Abth.; zum Pfingstfest, d. 17 Mai 1807 (p. 99-165).

Vierte Abth.; zum Weihnachtsfest, d. 25 Dec. 1807 (p. 1-30).

Fiinfte Abth.; zum Osterfest, d. 7 April 1808 (p. 1-38).

Sechste Abth.; zum Pfingstfest, d. 5 Juni 1808 (p. 1-38).

Passing over those genera which are either superfluous because

formerly rightly published under other names, or unhappily con-

trived, I will hint at those that may deserve to be attended to.

Motuvusca. GasTEROPODA. SrPHONOBRANCHEA.

Lampripium, Link, 1807, /. ¢. iii. p. 112.

Spire little prominent ; aperture longitudinal, narrow ; inner lip

callous, with raised points; outer lip marginated ; base truncated ;

shell destitute of varices or spines.

Lambidium oniscus (Strombus), Linn.

This genus having been indicated in 1798, by Dr. Bolten, as Mo-

rum, but without definition, the botanical signification of that name

may have induced Link to select another, which, being correctly

founded, must be preferred to Oniscia of Mr. Sowerby; or at least,

if we should dissect the genus with Dr. Gray, into Oniscia, Sconsia,

and Morum, to the last.

Puauivm, Link, 1807, /. ¢. iii. p. 112.

Spire shorter than the last whorl; aperture longitudinal, wide ;

inner lip callous and smooth, or extended into a folded or granulated

lamina; outer lip marginated; shell often varicose; base strongly

recurved, notched ; inner columella not folded.

A. Lamina of the inner lip folded: Phalium glaucum (Buecinum),

Linn. &c.—B. Lamina of the inner lip granulated : Phalium erinaceum

(Buce.), Linn. &e.

This is Bezoardica, Schum., or Cassidea, Swains.

Casstpea, Link, 1807, l. c. iii. p. 111.

Spire little prominent ; aperture longitudinal, narrow; outer lip

marginated, like the inner one, with many folds ; shell spineless, often

varicose ; base strongly reflected, notched ; inner columella folded.

Cassidea rufa, tuberosa, cornuta, testiculus, flammea, pennata.

This has been proposed by Mr. Stutchbury as Cyprecassis, but

must at all events retain the name of Cassis, Browne, 1756.

Gateopea, Link, 1807, /. c. iii. p. 113.

Spire much shorter than the last tumid whorl ; inner lip extended

in shape of a smooth lamina; outer one slightly marginated ; base

rather elongated, reflected, not emarginate.

Galeodea echinophora (Bucc.), Linn.

Synonyms are Morio, Montf., and Cassidaria, Lamck., both of a

more recent date.

Tuats, Link, 1807, /. ¢. iii. p. 114.

[Thais of Bolten Mus. includes some Ricinule and Monoceros of

Lamarck, from which Link has depurated it. ]

Spire shorter than the last, ventricose whorl; aperture semicircular;

inner lip plane, obliquely cut off, callous, smooth ; outer lip scarcely

marginated ; shell without varices; base short.

Thais Persica (Bucc.), Linn.—patula, Linn. sp.—hemastoma

(Chemn. fig. 964, 965).—fucus, Gmel. sp.—minuta, Link.

This genus, which is synonymous with Microtoma, Swainson, I

should think advisable to be retained at least as a section of the

hitherto confused genus Purpura. P

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xii. 31

450 Zoological Society.

Mancinevua, Link,,1807, Ul. ¢. iti. p. 15.

Spire much shorter than the last whorl; aperture longitudinal,

rounded ; inner lip smooth and callous, outer one Tittle or not at all

marginated ; ; shell without varices, but provided with ‘spines and ‘im-

bricate: seales; base: short, or searcely elongated, twisted Sones

slightly notched

Mancinella aculeata (Chemn. 967, 968).—hystria, liens poor

castanea, Link (Chemn. 956-958).—armigera, Chemn, sp.—mita-

bilis, Chemn. 951-953.— Bezoar, Chemn. 754, 755.

This genus, eombining some Purpure with some Pyaiie of Ta

marck, comes near to Rapana a, Schum., and perhaps may be adopted.

- Votema, Link, 1807, 1. c. iii. p. 115. . (Volema, Bolt: emend.).

Spire much shorter than the last whorl, often distorted ; aperture

oblong, rounded ; inner lip smooth and callous, outer lip simple ; Shell

without varices; if grown old, with spines or imbricated scales ; base

elongated, rather turned aside.

The species are to be found in my ‘ Ind. Gen. Malacoz.” vol. ii.

699. a oe

Bi ‘This genus unites Busycum, Bolt. (=Fulgur, Montf.) with Cassi-

dulus, Humphr., Gray.

Xancvus, Bolten, 1798, Mus. (edit. 1819, p. 94); Link, 1807; Ue.

ili..p. 116.

Spire shorter than the last whorl; aperture above rounded, wide,

below narrow ; inner lip callous, with three folds ; outer lip simple ; "

shell heavy, without varices or spines ; base elongated.

Xancus pyrum, Linn. sp., and maculatus, Link (Chemn. f.917,918).

This genus, by Humphrey called Rapum, by Fabricius Pyrum, by

Dr.’ Gray Turbinellus, and by M. Deshayes Scolymus, is se i ol

racterized for the first time, and sufficiently.

Cymarium, Link, 1807, /. c. ii. p. 119.

Spire rather long ; aperture above rounded ; inner lip callous, with

three folds ; outer one marginated ; a great number of crowded and

ridged varices run down the shell, to which they are fremny srewas

base little elongated. -

Cymatium polygonum, &e.

This is quite identical with Latirus, Montf., or Polygona, sein.

Vasu, Link, 1807, l. ¢. iii. p. 119. (Vasum, Bolt. emend,)

Spire rather long; aperture longitudinal ; inner lip callous, with

alternately larger folds; outer lip simple ; shell without distinct va-

rices ; base elongated.

Vasum Ceramicum, Linn. sp., &c.

This is Cynodonta, Schum., Scolymus, Sw.

Tupicta, Link, 1807, U.c. iii. p. 120. (Tudicla, Bolt. senaalia}

Spire very short, depressed; aperture above semicircular ; immer

lip callous, with a single fold ; outer one simple ; no varices or r spines 5 3

canal straight, thin.

Zoological Society. St

Tudicla spirillus, Linn, sp. aAe ;

_ Subsequently established as Haustellum a,Schum., Pyrella, Swains.,

Spirillus, Schlut., Spirilla, Sow.jun,

‘Trrrontum, Link, 1807, J. e. iii. peb2hos ‘

~~ Spire rather long; aperture above rounded ¥ inner lip callous, |

nerally with small folds; outer lip marginated; shell with: varices

that’are commonly discontinuous ; base rather elongated.

» With. respect to this genus I may refer to my ‘Ind. Gen. Malacoz.’

vol. ii. p. 609.

_ Disrortrrx, Link, 1807, J. ¢. iii. p. 122.

~ Spire rather long; whorls distorted; inner lip callous, folded ;

outer lip marginated; varices indistinct ; base short-tailed.

9» Distortriz anus, Lima. sp., and reticulata (Chemn. f. 405, 406).

|. This name then is to be substituted in the place of Persona, Montf.

~~ Gyrineum, Link, 1807, 1. c. iii. p. 123.

; Spire nearly equal to the last whorl; aperture rounded; inner

lip callous, often slightly folded or granulated ; outer lip marginated ;

Apel) compressed, with two opposite varices; base short or a little

Oo)

Gyrineum echinatum (Chemn. f. 1274, 1275), rana (f. 1269, 1270),

bufonium (£.1240, 1241), natator (f.1229, 1230), verrucosum (£.1233,

1234), caudatum (f. 1045-1047), scrobiculator, = Ranella, Lamck.

_ Canrena, Link, 1807, /. c. iii. p. 126.

_ Spire short; aperture longitudinal ; inner lip folded ; outer lip in-

teriorly strongly dentated; shell crowded with spines, but without

_ distinct varices ; base short.

~iCanrena neritoidea (Mart. f. 972, 973, 976-979) = Ricinula,

Lamck. &c.

ADELOBRANCHEA.

_. Astrratium, Link, 1807, /. ¢. iii. p. 135.

_,. Spire depressed ; aperture broad, rounded, bending downwards.

_,Astralium deplanatum (Chemn. f. 1718-1720).—Astralium cal-

ear, Gm., sp.

This genus will no doubt be acknowledged, being congruous, with

Calcar, Montf., Phil. It had been indicated before by G. Humphrey,

under the name of So/, and by Bolten as Astrea. But I think it

should be extended farther, so as to receive Imperator and’ Her-

eoles, Montf., Stellaria, Schmidt, Cyclocantha, Canthorbis, subg.,

sand: Tubicanthus, Swains., Bolma, Risso, Cookia, Less., and Astra-

lium, Phil.

Umponrvum, Link, 1807, l. ¢. iii. p. 136.

Spire much depressed; aperture directed downwards, or to, the

— simple; base showing a convex callus in the place of the um-

cus.

_ Umbonium.vestiarium, Linn. sp., and excisum (Chemn. f. 1602).

That Link’s name is to be adopted instead of Glodulus, Schum.,

31*

452 Zoological Society.

or Rotella, Lamck., can hardly be controyer ted ; although his second

species belongs to another tribe,

Pyruta, Bolten, 1798, Mus. (ed. 1819, p. 74); Link, 1807, . c. iii.

p. 139.

Whorls, each of them composed of two pieces ; aperture longitu-

dinal, toothed on both sides.

Pythia scarabea, Linn. s

This name is preferable to that of Fischer, Polydonta, which,

although contemporary, is badly made, and wants correction.

ACEPHALA.

Sunerra, Link, 1807, J. ¢. iii. p. 148.

Equivalve, in front rather obtuse, closed; hinge with two cardinal

teeth, lateral ones indistinct ; anterior slope shorter than the furrow-

shaped posterior slope ; ligament external.

Sunetta scripta (Chemn. f. 261-265) = Cuneus, Muhlf. 1811 =

Meroé, Schum. 1817.

Tivexa, Link, 1807, J. ¢. iii. p. 152.

Equivalve, longitudinal, without epiderm, closed ; hinge wwithe two

cardinal and one elongated lateral tooth ; anterior and posterior slopes

equally elongated ; ligament external.

Tivela vulgaris (Chemn. f. 362).—T. tripla (Venus), Linn. =Tri-

gona, Muhlf. 1811.

Muscutium, Link, 1807, U. c. iii. p. 152.

Equivalve, closed ; hinge with two small cardinal teeth, no lateral

ones; anterior and posterior slope nearly equal.

Musculium lacustre (Tellina), Linn.

The genus established here, fourteen years rimeciiic was pub-

lished as Pisidium.

TentTacuuaTAa. See ‘Ind. Gen. Malacoz.’ ii. 541,

Verpa, Bolten, 1798, Mus. (ed. 1819, p. 49) ; Link, 1807, 2. ¢: iii.

p-. 159.

Shell tubular, partly straight, partly winding, at one extremity

open, at.the other closed by a convex perforated blade.

Verpa penis (Serpula), Linn.

The oldest denomination of this genus that can be admitted ; Peni-

cillus (Da Costa, p.p.), Brug., being a term since the times of Ron-

delet consecrated to the Annulate class: all the other names, Aquaria,

Arytaena, Clepsydra, Aspergillum, are of younger date, and will give

way to Verpa, Bolt., defined by Link.

Descriptions oF Forty-THREE New Species or Cyrciostro-

MACEA, FROM THE CoLLECTION oF HuGcuH Cuming, Esa.

By Dr. L. Preirrer.

1. Cyctosroma Himauayanum, Pfr. C. testd umbilicatd, stale.

boso-turbinatd, soliduld, costis spiralibus obtusis, 10-12, lineisque

7 ~

Zoological Society. 453

Sabieconttbes obsoletis sculptd, sub epideriaide decidud, . at-

_ bidd; spird turbinatd, superne rufd, acutiusculd ; oaftbetticn: 5,

conveziusculis, ultimo ventroso, circa umbilicum angustum, infun-

dibuliformem viz compresso ; aperturd subverticali, circulari ;

peristomate simplice, continuo, breviter adnato, Susco-igneo, Sd

oo breviter expanso, superne subangulato cite aa 4

48, min. 39, alt. 35 mill.

Hab” in Wthiinalaya.

2. CycLosroma EvcHILUM, Pfr. C. testd umbilicatd, turbinato-

subglobosd, soliduld, oblique confertim striatd, lineis impressis

distantioribus obsolete clathratuld, albidd, violaceo-fusco et fulvo

inp wariegatd, parum nitidd ; spird turbinato-elevatd, apice acuti-

_— 3 anfractibus 53, convexis, ultimo rotundato, ad suturam

subdepresso, medio albo-fasciato, basi confertim et valide spirali-

— \ter suleato; umbilico mediocri, infundibuliformi; aperturd vir

obliqud, subangulato-circulari, inius purpurascenti-carneo-micante ;

peristomate subcontinuo, albo, marginibus superné dilatatis, callo

__subemarginato junctis, dextro et basali latissimis, fornicatim revo-

lutis, sinistro angustato, viz reflero— Operculum ?

“Diam. maj. 43, min. 32, alt. 28 mill.

Hab. Madagascar.

3. CycLostoma crassum, Pfr. C. testd umbilicatd, turbinato-

globosd, crassd, striatd et minut? malleatd, rubello-fulud, fasciis

et lineis interruptis castaneis ornatd ; spird turbinatd, obtusius-

culd ; anfractibus 5, convezis, ultimo superné turgido, infra medium

carind funiformi et fascid latiore nigricante circumdato, basi sub-

planulato, circa umbilicum angustum, infundibuliformem subcom-

presso; aperturd obliqud, subangulato-rotundd, intus rubelld ;

peristomate duplice: interno continuo, externo crasso, expanso,;

ad anfractum penultimum breviter interrupto.—Operculum?

Diam. maj. 27, min. 23, alt. 18 mill.

Hab. Liew aeact et var. minor in insula Ibyat (Bashee group).

4. CycLosToMA EXPANSUM, Pfr. C. testd umbilicatd, turbinato-

- subglobosd, solidiusculd, spiraliter confertim striatd, opacd, supern?

castaneo et albido variegatd; spird conoided, apice acutiuseuld ;

anfractibus 5, convexiusculis, ultimo convexiore, dilatato, peripherid

‘ subcarinato, basi fasciis angustis castaneis ornatd ; umbilico an-

gusto, pervio; aperturd subverticali, fere circularé ; peristomate

subsimplice, continuo, breviter adnato, pallide aurantiaco, undi

oo, angulatim plano-expanso, margine subrevoluto.— Oper-

‘ion maj. Pe min. 22, alt. 19 mill.

. CycLostoma unicotor, Pfr. C. testd umbilicatd, globoso.

fi solidd, longitudinaliter confertissime et regulariter striatd,

spiraliter confertim sulcatd, opacd, fulvido-stramined ; spird conicd,

subtruncatd ; anfractibus 6, convexiusculis, ultimo supern2 et medio

acute carinato: carind tertid, validissimd, circa umbilicum angus-

454 Zoowyicat Society.

tum, infundibuliformem, intus profunde spiraliter sulcctum ; aper-

turd parum obliqud, angulato-circulari ; peristomate. simplice,

marginibus callo lunatim exciso junctis, dextro expansiusculo,

sinistro medio dilatato, patente.—Operculum?

Diam. maj. 20, min. 17, alt.-16 mill.

B. Majus, striis longitudinalibus obsoletioribus, albidum.

Diam. maj. 28, min. 22, alt. 20 mill.

Hab. 2 it oe

6, CycnuosromA PoNDEROSUM, Pfr. C. testd late umbilicatd,

conoideo-depressd, crassd, ponderosd, subtiliter et oblique mal-

leato-rugulosd, olivaceo-fusculd ; spird breviter conoided, obtusd ;

anfractibus 5, parum convevis, celeriter accrescentibus, ultimo lato,

subdepresso, ad peripheriam oblusé funiculato-carinato ; aperturd

obliqud, angulato-ovali, intus albd, nitidd ; peristomate crasso,

recto, subcontinuo, supern? angulato-dilatato, margine columellari

perarcuato.—Operculum membranaceum, pellucidum, fusculum,

arctispirum.

Diam. maj. 36, min. 30, alt. 20 mill.

Hab. Guatemala.

7. Cxcutostoma Dyson1, Pfr. C. testd umbilicatd, conoideo-

orbiculatd, solidd, pliculis confertis undulatis, subconfluentibus

sculptd, fusco-olivaced, pallidius strigatd et obsolet® fasciatd ;

spird conoided, obtusuld ; anfractibus 4}, convexiusculis, celeriter

accrescentibus, ultimo rotundato; umbilico mediocri, conico; aper-

turd fere verticali, angulato-subcirculari, intus cerulescente, ni-

tidd ; peristomate simplice, recto, superne angulato, breviter ad-

nato, margine dextro declivi, columellari subdilatato-patente.—

Operculum ?

Diam. maj. 27, min. 22, alt. 16 mill.

Hab. Honduras (Mr. Dyson).

8. CycLtostoma piscutus, Pfr. C. testd umbilicatd, depressd,

discoided, solidiusculd, nitidd, alabastrind ; spird planissimd ; an-

fractibus vir 4, convexiusculis, ad suturam impressam siriatis,

ultimo teretiusculo, subdepresso, in umbilico lato distinctius striato,

antice brevissime soluto; aperturd subverticali, circulari; peri- .

stomate continuo, simplice, recto.—Operculum ?

Diam. maj. 14, min. 11, alt. 5 mill.

Hab. ?

9, CycLosroma pEscIscEeNs, Pfr. C. testd late umbilicatd, de-

presso-semiglobosd, superne confertim sulculatd, albidd; spird

converd; anfractibus 43, convexiusculis, ultimo. terete, antice

subito deflexo, basi levigato; aperturd fer? horizontali, lunato-

rotundatd, intus albd ; peristomate incrassato, marginibus remotis,

callo junctis, basali reflexo, columellari subito arcuatim ascendente.

—Operculum?

Diam. maj. 10, min, 83, alt. 5} mill.

Hab. Socotra.

Zovivgical Society. 438

10. CycLtosroma marearita, Pfr. C. testd perforatd, givboso-

TESS EST Ot oes

11. CycLtosroma (LeproroMa) LATELIMBATUM, Pfr. C. tesid

perforata, globoso-conicd, tenut, minute spiraliter striatd et lineis

~ obtusis elevatis, subequidistantibus cinctd, diaphand, parum nitidd,

~~ albd, maculis et fasciis pallid® fulvis variegatd ; spird turbinatd,

’” acutiusculd ; anfractibus 5, conveviusculis, ultimo rotundato, medio

‘Tined acut? elevatd subcarinato ; umbilico angusto, vie pervio ;

“aperturd obliqud, subcirculari ; peristomate duplice, albo.: interno

interrupto, breviter porrecto, marginibus cailo tenui juactis, ex-

terno undigue equaliter dilatato, angulatim patente, supra perfo-

rationem exciso.— Operculum?

Diam. maj. 17, min. 13, alt. 11 mill.

#ab. in insulis Philippinis.

»°12) CycLosroma (LEprorpoMaA) REGULARE, Pfr. C. testd ‘an-

gustissim? perforata, conicd, globosd, tenui, lineis approximatis

> supern? equalibus sculptd, interstitiis spiraliter confertim striatd,

diaphand, albidd, maculis fulvidis regulariter tessellaid ;» spird

turbinatd, apice acutd, pallide corned, anfractibus 54, converius-

culis, ultimo convexiore, infra liram periphericam inflato, obso-

letius lirato ; aperturd obliqud, lunato-circulari ; peristomate inter-

upto, tenui, albo, breviter patente, margine columellari basi sub-

angulatim dilatato. Operculum?

Diam. maj. 123, min. 10, alt. 10-mill.

13. Cyciosroma (Lerropoma) sEricatum, Pfr. C. testd per-

foratd, globoso-conicd, tenui, pellucidd, sericed, lineis obliquis,

subdistantibus sculptd, superne lineis 4-5 elevatis, spiralibus

munitd, hyalino-albidd, iris corneis (vel undique violacescentii-

fulvd, basi pailidiore); spird turbinatd, acutd, apice nigricante ;

anfractibus 5, superis parum convezis, ultimo inflato, subcarinato,

infra carinam fascia unicd castaned ornato, basi liris spiralibus non-

nullis obsoletioribus sculpto; umbilico angustissimo, non pervio ;

aperturd parum obliqud, subemarginato-circulari; peristomate

simplice, interrupto, tenui, horizontaliter patente, margine colu-

mellari medio sublingulatim dilatato.— Operculum?

Diam. maj. 12, min. vix 10, alt. 9 mill.

Hab. in insula Borneo (Taylor).

14. CycLostoMA PLEUROPHORUM, Pfr. C. testd umbilicatd,

globoso-turbinatd, tenui, longitudinaliter conferte striatd et costulis

filaribus, prominentioribus sculptd, diaphand, parum nitidd, albido-

JSulvescente ; spird turbinatd, apice acutiusculd, corned; suturd

costis denticulatd ; anfractibus 5, convetis, ultimo subterete, antic?

455 Zoological Society.

breviter soluto ; umbilico mediocri, profundo,, angulo, cariniformi

cincto ; aperturd subverticali, ovato-subcirculari ; peristomate con-

tinuo, simplice, recto, margine columellari expansiusculo.—Oper-

culum duplex, lamind externd testaced, 5-spiratd, marginibus

anfractuum liberis, internd pland, cartilagined.

Diam. maj. 11, min, 92, alt. 92 mill.

Hab. Honduras.

15. CycLosroma rascrcunaRrE, Pfr. C. testd perforatd, acumi-

nato-ovatd, soliduld, confertissimé costulato-striatd, vit sericed,

griseo-corned ; spird conicd, acutiusculd ; suturd costularum fasci-

culis crenatd ; anfractibus 5, convextusculis, ultimo rotundato, basi

spiraliter sulcato; aperturd vix obliqud, ovali; peristomate sim-

plice, recto, acuto.—Operculum terminale, testaceum, planum,

paucispirum, anfractibus oblique striatis.

Long. 12, diam. 8 mill.

Hab. t

16..CycLtostoma GuaTeMALenssE, Pfr. C. testd perforatd, ob-

longd, soliduld, subtruncatd, striatuld, olivaceo-fuscd ; spird con-

vexiusculo-turritd ; anfractibus 6, parum convevis, ultimo angus-

tiore, antice descendente, breviter soluto, basi, circa perforationem

apertam, compresso, nec carinato ; aperturd verticali, subcirculari ;

peristomate libero, albo, duplice: interno continuo, vix porrecto,

externa dilatato, horizontaliter expanso, supra perfcrationem

exciso.—Operculum ?

Long. 24, diam. 8 mill.

iZab. Vera Paz in Guatemala.

17. CycLosroMA CANESCENS, Pfr. C. testd subperforatd, oblongo-

turritd, truncatuld, solidd, lineis longitudinalibus et spiralibus

elevatis regulariter clathratd, parum nitidd, griseo-albidd ; spird

elongatd; suturd tuberculis confertis, albis crenatd ; anfractibus

superstomate 7, vix convexiusculis, ultimo basi attenuato, circa

perforationem obsoletam distinctius spiraliter sulcato; opertura

verticali, angulato-ovali, intus fusco-carned ; peristomate duplice :

interno vie porrecto, externo undique breviter expanso, supernée

angulato, anfractui penultimo breviter adnato.— Operculum t

Long. 20, diam. 7 mill.

Hab. ?

18. CycLtostoMa vioLaceum, Pfr. C. testd subobtecte perforatd,

ovato-turritd, truncatd, soliduld, lineis elevatis spiralibus et con-

fertioribus longitudinalibus oblongo-granulatd, haud scabrd, non

nitente, saturate violaced; spird turritd, truncata; anfractibus

superstomate 43, convexis, ultimo rotundato ; aperturd subverticali,

ovali ; peristomate simplice, albo, continuo, margine dextro sub-

incrassato, anguste angulatim patente, columellart in laminam

sinuosam, perforationem occultantem, nec claudentem, dilatato.—

Operculum immersum, testaceum, planum, cinereum, paucispirum.

Long. 20, diam. 11 mill.

Hab. t

Zovloyical Society. 457

tiga ‘CycLosroma SuvurTriewortur, Pfr. C. testd claus? umbili-

- catd, oblonga, truncaté, spiraliter confertim plicatd, lineis_longi-

tudinalibus obsolet? decussatd, sericed, pallidissime fulvidd, fasciis

valde interruptis castaneis ornatd; spird oblongd ; anfractibus

superstomate 3, convexiusculis, ultimo basi rotundato ; aperturd

verticali, angulato-ovali; peristomate duplice: interno, brevi,, ex-

Ep Connery externo late patente, concentricé striato, radiatim

licato. et castaneo-radiato, ad columellam. exciso, lamind alba

' _fornicatd umbilicum prorsus claudente——Operculum terminale,

. “eartilagineum, paucispirum, nucleo basali.

ere diam. 112 mill.

Hab, in insula Cub.

20. CycLostoMa RADULA, Pfr. C. testd perforatd, ovato-oblongd,

truncatd, tenui, lineis elevatis spiralibus et costis acutis longiiudi-

nalibus subtiliter asperato-decussatd, pallidé corned, fasctis.an-

gustis, rufis, interruptis ornatd, non nitente ; spird sursum atte-

nuatd, late truncatd ; suturd profundd, subsimplice; anfractibus

superstomate 4, convexis, ultimo angustiore, rotundato ; aperturd

me verticali, circulari; peristomate duplice: interno continuo, vir

. porrecto, externo dilataio, horizoutaliter patente, concentrice

siriato, ad anfractum penullimum subexciso, margine sinistro Jim-

_briato-inciso.—Operculum planum, e duabus laminis compositum,

_... externd subtestaced, anfractibus 34, nucleo subcentrali.

‘Long. 14, diam. 7 mill.

Hab. Almendares prope Havana.

21. CycLosroma ovatum, Pfr. C. testd obtect? perforatd, oblongo-

... ovatd, truncata, tenui, longitudinaliter confertim plicatuld, sericed,

_\ fusco-corned, vel pallidissimé corned, maculis rufis seriatim dispo-

_sitis ornatd ; spird ovato-conicd, truncatd ; suturd levi, irregula-

_viter tuberculato-crenatd ; anfractibus superstomate 5, converius-

culis, ultimo paulo angustiore, basi obsolete spiraliter sulcato ;

aperturd verticali, rotundato-ovali ; peristomate fusculo, duplice :

interno breviter porrecto, eterno undique dilatato, campanulato-

. eapanso, radiato-costato, superné angulatim reflexo, anfractui

penultimo longe adnato, perforationem claudente, margine sinistro

subauriculato, libero.— Operculum ?

Long. 173, diam. 8 mill.

_ Hab. in msula Cuba.

. Cyctosroma GRATELOUPI, Ptr. C. testd perforata, oblongd,

F dhafories truncatd, tenuiusculd, spiraliter confertim sulcatd et

» eostis longitudinalibus, confertis, non interruptis sculptd, diaphand,

parum nitidd, corneo-albidd, fasciis strigatim interruptis castaneis

ornatd ; spird sursum parum aitenuatd, late truncatd; suturd

levi, crenata: crenis superne minutis, confertis, in anfractibus

ultimis fasciculatim dilatatis, obtusis ; anfractibus superstomate 4,

vie convewxiusculis, ultimo antice breviter soluto, basi rotundaio ;

aperturd verticali, ovali; peristomaie duplice: interno breviter

expanso, adnato, externo campanulato-patente, rufo radiato, supern?

458° Zoological Society.

cucullatim elevato, tum emarginato et anfractui penultimo adnato.—

\ Operculum testaceum, planum, anfractibus 3, marginibus tamelloso-

liberis.

Long. 16, diam. 7 mill.

f. T. minor, crenulis suture confertis, acutis.

ab. Yucatan, var. 3. im India occidentali.

23. Cyciostoma nisrrio, Pfr. C. testd profund? rimatd, ovato-

—“eonicd, solidiusculd, longitudinaliter confertim plicatd, parum ni-

tidd, albidd, strigis latis obliquis, angulosis, fuscis pictd; ‘spird

elato-conicd, vix truncatuld; suturd superné minute denticulatd,

anfractuum inferiorum subsimplice; anfractibus 44, conveais, ul-

timo rotundato, basi ultra axin subproducto ; aperturd subobliqud,

subcirculari, intus nitidd, fulvidd, nebulosd ; peristomate lateritio,

duplice: interno continuo, late expanso, appresso, externo latiore,

horizontaliter patente, superné sinuato-angulato, ad’ Fist begs

penuliimum breviter interrupto.—Operculum ?

Long. 20, diam. 11 mill. £ Qgod

Hab. in insula Jamaica. ds Oo)

24, CycrosroMA INTEGRUM, Pfr. C. testd perforatd, turritd,

tenuiusculd, integrd, lineis obsolete elevatis spiralibus et costulis

confertis longitudinalibus (tertid vel quartd qudvis validiore) sub-

decussatd, fulvidd, fasciis interruptis rufis cingulatd ; spird regu-

lariter turritd, apice obtusiusculd ; suturd subconferte denticulatd;

anfractibus 7, convexis, 2 primis levigatis, ultimo rotundato,

antrorsum breviier soluto, vix descendente, basi rotundato, fasciis

2-3 continuis rufis ornato; aperturd vix obliqud, ovali; peri-

stomate subduplicato: interno continuo, adnato, externo patente,

superne subangulato-dilatato, tum emarginato, latere columellari

- undulato.— Operculum cartilagineum, planum, paucispirum.

Long, 12, diam. 5 mill.

Hab. in Indi occidentali.

25. Cyvcnosroma HARPA, Pfr. C. testd breviter rimatd, oblongo-

turritd, tenuiusculd, plicis longitudinalibus chordiformibus sub-

distantibus munitd, cinnamomeo-carned, haud nitente, lineis rufis

strigatim interruptis ornatd; spird turritd, integrd, sursum nigro-

violaced, apice obtusd ; suturd profundd, plicis prominentibus sub-

crenatd ; anfractibus 6, convewis, ultimo rotundato ; aperturd ver-

ticali, ovali-subcirculari; peristomate rubello, duplice: interno

expansiusculo, appresso, externo undique vix dilatato-patente,

anfractui penultimo breviter adnato.—Operculum?

Long..12, diam. 6 mill.

Hab. Almendares prope Havana.

26. Cyctostroma pincun, Pfr. C. testd umbilicatd, oblongo-

turritd, truncatd, solidd, liris spiralibus obtusis undulatd, striis

longitudinalibus confertissimis sculptd, oleoso-micante, cinnamo-

meo-fuscd ; suturd profundd, simplice ; anfractibus superstomate

4, convexis, regulariter accrescentibus, ultimo rotundato ; aperturd

subverticali, fere circulari; peristomate albo, duplice : interno

Zoological Society. 459.

~ ceapansiusculo, adnato, externo continuo, horizontaliter expanso,

-\anfractui penultimo brevissime adnato, supern?-angulato.—Oper-

Hab. ane f ; \

.turritd, truncatd, tenui, lineis elevatis spiralibus et confertissimis

_ dongitudinalibus (hic illic irregularibus, subconfluentibus) minute

. decussatd, pallidé corned, lineolis rufis interruptis obsolete pictd ;

» suturd profundi, subsimplice ; anfraciibus superstomate 4, con-

\. exis, ultimo rotundato; aperturd verticali, ovali-circulari ; peri-

so Stomate duplice, interno albo, porrecto, eapansiusculo, externo

_«» dilatato, horizontaliter patente, conceniricé striato, anfractui pen-

.«» ultimo breviter adnato, margine sinistro angustiore.—Operculum

PAS

oo» terminale, testaceum, anfractibus 3}, oblique strialis, marginibus

subliberis.

Long. 174, diam. 83 mill.

Hab. Almendares prope Havana.

- 28. Cyciosroma Cumanense, Pir. C. testd perforatd, turrito-

\ oblongd, truncaid, tenui, longitudinaliter confertim plicatd, sericed,

pellucida, corneo-lutescente, maculis castaneis fasciatim dispositis

ornatd; suturd plicis excurrentibus confertim subcrenatd; an-

fractibus superstomate 5, subconvezis, ultimo basi rotundato, antice

»\»» breviter soluto, dorso carinato ; aperturd subverticali, ovali, superné

iaubonialats; peristomate libero, simplice, undique vie eopanso. —

« Operculum cartilagineum, planum, paucispirum.

Ag: 15, diam. 73 mill.

"29° CycLostoma TuRRITUM, Pfr. C. testd subperforatd, turriid,

truncatuld, lineis elevatis spiralibus et longitudinalibus regulariter

clathratd, albidd, lineolis rujis interruptis cinctd ; suturd subpro-

funda, confertim denticulatd; anfractibus superstomate 6, convezi-

usculis, regulariter accrescentibus, ultimo rotundato; aperturd verti-

cali, ovali, intus fulvidd; peristomate subduplice: interno continuo,

expansiusculo, externo superne angulatim dilatato, margine dextro

vie patente, columellari et sinisiro exciso.—Operculum?

Long. 16, diam. 7 mill.

Hab. Honduras (Mr. Dyson).

30. CycLostoma piapHANuM, Pfr. C. testd subperforatd, ob-

longo-turritd, truncatd, tenviusculd, lineis elevatis spiralibus con-

fertis, costulisque illas transgredientibus filaribus confertioribus

decussatd, diaphand, unicolore albidd; spird elongata; suturd

irregulariter crenatd ; anfractibus superstomate 4}, convezis, sub-

equalibus, ultimo antice soluto, dorso carinato, bast rotundato,

distinctius spiraliter sulcato ; apertura verticali, angulato-ovali ;

a subsimplice, continuo, undigue breviter expanso.—

Operculum?

Long. 12, diam. 5 mill.

Hab. ——.?

460

Zoological ‘Bociety.

31. CYCLOSTOMA\ LUGUBRE, Pfr. C. testd: perforatd; turrito-

oblongd, solidd.; truncatd, liris obtusis spiralibus, costulisque sub-

membranaceis illus. transgredientibus sculptd, fusculd, violaceo-

Jusco late unifasciatd ; spird parum attenuata; suturd confertim

et subacute fasciculato-crenatd ; anfractibus superstomate. 5; cbn-

vexiusculis, ultimo antice breviter soluto, subdescendente, dorso

compresso, basi distinctius spiraliter lirato; aperturd verticali,

oblique ovali; peristomate subsimplice, continuo, margine sinistro

breviter, reliquis pavld latius expansis, subundulatis.—Operculum?

Long. 16, diam. feré 7 mill.

Hab. in insula Jamaica.

32. CycLtostoma Kustert, Pfr. C. testd perforatd, ovato-turritd,

truncatd, tenui, sulcis spiralibus et costulis longitudinalibus..con-

Sertis regulariter granulato-reticulatd, vix nitente, diaphand, fusco-

corned, lineis obsoletis rufis interruptis pictd; spird ‘convexo-

turritd, late truncatd; suturd profundd, simplice; anfractibus

superstomate 4, conveais, ultimo angustiore, rotundato ; aperturd

subverticali, subcirculari ; peristomate duplice: interno breviter

expanso, adnato, externo campanulato-expanso, concentrice striato,

antice concavo, rufo-radiato, superne angulato, ad anfractum pen-

ultimum angustato.—Operculum ?

Long. 14, diam. 7 mill.

Hab, Honduras (Mr. Dyson).

33. CycLostoma TROocHLEA, Pfr. C. testd perforatd, oblongo-

Hab.

turritd, truncatd, costis filaribus spiralibus et longitudinalibus

subregulariter clathratd, haud nitente, pallide fusculd, punetis

rufis subseriatis variegatd ; spird elongatd, trochleari, late trun-

catd; suturd profundd, simplice ; anfractibus superstomate 5, per-

convexis ; aperturd verticali, subcirculari; peristomate duplice :

interno vix porrecto, externo horizontaliter expanso, superne in

rostrum recurvatum dilatato, ad anfractum penultimum breviter

interrupto, latere sinistro_inciso-crenulato.— Operculum?

ong. 14, diam. 6 mill.

34. CycLOSTOMA ALTERNANS, Pfr. C. testd mediocriter umbili-

catd, conoideo-depressd, tenuiusculd, acute multiliratd, liris al-

ternis minoribus, haud nitente, subepidermide pallide lutescente

fugace albd ; spird breviter conoideo-elevatd, obtusiusculd ; suturd

subcanaliculatd ; anfractibus 5, convexiusculis, ultimo rotundato ;

aperturd parum obliqud, subcirculari ; peristomate simplice, recto,

fusco-limbato, subcontinuo, marginibus ad anfractum penultimum

callo nitido junctis—Operculum membranaceum, planum, cereum,

arctispirum.

Diam. maj. 20, min. 16, alt. 10 mill.

Hab. Madagascar.

35. CycLosroma Rusticum, Pfr. C. testd late umbilicatd, de-

pressd, subdiscoided, solidd, spiraliter confertim liratd, non nitente,

sordide albidd, pallid? fusculo irregulariter variegatd ; spird parum

Zoological Society. 461

elevatd, vertice submucronato ; enfeactiins 43, converiusculis, ad

_o\ -suturam subdepressis, ultimo terete, antic? descendente ; aperturd

y» diagonali, subcirculari, intus carned ; peristomate simplice, breviter

te marginibus callo brevi junctis, _ nenanie: —Oper-

oo culum

» Long. maj. anh min. 13}, alt. 74 mill

Hab.

ro 36, CxcLosroMa PsiLomituM, Pfr... C. testd mediocriter umbili-

- ¢atd, depresso-conoided, soliduld, virenti-luted, viz nitiduld, lineis

* spiralibus subtilissimis, piloso-elevatis crebris obscurioribus cinctd ;

spird breviter conoided, obtusd ; suturd subcanaliculatd ; anfrac-

tibus +, convezis, ultimo terete, non descendente; aperturd fere

vertical, subcirculari, intus albidd ; peristomate simplice, acuto,

‘este ‘marginibus Sere contiguis, callo brevi junctis.— Operculum ?

‘Diam. maj. 15, min: 11, alt. 8 mill.

Beit Venezuela.

: a7. Crinedincecs atatum, Pfr. C. testd lait umbilicatd, conoideo-

. depressd, soliduld, oblique confertim et inequaliter costulatd, vix

\» diaphand, albidd, fasciis angustis pallidissime corneis variegatd ;

89 sospird brevissime conoided, acutiusculd ; suturd simplice ; anfrac-

tibus 4, modicé convezis, ultimo subterete, antic vix descendente,

lilaceo-nebuloso ; apertura diagonali, subcirculari, intus lilaceo-

Susculd ; peristomate subduplice, latere dextro et basali connato,

expanso, externo superne alatim dilatato, latere sinistro subreflezo.

: —Operculum 3 ? ‘

‘Dian, maj. 16, min. 13, alt. 8 mill.

“Hab. S. Yago de Cuba.

38. CycLosToMA scALARE, Pfr. C. testd angust? umbilicatd, co-

_noided, scliduld, oblique striatuld, nitiduld, corneo-luted ; spird

_ elatd, scalari, apice acutd ; suturdé-profundd ; anfractibus 42, per-

convezis, ultimo terete, antict subsoluto ; aperturd obliqud, cir-

culari, intus margaritaced ; peristomate simplice, continuo, undique

vir expansiusculo.—Operculum ?

Diam. maj. 9, min. 7, alt. 65 mill.

Hab. in insulis Philippinis.

39. Cyctosroma (CycLopHorus) LuTESCENS, Pfr. C. testd

\umbilicatd, depresso-conoided, solidd, oblique filoso-striatd, sericed,

. fusco-lutescente; spird breviter conoided, apice acutiusculd; suturd

profundd, simplice ; anfractibus 44, convexis, rapide accrescentibus,

ultimo non descendente; umbilico ERA, profundo; aperturd vir

obliqud, rotundato-ovali ; peristomate simplice, recto, acuto, con-

tinuo, breviter adnato, superne vie angulato.—Operculum mem-

branaceum, paliid? corneum, rectispirum, extus profunde concavum.

Diam. maj. 20, min. 153, alt. 12 mill.

Hab. in Brasilia.

40. Cxc.osroma Gurratum, Pfr. _C. testd umbilicatd, depressd,

solidd, glabra, nitidd, lete castaned, maculis albis subtriangulari-

462 Linnean Sociely.

bus guttatd; spird vie elevatd, apice fuscd, submucronatd ;.an-

Sractibus. 4%, converiusculis, celeriter crescentibus, ad suturam im-

pressam striatulis ; umbilico latiusculo, pervio; aperturd parum

obliqud, circulari, intus albidd ; peristomate subduplice: interno

via distinguendo, externo expanso, superne in linguam. brevem,

anfractui penultimo adnatam, dilatato.—Operculum ? 21

Diam. maj-, abo min. 15, alt. .9 mill. sao

Hab. rl

41. CycLostoma 1GNEscens, Pfr. C. testd perforatd, globoso-

conicd, tenui, lineis spiralibus subtilissimis confertim sculptd, dia-

phand, nitidd, eae spird turbinatd, obtusiusculd ; suturd

profundd ; anfractibus 4}, conveais, ultimo basi distinctius ‘sulcato ;

aperturd obliqua, subcircularT: ; peristomate simplice, expanso, ‘maar.

ginibus approximatis, non junctis.—Operculum ?

Diam. maj. 14, min. 11, alt. 11} mill. ae: r13v

Hab, in Nova Hibernia. 5 cCF wa

42. CycLostoMa FuscuLum, Pfr. C. testd angustissime. umbili

catd, globoso-conicd, tenui, lineis elevatis spiralibus. subconferti,

lirdque periphericd validiore cariniformi sculpid, vin nilid dl.

unicolore fusculd, fascid unicd angustd rufd infra carinam palli

ornatd ; spird conicd, obtusiusculd; anfractibus 5, convexis, ultimo

interdum carind, secundo superne notato, basi minute spiraliter

suleato; aperturd parum obliqud, rotundato-ovali; peristomate

simplice, tenui, undique expansiusculo, marginibus approximatis,

non junctis.—Operculum testaceum, planum, cinereum, 4-spirum,

nucleo subcentrali.

Diam. maj. 114, min. 94, alt. 9 mill.

Hab.

43. CycLOsSTOMA CASTANEUM, Pfr. C. testd anguste umbilicatd,

globoso-conicd, tenui, oblique striatuld et liris subacutis: multis

sculptd, nitidd, saturate castaned ; spird elevato-conicd, apice ob-

tusiusculd ; anfractibus 4}, angulato-convezis, ultimo liris 6 sub-

equalibus, pluribusque minoribus, confertioribus in umbilico mu-

nito; aperturd parum obliqud, subcirculari ; peristomate simplice,

tenui, undique expansiusculo, marginibus approximatis, non junctis.

—Operculum testaceum, planum, paucispirum, nucleo subsonbrals.

Diam. maj. 11, min. 9, alt. 9 mull.

JTab. in insula "Madagascar.

LINNZAN SOCIETY.

May 3, 1853.—R. Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Read, a memoir “‘ On the Vegetation of Buenos Ayres and the

neighbouring districts.” By Charles James Fox Bunbury, Esq.,

F.R.S., F.L.5., &c.

Mr. "Banbury commences his memoir by an indication of the

sources from which his notes are principally derived, consisting

chiefly of very extensive collections made by the late Mr. Fox (for-

Linnean Society. 463

tmerly British Minister at Buenos Ayres, and ‘afterwards at'Rio de

‘Janeiro) in the neighbourhood of Buenos Ayres, Monte Video, Mal-

‘donado, and other localities on the northern shore of the Rio de la

‘Plata, and along the lower part of the River Uruguay, aided by a

residence of about a month at Buenos Ayres‘in the beginning of

1834, during which he had himself the ‘opportunity of becoming

acquainted with the most prominent features and general aspect of

the vegetation. The principal published works which he has ¢on-

sulted, are_M. Auguste de St.Hilaire’s ‘Report of his Travels in

Southern Brasil’ (in the ninth volume of the ‘Mémoires du Mu-

-séum d'Histoire Naturelle’), and the papers by Sir William Hooker

etic. alkec- dine “On the Plants of Extratropical South

_America,’’.in the ‘ Botanical Miscellany’ and ‘ Journal of Botany ;’

and he also acknowledges his obligations to Sir William Hooker for

very important assistance in naming the specimens contained in

Mr. Fox’s collections.

__.The region of which he proposes to treat is defined as lying on

both banks of the Rio de la Plata, and on the lower part of the

“courses of the two great rivers by whose junction it is formed ; and

et ed comprises those parts of the republics of Buenos Ayres

“and the Banda Oriental which lie nearest to the Plata, between the

pi Is of 33° and 35° S. lat. The collections were chiefly formed

“in the neighbourhood of the coasts and of the rivers. Mr. Fox also

“made large collections in the southernmost part of Brasil; on the

“vegetation of which Mr. Bunbury proposes occasionally to remark,

as forming a connecting link, botanically as well as geographically,

between the Buenos-Ayrean districts and the tropical parts of the

same continent. Geologically the Rio de la Plata (which as far up

as Buenos Ayres is between twenty and thirty miles wide) forms a

strongly marked boundary, separating two widely extended and very

» dissimilar formations. All its northern shore is composed of cry-

-‘stalline rocks (granite and gneiss, and their various modifications ),

‘which range from thence to the northward uninterruptedly through

smany degrees of latitude, constituting the whole coast of Brasil,

even it is:said as far as Bahia. On the south of the great river

nothing is seen but tertiary formations of a very late date; first,

the:mud and marl of the Pampas, and further south the gravel and

shingle of Patagonia. The line of demarcation between these two

formations is absolute; but notwithstanding this remarkable differ-

ence in the structure of its banks, the Plata does not form a botani-

cal boundary. There are indeed several species of plants which are

confined to one side or the other, and some families (principally

tropical) which do not cross it; yet the leading characteristics of

the vegetation, both as to its general physiognomy and its prevailing

forms, are the same on both sides. ‘The whole country, therefore,

from the frontier of Brasil southward, as far as the Pampas yegeta-

tion extends (or to the border of Patagonia), may be considered as

one botanical province, which, for the sake of convenience, Mr.

~ Banbury provisionally calls the Argentine region, from the name of

the great river.

464 Linnean Society.

The botanical characteristics of this region are well-marked ; its

most striking peculiarity consists in the almost entire absence of

trees, and the scarcity even of shrubs except along the banks of the

principal rivers. Every one who has come from Rio de Janeiro to

Monte Video and Buenos Ayres has been struck by the contrast

between the gigantic vegetation of Brasil and the bare, treeless,

almost barren character of the shores of the Plata, where the culti-

vated Poplars, and the flower-stalks of the 4gave, with here and

there a solitary Ombii tree (Phytolucca dioica), are the only objects

that relieve the nakedness of the country. It is not that the vege-

table covering of the soil is really scanty; but the vast majority of

the plants which compose it are herbaceous, of low growth, and for

the most part not very conspicuous. ‘This treeless character has

been forcibly described, and its possible causes most ably discussed,

by Mr. Darwin in his ‘ Journal.’ The immediate banks of the Uru-

guay and Parana, however, and the islands in those rivers, appear

to be wooded, although not with trees of great height or size. As

compared with Brasil, the vegetation of the Argentine region is

further distinguished (as might be expected) by the diminished num-

bers of tropical families, and also by something of a more European.

physiognomy. The resemblance in this particular appears, however,

to Mr. Bunbury to be not so great as has been represented, being in

a great measure due to the abundance of naturalized European

plants; and excluding these, to consist rather in a certain general

similarity of character than in a real botanical analogy. Schouw’s

estimate, that out of 109 genera which belong to Buenos Ayres,

70 appear in Europe, and St. Hilaire’s statement, that of 500 spe-

cies collected by him in the Banda Oriental, only 15 belonged to

families completely strangers to Europe, are doubtless accurate so

far as they go; but the vegetation of these countries is really more

different from the European than such comparisons would seem to

imply. For, in the first place, many families and genera, which are

strikingly characteristic of the Argentine region, are but scantily

represented in Europe. Such, in particular, are the families of So-

lanee, Verbenaceea, Amaranthacee, and perhaps Malvacee. Of the

genus Solanum, for instance, many more species grow wild within a

short walk of Buenos Ayres than in the whole of Europe. The

genus Verbena, again, so insignificant in Europe, plays a conspicuous

part in the Argentine vegetation by the number of its species, the

profusion in which they grow, and their general brilliancy and

beauty. Secondly, although the genera altogether wanting in

Europe may not form numerically a very large proportion of the

Argentine Flora, yet several of them are very conspicuous, and play

an important part in that Flora by the number of species or of indi-

viduals: such are Pontederia, Gomphrena, Teleianthera, Jussiea,

Nicotiana, Petunia, Nierembergia, and others. Thirdly, several

families which most abound in Europe are nearly wanting, or but

very feebly represented (if we exclude naturalized plants) on the

shores of the Plata: such are Crucifere, Caryophyllee, Umbellifere

(excepting Eryngium), Boraginee, Dipsacee, Cichoracee and Cy-

Linnean Society. 465

naree. In the collections in his possession from Buenos Ayres and

the Banda Oriental, Mr. Bunbury finds 14 families and 102 genera

which are not European. The families are Commelynacee, Pontede-

racee, Bromeliacee, Marantacee, Calyceree, Bignoniacee, Passifloree,

Loasee, Begoniacee, Buttneriacee, Malpighiacee, Sapindacee, Tro-

pa@olee and Melastomacee. The genera (adopting Endlicher’s

‘Genera Plantarum’ as the guide) are Paspalum, Stenotaphrum,

Cenchrus, Aristida, Chascolytrum, Pappophorum, Eustachys, Eleusine,

Androtrichum, Commelyna, Hydrocleis, Pontederia, Herreria, Udora,

Sisyrinchium, Cypella, Alstremeria, Tillandsia, Oncidium, Canna,

Spathicarpa, Roubieva, Gomphrena, Teleianthera, Pupalia, Iresine,

Acicarpha, Boopis, Vernonia, Stevia, Baccharis, Pterocaulon, Haplo-

pappus, Fiaveria, Porophyllum, Leighia, Verbesina, Achyrocline,

Trizis, Mitracarpum, Cephalanthus, Asclepias, Gomphocarpus, Ory-

petalum, Arauja, Philibertia, Schistogyne, Lantana, Calonyction, Ni-

cotiana, Nierembergia, Petunia, Jaborosa, Himeranthus, Cestrum,

, Scoparia, Herpestes, Dicliptera, Bignonia, Argemone, Passi-

fora, Blumenbachia, Begonia ?, Pavonia, Sida, Abutilon, Butineria,

Stigmaphyllum, Heteropterys, Paullinia, Croton, Phyllanthus, Schinus,

Chymocarpus, Jussiea, Heimia, Cuphea, Eugenia, Chetogastra, Mi-

mosa, Desmanthus, Inga, Calliandra, Acacia, Parkinsonia, Cassia,

Poinciana ? (perhaps introduced), Crotalaria, Indigofera, Tephrosia,

Daubentonia, Desmodium, AEschynomene, Clitoria, Camptosema, Cana-

valia, Galactia, Vigna, Erythrina ? (perhaps introduced), Rhynchosia,

Macherium. These lists are sufficient to show how materially the

Argentine Flora differs from that of Europe; but what chiefly con-

tributes to give it at first sight a European character is the great

number and extraordinary prevalence of naturalized European plants,

which have spread so rapidly as to cover the soil to a great extent,

and actually to predominate over the native growth. ‘The fallow

fields about Buenos Ayres are blue with Echium violaceum; the

banks are covered with the common Fennel; the ditch-sides and

waste grounds are overrun with Chenopodium album, Sonchus olera-

ceus and Xanthium spinosum ; Trifolium repens and Medicago denti-

culata form much of the herbage near the river-side ; and among

the most common grasses are Lolium perenne, L. multiflorum, Hor-

deum murinum and H. pratense. And these intrusive strangers are

not confined to the cultivated lands or to the neighbourhood of the

city; the ‘‘thistles” and “ clover,” which clothe the Pampas of

Buenos Ayres for leagues and leagues together, are Carduus Ma-

rianus, Cynara Cardunculus and Medicago denticulata, all of Euro-

pean origin. It is, as Mr. Darwin remarks, a parallel case to that

of the horse and ox, which have, within the last three centuries,

spread themselves in such countless numbers over the same

countries. Mr. Bunbury regards this wide diffusion of natu-

ralized plants as adverse to the views of those who consider the

natural distribution of species as determined solely by favourable

local circumstances ; the circumstances in the present instance

being evidently highly favourable to the plants in question, which

sian. 5 Mag. IN. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 32

466 Linnean Society.

howeyer, did. not exist in these. countries until introduced -by the

indirect agency of man,

The.social character, so eminently conspicuous in many of the

naturalized plants, is, observable also, though in a less degree, in

several of the indigenous plants of the Pampas of Buenos Ayres, the

‘most remarkable cases observed being Verbena erinoides; V. chame-

dryfolia, Mitracarpum Sellovianum,; and a dwarf Solanum, besides a

few grasses... This social.-growth of some particular-plants, andthe

consequent uniformity of vegetation, has, Mr. Bunbury thinks, been

before noticed as characteristic of extensive plains. ‘Tropical forms

of vegetation occur chiefly on the banks and islands of the prineipal

rivers, . They are principally woody climbers, such as /Passiflora

caerulea, Stigmaphyllum littorale, two or three species of Paullinia, a

Cardiospermum and a Bignonia; or Leguminose of a tropical cha-

racter, species of Mimosa, Inga, Calliandra and Cassia. One solitary

species of Melastomacee (an Arthrostemma) reaches to; the north

bank. of the Plata, but does not cross it. One Macherium grows in

the islands of the Uruguay near its mouth. A few monocotyledo-

nous genera, which have their head-quarters within the tropics, ap-

pear for the last time on the banks of the Plata; such are Canna,

Oneidium and Tillandsia. Palms, it would appear from: Mr. Darwin’s

statements, occur here and there as far as 35° S. lat., which seems

to be hkewise their southern limit in Chile.

The southern limit of the Argentine vegetation seems to be dete

mined mainly by soil, the northern by climate alone. Where the

calcareous mud and marl of the Pampas are succeeded by the arid

gravel or shingle of Patagonia, that is to say about the Rio Colo-

rado, in 40° S, lat., Mr. Darwin notices the change in the vegetable

covering of the soil, accompanying this change in its mineral nature.

The herbaceous vegetation, which clothes the surface of the Pampas

pretty uniformly, is succeeded by low, scraggy, thorny shrubs and

dry meagre grasses, so thinly scattered over the shingly plains of

Patagonia, that their aspect is strikingly barren and miserable.

That this change of soil should be attended with so great a change

in the vegetation, while that (more striking in a geological view)

which takes place when we cross the Plata seems to have very little

influence on it, is easily accounted for by the different) relation of

these soils to, moisture. The loose shingly soil of Patagonia is, so

singularly dry, as to be fitted only for those plants which can bear

an extraordinary degree of drought; while the clay and marl of the

Pampas, and the, decomposing granite of the north side of the Plata,

are both sufficiently favourable to the retention of moisture, and

consequently to the growth of an abundant herbage.

To, the northward the Argentine region appears to melt as it were

insensibly into. that of Southern Brasil. About Porto Alegre, in

S. lat. 30°, and consequently little more than 4° north of Buenos

Ayres, the botany has a thorough Brasilian character, notwith-

standing the absence of great forests. The numerous ferns of Rio

Grande are almost all common to that district and to Rio de Janeiro:

Not a few tropical phenogamous species also extend as far as Porto

Alegre, while others range still further south to Monte Video. On

the other hand, the comparatively small number of Melastomacee,

atid the abundance of herbaceous and half-shrubby Verbenee in Rio

“Grande, indicate the approach to the Argentine region. ‘The con-

siderable difference between the vegetation of Porto Alegre and of

the northern shore of the Plata, Mr. Bunbury conceives to be due to

‘climate alone; and the fact mentioned by M. Auguste de St. Hilaire,

that the cultivation of mandiocea and sugar extends as far south as

‘Porto Alegre, and no further, seems to point it out as the southern-

‘most limit of the seasons of tropical Brasil. »

‘oq For'a comparison of the Flora of Chile with that of the Argentine

‘region; Mr. Bunbury regrets that he has not sufficient materials.

*Meyen ‘indeed states, that Chile, and the countries on the eastern

‘side of the Andes in corresponding latitudes, cannot be considered

‘as Separate botanical regions; yet the information which he himself

‘gives as’ to the Chilian Flora, seems to show that its general phy-

‘siognomyis very different from the Argentine. The accounts of

many travellers show the climate and soil of Chile to be much more

dry ; and the Chilian Flora appears to be as strikingly characterized

by dry shrubs with coriaceous and glossy leaves, as that of the Plata

by the prevalence of herbaceous forms. In the abundance of Myrtles,

indeed, and of shrubby and arborescent Composite, the vegetation of

Chile may be compared rather with that of Southern Brasil. At

the same time the valuable catalogues drawn up by Sir William

‘Hooker and Dr. Walker-Arnott show that many remarkable genera,

and not a few species, are common to both sides of South America.

~The Argentine Flora has little or no general analogy to that of

‘the parts of North America lying in corresponding latitudes on the

other side of the Equator. Yet there are some striking, though in-

sulated, points of resemblance. A species of Cephalanthus grows on

the shores of the Plata; schynomene ciliata, Vog., is excessively

like the North American 4. hispida; there is also a Pontederia,

extremely near to P. cordata, if not a mere variety ; and a Sisyrin-

chium, much resembling S. Bermudianum.

The Flora of the shores of the Plata offers an extraordinary dif:

ference from that of the Cape of Good Hope, lying within the same

parallels of latitude, and with nearly the same mean temperature.

‘The many points of analogy, and the general physiognomical resem-

blance between the vegetation of the Cape and that of New South

Wales, have been repeatedly noticed ; but between the botany of the

Cape and that of La Plata we find scarcely anything but contrasts.

The general physiognomy is different ; in the Cape Flora there isa

great predominance of dry, hard, small-leaved shrubs ; and almost

all the characteristic families and genera of the one are wanting or

insignificant in the other. Almost the only points in the Argentine

Flora which strongly remind us of South Africa, are several species

of Ovalis, and some gay-flowered Iridee and Amaryllidee. The

Cactee of La Plata are represented at the Cape by succulent Euphor-

bias; and the herbaceous and half-shrubby Malvacee by the Her-

manniacee. The Flora of Buenos Ayres is also much less peculiar

32*

468 Linnean Society.

in its character than that of the Cape. The Argentine region ‘is

recognised at once by its Flora as a province of South America;

while the botany of the Cape has little resemblance to that of the

rest of Africa. The number of endemic genera in the Argentine

region is comparatively very inconsiderable, at the Cape remarkably

large; the peculiar genera of the former almost always consist of a

single, or of very few species, while several of the peculiar Cape

genera are very rich in species; and the number of species common

to the shores of the Plata and the tropical parts of the same conti-

nent is considerable, while very few indeed are common to the Cape

and tropical Africa. Local circumstances may account for some of

these differences. The Cape, as a botanical region, is almost cut off

from the rest of Africa by the great deserts to the north of the

Orange River ; but no barrier of this sort exists on the eastern side

of South America, where (excepting perhaps the case of Patagonia)

the limits of the range of plants seem to be fixed by climate alone.

Naturalized European plants too have not spread far beyond the

neighbourhood of Cape ‘Town, nor do they appear in any remarkable

quantity, or at all vie with (much less supersede) the original natives

of the soil. This difference does not at all depend on the extent of

cultivation in the two regions; the climate, from its greater moisture

on the banks of the Plata, may be more favourable to such plants

tban that of the Cape, but the chief cause of the difference is prd-

bably to be found in the soil.

Mr. Brown has indicated a few points of resemblance between

the botany of Australia and that of the temperate parts of South

America, but all of these belong to Chile ; and Mr. Bunbury is not

aware of any plant on the eastern side of the continent, within the

latitudes in question, that can at all remind us of the Australian

Flora. Proteacee, which are sparingly scattered in Fuegia, Chile,

Peru, Guiana and tropical Brasil, appear td be entirely absent.

The author then proceeds to remark upon some of the families

contained in Mr. Fox’s collections, and on the range of particular

species. Under the head of 3

Filices he contrasts the abundance of species found at Porto

Alegre and the neighbourhood (fifty-four in number, and nearly all:

natives of tropical Brasil) with the poverty of Buenos Ayres, only

one fern from the south side of the Plata (a Blechnum ?, which seems:

to agree witli the description of Bl. auriculatum, Cav.) being con-

tained in the collections. This poverty Mr. Bunbury attributes to

the absence of shade and the want of variety of surface, in accordance

with which he notices the absence of Ferns, as observed by Martens.

and Galeotti, from the bare table-land of Mexico, and their great:

scarcity on the open campos of the interior of Brasil.

Graminee.—Mr. Bunbury finds the Poacee (according to the divi-:

sion established by Mr. Brown) to be rather more numerous in the

Argentine region than the Panicee; but he does not regard the col-.

lection as affording a fair representative of the vegetation as regards:

this family. Besides some European grasses which have become

naturalized, there are some apparently indigenous species which

Linnean Society. 469

have a very wide range. Such are Cynodon Dactylon, apparently a

native of all the warmer parts of the world in both hemispheres;

Setaria glauca, equally cosmopolite ; Setaria Italica, of which he has

specimens also from Louisiana, and which is stated to be a native of

Europe, India and New Holland; Hleusine Indica, having a vast

range in the tropical and subtropical zones ; Polypogen Monspeliensis,

which he has himself seen at the Cape of Good Hope and at Buenos

Ayres, as well as in the South of Europe; Stenotaphrum glabrum,

common to the Cape, Louisiana, tropical Brasil, and the northern

shore of the Plata; and to these may be added the beautiful Eusta-

chys petrea, if the Cape plant be really the same with the South

American.

» Eriocaulonee.—The only species in the collection of this family

(so extremely numerous in tropical South America) is Eriocaulon

(Pepalanthus) caulescens, found at Porto Alegre, and also met with

in Minas Geraes and in Guiana.

Alismacee.—A fine species of Sagittaria (probably S. Montevi-

densis; Kunth) is plentiful at Buenos Ayres. It comes very near

S. sagittifolia, though much larger in the leaves and flowers; but

the downy filaments and yellow anthers appear to furnish the most

certain distinctive characters.

- Composite.—Schouw has characterized the countries near the Plata

as the ‘“ Kingdom of Arborescent Composite,” a title scarcely appli-

eable, these plants, like most others of the region in question, having

for the most part an herbaceous character. As in South America

generally, they appear to be the most numerous family; almost all

belong to the Corymbifere, and Cichoracee and Cynaree hardly occur

except in a naturalized state. Labiatiflore, so characteristic of the

western side of South America and of the Andes, are few and incon-

spicuous; even the genus Mutisia does not extend into La Plata.

The shores of the river are characterized by many herbaceous He-

lianthee; and the genera Vernonia, Baccharis, and Eupatorium (so

characteristic of tropical Brasil) extend into this region, but no

longer in such amazing numbers. Helichrysee, so prodigiously

numerous at the Cape, are comparatively scarce, but the universal

genus Senecio abounds. Several of the Composite are tropical spe-

cies, and some (but these evidently naturalized) are common to both

hemispheres.

Asclepiadee are as numerous in Rio Grande and in the Argen-

tine region as in South America generally, although by no means

rivalling the Cape of Good Hope. Gomphocarpus fruticosus, gathered

at Monte Video, appears undistinguishable from the Cape plant,

but may have been accidentally introduced. With this exception,

and that of the genus Cynanchum, all the Asclepiadee belong to

strictly American forms, of which Oxypetalum predominates.

Umbellifere.—The plants of this family in La Plata and Rio

Grande chiefly belong to the genus Eryngium, and especially to the

section with long, narrow, linear or sword-shaped, parallel-veined

leaves (or phyllodia), which are often fringed with bristles or with

bristle-like teeth. In Mr. Fox’s collections are nine species, of which

470 Linnean Society.

five belong to this section. One of these (HZ. aquaticum ?) is a con-

spicuous ornament of the marsh-ditches near Buenos Ayres; and

another (seemingly Z. Pristis) extends from the tropical regions of

Brasil as far as 30°S. This part of South America seems to be

destitute of those curious Mulinee, which are so characteristic of

Fuegia, the Chilian Andes and the Falkland Islands ; but several

European Umbellifere have become naturalized, and among them

the common Fennel, which covers the banks of earth between the

cultivated fields in immense profusion, and forms a distinctive feature

in the scenery. Mr. Darwin observed the range of the Fennel in

‘the south to be limited by the Rio Salado, rather less than 100

miles south of Buenos Ayres. ,

Malpighiacee.—Only two species are found on the south side of

the Plata, viz. Stigmaphyllum littorale and Heteropterys glabra, In

Rio Grande, Mr. Fox collected nine Malpighiacee, of which one is

a Galphimia, and the rest belong to Banisteria, Stigmaphyllum and

Heteropterys. ae

Tropeolee.—The only plant of this family (the head-quarters of

which are evidently on the western side of the continent) found on

the eastern side of temperate South America is Tropeolum penta-

phyllum, abundant in the hedges about Buenos Ayres. De

CEnotheree, Endl.—Some species of Jussiea are plentiful on the

marshy shores of the Plata, and Mr. Bunbury possesses three species

of Ginothera from Buenos Ayres; but Epilobium and Fuchsia are

wanting in the Argentine region.

Melastomacee.—One species only, as before mentioned, extends as

far south as the Plata, but does not cross the river; and Mr. Bun-

bury is aware of only nine species from the southern extremity o

Brasil. :

Leguminose by no means form so important a part of the vegeta-

tion of the Argentine region as in tropical Brazil, the South of

Europe, or Australia. ‘Those of the region in question belong, with

few exceptions, to genera widely diffused, such as Crotalaria, Lupi-

nus, Tephrosia, Indigofera, Desmodium, Aischynomene, Lathyrus, Cli-

toria, Cassia, Mimosa, Inga, and Acacia. ‘The observation already

made as to the small number of peculiar forms in the Argentine

Flora when compared with that of the Cape, and with corresponding

latitudes in Australia, is particularly exemplified in this important

family. It will be observed also, that all the genera above enume-

rated (except two, or perhaps three) have their head-quarters within

the tropics, and only straggle, as it were, into cooler latitudes ; and

one is almost tempted to say, that the vegetation of this region is a

mere modification, a reduced or dwindled form of the Brasilian, in-

stead of a separate and strongly marked Flora, like that of the Cape.

At the Cape Lotee predominate remarkably; in the region of the

Plata Hedysaree and Phaseolee are at least equally numerous. Cesal-

pinee and Mimosee are more numerous on the banks of the Plata than

in the same latitudes in South Africa, where south of the Orange River

Dr. Burchell knows of only two species of Acacia, although these are

so abundant (one of them in particular) as to give a distinctive cha-

Linnean. Society. 471

racter to the scenery. Mr. Fox’s collections from Buenos Ayres and

Uruguay include five species of Mimosa, one of Desmanthus, two of

Calliandra, and five of Acacia ; yet none of these are so abundant as

to form characteristic features of the country... There are several spe-

cies of Cassia natives of Buenos Ayres; but the magnificent Pozn-

ciana Gilliesii, although well established on, the banks of the Plata, is

said not to be indigenous. Daubentonia punicea.was found by Mr.

Fox to grow wild sparingly on the bank of the Plata below Buenos

Ayres, and in great abundance and beauty on the banks.of the Uru-

guay near its mouth; and Mr. Bunbury thinks it quite possible that

Cavanilles, who only saw it in a Botanic Garden, may have been

misinformed as to its native country, which he states to be “ New

Spain,” although it is also possible that it may be common to both.

- Several European species are naturalized at Buenos Ayres, such as

Medicago sativa, M. denticulata, Trifolium repens, and Melilotus par-

viflora. Indigofera Anil, apparently general throughout the hotter

parts of America, was observed by Mr. Fox to be common all through

South Brasil and the Banda Oriental, but not to occur south of. the

Rio de la Plata. £schynomene ciliata ranges at least from Guiana

to Buenos Ayres, and, as Mr. Bentham observes, is scarcely distin-

guishable from the North American 4. hispida, which is found as far

north as Philadelphia ; and another #schynomene from Buenos Ayres

_seems to agree with 4. conferta from British Guiana.

June 7.—Thomas Bell, Esq., President, in the Chair.

_ Mr, Yarrell, V.P.L.S., exhibited a specimen of the Dusky Petrel

( Puffinus obscurus of modern authors). This bird, new to the

British Islands, flew on board a small sloop, off the Island.of Va-

lentia, on the south coast of Ireland, on the evening of the 11th of

May last. The species having been frequently confounded with the

Manx Petrel (Puffinus Anglorum), from their close resemblance in

plumage, a specimen of the Manx Petrel, together with the eggs of

both, was also exhibited for comparison.

._ Mr. Hogg, F.L.S., exhibited specimens of an umbellate variety of

the common Primrose (Primula vulgaris, var. 3. of Smith’s ‘ English

Flora’), gathered in Thorp Wood, near Stockton-upon-Tees, on the

12th of May in the present year.

Read some Notes “On the Artificial Breeding of Salmon and

Trout, with Remarks on the Modes of Fecundating their Ova.” By

John Hogg, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S. &c.

After referring to his notice of the artificial breeding of Salmon,

as practised by Mr. Isaac Fisher, read before the Society on the 4th

of May last, and of which an abstract is given in the ‘ Proceedings,’

_p- 178, Mr. Hogg gave an account of some further experiments by

the same gentleman in the River Swale, made with considerable

success, during the past winter and spring. A letter on this subject

from Mr. Fisher appeared in the York Herald, dated May. 3rd,

1853, from which we learn that ova, placed by him on the 25th of

December last in a wooden box with gravel at the bottom, and

472 Linnean Society.

through which the stream: was continuously flowing, had nearly all

produced young salmon by about the middle of April. Some expe-

riments made about the same time by the late Earl of Tyrconnell

failed of ‘success from want of attention to the locale. Attempts

were also made by Henry Coxe, Esq., of Scruton Hall, and Major

Wade of Hanxwell Hall, to breed artificially from Trout, in which

the latter gentleman had succeeded. After pressing the subject on

the attention of all who may have the opportunity of making expe-

riments, Mr, Fisher concludes his letter by a caution against what:

he considers an incorrect statement, taken from the Perth Courier,

in which it is said that Dr. Robertson of Dunkeld, “ conceiving

that the ova of the female were impregnated previous to their

development, within the body of the fish,” had taken ‘‘anumber

of live female trout from the spawning-bed, and having extracted

the roe, deposited them in a perforated zinc box, containing also

some gravel,’’ which was “ upon the 14th of October last placed in

a running stream, and on examining the box [in April], several of

the ova were found to be hatched.” On this latter experiment Mr.

Hogg observed, that the result could only be accounted for by one

of the two following methods. Either the ova of the female trout

had in some way received the influence of the fecundating principle

of the male trout, previous to Dr. Robertson’s depositing them in his

perforated zine box; or, the perforated zinc box, which contained

the ova as expressed from the females, was placed in the running

stream within the fecundating influence of the males. The former

solution he founds on the mode of spawning described by Mr. Ellis

in his ‘ Natural History of the Salmon,’ from which it would appear

that the male and female fishes having jointly made a furrow in the

gravel, place themselves one on each side of it, and throwing them-

selves on their sides “‘again come together, and rubbing against

each other, both shed their spawn into the furrow at the same time.

This process is not completed at once; it requires from eight to

twelve days for them to lay all their spawn.” Mr. Hogg argues

from this description, that it is possible that the female trout from

which Dr. Robertson took the ova might have gone through this

process with the male, and might have thus received the fecundating

influence, just before she was caught ; but on this solution he does

not rely. He thinks it more probable that in the running stream in

which the perforated zinc box was placed, there were some male

trouts which had deposited their milt near the box, and that some

of the milt might have been carried with the stream through the

holes of the box, and have so fecundated the ova within it. In con-

clusion, he suggested, that as doubts still exist as to the processes

which the male and female salmon and trouts naturally adopt at the

spawning season, experiments on the subject might readily be un-

dertaken, by confining them, at the proper seasons, in large glass

cases or tanks, covered over with a coarse wire gauze, such as those

which have recently been constructed in the Water-vivary of the

Zoological Gardens, as a name for which he suggests the word

Hydrozogrium, compounded of béwp, aqua, and fwypetor, vivarium,

Linnean Society. 473

A stream of fresh water, regulated by pipes, could easily be supplied

in-all districts where the Salmon-tribe abounds. spol

| Read also “‘ Notes on the Dipterous parasites which attack the

common Earwig and the Emperor Moth.” By George Newport,

Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S. &c.

After remarking that it is well known to naturalists that many

Dipterous insects of the family Tachinarie infest the Lepidoptera,

Hymenoptera aud Coleoptera, Mr. Newport stated that he has recently

found one of the Dermaptera, also the common Earwig, to be subject

to the attacks of a species of the same family. He has obtained this

parasite, both in its larva and pupa state, from earwigs collected in the

autumn in the neighbourhood of London. The earwig is attacked

during its larva, or in the earlier period of its pupa state, when the

covering of its body is soft and easily perforated. The fly then attaches

a single egg to some part of its surface, and the young parasite hatched

from this penetrates into the abdomen of its victim, and there con-

tinues to feed until it is full-grown; which is not until some days,

and sémetimes even weeks, after the earwig has assumed the imago

state. The larva then escapes by forcing itself between the segments

of the earwig’s body, and the victim, already rendered sterile, soon

dies. The Jarva at first moves about very quickly, but soon becomes

quiet and changes to the pupa condition, usually within a couple

of hours. When this state is assumed during the summer, or in

the early part of the autumn, the fly is produced in about a fortnight

or three weeks, according to the temperature of the season; but

when the earwig’s body is not left until late in the autumn the pupa

remains through the winter in the earth, and the fly makes its

appearance in the spring; and this also is the case when the larva

remains in the earwig’s body during winter, and assumes its pupa

condition in the spring or early part of summer.

The body of the darva is about three-tenths of an inch in length,

is soft, white, and tapers anteriorly to a very small but distinct head,

which is furnished with a pair of retractile hooks. The body is

formed of twelve distinct segments, including the head, and

posteriorly has two projecting, corneous, black, tubular breathing

organs. ‘The pupa is oval, smooth, and of a dark brown colour; and

retains the breathing organs of the larva projecting obliquely out-

wards on either side, at its posterior extremity. The imago fly ap-

pears to be referable to the genus Metopia of Meigen, and the author

proposes to designate it Metopia Forficule, and to distinguish it as

follows :—

Genus Meroria, Meig.

Merorra Forricuna, cinerea, oculis testaceis, antennis nigris, corpore

pedibusque pilis longis nigris vestitis ; thoracis pilis lineas 6 longitudi-

_.-nales efformantibus, scutello alaruin basi femoribusque ferrugineis,

Musca domesticé aliquanté minor ; Forficuias prope Londinum infestat.

The author also exhibited specimens of another parasite of the

same family, Hrorista larvarum, which he had bred from pupz of

the Emperor Moth, Saturnia. Pavonia minor. This species is con-

474 Linnean Society:

stantly seen in the early part’ of summer, in the hot sunshine, on

hawthorn hedges, when the larvee of Pavonia are feeding. . It appears

to be'the common parasite of the Emperor Moth, in one cocoon. of

which were the dead’ pupa of the moth, together with ‘ten living

pup of the fly. In other cocoons there were nine, seven, ‘six, for®

three, and two respectively, and in one instance only a single parasite:

The pupa of the moth, in each instance, had been perforated by ‘the

parasites, which thus appear to effect their escape into thecocoon;

i the larva state, and then into pup; as is the case with the ‘Hyme-

nopterous larva of Ophion luteum which infests the puss moth. \'The

pupa of this parasite on Pavonia differs from that of the Earwig\in

its surface retaining distinct roughened annular indications ofthe

twelve segments of the body of the larva, and also in the breathing

organs being marked by three slight protuberances on each side, at

the posterior extremity, above the anus, pba

The author also described and exhibited two remarkable cocoons

of the Emperor Moth. One of these had two perfect outlets, but

in other respects was a single cocoon, and had contained only one

pupa from which the moth had been developed. The other wasia

large flattened cocoon, which, examined externally, appeared but as

a single structure, but when opened was found to have been the

joint production of two larve. It was divided internally, by a septum,

into two chambers, to which, however, this double cocoon had but

one outlet. One of the larve had died before changing to a:pupa.

The other had changed and had afterwards produced the moth, but

which had been unable to liberate itself from the cocoon, owing to

the obstacle opposed to its egress by the septum. It had become

impacted, and had died in the cocoon in its attempts to escape through

the outlet. ;

June 21.—Thomas Bell, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Read a “‘ Sketch of the Vegetation around Wellington, New Zea-

land.” By T. 8. Ralph, Esq., A.L.S.

This sketch was prepared by Mr. Ralph, during his voyage above

alluded to from Wellington to Port Phillip, from his notes made upon

the spot.. He describes the town of Wellington as situated at the

southern extremity of a large port, of about 9 miles in length and

varying in breadth from 4 to 6 miles, surrounded by hills which are

in many places covered to their summit with trees and shrubs,

These hills, being composed almost entirely of a claystone rock,

present a marked feature of roundness and abruptness without sharp-

ness, and precipitous declivities full of channels and gullies from

top to bottom. . Wellington itself is built on two flats, with an in-

tervening beach-line of houses to connect them, so that the town

possesses but a small space of level land, which some ten years since

is said to have been covered with dense bush, in which the settlers

had no difficulty in losing themselves. But all the hills in,the vicinity

of the shore have had their timber felled, and the ground has since

become covered with an undergrowth, chiefly composed of Lepio-

Linnean Society: 475

spermum-scoparium and L. ericoides (together known by the name of

Manuka), Friesia racemosa. (Aristotelia serrata of Dr. J, Hooker's

Fl. Nov: Zel.), Myoporum letum, and in some places Myrtus bullata.

Acfew of the deep gullies at'the back of the first:.ridge are uncleared,

and contain besides some Arborescent Ferns; but the hills in the

rear of the town retain, especially on their upperparts, their older

clothing of bush, consisting chiefly of some trees, such as Fuchsia

excorticata; Knightia excelsa, Eleocarpus Hinau, two or three species

of Coprosma, Geniostoma ligustrifolium, Drimys azillaris, Pittosporum

tenuifolium,; Brachyglottis repanda, and a few specimens of Br. rotun-

difolia.. ‘These are, in the denser parts of the bush, accompanied by

Piper excelsum, Ripogonum parviflorum (or Supple-Jack), climbing

species of Metrosideros, and Dicksonia squarrosa and Cyathea dealbata,

which. are the commonest species of Tree-ferns. Cyathea _me-

dullaris Mr. Ralph found but once in this locality; and of C. deal-

bata he mentions having found a single specimen with a trifurcate

stem, about 12 or 14 feet in height, and each of its divisions rising

close to each other to a height of 4 feet. Smaller ferns, such as

Hymenophyllum demissum and H. dilatatum, accompany these; Tri-

chomanes reniforme is occasionally met with in extensive patches;

and Polypodium Billardieri is by far the commonest of climbing ferns.

During the winter season (generally from May to September) the

gullies, being furnished with a steady supply of water, produce

numerous Cryptogamic plants, which Mr. Ralph states that he has

closely observed, but of which he can at present give only a brief

notice. Of most of these he expects to be able to obtain the fructi-

fication, by subjecting them to a period of confinement in Ward’s

eases, in which with a less moist, but more regularly charged atmo-

sphere, they seem well disposed to fruit. He has thus succeeded. in

fruiting Jungermannia hymenophylloides ; and suggests this mode of

cultivation to those who are desirous of obtaining fruiting specimens

of Mosses, Jungermannie, &c. Of Fungi Mr. Ralph has collected

about thirty species, while the list given in M. Raoul’s work includes

only eleven or twelve. He particularly notices [leodictyon cibarium,

which makes its appearance in June and July soon after heavy falls

of rain, and a brick-red Polyporus (P. sanguineus of the ‘ Voyage au

Pole Sud’ ?) as abundant in some places. He is inclined to think

that in many instances mere varieties have been described as species.

Thus he thinks that the two so-called new species of Parsonsia

described in M. Raoul’s ‘ Choix des Plantes’ are only varieties of -

P. heterophylla; he has been unable to distinguish the two supposed

species of Drimys ; and in other instances he believes the differences

to depend mainly upon the climate, temperate enough in sheltered

situations, but severe in places exposed to the cold south-easterly

gales either of winter or summer. Among the microscopic Fungi,

Mr. Ralph particularly mentions a species of Trichia ; the common

4Ecidium Senecionis which accompanies the Senecio vulgaris, and ap-

pears to him to extend to a species of Epilobium; and Perisporium

vulgare ? attacking Aristotelia in winter. Of Aristotelia he observes

that although it is said to be exstipulate, he has met with several spe-

476 Miscellaneous.

cimens in which the stipulz were largely developed. Of introduced

plants, the common water-cress grows by cart-loads in and about the

streams for several miles round Wellington; and Mimulus luteus is also

spreading itself along the streams and over the swampy places behind

the town. He adds that he is very desirous of introducing some of

the British plants which would probably thrive, such as Stellaria

Holostea and Antirrhinum Cymbalaria ; and states that he brought out

with him from England Vallisneria spiralis, of which he has speci-

mens intended for the Botanic Garden at Melbourne, from whence

it may perhaps make its way to Sydney and Hobart Town. Mr.

Ralph concludes his sketch by mentioning a species of Nitella (N.

translucens?) found in a rapid stream about five-and-twenty miles

from Wellington.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Mode of Reproduction and Development in various groups of

Zoophytes and Mollusca. By M. Gecensaur.

Acalephe.

1. In a new speeies of Lizzia, the development of the ova takes

place in the following manner :—After exclusion from the ovary,

which is rent at its external portion, the mature eggs become fur-

rowed ; a ciliated oval embryo is then formed, which is soon con-

verted into a polypiform larva. This larva, after fixation, acquires a

transparent corneous envelope, and throws out from a little below its

extremity, four arms disposed in the form of a cross, whilst the mouth

makes its appearance at the apex. The embryo of the Medusa has

thus become a Polype, which resembles the genus Stauridium of

Dujardin.

2. In a discophorous Medusa, the author saw gemmules arising in

great quantity from the inner surface of the stomach ; these gemmules

at first presented the appearance of flat tubercles, which, becoming

detached from their parent, gradually acquired the form of a bell. On

the lower surface of this bell, near its circumference, four protube-

rances made their appearance ; in its centre a small opening, the

mouth was formed ; the protuberances, which are marginal tentacles,

soon increased in number, whilst the embryo continued growing. At

last these gemmules, the whole development of which took place within

the stomach of the mother, produced Medusze, which did not differ

from their parent in any respect.

3. The author considers that in a considerable number of genera,

such as Charybdea, Pelagia, Ephyropsis (new genus), and Rhizo-

stoma, the marginal organs are composed of an auditory apparatus

and an organ of vision. The latter, which have hitherto only been

seen by M. Kolliker in an Oceania, are placed close to the auditory

vesicles, and attached to a prolongation of the stomachal sacs; they

consist of a hemispheric mass of pigment-cells, in which a spherical

Miscellaneous. 477

lens is half-buried ; the free portion of this lens is perfectly naked

and bathed by the sea water.

Siphonophora.

‘1. The genus Eudozia lately studied by M. Busch is distinguished

by the possession of two organs serving for generation; one of these

is the natatory bell of the animal which contains either an ovary or a

testicle at its bottom. The other, which is smaller, and fixed at the base

of this bell, has a certain resemblance with the medusiform gemmules

of polypes, which has led M. Busch to the opinion that the Zudoxie

produced Medusze. This opinion does not agree with the author’s

observations ; he has seen very distinctly that the organ in question.

is only a natatory bell containing the organs of generation and serving

to replace the other after it has detached itself.

2. With regard to Abyla pentagona the author has made a dis-

covery which will serve to elucidate the history of the Siphonophora

with a single sucker. A small siphonophorous Medusa of the

Eudoxia type, which occurs very frequently in the port of Messina,

and which possesses all the organs of the Eudoxie, including those

of generation, was found to be nothing but a detached portion of an

Abyla. That is to say, the fully developed Ady/le consist of a great

number of Eudoxiiform animals, which become detached and lead an

independent existence. Lach of these animals possesses a trunk or

sucker (polype according to M. Vogt) with a tentacle, a natatory bell,

containing the ieee of generation, and a protective portion resem-

bling a cube. is latter portion has not hitherto been observed,

which accounts for the relation between the dbyle and Eudozrie

neve escaped the notice of MM. Quoy and Gaimard, and M. Kal-

er.

3. With respect to the Velelle, the author believes he has ob-

served a Medusa which is an ulterior development of the gemmules

of these animals, which are attached to the smaller suckers. The

youngest of these Medusze resembled the detached gemmules de-

scribed by Huxley, whilst the larger ones possessed a stomach and

well-developed organs of generation, but no marginal corpuscles, and

only one tentacular cirrus.

4. During last winter, the author attempted the artificial fecun-

dation of the Siphonophora. He succeeded completely with the ge-

nera Diphyes, Physophora, Agalmopsis, Hippopodius, and Forskahilia,

The development of the egg commenced with a complete wrinkling

of the yolk ; an embryo resembling a ciliated Infusory is then formed,

Its further development was only observed in the genus Diphyes; the

first portion of the Diphyes which makes its appearance is the upper

part of the body and the natatory bell. M.Gegenbaur found a great

ate young Physophoride very similar to those described by

. Kolliker.

Pteropoda and Heteropoda.

_ 1. The author has observed the embryos of nearly all the genera

inhabiting the Mediterranean, viz. Carinaria, Firola, Atlanta, H y-

478 Miscellaneous.

alea, Cleodora, Tiedemannia, and Pnenmodermon. — Tr all; with*the

exception of Pneumodermon, the development of which has been de-

scribed by Miiller (Monatsbericht:der Kon. Akad. der Wiss. zu Belin,

October\1852), and by Kélliker and Gegenbaur (Zeitschrift fiir Zoo-

logie,, Bd, iv.) an. oval, embryo-is formed, furnished with membranous

ciliated lobes (vedum) and,a shell (even in Firola). In the Pteropoda

this velum is. persistent,-and becomes transformed into the finlike

lateral appendages of these animals. In the Heteropoda, on the con-

trary, it gradually disappears as the animal acquires its characteristic

form. The velum of the Heteropoda and Pteropoda corresponds éx-

actly with that of the Gasteropoda, from which it follows’ that the

lateral lobes or fins of the Pteropoda, which are only an’ ulteridr

metamorphosis of the velum, cannot be compared with the foot of the

Gasteropoda, as was Cuvier’s opinion. Hit MOU BIT

2. Lastly, the author has ascertained that in) many Mollusca thie

generative organs contain both eggs and spermatozoa.) The*excretory

canal of these organs is not double, or furnished with two:semi-caiials,

as was supposed by Meckel, but contains at once eggs and ‘sperma

tozoa: this was shown by H. Miiller of Wurzburg to be the casei

Phyltirhoé.—Comptes Rendus, Sept. 26, 1853, p.493. — BIKE

TEETH OF TESTACELLUS AND GLANDINA. | s

M. Moquin-Tandon, in the ‘ Journal de Conchyliologie’ (ii. 125),

describes the teeth of Testacellus, and among other particulars states

that the animal has no horny jaws, a retractile proboscis, and is ear-

nivorous. ‘

M. Morelet (in vol. iii. pp. 27 & 257) and M. Raymond (in vol. iy.

p- 14 of the same Journal) describe the animal of two species of

Glandina from America and Africa as having nearly similar teeth,

a retractile proboscis without a horny jaw, and the same carnivorous

appetite. ‘The latter author considers Testacellus as “a Glandina

with a rudimentary shell.” Dr. Wyman described and figured the

teeth of Glandina in the ‘ Boston Journal of Natural History,’ show-

ing them to be of a conical form. aes

I intended, in my paper on the Teeth of Pulmonata in the last Num-

ber, to have observed, that the illustrations of that paper were kindly

drawn by Mr. S. P. Woodward from the well-mounted specimens of

Messrs. Cocken and Wilton. The examination of the large series of

mounted specimens belonging to these gentlemen and other micro-

scopists, has been very useful to me in these researches, as showin,

the uniformity and permanence of the characters afforded by the teeth,

and sometimes of drawing my attention to peculiarities of form, and

inducing me to examine the teeth of the animal they were said to be

taken from.—JoHn Epwarp Gray.

On the Structure of the Retina in Man. By Profs. KOuter

and H. Mixuer.

The retina is composed of different layers—viz. 1. the layer of

cylinders and cones; 2. that of nucleiform bodies; 3, the layer. of

Miscellaneous. “ATO

y substancé ; 4. the expansion of the‘optie nerve; and 5. the

iting membrane.

_ Leaying the latter membrane out of the question, we will commence

with the layer of the optic nerve.’ The most remarkable fact to be

noticed here, is that according to’a discovery of M. Kolliker, the

expansion of the optic nerve is interrupted at the macula lutea, so

that at-that place there does not exist the smallest trace of a layer of

nervous fibres. In ‘all other parts of the retina the nervous fibres

form, a very. thick and uninterrupted layer at the bottom of the eye ;

except that at the margins of the macula lutea they are lost ma

dJayer-of nervous cells, which here form the most internal layer of the

retina, and ate only covered by the limiting membrane. These cells

forma very thick layer in this place, as in a vertical section of the

retina, from nine to twelve series of cells placed one behind the other

may be Seen ; these cells possess the characters of the other cells of

the retina, which will be referred to hereafter.

{With respect to one of the most important questions, the termina-

tion of the nervous fibres of the retina, the observations of M. Kolliker

upon the human retina show that these fibres are in direct commu-

nication with the nervous cells. These cells, which are entirely ab-

sent at the entrance of the optic nerve, are all provided with from

one to six processes, exactly resembling those found in the nervous

eells of the brain and ganglions ; these, ramifying several times, are

continuous with the true nervous fibres of the expansion of the optic

nerve, so that these fibres take their rise in the nervous cells of the

retina. The discovery of this important fact is due to the Marquis

A. Corti, of Turin, who ascertained it, first, about three years ago in

the ruminants and afterwards in the elephant, in which animal the

aoe of the eee fibres are presented with unparalleled distinctness

and beauty. e have verified the facts ascertained by M. Corti on

the human retina, and think we may say that in man, as in the other

mammalia, there are terminations of the nervous fibres in the cells of

the retina. As to free terminations, we have never found them, and

we are inclined to believe that, although admitted by several authors,

they have no existence in fact.

Next to the nervous fibres and cells, the parts most worthy our

attention are the cylinders and cones. The former haye been well

described by Hannover; but the cones of the retina of man and

mammalia have not been sufficiently seen by any observer. The

cones are pyriform or conical bodies, three or four times the thickness

of the cylinders, but not half their length, situated in the in-

terior of the layer of cylinders. ‘The cones, which on their outer

slender portion bear a prolongation resembling a short cylinder, are

less numerous than the cylinders; they are tolerably regular in their

arrangement. At the position of the macula lutea, as observed by

Henle, there are no cylinders, whilst the cones are very numerous and

form an uninterrupted layer.

One of the facts most worthy attention is, that from the internal

portion of each cone and from each cylinder a fibre proceeds, which,

after traversing all the layers of the retina, loses itself on the inner

480 Miscellaneous.

surface of the limiting membrane. This has also been ascertained

by Miiller to be the case with animals. These fibres, which are all

in relation with the nucleiform bodies, of which, as already pointed

out by Bowman, there are two layers in the human retina, form a

peculiar system of the retina, and are named. by us the radiating

fibres. The principal facts which we have ascertained respecting

these fibres, which have hitherto remained unknown, are as follows :

every cone at its inner portion is in connexion with an enlarged body

containing a nucleus, which is situated in the outer layer of nuclei-

form bodies; and from this enlarged body, which may be regarded

as a cell, a fibre arises, which attains the inner layer of the nucleiform

bodies and there becomes connected with one of these, which are only

small cells containing a large nucleus; this fibre then traverses the

nervous cells and fibres, and at length attaches itself by its extremity,

which is inflated and sometimes ramified, to the limiting membrane.

Radiating fibres, exactly resembling these, but finer, also rise from

the inner portion of the cylinders, become connected with those

nucleiform bodies in the two layers which are not fixed to the fibres

proceeding from the cones, and terminate in the same manner at the

limiting membrane ; it is to be observed, however, that from three to

six of the fibres proceeding from the cylinders unite during their

passage through the inner layers of the retina so as to form a single

fibre, which renders the radiating fibres less numerons in the inner

layers. These radiating fibres, like the nervous fibres of the retina,

are very delicate, but they never form varicosities, and may thus be

distinguished from the true nervous fibres.

Such are the principal facts which we have ascertained with respect

to the anatomy of the human retina, and from these physiology may

derive certain conclusions of indubitable interest. We establish, in

the first place, that it is not by the nervous fibres of the retina that

light is perceived, because, on the one hand, that part of the retina -

which is most sensible to light and which offers the most perfect

visual perception, the macula lutea, does not exhibit the least trace

of the layer of nervous fibres, whilst, on the other hand, the nervous

fibres exist in great number at that point where the retina is totally de-

ficient in sensibility. This settled, there only remain the neryous cells

of the retina, the nucleiform bodies, and the cones and cylinders, which

can be considered as organs of sensation. For our own parts, we should

be inclined to regard the nervous cells as fulfilling this function, as

it has been shown, both by Corti and ourselves, that the nervous

fibres of the optic nerve are continuous with these cells; we are,

nevertheless, compelled to lay aside this supposition, as in all parts

of the retina which possess the faculty of perception, these cells form

several series (ten or twelve) laid one upon another, and it is impos-

sible to admit that we could receive exact and distinct visual impres-

sions, if each ray of light influenced at once ten or twelve cells. The

same reason leads us to think that it is not by means of the nuclei-

form bodies that we receive the impression of light, so that only the

cones and cylinders remain for our purpose. We are led to form the

opinion that these curious organs, with which physiology has hitherto

Miscellaneous. 481

been puzzled what to do, are truly the parts destined to receive the

impression of light, and we at the same time think that their arrange-

ment side by side in the manner of a mosaic, and their small diame-

ter, are all favourable for rendering the visual sensations as exact as

possible. We do not, however, wish to insist too strongly upon this

esis, as we have been unable to discover any connexion be-

tween the cones and cylinders and the nervous fibres and cells of the

retina. We suppose that such a connexion exists, but we “have

found it impossible to prove it distinctly. All that we have seen is,—

1, That all the nervous cells possess one or two processes, which,

PE ing from their external portion, lose themselves in the inner

yer of nucleiform bodies ; and,

2. That the nucleiform bodies of this layer have generally one or

two processes besides the two which are continuous with the radiating

fibres mentioned above. :

It may be, as indeed we suppose, that these latter fibres are in di-

rect communication with the external prolongations of the nervous

cells, so that sensations originating in the cylinders and cones would

be transmitted by the radiating fibres to the nervous cells, and thence

to the fibres of the expansion of the optic nerve, which would thus

become only a means of communication between the organs which

perceive the light (the cones, cylinders and nervous cells) and the

brain.

In any case, even should our hypothesis of the function of the

a and cones be proved false by subsequent discoveries, it will

always be certain that the fibres of the optic nerve are not directly

aed upon by the light, and that we must seek for the organ

of the direct sensation of light in the nervous cells of the retina,

whether these cells be directly affected by the luminous rays or by

the medium of the cones and cylinders. We admit that the layer of

nervous cells in the retina is a true ganglion, or if it be preferred a

true nervous centre. We attribute to it the function of the percep-

tion of light, and believe that the optic nerve serves merely to trans-

mit the sensations from this centre to the organ of intelligence and

‘consciousness.—Comptes Rendus, 26th September, 1853, p. 488.

Discovery in the Human Body of a Substance giving the same Che-

mical Reactions as Cellulose. By M. Virncuow.

_M. Purkinje has described some peculiar corpuscles from the human

brain, fo of concentric layers and of a structure analogous to that

of starch grains. These amylaceous bodies have since been found in

several parts, especially in the superficial layers of the walls of the

cerebral ventricles and in the spimal cord. Some observers have sup-

posed that it was this substance that constituted the acervulus cerebri.

In investigating the microchemical properties of these corpuscles,

the origin of which is unknown, I was much surprised to find, that

on the addition of watery solution of iodine a bluish tint made its

appearance, contrasting strongly with the yellow coloration of the

neighbouring parts. The addition of hydrated sulphuric acid to the

object immediately produced that bright violet colour so especially

characteristic of vegetable cellulose. The repetition of the experi-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 33

482 Meteorological Observations.

ment proved the constancy of the reaction, which is more brilliant in

proportion as the action of the sulphuric acid is slow. —

These particles of cellulose (true amylaceous corpuscles) only. exit

in the vicinity of the cerebral ventricles, especially in the deep layers)

of the ependyma in the nerves of sensation and in the spinal cord.

They are very frequent in the latter in the central gray gabitecs |

described by M. Kolliker, which, according to my observations, ex-

tends from the ependyma of the fourth ventricle to the terminal

filament of the spinal cord, and corresponds to the spaedrie b of the

obliterated central canal of this portion of the nervous axis. On this |

account it might be called the central cord of spinal ependyma.”

All the other concentric corpuscles have a different composition. .

Neither the concretions of the pineal gland arid choroid plexus, nor

the granules of the excrescences of Pacchioni, nor the plates extracted |

from the spinal arachnoid, exhibit any vegetable reaction. ‘The cor- |

puseles of cellulose are quite peculiar to the ependyma, which is.

neither a prolongation-of the arachnoid, nor of the pia mater, but

rather the superticial free layer of the connective tissue of the nervous

elements, It is on’ this account that these granules are also found ib

the gray substance of the olfactory nerve. —Comptes Rendus, nepts 26, 13

1853, p. 492.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR OCT, 1853.

16,17. Rain. 18. Clear and fine. 19. Heavy rain. 20. Fine. 21. Rain

Rain: fine. 23. Densely overcast: cloudy and fine. 24, 25. Fine. 26. Very

fine: rain at night. 27, Cloudy: overcast: lightning in the evening: rain. 28.

Cloudy and fine: rain. 29. Cloudy and fine: clear. 30. Foggy: clear. PY id Veer

49°9

fine. Mean temperature of the month ...............+ ei kesae Garis.

Mean temperature of October 1852 .........cecssesssseeseeeees «- 46°22

Mean temperature of Oct. for the last twenty-seven years . 50 *06

Average amount of rain in Oct. ...... ces. ce ceeeeeeeeterenceeeees 2°64 inches.

Boston.—Oct. 1. Cloudy: raina.m. 2. Fine: rain p.m. 3. Fine. 4. Rain’

am. 5. Cloudy: rain a.m.and p.m. 6. Rain a.m. 7. Cloudy.. 8. Cloudy:

rain A.M.and p.m. 9. Cloudy. 10. Fine: rain p.m. 11. Cloudy: rain AcMe

and p.m. 12, Cloudy: rain a.m. 13, 14. Cloudy: rain p.m. 19. Cloudy. 16.

Rain a.m. and p.m. 17. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m. 18. Cloudy. 19. Cloudy $)

rain Acw. and P.M. 20. Cloudy. 21. Cloudy: rain a.m, 22. Fine. 23, 24.

Cloudy. -25. Foggy. 26. Cloudy: rain p.m, 27. Cloudy. 28. Cloudy : rain Aint.

29. Cloudy. 30, 31. Fine.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Oct. 1. Showers a.M.and p.m. 2, 3. Sleet-showers. L

AM. and p.m. 4. Rain a.m.: showers p.m. 5. Showers a.M.: drizzle p.m. 6.

Bright a.m. : cloudy p.m. — 7. Drizzle A.M. : seine 8,9. Damp A.M. and P.M.

10. Cloudy a.m. and p.m, 11. Showers A.m.: cloudy p.m, 12. Cloudy a.m. :

damp pm. 13. Cloudy a.m. and p.m. 14, Cloudy A.M.; showers P.M. 15..

Bright a.m.: showers p.m. 16, 17. Showers a.m. and p.m. 18. Showers rts M.:

bright p.m. 19. Cloudy a.m.: rain p.m. 20. Clear a.M.: showers, aurora P.M.

21. Rain a.m. and p.m. 22. Clear a.m, : showers P.M. ~ 23: Clear ai, : showers,

aurora P.M. 24. Cloudy a.m.: drizzle p.m. | 25, 26. Cloudy a.m.+ rain P.M. 27. “

Bright A.M.: clear, aurora P.M. 28. Cloudy. a.m. and p.m. .. 29. Bright a.m.

cloudy p.m. 30. Clear, fine a.m : cloudy p.m. 31. Rain a.m.: showers P.M.

Mean temperature of Oct. for twenty-six previous years’ ...... 7 |

Mean temperature of this month ~....... bum. oviedee vive 48°66 os

Mean temperature of Oct. 1852 oc... sec cceceeses ep ecteeeeen oe 46 °88 = = %

Average quantity of rain in Oct. for thirteen previous years . _ 4'99 inches. -

Ys tS

e- OOCTSIA Gt ¢

Chiswick.—October 1.. Heavy.clouds: clear. 2,3. Clear and fine: fros Ss ee

nights. 4. Rain. 5. Constant rain. 6. Dense fog. 7. Hazy and damp:

rain. 8. Rain: fine: clear. 9. Foggy: fine. 10. Very fine. 11. Fine. 12.

Rain. 13, Hazy: rain. 14, Foggy: very fine. 15. Fine: cloudy: rain at ba

TM OFF TE

“eT?

HIGMICR’® Vs Townes

SCHIERLS

—-—

e) i2 4 Lal

Y pOmMbeor or ives comnrcsy OL 1)

i HWoeLo

oe BV Gus

A 6

WISLSOLOTOALSUE CQprossi.nugeosse Bocers ON TATL’

$6.5 | oL.z | gZ.€ bo.g% |6z.6¢ | $.0$ |ez.rb LLgs 99S°6% gbS.6z 62.62 96S.6z 112,62 | *uvayy

ST, |rerereeeeleesceeves! soe | og *g | §1S | 6h Sv) Sb | LS ob 62 tb.6z $5.62 618.62 486,62 “rf

Go, [rtteserslecssseees! song ‘msm | cou | $4b] 6+ gv} z& | vs $9.62 £9.62 99.67 266.62 9$0.0£ ‘of

pe 80. 4 ORY [ereeneee] cone | mem dros OP} Bh} of] LE | 9S $4.62 $$.6z ~- 9£,6% %29.67 £>6,6z 6z

TO: | OTe | Of =) o> | we oe B BSA GoS-|°S LS) LPP Fo gf .6z 7S .6¢— 21.6% £6¢.62 | - £65.62 "gz

89, “I. 9£. | sass. |t9ga beg 1S | ¥£S 9$| 2S | to £5.62 £5.62 L2,6% g9S.6z grg.6z LB

CVG, jesssereeel Og, =| sagm |ogg fo Mg 6b | Lv | tS| Le | Lo 79.6% 08.6 E62 $$9.6¢ toL,6z "Qt

£6, fretbererleretoneiel ogg [a og. og LESHH “LE | ob | £9 79.6% gr.6z gt.6z 7el.6e $zg.6¢ ‘Scp

EE, Jrrttessslereeivessl ing | ogg fs og WS.) 18) S.ES| +b | 29 £5.62 1g.6z 79.6% 988-67 £90,08 4

WE, c]rttecenlieeeee ail Sem tome [omg fg? | $oS 6$| 2? | Sg 08.6% ob.6z v5.62 016,62 Ogr%o£ ~ | Ez

9S. | 0, jerriree**! ewes | mes] as} 2b] a | $$] £9 +9 o$ 62 £0.62 gf .6z $18.6 L£6.62 ‘et

Cee ees | 880) Me lore: tows | GS] 6b | Lb] 0S. | 09 $6.gz $1.62 £v.6z €$2,6¢ bS 3,62 ‘It

$Qe fre reer awe | oom | emu | Lb for | 6b] cf | of $+.6z gt.6z¢ 0.6% €L£.6< 013,67 yo

is BO pee” a S88 eo ores OF, ‘so }orag |g by | oF | S.LZb| ov f £5 ab.6z gb.6z 6.9% ob6,97 7$1,6% “61

TAL, | LE. ferereeees) cour |tmum} -m | Eb | ob | rb] € | 4s Lv.6% 9£.6z 1.62 96£,62 Lev.6z |. -gr

=[cOh | Bre | 18. -| muu| sags | ems | Sh] gh | xb] €€ 9§ £2.62 20.6% £6.92 ol0,6% zbz.6z . |) 410

~ “foto. | Zon | bo. | emss | sms fems | Seb | 2S o$| ze | gS $0,6z 60,62 27,67 te$.6z L£89,6z “St

S aes Or. Io gt. | ase: | som. | +g 6b | ob | S.ES| of | $9 ob,6z vL.6z¢ ob 62 719,62 $bL.62 “br

S Seren yess see" 86. So) yea | So 2 «a gv | gb) SSS! of | gS 6.6 96.62 ob.6z $99.62 $11.62 "fx

‘ seer Son fe 6x. | ow | on {sa | $2b 1 6h] Ss| 6b | ZS 96.62 £6.62 9f.6z 89,62 $g9.6e | *zx

we 10, fo. | zr. °| sou | ‘oun | on gb | 18 €S$| wb | gs $6,6z 96.6% v.62 L$ 9.6% £1 1.6¢ "ar

. er eeesieeseectee! SO. =| sad. oun] u | oS | £5] Z| ge | 29 70,08 bo.0f ob.6% £69.62 9gg.6z |."or

51.10, Lo, freeser*t) egg: | ong bem $eS | €£$ wS| SE | zg 70,08 26.62 9%.6z 985.62 £>L.6% 6 ¢

9% fb go.) fogh. joa | as | emu | £5] £91 S| 1% 09 0g.6z 69.62 o1,6z 69¢.6% | $L¥,62 8

‘ £0, | So, |: t=] “+a |mpoo | ms | 1S] 0S | 2S] z+ 9S 9,62 g9.6z | £0.62 6gf.6c | grv,6z.. |e «2

3 ~ | £0, fe | go. | sotto | ems | 2b] Geb] S| Ze | és 08.6 $8.62 00,62 146,62 10%,6z.- fg

eee “vor F 2b. | ou [ass |. +g gr | $< $$| gf | Zs 99.62 gt.6z £0.62 £97.62 Lov.6z — |. °S

69M) ft, | £8. |emsm] ce booms | 2S | ch] sl zg S 91.6% £7.62 0$,6z g09.62 $96.62. | +

‘| Of, fo, freererrss) Sum [oom foemn | eb} fh | bbl Ze | bs 2L.62 29.6% ov.6z of £62 *|~ 193.6% <@

nO a steseeneMNBO | ta. [ocak | Eb] gh] oS!) VE | 49 gr.6z ob.6z L1,6z 109,62 |. t£9.6¢ "I

oh ae a >| - i nae =a é

BS} B RY’ ‘ Tce Se Fe ' | Stovmpuvs “Kowig - Seas, hoo 8 reeNRID ‘QUOT

’ A ‘ ~ 7 z jo skuq

“Uyey “PULA ‘roPOWOIN

‘AUNNUG ‘asuppy younpung yw “uoysnoly *¢— *aoy ay7 Ag pun fNOLSOg 70 [waa “Ay Ag

suopuory Wau ‘MOIMSIN Jv hyar905 Jpanynornjsopy ay) fo uapsngy 0y2 7 osdWoY, Aq Ag apou suoynasasqQ 192607 0100j0 7"

484 4 |

INDEX to VOL. XII.

ACALEPH&, on the mode of re-

production and development in

some, 476.

Achatina, new species of, 94, 140; on

the teeth of, 331.

Acradenia, observations on, 31.

Actinia, new British species of, 127.

Adams, A., on new species of Mitra,

48; on new species of Trochidee,

142, 199; monograph of Scutus,

280 ; on ‘the genus Monoptygma,

281; on some new shells, with a

note on the genus Nematura, 283 ;

monograph of the recent species of

Rimula, 284 ; monograph of Punc-

turella, 286.

Agaricus, new species of, 417.

Algee, remarks on some, belonging to

the genus Caulerpa, 1.

Allman, Dr. G. J., on the anatomy

and physiology ‘of Cordylophora,

289.

Amphibola, on the teeth of, 332.

Animal and vegetable organisms, on

preserving the balance between, in

sea water, 319.

Anomalocera Pattersonii,note on, 164.

Anomiadie, new genus of, 150.

Anthophorabia, on the ocelli in, 44.

Arachnida, on the movements of the

blood in the pulmonary, 219.

Arlidge, J. T., on the monstrosity of

a rose; 290.

Artamus, new species of, 294,

Auricula, on the teeth of, 332.

Badger, remarks on the Tibetan, 221.

Balea, new’ species of, 140.

Balfour, Dr., on the growth of some

alms’ in the Botanic Garden of

dinburgh, 63.

Bankivia, new species of, 203.

a ae

Barrande’s, J., Systéme Silurien | du

Centre de ‘la Bohéme, abit ga

130.

Benson, W. H., on some new dasa

shells, 90.

Berkeley, Rey. M. J., on North Ame-

rican fungi, 417.

Sar description of the new ; ¥ gems,

Birds of Madeira, notice of the) 58;

of Ceylon, 97, 165, 262. .

Bivalves, on branchial currents in the,

303.

Black, A. O., on the eryptogami

plants of the neighbourhood of St.

Andrews, 218.

Blanchard, E., on the oceania of

the blood in the pulmonary Arach-

nida, 219.

Blood, on the movements of the, i in

the pulmonary Arachnida, 219.

Blood rain, observations on, 409. )

Boletus, new species of, 429.5 5 ~

Bonaparte, Prince C. L.,om the largest

ae species of Phaleridine: ‘bird,

278

Books, new :—Barrande’s: Systime

Silurien du Centre de la Bohéme,

130; Jukes’s Popular Physical Geo-

logy, 135 ; -Gosse’s Naturalist’s

Rambles on the Devonshire Coast,

197 ; Dr. Johnston’s Botany of the

Eastern Borders, 439; Moore’s

Handbook of: British Ferns; 442;

Fresenius’s Beitrage zur Mycologie,

443; Darwin’s sg Sd of a

Cirripedia, 444.

Botanical Society of Edinburgh, r0-

ceedings of ask 63, 218. me P

Braun, Al., on the “ nucleus” of the

Chiaricese, 297.

INDEX.

Brodie, Rev. P. B., on the lias at

Fretherne, with an account of some

new Be emervniiers, and on certain

easel e deposits in the Vale of

loucester, 272.

Brown, J., on the artesian well at

Colchester, and remarks on some

microscopic fossils, 240.

Bryozoa, observations on some, 240.

Buckman, Prof. J., on the cornbrash

of the neighbourhood of Cirences-

ter, 324 ; on Libellula Brodiei, 436.

Bulimus, new species of, 94, 140, 149.

Bunbury, C. J. F., on the vegetation

of Buenos Ayres and the neigh-

_ bouring districts, 462.

Buaterd; Great, on the habits and

structure of the, 35.

a ae on two new species of, 115,

Cantharellos, new species of, 425.

Canthiridus, new species of, 201.

morpha, new species of, 189.

reve ang new species of, 95.

-Caulerpa, new species of, 1.

Cellulose, on the occurrence of in the

» human body, 481.

Ccxezon, remarks on the genus, 73.

— on the change of colour

ima

ae on the “ nucleus ”’ of the,

Chlorostoma, new species of, 208.

Chorozema, new species of, 33.

Cionidium, remarks on the genus, 37.

Clanculus, new species of, 144.

Clark, W., on the genus Truncatella,

4; on the Rissoa rubra, 107; on

the branchial currents in the Bi-

_walyes, 303.

Clarke, B., on relative position, in-

»» eluding a new nn of Pha-

_herogamous plants, |

Clouston, Beri. on sun-columns

‘Observed at. Sandwick Manse,

Orkney, 70.

— .P., on Spadix purpurea,

Comandra umbellata, on the para-

sitism of, 365.

Conus, on the head of the genus, 176.

Cordylophora, on the anatomy and

physiology of, 289.

Casheit of the neighbourhood of

Cirencester, remarks on the, 324.

Coronella, new species of, 389.

Cortinarius, new species of, 423.

485

Crustacea, new genus and species of

amphipodous, 44; on the time of

g of British, 66; new species

of British, 110.

Cryptopleurum, on the British species

Gartin Bey on North American

fungi, 417

Gatenbien on the British species

of, 76.

Cyekediena new species of, 96; on

the teeth of, 333.

Cyclostoma, new species of, 141, 452.

Cylindrella, new species of, 140.

Cynictis, new species of, 48.

Darwin’s, C., monograph of the Cir-

ripedia, gevatreds 444,

Davy, Dr. J., on the eye of the mole,

45.

Didymohelix ferruginea, on the struc-

ture of, 438.

be “oS sa on the operculum of,

Dolphiv, on the transverse processes

of the two-toothed, 435.

eae description of the genus,

Edmondia, new species of, 190.

Eleuchus, new species of, 203.

Eucratea chelata, on the occurrence

of, 149.

Euphrosyne foliacea, notice respect-

in '

hee on the development of, from

their spores, 33; on venation asa

generic character in, 37.

Flora of Buenos Ayres and the neigh-

bouring districts, on the, 462; of

a New Zealand, on ‘sie;

474

Foraminifera, observations on -some,

240; descriptions of new, 272.

Forbes, Prof. E., on some new points

in British geology, 136.

Fossils, on some new carboniferous

limestone, 188; on some .micro-

scopic, 240.

Fresenius’s, Dr. G., Beitriige zur My-

cologie, resiewed, 443,

veces on the feextadatigni of the,

Fungi, new species of North American,

417.

Gallionella ferruginea,on the strueture

of, 438.

Gastrolobium, new species of, 33.,

Gegenbaur, M., on the mode of re-

486

production and development in

various groups of Zoophytes and

Mollusca, 476.

Geology, on some new ints im

Britich, 136. i

Gibbula, new species of, 209.

Glandina, on the teeth of, 478.

Gosse, P. H., on some new or little-

known marine animals, 124, 153,

384 ; Naturalist’s Rambles on the

Devonshire Coast, reviewed, 197.

Gray, Asa, on the parasitism of Co-

mandra umbellata, 365.

Gray, Dr. J. E., on the operculum of

the genus Diplommatina, 9; on two

Viverride from Ceylon, 47; on the

teeth of the genus Mitra, 129; on

Johnstonella Catharina, 150; ona

new. genus of Anomiade, Fr 3 on

the head of the genus Cent, 176;

on the animal of Rotella, 179; on

the Tibetan badger, 291 ; on the

teeth of the pneumonobranchiate

Mollusca, 329; on some undescribed

species of reptiles, 386; on two

new genera of land mollusca, 412;

on the teeth of Testacellus aad

Glandina, 478.

pire oars R. K., on some Algz belong-

to the genus Caulerpa, 1.

th, Dr. 5. W., on the structure

Grp Gallionella ferruginea, 438.

Hanley, H., on the breeding of the

nightingale i in captivity, 148.

Harcourt, E. V., on the birds of

Madeira, 58.

Helicina, new species of, 141.

Helix, new species of, 91, 139.

Henfrey, A., on the development of

ferns from their spores, 33.

Herpetodryas, new species of, 390.

Herrmannsen, Dr., on some genera of

shells established by H.F. Link, 448.

Hewardia, remarks on the genus, 37.

Hiatula, new species of, 422.

Higginbottom, J., on the British

Tritons, 369.

Hincks, Rev. W., on the nature of

fasciated stems, 41.

Hinulia, new species of, 388.

Hippalyuanent British species of, 110,

Hogg, J., on the artificial breeding of

salmon and trout, 471.

Hygrophorus, new. species of, 424.

Hyperoodon bidens, on the transverse

processes of, 435,

INDEX.

Ichneumon, Atropos, remarks on, 40;

Tluanthos, new British species of, 128.

Infundibulum, new species of, 143.

Invertebrata, on the phosphoresgeue

of some marine, 15, 180; on the

structure of the organs of breathing

in, 243, 333, 393,

Janella, on the new genus, 412.

J a description of the genus,

Johnstonella Catharina, remarks. on,

Johnston’s, Dr., Botany of the East-

ern Borders, reviewed, 439. pi

Jukes’s, J. B., Popular Physical Geo-

logy, reviewed, 135.

Kippist (R.) on Acradenia, a. new oe

nus of Diosmezx, 31.

Kolliker, Prof., on the structure, of

the retina in man, 478. :

Labio, new species. of, 207: fa

Lactarius, new species of, 425...

Lacuna, new species of, 283... |...)

Layard, E. L., on the ornithology of

eylon, 97, 165, 262. .

demas, new species of, 426,

Lenzites, new species of, 428... \y

Libellula Brodiei, remarks on, 436. ,

Link, H.F., on some genera of sell

established by, 448.

Linnzan Society, proceedings of the

31, 462.

Lithodomus, new species of, 189,,

Lubbock, J., on two new species of

Calanide, with observations. on the

spermatic tubes of Pontella, Diap-

tomus, &c., 115,159... iV

Lycett, J,, on some new species. of

Trigonia, 225

ae new British species. of,, 385:

‘Coy, Prof. F., on some. new, ear-

boniferous limestone fossils, 188.

Mack, Mr., on the laying. of black

eggs by a white duck of ‘the ordi-

nary domestic breed, 213, f,

Macrochilus, new species of, 193.

Mammalia, new arrangement aff the

Edentate, 348. ' xf

Marasmius, new species of, 426.

Margarita, new species of, 212...

Megasternum, on the Britis pete

of, 88.

Melemny mR montanum, remarks, on,

Meteorological observations, 7), Voi,

223, 295, 367, 482. PO}

Metopia, new species. of, 473,

INDEX.

Mitra; new species of, 48; on the

“teeth of the genus, 129.

Mole, on the eye of the, 45.

Mollusca, umonobranchiate, on

» the teeth of the, 329; rare Irish,

~ 366; new of land, 412; on

the mode of reproduction and de-

velopment in various Lar of, 476.

Monilea, new species of, 211.

Monodonta, new species of, 204.

Monops, new species of, 122.

Mosprreme- monograph of the ge-

“nus, 28].

Montagnites, new species of, 422.

Moore, T., on two new Swan River

Papilionaceze, 33 ; on venation as a

“generic character in ferns, with ob-

servations on the genera Hewardia

and Cionidium, 37 ; Handbook of

British Ferns, reviewed, 442.

Miiller, M. H.; on the structure of

the retina in man, 478.

Murchisonia, new species of, 191.

Murray, A., on the genus Cercyon,

with a short monographical synopsis

of the British Spheridiide, 73. —

Mysis, new British species of, 156.

Natiea sordida, occurrence of, 367.

Natiez, descriptions of new, 287.

Nautilus, new species of, 195.

Nematura, note on the genus, 284.

Newport, G., on Ichneumon Atropos,

40; on the ocelli in the genus An-

‘thophorabia, 44 ; on the dipterous

‘parasites which attack the earwig

‘and emperor moth, 473.

Nicholson, Dr., on an undescribed

“aa. on the breeding of the,

“in captivity, 148

Nipha stygius, discovery of, in

~ England, 44.

Nuttall, T., on a new species of Rho-

dodendron, 10.

Oliver, D.,:on Melampyrum monta-

num, 219.

Ornithology of Ceylon, notes on the,

97, 165, 262.

Orthoceras, new species of, 196.

Otina, new species of, 283.

Owen, Prof., on the transverse pro-

eesses of the two-toothed dolphin,

435.

Palmella prodigiosa, observations on,

409.

Palms, on the structure of the leaves

487

of, 27; remarks on the growth of

some, 63.

Panus, new species of, 427.

Papilionacez, on two new, 33.

Parias, new species of, 392.

Paxillus, new eies of, 423.

Pelosoma, on die British species of,

Pfeiffer, Dr. L., on some new land

shells, 139; on new species of Cy-

clostomacez, 452.

Pfeifferia, description of the new ge-

nus, 412.

Philippi, R. A., on new Natice, 287.

Pholades, on the mode of action of

a in the perforation of stones,

Phorcus, new species of, 144. ;

Phosphorescence of marine inverte-

brata, on the, 20, 180.

Photina, new species of, 213.

Pinna, new species of, 188.

Plants, phanerogamous, on a new

arrangement of, 11.

Plestrodon, new species of, 388.

Pleurotomaria, new species of, 191.

Polydonta, new species of, 143.

Polyporus, new species of, 430.

Pontella, new species of, 117.

Psammorphis, new species of, 390.

Puffinus obscurus, notice respecting

the occurrence of, 471.

Me es monograph of the genus,

286.

Pupa, new species of, 94.

Pyramidella, new species of, 283.

Pyramis, new species of, 142.

Quatrefages, A. De, on the phospho-

rescence of some marine inverte-

brata, 15, 180.

Ralph, T. S., on the vegetation around

Wellington, New Zealand, 474.

Reeve, L., on a new species of Buli-

mus, 149. ,

Reptiles, on some undescribed species

of, 386.

Respiration, on the mechanism ° of

aquatic, 243, 333, 393. .

Retina, on the structure of the; 478.

Rhododendom, new spécies of, 10. ~~

Rimula, monograph of the recent

species of, 284. ;

Rissoa rubra, remarks on, 107.

Rose, monstrosity of a, 290. i

Rotella, on the animal of, 179) ~~

Royal Institution of Great Britain,

proceedings of the, 136.

488

Royal Society, proceedingsof the, 289.

Sagmatorrhina, description of the new

enus, 278.

S _ on the artificial breeding of,

471.

Sclater, P. L., on two new species of

Tenioptera, 213.

oi abe description of the genus,

157.

Scutus, monograph of the genus, 280.

Shell-fish, on the habits of bivalve,

415.

Shells, new, 48, 90, 108, 139, 142,

149, 150, 199, 280,283,452; onsome

genera of, established by Link, 448.

Siphonaria, on the teeth of, 333.

Siphonophora, on the mode of re-

pve and development in,

47/7.

Sipunculus, new British species of,

12.

Spadix, characters of the new genus,

125, 386.

Spadix purpurea, occurrence of, 365.

Spheeridiidee, monographical synopsis

of the British, 73.

Stephens, H. O., on blood rain (Pal-

mella prodigiosa, Mont.), 409.

Straparollus, new species of, 194,

Streptaxis, new species of, 90.

Succinea, new species of, 139,

Sun-columns, notices of, 70.

Sutoria, new species of, 214.

Teenioptera, new species of, 213.

Tailor-bird, species of new, 214.

Tedinia, description of the new ge-

nus, 150.

Templer, W. F., on the occurrence of

Eucratea chelata, 149.

Testacellus, on the teeth of, 331, 478.

Thalotia, new species of, 203.

Thompson, W., on the time of spawn-

ing of British crustacea,66; on some

new species of British crustacea,

110.

Thuret, G., on the fecundation of the

Fucaceze, 64.

Trécul, A., on the structure of the

leaves of palms, 27.

Trigonia, new species of, 225.

Trimesurus, new species of, 391.

Tritons, on the British, 369.

Trochide, new species of, 142, 199.

Trout, on the artificial breeding of,

471.

INDEX.

Truncatella, on the British species of;

Tulasne, L. R., on the germination of

the spores of the Uredines, 221.

Turner, H. M., jun., on the change of

colour in a chameleon, 292; on

the arrangement of the Edentate

Mammalia, 348.

Uredines, on the germination of the

spores of the, 221.

Vegetable and animal organisms, on

preserving the balance between, in

sea water, 319.

Vegetation, experimental researches

on, 68

Velutina, new species of, 283.

Ville, G., experimental researches on

vegetation, 68.

Virchow, M., on the occurrence of

cellulose in the human body, 481.

Vitrina, new species of, 93.

Viverride, descriptions of new, 47.

Vrolik, M., on the priority of the

discovery of the mode of action of

the Pholades in the perforation of

stones, 70.

Walpole, W. W., on rare Irish mol-

lusea, 366; on the occurrence of

Natica sordida, 367.

Warington, R., on preserving the

balance between animal and vege-

table organisms in sea water, 319.

Westwood, Mr., on a new genus and

species of amphipodous crustacea,

44; on the dentition of the tiger

beetles, 216.

Williams, Dr. T., on the mechanism

of aquatic respiration and on the

structure of the organs of breathing

in invertebrate animals, 243, 333,

393.

Woodward, 8S. P., on the habits of

bivalve shell-fish, 415.

Xerotus, new species of, 428.

Yarrell, W., on the habits and struc-

ture of the great bustard, 35; on

the occurrence of the dusky petrel

on the coast of Ireland, 471.

Ziziphinus, new species of, 199.

-Zoological Society, proceedings of the,

45, 139, 199, 278, 348, 448.

Zoophytes, on the mode of reproduc-

tion and development in various

groups of, 476.

END OF THE TWELFTH VOLUME.